Escort Knowledge Base - User contributions [en]

BA-BLE

2026-10-15T07:22:06Z

RINAT: Links: Google Play app ae.esensor.config (old ru.fmeter.config is gone) — in the card and in the text; product page on escortsensors.com

[[RU:BA-BLE| Русская версия]]
[[es:BA-BLE| Versión en español]]
{{Sensor card
|type = Adapter for wireless sensors and tags
|photo = BA-BLE.png
|p1 = Wireless sensors |v1 = up to 10
|p2 = ID-TAG tags |v2 = up to 30
|p3 = Bluetooth |v3 = BLE 5.0 LR
|p4 = Interfaces |v4 = RS-232, RS-485
|p5 = Protocols |v5 = LLS, Modbus
|p6 = Setup |v6 = mobile app
|datasheet = https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/wired-base/BA_BLE_5_0_LR_Datasheet.pdf?v=210225224932
|downloads = https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/
|product = https://escortsensors.com/product/ba-ble/
|ios = https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085
|android = https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ae.esensor.config
}}
'''ADAPTER BA-BLE 5.0 LR''' (hereinafter - '''BA-BLE''' adapter, base, device) is designed to receive and process data from connected wireless measuring devices (up to 10 pieces) and wireless tags (up to 30 pieces), output information to mobile application via Bluetooth wireless channel, work with navigation terminal (tracker) via '''LLS''' and '''MODBUS''' protocol using '''RS-232''' and '''RS-485''' interfaces.

[[MODBUS TD-500|MODBUS example]]

More detailed technical specifications are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/wired-base/BA_BLE_5_0_LR_Datasheet.pdf?v=210225224932 datasheet]

'''BA-BLE''' adapter is used in monitoring of various objects where wireless measuring and/or indication devices are installed and where it is necessary to transfer information from them to the control device.

Examples of '''BA-BLE''' applications:

* Monitoring vehicle fuel consumption in conjunction with a wireless fuel level sensor «'''[[TD-BLE]]'''» and «'''[[TD-150-BLE]]'''»
* Measurement of humidity, temperature with sensor «'''[[TH-BLE]]'''»
* Control of position in space of parts and mechanisms of special equipment (measurement of rotation angle, rotation speed, etc.) by means of a sensor «'''[[DU-BLE]]'''»
* Tag location control «'''[[ID-TAG]]'''». Friend and foe systems, trailer equipment control, etc.

Learn more about these devices on [https://escortsensors.com/product/escort-sensors/ our website].

== Connection to BA-BLE ==
BA-BLE is fully configured via bluetooth using the mobile application available on [https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085 iOS] and [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ae.esensor.config Android] devices (hereinafter referred to as “'''the app'''”).

Start the configurator. Enable '''bluetooth''', geolocation and also make sure that the application has access to '''Geolocation'''.

[[File:Screenshot 20240221-094919 One UI Home.png|frameless]] [[File:Screenshot 20240221-095105 Permission controller.png|frameless]]

[[File:BA-BLE connection gif.gif|frameless]]

Press '''Sensor settings button'''. Afterwards, select '''BA-BLE'''.

[[File:Sensor settings. Main page.png|frameless]] [[File:BA-BLE selection.png|frameless]]

Find the required adapter by typing the last 6 digits of its serial number. You can find the serial number on the case.

You can also simply select the required sensor from the list and click the '''Connect''' button.

[[File:BA-BLE connection.png|frameless]]

=== Setting password ===
It is strongly recommend that you set a password on the sensor in order to restrict access to its settings. When you connect for the first time, the application will ask you to set a password automatically.

You can set, change and delete a password in the '''Additional Features'''.

[[File:BA-BLE additional features.png|frameless]]

Then, in the field that appears named "Password for changing settings", enter the password that you want be used later and click '''Enter'''.

[[File:BA-BLE password set.png|frameless]]
{{Warning|1=Please note that the password reset procedure is very time-intensive. We recommend that you take a responsible approach to selecting your password and maintaining its safety.}}
'''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''

To delete a previously set password, you must enter it in the Password field, and then press the '''Enter''' and then the '''Delete''' buttons.

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

=== Main parameters ===
After connecting to the BA-BLE, you will see the main menu.

[[File:Main parameters BA-BLE.png|frameless]]

# BA-BLE serial number
# Firmware version (hereinafter '''FW''')
# Connected sensors and their current readings

== Sensor connection ==
To connect sensors in the main menu of '''BA-BLE''' press “'''+'''” ('''1''') and in the opened window enter the sensor name or MAC address('''2''') and press “'''Connect'''”('''3''').

[[File:BA-BLE adding device.png|frameless]]

To delete, swipe the sensor to the left and click delete and then disable.

[[File:BA-BLE remove sensors.gif|frameless]]

=== TD-BLE ===
To connect TD-BLE to BA-BLE, in the main menu press “+” ('''1''') and in the opened window enter the sensor name( TD_******) or MAC address('''2''') and press “'''Connect'''”('''3''').

You can find the sensor name on the sensor cover (last 6 digits of the serial number) or when searching for or connecting to the sensor in the mobile app.

[[File:BA-BLE TD-BLE connection.png|frameless]]

After connecting the sensor, go to the settings by clicking on its name.

[[File:BA-BLE TD-BLE search.png|frameless]]

After the switch, you will see the current sensor data, to configure the data transmission, go to RS-232 or RS-485 settings depending on which data transmission interface you are going to use.

[[File:BA-BLE TD-BLE main.png|frameless]]

After the transition, enable the transmission of the required parameters and in the opened window select the required network address (0-255) through which this parameter will be transmitted and then click on save.

[[File:BA-BLE TD-BLE RS-485 setting.png|frameless]] [[File:BA-BLE TD-BLE RS-485 NetAdd.png|frameless|562x562px]]a

When selecting a network address, an unoccupied network address must be selected; occupied network addresses are displayed when selected.

[[File:BA-BLE TD-BLE occupied NetAdd.png|frameless]]

The main parameters TD-BLE is selected for transmission are

[[File:BA-BLE TD-BLE transmitted parameters.jpg|frameless]]

To remove a paired sensor, swipe the sensor to the left and click remove and then disconnect.

[[File:BA-BLE remove sensors.gif|frameless]]

=== TD-150-BLE ===
To connect TD-150-BLE to BA-BLE, in the main menu press “+” ('''1''') and in the opened window enter the sensor name( TW_******) or MAC address('''2''') and press “'''Connect'''”('''3''').

You can find the sensor name on the sensor cover (last 6 digits of the serial number) or when searching for or connecting to the sensor in the mobile app.

[[File:BA-BLE TW-BLE connection.png|frameless]]

After connecting the sensor, go to the settings by clicking on its name.

[[File:BA-BLE TW-BLE menu.png|frameless]]

After the switch, you will see the current sensor data, to configure the data transmission, go to RS-232 or RS-485 settings depending on which data transmission interface you are going to use.

[[File:BA-BLE TW-BLE main.png|frameless]]

After the transition, enable the transmission of the required parameters and in the opened window select the required network address (0-255) through which this parameter will be transmitted and then click on save.

[[File:BA-BLE TW-BLE settings.png|frameless]] [[File:BA-BLE TW-BLE setting NetAdd.png|frameless]]

When selecting a network address, an unoccupied network address must be selected; occupied network addresses are displayed when selected.

[[File:BA-BLE TW-BLE occupied NetAdd.png|frameless]]

The main parameters TD-150-BLE is selected for transmission are

[[File:BA-BLE TW-BLE parameters.png|frameless]]

To remove a tethered sensor, swipe the sensor to the left and click remove and then disconnect.

[[File:BA-BLE remove sensors.gif|frameless]]

=== DU-BLE ===
To connect DU-BLE to BA-BLE, in the main menu press “+” ('''1''') and in the opened window enter the sensor name( DU_******) or MAC address('''2''') and press “'''Connect'''”('''3''').

You can find the sensor name on the sensor cover (last 6 digits of the serial number) or when searching for or connecting to the sensor in the mobile app.

[[File:BA-BLE DU-BLE connection.png|frameless]]

After connecting the sensor, go to the settings by clicking on its name.

[[File:BA-BLE DU-BLE search.png|frameless]]

After the switch, you will see the current sensor data, to configure the data transmission, go to RS-232 or RS-485 settings depending on which data transmission interface you are going to use.

[[File:BA-BLE DU-BLE main.png|frameless]]

After the transition, enable the transmission of the required parameters and in the opened window select the required network address (0-255) through which this parameter will be transmitted and then click on save.

[[File:BA-BLE DU-BLE settings.png|frameless]] [[File:BA-BLE DU-BLE setting NetAdd.png|frameless|464x464px]]

When selecting a network address, an unoccupied network address must be selected; occupied network addresses are displayed when selected.

[[File:BA-BLE DU-BLE occupied NetAdd.png|frameless]]

The main parameters DU-BLE is selected for transmission are

[[File:BA-BLE DU-BLE parameters.png|frameless]]

To remove a tethered sensor, swipe the sensor to the left and click remove and then disconnect.

[[File:BA-BLE remove sensors.gif|frameless]]

=== TH-BLE ===
To connect TH-BLE to BA-BLE, in the main menu press “+” ('''1''') and in the opened window enter the sensor name( TH_******) or MAC address('''2''') and press “'''Connect'''”('''3''').

You can find the sensor name on the sensor cover (last 6 digits of the serial number) or when searching for or connecting to the sensor in the mobile app.

[[File:BA-BLE TH-BLE connection.png|frameless]]

After connecting the sensor, go to the settings by clicking on its name.

[[File:BA-BLE TH-BLE search.png|frameless]]

After the switch, you will see the current sensor data, to configure the data transmission, go to RS-232 or RS-485 settings depending on which data transmission interface you are going to use.

[[File:BA-BLE TH-BLE main.png|frameless]]

After the transition, enable the transmission of the required parameters and in the opened window select the required network address (0-255) through which this parameter will be transmitted and then click on save.

[[File:BA-BLE TH-BLE settings.png|frameless]] [[File:BA-BLE TH-BLE set NetAdd.png|frameless]]

When selecting a network address, an unoccupied network address must be selected; occupied network addresses are displayed when selected.

[[File:BA-BLE TH-BLE occupied NetAdd.png|frameless]]

The main parameters TH-BLE is selected for transmission are

[[File:BA-BLE TH-BLE parameters.png|frameless]]

To remove a tethered sensor, swipe the sensor to the left and click remove and then disconnect.

[[File:BA-BLE remove sensors.gif|frameless]]

== Configuring ID TAG Transmission ==
BA-BLE has the functionality of accepting and transmitting ID-TAG tags and applying a variety of filters to customize such systems as friend or foe, trailer equipment control, etc.

[[ID-TAG|The ID-TAG tag setting is described in this manual.]]

The basic principle of operation, the tag transmits a data packet with its ID ('''PING''') every specified period, BA-BLE reads all the transmission data and calculates the signal strength, after all seen transmissions fall into the memory of BA-BLE to pass the filters, if the tag transmissions pass all the specified filters it falls on the issuing queue on RS-485 where the tag ID will be transmitted according to the period of zeroing the queue.

=== Configuring RS-485 transmission ===
To configure RS-485 tag issuance, go to the “'''Reader'''” tab ('''1''') and click on “'''RS-485'''” ('''2''').

In the opened window you can configure “'''LLS address'''”(3) to which ID tags will be issued and “'''Reset period'''”(4) of issuing, it can be set 30-600 seconds. Reset period is the period for which the tag passed filtering will be transmitted via RS-485, that is, if the reset period is 120 seconds, the tag once passed filtering will be transmitted for two minutes via RS-485.

[[File:BA-BLE RS-485 configuration.png|frameless]]

=== Customizing filters ===
To configure the tag reception filters, go to the “'''Reader'''” menu (1) and press “'''Filtering'''” (2)

[[File:BA-BLE ID tag filtration page.png|frameless]]

==== Filter by tag ID ====
To add a filter by Major and Minor tag ID, click “'''Add to the list'''” (1) and enter the Major and/or Minor tag IDs (2).

[[File:BA-BLE Major-Minor filter.png|frameless]]

'''Up to 30 of these filters can be added.'''

[[File:BA-BLE maj-min several filters.jpg|frameless]]

With this filter you can filter by group (Major ID) or individually bind up to 30 tags.

We recommend that you set a common group (Major ID) for all tags working with this database and add this group to the filter.

==== RSSI filter ====
This filter is needed to sort the labels by signal strength (proximity).

To add, turn on the filter('''1''') and set the signal strength('''2''') to dBm '''with a minus'''.

[[File:BA-BLE RSSI filter.png|frameless]]

To set the correct RSSI filter, place the base and tag in the operating position, disable the filters and go to the main menu of the reader and view the average RSSI('''1''') value of the desired tag over many measurements.

[[File:Change of RSSI BA-BLE tags.png|frameless]]

Also for correct operation of this filter it is desirable to use a '''filter timer''' and on the mark it is desirable to set a frequent transmission, for example, '''every second'''.

==== Filter Timer ====
This filter is necessary to sort tags by time of being in the reception radius, the number of appearances (pings) of the tag filtered by ID and signal strength (RSSI) for a set period of time.

To add it, enable the filter('''1''') and set the number of ping('''2''') and time window('''3''').

[[File:BA-BLE filter timer.png|frameless]]

It is recommended to set the number of occurrences slightly less than half of the number of sends to the tag, that is, if the tag sends every second and the filter for 50 seconds the number of occurrences should be set to 24.

Also the period of RS-485 zeroing should be slightly longer than the timer time window.

==== Filter Active Tags ====
This filter is required to sort by the number of accepted tags.

To add, enable the filter('''1''') and set the number of active tags('''2''').

[[File:BA-BLE filter active tags.png|frameless]]

==== RSSI filter max ====
This filter is needed to sort the tags with the best reception.

To add, enable the filter('''1''') and set the number of active tags with the best signal('''2''').

[[File:BA-BLE RSSI filter max.png|frameless]]

=== Example of work ===
Example: tags with ID Major:1 Minor:100 and Major:1 Minor:200 transmit data every second, first tag with ID 100 approached BA-BLE reader for 30 seconds and after 15 seconds tag with ID 200, the reader has filters: on Major:1, RSSI -70 dBm (filtering by signal strength/approximation) and Timer for 15 appearances (pings) in 30 seconds, RS-485 settings: Address 1, zeroing period 60 seconds. After 15 appearances of the tag with ID 100 with RSSI -70 dBm and better it passed filtering and began to transmit its ID on RS-485 (each request LLS returns with a level of 100 and temperature 1) after another 15 seconds, the tag with ID 200 also passes filtering and gets into the queue for issuance, and begins simultaneous transmission of two tags (one request LLS response with a level of 100 and temperature 1 and the second request LLS response with a level of 200 and temperature 1) so continues until each individual ID will not be transmitted during the zeroing period (60 seconds).

This example is in Navtelecom telemetry:

[[File:BA-BLE and ID-tag example.gif|frameless|583x583px]]

== Connecting to a GPS terminal ==
[[File:BA-BLE wires.png|frameless|800x800px]]

== Examples of data output ==

=== RS-485 ===
RS-485 port parameters

Baud rate: 19200 kbps

Data size: 8

Stop-bits: 1

Parity: None

==== LLS ====
Example of data reception in Navtlecom telemetry

[[File:BA-BLE output example.png|frameless|612x612px]]

# Level and temperature TD-BLE
# Battery voltage (3.7V) and RSSI -50dBm TD-BLE
# Level and temperature TD-150-BLE
# Tilt angle degree and event DU-BLE
# Battery voltage (3.5V) and RSSI -38dBm DU-BLE
# Temperature (26.8 °C) and humidity (18%) TH-BLE
# Illumination (132 Lux) and hall sensor activity (no activity) TH-BLE
# Battery voltage (3.5V) and RSSI -59dBm TH-BLE
# discrete input trip (1 not active, 2 active) TH-BLE
Example of communication log between the tracker and BA-BLE via LLS protocol

[[File:LLS communication log.png|frameless|320x320px]]

31 01 06 6C - request from the tracker to issue data to 1 address

* 31 - request command
* 01 - network address
* 06 - request type (level and temperature)
* 6C - CRC-8/MAXIM

3E 01 06 15 01 00 00 00 EB - response at address 1

* 3E - Response designation
* 01 - network address
* 06 - request type (level and temperature)
* 15 - temperature in HEX (21°C)
* 01 00 - level in HEX in reverse order 00 01 (level 1)
* 00 00 - CNT (while using BLE base it is always empty)
* EB - CRC-8/MAXIM

31 02 06 39 - request from the tracker to issue data to 2 address

* 31 - request command
* 02 - network address
* 06 - request type (level and temperature)
* 39 - CRC-8/MAXIM

3E 02 06 CE 25 00 00 00 FC - response at address 2

* 3E - Response designation
* 02 - network address
* 06 - request type (level and temperature)
* CE - temperaute in HEX (-50°C) negative values go in reverse order from the maximum 255, i.e. 206 is 206-256 -50°C
* 25 00 - level in HEX in reverse order 00 25 (level 37)
* 00 00 - CNT (while using BLE base it is always empty)
* FC - CRC-8/MAXIM

==== MODBUS ====
[[MODBUS TD-500|MODBUS example]]

Example of communication log between the tracker and BA-BLE via MODBUS protocol

[[File:MODBUS communication log.png|frameless|462x462px]]

01 03 00 00 00 04 44 09 - request from the tracker to issue data to 1 address

* 01 - network address
* 03 - read command
* 00 - Low byte of the read register (value is ignored)
* 00 - High byte of the read register (value is ignored)
* 00 - Low byte of the quantity
* 04 - High byte of quantity
* 44 - Low byte of CRC-16/MODBUS
* 09 - High byte of CRC-16/MODBUS

01 03 08 15 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 55 35 - response at address 1

* 01 - network address
* 03 - Command confirmation, always 03
* 08 - Number of unloaded bytes (always 8)
* 15 - Temperature HEX (21°C)
* 00 - High byte of HEX level
* 01 - Low byte of HEX level
* 00 00 00 00 00 - Always 0
* 55 - Low byte of CRC-16/MODBUS
* 35 - High byte of CRC-16/MODBUS

02 03 00 00 00 04 45 EB - request from the tracker to issue data to 2 address

* 02 - network address
* 03 - read command
* 00 - Low byte of the read register (value is ignored)
* 00 - High byte of the read register (value is ignored)
* 00 - Low byte of the quantity
* 04 - High byte of quantity
* 45 - Low byte of CRC-16/MODBUS
* EB - High byte of CRC-16/MODBUS

02 03 08 E0 00 25 00 00 00 00 00 93 EE - response at address 2

* 02 - network address
* 03 - Command confirmation, always 03
* 08 - Number of unloaded bytes (always 8)
* E0 - Температура HEX (-32°C) negative values go in reverse order from the maximum 255, i.e. 224 is 224-256 -32°C
* 00 - High byte of HEX level
* 25 - Low byte of HEX level (level 37)
* 00 00 00 00 00 - Always 0
* 93 - Low byte of CRC-16/MODBUS
* EE - High byte of CRC-16/MODBUS

=== RS-232 ===
RS-232 port parameters

Baud rate: 19200 kbps

Data size: 8

Stop-bits: 1

Parity: None

==== Passive ====
To receive RS-232 data in LLS and MODBUS format as query responses, you must:

* Go to RS-232 BA-BLE settings

[[File:BA-BLE RS-232 menu.png|frameless]]

* Set “periodic data output is disabled”

[[File:BA-BLE RS-232 passive modes.jpg|frameless]] [[File:BA-BLE RS-232 setting confirmation.png|frameless]]

Request and response format as in [[BA-BLE#RS-485|RS-485 polling method]], addresses according to RS-485 output settings

==== Active output modes ====
To enable active output in advance, select the required parameters in the RS-232 output settings in the BA-BLE sensor connection menu.

*Go to RS-232 BA-BLE settings

[[File:BA-BLE RS-232 menu.png|frameless]]

* Set the desired output mode and save

[[File:BA-BLE RS-232 active mode.png|frameless]] [[File:BA-BLE RS-232 setting confirmation.png|frameless]]

===== Output of total level and average temperature from TD sensors =====
This format is necessary when connecting several units installed in different tanks (double tank equipment).

[[File:RS-232 data format.png|frameless|281x281px]]

ASCII format, HEX numeric values

F - unused

T - temperature, 15 is 21°C

N - Total level of connected fuel level sensors, 1491 is 5265

===== Output of averaged level and temperature values from TD sensors =====
This format is required when connecting multiple units installed in the same tank

[[File:RS-232 average level.png|frameless]]

ASCII format, HEX numeric values

F - unused

T - temperature, 14 is 20°C

N - Total level of connected fuel level sensors, 0A48 is 2632

===== Data output of each TD sensor separately =====
In this mode, data from all connected fuel level sensors are output separately for each period

[[File:RS-232 separate data format.png|frameless]]

ASCII format, HEX numeric values

F - CNT, 5E26 is 24102, 6015 is 24597

T - temperature, 11 is 17°C, 17 is 23°C

N - Level, 0FFF is 4095, 0492 is 1170

===== Data output of all linked sensors via lls protocol =====
In this mode, one pair of parameters (signed 0-9) from each connected sensor will be transmitted in one line, the transmitted parameter is selected in the sensor connection settings.

[[File:Data of all sensors via LLS protocol.png|frameless|971x971px]]

ASCII format, HEX numeric values

===== Output of all parameters of the connected sensors =====
In this mode, all parameters (signed 0-9) from each connected sensor will be transmitted in one line.

[[File:Output of all parameters from all sensors.png|frameless|910x910px]]

ASCII format, DEC numeric values

UT*

* For TD-BLE - temperaute
* For TW-BLE - temperaute
* For DU-BLE - not in use
* For TH-BLE - temperaute

LM*

* For TD-BLE - not in use
* For TW-BLE - not in use
* For DU-BLE - not in use
* For TH-BLE - Illumination Lux

UH*

* For TD-BLE - not in use
* For TW-BLE - not in use
* For DU-BLE - not in use
* For TH-BLE - humidity %

HS*

* For TD-BLE - not in use
* For TW-BLE - not in use
* For DU-BLE - not in use
* For TH-BLE - hall sensor activity

UL*

* For TD-BLE - level
* For TW-BLE - level
* For DU-BLE - tilt angle degree
* For TH-BLE - humidity % without a decimal point

UN*

* For TD-BLE - not in use
* For TW-BLE - not in use
* For DU-BLE - tilt angle degree
* For TH-BLE - not in use

UM*

* For TD-BLE - not in use
* For TW-BLE - not in use
* For DU-BLE - not in use
* For TH-BLE - discrete input trip

UP*

* For TD-BLE - not in use
* For TW-BLE - not in use
* For DU-BLE - not in use
* For TH-BLE - not in use

VB*

* For TD-BLE - battery voltage
* For TW-BLE - not in use
* For DU-BLE - battery voltage
* For TH-BLE - battery voltage

RS*

* For TD-BLE - signal strength (RSSI)
* For TW-BLE - signal strength (RSSI)
* For DU-BLE - signal strength (RSSI)
* For TH-BLE - signal strength (RSSI)

== Firmware update (FW) ==
[[File:BA-BLE firmware update gif.gif|frameless]]

To update the firmware on the BA-BLE:

* Download the current firmware version as a file to the phone memory. The latest firmware can be found in [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#wiredbase the download section]
* Connect to the sensor
* Go to “ Additional features”

[[File:BA-BLE additional Features FW.png|frameless]]

* Go to firmware update mode

[[File:BA-BLE FW update button.png|frameless]]

* Select the firmware file ('''1''') from the phone memory (The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip it) and start the flashing process ('''2'''). '''These actions should be performed within 30 seconds after entering update mode!'''

[[File:BA-BLE FW update process.png|frameless]]

* The flashing process should start. '''Do not close or minimize the application during the flashing process!'''

[[File:BA-BLE FW process.png|frameless]]

* When the updating is completed, a window will pop up indicating that the update was successful

[[File:BA-BLE FW update finish.png|frameless]]

The latest firmware can be found in [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#wiredbase downloads section]

'''The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip.'''

== Useful links ==
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/wired-base/BA_BLE_5_0_LR_Datasheet.pdf?v=200123162216 Technical data sheet of the device]'''
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/wired-base/ba-ble-5-0-lr/#active Product page]'''
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/?product=adapterbable#adapterbable Download materials]'''
* [[Table of compatibility of BLE sensors with trackers and other devices|'''Table of compatibility of BLE sensors with trackers and other devices''']]

{{Next|prev=DB-2|next=ID-TAG}}

TH-BLE

2026-10-15T07:22:05Z

RINAT: Links: Google Play app ae.esensor.config (old ru.fmeter.config is gone) — in the card and in the text

[[RU:TH-BLE| Русская версия]]
[[es:TH-BLE| Versión en español]]
{{Sensor card
|type = Wireless temperature and humidity meter
|photo = TH-BLE current design 1.png
|p1 = Measures |v1 = air temperature and humidity
|p2 = Options |v2 = illuminance, Hall sensor, 2 discrete inputs
|p3 = Connection |v3 = Bluetooth LE, Advertising mode
|p4 = Battery charge |v4 = ≥ 3.5 V — charged · ≤ 3.2 V — replace
|p5 = Receivers |v5 = tracker with BLE, BA-BLE, BLE-RS485
|datasheet = https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/wireless-temperature-and-humidity-sensor/Datasheet%20Escort%20TH-BLE.pdf?v=101024175211
|downloads = https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/
|product = https://escortsensors.com/product/th-ble/
|ios = https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085
|android = https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ae.esensor.config
}}
== Definition and purpose of the sensor ==
The TH-BLE humidity and temperature meter (hereinafter referred to as the meter, product, sensor, TH-BLE) is designed to measure the temperature and humidity of the external environment.

The TH-BLE sensor reads air temperature and humidity values in the immediate vicinity of the measuring probe, estimates the remaining capacity of batteries; transmits the received measurement values via wireless communication channel to a tracker with BLE interface, a mobile device equipped with BLE interface or a BLE-BASE signal receiver. Depending on the version TH-BLE can also additionally measure illumination, determine the presence of magnetic field by hall sensor and monitor the state of two binary inputs (for limit switches).

More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/wireless-temperature-and-humidity-sensor/Datasheet%20Escort%20TH-BLE.pdf?v=101024175211#page=15 technical data sheet of the device].

== Basic terms and concepts ==
'''Serial number''' - code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).

'''Sensor's name''' - sensor's designation among BLE devices consisting from two letter from the sensor's model name and six last digits from the serial number; E.g. TH_100100;

'''MAC-address''' - unique identifier assigned to every active device. Used to recognize devices in the network.

'''Data packet''' - is a set of parameters transmitted by a device equipped with a Bluetooth transmitter, the structure of which is determined by the data transfer protocol.

'''Data transfer protocol''' - is a set of specific rules or conventions of a logical level interface that defines the exchange of data between various programs or devices. In the case of the TH-BLE sensor, the '''Escort BLE''' protocol is used to transmit data packets.

'''Advertising mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the device “distributes” data packets at a certain frequency, regardless of the presence of a device receiving the data.

'''Connection mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the transmitter waits for a connection to the receiving device in order to begin transmitting data packets.

'''[[База BLE-RS485|Base BLE-RS485]]''' - is a device that relays data transfer and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via the RS-485 interface in accordance with the LLS protocol.

'''[[BA-BLE|Base BA-BLE]]''' - is a device that relays data transfer and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via RS-485 and RS-232 interfaces in accordance with the LLS and Modbus protocol.

=== TH-BLE sensor's design ===

==== TH-BLE design with first generation external probe ====
[[File:TH-BLE first generation design.png|frameless|679x679px]]

==== TH-BLE design with second generation external probe ====
[[File:TH-BLE current generation design.png|frameless|622x622px]]

== Classification of TH-BLE models ==
Today there are 3 models of TH-BLE presented in Table 1.
{| class="wikitable"
|+Table 1
!Sensor image
!Sensor name
!Sensor characteristics
|-
|[[File:TH-BLE Light 1.png|frameless|300x300px]]
|'''TH-BLE Light'''
|Temperature and humidity sensor
|-
|[[File:TH-BLE current design 1.png|frameless]]
|'''TH-BLE'''
|Temperature, humidity and magnetic field sensor (Hall sensor)
|-
|[[File:TH-BLE 2DIN 1.png|frameless]]
|'''TH-BLE 2DIN'''
|Sensor for temperature, humidity, magnetic field (Hall indicator), brightness and activity of digital inputs
|}

== Connecting sensor to a smartphone ==
To configure the TH-BLE sensor, calibrate it and calibrate the tank, you should use the Escort Configurator application, available on [https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085 iOS] and [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ae.esensor.config Android] devices (hereinafter referred to as the “'''application'''” or "'''app'''").

=== Geolocation ===
Launch the app and activate '''Bluetooth''' and geolocation on your smartphone also check if application have access to '''geolocation'''.

[[File:Screenshot_20240221-094919_One_UI_Home.png|664x664px]] [[File:Screenshot_20240221-095105_Permission_controller.png|667x667px]]

=== Connecting sensor ===
[[File:TH-BLE connection gif.gif|frameless]]

Press the '''Sensor Settings''' button. Next, select '''TH-BLE'''.

[[File:TH-BLE sensor settings.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE select connection type.jpg|frameless]]

Find the required sensor by typing the last 6 digits of its serial number. You can find the serial number on the sensor head.

You can also simply select the required sensor from the list and click the Connect button. On an Android device, you can click on the sensors name, and a package of data received in advertising mode will be displayed.

[[File:TH-BLE sensor search.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE advertising data.jpg|frameless]]

=== Setting a password ===
It is strongly recommend that you set a password on the sensor in order to restrict access to its settings. When you connect for the first time, the application will ask you to set a password automatically.

You can set, change and delete a password in the '''Settings'''.

[[File:TH-BLE settings page selection.jpg|frameless]]

Then, in the field that appears named "Password for changing settings", enter the password that you want be used later and click '''Enter'''.

[[File:TH-BLE password input section.jpg|frameless]]

{{Warning|1=Please note that the password reset procedure can be very time-consuming. We recommend that you take a responsible approach in setting your password and saving it.}}
'''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''

To delete a previously set password, you must enter it in the Password field, and then press the '''Enter''' and then the '''Delete''' buttons.

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

=== Main sensor parameters ===
To see the main parameters of the sensor go to the '''Data''' tab. There you can see the following parameters:

# '''RSSI''' - Received signal strength indicator, which indicates how well your smartphone receives sent data. This parameter is not transmitted by the sensor, but is calculated by the receiving device
# '''Vbat''' or sensor battery charge (3.5V or higher indicates the battery is fully charged; 3.2V or lower indicates the battery is low and should be replaced)
# Sensor serial number
# Firmware version ('''FW''') installed in the sensor
# '''Temperature''' measured by sensor (°C)
# '''Humidity''' measured by the sensor (%)
# '''Illuminance''' measured by the sensor (Lux)
# '''Hall sensor''' activity
# '''Shorting''' of the first pair of digital inputs (red and black)
# '''Shorting''' of the first pair of digital inputs (yellow and green)
# The format of the transmitted data. Changeable in the sensor settings
# The sensor's '''MAC address''' is used to connect the sensor to compatible external devices

[[File:TH-BLE data page.jpg|frameless]]

'''The battery voltage drops to 3.2V for 10-15 seconds''' - this is normal (especially if this happens after rebooting the sensor by removing the sensor battery and then installing the battery back). This is due to the fact that all processes in the sensor (measuring level, temperature and battery voltage, as well as sending a data packet) are launched simultaneously, thus energy consumption increases, which leads to a temporary decrease in battery voltage.

=== Operation mode ===
All TH-BLE sensors have the option to change the data transmission from the digital inputs. Changing this setting changes the transmission format. On trackers without TH-BLE 2DiN package support, this will cause a transmission error.

[[File:TH-BLE digital inputs enabled.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE digital inputs seletion.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE digital inputs disabled.jpg|frameless]]

== Black box ==
In order for the black box entries to have an up-to-date time reference, you need to '''synchronize''' the black box time with your smartphone time.

The app automatically requests time synchronization if it sees that the black box time is not synchronized.

You can also synchronize the time manually by going to the '''Settings''' '''menu(1''') and clicking '''Synchronize time(2''').

[[File:TH-BLE step settings selection.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE synch time option.jpg|frameless]]

To retrieve data from the Black Box, from the main page, select Black Box ('''1'''). After that, you can select the period in days ('''2''') and/or hours ('''3''') and download data for the selected period ('''4''') or for the whole period (maximum 30 days) ('''5'''). You can also clear the black box by deleting all records.

[[File:TH-BLE black box page selection.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE data download.jpg|frameless]]

Then, click on the '''Save data button''' ('''1'''). A graph will appear on the screen. On the graph screen, you can also save the upload file to your phone’s memory ('''2''') or send it via instant messengers or email ('''3''').

[[File:Downloading Black box.png|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE sharing black box data.jpg|frameless]]

Also, graphs from the black box can be viewed on a PC using a calibration table through the [https://docs.google.com/document/d/1CdFPhy2SVu3DxVLy4tY0j1YlaVjdB3ykyLR21iuAwYs/edit?usp=drive_link Escort Charter]

If you have previously saved data from the black box, you can '''display''' it by clicking on the '''graph icon''' in the upper right corner ('''1''')

[[File:Previous graph.png|frameless]]

== Sealing and installation ==

=== Connection dimensions ===

==== Connection dimensions of the TH-BLE of the former design ====
[[File:Connection dimensions DU-BLE former design .png]]

[[File:Dimensions of former design DU-BLE.png]]

==== Connection dimensions of the TH-BLE of the current design ====
[[File:Connection dimensions DU-BLE current design .png]]

[[File:Dimensions of current design DU-BLE.png]]

=== Sensor sealing ===

==== Sealing TH-BLE of the former design ====
To seal the sensor and prevent unauthorized access to it, install the protective cover and pass the seal through the special holes in the cover. Tighten the seal against its end into the special hole in the seal. Cut off the excess wire of the seal.

[[File:Sealing former design DU-BLE.png]]

==== Sealing TH-BLE of the current design ====
You will need the sensor protective cover and the seal provided in the kit<gallery widths="300" heights="300">
File:New_design_cap.png|'''Protective cover TH-BLE'''
File:New_design_seal.png|'''TH-BLE seal'''
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head
[[File:TD-BLE_with_cap.png|none|thumb|455x455px|'''TH-BLE with cap''']]

Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outward''')<gallery widths="350" heights="350">
File:Installing_TD-BLE_seal.png|'''Installing TH-BLE seal'''
File:Installed_TD-BLE_seal.png|'''Installed TH-BLE seal'''
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw in the special key from the kit (you can also use any self-tapping screw of suitable size) and pull it towards yourself.
[[File:Removing_seal.png|none|thumb|493x493px|'''Removing seal''']]
[[File:Seal_after_removal.png|none|thumb|'''Seal after removal''']]
This makes it impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.

==== Alternative sealing for TH-BLE of the current design ====
Also included with the current TH-BLE is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.

* The wire must be threaded through the hole in the sensor cover

[[File:Alternative_sealing_step_1.png|frameless|433x433px]]

* Thread both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head

[[File:Alternative_sealing_step_2.png|frameless|519x519px]]

* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing the protruding part of the seal

[[File:Alternative_sealing_step_3.png|frameless|543x543px]]

=== Mounting and transmitter direction ===
The most common mounting method is self-tapping screws with a sealing washer. It is also possible to install on threaded crimp nuts, welded bushings and other structural elements. The sensor can be mounted on pre-prepared places using screws and bolts with strength class not less than 4.8. It is necessary to ensure tightness of the connection between the sensor body and the tank. For additional protection it is allowed to use automotive oil and gasoline resistant sealant.

For plastic tanks rivets and bolts can be used.

[[File:Antenna_direction.png|frameless|768x768px]]
{{Warning|title=Important|1=If it is necessary for the magnetic field sensor (or Hall sensor) of the TH-BLE to work properly, the magnet (e.g. from the installation kit) must physically touch the part of the device emphasized in the picture below.}}

[[File:Hall sensor TH-BLE.png|none|thumb|575x575px|'''Hall sensor position in TH-BLE''']]

=== How hard to screw in self-tapping screws ===
[[File:How to hard to tighten the screws.png|frameless|512x512px]]

== Temperature calculation formula for the TH-BLE if transmitted as level reading. Configuration of a new sensor on the Wialon platform ==
Formula for recalculating the TH-BLE sensor temperature when transferred to the level field:

''Y=a*X+b'',

where''Y''- is the temperature, measured by TH-BLE, ''X''- is the level, transmitted to the “Level” field by LLS, ''а'' and ''b'' – are chosen by the table 2
{| class="wikitable"
|+Table 2
!Range of the input parameter (X)
!a
!b
|-
|0-32767
|0,1
|0
|-
|32768-65535
|0,1
| -6553,5
|}

=== Example table for connection via BA-BLE ===
[[File:TH-BLE table for BA-BLE.png|none|thumb|750x750px|'''TH-BLE table for BA-BLE''']]

=== Example table for direct connection ===
[[File:TH-BLE direct connection table.png|none|thumb|740x740px|'''TH-BLE table for direct connection''']]

== Connection diagram ==

=== Wiring diagram for digital inputs ===
[[File:TH-BLE connection of digital inputs.png|frameless]]

== Firmware update (FW) ==
[[File:TH-BLE-FW gif.gif|frameless]]

To update the firmware on the TH-BLE:

* Download the current firmware version as a file to the phone memory.
* Connect to the sensor
* Go to “'''Settings'''”
* Go to FW update
* Select the firmware file ('''1''') from the phone memory (The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip it) and start the flashing process ('''2'''). '''These actions should be performed within 30 seconds after entering update mode!'''
* The flashing process should start. Do not close or minimize the application during the flashing process!
* When the updating is completed, a window will pop up indicating that the update was successful

Up-to-date firmware can be found in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#THble download section].

The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip.

== Useful links ==
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/wireless-temperature-and-humidity-sensor/Datasheet%20Escort%20TH-BLE.pdf?v=101024175211#page=15 Technical data sheet of the device]'''
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/wireless-temperature-and-humidity-sensor/escort-th-ble/#active Product page]'''
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#THble Download materials]'''
* '''[[Table of compatibility of BLE sensors with trackers and other devices]]'''

{{Next|prev=I5|next=ECargosens|next-text=eCargosens}}

ID-TAG

2026-10-15T07:22:04Z

RINAT: Links: Google Play app ae.esensor.config (old ru.fmeter.config is gone) — in the card and in the text

[[ru:ID-TAG| Русская версия]]
[[es:ID-TAG| Versión en español]]
{{Sensor card
|type = Bluetooth tag
|photo = BLE tag ID-TAG.png
|p1 = Purpose |v1 = identification, friend-or-foe, trailer control
|p2 = Connection |v2 = Bluetooth LE
|p3 = Receivers |v3 = BA-BLE 5.0 LR or a BLE device
|p4 = Major ID (group) |v4 = 0…255
|p5 = Minor ID (tag) |v5 = 0…65535
|p6 = Setup |v6 = mobile app
|datasheet = https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/wirelesstag/Datasheet%20Escort%20ID-TAG.pdf?v=050623134728
|downloads = https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/
|product = https://escortsensors.com/product/escort-id-tag/
|ios = https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085
|android = https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ae.esensor.config
}}
'''Bluetooth tag ID-TAG''' is designed to transmit identification data over a wireless communication channel to a device equipped with BLE interface or a [[BA-BLE|BA- BLE 5.0 LR]] signal receiver, for identification systems, friend or foe, control of trailer equipment, etc.

More detailed technical specifications are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/wirelesstag/Datasheet%20Escort%20ID-TAG.pdf?v=050623134728 datasheet].

== Connecting to ID-TAG ==
ID-TAG is fully configured via bluetooth using the mobile application available on [https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085 iOS] and [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ae.esensor.config Android] devices (hereinafter referred to as “'''the app'''”).

Launch the app. Activate '''Bluetooth''' and '''geolocation''' on your smartphone also check if application have access to geolocation.

[[File:Screenshot 20240221-094919 One UI Home.png|frameless]] [[File:Screenshot 20240221-095105 Permission controller.png|frameless]]

[[File:ID-TAG connection gif.gif|frameless]]

* Press the '''Sensor Settings''' button. Next, select '''ID-TAG'''.

[[File:Sensor settings. Main page.png|frameless]] [[File:ID-TAG menu .png|frameless]]

* Find the required sensor by typing the last 6 digits of its serial number. You can find the serial number on the sensor head.

You can also simply select the required sensor from the list and click the '''Connect''' button.

[[File:ID-TAG connection.png|frameless]]

=== Main tag parameters ===
[[File:ID-TAG parameters.png|frameless]]

# RSII - signal strength dBm
# Battery voltage V, operating voltage 3.2-3.7
# Serial number ID-TAG
# Firmware version F.W.
# Tag operation mode
# Tag ID via iBeacon protocol
# Tag ID via Eddystone protocol
# Eddystone URL link
# ID-TAG transmission interval
# ID-TAG transmission power

=== Setting a password ===
It is strongly recommend that you set a password on the sensor in order to restrict access to its settings. When you connect for the first time, the application will ask you to set a password automatically.

You can set, change and delete a password in the '''Additional Features'''.

[[File:ID-TAG additional features.png|frameless]]

Then, in the field that appears named "Password for changing settings", enter the password that you want be used later and click '''Enter'''.

[[File:ID-TAG password.png|frameless]]
{{Warning|1=Please note that the password reset procedure can be very time-consuming. We recommend that you take a responsible approach in setting your password and saving it.}}
'''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''

To delete a previously set password, you must enter it in the Password field, and then press the '''Enter''' and then the '''Delete''' buttons.

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

== Parameter settings ==
To go to the parameter settings, click on the corresponding window

[[File:ID-TAG parameters list.png|frameless]]

=== 1. Operating mode ===
In this window you can set the tag operation mode

[[File:ID-TAG operating mode.png|frameless]]

* iBeacon - main mode of tag operation in conjunction with [[BA-BLE]], Major and Minor ID is transmitted via iBeacon protocol
* Eddystone UID - The UID is transmitted using the Eddystone protocol
* Eddystone URL - Transmitted URL link via Eddystone protocol
* Combined - the tag transmits data through all protocols simultaneously

=== 2. Tag ID via iBeacon protocol ===
In this window, you can set the ID of the tag when transmitting via iBeacon protocol.

Major ID ( Tag Group) can be in the range of 0-255

Minor ID (Individual Tag ID) can be in the range of 0-65535

[[File:ID-TAG iBeacon.png|frameless]]

=== 3. Tag ID via Eddystone protocol ===
In this window you can set the tag ID for Eddystone protocol transmission

[[File:ID-TAG Eddystone.png|frameless]]

=== 4. Eddystone URL link ===
In this window you can set the URL link to be transmitted by the tag when it is transmitted via the Eddystone URL protocol

[[File:ID-TAG Eddystone URL.png|frameless]]

=== 5. Data transmission interval ===
In this window, you can set the data transmission frequency of the tag.

In conjunction with BA-BLE and the use of timer and RSSI filters, it is desirable to set the sending frequency to at least 1 second.

[[File:ID-TAG data transmission.png|frameless]]

=== 6. Data transmission power ===
In this window, you can set the data transmission power of the tag.

When used with BA-BLE, it is desirable to set the signal strength as 0 or 3 dBm.

When used with other devices without filtering, you can limit the reception radius of the tag by using the transmission strength.

[[File:ID-TAG data trasmission time.png|frameless]]

== Connecting to the receiving device ==
Connection to BA-BLE is described in [[BA-BLE|this manual]].

Connection to GlonassSoft trackers is shown [https://docs.google.com/document/d/14f0VK9lYcpTnNww2PO2aF5ETNv4xLqlPVUGsdFe4oLk/edit?usp=share_link in this manual.]

Connection to Teltonika trackers is shown [https://docs.google.com/document/d/17YsQyqWJjolt4YOZtKsEkcqgLsP6blXERarelEMZ2As/edit in this manual.]

== Firmware update (FW) ==
Download the firmware file to the phone memory in advance, the current version can be found [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#wirelessetag in the download section.]

[[File:ID-TAG FW update gif.gif|frameless]]

To update the firmware:

* Connect to the sensor
* Go to “ '''Additional features'''” ('''1''')

[[File:ID-TAG additional features.png|frameless]]

* Go to firmware update mode

[[File:ID-TAG FW update menu.png|frameless]]

* Select the firmware file ('''1''') from the phone memory (The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip it) and start the flashing process ('''2'''). '''These actions should be performed within 30 seconds after entering update mode!'''

[[File:Start of TD-BLE update.png|frameless]]

* The flashing process should start. '''Do not close or minimize the application during the flashing process!'''

[[File:TD-BLE update process.jpg|frameless]]

* When the updating is completed, a window will pop up indicating that the update was successful

[[File:The TD-BLE update has been completed.jpg|frameless]]

Up-to-date firmware can be found in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#wirelesset download section.]

'''The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip.'''

== Useful links ==
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/wirelesstag/Datasheet%20Escort%20ID-TAG.pdf?v=050623134728 Technical data sheet of the device]'''
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/wireless-tag/escort-tag/#active Product page]'''
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#wirelesset Download materials]'''
* '''[[Table of compatibility of BLE sensors with trackers and other devices]]'''

{{Next|prev=BA-BLE|next=I5}}

DU-BLE

2026-10-15T07:22:03Z

RINAT: Links: Google Play app ae.esensor.config (old ru.fmeter.config is gone) — in the card and in the text

[[RU:DU-BLE| Русская версия]]
[[es:DU-BLE| Versión en español]]
{{Sensor card
|type = Wireless tilt angle sensor
|photo = Current DU-BLE design.png
|p1 = Connection |v1 = Bluetooth LE, Advertising mode, 2.4 GHz
|p2 = Data transmission |v2 = every 3 s
|p3 = Modes |v3 = single-axis, dual-axis; trigger; counter
|p4 = Power |v4 = autonomous, battery
|p5 = Battery charge |v5 = ≥ 3.5 V — charged · ≤ 3.2 V — replace
|p6 = Receivers |v6 = BA-BLE, BLE-RS485
|datasheet = https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/datchik-ugla-naklona/eskort-du-ble/Escort%20DU-BLE%20datasheet.pdf?v=071220114144
|downloads = https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/
|product = https://escortsensors.com/product/du-ble/
|ios = https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085
|android = https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ae.esensor.config
}}
== Definition and purpose of the sensor ==
Definition and purpose of the sensor

The wireless angle sensor with autonomous power supply '''DU-BLE''' of the ESCORT trademark (hereinafter referred to as the measuring device, product, angle sensor, DU-BLE) is designed to measure the angular position of deflecting parts of various machines and mechanisms relative to the Earth's gravitational field, determine the direction of rotation (in the corresponding modes) and transmit this data via a radio channel at a frequency of 2.4 GHz.

The measuring device (sensor) "DU-BLE" is used in automotive equipment and other objects where angle measurement is required.

DU-BLE is a completely wireless sensor with autonomous power supply. Sensor data is transmitted in the form of Bluetooth packets in '''Advertising''' mode; the frequency of data sending is every 3 seconds.

More detailed technical specifications are presented in [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/datchik-ugla-naklona/eskort-du-ble/Escort%20DU-BLE%20datasheet.pdf?v=071220114144 the device's data sheet.]

== Basic Terms and Concepts ==
'''Serial Number''' - a code consisting of a series of letters or numbers assigned to a product (sensor).

'''Sensor Name''' - sensor designation among BLE devices, consisting of the first two letters of the sensor model and the last 6 values of the '''serial number''', for example, DU_100100

'''MAC Address''' - a unique identifier assigned to each unit of active equipment. It is used to identify devices in the network.

'''Data Packet''' - a set of values transmitted by a device equipped with a Bluetooth transmitter, the structure of which is specified by the data transfer protocol.

'''Data Transfer Protocol''' - a set of specific rules or agreements of the logical level interface that determines the exchange of data between different programs or devices. In the case of the DU-BLE sensor, the Escort BLE protocol is used to transfer data packets.

'''Advertising Mode''' - a data transfer mode in which the device “distributes” data packets at a certain frequency, regardless of the presence of a device receiving the data.

'''Connection Mode''' - a data transfer mode in which the transmitter waits for a connection to the receiving device in order to start transmitting data packets.

'''BLE-RS485 base''' - a device that retransmits data transmission and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via the RS-485 interface in accordance with the LLS protocol.

'''BA-BLE base''' - a device that retransmits data transmission and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via the RS-485 and RS-232 interfaces in LLS and MODBUS protocols.

== DU-BLE sensor's design ==

==== First generation DU-BLE design ====
[[File:Design DU-BLE first generation.png|800x800px]]

==== Second generation DU-BLE design ====
[[File:Design DU-BLE second generation.png|800x800px]]

== Connecting sensor to a smartphone ==
To configure the DU-BLE sensor, calibrate it and calibrate the tank, you should use the Escort Configurator application, available on [https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085 iOS] and [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ae.esensor.config Android] devices (hereinafter referred to as the “'''application'''” or "'''app'''").

=== Geolocation ===
Launch the app and activate '''Bluetooth''' and '''geolocation''' on your smartphone also check if application have access to geolocation.

[[File:Screenshot_20240221-094919_One_UI_Home.png|664x664px]] [[File:Screenshot_20240221-095105_Permission_controller.png|667x667px]]

=== Connecting sensor ===
[[File:Connecting to DU-BLE.gif]]

Press the '''Sensor Settings''' button. Next, select '''DU-BLE'''.

[[File:Sensor_settings._Main_page.png|frameless]] [[File:Selecting DU-BLE.png|666x666px]]

Find the required sensor by typing the last 6 digits of its serial number. You can find the serial number on the sensor head.

You can also simply select the required sensor from the list and click the '''Connect''' button. On an '''Android''' device, you can click on the sensors name, and a package of data received in '''advertising''' mode will be displayed.

[[File:Searching DU-BLE.png|675x675px]] [[File:Advertising DU-BLE.png|675x675px]]

=== Setting a password ===
It is strongly recommend that you set a password on the sensor in order to restrict access to its settings. When you connect for the first time, the application will ask you to set a password automatically.

You can set, change and delete a password in the '''Additional Features'''.

[[File:Additional features DU-BLE.png|609x609px]]

Then, in the field that appears named "Password for changing settings", enter the password that you want be used later and click '''Enter'''.

[[File:TD-150_BLE_setting_password_.png|frameless]]
{{Warning|1=Please note that the password reset procedure can be very time-consuming. We recommend that you take a responsible approach in setting your password and saving it.}}
'''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''

To delete a previously set password, you must enter it in the Password field, and then press the '''Enter''' and then the '''Delete''' buttons.

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

=== Main sensor parameters ===
To see the main parameters of the sensor go to the '''Data''' tab. There you can see the following parameters:
# '''RSSI''' - Received signal strength indicator, which indicates how well your smartphone receives sent data. This parameter is not transmitted by the sensor, but is calculated by the receiving device
# '''Vbat''' or sensor battery charge (3.5V or higher indicates the battery is fully charged; 3.2V or lower indicates the battery is low and should be replaced)
# Sensor serial number
# Firmware version ('''FW''') installed in the sensor
# Current '''Operating mode''' set on the sensor
# The '''sensor's MAC address''' is used to connect the sensor to compatible external devices
# Current sensors readings in selected working mode
# Button for setting 0 as current angle of the sensor

[[File:DU-BLE Data.png|799x799px]]

'''The battery voltage drops to 3.2V for 10-15 seconds''' - this is normal (especially if this happens after rebooting the sensor by removing the sensor battery and then installing the battery back). This is due to the fact that all processes in the sensor (measuring level, temperature and battery voltage, as well as sending a data packet) are launched simultaneously, thus energy consumption increases, which leads to a temporary decrease in battery voltage.

== Operating mode ==
Для установки режима работы на датчике, перейдите в меню настройки.

[[File:Going to settings DU-BLE.png|583x583px]]
{| class="wikitable"
|'''Name of the mode'''
|'''Description of the mode'''
|'''Format of transmitted data'''
|-
|'''Transportation'''
|Used for transporting and storing the sensor. The accelerometer is turned off to save power; no measurements are taken.
|
|-
|'''Vertical rotation control'''
| rowspan="2" |It is used to determine the direction of rotation of the sensor in a plane parallel to the plane of the sensor installation (except for rotation parallel to the ground plane) and/or counting revolutions and speed (rpm).
'''Horizontal rotation''' - the sensor is installed along the axis of rotation of the concrete mixer with the convex part of the body at 90° relative to the ground.

'''Vertical rotation''' - the sensor is installed perpendicular to the axis of rotation of the concrete mixer.
| rowspan="2" |

'''1. Direction only'''

0 - no rotation

1 - left rotation

2 - right rotation

(you can set these values yourself)

'''2. Number of revolutions, rotation speed (rpm), direction of rotation is shown as + or -'''
|-
|'''Horizontal rotation control'''
|-
|'''Container'''
|It is used to control the loading of equipment, for example, a garbage truck
|The tilt angle and the container cumulative counter are transmitted
|-
|'''Bucket'''
|Serves to determine the operation or downtime of an excavator and similar equipment
|The tilt angle and operation are transmitted depending on whether the equipment is working or idle
|-
|'''Plow'''
|Serves to determine the operation of the snowplow blade of snow removal machines and similar equipment
|The tilt angle and operation are transmitted depending on whether the equipment is working or idle
|-
|'''Angle control'''
|Serves to determine the angle of inclination of parts of mechanisms relative to the horizon. Triggering events occur when a certain angle set by the user is reached.
|The tilt angle and response are transmitted depending on whether the control element of the equipment is lowered or raised, respectively
|-
|'''Horizontal inclinometer'''
|In the “'''Single-axis'''” measurement mode, the sensor records deviations only along one axis - the pitch axis - from the zero point, which must be set after selecting the mode and installing the sensor at the moment when the mechanism is on a flat surface in the stowed position. The angle is measured from 0 to 360 degrees.
In the “'''Two-axis'''” mode, you can track the tilt angle along each measurement axis separately.
|The roll (and pitch) angle(s) is transmitted.
'''0-360''' for one axis

'''0-180''' for the other axis
|-
|'''Verticalinclinometer'''
|In the “'''Single-axis'''” measurement mode, the sensor records deviations only along one axis - the pitch axis - from the zero point, which must be set after selecting the mode and installing the sensor at the moment when the mechanism is on a flat surface in the stowed position. The angle is measured from 0 to 360 degrees.
In the “Two-axis” mode, you can track the tilt angle along each measurement axis separately.
|The roll (and pitch) angle(s) is transmitted.
'''0-360''' for one axis

'''0-180''' for the other axis
|}

=== Vertical rotation control ===
[[File:Vertical rotation control.png|710x710px]] [[File:Vertical rotation control settings.png|710x710px]]

# Selecting the format of transmitted data ('''Direction only or Speed and rpm''')
# Selecting the transmitted values of rotation left and right, available only in the "'''direction only'''" transmission format

The sensor is installed at the ends of the mixer.

This mode has '''2 formats of transmitted data:'''

1) '''Direction only''' - used, for example, to control the direction of rotation of a concrete mixer. Depending on the direction of rotation around the axis, a trigger event is transmitted: when rotating to the right, the value 1 will be transmitted, when rotating to the left - the value 2, if there is no rotation, 0 will be transmitted.

You can change the value of rotation to the left and to the right (from 1 ... 255)

2) '''Speed and rpm'''. The sensor will transmit the number of complete revolutions and the rotation speed in rpm. The rotation speed will be calculated by the sensor after the first three full revolutions. The speed will be positive in one direction, negative in the other. You can learn more about how to set up speed recognition on the monitoring platform in [https://docs.google.com/document/d/13xV8zCP8JVlJ-dzKR4HQJ8sr28X-L5w_0APE2Nq293E/edit?usp=sharing this manual]

[[File:F0cc0683-1aae-4b82-be4f-aa5230b8e6ce.png|948x948px]]

[[File:Vertical rotation control diagram.png]]

[[File:Vertical rotation control example.png|806x806px]]

=== Horizontal rotation control ===
[[File:Horizontal rotation control.png|710x710px]] [[File:Vertical rotation control settings.png|710x710px]]

#Selecting the format of transmitted data ('''Direction only or Speed and rpm''')
# Selecting the transmitted values of rotation left and right, available only in the "'''direction only'''" transmission format

The sensor is installed at the ends of the mixer.

This mode has '''2 formats of transmitted data:'''

1) '''Direction only''' - used, for example, to control the direction of rotation of a concrete mixer. Depending on the direction of rotation around the axis, a trigger event is transmitted: when rotating to the right, the value 1 will be transmitted, when rotating to the left - the value 2, if there is no rotation, 0 will be transmitted.

You can change the value of rotation to the left and to the right (from 1 ... 255)

2) '''Speed and rpm'''. The sensor will transmit the number of complete revolutions and the rotation speed in rpm. The rotation speed will be calculated by the sensor after the first three full revolutions. The speed will be positive in one direction, negative in the other. You can learn more about how to set up speed recognition on the monitoring platform in [https://docs.google.com/document/d/13xV8zCP8JVlJ-dzKR4HQJ8sr28X-L5w_0APE2Nq293E/edit?usp=sharing this manual]

The sensor is installed on the side surface of the mixer.
{{Note|1=In horizontal rotation, the sensor is installed with the convex/semi-circular part up or down! When installed with the convex/semi-circular part to the left or right, rotations will not be counted!}}

[[File:Horizontal rotation control diagram.png]]

[[File:Horizontal rotation control example.png|851x851px]]

=== Container ===
[[File:Container mode.png|750x750px]] [[File:Container mode settings.png|750x750px]]

Serves to control unloading and loading on equipment types such as garbage trucks, dump trucks, etc., as well as for more precise control of hatch cover opening.

After installing the sensor, zero should be set. The equipment should be located on a level surface. When crossing the lower and upper threshold values, the number of trips will increase and the total activation counter will be transmitted.

[[File:Container mode explanation.png|718x718px]]

When crossing the blue line (Upper threshold value), the counter increases by 1, for repeated triggering it is necessary to cross the green line (Lower threshold value)

Black line - Zero

Green line - Lower threshold value

Blue line - Upper threshold value

The counter will continue to increase with each container up to the maximum value of 65535. After which it will reset to zero and continue to increase again. With 100 containers per day, the counter will last for 1-2 years.

The settings for the received readings on the platform are shown in [https://docs.google.com/document/d/13xV8zCP8JVlJ-dzKR4HQJ8sr28X-L5w_0APE2Nq293E/edit?usp=sharing this manual]

=== Bucket ===
[[File:Bucket mode.png|750x750px]] [[File:Bucket mode settings.png|750x750px]]

This mode is intended for use on excavators to monitor bucket operation or idle time.

'''Filtration level''' - how much the tilt angle data will be filtered during sudden changes.

'''Delta''' - the minimum angle value at which the triggering occurs.

'''Measurement interval''' - the time period after which the tilt angle is compared to calculate the delta.

'''Turn OFF delay''' - the time period during which the work will be transmitted.

'''Transmit as event notification'''- the value that will be transmitted as work.

"'''Measurement interval'''" sets the time during which the sensor measures the angle values. After the measurement interval, the current value is compared with the previous value. If the difference is a certain angle that is greater than or equal to the "'''Delta'''" value, then the triggering will occur, which will signal the excavator bucket is working. The "'''Delta'''" parameter sets the minimum angle value at which the triggering occurs. If the bucket operation is stopped, the angle difference will not exceed the set value "'''Delta'''", the "'''Turn OFF delay'''" is started, no triggering occurs (the value "0" is transmitted). In this way, the bucket operation and downtime are separated, eliminating false triggering.

The setup of the received readings on the platform is shown in [https://docs.google.com/document/d/13xV8zCP8JVlJ-dzKR4HQJ8sr28X-L5w_0APE2Nq293E/edit?usp=sharing this manual]
{{Note|1=When installing tilt angle sensors on excavator manipulators, it is recommended to place the sensor on the knee of the manipulator, which is the most active at the time the excavator is performing work and makes a greater number of movements with a greater amplitude of angle change.}}
[[File:Bucket mode diagram.png]]

[[File:Bucket mode example.png|697x697px]]

=== Plow ===
[[File:Plow mode.png|750x750px]] [[File:Plow mode settings.png|750x750px]]

The mode is designed for installation on "blade" type devices, such as snow blowers used for clearing roads, or a bulldozer.

'''Filtration level''' - how much the tilt angle data will be filtered during sudden changes.

'''Upper limit''' - the tilt angle threshold above which the alarm stops.

'''Lower limit''' - the tilt angle threshold below which the alarm starts after the turn-on delay.

'''Turn ON delay''' - the number of seconds the sensor must be below the lower threshold to start the alarm.

'''Turn OFF delay''' - the number of seconds the sensor must be between the upper and lower angles to stop the alarm.

'''Transmit as event notification''' - the value that will be transmitted as the job.
{{Warning|title=Important|1=It is not recommended to use the sensor to control mechanisms whose deviation amplitude is less than 10 degrees. For example, the middle blade of a grader.}}
When crossing the "'''LOW'''" boundary towards a smaller angle, the turn-on delay timer is started. If the current angle does not exceed the "'''LOW'''" boundary upon expiration of the turn-on delay timer, the triggering event will occur (the value "1" or another value that you set is transmitted).

When crossing the "'''LOW'''" boundary towards a larger angle, the turn-off delay timer is started. If the current angle remains greater than the "'''LOW'''" boundary upon expiration of the turn-off delay timer, the triggering will be reset (the value "'''0'''" is transmitted).

If, at the moment of counting down the turn-off delay timer, the sensor crosses the "'''LOW'''" boundary back towards a smaller angle, the started turn-off timer is reset.

When crossing the "'''UP'''" boundary towards a larger angle, the triggering will be reset instantly.

This is done to obtain more visual readings of the sensor triggering (short-term raising and lowering of the implement during obstacle avoidance and turns are excluded).
{{Note|1=The "0" is set in the working position.}}
[[File:Plow mode diagram.png|740x740px]]

[[File:Plow mode diagram 2.png]]

The setup of the received readings on the platform is shown in [https://docs.google.com/document/d/13xV8zCP8JVlJ-dzKR4HQJ8sr28X-L5w_0APE2Nq293E/edit?usp=sharing this manual]

=== Angle Control ===
[[File:Angle control.png|750x750px]] [[File:Angle control settings.png|750x750px]]

The "Angle Control" operating mode can be used, for example, to control the operation of a garbage truck, dump truck, and other working units of special equipment.

The 3-axes accelerometer used in the sensor cannot ignore vibrations, acceleration and deceleration of the vehicle/unit the sensor is installed on. It also cannot ignore the inclination of the terrain the vehicle/unit moves across.

Due to that the sensor is less suited for the monitoring of machinery units that are operated when on the move, f.e. dump trucks that are gradually unloaded with their boxes are lifted and they slowly move forward. There will be factors mentioned above that will affect the sensor's readings and cause random angle changes that will be impossible to reliably validate by the vehicle's speed.

In other cases the sensor's readings can be validated by the vehicle's speed.

More on that in [https://docs.google.com/document/d/13xV8zCP8JVlJ-dzKR4HQJ8sr28X-L5w_0APE2Nq293E/edit?usp=sharing this manual (p. 19)]

The sensor also has its own filtration/smoothing algorithm. However, the higher the level of that filtration is, the slower the current angle reading is calculated and that could lead to the actual movements of the mechanism the sensor is installed on to get missed.

One more option is to install 2 sensors: one on the vehicle's (unit's frame) and another - on the mechanism that needs to be monitored. More on that in [https://docs.google.com/document/d/13xV8zCP8JVlJ-dzKR4HQJ8sr28X-L5w_0APE2Nq293E/edit?usp=sharing this manual (p. 17)]

'''Filtration level''' - how much the tilt angle data will be filtered during sudden changes.

'''Upper limit'''- the tilt angle threshold above which the triggering occurs.

'''Lower limit'''- the tilt angle threshold below which the triggering stops.

'''Transmit as event notification''' - the value that will be transmitted as work.

When the angle increases and the upper limit is reached, the sensor is triggered; when moving backwards and crossing the lower limit, the triggering is reset (the value "0" is transmitted).

[[File:Angle control diagram.png]]

The setup of the received readings on the platform is shown in [https://docs.google.com/document/d/13xV8zCP8JVlJ-dzKR4HQJ8sr28X-L5w_0APE2Nq293E/edit?usp=sharing this manual]

=== Horizontal inclinometer ===
[[File:Horizontal inclinometer.png|750x750px]] [[File:Inclinometer settings.png|750x750px]]

The inclinometer mode is designed to measure the angle and direction of tilt.

'''Filtration level''' - how much the tilt angle data will be filtered during sudden changes.

'''Single-axis mode''': measures the rotation angle along the X axis (roll) in the horizontal position, i.e. the ZY plane is perpendicular to the installation plane. It is possible to set zero. The measurement range is 360°. There is no trigger event.

'''Dual-axis mode''': measures the rotation angle along the Y axis (roll) and the rotation angle along the X axis (pitch) in the horizontal position. It is possible to set zero. The measurement range is 180°. There is no trigger event.
{{Note|1=Data transfer in Horizontal inclinometer mode is supported only when using [[BA-BLE]]}}
[[File:Horizontal inclinometer diagram.png]]

=== Vertical inclinometer ===
[[File:Vertical inclinometer.png|750x750px]] [[File:Inclinometer settings.png|750x750px]]

The inclinometer mode is designed to measure the angle and direction of tilt.

'''Filtration level''' - how much the tilt angle data will be filtered during sudden changes.

'''Single-axis mode''': measures the rotation angle along the X axis (roll) in the horizontal position, i.e. the ZY plane is perpendicular to the installation plane. It is possible to set zero. The measurement range is 360°. There is no trigger event.

'''Dual-axis mode''': measures the rotation angle along the Y axis (roll) and the rotation angle along the X axis (pitch) in the horizontal position. It is possible to set zero. The measurement range is 180°. There is no trigger event.
{{Note|1=Data transfer in Vertical inclinometer mode is supported only when using [[BA-BLE]]}}
[[File:Vertical inclinometer diagram.png]]

== Sealing and installation ==

=== Connection dimensions ===

==== Connection dimensions of the DU-BLE of the former design ====
[[File:Connection dimensions DU-BLE former design .png]]

[[File:Dimensions of former design DU-BLE.png]]

==== Connection dimensions of the DU-BLE of the current design ====
[[File:Connection dimensions DU-BLE current design .png]]

[[File:Dimensions of current design DU-BLE.png]]

=== Sensor sealing ===

==== Sealing DU-BLE of the former design ====
To seal the sensor and prevent unauthorized access to it, install the protective cover and pass the seal through the special holes in the cover. Tighten the seal against its end into the special hole in the seal. Cut off the excess wire of the seal.

[[File:Sealing former design DU-BLE.png]]

==== Sealing DU-BLE of the current design ====
You will need the sensor protective cover and the seal provided in the kit<gallery widths="300" heights="300">
File:New_design_cap.png|'''Protective cover DU-BLE'''
File:New_design_seal.png|'''DU-BLE seal'''
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head
[[File:TD-BLE_with_cap.png|none|thumb|455x455px|'''DU-BLE with cap''']]

Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outward''')<gallery widths="350" heights="350">
File:Installing_TD-BLE_seal.png|'''Installing DU-BLE seal'''
File:Installed_TD-BLE_seal.png|'''Installed DU-BLE seal'''
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw in the special key from the kit (you can also use any self-tapping screw of suitable size) and pull it towards yourself.
[[File:Removing_seal.png|none|thumb|493x493px|'''Removing seal''']]
[[File:Seal_after_removal.png|none|thumb|'''Seal after removal''']]
This makes it impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.

==== Alternative sealing for DU-BLE of the current design ====
Also included with the current DU-BLE is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.

* The wire must be threaded through the hole in the sensor cover

[[File:Alternative_sealing_step_1.png|frameless|433x433px]]

* Thread both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head

[[File:Alternative_sealing_step_2.png|frameless|519x519px]]

* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing the protruding part of the seal

[[File:Alternative_sealing_step_3.png|frameless|543x543px]]

=== Mounting and direction ===
The most common mounting method is self-tapping screws with a sealing washer. It is also possible to install on threaded crimp nuts, welded bushings and other structural elements. The sensor can be mounted on pre-prepared places using screws and bolts with strength class not less than 4.8. It is necessary to ensure tightness of the connection between the sensor body and the tank. For additional protection it is allowed to use automotive oil and gasoline resistant sealant.

For plastic tanks rivets and bolts can be used.

[[File:Antenna_direction.png|frameless|768x768px]]

=== How hard to screw in self-tapping screws ===

=== [[File:How_to_hard_to_tighten_the_screws.png|frameless|512x512px]] ===

== Firmware update (FW) ==
[[File:DU-BLE update.gif]]

To update the firmware on the DU-BLE:

* Download the current firmware version as a file to the phone memory
* Connect to the sensor
* Go to “'''Additional Features'''”
[[File:Additional features DU-BLE.png|546x546px]]

* Go to FW update
[[File:FW update menu.png|577x577px]]

* Select the firmware file ('''1''') from the phone memory (The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip it) and start the flashing process ('''2'''). '''These actions should be performed within 30 seconds after entering update mode!'''
[[File:Start_of_TD-BLE_update.png|frameless|732x732px]]

* The flashing process should start. '''Do not close or minimize the application during the flashing process!'''
[[File:TD-BLE_update_process.jpg|frameless|728x728px]]

* When the updating is completed, a window will pop up indicating that the update was successful
[[File:The_TD-BLE_update_has_been_completed.jpg|frameless|741x741px]]

Firmware update via the IOS mobile application is shown in [https://youtu.be/rPsI1AdrTQs this video]

Up-to-date firmware can be found in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/?product=DUBLE#escort-duble Download materials]

The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip.

== Useful links ==
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/datchik-ugla-naklona/eskort-du-ble/Escort%20DU-BLE%20datasheet.pdf?v=071220114144 Technical data sheet of the device]'''
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/besprovodnoy-datchik-ugla-naklona/eskort-du-ble/#active Product page]'''
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/?product=DUBLE#escort-duble Download materials]'''
* '''[[Table of compatibility of BLE sensors with trackers and other devices]]'''
* '''[https://docs.google.com/document/d/13xV8zCP8JVlJ-dzKR4HQJ8sr28X-L5w_0APE2Nq293E/edit?usp=sharing Setting up the received readings on the platform]'''

{{Next|prev=TD-Q|prev-text=TDQ-BLE|next=DU-180}}

TD-150-BLE

2026-10-15T07:22:02Z

RINAT: Links: Google Play app ae.esensor.config (old ru.fmeter.config is gone) — in the card and in the text

[[RU:TD-150-BLE| Русская версия]]
[[es:TD-150-BLE| Versión en español]]
{{Sensor card
|type = Wired fuel level sensor with Bluetooth
|photo = TD-150 BLE.png
|model = TD-150 BLE
|p1 = Measurement type |v1 = capacitive
|p2 = Interfaces |v2 = RS-485 (LLS), Bluetooth LE
|p3 = Bluetooth |v3 = Advertising mode, packet every 1 s
|p4 = Measurement period |v4 = 1 s
|p5 = Analog output |v5 = 0.2…9 V
|p6 = Frequency output |v6 = 301…1323 Hz / 301…4395 Hz
|p7 = Level range |v7 = 1…1023 / 1…4095
|datasheet = https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/escort-td-150-ble/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-150_BLE.pdf?v=271022141800
|downloads = https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/
|product = https://escortsensors.com/product/escort-td-150-ble/
|ios = https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085
|android = https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ae.esensor.config
}}
== Definition and purpose of the sensor ==
High-precision fuel level sensors (FLS, also meters or sensors) of the '''Escort''' brand are designed to determine the filling level of petroleum products in fuel tanks, reservoirs and storage tanks. The '''TD-150-BLE''' meter (sensor) is used in transport technology as a fuel level meter, in industry - as a level meter for any light petroleum products. Escort FLS measurement type is capacitive. Its readings are based on the dielectric constant of the medium in which it operates; in this case, the medium is various types of light petroleum products (gasoline, diesel, kerosene, motor oil).

The TD-150-BLE is a wired FLS with bluetooth transmission and configuration capability. The sensor data is transmitted in the form of Bluetooth packets in '''Advertising''' '''mode'''; the frequency of data sending is every second. The frequency of fuel level sensor measurement is also every second.

More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/escort-td-150-ble/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-150_BLE.pdf?v=271022141800 technical data sheet of the device.]

== Basic terms and concepts ==
'''''Fuel level sensor (FLS)''' -'' device which is used for measuring fuel level.

'''''Serial number''' -'' code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).

'''''CNT''' -'' an oscillatory circuit, thanks to which the basic level of filling of the sensor measuring tubes with fuel is calculated. This level is converted to a final value determined by the data interface.

'''''Data transfer protocol''''' - a set of specific logical-level rules or conventions that govern the exchange of data between different programs or devices. For TD-150 BLE, the main transmission protocol is '''LLS via the RS-485 interface'''. and over the '''Bluetooth interface''', the '''Escort BLE''' protocol is used to transmit data packets.

'''Sensor's name''' - sensor's designation among BLE devices consisting from two letter from the sensor's model name and six last digits from the serial number; E.g. TD_100100;

'''MAC-address''' - unique identifier assigned to every active device. Used to recognize devices in the network.

'''Data packet''' - is a set of parameters transmitted by a device equipped with a Bluetooth transmitter, the structure of which is determined by the data transfer protocol.

'''Advertising mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the device “distributes” data packets at a certain frequency, regardless of the presence of a device receiving the data.

'''Connection mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the transmitter waits for a connection to the receiving device in order to begin transmitting data packets.

'''[[BA-BLE|BA-BLE Adapter]]''' - is a device that relays data transfer and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via the RS-485 interface in accordance with the LLS protocol.

'''''Data transfer mode''''' - this is a type of boundary between two objects or nodes, which are regulated by a special accepted standard and implemented using established methods, tools and rules. TD-150 has the following operating modes:

* '''RS-485 (Passive and Active)'''
* '''Analog'''
* '''Frequency'''

'''''Interface''''' - a physical connection method and/or a set of software tools that allows data to be transferred between two or more devices.

'''''RS-485''''' - digital data transmission mode. The sensor waits for a corresponding request from the receiving device. Works using the LLS protocol. Based on CNT, a value is generated in conventional units of the selected range (1-1023 units or 1-4095 units)

'''''Converter''''' - digital converter RS-485 to USB ([https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/escort_c-200m/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20%D0%A1-200%D0%9C.pdf?v=200320145441 С200М] или [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/escort_c-200m/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20%D0%A1-200M2.pdf?v=150323104901 С200М2]) for configuring wired sensors.

'''''Active (periodic) RS-485''''' - operating mode in which the sensor, without waiting for a request from the receiver, itself transmits packets with command data within 2 seconds.

'''''Analog''''' - mode in which a corresponding voltage is generated based on the CNT in the approximate range of 0.2-9V.

'''''Frequency''''' - mode in which the corresponding frequency in Hz is generated based on the CNT (301-1323 Hz with a value range of 1-1023; 301-4395 Hz with a value range of 1-4095).

'''''GPS tracker''''' - the main element of the system for monitoring the operation of transportation carried out by means of satellite communication. Without it, it is impossible to control transportation, to determine the coordinates of the vehicle location. It collects information from sensors and on-board system of the vehicle, and then transmits it to the device/server, which belong to the controlling specialist.

== Preparation ==

=== Preparing the Tank ===
To prepare the tank you should:

* Empty the tank, clean and dry if necessary
* '''Remove fuel vapors and air from the tank''' (especially for a gasoline tank, but in the case of a diesel engine, this procedure should not be neglected, since gasoline could be added to the diesel); to do this, you can heat water to boiling point and direct the resulting steam into the tank or use carbon dioxide so that it displaces fuel vapors and air; ensure that any open flame sources are sufficiently far away from the fuel tank
* [[File:Removing fuel vapors.png|frameless|656x656px]]
* '''Find the geometric center of the tank and drill a hole''' in it using a '''ø3mm''' drill bit. Then, using a piece of stiff wire, examine the tank for the presence of partitions in it
* [[File:Choosing a location for installing the FLS.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Choosing a location for installing the FLS''']][[File:Little hole drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Drilling the tank and subsequent examination of the tank for the presence of partitions''']]
* If the space inside the tank in the selected location is free, '''drill a ø 35 mm hole''' using a bimetallic bit; When drilling, keep the bit tilted slightly to prevent the cut section from falling into the tank. Use a magnet to catch chips and prevent them from getting into the tank.
* [[File:Angled drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Drilling a hole at an angle''']][[File:Removing metal part.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Removing a Drilled Disc''']]
* If it is impossible to install the sensor in the geometric center of the tank, try choosing another location as close as possible to the geometric center of the tank; this point should coincide with the place where the height of the tank is maximum. This way you reduce the risk and amplitude of level fluctuations associated with fuel movement while driving.

==== Why should the sensor be mounted in the geometric center of the tank? ====
'''The highest point must be chosen so that the sensor can measure the level of all the fuel inside the tank without any blind spots.'''

The fuel level readings from a sensor installed in the center of the tank will be least affected by movement and fuel overflow in the tank.

If it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank, consider installing two sensors diagonally at two corners. When fuel flows to one side of the tank, the level on the corresponding sensor will rise, and on the opposite side, the level will correspondingly decrease, while the average level will remain unchanged.

[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=T0Pd6TOpuc8&ab_channel=EscortSensors Video example of the importance of installing the sensor at the geometric center of the tank.]
[[File:Sensor position and fuel flow.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Sensor position and fuel flow''']]

{{Warning|1=Before starting the calibration, the vehicle/fuel tank must be positioned flat in relation to the horizon, i.e. on a level surface without a slope.}}
If the tank has an irregular geometric shape, the sensor must be installed at the maximum depth of the tank, closer to the geometric center.
[[File:The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank.png|none|thumb|686x686px|'''The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank''']][[File:Ladder tank.png|frameless|470x470px]]

[[File:Ladder tank I.png|frameless|451x451px]]

===== When installation in the center is impossible - two or more FLS. =====
To increase accuracy and reduce level fluctuations, install two sensors in one tank. This solution is mainly used in tanks with a capacity of more than 600 liters and having a length of 1500 mm. Sensors must not be installed close to the walls of the tank.
[[File:Two sensors installed diagonally.png|none|thumb|691x691px|'''Two sensors installed diagonally''']]
Also, two or more sensors should be installed if it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank and (or) the tank has an elongated shape, i.e. The length of the tank is significantly greater than its height.

'''Note.''' Installing a single sensor in an elongated tank will allow you to detect drains and refills. But increased level fluctuations while driving may not allow the monitoring platform to correctly read fuel consumption. Therefore, installing two sensors is preferable.

=== Installation locations in tanks of complex shapes ===

==== Saddle-Style Fuel Tanks ====
In this case, it is desirable to install two fuel level sensors in the deepest places along the geometric center of the depressions.

[[File:Saddle shape.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape top view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape side view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

==== Cylindrical tank ====
In this case, the sensor must be installed in the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank top view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

===== Long cylindrical tank =====
In the case of elongated cylindrical tanks, to improve readings while driving, it is necessary to install two sensors at an equal distance from the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank long.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank long inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

===== Ladder shape tank =====
If there is a difference in height in the tank and there is no common bed, it may be necessary to install two fuel level sensors.

[[File:Ladder 2 tank.png|frameless|782x782px]]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

====== Ladder shape tank's tank calibration ======
When calibrating, it is necessary to create two tables, one for "'''FLS 1'''" and the second for "'''FLS 2'''"

Let's assume that the calibration step is 10 liters.

At the beginning of calibration, when the fuel is in the "'''Red Zone'''", the level changes will only occur on "'''FLS 2'''", so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 2'''".

When the fuel is in the "'''Yellow Zone'''" changes will occur on both "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''", during this period we record changes in both tables with half a step, that is, we also fill in 10 liters, but we record 5 liters in the table of each sensor.

When the fuel is in the "'''Green Zone'''" the changes will only occur on "'''FLS 1'''" so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 1'''".

On the platform "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''" are started as separate sensors with their own tables and then a third virtual sensor is created with the sum of liters for two sensors, an example of starting two FLS on the platform is shown [https://docs.google.com/document/d/14p9GYmY0D1Wjz0ZfJXO-soVfxRBP7EiY7TgibD6vmZQ/edit?usp=sharing in this instruction.]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank calibration.png|frameless|750x750px]]

=== Preparing the sensor ===

==== Preparing the sensor tubes ====
Before calibrating the sensor, you should '''determine the future length''' of the measuring tubes in accordance with the height of the tank and '''cut or extend them'''. The length of the tubes should be calculated according to the following formula:

'''L = H - 15 mm,'''

where L - tubes length after changing the length

and

H - height of the tank at the installation point.
{{Warning|1=The minimum length of the tubes should not be less than 15 cm (150 mm). Otherwise, it will most likely not be possible to obtain adequate graphics. The maximum length of the tubes can reach 6m..}}

[[File:Measuring height of the tank.png|none|thumb|859x859px|'''Measuring height of the tank''']]
[[File:Measuring tubes length.png|none|thumb|841x841px|'''Measuring the length of tubes''']]
Use a hacksaw to cut the tubes. When sawing, be careful not to damage the connection of the tubes to the circuit board inside the sensor head and to prevent metal shavings from falling into the tubes.
[[File:Cutting the tubes.gif|none|thumb|600x600px|'''Cutting the tubes''']]
'''Avoid getting shavings inside the tubes - this may lead to a short circuit in the sensor; if this happens, blow the tubes with compressed air through the drainage holes under the sensor flange.''' Sand the edges of the tubes with sandpaper to remove any burrs or irregularities.
[[File:Collet connection.png|none|thumb|850x850px|'''Collet connection''']]
To extend sensor tubing, use a collet extension and an additional tube.
[[File:Internal connection of the collet connection.png|none|thumb|748x748px|'''Internal connection of the collet connection''']]
Inner nuts (yellow elements) are used to connect the inner tubes. Once they are installed and the studs are screwed into them, the tubes do not have to touch each other, but try to get them as close to each other as possible.
[[File:Collet connection installed.png|none|thumb|747x747px|'''Collet connection installed''']]
The outer coupling and the corresponding nuts must be securely tightened. '''The outer tubes should touch each other.'''

[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b_WtOHzKtDM Watch this video on our YouTube channel for a real-time overview of the connection.]

=== Connection dimensions ===
[[File:Dimenstions TD 150.png|none|thumb|649x649px|'''Connection dimensions of the wired FLS''']]

== Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via a mobile application on Android ==

==== Geolocation ====
Start the configurator. Enable bluetooth, geolocation and also make sure that the application has access to Geolocation.

[[File:Screenshot 20240221-094919 One UI Home.png|frameless]] [[File:Screenshot 20240221-095105 Permission controller.png|frameless]]

=== Connection to the sensor ===
Wired sensors can be connected to a smartphone to the Escort Configurator app for [https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085 IOS] and [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ae.esensor.config Android].

[[File:Connection TD 150 BLE.gif|frameless]]

Press the '''Sensor Settings''' button. Next, select '''TD-150-BLE (TW)'''.

[[File:Sensor settings. Main page.png|frameless|842x842px]] [[File:TW-BLE connection page.png|frameless|842x842px]]

Find the '''required sensor (1)''' by typing the '''last 6 digits of its serial number'''. You can find the serial number on the sensor head.

You can also simply select the required sensor from the list and click the '''Connect (2) button'''. On an '''Android device''', you can click on the sensors name, and a package of data received in '''advertising mode (3)''' will be displayed.

[[File:Connection and advertising TD-150 BLE.png|frameless]]

Once connected successfully, you will see the main screen of the sensor.

[[File:TD 150 BLE main page.png|frameless]]

# '''RSSI''' - Received signal strength indicator, which indicates how well your smartphone receives sent data. This parameter is not transmitted by the sensor, but is calculated by the receiving device
# '''Temperature''' measured by sensor
# Sensor serial number
# Firmware version '''(FW)''' installed in the sensor
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)
# Current sensor operating mode
# Current filtration type
# The '''sensor's MAC address''' is used to connect the sensor to compatible external devices
# Current level

=== Setting a password ===
It is strongly recommend that you set a password on the sensor in order to restrict access to its settings. When you connect for the first time, the application will ask you to set a password automatically.

You can set, change and delete a password in the '''Additional Features'''.

[[File:TD-150 BLE additional features.png|frameless|711x711px]]

Then on the tab that appears, in the password operation box, enter the '''password(1)''' to be used later and press '''Install(2)'''.

[[File:TD-150 BLE setting password .png|frameless]]

{{Warning|1=Please note that the password reset procedure can be very time-consuming. We recommend that you take a responsible approach in setting your password and saving it.}}
'''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''

To delete a previously set password, you must enter it in the Password field, and then press the '''Enter''' and then the '''Delete''' buttons.

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

=== Sensor calibration ===
[[File:Calibration TD 150 BLE.gif|frameless]]

After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.

To do this you need:

* Go to the '''"Settings"''' menu

[[File:TD-150 BLE settings page.png|frameless]]

* Insert the centralizer into the tubes
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by sealing the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes, turning the sensor upside down, or submerging the sensor tubes completely in fuel)
* Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''2''')
* Deselect the '''"Calibration without fuel"''' slider ('''1''')
* Press '''"Full"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Full"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''2'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:TD-150 BLE Full calibration.png|frameless]]
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|566x566px|'''Centrator''']]
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Centrator on the tubes''']]
<gallery widths="350" heights="300">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)'''
</gallery>

* Empty the tubes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the tubes
* Wait for CNT to stabilize ('''2''')
* Click "'''Empty'''" ('''3''')
* The value "'''Empty'''" ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT (2), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:TD-150 BLE Empty setting.png|frameless|805x805px]]

Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]
{{Warning|1=Unblock the drainage holes after calibration!}}
[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|731x731px]]

=== Calibration without fuel ===
An alternative calibration method is calibration without fuel.

In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty and there is no fuel in them, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch '''(1)''' active (green) and press '''"Calibrate" (2)''' . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.

[[File:TD-150 BLE calibration without fuel.png|frameless|710x710px]]

If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.

There are two measuring ranges:
* From 1 to 1023
* From 1 to 4095

Sensor does not sends level 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is level sent.

'''The sensor itself does not know what fuel will be used, so when calibrating without fuel the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''

'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''

'''If possible, we recommend calibration with fuel. If tank calibration is not planned or is impossible, then calibration with fuel is a mandatory procedure.'''

=== How to change the voltage range in the analog output ===
If you need to connect the sensor to a tracker using analog output and adjust the voltage range (minimum and maximum values) for compatibility, you can do so in the "'''Settings'''" menu. There, you can enter the minimum and maximum voltage values ('''1''') within the range of 0.2 V to 20 V, and then press the "'''Install'''" button ('''2''') to apply the changes.

For example, if your microcontroller's analog input can only accept a voltage range of 3 V to 7 V, you can adjust the minimum and maximum thresholds of the TD-150-BLE’s analog output accordingly to ensure compatibility between the devices.

[[File:TD-150 BLE analog calibraiton.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TD-150 BLE analog calibraiton selector.jpg|frameless]]

=== How to change the RS-485 interface settings (baud rate, parity) ===
If you need to change the '''RS-485 settings''' for the '''TD-150 BLE sensor''', you can do this in the '''Additional Settings''' section:

[[File:RS-485 settings for the baud rate and parity 1.jpg|left|frameless]]
[[File:RS-485 settings for the baud rate and parity 2.jpg|frameless]]

=== Setting the mode, range and network address ===

==== Setting the mode ====
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS tracker

Go to settings page

[[File:TD-150 BLE settings page.png|frameless]]

Select the mode you need ('''1''') and press '''“Set parameters”'''('''2''')

[[File:TD-150 BLE mode setting.png|frameless]]

[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless]]

- '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the tracker's RS-485 interface. The tracker must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The tracker must be able to poll sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol'''.

- '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS tracker to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''.

- '''Active RS485''' mode should be used if the tracker has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently poll the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.
{{Note|1=The analog output of the TD-150 is always active on the green wire in the 0.2-9V range, there is no need to turn it on separately}}

==== Setting the range ====
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz or 300Hz to 4395Hz'''.

After changing the range, press '''“Set parameters”''' ('''2''').

[[File:TD-150 BLE range setting.png|frameless]]

[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless]]

'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, but the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.

==== Setting the network address ====
The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (gps tracker).
{{Warning|1=There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.}}
To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Network address”''' field ('''1''') and click “'''Set parameters'''” ('''2''')

[[File:TD-150 BLE network address mobile.png|frameless]]

[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless]]

=== Tank calibration ===
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''Installing the sensor inside the tank'''
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''Screwing the self-tapping screws'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports.

In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the Tare menu in the application.

Suppose you need to tare a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.

To do this, you should connect the sensor and go to settings and check that the filtering is set to 0.

Filtration slows down level calculations and can increase tank calibration time.

Then go to the tank calibration menu

[[File:TD-150 BLE tank calibration mobile.png|frameless]]

Then, you can click '''Start''' to create a new table, or click Resume to select an existing table from your smartphone memory and continue working with it. If you click Resume, you will need to locate the table file on your Android device that you created/downloaded earlier. Select another folder using the '''Main Menu button (1)''' or using the drop-down menu '''(2)'''. Select the table and click on it '''(3)'''<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration page.jpg|'''Start or Continue tank calibration'''
File:Folder search.png|'''Selecting a tank calibration table file for resuming the tank calibration'''
</gallery>If you click Start, you will also need to select the folder in which the table will be saved '''(2)''' and click the button to select it '''(3)'''
[[File:Start tank calibration folder.png|none|thumb|'''Selecting a folder and creating a new tank calibration file''']]
Then, you can select the '''Fill''' or '''Drain''' method '''(1, 2)'''. The '''Fill''' method is recommended as it is more accurate.

If you select the Drain method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not

Next, give the table file a name '''(3)''' and set the serving size '''(4)'''.
{{Warning|1=Serving volume is not the number of servings! This is the number of liters/gallons in each serving! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be packaged into 10 servings, the serving size would be 30 L.}}
After this, press Continue '''(5)'''.<gallery widths="400" heights="600">
File:Tank calibration filling.png|'''Selection of tank calibration method, table name, portion size'''
File:Tank calibration draining.png|'''Selection of drain tank calibration method, selection of fuel volume in the tank'''
</gallery>After this, you will have a table in which the first line will have 0 liters and level 1. <gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration first line.jpg|'''First tank calibration line. 0 liters-gallons and level 1'''
</gallery>You can always pause tank calibration and resume it.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration.png|'''Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration'''
File:Resuming tank calibration.jpg|'''Resuming tank calibration'''
</gallery>The table is saved automatically after you click the '''+''' button.

Next, you should add the first portion of fuel to the tank. Once the level changes '''(3)''' and is displayed as Stable '''(4)''', press the + button '''(1)'''.

In this example, level '''(3)''' does not change because during the work on this manual we did not have fuel to carry out a real calibration of the tank. In your case, the level should change (if the fuel touches the tubes) and be '''Stable''' before you press the '''+''' button.

The following line '''(2)''' will appear. The value in the Fuel column will increase according to the Step size '''(5)''' you specified when you created the table or when you last modified it '''(3)'''.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''Adding the first portion to the tank'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''Adding a tank calibration line'''
</gallery>You can also change any line by pressing and holding it for some time, after which a dialog box will appear. This way you can correct possible errors.
[[File:Editing a tank calibration line.jpg|none|thumb|403x403px|'''Editing a tank calibration line''']]
If you press a line and hold it and swipe left, it will be deleted.

[[File:Tank calibration GIF.gif|frameless|732x732px]]

Then, add the next portion of fuel to the tank. Wait for the level to change and stabilize, then press the + button '''(1)'''. Continue this until the tank is full.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|'''Adding a second portion to the tank'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''Adding a tank calibration line'''
</gallery>

=== What to do if it is not possible to completely empty the tank? ===
If you cannot completely empty the tank, you should somehow calculate the amount of fuel that is in the tank. After this, you can manually edit the table so that it looks like the example below. Or simply edit the table file before you upload it to the monitoring platform.

Let's assume that there are already 10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed, so when you place the sensor in the tank, it will immediately begin to show the level of 115, instead of 1.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed'''
File:Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank.jpg|'''Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank'''
</gallery>Next, you can add the next portion to the tank. The level value should change. If the level does not change, check the drain holes. They may be blocked by duct tape that you may have used while calibrating the sensor or by pieces of sealing compound.

If this happens, the air trapped inside the tubes prevents the fuel from rising.
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box''']]

=== Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs ===
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:

# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Example of FLS 1 tank calibration table''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|465x465px|'''Example of FLS 2 calibration table''']]

=== Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length ===
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains unchanged.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''Example of FLS 1 calibration table''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''Example of FLS 2 calibration table''']]

=== Filtration ===
After tank calibration is completed, select the required '''“Filtration”''' ('''1''') and click '''“Set parameters”''' ('''2''')

[[File:TD-150 BLE filtration setting mobile.png|frameless]]

[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless]]

Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:

==== Recommended filtration level for wired FLS ====
{| class="wikitable"
|'''0-1'''
|'''Stationary objects or tanks'''
|-
|'''2-6'''
|'''Vehicles traveling on smooth paved roads'''
|-
|'''7-12'''
|'''Agricultural machinery'''
|-
|'''13-15'''
|'''Heavy quarry machinery'''
|}
General tips for installing filtration:

* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration
* You only need to set the median filter type
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|756x756px|'''Example before enabling filtering and after.''']]

=== Setting and deleting a password ===
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.

To do this:
* Go to the '''"Additional Features"''' menu
[[File:TD-150 BLE additional features.png|frameless|870x870px]]
* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click '''“Install”'''. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''
[[File:TD-150 BLE password set and install.jpg|frameless|876x876px]]

{{Warning|1=Please note that the password reset procedure can be very time-consuming. We recommend that you take a responsible approach in setting your password and saving it.}}

* To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure

* Go to the '''"Additional Features"''' menu
[[File:TD-150 BLE additional features.png|frameless|875x875px]]
* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you lose your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click '''“Remove”'''
[[File:TD-150 BLE password set menu.jpg|frameless|872x872px]]

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

== Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via the configurator on a PC ==

=== Installation of the configurator and connection to the sensor ===
The sensor can be configured using [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 '''the configurator on a PC'''] (From here onwards- "'''configurator'''").
[[File:Sensor connected via MOLEX.png|none|thumb|701x701px|'''Sensor connected via MOLEX''']]
[[File:Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps.png|none|thumb|693x693px|'''Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps''']]
'''Connect the sensor to the USB-RS-485 converter using a 6-pin MOLEX connector''' or using cable clamps if a cable route is connected to the sensor. Orange wire is line A of the RS-485 sensor interface, white wire is line B of the RS-485 sensor interface, black wire is GND, red is PWR.We recommend using our Escort C200M/C200M2 USB-RS-485 converter, since we cannot guarantee 100% compatibility of our devices with converters from other brands.

When working with a laptop, we recommend connecting it to the power supply and/or connecting an additional USB cable to the ADD connector of the PWR C200M. Otherwise, there may not be enough power to operate the sensor and transmitter.

Along with installing the configurator 1.0.2.38, the drivers for the C200M will be installed automatically.

If you use C200M2 on Windows 10 and 11 operating systems, drivers should be installed automatically from Windows Update, on the Windows 7 operating system and below, you may need to [https://remontka.pro/disable-drivers-signature-check-windows-10/ disable the electronic signature of drivers] and manually install [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/escort_c-200m/%D0%94%D1%80%D0%B0%D0%B9%D0%B2%D0%B5%D1%80%20%D0%B4%D0%BB%D1%8F%20C-200M2.zip?v=150323104902 drivers for the С200M2].

If the driver was installed correctly, then after connecting the converter to your PC/laptop, you will see the STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port ('''1''')(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A ('''2''')(C200M2) device in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager " to enter this menu, press '''win+r''' and enter '''devmgmt.msc''' and press '''OK''' ('''3''') and then expand the com ports submenu ('''4''')"

The com port number displayed in this menu is also needed to connect the sensor.

[[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|720x720px]]

After connecting the converter, sensor to it and checking the installation of drivers by checking the com port number of the converter, you need to open the configurator, select the desired com port which we could find in the device manager ('''1''') and press the '''FLS''' button ('''2''').

[[File:Com ports selection.png|frameless|722x722px]]
{{Note|1=The connection to the FLS should be made within 15 seconds after the sensor has been connected to power, if the sensor operating mode has been changed from RS-485 to any other.}}
After connecting the sensor you should see this menu:

[[File:Main page PC configurator.png|frameless|708x708px]]

# Sensor serial number
# Sensor firmware version (FW)
# Sensor temperature
# Current sensor level
# Current CNT level (raw level value) of the sensor
# LLS network addresses connected to this converter (if there is more than one address in this list, it means either more than one sensor is connected to the line at the same time or there is interference on the line, in this case it is necessary to check the connection to the FLS for the presence of other conflicting devices and it is necessary to close other programs using the com ports for example tracker configurator)
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)
# Current sensor operating mode
# Current range of output values (1-1023 or 1-4095)
# Current filtration type and degree
# Connected sensor model

=== Sensor calibration ===
[[File:FLS calibration PC.gif|frameless|663x663px]]

After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.

To do this you need:
* Go to menu '''"Sensor calibration"'''

[[File:TD 150 calibration.png|frameless|660x660px]]

* Insert the centralizer into the tubes
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by sealing the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes, turning the sensor upside down, or submerging the sensor tubes completely in fuel)
* Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''1''')
* Deselect the '''"Calibration without fuel"''' slider ('''2''')
* Click '''"Full"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Full"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''1'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired calibration.png|frameless|366x366px]]
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|516x516px|'''Centrator''']]
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Centralizer at the end of the tubes''']]
<gallery widths="350" heights="300">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)'''
</gallery>

* Empty the pipes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the pipes
* Wait for CNT to stabilize ('''1''')
* Click '''"Empty"''' ('''2''')
* The value '''"Empty"''' ('''3''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''1'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor
* Click '''"OK"'''

[[File:PC Empty calibration.png|frameless|366x366px]]

* The sensor level should display as 1, the sensor calibration process is complete.

Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]
{{Warning|1=Unblock the drainage holes after calibration!}}
[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|568x568px]]

=== Calibration without fuel ===
An alternative calibration option is calibration without fuel.

In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty and free of fuel, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch ('''1''') active ('''green''') and press '''"Calibrate"''' ('''2''') . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.

[[File:Calibration without fuel PC.png|frameless|366x366px]]

[[File:Calibration values calibration without fuel PC.png|frameless|366x366px]]

If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.

Initially there are two measurement ranges:
* From 1 to 1023
* From 1 to 4095

The sensor never sends a value of 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is displayed.

'''When calibrating without fuel, since the sensor does not know what fuel will be used, the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''

'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''

'''We recommend, if possible, calibration with fuel.'''

=== Setting the calibration value Full and Empty manually ===
We do not recommend using this functionality, but you can set the Full and Empty calibration values manually to save time when you are using sensors of the same length in the same tanks.
{{Warning|1=Setting calibration values manually will most likely increase the sensor error! We do not recommend doing this!}}
To do this, enter the Full and Empty calibration values of the previously calibrated sensor into the appropriate fields in the configurator.

[[File:Wired advanced menu.png|frameless|678x678px]]

[[File:Wired advanced menu page.png|frameless|624x624px]]

[[File:Wired manual Empty-Full.png|frameless|623x623px]]

=== Setting the mode, range and network address ===

==== Setting the mode ====
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS tracker

Select the mode you need('''1''') and click '''“Save parameters to device”'''('''2''')

[[File:Wire mode settings.png|frameless|575x575px]]

- '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the tracker's RS-485 interface. The tracker must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The tracker must be able to poll sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol'''.

- '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS tracker to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''.

- '''Active RS485''' mode should be used if the tracker has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently poll the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.
{{Note|1=The analog output of the TD-150 is always active on the green wire in the 0.2-9V range, there is no need to turn it on separately}}

==== Setting the range ====
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz or 300Hz to 4395Hz'''.

After changing the range, click “'''Save the parameters to device'''” ('''2''').

[[File:Wire range settings.png|frameless|584x584px]]

'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, but the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.

==== Setting the network address ====
The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (gps tracker).
{{Warning|1=There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.}}
To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Change network address”''' field ('''1''') and click '''“Save the parameters to device”''' ('''2'''), after which the configurator should switch to the new sensor address and display the new sensor address in the field '''"Available units"''' ('''3''') and '''"Poll network address"''' ('''4''').
[[File:Wired before changing Network address.png|none|thumb|635x635px|'''Before changing network address''']]
[[File:After changing network address.png|none|thumb|636x636px|'''After changing network address''']]

=== Tank calibration ===
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''Installing the sensor inside the tank'''
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''Screwing the self-tapping screws'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports.

In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the Tare menu in the application.

Suppose you need to tare a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.

To do this you should:

* Connect sensor
* Make sure that the filtration is set to '''“No” (1)'''. Filtration slows down the level calculation and can increase the tank calibration time.
* Create an Excel table. Save it in .csv format. The first row of the table should look like this:
* [[File:First line in tank calibration table Excel.png|frameless]] You can also create a text file on your PC/Phone or manually record calibration
* Select whether calibration is performed by filling or draining. '''The Filling''' method is recommended as it is more accurate. If you select '''the Drain''' method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.
* Select portion size

{{Warning|1=Portion volume is not the number of portions! This is the number of liters/gallons in each portion! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be divided into 10 portions, the portion size would be 30L.}}

* Start calibrating the tank by pouring portions into the tank or emptying the tank for a given portion and recording the level in the table after it has stabilized

An example of calibration by filling in portions of 10 liters and imagine that in this case there are 10 liters in the tank that cannot be removed and when the sensor is placed in the tank it immediately shows the value 115 instead of 1.

[[File:Tank calibration first portion.png|frameless]][[File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|frameless|413x413px]]

You add the first portion of fuel to the tank. The level should change from 115 to some other value. If the level does not change, check the sensor drain holes. They may be blocked by electrical tape, which must be removed after the sensor has been calibrated. If the holes are blocked, the air inside the tubes will prevent fuel from getting inside the tubes.

[[File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|frameless|429x429px]]

Next, add the following row to your table.

[[File:Wired Extended table.png|frameless]]

Continue this until the tank is full.

However, if there are bends or other irregularities in the shape of the tank, the volume of fuel portions should be reduced until the fuel level is above the irregularly shaped section of the tank. After overcoming such a section, you should return to the original portion volume.

Assume that you do the tank calibration in portions of 10 liters as before. The level rises to an area with a complex shape.

[[File:Tank calibration complex shape.png|frameless|512x512px]]

You reduce the serving size from 10 to 5 liters. And continue adding portions until you overcome the area with a complex shape.

[[File:Complex shaped tank next step.png|frameless|500x500px]]

When the level is above the problem area, you can return to the original serving volume of 10 liters.

Once the tank is full, you will have a calibration chart like the following example.

[[File:Tank is full.png|frameless|470x470px]] [[File:Filled tank calibration table.png|frameless]]

If in your case the level does not reach 1023 or 4095 because the tank cannot be filled completely, do not worry about it. It is acceptable that your table would end up like the following example, even though the sensor range is 1-1023.

The number of servings depends on the capacity of the tank. See the table with our recommendations below.
[[File:Table for tank that can't be filled completely.png|none|thumb|'''Table for a tank that cannot be filled 100%''']]
The number of servings depends on the capacity of the tank. See the table below for our recommendations.
{| class="wikitable"
| colspan="3" |'''Recommended number and portion size for calibrating the tank'''
|-
|'''Tank volume'''
|'''Number of portions'''
|'''Volume of each portion'''
'''(Tank Volume / Number of portions)'''
|-
|'''0-60'''
|'''10-20'''
|'''3-4'''
|-
|'''61-100'''
|'''12-20'''
|'''5'''
|-
|'''101-500'''
|'''10-50'''
|'''10'''
|-
|'''501-1000'''
|'''20-50'''
|'''20'''
|-
|'''Over1000'''
| colspan="2" |'''As per your capabilities. The rule of thumb is that the larger the portions and smaller the volume, the more accurate the data will be'''
|}

{{Note|1=The rule of thumb: more portions means more accurate reports on the monitoring platform.}}
You can create a table on your platform by loading it from a file or by entering values manually.
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box''']]

=== Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs ===
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Example of FLS 1 calibration table''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|485x485px|'''Example of FLS 2 calibration table''']]

=== Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length ===
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. '''IMPORTANT''': it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''Example of FLS 1 calibration table''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''Example of FLS 2 calibration table''']]

=== Filtration ===
After tank calibration is completed, select the required '''“Filtration level”''' and click '''“Save the parameters to device”'''

[[File:Wired Filtration.png|frameless|680x680px]]

Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:

==== Recommended filtration level for wired FLS ====
{| class="wikitable"
|'''0-1'''
|'''Stationary units'''
|-
|'''2-6'''
|'''Vehicles on high or medium quality roads'''
|-
|'''7-12'''
|'''Agricultural machinery units'''
|-
|'''13-15'''
|'''Heavy-duty machinery'''
|}
General tips for installing filtration:

* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration
* Only median filtering type should be set
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|777x777px|'''Example before enabling filtering and after''']]

=== Setting and removing a password ===
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.

To do this:
* Click on the '''"Service"''' button ('''1''') and then '''"Security"''' ('''2''')
* [[File:Wired security menu.png|frameless|601x601px]]
* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click set password. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''
* [[File:Password menu wired.jpg|frameless|607x607px]]
* After successfully setting the password, a red lock should appear next to the FLS icon
* [[File:PC password set menu.png|frameless|602x602px]]

{{Warning|1=Please note that the password reset procedure can be very time-consuming. We recommend that you take a responsible approach in setting your password and saving it.}}
To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure

* Click on the '''"Service"''' button ('''1''') and then '''"Security"''' ('''2''')
* [[File:Wired security menu.png|frameless|592x592px]]
* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you have lost your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click '''"Remove password"'''
* [[File:PC wired security remove password.png|frameless|590x590px]]
* If the password was successfully removed, the lock should turn green
* [[File:PC wired no password menu.png|frameless|587x587px]]

Attention! By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

== Connecting the sensor to the GPS tracker ==

=== General instructions ===
[[File:Wired recommendations.png|frameless|938x938px]]

Depending on the operating mode and purpose of the sensor, additional components are used in the power supply and signal circuits: filters, optocouplers, ballast resistors and fuses. The elements are installed in the driver’s cabin of a vehicle or other equipment. If it is not possible to install in these locations, provide them with additional protection from external climatic (for example, sun, precipitation) and operational (for example, heating, moving parts) influences. Additional components are located at a safe distance from fuel and its flammable products in explosion-proof areas.

To protect the power circuit, use fuses of the appropriate rating (see FU1 in the diagrams).

'''To ensure spark protection of the power circuit, use ballast resistors of the appropriate rating (see R1 in the diagrams). Place the resistors outside the explosive zone: in the event of high-voltage surges in the sensor power line, the resistor will fail and the circuit will break, eliminating the possibility of sparking in the explosive zone.'''

Connecting cables are laid away from parts that move and heat up during operation of the equipment. If there is no additional insulation of the connecting cable wires, use flame-retardant polymer corrugated tubes used in automotive technology.

==== BLE connection ====
The TD-150-BLE sensor also has the option to connect to a tracker or [[BA-BLE]] base via bluetooth with a data transmission rate of every second.

'''[[Table of compatibility of BLE sensors with trackers and other devices]]'''

=== Connection diagrams ===
In order to connect the sensor to the GPS tracker and to the power source, use the diagram presented below.
[[File:Wired RS-485 no R.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''RS-485 connection diagram''']]
[[File:Wired Frequency mode.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Wiring diagram for Frequency output''']]
[[File:Wired Analog mode.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Analog output wiring diagram''']]

{{Note|1=The TD-150 sensor has analog mode always enabled; it does not need to be enabled in the configurator!}}

=== Connection using a resistor ===
[[File:Wired RS-485 with R.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''RS-485 connection diagram With resistor for explosion protection certificate''']]
The sensors are supplied with 2 resistors. Each can be used in place of (but not in conjunction with) the supplied fuse.

'''The black resistor''' should be used if the sensor is powered by a '''12V''' power source. '''The red resistor''' should be used at higher voltages up to '''80V''' (up to '''40V''' to comply with the certificate of conformity).

The purpose of the resistor is to break the voltage supply line in case of overload and to prevent sparking in the hazardous area that could occur in this case.

[[File:Wired R with sensors.png|frameless|512x512px]]

To achieve explosion safety, the sensor in any mode must be connected through a resistor and not a fuse.
{{Note|1=Not with the fuse, but instead of the fuse}}

== Sensor and cable sealing ==

=== Sealing sensor of the current design ===
You will need a sensor protective cover and a seal from the kit.<gallery widths="300" heights="300">
File:Protective cover for wired FLS.png|'''Protective cover for wired FLS'''
File:New design seal.png|'''Seal TD-150'''
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head
[[File:Wired FLS with protective cover.png|none|thumb|488x488px|'''Wired FLS with protective cover''']]
Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outwards''')

<gallery widths="400" heights="400">
File:Installing a seal on a wired FLS.png|'''Installing a seal on a wired FLS'''
File:Installed seal on the wired FLS.png|'''Installed seal on a wired FLS'''
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw the special key from the kit into it (you can also use any self-tapping screw of a suitable size) and pull it towards you.
[[File:Removal of the seal of the wired FLS.png|none|thumb|474x474px|'''Removal of the seal of the wired FLS''']]
[[File:Seal after removal.png|none|thumb|'''Seal after removal''']]
Thus, it will be impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.

==== Alternative sealing of a current design sensor ====
Also included with the sensor of the current design is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.
* It is necessary to pass the cable through the hole in the sensor cover
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 1.png|frameless|512x512px]]

* Pass both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 2.png|frameless|511x511px]]

* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing on the protruding part
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 3.png|frameless|655x655px]]

=== Cable sealing ===
To seal the sensor connector, insert a plastic seal into the special hole on the sensor connector

[[File:Wire sealing.png|frameless|477x477px]]

== Updating the sensor firmware ==
'''[https://drive.google.com/file/d/1QSV6y3iBXCMrMlRcXiNggKAV9AbVWAwD/view?usp=drive_link There is also a video instructional guide]'''

'''You can find the latest firmware version in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#TD150BLE downloads section of our website]'''

== Common problems and solutions ==

=== Level 7000 ===
Level 7000 is an error code Short circuit. This indicates that there is dirt, water, chips or other impurities in the tubes. All of these can be highly conductive, while the sensor is designed to work with dielectrics such as fuel.

You should clean the sensor tubes preferably by flushing them with the clean fuel and blowing them through the drain holes with compressed air.

If this error occurred after the start of operation of the sensor, it means that most likely these impurities got into the sensor tubes from the tank and in this case it is also needed to ensure that the tank itself doesn't contain any contaminations. Clean the tank, if necessary. Note that a fuel level sensor installed outside a contaminated tank may function correctly, but the same sensor installed in such a tank may generate this error code.

=== Level 6500 ===
This code may indicate that the tubes have lost contact. This error code may be generated immediately after cutting the tubes. In this case, simply calibrate the sensor.

If this does not help, check the CNT. If the CNT is below 10,000, it is very likely that the tubes are not in contact with the sensor board.

Take a photo of the sensor head (the sensor serial number should be visible), its tubes (the correspondence or discrepancy of the tubes length should be clearly visible), take a screenshot of the main screen of the sensor and the '''Settings''' menu page in the application and send these data to tech support.

=== The sensor does not connect or is not recognized in the application ===
If the sensor does not connect to the configurator, do the following:

* Make sure that the correct COM port number is selected and that drivers and libraries are installed (STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port (1)(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A (2)(C200M2) in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager "to enter this menu, press win+r and enter devmgmt.msc and press OK (3) and then expand the com ports submenu (4)"
* [[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|748x748px]]
* [[File:Com ports selection.png|frameless|747x747px]]
* If possible, connect another sensor that is sure to work; if it connects, then there are no problems with the COM port or converter

* Connect another USB cable to the C200M (ADD PWR connector); check if the USB cable is working
* If another converter is used, ensure that sufficient power is supplied to the sensor (12 volts is optimal)
* When connecting the sensor, press Search for sensors within 15 seconds after power is applied to the sensor
* If the above does not help, reflash the FW of the sensor
* If you cannot complete the firmware, contact our technical support

=== Checking the connection between the sensor and the tracker via RS-485 ===
If the sensor, for some reason, after you have configured everything correctly, does not transmit data to the tracker, you need to find out whether data is being exchanged between devices.

To do this, connect the sensor to the tracker via RS-485. Connect power to both devices.

After that, take the RS-485-USB converter and connect it between the sensor and the tracker as shown below:

For RS-485, lines A and B of the converter must be connected to lines A and B of the sensor
[[File:RS-485 Logging Connections .png|none|thumb|651x651px|'''RS-485 Logging Connections''']]
Run [https://drive.google.com/file/d/10i7v4TZ9-JDJYPAh-9JSh4x6vkM93BVV/view?usp=sharing terminal.exe] and configure the COM port as shown below:

Baud rate – 19200, Parity – None, Stop-bits – 1, Handshaking – None

Also, check HEX or ASCII depending on the format in which information from the sensor will be transmitted. For all sensors except the TD-600 configured in RS-232 mode, you must select HEX.

After connecting the converter correctly, select the COM port and click Connect. If the sensor is polled by the tracker and responds, then everything is in order.
[[File:Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485.png|none|thumb|662x662px|'''Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485''']]
If there is no communication between the two devices, try polling the sensor manually.

To do this, enter the request '''31$01$06$6C''' for the sensor with network address 1 and click '''Send'''
[[File:Sending a request to the sensor.png|none|thumb|644x644px|'''Sending a request to the sensor''']]
The structure of the request depends on the network address of the sensor. If you change the sensor address to 255, for example, then the request would look like this

'''31$FF$06$29'''

'''FF''' - 255 in HEX

'''29''' - '''CRC''' checksum calculated for a specific request

In order to calculate the checksum, you can go to the '''[https://crccalc.com/ crccalc]''' website and enter your request without the '''$''' sign, select HEX, CRC-8/MAXIM and click Calc CRC-8
[[File:CRC calculation for address 255.png|none|thumb|650x650px|'''CRC calculation for address 255''']]
If the sensor is polled by the tracker and responds, then everything is in order.

If the sensor does not respond to the tracker, but responds to a request you send manually, you should check your tracker's RS-485 ports.

If the sensor does not respond to anything, the standard FLS diagnostic procedure should be carried out.

== Description of the LLS protocol ==
The protocol is described in this [https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1maRSrToEaYtOP0sQz69Qq3e0iA0dBRos/edit?usp=drive_link&ouid=113197106569288024895&rtpof=true&sd=true document]

Example of a request and response for 1 network address:

Request: '''''31 01 06 6C'''''

Response from sensor: '''''3E 01 06 19 01 00 92 5D BE'''''

== Purpose of contacts and wires ==
[[File:Pinout TD-150.png|frameless|797x797px]]

== Remote control of FLS Escort ==
At the moment, Navtelecom and GlonassSoft trackers have the ability to configure wired Escort FLS by remotely connecting to the gps tracker without using the above commands. This can be done according to these instructions:

'''[https://youtu.be/n_HxgImFvPs Smart and Signal, built-in configurator]'''

'''[https://youtu.be/npxXyVOtfh0 Smart and Signal by creating commands in the configurator]'''

'''[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=p6JkD-AuSHk UMKa]'''

It is also possible to send commands via SMS commands or tracker tracker.

At the moment, we know that the remote control function is supported by trackers of the Smart and Signal family produced by Navtelecom (Signal, Smart), Technocom (AvtoGRAPH) and GlonassSoft (UMKa). Transmission of commands to the sensor is possible only in RS-485 operating mode.

First you need to open the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 PC configurator Escort]; The converter and/or tracker must be disconnected from the computer. In the '''Service''' tab, click on the '''Remote control''' option.

[[File:Remote control Settings.png|frameless|610x610px]]

A window for generating commands for sending will open:

[[File:Remote control Settings menu.jpg|frameless|594x594px]]

Here you need:

# Choose what type of commandd to generate
# Specify the current network address of the sensor to which the command will be sent
# Specify the parameters that need to be changed by this command
# Click on the '''Generate''' button
# Then you need to send the selected part of the command via the tracker configurator or by SMS message to the number of the current SIM card of this GPS tracker

ATTENTION: if a password is set on the sensor, you must first send a command to enter the password, and then the command that you need.

[[File:Command generation.png|frameless|650x650px]]

To decrypt the response to the sent command, you need:

# Copy that part of the response from the tracker that begins with 3E01..., and paste it into the input/output field in the Remote control tab of the Escort configurator
# Click on '''Decode reply'''

[[File:Command decode process.png|frameless|630x630px]]

[[File:Decoded command information.jpg|frameless|632x632px]]

== Useful links ==
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/escort-td-150-ble/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-150_BLE.pdf?v=271022141800 Technical data sheet of the device]'''
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/datchik-urovnja-topliva/escort-td-150-ble/#active Product page]'''
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#TD150BLE Download materials]'''
* '''[[Table of compatibility of BLE sensors with trackers and other devices]]'''

{{Next|prev=TD-150|next=TD-600}}

TD-BLE

2026-10-15T07:22:00Z

RINAT: Links: Google Play app ae.esensor.config (old ru.fmeter.config is gone) — in the card and in the text

[[RU:TD-BLE| Русская версия]]
[[es:TD-BLE| Versión en español]]
{{Sensor card
|type = Wireless fuel level sensor
|photo = TD-BLE.png
|p1 = Measurement type |v1 = capacitive
|p2 = Connection |v2 = Bluetooth LE, Advertising mode
|p3 = Protocol |v3 = Escort BLE
|p4 = Data transmission |v4 = 3 s (FW ≥ 1.3.4) · 1 s (FW ≤ 1.3.0)
|p5 = Measurement period |v5 = 10 s
|p6 = Level range |v6 = 1…1023 / 1…4095
|p7 = Power |v7 = autonomous, battery
|datasheet = https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-ble/Datasheet%20Escort%20TD-BLE.pdf?v=040723105730
|downloads = https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/
|product = https://escortsensors.com/product/escort-wireless-fuel-level-sensor-td-ble/
|ios = https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085
|android = https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ae.esensor.config
}}
== Definition and purpose of the sensor ==
'''Escort''' fuel level sensors (FLS or sensors) are designed to determine the filling level of petroleum products in fuel tanks, reservoirs and storage tanks. '''TD-BLE''' (sensor) is used in transportation as a fuel level meter and in the industry - as a level meter for any light petroleum products. Escort FLS measurement type is capacitive. Its readings are based on the dielectric constant of the medium in which it operates; in this case, the medium is various types of light petroleum products (gasoline, diesel, kerosene, motor oil).

TD-BLE is a completely wireless FLS with an autonomous powe supply. Sensor data is transmitted in the form of Bluetooth packets in '''Advertising''' mode; data sending frequency - every 3 seconds (software version 1.3.4 and later) and every second (software version 1.3.0 and earlier). The frequency of measurement by the fuel level sensor is every 10 seconds, regardless of the software version..

More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-ble/Datasheet%20Escort%20TD-BLE.pdf?v=040723105730 technical data sheet of the device].

== Basic terms and concepts ==
'''Fuel level sensor (FLS)''' - device which is used for measuring fuel level.

'''Serial number''' - code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).

'''Sensor's name''' - sensor's designation among BLE devices consisting from two letter from the sensor's model name and six last digits from the serial number; E.g. TD_100100;

'''MAC-address''' - unique identifier assigned to every active device. Used to recognize devices in the network.

'''Data packet''' - is a set of parameters transmitted by a device equipped with a Bluetooth transmitter, the structure of which is determined by the data transfer protocol.

'''Data transfer protocol''' - is a set of specific rules or conventions of a logical level interface that defines the exchange of data between various programs or devices. In the case of the TD-BLE sensor, the '''Escort BLE''' protocol is used to transmit data packets.

'''Advertising mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the device “distributes” data packets at a certain frequency, regardless of the presence of a device receiving the data.

'''Connection mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the transmitter waits for a connection to the receiving device in order to begin transmitting data packets.

'''[[База BLE-RS485|Base BLE-RS485]]''' - is a device that relays data transfer and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via the RS-485 interface in accordance with the LLS protocol.

'''Base BA-BLE''' - is a device that relays data transfer and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via RS-485 and RS-232 interfaces in accordance with the LLS protocol.

== TD-BLE sensor's design ==

==== Design of the 1st generation TD-BLE ====
[[File:Design of the 1st generation TD-BLE RU.png|834x834px]]

==== Design of the 2nd generation TD-BLE ====
[[File:Design of the 2nd generation TD-BLE ENG.png|834x834px]]

== Connecting sensor to a smartphone ==
To configure the TD-BLE sensor, calibrate it and calibrate the tank, you should use the Escort Configurator application, available on [https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085 iOS] and [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ae.esensor.config Android] devices (hereinafter referred to as the “'''application'''” or "'''app'''").

=== Geolocation ===
Launch the app and activate Bluetooth and geolocation on your smartphone also check if application have access to geolocation.

[[File:Screenshot 20240221-094919 One UI Home.png|595x595px]] [[File:Screenshot 20240221-095105 Permission controller.png|593x593px]]

=== Connecting sensor ===
[[File:Connection GIF.gif]]

Press the '''Sensor Settings''' button. Next, select '''TD-BLE'''.

[[File:Sensor settings. Main page.png|frameless]] [[File:ConnectionTDBLE.png|frameless]]

Find the required sensor by typing the last 6 digits of its serial number. You can find the serial number on the sensor head.

You can also simply select the required sensor from the list and click the Connect button. On an Android device, you can click on the sensors name, and a package of data received in advertising mode will be displayed.

[[File:SensorSelection.png|frameless]] [[File:SensorAdvData.png|frameless]]

=== Setting a password ===
It is strongly recommend that you set a password on the sensor in order to restrict access to its settings. When you connect for the first time, the application will ask you to set a password automatically.

You can set, change and delete a password in the '''Additional Features'''.

[[File:SensorAddFeatures.png|frameless]]

Then, in the field that appears named "Password for changing settings", enter the password that you want be used later and click '''Enter'''.

[[File:SensorPasswordChangeMenu.png|frameless]]
{{Warning|1=Please note that the password reset procedure can be very time-consuming. We recommend that you take a responsible approach in setting your password and saving it.}}
'''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''

To delete a previously set password, you must enter it in the Password field, and then press the '''Enter''' and then the '''Delete''' buttons.

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

=== Main sensor parameters ===
To see the main parameters of the sensor go to the '''Data''' tab. There you can see the following parameters:

# Sensor serial number
# Firmware version ('''FW''') installed in the sensor
# '''Temperature''' measured by sensor
# '''Level -''' indication of the fuel level in units in the range from 1 to 1023 or from 1 to 4095; This is not the volume in liters or gallons.
# '''RSSI''' - Received signal strength indicator, which indicates how well your smartphone receives sent data. This parameter is not transmitted by the sensor, but is calculated by the receiving device
# '''Vbat''' or sensor battery charge (3.5V or higher indicates the battery is fully charged; 3.2V or lower indicates the battery is low and should be replaced)
# Sensor '''CNT''' (its purpose will be explained later in the manual)
# Graphic scale of sensor filling
# The '''sensor's MAC address''' is used to connect the sensor to compatible external devices
<gallery widths="400" heights="800" mode="nolines">
File:DataAndroid.png|'''Page "Data" (Android)'''
File:DataPageIos.png|'''Page "Data" (iOS)'''
</gallery>

'''The battery voltage drops to 3.2V for 10-15 seconds''' - this is normal (especially if this happens after rebooting the sensor by removing the sensor battery and then installing the battery back). This is due to the fact that all processes in the sensor (measuring level, temperature and battery voltage, as well as sending a data packet) are launched simultaneously, thus energy consumption increases, which leads to a temporary decrease in battery voltage.

== Sensor calibration ==
[[File:Callibration GIF.gif]]

=== CNT. What happens when you calibrate a sensor? ===
After you have cut or extended the sensor tubes, you should calibrate it, that is, set the new '''Full''' and '''Empty''' calibration values. You can do this from the '''Settings''' menu on the sensor's main screen.

[[File:SettingsPageAndroid.png|frameless]]

The sensor's raw data - current level or CNT - changes according to how much fuel is inside its tubes.

Then, CNT is compared with the values Empty and Full.

If the '''tubes are empty''' and “'''CNT (1) ≈ calibration value Empty (2)'''”, level 1 '''(3)''' will be displayed.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="400" heights="750">
File:SettingPageScreen.png|alt=
File:DataLevel.png|alt=
</gallery>If the '''tubes are full''' and “'''CNT (1) ≈ calibration value Full (2)'''”, level 1023 or 4095 '''(3)''' will be displayed.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="400" heights="749">
File:SettingsFullCNT.png|alt=
File:DataFullLevel.png|alt=
</gallery>

Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]
{{Note|1=During sensor calibration, the current CNT is stored as a Full calibration value (if you pressed the Full button) or as an Empty calibration value (if you pressed the Empty button). Calibration values may differ from the current CNT after recording. A difference of ±1000 values is acceptable.}}

=== How and why to calibrate sensors? ===
Initially, the sensor is calibrated to its original length. '''After you have cut or extended the tubes, you should recalibrate it.''' Set the new CNT values that the sensor has when its tubes are empty or filled with fuel.

Therefore you should:

* Insert the plastic centralizer provided into the tubes
[[File:Centralizer.png]] [[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|512x512px]]
* Fill the tubes with fuel by covering the drain holes with electrical tape and turning the sensor upside down or immersing the sensor in fuel so that the fuel reaches the flange of the sensor (the drain holes are open). The first method is preferable<gallery widths="350" heights="300" mode="nolines">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)'''
</gallery>
* Switch the "Calibration without fuel" slider to the inactive position '''(1)''' and press the '''Full''' button '''(2)''' after the level becomes Stable or the third digit from the end stops changing (for at least 2 minutes) '''(3)'''<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="700">
File:CalibrationWithFuel.png|alt=|'''Disable the option "Calibrate without fuel"'''
File:SettingsWithFuelFullStab.png|'''Click "Full" after the level has stabilized'''
</gallery>
* Then, drain the fuel from the tubes, wait 2-3 minutes, allowing the fuel to completely drain and the level to stabilize, and press '''"Empty"'''
[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|none|thumb|660x660px|'''Unblocking drain holes''']]
[[File:SetEmpty.png|frameless]]

=== Calibration without fuel ===
An alternative calibration method is calibration without fuel.

In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty and there is no fuel in them, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch '''(1)''' active (green) and press '''"Calibrate" (2)''' . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.<gallery widths="300" heights="600" mode="nolines">
File:Calibration without fuel.png|alt=|'''Calibration without fuel'''
File:CNT before calibration.jpg|alt=|'''Calibration values BEFORE calibration without fuel'''
File:CNT after calibration.jpg|alt=|'''Calibration values after calibration without fuel'''
</gallery>If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.

There are two measuring ranges:

* From 1 to 1023
* From 1 to 4095

Sensor does not sends level 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is level sent.

'''The sensor itself does not know what fuel will be used, so when calibrating without fuel the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''

'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''

'''If possible, we recommend calibration with fuel. If tank calibration is not planned or is impossible, then calibration with fuel is a mandatory procedure.'''

=== When and how to choose a range - 1023 or 4095? ===
The '''measuring range 1...1023''' is generally recommended for sensors '''shorter than 500 mm'''. The '''measurement range 1...4095''' is recommended in other cases.

To change the range, open the Settings menu and select one of two options from the '''"Maximum Level"''' drop-down menu '''(1)'''. After this, click on the '''“Set parameters” button (2)'''.<gallery widths="350" heights="650" mode="nolines">
File:SelectMaxLevel.png|alt=
File:SetLevel.png|alt=
</gallery>

=== How to check if the calibration is correct? ===
The Empty calibration value must be at least 1.4 (after rounding) less than the Full calibration value.[[File:CorrectCalibration.png|none|thumb|667x667px|'''Correctly calibrated sensor''']]

== Preparing the Tank and Sensor ==

=== Preparing the Tank ===
To prepare the tank you should:

* Empty the tank, clean and dry if necessary
* '''Remove fuel vapors and air from the tank''' (especially for a gasoline tank, but in the case of a diesel engine, this procedure should not be neglected, since gasoline could be added to the diesel); to do this, you can heat water to boiling point and direct the resulting steam into the tank or use carbon dioxide so that it displaces fuel vapors and air; ensure that any open flame sources are sufficiently far away from the fuel tank[[File:Removing fuel vapors.png|frameless|496x496px]]
* '''Find the geometric center of the tank and drill a hole''' in it using a '''ø3mm''' drill bit. Then, using a piece of stiff wire, examine the tank for the presence of partitions in it [[File:Choosing a location for installing the FLS.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Choosing a location for installing the FLS''']][[File:Little hole drilling.png|none|thumb|511x511px|'''Drilling the tank and subsequent examination of the tank for the presence of partitions''']]
* If the space inside the tank in the selected location is free, '''drill a ø 35 mm hole''' using a bimetallic bit; When drilling, keep the bit tilted slightly to prevent the cut section from falling into the tank. Use a magnet to catch chips and prevent them from getting into the tank. [[File:Angled drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Drilling a hole at an angle''']][[File:Removing metal part.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Removing a drilled disc''']]
* If it is impossible to install the sensor in the geometric center of the tank, try choosing another location as close as possible to the geometric center of the tank; this point should coincide with the place where the height of the tank is maximum. This way you reduce the risk and amplitude of level fluctuations associated with fuel movement while driving.

==== Why should the sensor be mounted in the geometric center of the tank? ====
'''The highest point must be chosen so that the sensor can measure the level of all the fuel inside the tank without any blind spots.'''

The fuel level readings from a sensor installed in the center of the tank will be least affected by movement and fuel overflow in the tank.

If it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank, consider installing two sensors diagonally at two corners. When fuel flows to one side of the tank, the level on the corresponding sensor will rise, and on the opposite side, the level will correspondingly decrease, while the average level will remain unchanged.

[https://youtu.be/T0Pd6TOpuc8?si=xgub1mpjcEYOaHPp Video example of the importance of installing the sensor at the geometric center of the tank.]
[[File:Sensor position and fuel flow.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Sensor position and fuel flow''']]

{{Warning|1=Before starting the calibration, the vehicle/fuel tank must be positioned flat in relation to the horizon, i.e. on a level surface without a slope.}}
If the tank has an irregular geometric shape, the sensor must be installed at the maximum depth of the tank, closer to the geometric center.
[[File:The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank.png|none|thumb|648x648px|'''The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank''']][[File:Ladder tank.png|frameless|784x784px]]

[[File:Ladder tank I.png|frameless|752x752px]]

===== When installation in the center is impossible - two or more FLS. =====
To increase accuracy and reduce level fluctuations, install two sensors in one tank. This solution is mainly used in tanks with a capacity of more than 600 liters and having a length of 1500 mm. Sensors must not be installed close to the walls of the tank.

Also, two or more sensors should be installed if it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank and (or) the tank has an elongated shape, i.e. The length of the tank is significantly greater than its height.
[[File:Two sensors installed diagonally.png|none|thumb|654x654px|'''Two sensors installed diagonally''']]

'''Note.''' Installing a single sensor in an elongated tank will allow you to detect drains and refills. But increased level fluctuations while driving may not allow the monitoring platform to correctly read fuel consumption. Therefore, installing two sensors is preferable.

=== Installation locations in tanks of complex shapes ===

==== Saddle-Style Fuel Tanks ====
In this case, it is desirable to install two fuel level sensors in the deepest places along the geometric center of the depressions.

[[File:Saddle shape.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape top view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape side view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

==== Cylindrical tank ====
In this case, the sensor must be installed in the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank top view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

===== Long cylindrical tank =====
In the case of elongated cylindrical tanks, to improve readings while driving, it is necessary to install two sensors at an equal distance from the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank long.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank long inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

===== Ladder shape tank =====
If there is a difference in height in the tank and there is no common bed, it may be necessary to install two fuel level sensors.

[[File:Ladder 2 tank.png|frameless|782x782px]]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

====== Ladder shape tank's tank calibration ======
When calibrating, it is necessary to create two tables, one for "'''FLS 1'''" and the second for "'''FLS 2'''"

Let's assume that the calibration step is 10 liters.

At the beginning of calibration, when the fuel is in the "'''Red Zone'''", the level changes will only occur on "'''FLS 2'''", so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 2'''".

When the fuel is in the "'''Yellow Zone'''" changes will occur on both "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''", during this period we record changes in both tables with half a step, that is, we also fill in 10 liters, but we record 5 liters in the table of each sensor.

When the fuel is in the "'''Green Zone'''" the changes will only occur on "'''FLS 1'''" so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 1'''".

On the platform "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''" are started as separate sensors with their own tables and then a third virtual sensor is created with the sum of liters for two sensors, an example of starting two FLS on the platform is shown [https://docs.google.com/document/d/14p9GYmY0D1Wjz0ZfJXO-soVfxRBP7EiY7TgibD6vmZQ/edit?usp=sharing in this instruction.]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank calibration.png|frameless|750x750px]]

=== Preparing the sensor ===

==== Preparing the sensor tubes ====
Before calibrating the sensor, you should '''determine the future length''' of the measuring tubes in accordance with the height of the tank and '''cut or extend them'''. The length of the tubes should be calculated according to the following formula:

'''L = H - 15 mm,'''

where L - tubes length after changing the length

and

H - height of the tank at the installation point.
{{Warning|1=The minimum length of the tubes should not be less than 15 cm (150 mm). Otherwise, it will most likely not be possible to obtain adequate graphics. The maximum length of the tubes can reach 6m.}}

[[File:Measuring height of the tank.png|none|thumb|938x938px|'''Measuring height of the tank''']]
[[File:Measuring tubes length.png|none|thumb|942x942px|'''Measuring the length of tubes''']]
Use a hacksaw to cut the tubes. When sawing, be careful not to damage the connection of the tubes to the circuit board inside the sensor head and to prevent metal shavings from falling into the tubes.
[[File:Cutting the tubes.gif|none|thumb|600x600px|'''Cutting the tubes''']]

'''Avoid getting shavings inside the tubes - this may lead to a short circuit in the sensor; if this happens, blow the tubes with compressed air through the drainage holes under the sensor flange.''' Sand the edges of the tubes with sandpaper to remove any burrs or irregularities.

You can use collet extension and an additional tube. to extend tubes length.

It is not reccomended to use more than '''one''' collect extension.
[[File:Collet connection.png|none|thumb|875x875px|'''Collet connection''']]

Inner nuts (yellow elements) are used to connect the inner tubes. Once they are installed and the studs are screwed into them, the tubes do not have to touch each other, but try to get them as close to each other as possible..
[[File:Internal connection of the collet connection.png|none|thumb|748x748px|'''Internal connection of the collet connection''']]

The outer coupling and the corresponding nuts must be securely tightened. '''The outer tubes should touch each other.'''
[[File:Collet connection installed.png|none|thumb|752x752px|'''Collet connection installed''']]

[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b_WtOHzKtDM Watch this video on our YouTube channel to see the real-time connection.]

=== Connection dimensions of the TD-BLE of the former design ===
[[File:Former design dimensions.png|frameless|512x512px]]

=== Connection dimensions of the TD-BLE of the current design ===
[[File:Current design dimensions.png|frameless|778x778px]]

[[File:TD-BLE dimensions, current design .png]]

== Tank calibration ==
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''Installing the sensor inside the tank'''
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''Screwing the self-tapping screws'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports. You can save the table to the sensor's memory so that the sensor immediately outputs volume values in liters/gallons. You do not need to enter a calibration table on the monitoring platform. The internal memory of the TD BLE sensor can hold up to 50 lines of the calibration table. The capacity of the table on the monitoring platform is usually larger.
{{Note|1=In addition, it is easier to change the table or correct errors in the calibration table when it is downloaded to the platform than if the table is stored in the sensor's memory}}
In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) value pairs after each batch using the tank calibration menu in the application.

Suppose you need to calibrate a 100 L tank in ten 10 L portions.

To do this, you should connect the sensor, press the '''"Tank calibration"''' '''(2)''' button . But before that, in the '''"Settings" (3)''' menu , make sure that the filtering level is selected '''0 (4)'''. Filtration slows down the level calculation and can increase the tank calibration time.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="600">
File:Settings Tank calibration.png|alt=
File:Tank calibration filtration.png|alt=
</gallery>Then, you can click '''Start''' to create a new table, or click Resume to select an existing table from your smartphone memory and continue working with it. If you click Resume, you will need to locate the table file on your Android device that you created/downloaded earlier. Select another folder using the '''Main Menu button (1)''' or using the drop-down menu '''(2)'''. Select the table and click on it '''(3)'''<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration page.jpg|'''Start or Continue tank calibration'''
File:Folder search.png|'''Selecting the tank calibration table file for continuing tank calibration'''
</gallery>If you click Start, you will also need to select the folder in which the table will be saved '''(2)''' and click the button to select it '''(3)'''
[[File:Start tank calibration folder.png|none|thumb|Selecting a folder and creating new calibration files]]

Select the calibration type Manual '''(2).'''

Mathematical calibration '''(1)''' is [[TD-BLE#Mathematical calibration|shown in this article.]]

[[File:Selecting type of tank calibration .png]]

Then, you can select the '''Fill''' or '''Drain''' method '''(1, 2)'''. The '''Fill''' method is recommended as it is more accurate.

If you select the Drain method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not

Next, give the table file a name '''(3)''' and set the serving size '''(4)'''.

'''ATTENTION!''' Serving volume is not the number of servings! This is the number of liters/gallons in each serving! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be packaged into 10 servings, the serving size would be 30 L.

After this, press Continue '''(5)'''.<gallery widths="400" heights="600">
File:Tank calibration filling.png|'''Selection of tank calibration method, table name, portion size'''
File:Tank calibration draining.png|'''Selection of drain tank calibration method, selection of fuel volume in the tank'''
</gallery>After this, you will have a table in which the first line will have 0 liters and level 1. '''The Calibration''' mode will also be activated (available in firmware 1.3.3 and later). This means that the sensor starts measuring the level every 5 seconds instead of the usual 10 seconds. It will operate in this mode for the next 30 minutes. <gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration first line.jpg|'''First tank calibration line. 0 liters-gallons and level 1'''
File:Tank calibration mode notification.png|'''Tank calibration mode timer'''
</gallery>If the timer ends before you finish calibrating the tank, you can restart it by saving the table '''(1, 2)''', and then, returning to the previous menu '''(3)''', click Continue and select the table file. This way you will restart the timer and can continue calibrating the tank in the accelerated level measurement mode. Once you select your file, you will be asked to confirm your previously selected method and serving size.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration.png|'''Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration'''
File:Resuming tank calibration.jpg|'''Resuming tank calibration'''
</gallery>The table is saved automatically after you click the '''+''' button.

Next, you should add the first portion of fuel to the tank. Once the level changes '''(3)''' and is displayed as Stable '''(4)''', press the + button '''(1)'''.

In this example, level '''(3)''' does not change because during the work on this manual we did not have fuel to carry out a real calibration of the tank. In your case, the level should change (if the fuel touches the tubes) and be '''Stable''' before you press the '''+''' button.

The following line '''(2)''' will appear. The value in the Fuel column will increase according to the Step size '''(5)''' you specified when you created the table or when you last modified it '''(3)'''.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''Adding the first portion to the tank'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''Adding a tank calibration line'''
</gallery>You can also change any line by pressing and holding it for some time, after which a dialog box will appear. This way you can correct possible errors.
[[File:Editing a tank calibration line.jpg|none|thumb|415x415px|'''Editing a tank calibration line''']]

If you press a line and hold it and swipe left, it will be deleted.

[[File:Tank calibration GIF.gif]]

Then, add the next portion of fuel to the tank. Wait for the level to change and stabilize, then press the + button '''(1)'''. Continue this until the tank is full.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|'''Adding a second portion to the tank'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''Adding a tank calibration line'''
</gallery>

=== What to do if it is not possible to completely empty the tank? ===
If you cannot completely empty the tank, you should somehow calculate the amount of fuel that is in the tank. After this, you can manually edit the table so that it looks like the example below. Or simply edit the table file before you upload it to the monitoring platform.

Let's imagine that there are already 10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed, so when you place the sensor in the tank, it will immediately begin to show the level of 115, instead of 1.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed'''
File:Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank.jpg|'''Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank'''
</gallery>Next, you can add the next portion to the tank. The level value should change. If the level does not change, check the drain holes. They may be blocked by duct tape that you may have used while calibrating the sensor or by pieces of caulk.

If this happens, the air trapped inside the tubes prevents the fuel from rising.

=== Calibration of tanks with complex shape ===
'''If the tank has various curves''' or other features, you should '''reduce the size of the portions and increase the number of portions''' as the fuel rises to the area with the bend or other shape feature. Once the difficult part has been completed, you can return to your original portion size.

Let's imagine that you are calibrating a tank in 10-liter portions. The level rises to areas with complex shapes.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750">
File:Tank calibration complex shape.png|alt=
File:Changing portion size.png|alt=
</gallery>You reduce the portion size from 10 liters to 5. And continue to add fuel portions until the difficult section is completed.

[[File:Complex shaped tank next step.png|frameless|357x357px]]

Once the fuel level is above the problem area, you can return to the original portion size of 10 liters.

Once the tank is full, you should have a calibration chart that looks similar to the one shown below.<gallery widths="400" heights="500">
File:Tank is full.png|alt=
File:Full table.png|alt=
</gallery>

=== What to do if the tank cannot be filled completely? ===
If in your case the level does not reach the maximum range value of 1023 or 4095 due to the fact that the tank cannot be filled completely, do not worry. If your table ends up like the following example, even though the range selected is 1 - 1023, this is acceptable
[[File:Tank calibration table in .csv format.png|none|thumb|'''Tank calibration table in .csv format''']]

=== How many portions should I add ===
The total number of portions depends on the capacity of the tank. Below is a table with guidelines.
{| class="wikitable"
| colspan="3" |Recommended number and portion size for calibrating the tank
|-
|Tank volume
|Number of portions
|Volume of each portion

(Tank Volume / Number of portions)
|-
|0-60
|10-20
|3-4
|-
|61-100
|12-20
|5
|-
|101-500
|10-50
|10
|-
|501-1000
|20-50
|20
|-
|Over a 1000
| colspan="2" |As per your capabilities. The rule of thumb is that the larger the portions and smaller the volume, the more accurate the data will be
|}

{{Note|1=The rule of thumb: more portions means more accurate reports on the monitoring platform.}}

=== Calibration of two communicating tanks without the possibility to shut off their communication ===
First of all it is necessary to check whether it is possible to calibrate both tanks of the vehicle at the same time, because this is the main condition for this kind of calibration. Otherwise, fuel will take a long time to flow into the other tank, which will slow down the process of fuel level stabilization.

Simultaneous tank calibration can be performed either by using 2 smartphones connected to each of these two FLS, or by connecting both sensors to the Base BLE\RS-485 or BA-BLE Base.
[[File:Base RS-485 two sensors.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Simultaneous viewing of the fuel level of 2 TD BLE sensors connected to BLE\RS485 BASE''']]
[[File:Connection of 2 sensors to BA-BLE.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Simultaneous viewing of the fuel level of 2 TD BLE sensors connected to BA-BLE''']]

Thus, you can do the calibration by pouring portions of fuel into both tanks at the same time.

=== Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs ===
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:

# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Tank calibration example FLS 1''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''Tank calibration example FLS 2'''|458x458px]]

=== Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length ===
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:

# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''Tank calibration example FLS 1''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''Tank calibration example FLS 2''']]

=== Mathematical calibration ===
The mobile application has the ability to create a mathematical calibration table based on the tank size, this functionality is recommended to be used only on large tanks where it is not possible to perform manual calibration by filling/draining.

To create a mathematical calibration, go to the sensor calibration menu '''(2)'''

[[File:Settings Tank calibration.png|800x800px]]

Start calibration and select the file name and storage location in the phone memory and select the mathematical calibration mode.

[[File:Selecting math tank calibration.png]]

In the calibration menu, select the type of your tank '''(1)''' and fill in the tank size '''(2)''', by clicking on the question mark '''(3)''' next to the parameter you can call up a hint for this parameter.

[[File:Math tank calibration screen .png|800x800px]]

Select the range '''(1)''' set in the sensor settings (1023 or 4095), Specify the number of portions/calibration lines '''(2).'''

After filling in the required fields, click get table '''(3).'''

[[File:Finishing math tank calibration .png|800x800px]]

Now you can view and edit the resulting table, by clicking on the three dots '''(1)''' you can open a menu in which you can share the table file.

[[File:Sharing math tank calibration.png|800x800px]]

== Filtration ==
After the calibration table is completed, select the filtration level '''(2)''' in the '''Settings''' menu '''(1)''' and click Set parameters (3).<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750">
File:Settings Filtration.png|alt=
File:Filtration Selection.png|alt=
</gallery>The following are recommendations for selecting a filter level depending on the type of vehicle:
{| class="wikitable"
|'''0-1'''
|'''Stationary objects or tanks'''
|-
|'''2-4'''
|'''Vehicles traveling on smooth paved roads'''
|-
|'''5-7'''
|'''Agricultural machinery'''
|-
|'''8-10'''
|'''Heavy quarry machinery'''
|}
These are general recommendations

Basic rules:

* The shorter the sensor (<30cm), the higher the filtration should be set
* The closer the sensor is to one of the tank walls, the higher the filtration must be
* The more rough the road, the higher the filtration should be

Filtration reduces fuel level fluctuations that are caused by fuel splashing while driving.
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|795x795px|'''Before and after enabling filtering on the sensor''']]

== Sealing and installation ==

=== Sensor sealing ===

==== Sealing TD-BLE of the former design ====
To seal the sensor and prevent unauthorized access to the sensor, install the protective cover and thread the seal through the special holes in the cover. Tighten the seal against the end of the seal into the special hole in the seal. Cut off the excess seal wire.

[[File:Old design seal.png|frameless|480x480px]]

==== Sealing TD-BLE of the current design ====
You will need the sensor protective cover and the seal provided in the kit<gallery widths="300" heights="300">
File:New design cap.png|'''Protective cover TD-BLE'''
File:New design seal.png|'''TD-BLE seal'''
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head
[[File:TD-BLE with cap.png|none|thumb|455x455px|'''TD-BLE with cap''']]

Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outward''')<gallery widths="350" heights="350">
File:Installing TD-BLE seal.png|'''Installing TD-BLE seal'''
File:Installed TD-BLE seal.png|'''Installed TD-BLE seal'''
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw in the special key from the kit (you can also use any self-tapping screw of suitable size) and pull it towards yourself.
[[File:Removing seal.png|none|thumb|493x493px|'''Removing seal''']]
[[File:Seal after removal.png|none|thumb|'''Seal after removal''']]
This makes it impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.

==== Alternative sealing for TD-BLE of the current design ====
Also included with the current TD-BLE is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.

* The wire must be threaded through the hole in the sensor cover
[[File:Alternative sealing step 1.png|frameless|433x433px]]
* Thread both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head
[[File:Alternative sealing step 2.png|frameless|519x519px]]
* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing the protruding part of the seal
[[File:Alternative sealing step 3.png|frameless|543x543px]]

=== Tank mounting and transmitter direction ===
The most common mounting method is self-tapping screws with a sealing washer. It is also possible to install on threaded crimp nuts, welded bushings and other structural elements. The sensor can be mounted on pre-prepared places using screws and bolts with strength class not less than 4.8. It is necessary to ensure tightness of the connection between the sensor body and the tank. For additional protection it is allowed to use automotive oil and gasoline resistant sealant.

For plastic tanks rivets and bolts can be used.

[[File:Antenna direction.png|frameless|768x768px]]

=== How hard to screw in self-tapping screws ===
[[File:How to hard to tighten the screws.png|frameless|512x512px]]

== Black box ==
In order for the black box entries to have an up-to-date time reference, you need to '''synchronize''' the black box time with your smartphone time.

The app automatically requests time synchronization if it sees that the black box time is not synchronized.

You can also synchronize the time manually by going to the '''Advanced settings''' menu'''(1''') and clicking '''Synchronize time(2''').<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750">
File:Addiitonal settings page.png|alt=
File:Synchronize time setting.png|alt=
</gallery>To receive data from the Black Box, being in the same Additional tab. Settings, click on the three dots in the upper right corner (1) and select Black Box (2). After this, you can select a period in days (3) and/or hours (4) and download data for the selected one (5) or for the entire period (maximum 30 days) (6). You can also clear the black box by deleting all entries.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750">
File:Black box selection.png|alt=
File:Date Black box.png|alt=
</gallery>Then, click on the Save data button (1). A graph will appear on the screen. On the graph screen, you can also save the upload file to your phone’s memory (2) or send it via instant messengers or email (3).<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750">
File:Downloading Black box.png|alt=
File:Saving Black box.png|alt=
</gallery>Also, graphs from the black box can be viewed on a PC using a calibration table through the [https://docs.google.com/document/d/1CdFPhy2SVu3DxVLy4tY0j1YlaVjdB3ykyLR21iuAwYs/edit?usp=drive_link Escort Charter application]

If you have previously saved data from the black box, you can display it by clicking on the graph icon in the upper right corner (1)

[[File:Previous graph.png|frameless]]

== Additional settings ==
In the Additional settings menu, there is an option to disable temperature compensation '''(1).'''
{{Warning|1=It is not recommended to change the position of the temperature compensation switch (it should remain green) if you do not use your own temperature compensation algorithm.}}
Data encryption '''(2)''' option works only when connecting with RS-485 BLE base or BA-BLE.

[[File:Additional settings tab.png|frameless|800x800px]]

=== Manually setting Full and Empty calibration values ===
You can skip the sensor calibration step by entering sensor calibration values of the same length manually '''(1''') and pressing the Set button '''(2''').
{{Warning|1=Setting the calibration values manually is very likely to increase the error of the sensor. We do not recommend doing this!}}
[[File:Manual calibration section.png|frameless]]

=== Saving a calibration table to the sensor memory ===
If the calibration table is ready, you can '''save it to the sensor's memory so that the sensor will output volume values''' in liters/gallons.

To activate this function, go to the '''Additional settings''' menu '''(1)''' and press '''Conversion to liters (2)'''.
{{Note|1=This function is not recommended for use if your platform supports the use of a billing table, because to edit the table on the sensor you will need to travel to the sensor, while the table on the platform can be edited remotely at any time.}}
<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750">
File:Addiitonal settings page.png|alt=
File:Select recalculatee in litres.png|alt=
</gallery>After that you can activate the conversion to liters or gallons and enter the conversion table manually or by uploading a ready table file.

'''''If the table file is not selected - move it to another folder and try again, it is also desirable that the file name contains only digits'''''

Activate '''Conversion to liters(1''').

To create the table manually, select Level'''(2''') or Liters'''(3''') - in this case it can be any volume unit, enter the value'''(4''') and click on the arrow'''(5'''). Then, click on the three dots icon'''(6''') and then click Save to sensor ('''7''').<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="550">
File:Recalculate page.png|alt=
File:Recalculate page settings.png|alt=
</gallery>In order to import a table from the .csv file that you created earlier when calibrating the tank, click on the three dots icon (1), and then click Import from file (2). After that, find the desired file on your smartphone and click on it.

Save the imported table to the sensor (3)

[[File:Recalculate page settings 2.png|frameless]]

== Common problems and solutions ==

=== Level does not change ===
First of all, check if the '''conversion to liters has not been enabled'''.

If you did this without saving the table to the sensor’s memory, the sensor will not be able to display either the level or volume in liters.<gallery widths="350" heights="600">
File:Recalculate disabled.png|'''Recalculate in litres is disabled'''
File:Recalculate enabled.png|'''Recalculate in litres is enabled'''
</gallery>Another possible reason could be that the sensor has not been properly calibrated and its CNT is below the Empty calibration value. In this case, recalibrate the sensor.

Also, if you calibrated the sensor with fuel, it is possible that the sensor drain holes have remained closed and air trapped inside is preventing fuel from rising through the tubes.

=== Level 7000 ===
Level 7000 is an error code Short circuit. This indicates that there is dirt, water, chips or other impurities in the tubes. All of these can be highly conductive, while the sensor is designed to work with dielectrics such as fuel.

[[File:Level 7000.png|frameless]]

You should clean the sensor tubes preferably by flushing them with the clean fuel and blowing them through the drain holes with compressed air.

If this error occurred after the start of operation of the sensor, it means that most likely these impurities got into the sensor tubes from the tank and in this case it is also needed to ensure that the tank itself doesn't contain any contaminations. Clean the tank, if necessary. Note that a fuel level sensor installed outside a contaminated tank may function correctly, but the same sensor installed in such a tank may generate this error code.

=== Level 6500 ===
This code may indicate that the tubes have lost contact. This error code may be generated immediately after cutting the tubes. In this case, simply calibrate the sensor.
[[File:Level 6500.png|none|thumb|'''Level 6500 and CNT below 10000''']]
If this does not help, check the CNT. If the CNT is below 10,000, it is very likely that the tubes are not in contact with the sensor board.

Take a photo of the sensor head (the sensor serial number should be visible), its tubes (the correspondence or discrepancy of the tubes length should be clearly visible), take a screenshot of the main screen of the sensor and the Settings menu page in the application and send these data to tech support.

=== Sensor is not connected or detected in the application ===
First of all, check that the sensor is not connected to other devices. It can only be connected to one device at a time.

Then make sure Geolocation (Location) is enabled and the app has access to it.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750">
File:Screenshot 20240221-094919 One UI Home.png|alt=
File:Screenshot 20240221-095105 Permission controller.png|alt=
</gallery>Check if the sensor is detected in the nRF Connect application.
[[File:Search in nRF connect.png|none|thumb|'''nRF Connect. Don't forget to click on the Scan button (upper right corner)''']]

If the sensor is detected, but the Escort configurator application does not see it, try connecting to other sensors in the application using the same smartphone.

Then, try loosening the screws securing the sensor to the tank.

If the sensor is still not detected or cannot be connected, open the cover and remove the battery. Check the voltage with a multimeter. If it is 3.2 V or higher, reinsert the battery and try to connect again.
[[File:Voltage check.png|none|thumb|605x605px|'''Voltage control. Mode V is selected (range 20V); Black probe - COM connector, red probe - V connector''']]

If none of the above helps, we recommend contacting our tech support.

=== Loss of communication with the tracker or error codes 65530, 0, 65532, -4 ===
The most common cause of communication loss is low signal strength between the tracker and the sensor.

It is recommended to measure the average signal strength at the tracker (RSSI) during installation. A good signal strength is considered to be between -35 dBm and -85 dBm.

If the signal strength is lower than optimal, it can be improved by pointing the sensor antenna towards the receiving device.

[[File:Antenna direction.png|frameless|585x585px]]

The main factor that affects the strength of signal reception is obstacles. Therefore, it is important to place the tracker in a location with as few obstacles as possible between it and the sensor.

If you cannot improve the signal quality of the tracker, you can use '''RS-485 BLE''' base or '''[[BA-BLE]]'''.With a base station, the signal should become more stable. If necessary, the base can be placed in a remote location away from the tracker where there is less obstruction to the signal, or it can be moved outside the cabin, as the base motherboard is protected with compound and has wind and moisture protection.

You can unload the data from the black box to check if there is data transmission from the sensor during moments of communication loss.

=== Tracker Communication Error Codes ===
65530 - error code of Navtelecom trackers, it means loss of connection.

Some of the trackers can send 0 in the fuel level parameter as a loss of communication error code, the sensor can only send values 1-4095 and error codes 7000 and 6500.

Teltonika trackers can send 0 in the level parameter and -4\65532 in the temperature parameter as a loss of communication error code.

== Firmware update (FW) ==
[[File:FW Update TD BLE.gif|frameless]]

To update the firmware on the TD-BLE:

* Download the current firmware version as a file to the phone memory
* Connect to the sensor
*Go to “'''Additional Features'''”

[[File:SensorAddFeatures.png|frameless|741x741px]]

*Go to FW update

[[File:Switching to TD-BLE update mode.png|frameless|734x734px]]

*Select the firmware file ('''1''') from the phone memory (The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip it) and start the flashing process ('''2'''). '''These actions should be performed within 30 seconds after entering update mode!'''

[[File:Start of TD-BLE update.png|frameless|732x732px]]

*The flashing process should start. '''Do not close or minimize the application during the flashing process!'''

[[File:TD-BLE update process.jpg|frameless|728x728px]]

*When the updating is completed, a window will pop up indicating that the update was successful

[[File:The TD-BLE update has been completed.jpg|frameless|741x741px]]

Firmware update via the IOS mobile application is shown in [https://youtu.be/rPsI1AdrTQs this video]

Up-to-date firmware can be found in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#tdble download section.]

The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip.

== How to change the battery ==
The sensors use two types of batteries '''SAFT LS14500''' and '''SAFT LS17500''' with capacities of '''2.6Ah''' and '''3.6Ah''' respectively.

The average consumption of the TD-BLE sensor is 42.5 µA.
[[File:Saft batteries LS 17500 and LS14500.png|none|thumb|398x398px|'''Saft battery models LS 17500 and LS14500''']]

=== Replacing the battery in the current design of TD-BLE ===
Remove the sensor's protective cover using a screwdriver or other thin object.
[[File:Removing new design cap TD-BLE.png|none|thumb|421x421px|'''Removing the TD-BLE protective cover''']]
Remove the cover from the battery holder by unscrewing the screws holding it in place.
[[File:Sensor head without protective cover, with dedicated battery compartment mounts.png|none|thumb|410x410px|'''Sensor head without protective cover, with dedicated battery compartment mounts''']]
Carefully remove the top layer of lithol using a thin, non-sharp object.
[[File:Battery holder cavity filled with lithol.png|none|thumb|425x425px|'''Battery holder cavity filled with lithol''']]
Remove the battery. When replacing the battery, please note that the current TD-BLE may use a battery model that is different from the one that corresponds to the previous sensor housing; namely: Saft LS17500 (ordered as a separate option).
[[File:Saft batteries LS 17500 and LS14500.png|none|thumb|401x401px|'''Saft batteries LS 17500 and LS14500''']]

After you have replaced the battery and checked the functionality of the sensor using a mobile application, the holder with the battery inside should also be filled with lithol.

=== Replacing the battery in the older design of TD-BLE ===
Example using a battery replacement kit

# Remove the cover from the fuel sensor by unscrewing the 8 screws.
# Remove the power source (battery) from the sensor body by carefully cutting it out of the transparent compound using a knife. (Damage to the printed circuit board and cutting of wires on the board are not allowed).
[[File:Cutting compound.png|frameless]]
[[File:TD-BLE removed battery older design.png|frameless]]
# Clean the sensor contacts from grease and remove any remaining compound.
[[File:TD-BLE older design clean contacts.png|frameless]]
# Install a new power source (battery) into the sensor housing and check the functionality and voltage of the power source. (Must be at least 3.4V).
# Remove the new power supply from the housing. Apply a thin layer of lithol lubricant using a syringe to two contacts. The lubricant should not get onto the center of the contact (Lithol lubricant serves as a barrier and protects against the compound flowing onto conductive contacts).
[[File:Litol syringe.png|frameless]]
# Install the power supply into the sensor housing. Check functionality.
# Apply a thin layer of lithol lubricant over the contacts.
[[File:TD-BLE older design installed battery.png|frameless]]
# Preparing the compound for filling the power source. To do this, you need to: - open the jar with component A (Fig. 5) and the bottle with component B (Fig. 6) - pour the contents of the bottle with component B into the jar with component A; - mix the two components for at least 2 minutes;
[[File:2-component compound from the repair kit.png|frameless]]
# Fill the power source with compound at the same level as the previous layer of compound, then leave it in the open air for at least 15 minutes. Do not leave areas of the power source unflooded! Bubbles are allowed in the pouring area.
[[File:TD-BLE older design with filled compound.png|frameless]]
# Check the functionality of the sensor.
# Install the cover and tighten the 8 screws. Operation can begin after 4 hours. The maximum strength of the silicone elastomer is achieved after 24 hours.

If the replacement is made without using a repair kit, it is also necessary to lubricate the contacts with lithol, it should be available for purchase in publicly accessible electronics/tool stores or online stores like Litol-24.

Instead of a 2-component compound, you can use oil-gasoline-resistant sealants that are neutral in acidity (on an acetic-free base)

==== Examples of sealants recommended by the community ====
[[File:ABRO 999.png|none|thumb|'''ABRO 999 RED''']]
[[File:ABRO 999 GREY.png|none|thumb|'''ABRO 999 GREY''']]

== Useful links ==
* [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-ble/Datasheet%20Escort%20TD-BLE.pdf?v=040723105730 '''Technical data sheet of the device''']
* [https://www.fmeter.ru/produktsiya/besprovodnoy-datchik-urovnya-topliva/eskort-td-ble/#active '''Product page''']
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#tdble Download materials]'''
* '''[[Table of compatibility of BLE sensors with trackers and other devices]]'''
* [https://docs.google.com/document/d/1CdFPhy2SVu3DxVLy4tY0j1YlaVjdB3ykyLR21iuAwYs/edit?usp=drive_link '''Escort Charter application''']

{{Next|next=TD-150}}

Main Page

2026-10-15T07:21:15Z

RINAT: Links: Google Play app ae.esensor.config; product pages on escortsensors.com

__NOTOC__ __NOEDITSECTION__
<div class="es-hero">
<div class="es-hero__text">
<div class="es-eyebrow">Documentation · manuals · compatibility</div>
<h1 class="es-hero__title">Escort Knowledge Base</h1>
<div class="es-hero__lead">Setup, calibration, tank calibration and connection of Escort sensors and Sokol weather equipment. For installers, integrators and support engineers.</div>
<div class="es-actions"><span class="es-btn es-btn--primary">[[#Equipment|Choose equipment]]</span><span class="es-btn es-btn--secondary">[https://escortsensors.com/ escortsensors.com]</span></div>
</div>
{{Support}}
</div>

== Equipment ==
<div class="es-catalog">
{{Product tile|model=TD-BLE|category=fuel|photo=TD-BLE.png|type=Wireless FLS with autonomous power|tag1=BLE|tag2=Advertising|product=https://escortsensors.com/product/escort-wireless-fuel-level-sensor-td-ble/|downloads=https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/}}
{{Product tile|model=TD-150|category=fuel|photo=TD-150.png|type=Wired fuel level sensor|tag1=RS-485|product=https://escortsensors.com/product/fuel-level-sensor-escort-td-150/|downloads=https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/}}
{{Product tile|model=TD-150 BLE|page=TD-150-BLE|category=fuel|photo=TD-150 BLE.png|type=Fuel level sensor with Bluetooth|tag1=BLE|product=https://escortsensors.com/product/escort-td-150-ble/|downloads=https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/}}
{{Product tile|model=TD-600|category=fuel|photo=TD-600.png|type=Wired fuel level sensor|tag1=RS-485|tag2=RS-232|product=https://escortsensors.com/product/escort-td600-wired-fuel-level-sensor/|downloads=https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/}}
{{Product tile|model=TD-500|category=fuel|photo=TD-500 design current.png|type=Wired fuel level sensor|tag1=RS-485|tag2=Modbus|manual2=MODBUS TD-500|manual2-text=Modbus|product=https://www.fmeter.ru/produktsiya/datchik-urovnja-topliva/Jeskort-td-500/|downloads=https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/}}
{{Product tile|model=TD-Online|category=fuel|photo=Td online 01.png|type=Fuel level with GSM data transmission to a server|tag1=GSM|product=https://escortsensors.com/product/td-online/|downloads=https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/}}
{{Product tile|model=TDQ-BLE|page=TD-Q|category=fuel|photo=TDQ-BLE main picture 1.png|type=External probe for TD-BLE reading correction|tag1=BLE}}
{{Product tile|model=DU-BLE|category=angle|photo=Current DU-BLE design.png|type=Wireless tilt angle sensor with autonomous power|tag1=BLE|product=https://escortsensors.com/product/du-ble/|downloads=https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/}}
{{Product tile|model=DU-180|category=angle|photo=Imagedasd 21 211.png|type=Tilt angle sensor for moving mechanisms|tag1=RS-485|product=https://escortsensors.com/product/du-180/|downloads=https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/}}
{{Product tile|model=ALS|category=level|photo=Current design of ALS.jpg|type=Water level sensor|tag1=RS-485|product=https://escortsensors.com/product/water-liquid-level-sensor-escort-als/|downloads=https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/}}
{{Product tile|model=DB-2|category=level|photo=DB-2.png|type=Bulk material level sensor for bunkers|tag1=RS-485|product=https://escortsensors.com/product/db-2/|downloads=https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/}}
{{Product tile|model=BA-BLE|category=ble|photo=BA-BLE.png|type=Adapter: up to 10 wireless sensors and 30 tags|tag1=BLE 5.0 LR|tag2=RS-485|tag3=RS-232|product=https://escortsensors.com/product/ba-ble/|downloads=https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/}}
{{Product tile|model=ID-TAG|category=ble|photo=BLE tag ID-TAG.png|type=Bluetooth tag for identification and trailer control|tag1=BLE|product=https://escortsensors.com/product/escort-id-tag/|downloads=https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/}}
{{Product tile|model=I5|category=ble|photo=Image.png|type=Digital indicator: links BLE devices to a tracker|tag1=BLE|product=https://escortsensors.com/product/i5/|downloads=https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/}}
{{Product tile|model=TH-BLE|category=other|photo=TH-BLE current design 1.png|type=Wireless temperature and humidity meter|tag1=BLE|product=https://escortsensors.com/product/th-ble/|downloads=https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/}}
{{Product tile|model=eCargosens|page=ECargosens|category=other|photo=Image2.png|type=Axle load monitoring by air suspension pressure|product=https://escortsensors.com/product/ecargosens-wireless-axle-load-monitoring-system/|downloads=https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/}}
{{Product tile|model=Sokol-M1|category=meteo|photo=Sokol-m1.png|type=Automatic weather station|tag1=GSM|tag2=RS-485|tag3=Modbus|product=https://escortsensors.com/product/sokol-m1-weather-station/}}
{{Product tile|model=Sokol-K1|category=meteo|photo=Sokol-K1 main picture.png|type=Controller: collects weather data and sends it over GSM|tag1=GSM|tag2=Modbus}}
{{Product tile|model=Sokol-TDV|page=Sokol-TDV meter|category=meteo|photo=Sokol-TDV meter main.png|type=Temperature, humidity and pressure sensor|tag1=RS-485}}
{{Product tile|model=Sokol-A|page=Anemometer Sokol-A|category=meteo|photo=Sokol-A main anemometer.png|type=Anemorumbometer: wind speed and direction}}
{{Product tile|model=Sokol-DVP, Sokol-BMVD|page=Sokol-M1 + Sokol-DVP (Sokol-BMVD)|category=meteo|photo=Bmvd+dvp main.png|type=Soil moisture and temperature measurement}}
</div>

== Software, services and integrations ==
<div class="es-softlist">
{{Software row|name=Escort Configurator|url=https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ae.esensor.config|kind=iOS · Android|description=BLE sensor setup from a smartphone: calibration, password, tank calibration}}
{{Software row|name=Natlogger|kind=Platform|description=Collection, processing and visualization of weather data from Sokol stations}}
{{Software row|name=Sokol-M1 + GSM|page=Sokol-M1+GSM|kind=Sokol-M1|description=Connecting and configuring the station via GSM}}
{{Software row|name=Sokol-M1 + Modbus|page=Sokol-M1+Modbus|kind=Sokol-M1|description=Reading station data over Modbus}}
{{Software row|name=BLE compatibility|page=Table of compatibility of BLE sensors with trackers and other devices|kind=Reference|description=Which trackers and devices accept data from Escort BLE sensors}}
{{Software row|name=Teltonika|page=Teltonika-BLE|kind=Integration|description=Connecting Escort BLE sensors to Teltonika trackers via Bluetooth}}
{{Software row|name=MettaX|page=MettaX and Escort-TD Sensors Connection Manual|kind=Integration|description=Connecting Escort TD sensors to MettaX dashcams}}
{{Software row|name=Hikvision|page=TD-BLE & Hikvision DashCam: Connection Manual|kind=Integration|description=Connecting TD-BLE to Hikvision dashcams}}
{{Software row|name=Howen|page=TD-BLE + Howen Dashcam quickstart|kind=Integration|description=Pairing TD-BLE with the Howen MC30 dashcam}}
{{Software row|name=Media center|kind=For partners|description=Materials for sales and customer support}}
</div>
<div class="es-links">[https://escortsensors.com/mediacenter/escort-sensors/ News] [https://escortsensors.com/product/escort-sensors/ Products] [https://www.youtube.com/@escortsensors1697 YouTube] [mailto:info@escortsensors.com info@escortsensors.com]</div>

[[ru:Заглавная_страница]]
[[es:Página_principal]]

Sokol-M1

2026-10-15T07:21:15Z

RINAT: Links: Google Play app ae.esensor.config; product pages on escortsensors.com

[[RU:Сокол-М1| English version]]
[[es:Sokol-M1| Versión en español]]
{{Sensor card
|type = Automatic weather station
|photo = Sokol-m1.png
|p1 = Power |v1 = 8…25 V DC, max 10 W
|p2 = Battery |v2 = 8 Ah
|p3 = Autonomous operation |v3 = at least 2000 h at an interval ≥ 30 min and 0…+55 °C
|p4 = Data channels |v4 = GSM, RS-485, LoRa433, LoRaWAN, Iridium, Gonets
|p5 = Setup connection |v5 = USB, Bluetooth 4.0
|p6 = Positioning |v6 = GPS/GLONASS
|p7 = Operating conditions |v7 = −60…+55 °C, wind up to 60 m/s
|p8 = Weight |v8 = max 2.75 kg
|product = https://escortsensors.com/product/sokol-m1-weather-station/
}}
== Data transfer methods. Configuration. ==

=== Station + GSM ===
'''[https://wikien.fmeter.ru/index.php/Sokol-M1%2BGSM Connection and configuration the station via GSM]'''
[[File:Sokol-M1+GSM 1 eng.png|center|thumb|602x602px|'''[https://wikien.fmeter.ru/index.php/Sokol-M1%2BGSM Connection and configuration the station via GSM]''']]

=== Natlogger server configuration ===
'''[https://wikien.fmeter.ru/index.php/Natlogger Natlogger platform instruction/configuration]'''
[[File:Natlogger emblebm 1.png|center|thumb|'''[https://wikien.fmeter.ru/index.php/Natlogger Natlogger platform instruction/configuration]'''|398x398px]]

=== Sokol-M1 + Modbus ===
'''[[Sokol-M1+Modbus|General instructions for the Sokol-M1+Modbus connection]]'''
[[File:Modbus eng 2 scheme.png|center|thumb|646x646px|'''[[Sokol-M1+Modbus|General instructions for the Sokol-M1+Modbus connection]]''']]

=== Sokol Analytics + Modbus ===
'''[https://wikien.fmeter.ru/index.php/Sokol_Analytics General instructions for the Sokol Analytics program + Modbus connection] (under construction)'''
[[File:Modbus eng 1.png|center|thumb|659x659px|'''[https://wikien.fmeter.ru/index.php/Sokol_Analytics General instructions for the Sokol Analytics program + Modbus connection]''']]

=== Sokol-M1 + Ethernet ===
'''[https://wikien.fmeter.ru/index.php/Sokol-M1%2BEthernet General instructions for connecting Sokol-M1 using an Ethernet converter]'''
[[File:Sokol + Ethernet 1 eng.png|center|thumb|661x661px|'''[https://wikien.fmeter.ru/index.php/Sokol-M1%2BEthernet General instructions for connecting Sokol-M1 using an Ethernet converter]''']]
[[File:Sokol + Ethernet+server 1 eng.png|center|thumb|663x663px|'''[https://wikien.fmeter.ru/index.php/Sokol-M1%2BEthernet General instructions for connecting Sokol-M1 using an Ethernet converter]''']]

== Sokol-K1 Controller. Setup. Connection. ==
[[File:Sokol-K1 main picture.png|thumb|311x311px|Current Sokol-K1 design]]
'''[[Sokol-K1|Sokol-K1 Controller Manual: Installation and Configuration Instructions.]]'''

== Connecting additional sensors/devices ==
{{Warning|1=Additional sensors connected to the station via the RS-485 interface will not work without external power supply! (Does not apply to BMVD wireless modules and Sokol-DVP sensors.)}}

=== Sokol-DVP, Sokol-DVP+Sokol-BMVD ===
'''[[Sokol-M1 + Sokol-DVP (Sokol-BMVD)|Instructions for connecting the Sokol-DVP soil moisture sensor and the Sokol-BMVD wireless module]]'''
[[File:Sokol-M1+DVP(BMVD).png|center|thumb|Sokol-M1+DVP(BMVD)|489x489px]]

=== Anemorumbometer Sokol-A ===
[[Anemometer Sokol-A|'''Instruction for connecting the Sokol-A Wind Speed/Wind Direction Sensors''']]
[[File:Sokol-A main anemometer.png|center|thumb|489x489px|Sokol-A]]

=== Sokol-TDV meter ===
'''[[Sokol-TDV meter|Instruction for connecting the Sokol-TDV Temperature/Humidity/Pressure Sensor]]'''
[[File:Sokol-TDV meter main.png|center|thumb|460x460px|Sokol-TDV]]

== General information ==
The '''SOKOL-M1''' automatic meteorological station (hereinafter referred to as '''SOKOL-M1, product, weather station, station''') is designed for automatic measurement of meteorological parameters: air temperature, soil temperature, soil moisture, water temperature, relative air humidity, air flow velocity and direction, atmospheric pressure, amount and intensity of atmospheric precipitation.

The '''SOKOL-M1''' weather station allows you to collect and process the results of meteorological observations, store and analyze all information in real time. Continuous monitoring of weather conditions increases the accuracy of weather forecasts.

More detailed technical specifications are provided in [https://docs.google.com/document/d/1QOl2EUgd4ituTvGGPHU7c54b-T9-iZNz/edit?usp=sharing&ouid=113197106569288024895&rtpof=true&sd=true device's datasheet file.]

User manual: [https://docs.google.com/document/d/1QOl2EUgd4ituTvGGPHU7c54b-T9-iZNz/edit?usp=sharing&ouid=113197106569288024895&rtpof=true&sd=true Sokol-M1 user manual.]

== Sokol-M1 technical specifications ==
{| class="wikitable"
|'''Parameter name'''
|'''Meaning'''
|-
|'''Power supply voltage from DC network, V'''
|From 8 to 25
|-
|'''input power, no more than W'''
|10
|-
|'''Battery capacity, Ah'''
|8
|-
|'''Minimum capacity of the black box'''
|month at 10-minute intervals, 4096 records
|-
|'''Communication interfaces with Sokol-M1'''
|USB, Bluetooth 4.0
|-
|'''Positioning system'''
|GPS/ГЛОНАСС
|-
|'''Maximum battery life, at least … hours'''
|2000*
|-
|'''Communication interfaces'''
|GSM**, RS-485, LoRa433, Iridium, Lora WAN, Гонец
|-
|'''Operating conditions:'''
'''Range of measurements of air temperature, <sup>o</sup>C'''

'''Range of relative humidity measurement, %'''

'''Range of measurements of atmospheric pressure, hPa'''

'''Range of measurement of air flow rate, m/s'''
|from -60 to +55
from 0 to 100

from 540 to 1100

up to 60
|-
|'''Average operating time before failure, hours, not less than'''
|20000
|-
|'''Average service life, years, not less than'''
|8
|-
|'''Maximum battery life, hours, not less than'''
|2000
|-
|'''Dimensions, mm, max.'''
|290х400х418
|-
|'''Weight, kg, max.'''
|2,75
|-
| colspan="2" |''Notes''
1) * With a message sending interval of at least 30 minutes, an ambient temperature of 0 to 55 °C, and compliance with the rules for installing a weather station in the field. 2) **GSM – minimum operating temperature in GSM mode is minus 40 °C.
|}

=== Principle of operation of sensors and metrological characteristics of Sokol-M1 ===
'''<u>The operating principle</u>''' of sensors for various measuring channels of stations is shown in '''Table 2.'''

'''Table 2''' – Principle of operation of the '''SOKOL-M1''' weather station sensors
{| class="wikitable"
|'''Measured parameter'''
|'''Principle of operation'''
|-
|'''Air temperature'''
|Based on the change in the conductivity of the sensitive element depending on the ambient temperature
|-
|'''Relative air humidity'''
|Based on the change in the conductivity of the sensitive element depending on the air humidity
|-
|'''Wind speed'''
|Based on the conversion of the airflow speed into the rotational motion of the shaft with а set of cups that is detected and measured by means of the Hall sensor
|-
|'''Wind/Airflow direction'''
|Based on the conversion of the wind vane's angle of rotation into an electrical signal using а magnetic rotation angle recorder (encoder)
|-
|'''Atmospheric pressure'''
|Based on the piezo-resistive effect: а change in the membrane’s resistance when it deforms under atmospheric pressure is registered and recorded
|-
|'''Amount of precipitation'''
|Based on the measurement of the precipitation/rainfall intensity (the total of the mm of rainfall per day
|-
|'''Rainfall intensity'''
|The intensity of rainfall is measured based on the number of tilts of a tray mechanism (small container) with one tilt being equal to 0.29 mm; the counter is reset every time the Station is polled via ModBUS or transmits its data to a server via GSM.
|-
|'''Ultraviolet level of solar radiation'''
|Based on the occurrence of current through the p-n transition under the influence of ultraviolet radiation on the photodiode
|-
|'''Level of the visible solar radiation spectrum'''
|Based on the occurrence of current through the p-n transition under the influence of visible radiation spectrum on the photodiode
|}
'''The SOKOL-M1''' automatic meteorological station measures '''<u>meteorological parameters</u>''' in accordance with '''Table 1.'''

'''Table 1''' – Metrological characteristics of '''SOKOL-M1''':
{| class="wikitable"
|'''Name of characteristic'''
|'''Measurement range/measurement tolerance limits'''
|'''Characteristic value'''
|-
| rowspan="2" |'''Atmospheric pressure'''
|Range of measurements of atmospheric pressure, hPa
|from 540 to 1100
|-
|Absolute permissible error limits of atmospheric pressure measurement, hPa
|±0,5
|-
| rowspan="2" |'''Air temperature'''
|Range of measurements of air temperature, <sup>o</sup>C
|from -60 to +55
|-
|Limits of allowed absolute measurement error of air temperature, °C:
- range: -30…55 inclusive

- range: -60…-30 inclusive
|±0,4
±0,5
|-
| rowspan="2" |'''Relative air humidity'''
|Range of relative humidity measurement, %
|from 1 to 100
|-
|Absolute permissible error limits of air humidity measurements, %
|±5
|-
| rowspan="2" |'''Soil temperature (if additional equipment is used)'''
|Range of measurements of soil temperature, ° C:
|from -60 to +70
|-
|Limits of allowed absolute error of soil temperature measurements, °C:
- range: -30…50 inclusive

- range: -60…-30 and 50…70 inclusive
|±0,2
±0,4
|-
| rowspan="2" |'''Water temperature (if additional'''
'''equipment is used)'''
|Range of measurements of water temperature, ° C:
|from -10 to +65
|-
|Limits of allowed absolute error of measurement of water temperature, °C
|±0,2
|-
| rowspan="2" |'''Rainfall volume'''
|Precipitation measurement range, mm
|from 0,2
|-
|Limits of permissible relative error of atmospheric precipitation measurements, %
|±(0,2 + 0,05∙Х*)
|-
| rowspan="2" |'''Rainfall intensity'''
|Rainfall intensity measurement range, mm/h
|from 0 to 120
|-
|Limits of permissible absolute error of atmospheric precipitation intensity measurements, mm
|±(0,2+0,05∙I*)
|-
| rowspan="2" |'''Wind speed'''
|Range of measurement of air flow rate, m/s
|from 1 to 60
|-
|Limits of permissible relative wind speed measurement error, m/s
- range: 1 … 5 m / s inclusive;

- range: 5 … 60 m / s
|±0,5
±(0,5 + 0,05∙V*)
|-
| rowspan="2" |'''Wind direction'''
|Measurement range of airflow direction
|from 0˚ to 360˚
|-
|Absolute permissible error limits of wind direction
|±3˚
|-
| colspan="3" |''Notes''
1) X* – measured value of atmospheric precipitation, mm. 2) I* – measured value of atmospheric precipitation intensity, mm/min. 3) V* – measured air flow velocity, m/s.
|}

== Design and set of components of the Sokol-M1 station ==

=== Sokol-M1 design ===
The '''SOKOL-M1''' automatic meteorological station is designed as a monoblock, the housing of which contains: a unit for recording and processing measurement data, sensors for measuring temperature and relative humidity, precipitation amount and intensity, atmospheric pressure, a rechargeable battery, and auxiliary communication equipment. An anemometer and a weather vane are located on the outside of the '''SOKOL-M1''' station housing. Additionally, at the customer's request, it is possible to supplement the weather station with a solar radiation indicator in the '''UV range''', a visible spectrum solar radiation level indicator, a '''JC029F-Y01''' digital video camera, and a tripod for the Sokol-M1 weather station. If necessary, the anemometer and weather vane can be installed remotely.

The appearance of the '''Sokol-M1''' weather station is shown in '''Figure 2:'''

=== Sokol-M1 set of components ===
'''<u>''The scope of delivery''</u>''' of the '''SOKOL-M1''' weather station is shown in '''Table 4:''' '''ATTENTION! THE MANUFACTURER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO MAKE CHANGES TO THE DESIGN AND CONTENTS OF THE PRODUCT WITHOUT PRIOR NOTICE TO THE CONSUMER.'''

'''ATTENTION! THE MANUFACTURER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO MAKE CHANGES TO THE DESIGN AND CONTENTS OF THE PRODUCT WITHOUT PRIOR NOTICE TO THE CONSUMER.'''

'''Table 4''' – '''<u>''Scope of delivery''</u>''' of the '''SOKOL-M1''' weather station:
{| class="wikitable"
|'''№'''
|'''Product Designation'''
|'''Product Name'''
|'''Qua ntity'''
|'''Serial'''
'''number'''
|'''Note'''
|-
|1
|ТЕМГ.416311.010
|SOKOL-M1 automatic meteorological station
|1
|
|[[File:Table 4 - 1.png|frameless]]
|-
|2
|МС1.41631.002 ПС
|SOKOL-M1 automatic meteorological stations. Passport
|1
|
|[[File:Table 4 - 2.png|frameless]]
|-
|3
|МС1.41631.002 РЭ
| SOKOL-M1 automatic meteorological stations. Operating manual)*(1
|1
|
|[[File:Table 4 - 2.png|frameless]]
|-
|4
|ТЕМГ.402161.002
|Vane
|1
|
|[[File:Table - 4 3.png|frameless]]
|-
|5
|'''ТЕМГ.402131.002'''
|'''Anemometer:'''
|1
|
|[[File:Table 4 4.png|frameless]]
|-
|6
|
|Screw M3x20
|1
|
|[[File:Table 4 5.png|frameless]]
|-
|7
|ТЕМГ.714474.002
|Anemometer Skirt
|1
|
|[[File:Table 4 6.png|frameless]]
|-
|8
|ТЕМГ.711141.006
|Anemometer Cover
|1
|
|[[File:Table 4 7.png|frameless]]
|-
|9
|ТЕМГ.744131.001
|Anemometer Cup
|3
|
|[[File:Table 4 8.png|frameless]]
|-
| colspan="6" |'''*(1) The operating manual is supplied separately under the supply contract.'''
|-
|10
|'''ТЕМГ.416931.013'''
|'''Mounting parts kit:'''
|
|
|
|-
|11
|МС8.685631.001
|DC12V power cable
|1
|
|[[File:Table 4 9.png|frameless]]
|-
|12
|ТЕМГ.685611.003
|Modbus cable assembly
|1
|
|[[File:Table 4 10.png|frameless]]
|-
|13
|ТЕМГ.685611.004
|RS-485 adapter
|1
|
|[[File:Table 4 11.png|frameless]]
|-
|14
|МС8.713211.001
|2 mm pin
|8
|
|[[File:Table 4 12.png|frameless]]
|-
|15
|МС1.70.10.02
|Pipe clamp
|2
|
|[[File:Table 4 13.png|frameless]]
|-
|16
|
|11/2” M8 DIN 3570 U-bolt
|2
|
|[[File:Table 4 14.png|frameless]]
|-
|17
|
|M8 DIN 985 nut
|4
|
|[[File:Table 4 15.png|frameless]]
|-
|18
|
|8 DIN 125 washer
|4
|
|[[File:Table 4 16.png|frameless]]
|-
|19
|
|8 DIN 6798 washer
|4
|
|[[File:Table 4 16.png|frameless]]
|-
|20
|SN-321
|HF adapter*(1)
|1
|
|[[File:Table 4 18.png|frameless]]
|-
|21
|2G/3G/4G 800-2700 (N-male)
|OMNI 5dBi1 circular antenna*(1)
|1
|
|[[File:Table 4 19.png|frameless]]
|-
|22
|BY-433-03 SMA-M BEYOND
|ANT 433 MHz antenna* (1)
|1
|
|[[File:Table 4 20.png|frameless]]
|-
|23
|
|Power switch*(1)
|2
|
|[[File:Table 4 21.png|frameless]]
|-
|24
|
|USB Type A-B cable *(1)
|1
|
|[[File:Table 4 22.png|frameless]]
|-
|25
|ТЕМГ.416935.009
|Packaging
|1
|
|
|-
| colspan="6" |'''*(1) The appearance of the product/part may differ from that shown in the illustration.'''
|}

=== Sokol-M1 station installation kit for pole mounting ===
To install the '''SOKOL-M1''' automatic weather station equipment on a pole, you must additionally purchase a pole mounting kit. '''ТЕМГ.416931.003.'''

'''Table 4a''' – Composition of the pole mounting kit '''ТЕМГ.416931.003'''
{| class="wikitable"
|'''№'''
|'''Product designation'''
|'''Product/part name'''
|'''Quantity'''
|'''Serial'''
'''number'''
|-
|1
|МС1.70.10.01
|Wall bracket 75 cm
|1
|
|-
|2
|МС8.4321.001
|Bandage clamp
|2
|
|-
|3
|
|M6x16 DIN 933 bolt
|4
|
|-
|4
|
|M6 DIN 934 nut
|4
|
|-
|5
|
|Washer 6 DIN 9021
|8
|
|-
| colspan="5" |'''Note: The manufacturer reserves the right to make changes to the design and completeness of the product without prior notice to the consumer.'''
|}

=== Sokol-M1 station installation kit for mast mounting ===
To install the SOKOL-M1 automatic weather station equipment on a mast, you must additionally purchase a mast mounting kit. '''ТЕМГ.416931.004.'''

'''Table 4б''' – Composition of the pole mounting kit '''ТЕМГ.416931.004'''
{| class="wikitable"
|'''№'''
|'''Product designation'''
|'''Product/part name'''
|'''Quantity'''
|'''Serial'''
'''number'''
|-
|1
|МС1.70.10.01
|Wall bracket 75 cm
|1
|
|-
|2
|МС1.70.10.02
|Bandage clamp
|2
|
|-
|3
|
|U-bolt 11/2” M8 DIN 3570
|2
|
|-
|4
|
|Washer 8 DIN 125
|4
|
|-
|5
|
|M8 nut DIN 934
|4
|
|-
| colspan="5" |'''Note: The manufacturer reserves the right to make changes to the design and completeness of the product without prior notice to the consumer.'''
|}

== Installation and preparation for operation ==

=== Preparing the operating site ===
The product should be placed in an open area with free access to the equipment. There should be no significant obstacles '''(large buildings, groups of trees)''' within a minimum distance '''of 10 m around the site''' where the station is located.

It is not recommended to install the product near surfaces that heat up significantly, such as roofs covered with roofing felt. It is not recommended to install the station near a motorway, as the vibration caused by the movement of heavy vehicles may affect the measurement results.

Avoid sites on slopes or steep slopes descending in one direction '''(especially if this direction coincides with the prevailing wind direction)''' so that the selected site does not significantly distort the wind speed and direction.

The installation site should be selected in an area that is typical of the surrounding terrain and does not differ from the surrounding area in terms of heat and moisture exchange characteristics. There should be a natural surface '''(grass, soil)''' near the location of the remote sensors.
[[File:SOKOL-M1 1.png|center|frameless|681x681px]]

For the correct operation of the precipitation, temperature, atmospheric pressure, and relative humidity sensors built into the weather station, the product should be installed at a height of '''2±0.05 m''' above the ground.

It is recommended to place the external weather vane and anemometer at a height of '''10 m''' above the ground. Wind sensors can be placed on the roof of a house. In this case, they should be placed at a height of at least '''2-3 m above''' the upper edge of the roof.

When installing the '''Sokol-DR 800''' distance sensor, the expected snowfall height in the area should be taken into account, and it should be installed '''no closer than 15 cm''' to the expected snowline.

The order of installation and connection of the weather station's optional elements depends on their list and installation locations '''(mast, pole, tripod)'''. The installation of optional elements should be carried out '''from top to bottom''', starting with the highest sensor '''(device).'''

'''<u>''Note''</u>''' – ''<u>The results of measurements of basic meteorological parameters at stations make it possible to interpolate measured values at any point within a homogeneous territory with a radius of '''50 to 60 km''' (for precipitation and atmospheric phenomena – within a radius of approximately '''15 to 20 km''').</u>''
[[File:SOKOL-M1 2.png|center|frameless|705x705px]]

=== Installation at the place of operation ===
The product should be installed on a support mast on a '''flat surface''' free from obstacles that could affect the product's readings.

'''The maximum angle''' between the point where the weather station is attached to the support and the top of any obstructing objects should be '''45°''' to the horizontal surface.

To minimize the effect of precipitation splash, '''it is recommended to avoid''' areas with hard surfaces such as metal, asphalt, or concrete. Instead, '''it is recommended''' '''to''' install the product on low grass, gravel, pebbles, or soft soil. '''Avoid sites''' on slopes or steep slopes descending in one direction (especially if this direction coincides with the prevailing wind direction) so that the selected site '''does not significantly distort''' wind speed and direction. '''It is not recommended to''' install the product on building roofs, as this '''may distort''' the measurement results.

Before installing the '''SOKOL-M1''', it is necessary to prepare a mounting support for the product. Metal pipes or poles with an outer diameter of '''40 to 48 mm''' should be used as supports.

'''<u>The product is installed in the following order:</u>'''

− unpack the product;

− check the componentss of the product in accordance with this operating manual. If the product is found to be incomplete, notify the supplier or the organization providing comprehensive centralized service, and consider the '''SOKOL-M1''' station not ready for use;

− Check the components of the product for damage. To do this, you must sequentially inspect all components of the product to check the condition of the power cables and interface cables for external mechanical damage. If external mechanical damage to the product components is found, the supplier or the organization providing comprehensive centralized service must be notified, and the weather station must be considered not ready for use;

− assemble the cup anemometer;

− install the '''cups (4)''' on the '''skirt (3)''';

− Install the '''skirt (3)''' on the '''shaft (2)'''.

− Secure the '''cover (5)''' with the '''screw (6)''' as shown in '''Figure 6.'''
[[File:SOKOL-M1 4.png|center|frameless|700x700px]]

- Install the anemometer and wind vane on the wing of the weather station and secure them with '''fastening nuts (7)''' as shown in '''Figure 7.'''

- Connect the interface cables of the anemometer and wind vane to connectors '''7 and 11 as shown in Figure 7.''' Optionally, wind sensors can be installed at a distance of '''up to 10 meters''' from the ground. The possible location of wind sensors relative to the '''SOKOL-M1''' weather station is shown in '''Figure 5''';

− Install the antennas in '''connectors 5 and 8 as shown in Figure 7''' according to the markings on the product body;

− Insert the SIM card into connector 4 and turn on the weather station by turning the '''key (12)''' twice. After turning on, LED '''indicator 1''' will start flashing '''at a frequency of 3 times per second''' (the weather station is in time capture mode) or '''1 time every 5 seconds''' (the time is set in the weather station).

− Connect the weather station to a PC using the USB cable included in the kit to connect the weather station to a PC as shown in '''Figure 7, connector 3.'''

− Install the standalone software.

− Establish a connection between the '''SokolCFG software''' and the weather station by opening the corresponding '''COM port.''' The readings from the weather station sensors should appear in the program window;

− Install the base of the product on the '''mounting bracket.''' Use a '''13 mm''' wrench to evenly tighten the mounting screws;

− '''Disconnect the product from the PC''';

− After completing the above steps, the product is '''ready for operation.'''

'''<u>ATTENTION!</u> IN THIS CASE, THE SOLAR PANEL OF THE PRODUCT MUST BE ORIENTED WITH ITS FRONT SIDE STRICTLY TOWARDS THE EQUATOR (SOUTH IN THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE OR NORTH IN THE SOUTHERN HEMISPHERE) TO SET THE WEATHER VANE TO ZERO* AND TO OBTAIN THE MAXIMUM AMOUNT OF SOLAR ENERGY, AS WELL AS TO ENSURE THE CORRECT OPERATION OF THE HUMIDITY AND TEMPERATURE SENSOR. IT IS NECESSARY THAT THERE ARE NO FASTENING ELEMENTS (BRACKETS) UNDER THE RADIATION SHIELD.'''

'''<u>ATTENTION!</u> ACHIEVE A HORIZONTAL POSITION OF THE PRODUCT BASE USING THE INDICATIONS IN THE “SOKOLCFG” PROGRAM IN THE ‘POSITION’ WINDOW (THE “STATUS” TAB). THE VALUES OF THE LONGITUDINAL AND TRANSVERSAL ANGLE OF INCLINATION MUST BE WITHIN THE RANGE OF ±2 DEGREES.'''

'''<u>Note</u>''' – *The zero position of the wind vane is set when it points in the opposite direction from the front of the solar panel, so when the solar panel faces south, the zero position of the wind vane coincides with north!

=== Location and pinout of station connectors ===
[[File:SOKOL-M1 6.png|center|frameless|747x747px]]

'''1''' – LED indicator

'''2''' – External power supply socket

'''3''' – USB connector

'''4''' – SIM card slot

'''5''' – GSM-antenna connector

'''6''' – RS-485 Open Wire socket for additional external sensors

'''7''' – Vane socket,

'''8''' – LoRa 433 MHz antenna connector

'''9''' – RS-485 MODBUS ‘Mbs’ socket

'''10''' – ‘Iridium’modem or camera 6-pin socke

'''11''' – Anemometer socket

'''12''' – Battery circuit on/off switch

'''13''' – Vane attachment point

'''14''' – Anemometer attachment point

'''<u>Table 5</u>''' – Power input cable
{| class="wikitable"
|'''Nr.'''
|'''Wire designation'''
|'''Color'''
|-
|1
| +12
|Brown
|-
|2
|GND
|Blue
|}

'''<u>Table 6</u>''' – RS485 ModBUS RTU output cable
{| class="wikitable"
|'''Nr.'''
|'''Wire designation'''
|'''Color'''
|-
|1
|A
|Yellow and green
|-
|2
|B
|Brown
|-
|3
|GND
|Blue
|}
'''<u>Table 7</u>''' – RS-485 Open Wire socket
{| class="wikitable"
|'''Nr.'''
|'''Wire designation'''
|-
|1
|5 B
|-
|2
|А
|-
|3
|В
|-
|4
|GND
|-
|5
|12 В
|}

=== Mounting on a tripod, mast, bracket, and pole ===
The '''SOKOL-M1''' weather station is installed on a tripod, mast, pole, or bracket as shown in '''Figure 8.'''

The tripod for the '''SOKOL-M1''' weather station is not included in the delivery set and must be purchased separately.

'''<u>''To mount the weather station on a tripod, you need to:''</u>'''

'''1)''' Set up the tripod at the measurement site. The unevenness of the upper head of the tripod should not exceed 0.3 mm. Secure each leg of the tripod.

'''<u>ATTENTION! ENSURE THAT THE TRIPOD IS STABLE.</u>'''

'''2)''' Secure two '''MS1.70.10.02 pipe clamps (3)''' to the top of the tripod using '''U-bolts (4),''' '''washers (5), and nuts (6).'''

'''3)''' Tighten the '''fastening nuts.''' Do not allow the weather station to rotate on the central pole. Secure the '''SOKOL-M1''' weather station installed on the central pole of the tripod '''(mast, bracket, pole)''' to the pole or mast.
[[File:SOKOL-M1 10.png|center|frameless|715x715px]]

== Charging the battery, external power supply ==
Before starting to use the weather station, and also when the '''battery is low''', it must be '''fully charged.''' The battery installed in the weather station is charged from '''three power sources:'''

− '''sola'''r battery;
{{Note|1=The station’s internal battery is not charged by the solar panel on the station housing at temperatures below 0°C!}}
− via a '''USB connector''' from an external power source;

− via an '''8-25 VDC''' connector on the weather station from an external power source.

'''The solar panel''' is an alternative power source that allows the weather station to operate in stand-alone mode. The '''USB and 12 V external power''' connectors are designed to efficiently charge the weather station's built-in rechargeable battery. To do this, it must be connected to a '''PC USB por'''t or a '''12 V DC''' power source.

It takes '''up to 12 hours''' to fully charge the rechargeable batteries from a '''DC power source'''. When the battery is completely discharged, the charging mode can take '''more than 20 hours.''' When charging the station via '''USB,''' charging is very slow '''(from 12 hours),''' and when the battery is '''deeply discharged,''' the charging period can take '''about a day.''' Therefore, the best way to charge is from an '''external power source.'''

The battery charge level can be checked either in the '''SokolCFG configurator''' in the '''Status tab''', in the '''Sokol mobile app''', or on the [[Natlogger]] server '''(Upow field)'''. The battery is considered '''fully charged''' when its voltage is approximately '''4.15±0.05''' V. The battery is considered discharged when its voltage is less than '''3.5 V.'''

'''<u>Please note: if the station is connected to an external power source but the key is not turned to the ON position (i.e., the device's internal battery is not turned on), the station will not be charged.</u>'''

'''<u>To restart or turn off the station, do the following:</u>'''

'''1)''' Disconnect '''external power''' sources.

'''2)''' Turn the key to the '''OFF''' position '''(if restarting is not necessary, skip step 3).'''

'''3)''' Turn the key from the '''OFF''' position to the '''ON''' position, then back to the '''OFF''' position, and then to the '''ON''' position again.

== Useful links ==
* [https://rutube.ru/video/0bb6424d292325009770da690ffbf829/?playlist=718716 '''Video tutorial on connecting the station via GSM to a PC (RUS)''']
* [https://rutube.ru/video/d2d56e6d3bffdc783ed744f60cc68a96/?playlist=718716 '''Video tutorial on setting up a station on the Sokolmeteo server (RUS)''']
* [https://rutube.ru/video/ca22238af0a4258932cbb826d7d9edc8/?playlist=718716 '''Video tutorial on setting up the station via a PC (RUS)''']
* [https://rutube.ru/video/41aaa276f25b198b8043a09d451f1b88/?playlist=718716 '''Video tutorial on the features of connecting the station's power supply (RUS)''']
* [https://rutube.ru/video/bf422be219631e6900f78cf250b0f026/?playlist=718716 '''Video tutorial on connecting the BMVD to the station via a PC (RUS)''']
* [https://rutube.ru/video/a6b0352076af28222bd0a9f9e5ea675d/?playlist=718716 '''Video instruction for connecting the station via MODBUS (RUS)''']
* [https://rutube.ru/video/b08a45613b252646e3f4c5bce86f6a92/?playlist=718716 '''Video tutorial on connecting BOLID and configuring it (RUS)''']
* [https://rutube.ru/video/ea079ecf1c81401d35ee7342d4f30df8/?playlist=718716 '''LoRa WAN video tutorial: Sokol-M and Vega BS 2.2 base station; how to connect and configure (RUS)''']
* [https://rutube.ru/video/18ef83ee1ef09be41749af9bf9a6e737/?playlist=718716 '''Video tutorial on connecting the Sokol-M station to the server via USR (RUS)''']
* [https://rutube.ru/video/278f2e6ecfc6ab5541ba67d0df864392/?playlist=718716 '''Video tutorial on connecting the Sokol-M station to the server via Moxa (RUS)''']

{{Next|prev=ECargosens|prev-text=eCargosens}}

TD-Online

2026-10-15T07:21:13Z

RINAT: Links: Google Play app ae.esensor.config; product pages on escortsensors.com

[[RU:Td-online| Русская версия]]
[[es:TD-Online| Versión en español]]
{{Sensor card
|type = Fuel level sensor with GSM data transmission to a server
|photo = Td online 01.png
|p1 = Connection |v1 = GSM 4G (3G, 2G compatible), Simcom module
|p2 = Server protocol |v2 = Wialon IPS
|p3 = Level measurement |v3 = once per second
|p4 = Bluetooth |v4 = Advertising mode, once per second
|p5 = SIM |v5 = 1, nano, multiSIM
|p6 = Accelerometer |v6 = three-axis: angle, vehicle movement
|p7 = Roaming |v7 = can be switched on and off
|datasheet = https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-online-sim/Datasheet%20TD-online.pdf?v=160719173609
|downloads = https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/
|product = https://escortsensors.com/product/td-online/
}}
== Definition and Purpose of the Sensor ==
The TD-Online measuring device (sensor) determines the fill level of light petroleum products in tanks (storage containers). It is used in automotive and tractor equipment as a fuel level sensor and in industrial applications as a level sensor for various light petroleum products.

The sensor converts the level into a digital code and transmits the value to an external server. It also sends information about its location and speed to the external server.

More detailed technical specifications can be found in the device's [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-online-sim/Datasheet%20TD-online.pdf?v=160719173609 technical datasheet.]

== Basic Terms, Definitions, and Specifications ==
'''Fuel Level Sensor (FLS)''' - a device designed to measure fuel level.

'''Serial number''' - a code consisting of a series of letters or numbers assigned to a product (sensor).

'''Sensor name''' - the sensor identifier among BLE devices, composed of the first two letters of the sensor model and the last six digits of the serial number; for example, TD_100100.

'''Advertising mode''' - a data transmission mode where the device broadcasts data packets at a set frequency regardless of the presence of a receiving device.

'''Connection mode''' - a data transmission mode where the transmitter waits for connection to a receiving device before starting data packet transmission.

'''GSM modem standard''' - 4G (backward compatible with 3G, 2G)

'''GSM module''' - Simcom

'''Data transfer protocol to server''' - Wialon IPS

'''Remote configuration''' - yes (under development)

'''Point generation frequency''' - adaptive mechanism

'''Fuel level measurement frequency''' - once per second

'''Bluetooth data transmission (Advertising)''' - once per second

'''Engine status tracking capability''' - yes (after calibration based on onboard voltage)

'''Deviation angle from calibrated horizon''' - yes (3-axis accelerometer; vehicle movement detection)

'''Roaming on/off''' - yes

'''Number of SIM cards''' - 1

'''SIM card size''' - nano

'''Multi-carrier SIM, multiSIM''' - Yes

'''Number of servers''' - 1

'''Support for wired (RS-485) and BLE slave sensors''' - under development (up to 7 sensors total)

'''BLE scanning frequency''' - continuous (similar to BA-BLE adapters)

'''Ability to store calibration table in sensor''' - yes (50 entries)

'''Black box capacity''' - 15,000 records

'''Single record size (with slave sensors)''' - up to 2 KB

== SIM Card Installation ==
Before connecting and configuring the TD-Online (hereafter referred to as "Sensor", "TD-Online", or "TDO"), you must install a SIM card in the slot. To do this, unscrew the cover mounting screws and remove the cover.

[[File:Imagedads.png]][[File:Imagedacsvb.png]]

Press your finger on the tray cover, slide it sideways and lift it up to open the SIM tray as shown in the photo below.

[[File:Imageafvehry.png]]

Insert the nano-SIM into the tray, aligning the cut corner of both the tray and SIM card. Close the tray cover, press it firmly with your finger, and slide it sideways (toward the corner with the SIM card's cutout) to lock it into the grooves..

[[File:Imagefavbsndf.png|280x280px]][[File:Imagecasbdnffmdns.png|281x281px]]

{{Warning|1=Fill the whole inner space of the sensor's head with lithol (lithium grease) after inserting the SIM! This will protect the circtuit against any foreign liquids filtrering in inside the sensor!}}

<gallery widths="250" heights="350">
File:5443031609666902460.jpg|alt=
File:5443031609666902461.jpg|alt=
File:5443031609666902462.jpg|alt=
</gallery>

== Connecting the Sensor in the Configuration App ==
To configure the sensor, connect it to a power source or PC/laptop using either '''C200M''' or '''C200M2''' converter (both Escort converter models can serve as power sources for the sensor).

# Launch the Escort Configurator application (available on AppStore, Play Store, AppGallery)
# Tap "'''Sensor Configuration'''"
# Swipe down on the screen to refresh - select '''TD-Online''' from the device list
# Choose the sensor from the list and either: Tap the sensor name (1) to view its '''Advertising packet''' (Android devices only), or tap the "'''Connect'''" button (2) directly

[[File:Screenshot 20250528 105123 ru fmeter config MainMenuActivity.jpg|495x495px]][[File:Screenshot 20250619 203604.jpg|497x497px]][[File:Screenshot 20250619 203843.jpg|498x498px]]

First connection - set a password; for subsequent connections - enter the password to gain access to sensor configuration.

'''Attention! Setting an access password for the sensor is mandatory; otherwise, any user of the application will be able to reconfigure the Sensor. To reset a lost password - contact Escort Group technical support.'''

To view the Sensor's current data - press '''Data.'''

[[File:Screenshot 20250528 105227 ru fmeter config ConfiguratorActivity.jpg|513x513px]][[File:Screenshot 20250619 203915.jpg|512x512px]]

Swipe down on the screen to view all sensor data, including its IMEI. To return to the previous menu, tap the arrow in the top left corner ('''1''').

[[File:Screenshot 20250528 105314 ru fmeter config ConfiguratorActivity.jpg|523x523px]][[File:Screenshot 20250619 204156.jpg|523x523px]]

== GSM Settings ==
To configure data transmission via the GSM modem, tap the "'''GPS/GSM Settings'''" button. Then proceed to the "GSM Network Setup" section ('''1'''). The arrow in the top left corner ('''2''') returns you to the previous menu.

[[File:Screenshot 20250619 204256.jpg|568x568px]][[File:Screenshot 20250619 204425.jpg|568x568px]]

[[File:Screenshot 20250619 220616.jpg|right|587x587px]]
Fill in the "'''APN'''", "'''Username'''", and "'''Password'''" fields ('''1, 2, 3''') with the settings provided by your mobile operator for the SIM card installed in the Sensor.

In the "'''PIN Code'''" field, enter the PIN code of the SIM card installed in the Sensor (if applicable) ('''4''').

Enable or disable data transmission in roaming ('''5''').

You can change the synchronization server if you know the address of an alternative server you require ('''6''').

Enable or disable message bundling ('''7'''). If this option is disabled, each sensor record will be transmitted as a separate message.

After making any changes to the settings, press the "'''Apply'''" button ('''8''').

The arrow in the top left corner ('''9''') returns you to the previous menu.

== Server Settings ==
To access server settings, tap the "'''GPS/GLONASS and GSM Setup'''" button, then select "'''Server Settings'''" ('''1'''). Use the arrow in the top left corner to return to the previous menu ('''2''').

[[File:Screenshot 20250619 204256.jpg|600x600px]][[File:Screenshot 20250619 221056.jpg|600x600px]]
[[File:Screenshot 20250619 221359.jpg|right|603x603px]]

Fill in the fields "'''Server IP'''", "'''Port'''", and "'''Server access password'''" ('''1, 2, 3''').

You can find the required data in the monitoring platform you use.

For example, when working with Wialon, you need to select the "'''Wialon IPS'''" option in the object settings. The platform will provide its own '''IP''' and '''port'''. These need to be entered in the sensor configuration.

The server access password must be the same in both the Sensor settings and the object settings on the monitoring platform.

Select the data transfer connection type - '''TCP''' or '''UDP''' ('''4'''); '''the choice depends on the requirements of your monitoring platform.'''

Enter the "'''Unique device ID'''" if required by your platform ('''5''').

To save any changes to the settings, click '''Apply''' ('''6''').

The arrow in the top left corner is for returning to the previous menu ('''7''').

== Data Transmission to Server ==
To configure the data transmission frequency to the server, tap the "'''GPS/GSM Settings'''" button, then go to the "'''Message Transmission Settings'''" section ('''1'''). The arrow in the top left corner returns you to the previous menu ('''2''').

[[File:Screenshot 20250619 204256.jpg|617x617px]][[File:Screenshot 20250619 221857.jpg|617x617px]]
[[File:Screenshot 20250619 221732.jpg|right|666x666px]]
Specify the "'''Transmission Period'''" in seconds ('''1''').

This is the standard data transmission interval during movement. For example, if you set it to 60 seconds, the Sensor will send data to the server every 60 seconds while in motion, regardless of whether one or more of the following events occur:

* Sudden acceleration (calculated by coordinates);
* Sharp turn (calculated by coordinates);
* Ignition turning on (by voltage in the onboard network);

The "'''Minimum Transmission Period'''" field ('''2'''). For example, if you set it to 10 seconds: in this case the sensor won't send data more frequently than once every 10 seconds, even if the above events occur more often than once every 10 seconds.

"'''Transmission Period Multiplier'''" ('''3''') - this is the value by which the message transmission interval will increase if the Sensor detects a stop (according to its accelerometer readings).

For example, with a "'''Transmission Period'''" of 60 seconds and a "'''Transmission Period Multiplier'''" of 5, during parking (with ignition off) data will be transmitted once every 60×5=300 seconds, i.e. once every 5 minutes.

"'''Turn Angle Threshold'''" ('''4''') - a threshold value in degrees, upon exceeding which the Sensor registers a sharp turn based on its accelerometer readings.

"'''Speed Threshold'''" ('''5''') - a threshold value of speed calculated by the Sensor based on coordinate changes; if the speed changes abruptly by the specified value, the Sensor registers the event and generates an out-of-sequence message (but no more frequently than once per the minimum transmission period (2)).

After making changes to the settings, click Apply ('''6''').

The arrow in the top left corner - to return to the previous menu ('''7''').

== General Parameters Transmitted by the Sensor ==
'''msg_num''' - sequential record number since startup (cumulative counter of the messages sent)

'''SNR''' - signal-to-noise ratio for GPS

'''RSSI''' (Received Signal Strength Indicator) - quality of the GSM signal reception

'''pwr''' - power supply voltage

'''temp''' - temperature

'''angle''' - tilt angle relative to horizontal

'''fl''' - fuel level

'''fp''' - fuel level counter (CNT)

'''flX''' - (fl0...fl7) - slave devices' fuel levels

'''ftX''' - (ft0...ft7) - slave devices' temperatures

'''fpX''' - (fp0...fp7) - slave devices' fuel level counters (CNT)

'''move''' - whether in motion

'''engine''' - whether engine is running

== Sensor calibration ==

== [[File:Callibration_GIF.gif]] ==

=== CNT. What happens when you calibrate a sensor? ===
After you have cut or extended the sensor tubes, you should calibrate it, that is, set the new '''Full''' and '''Empty''' calibration values. You can do this from the '''Settings''' menu on the sensor's main screen.

[[File:SettingsPageAndroid.png|frameless]]

The sensor's raw data - current level or CNT - changes according to how much fuel is inside its tubes.

Then, CNT is compared with the values Empty and Full.

If the '''tubes are empty''' and “'''CNT (1) ≈ calibration value Empty (2)'''”, level 1 '''(3)''' will be displayed.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="400" heights="750">
File:SettingPageScreen.png|alt=
File:DataLevel.png|alt=
</gallery>If the '''tubes are full''' and “'''CNT (1) ≈ calibration value Full (2)'''”, level 1023 or 4095 '''(3)''' will be displayed.

Difference Between CNT and Calibration Values ("'''Empty'''" or "'''Full'''")<gallery mode="nolines" widths="400" heights="749">
File:SettingsFullCNT.png|alt=
File:DataFullLevel.png|alt=
</gallery>

Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]
{{Note|1=During sensor calibration, the current CNT is stored as a Full calibration value (if you pressed the Full button) or as an Empty calibration value (if you pressed the Empty button). Calibration values may differ from the current CNT after recording. A difference of ±1000 values is acceptable.}}

=== How and why to calibrate sensors? ===
Initially, the sensor is calibrated to its original length. '''After you have cut or extended the tubes, you should recalibrate it.''' Set the new CNT values that the sensor has when its tubes are empty or filled with fuel.

Therefore you should:

* Insert the plastic centralizer provided into the tubes

[[File:Centralizer.png]] [[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|512x512px]]

* Fill the tubes with fuel by covering the drain holes with electrical tape and turning the sensor upside down or immersing the sensor in fuel so that the fuel reaches the flange of the sensor (the drain holes are open). The first method is preferable<gallery widths="350" heights="300" mode="nolines">
File:Closing_the_drain_holes,_rotating_the_sensor,_and_filling_the_tubes_with_fuel.png|'''Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel'''
File:Filling_the_tubes_by_immersing_the_sensor_in_fuel_(drain_holes_open).png|'''Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)'''
</gallery>
* Switch the "Calibration without fuel" slider to the inactive position '''(1)''' and press the '''Full''' button '''(2)''' after the level becomes Stable or the third digit from the end stops changing (for at least 2 minutes) '''(3)'''<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="700">
File:CalibrationWithFuel.png|alt=|'''Disable the option "Calibrate without fuel"'''
File:SettingsWithFuelFullStab.png|'''Click "Full" after the level has stabilized'''
</gallery>
* Then, drain the fuel from the tubes, wait 2-3 minutes, allowing the fuel to completely drain and the level to stabilize, and press '''"Empty"'''

[[File:Unblocking_drain_holes.png|none|thumb|660x660px|'''Unblocking drain holes''']]
[[File:SetEmpty.png|frameless]]

=== Calibration without fuel ===
An alternative calibration method is calibration without fuel.

In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty and there is no fuel in them, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch '''(1)''' active (green) and press '''"Calibrate" (2)''' . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.<gallery widths="300" heights="600" mode="nolines">
File:Calibration_without_fuel.png|alt=|'''Calibration without fuel'''
File:CNT_before_calibration.jpg|alt=|'''Calibration values BEFORE calibration without fuel'''
File:CNT_after_calibration.jpg|alt=|'''Calibration values after calibration without fuel'''
</gallery>If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.

There are two measuring ranges:

* From 1 to 1023
* From 1 to 4095

Sensor does not sends level 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is level sent.

'''The sensor itself does not know what fuel will be used, so when calibrating without fuel the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''

'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''

'''If possible, we recommend calibration with fuel. If tank calibration is not planned or is impossible, then calibration with fuel is a mandatory procedure.'''

=== When and how to choose a range - 1023 or 4095? ===
The '''measuring range 1...1023''' is generally recommended for sensors '''shorter than 500 mm'''. The '''measurement range 1...4095''' is recommended in other cases.

To change the range, open the Settings menu and select one of two options from the '''"Maximum Level"''' drop-down menu '''(1)'''. After this, click on the '''“Set parameters” button (2)'''.<gallery widths="350" heights="650" mode="nolines">
File:SelectMaxLevel.png|alt=
File:SetLevel.png|alt=
</gallery>

=== How to check if the calibration is correct? ===
The Empty calibration value must be at least 1.4 (after rounding) less than the Full calibration value.
[[File:CorrectCalibration.png|none|thumb|667x667px|'''Correctly calibrated sensor''']]

== Calibration of engine hours function ==
After installing '''TD-Online''' in the tank, connect it to the vehicle's onboard power supply.

Start the engine and bring it to operating condition. In the app, open the "'''Additional Settings'''" menu. Wait for '''3-5 minutes''', then press the "'''Calibrate'''" button in the "'''Engine On'''" section ('''1''').

Then, turn off the engine. Wait for 3-5 minutes and press "'''Calibrate'''" in the "'''Engine Off'''" section ('''2''').

The arrow in the top-left corner returns you to the previous menu ('''3''').

[[File:Screenshot 20250620 224123.jpg|666x666px]][[File:Screenshot 20250620 224240.jpg|666x666px]]

== Accelerometer Calibration ==
After installing TD-Online in the tank, connect it to the vehicle's onboard power supply. Ensure the vehicle is on a level surface.

Start the engine and bring it to operating condition. In the app, open the "'''Additional Settings'''" menu. Press "'''Calibrate'''" in the "'''Zero Angle Calibration'''" section ('''1''').

The arrow in the top-left corner returns you to the previous menu ('''2''').

[[File:Screenshot 20250620 224123.jpg|663x663px]][[File:Screenshot 20250620 224329.jpg|663x663px]]

== Preparing the Tank and Sensor ==

=== Preparing the Tank ===
To prepare the tank you should:

* Empty the tank, clean and dry if necessary
* '''Remove fuel vapors and air from the tank''' (especially for a gasoline tank, but in the case of a diesel engine, this procedure should not be neglected, since gasoline could be added to the diesel); to do this, you can heat water to boiling point and direct the resulting steam into the tank or use carbon dioxide so that it displaces fuel vapors and air; ensure that any open flame sources are sufficiently far away from the fuel tank[[File:Removing_fuel_vapors.png|frameless|496x496px]]
* '''Find the geometric center of the tank and drill a hole''' in it using a '''ø3mm''' drill bit. Then, using a piece of stiff wire, examine the tank for the presence of partitions in it[[File:Choosing_a_location_for_installing_the_FLS.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Choosing a location for installing the FLS''']][[File:Little_hole_drilling.png|none|thumb|511x511px|'''Drilling the tank and subsequent examination of the tank for the presence of partitions''']]
* If the space inside the tank in the selected location is free, '''drill a ø 35 mm hole''' using a bimetallic bit; When drilling, keep the bit tilted slightly to prevent the cut section from falling into the tank. Use a magnet to catch chips and prevent them from getting into the tank.[[File:Angled_drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Drilling a hole at an angle''']][[File:Removing_metal_part.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Removing a drilled disc''']]
* If it is impossible to install the sensor in the geometric center of the tank, try choosing another location as close as possible to the geometric center of the tank; this point should coincide with the place where the height of the tank is maximum. This way you reduce the risk and amplitude of level fluctuations associated with fuel movement while driving.

==== Why should the sensor be mounted in the geometric center of the tank? ====
'''The highest point must be chosen so that the sensor can measure the level of all the fuel inside the tank without any blind spots.'''

The fuel level readings from a sensor installed in the center of the tank will be least affected by movement and fuel overflow in the tank.

If it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank, consider installing two sensors diagonally at two corners. When fuel flows to one side of the tank, the level on the corresponding sensor will rise, and on the opposite side, the level will correspondingly decrease, while the average level will remain unchanged.

[https://youtu.be/T0Pd6TOpuc8?si=xgub1mpjcEYOaHPp Video example of the importance of installing the sensor at the geometric center of the tank.]
[[File:Sensor_position_and_fuel_flow.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Sensor position and fuel flow''']]

{{Warning|1=Before starting the calibration, the vehicle/fuel tank must be positioned flat in relation to the horizon, i.e. on a level surface without a slope.}}
If the tank has an irregular geometric shape, the sensor must be installed at the maximum depth of the tank, closer to the geometric center.
[[File:The_sensor_is_installed_in_the_highest_place_of_the_tank.png|none|thumb|648x648px|'''The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank''']]
[[File:Ladder_tank.png|frameless|784x784px]]

[[File:Ladder_tank_I.png|frameless|752x752px]]

===== When installation in the center is impossible - two or more FLS. =====
To increase accuracy and reduce level fluctuations, install two sensors in one tank. This solution is mainly used in tanks with a capacity of more than 600 liters and having a length of 1500 mm. Sensors must not be installed close to the walls of the tank.

Also, two or more sensors should be installed if it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank and (or) the tank has an elongated shape, i.e. The length of the tank is significantly greater than its height.
[[File:Two_sensors_installed_diagonally.png|none|thumb|654x654px|'''Two sensors installed diagonally''']]

'''Note.''' Installing a single sensor in an elongated tank will allow you to detect drains and refills. But increased level fluctuations while driving may not allow the monitoring platform to correctly read fuel consumption. Therefore, installing two sensors is preferable.

=== Installation locations in tanks of complex shapes ===

==== Saddle-Style Fuel Tanks ====
In this case, it is desirable to install two fuel level sensors in the deepest places along the geometric center of the depressions.

[[File:Saddle_shape.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle_shape_top_view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle_shape_side_view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

==== Cylindrical tank ====
In this case, the sensor must be installed in the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical_tank.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical_tank_top_view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical_tank_inside_view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

===== Long cylindrical tank =====
In the case of elongated cylindrical tanks, to improve readings while driving, it is necessary to install two sensors at an equal distance from the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical_tank_long.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical_tank_long_inside_view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

==== Ladder shape tank ====
If there is a difference in height in the tank and there is no common bed, it may be necessary to install two fuel level sensors.

[[File:Ladder_2_tank.png|frameless|782x782px]]

[[File:Ladder_2_tank_inside_view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

===== Ladder shape tank's tank calibration =====
When calibrating, it is necessary to create two tables, one for "'''FLS 1'''" and the second for "'''FLS 2'''"

Let's assume that the calibration step is 10 liters.

At the beginning of calibration, when the fuel is in the "'''Red Zone'''", the level changes will only occur on "'''FLS 2'''", so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 2'''".

When the fuel is in the "'''Yellow Zone'''" changes will occur on both "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''", during this period we record changes in both tables with half a step, that is, we also fill in 10 liters, but we record 5 liters in the table of each sensor.

When the fuel is in the "'''Green Zone'''" the changes will only occur on "'''FLS 1'''" so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 1'''".

On the platform "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''" are started as separate sensors with their own tables and then a third virtual sensor is created with the sum of liters for two sensors, an example of starting two FLS on the platform is shown [https://docs.google.com/document/d/14p9GYmY0D1Wjz0ZfJXO-soVfxRBP7EiY7TgibD6vmZQ/edit?usp=sharing in this instruction.]

[[File:Ladder_2_tank_calibration.png|frameless|750x750px]]

=== Preparing the sensor ===

==== Preparing the sensor tubes ====
Before calibrating the sensor, you should '''determine the future length''' of the measuring tubes in accordance with the height of the tank and '''cut or extend them'''. The length of the tubes should be calculated according to the following formula:

'''L = H - 15 mm,'''

where L - tubes length after changing the length

and

H - height of the tank at the installation point.
{{Warning|1=The minimum length of the tubes should not be less than 15 cm (150 mm). Otherwise, it will most likely not be possible to obtain adequate graphics. The maximum length of the tubes can reach 6m.}}

[[File:Measuring_height_of_the_tank.png|none|thumb|938x938px|'''Measuring height of the tank''']]
[[File:Measuring_tubes_length.png|none|thumb|942x942px|'''Measuring the length of tubes''']]
Use a hacksaw to cut the tubes. When sawing, be careful not to damage the connection of the tubes to the circuit board inside the sensor head and to prevent metal shavings from falling into the tubes.
[[File:Cutting_the_tubes.gif|none|thumb|600x600px|'''Cutting the tubes''']]

'''Avoid getting shavings inside the tubes - this may lead to a short circuit in the sensor; if this happens, blow the tubes with compressed air through the drainage holes under the sensor flange.''' Sand the edges of the tubes with sandpaper to remove any burrs or irregularities.

To extend sensor tubing, use a collet extension and an additional tube.
[[File:Collet_connection.png|none|thumb|875x875px|'''Collet connection''']]

Inner nuts (yellow elements) are used to connect the inner tubes. Once they are installed and the studs are screwed into them, the tubes do not have to touch each other, but try to get them as close to each other as possible..
[[File:Internal_connection_of_the_collet_connection.png|none|thumb|748x748px|'''Internal connection of the collet connection''']]

The outer coupling and the corresponding nuts must be securely tightened. '''The outer tubes should touch each other.'''
[[File:Collet_connection_installed.png|none|thumb|752x752px|'''Collet connection installed''']]

[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b_WtOHzKtDM Watch this video on our YouTube channel to see the real-time connection.]

=== Connection dimensions of the TD-Online of the former design ===
[[File:Former_design_dimensions.png|frameless|512x512px]]

=== Connection dimensions of the TD-Online of the current design ===
[[File:Current_design_dimensions.png|frameless|778x778px]]

[[File:TD-BLE_dimensions,_current_design_.png]]

== Wiring diagram for sensor connection ==
[[File:Схема подключения тд онлайн.jpg|frameless|410x410px]]

== Tank calibration ==
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing_the_sensor_inside_the_tank.png|'''Installing the sensor inside the tank'''
File:Screwing_the_self-tapping_screws.png|'''Screwing the self-tapping screws'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports. You can save the table to the sensor's memory so that the sensor immediately outputs volume values in liters/gallons. You do not need to enter a calibration table on the monitoring platform. The internal memory of the TD BLE sensor can hold up to 50 lines of the calibration table. The capacity of the table on the monitoring platform is usually larger.
{{Note|1=In addition, it is easier to change the table or correct errors in the calibration table when it is downloaded to the platform than if the table is stored in the sensor's memory}}
In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) value pairs after each batch using the tank calibration menu in the application.

Suppose you need to calibrate a 100 L tank in ten 10 L portions.

To do this, you should connect the sensor, press the '''"Tank calibration"''' '''(2)''' button . But before that, in the '''"Settings" (3)''' menu , make sure that the filtering level is selected '''0 (4)'''. Filtration slows down the level calculation and can increase the tank calibration time.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="600">
File:Settings_Tank_calibration.png|alt=
File:Tank_calibration_filtration.png|alt=
</gallery>Then, you can click '''Start''' to create a new table, or click Resume to select an existing table from your smartphone memory and continue working with it. If you click Resume, you will need to locate the table file on your Android device that you created/downloaded earlier. Select another folder using the '''Main Menu button (1)''' or using the drop-down menu '''(2)'''. Select the table and click on it '''(3)'''<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="700">
File:Tank_calibration_page.jpg|'''Start or Continue tank calibration'''
File:Folder_search.png|'''Selecting the tank calibration table file for continuing tank calibration'''
</gallery>If you click Start, you will also need to select the folder in which the table will be saved '''(2)''' and click the button to select it '''(3)'''
[[File:Start_tank_calibration_folder.png|none|thumb|Selecting a folder and creating new calibration files]]
Select the calibration type Manual '''(2).'''

Mathematical calibration '''(1)''' is [[TD-BLE#Mathematical calibration|shown in this article.]]

[[File:Selecting_type_of_tank_calibration_.png]]

Then, you can select the '''Fill''' or '''Drain''' method '''(1, 2)'''. The '''Fill''' method is recommended as it is more accurate.

If you select the Drain method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not

Next, give the table file a name '''(3)''' and set the serving size '''(4)'''.

'''ATTENTION!''' Serving volume is not the number of servings! This is the number of liters/gallons in each serving! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be packaged into 10 servings, the serving size would be 30 L.

After this, press Continue '''(5)'''.<gallery widths="400" heights="600">
File:Tank_calibration_filling.png|'''Selection of tank calibration method, table name, portion size'''
File:Tank_calibration_draining.png|'''Selection of drain tank calibration method, selection of fuel volume in the tank'''
</gallery>After this, you will have a table in which the first line will have 0 liters and level 1. '''The Calibration''' mode will also be activated (available in firmware 1.3.3 and later). This means that the sensor starts measuring the level every 5 seconds instead of the usual 10 seconds. It will operate in this mode for the next 30 minutes.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Tank_calibration_first_line.jpg|'''First tank calibration line. 0 liters-gallons and level 1'''
File:Tank_calibration_mode_notification.png|'''Tank calibration mode timer'''
</gallery>If the timer ends before you finish calibrating the tank, you can restart it by saving the table '''(1, 2)''', and then, returning to the previous menu '''(3)''', click Continue and select the table file. This way you will restart the timer and can continue calibrating the tank in the accelerated level measurement mode. Once you select your file, you will be asked to confirm your previously selected method and serving size.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Saving_the_calibration_table_and_exiting_calibration.png|'''Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration'''
File:Resuming_tank_calibration.jpg|'''Resuming tank calibration'''
</gallery>The table is saved automatically after you click the '''+''' button.

Next, you should add the first portion of fuel to the tank. Once the level changes '''(3)''' and is displayed as Stable '''(4)''', press the + button '''(1)'''.

In this example, level '''(3)''' does not change because during the work on this manual we did not have fuel to carry out a real calibration of the tank. In your case, the level should change (if the fuel touches the tubes) and be '''Stable''' before you press the '''+''' button.

The following line '''(2)''' will appear. The value in the Fuel column will increase according to the Step size '''(5)''' you specified when you created the table or when you last modified it '''(3)'''.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding_the_first_portion_to_the_tank.png|'''Adding the first portion to the tank'''
File:Adding_a_tank_calibration_line.png|'''Adding a tank calibration line'''
</gallery>You can also change any line by pressing and holding it for some time, after which a dialog box will appear. This way you can correct possible errors.
[[File:Editing_a_tank_calibration_line.jpg|none|thumb|415x415px|'''Editing a tank calibration line''']]

If you press a line and hold it and swipe left, it will be deleted.

[[File:Tank_calibration_GIF.gif]]

Then, add the next portion of fuel to the tank. Wait for the level to change and stabilize, then press the + button '''(1)'''. Continue this until the tank is full.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding_a_second_portion_to_the_tank.png|'''Adding a second portion to the tank'''
File:Adding_a_tank_calibration_line.png|'''Adding a tank calibration line'''
</gallery>

=== What to do if it is not possible to completely empty the tank? ===
If you cannot completely empty the tank, you should somehow calculate the amount of fuel that is in the tank. After this, you can manually edit the table so that it looks like the example below. Or simply edit the table file before you upload it to the monitoring platform.

Let's imagine that there are already 10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed, so when you place the sensor in the tank, it will immediately begin to show the level of 115, instead of 1.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding_the_first_portion_to_the_tank.png|'''10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed'''
File:Calibration_table_with_10_liters_already_in_the_tank.jpg|'''Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank'''
</gallery>Next, you can add the next portion to the tank. The level value should change. If the level does not change, check the drain holes. They may be blocked by duct tape that you may have used while calibrating the sensor or by pieces of caulk.

If this happens, the air trapped inside the tubes prevents the fuel from rising.

=== Calibration of tanks with complex shape ===
'''If the tank has various curves''' or other features, you should '''reduce the size of the portions and increase the number of portions''' as the fuel rises to the area with the bend or other shape feature. Once the difficult part has been completed, you can return to your original portion size.

Let's imagine that you are calibrating a tank in 10-liter portions. The level rises to areas with complex shapes.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750">
File:Tank_calibration_complex_shape.png|alt=
File:Changing_portion_size.png|alt=
</gallery>You reduce the portion size from 10 liters to 5. And continue to add fuel portions until the difficult section is completed.

[[File:Complex_shaped_tank_next_step.png|frameless|357x357px]]

Once the fuel level is above the problem area, you can return to the original portion size of 10 liters.

Once the tank is full, you should have a calibration chart that looks similar to the one shown below.<gallery widths="400" heights="500">
File:Tank_is_full.png|alt=
File:Full_table.png|alt=
</gallery>

=== What to do if the tank cannot be filled completely? ===
If in your case the level does not reach the maximum range value of 1023 or 4095 due to the fact that the tank cannot be filled completely, do not worry. If your table ends up like the following example, even though the range selected is 1 - 1023, this is acceptable
[[File:Tank_calibration_table_in_.csv_format.png|none|thumb|'''Tank calibration table in .csv format''']]

=== How many portions should I add? ===
The total number of portions depends on the capacity of the tank. Below is a table with guidelines.
{| class="wikitable"
| colspan="3" |Recommended number and portion size for calibrating the tank
|-
|Tank volume
|Number of portions
|Volume of each portion
(Tank Volume / Number of portions)
|-
|0-60
|10-20
|3-4
|-
|61-100
|12-20
|5
|-
|101-500
|10-50
|10
|-
|501-1000
|20-50
|20
|-
|Over a 1000
| colspan="2" |As per your capabilities. The rule of thumb is that the larger the portions and smaller the volume, the more accurate the data will be
|}

{{Note|1=The rule of thumb: more portions means more accurate reports on the monitoring platform.}}

== Filtration ==
After the calibration table is completed, select the filtration level '''(2)''' in the '''Settings''' menu '''(1)''' and click Set parameters (3).<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750">
File:Settings_Filtration.png|alt=
File:Filtration_Selection.png|alt=
</gallery>The following are recommendations for selecting a filter level depending on the type of vehicle:
{| class="wikitable"
|'''0-1'''
|'''Stationary objects or tanks'''
|-
|'''2-4'''
|'''Vehicles traveling on smooth paved roads'''
|-
|'''5-7'''
|'''Agricultural machinery'''
|-
|'''8-10'''
|'''Heavy quarry machinery'''
|}
These are general recommendations

Basic rules:

* The shorter the sensor (<30cm), the higher the filtration should be set
* The closer the sensor is to one of the tank walls, the higher the filtration must be
* The more rough the road, the higher the filtration should be

Filtration reduces fuel level fluctuations that are caused by fuel splashing while driving.
[[File:Filtration_effect.png|none|thumb|795x795px|'''Before and after enabling filtering on the sensor''']]

== Tank mounting ==
The most common mounting method is self-tapping screws with a sealing washer. It is also possible to install on threaded crimp nuts, welded bushings and other structural elements. The sensor can be mounted on pre-prepared places using screws and bolts with strength class not less than 4.8. It is necessary to ensure tightness of the connection between the sensor body and the tank. For additional protection it is allowed to use automotive oil and gasoline resistant sealant.

For plastic tanks rivets and bolts can be used.

=== How hard to screw in self-tapping screws ===
[[File:How_to_hard_to_tighten_the_screws.png|frameless|512x512px]]

=== Saving a calibration table to the sensor memory ===
If the calibration table is ready, you can '''save it to the sensor's memory so that the sensor will output volume values''' in liters/gallons.

To activate this function, go to the '''Additional settings''' menu and press '''Conversion to liters''' .
{{Note|1=This function is not recommended for use if your platform supports the use of a billing table, because to edit the table on the sensor you will need to travel to the sensor, while the table on the platform can be edited remotely at any time.}}
After that you can activate the conversion to liters or gallons and enter the conversion table manually or by uploading a ready table file.

'''''If the table file is not selected - move it to another folder and try again, it is also desirable that the file name contains only digits'''''

Activate '''Conversion to liters(1''').

To create the table manually, select Level'''(2''') or Liters'''(3''') - in this case it can be any volume unit, enter the value'''(4''') and click on the arrow'''(5'''). Then, click on the three dots icon'''(6''') and then click Save to sensor ('''7''').<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="550">
File:Recalculate_page.png|alt=
File:Recalculate_page_settings.png|alt=
</gallery>In order to import a table from the .csv file that you created earlier when calibrating the tank, click on the three dots icon (1), and then click Import from file (2). After that, find the desired file on your smartphone and click on it.

Save the imported table to the sensor (3)

[[File:Recalculate_page_settings_2.png|frameless]]

== Common issues and solutions ==

=== Level does not change ===
First of all, check if the '''conversion to liters has not been enabled'''.

If you did this without saving the table to the sensor’s memory, the sensor will not be able to display either the level or volume in liters.<gallery widths="350" heights="600">
File:Recalculate_disabled.png|'''Recalculate in litres is disabled'''
File:Recalculate_enabled.png|'''Recalculate in litres is enabled'''
</gallery>Another possible reason could be that the sensor has not been properly calibrated and its CNT is below the Empty calibration value. In this case, recalibrate the sensor.

Also, if you calibrated the sensor with fuel, it is possible that the sensor drain holes have remained closed and air trapped inside is preventing fuel from rising through the tubes.

=== Level 7000 ===
Level 7000 is an error code Short circuit. This indicates that there is dirt, water, chips or other impurities in the tubes. All of these can be highly conductive, while the sensor is designed to work with dielectrics such as fuel.

[[File:Level_7000.png|frameless]]

You should clean the sensor tubes preferably by flushing them with the clean fuel and blowing them through the drain holes with compressed air.

If this error occurred after the start of operation of the sensor, it means that most likely these impurities got into the sensor tubes from the tank and in this case it is also needed to ensure that the tank itself doesn't contain any contaminations. Clean the tank, if necessary. Note that a fuel level sensor installed outside a contaminated tank may function correctly, but the same sensor installed in such a tank may generate this error code.

=== Level 6500 ===
This code may indicate that the tubes have lost contact. This error code may be generated immediately after cutting the tubes. In this case, simply calibrate the sensor.
[[File:Level_6500.png|none|thumb|'''Level 6500 and CNT below 10000''']]
If this does not help, check the CNT. If the CNT is below 10,000, it is very likely that the tubes are not in contact with the sensor board.

Take a photo of the sensor head (the sensor serial number should be visible), its tubes (the correspondence or discrepancy of the tubes length should be clearly visible), take a screenshot of the main screen of the sensor and the Settings menu page in the application and send these data to tech support.

=== Connection losses, issues with coordinates, power supply issues ===
In case TD-Online goes offline for several days, it is necessary to check the messages the device sent before going offline or, if it has come back online, to check the messages sent from the black box. On Wialon platform such messages are marked with blue color.

The dianostic parameters that need to be checked are:

- '''SRN''' - in case it is higher than 30, there is an issue with the GPS connectivity; either the connection with satellites is poor in this area or there is an issue with the device's GPS module or its antenna

- '''RSSI''' - Received Signal Strength Indicator - shows the quality of GSM signal reception; if the values you see are below 20 this means that either the local 2G/4G coverage is poor or there's an issue with the GSM modem or its antenna

- '''msg_num''' - a cumulative counter of the messages sent; it can reset from time to time but if it happens too often then most likely there's an issue with the power supply the sensor is connected to
[[File:TDOnline diagnostic parameters.png|980x980px]]

==== Checking the device manually ====
If the TD-Online in question is offline for too long, it is necessary to check it manually.

Once next to the vehicle:

1) Before doing anything with the wiring, try and check if the device can be detected via Escort app (via Bluetooth)

2) If it cannot be detected, there's something with:

* a) the cable
* b) the fuse
* c) the device itself

3) Try and connect the TD-Online to an alternative power supply of 12-24 V (using C200M2 RS485-USB converter is an option) and check if it can be detected via the app; if this works, run a continuity check on the cable and the fuse using a multimeter; replace either or both of them if they are damaged

4) If the TD-Online is detected via the app, try and hard reset it; should it come back online on the platform, be sure to report that to the tech support team

5) If the TD-Online is detected via the app but doesn't come back online on the platform no matter what you try, download the log from it and share the file with the tech support; the log file is saved in the same folder where you previously saved a tank calibraiton table; if you have never saved any tables before, be sure to create and save one (you need only a few lines in the table with whatever values)<gallery widths="250" heights="400">
File:2c18a2b1-b2ed-48f3-b9d7-9a3ae6f90d00.jpg|Find and connect the sensor
File:Td online additional features.png|Go to Additional Features
File:Td online additional features log and bb.png|1 - to download the log, 2 - to download the black box
File:Td online log or bb selecting how much data to download.png|1 - select the number of days, 2 - hours, 3 - download the data for the number of days and/or hours you have selected; or 4 - download all the data stored
File:8b579a96-aea4-419e-b0d2-59ffbd2b12a5.jpg|Download complete; the file is stored in the last folder you used to create and save a tank calibration table file in
</gallery>

== Firmware update ==
To update the firmware, be sure to donwload a .zip file onto your smartphone first. Do not unzip it!

Then, once the sensor is connected, go to the '''Additional Features''' menu, enter the sensor's password (1) and initiate the '''FW update''' (2). You will have 30 seconds to quickly select the FW file and start the update. Otherwise, after 30 seconds, the sensor will restart and you will need to reconnect it. <gallery widths="350" heights="400">
File:Eng wiki tdo go to add feature fw upd.png|alt=
File:Eng wiki tdo add feature fw upd.png|alt=
</gallery>Next, tap on the FW file button, find the file in the folder where you previously saved it and select it. Then start the update and wait for it to finish.<gallery widths="250" heights="400">
File:Eng wiki tdo add feature fw upd select file.png|alt=
File:Eng wiki tdo add feature fw upd find file.png|alt=
File:Eng wiki tdo add feature fw upd start upd.png|alt=
</gallery>Once the firmware update is over, you can reconnect the sensor.

== Connecting slave sensors (BLE and RS-485) ==
TD-Online can function as a hub to which it is possible to connect up to '''8 slave sensors''' either via BLE or the RS-485 interface (in case of the wired sensors).

=== Pairing a BLE slave sensor ===
Go to the '''Additional settings''', once the TD-Online is connected to your smartphone via the app. Hit the '''"+"''' button. Then select '''Bluetooth''' (1), enter the sensor's name or its MAC address (2; both can be found on the sensor's head; the sensor's name is the model's letters TD, DU, TW, TH with a lower dash and the last 6 digits of the serial number f.e. TD_555666 or DU_222444) and tap on '''Connect'''. Or scan the slave sernsor's QR code (4).<gallery widths="300" heights="350">
File:Eng wiki tdo go to add settings.png|alt=
File:Eng wiki tdo add settings connection of slave sensors.png|alt=
File:Eng wiki tdo add settings start adding slave sensors.png|alt=
File:Eng wiki tdo add settings adding slave sensors mac address or qr.png|alt=
</gallery>

=== Connecting a wired slave sensor via the RS-485 interface ===
To connect a wired Escort-TD sensor as a slave device via the RS-485 interface, go to '''Additional settings''' menu, tap on the '''"+"''' button, then select the '''Wired''' option (1), enter the slave '''sensor's network address''' (2) and tap '''Connect'''. <gallery widths="300" heights="350">
File:Eng wiki tdo go to add settings.png|alt=
File:Eng wiki tdo add settings connection of slave sensors.png|alt=
File:Eng wiki tdo add settings start adding slave sensors.png|alt=
File:Eng wiki tdo add settings adding slave sensor wired.png|alt=
</gallery>
{{Note|1=The salve's network address must be any number from 2 to 200. You can't use the network address 1 as it is already taken by the TD-Online itself.}}
Before connecting the wired sensors to a TD-Online, be sure to connect them separately and change their network addresses via the PC configurator or the app.

[[File:Eng wiki tdo add settings adding slave sensors wired slave sensor network address.png|863x863px]]

If using a PC configurator, the network address can be modified via the '''General settings''' menu.

[[File:Escort TD wired network address modification General settings.png|800x800px]]

=== Cheking the slave sensors' data ===
Once a slave sensor is connected, tap on it to see its readings.<gallery widths="250" heights="300">
File:Eng wiki tdo add settings adding slave sensors finished.png|alt=
File:Eng wiki tdo add settings adding slave sensors wired slave sensor data check.png|alt=
</gallery>

=== Slave sensors' parameters in messages ===
ULx – level or angle reading of 'Slave Sensor x'

VBx – battery voltage reading of 'Slave Sensor x'

UTx – temperature reading of 'Slave Sensor x'

VVx – FW version of 'Slave Sensor x'

UCx – CNT reading of 'Slave Sensor x'

WMx – operating mode of 'Slave Sensor x'

LMx – luminosity reading of 'Slave Sensor x'

UROx – roll reading of 'Slave Sensor x'

UPTx – pitch reading of 'Slave Sensor x'

UHx – humidity reading of 'Slave Sensor x'

UPx – pressure reading of 'Slave Sensor x'

UWx – weight reading of 'Slave Sensor x'

DIx – DIN state reading of 'Slave Sensor x'

ZULx – coefficient reading of TDQ-BLE paired with 'Slave Sensor x'

ZUTx – temperature reading of TDQ-BLE paired with 'Slave Sensor x'

ZUCSx – status of TDQ-BLE paired with 'Slave Sensor x'

UZx – CNT reading of TDQ-BLE paired with 'Slave Sensor x'

== Wiring ==
[[File:TD Onlinewiring no slave.png|532x532px]]

TD-Online with a slave sensor(s)

[[File:TD-Online wiring with a slave sensor.png|864x864px]]

== Useful links ==
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-online-sim/Datasheet%20TD-online.pdf?v=160719173609 Technical data sheet of the device]'''
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#tdonline Download materials]'''

{{Next|prev=TD-500|next=TD-Q|next-text=TDQ-BLE}}

TD-500

2026-10-15T07:21:12Z

RINAT: Links: Google Play app ae.esensor.config; product pages on escortsensors.com; English datasheet

[[RU:ТД-500| Русская версия]]
[[es:TD-500| Versión en español]]
{{Setup methods|TD-500|Manual|MODBUS TD-500|Modbus protocol}}
{{Sensor card
|type = Wired fuel level sensor
|photo = TD-500 design current.png
|p1 = Measurement type |v1 = capacitive
|p2 = RS-485, passive |v2 = LLS, Modbus
|p3 = RS-485, active |v3 = LLS, packet every 2 s
|p4 = Analog output |v4 = 0.2…5 V
|p5 = Frequency output |v5 = 301…1323 Hz / 301…4395 Hz
|p6 = Level range |v6 = 1…1023 / 1…4095
|p7 = Setup |v7 = PC, USB–RS-485 converter C200M / C200M2
|datasheet = https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-500/Datasheet%20TD-500.pdf
|downloads = https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/
|product = https://www.fmeter.ru/produktsiya/datchik-urovnja-topliva/Jeskort-td-500/#active
}}
== Definition and purpose of the sensor ==
High-precision fuel level sensors (FLS, also meters or sensors) of the Escort brand are designed to determine the filling level of petroleum products in fuel tanks, reservoirs and storage tanks. The TD-500 meter (sensor) is used in transport technology as a fuel level meter, in industry - as a level meter for any light petroleum products. Escort FLS measurement type is capacitive. Its readings are based on the dielectric constant of the medium in which it operates; in this case, the medium is various types of light petroleum products (gasoline, diesel, kerosene, motor oil).

More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-500/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-500.pdf?v=070224170633 technical data sheet of the device.]

== Basic terms and concepts ==
'''''Fuel level sensor (FLS)''' -'' device which is used for measuring fuel level.

'''''Serial number''' -'' code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).

'''''CNT''' -'' an oscillatory circuit, thanks to which the basic level of filling of the sensor measuring tubes with fuel is calculated. This level is converted to a final value determined by the data interface.

'''''Data transfer protocol''''' - a set of specific logical-level rules or conventions that govern the exchange of data between different programs or devices. For TD-150, the main transmission protocol is '''LLS via the RS-485 interface'''. The TD-500 sensor also supports '''MODBUS''' protocol, [[MODBUS TD-500|description]].

'''''Data transfer mode''''' - this is a type of boundary between two objects or nodes, which are regulated by a special accepted standard and implemented using established methods, tools and rules. TD-500 has the following operating modes:

* '''RS-485 Passive via LLS and MODBUS protocol'''
* '''RS-485 Active via LLS protocol'''
* '''Analog'''
* '''Frequency'''
* '''Impulse'''

'''''Interface''''' - a physical connection method and/or a set of software tools that allows data to be transferred between two or more devices.

'''RS-485''' '''Passive'''- digital data transmission mode. The sensor waits for a corresponding request from the receiving device. Works using the '''LLS''' and '''MODBUS''' protocols. Based on CNT, a value is generated in conventional units of the selected range (1-1023 units or 1-4095 units)

'''''Converter''''' - digital converter RS-485 to USB ([https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/escort_c-200m/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20%D0%A1-200%D0%9C.pdf?v=200320145441 С200М] или [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/escort_c-200m/Datasheet%20Escort%20C-200M2.pdf?v=050623134318 С200М2]) for configuring wired sensors.

'''''Active (periodic) RS-485''''' - operating mode in which the sensor, without waiting for a request from the receiver, itself transmits packets with command data within 2 seconds.

'''''Analog''''' - mode in which a corresponding voltage is generated based on the CNT in the approximate range of 0.2-5V.

'''''Frequency''''' - mode in which the corresponding frequency in Hz is generated based on the CNT (301-1323 Hz with a value range of 1-1023; 301-4395 Hz with a value range of 1-4095).

'''''Impulse''''' - mode, in which a 27 Hz pulse train is formed on the basis of CNT. The number of pulses in the pack corresponds to the measured fuel level. The minimum level corresponds to a pack of 2 pulses, the maximum - to a pack of 1025 pulses.

'''''Gps tracker''''' - the main element of the system for monitoring the operation of transportation carried out by means of satellite communication. Without it, it is impossible to control transportation, to determine the coordinates of the vehicle location. It collects information from sensors and on-board system of the vehicle, and then transmits it to the device/server, which belong to the controlling specialist.

== Preparation ==

=== Preparing the Tank ===
To prepare the tank you should:

* Empty the tank, clean and dry if necessary
* '''Remove fuel vapors and air from the tank''' (especially for a gasoline tank, but in the case of a diesel engine, this procedure should not be neglected, since gasoline could be added to the diesel); to do this, you can heat water to boiling point and direct the resulting steam into the tank or use carbon dioxide so that it displaces fuel vapors and air; ensure that any open flame sources are sufficiently far away from the fuel tank
* [[File:Removing fuel vapors.png|frameless|766x766px]]
* '''Find the geometric center of the tank''' '''and''' '''drill a hole''' in it using a '''ø3mm''' drill bit. Then, using a piece of stiff wire, examine the tank for the presence of partitions in it
* [[File:Choosing a location for installing the FLS.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Choosing a location for installing the FLS''']]
* [[File:Little hole drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Drilling the tank and subsequent examination of the tank for the presence of partitions''']]
* If the space inside the tank in the selected location is free, '''drill a ø 35 mm''' hole using a bimetallic bit; When drilling, keep the bit tilted slightly to prevent the cut section from falling into the tank. Use a magnet to catch chips and prevent them from getting into the tank.
* [[File:Angled drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Drilling a hole at an angle''']][[File:Removing metal part.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Removing a Drilled Disc''']]
* If it is impossible to install the sensor in the geometric center of the tank, try choosing another location as close as possible to the geometric center of the tank; this point should coincide with the place where the height of the tank is maximum. This way you reduce the risk and amplitude of level fluctuations associated with fuel movement while driving.

==== Why should the sensor be mounted in the geometric center of the tank? ====
'''The highest point must be chosen so that the sensor can measure the level of all the fuel inside the tank without any blind spots.'''

The fuel level readings from a sensor installed in the center of the tank will be least affected by movement and fuel overflow in the tank.

If it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank, consider installing two sensors diagonally at two corners. When fuel flows to one side of the tank, the level on the corresponding sensor will rise, and on the opposite side, the level will correspondingly decrease, while the average level will remain unchanged.

[https://youtu.be/3psA2ACmw7w?si=zQ7n_N6h0HseNdfF Video example of the importance of installing the sensor at the geometric center of the tank.]
[[File:Sensor position and fuel flow.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Sensor position and fuel flow''']]

{{Warning|1=Before starting the calibration, the vehicle/fuel tank must be positioned flat in relation to the horizon, i.e. on a level surface without a slope.}}
If the tank has an irregular geometric shape, the sensor must be installed at the maximum depth of the tank, closer to the geometric center.
[[File:The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank.png|none|thumb|803x803px|'''The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank''']][[File:Ladder tank.png|frameless|470x470px]]

[[File:Ladder tank I.png|frameless|451x451px]]

===== When installation in the center is impossible - two or more FLS. =====
To increase accuracy and reduce level fluctuations, install two sensors in one tank. This solution is mainly used in tanks with a capacity of more than 600 liters and having a length of 1500 mm. Sensors must not be installed close to the walls of the tank.

Also, two or more sensors should be installed if it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank and (or) the tank has an elongated shape, i.e. The length of the tank is significantly greater than its height.
[[File:Two sensors installed diagonally.png|none|thumb|821x821px|'''Two sensors installed diagonally''']]
'''Note.''' Installing a single sensor in an elongated tank will allow you to detect drains and refills. But increased level fluctuations while driving may not allow the monitoring platform to correctly read fuel consumption. Therefore, installing two sensors is preferable.

=== Installation locations in tanks of complex shapes ===

==== Saddle-Style Fuel Tanks ====
In this case, it is desirable to install two fuel level sensors in the deepest places along the geometric center of the depressions.

[[File:Saddle shape.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape top view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape side view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

==== Cylindrical tank ====
In this case, the sensor must be installed in the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank top view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

===== Long cylindrical tank =====
In the case of elongated cylindrical tanks, to improve readings while driving, it is necessary to install two sensors at an equal distance from the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank long.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank long inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

===== Ladder shape tank =====
If there is a difference in height in the tank and there is no common bed, it may be necessary to install two fuel level sensors.

[[File:Ladder 2 tank.png|frameless|782x782px]]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

====== Ladder shape tank's tank calibration ======
When calibrating, it is necessary to create two tables, one for "'''FLS 1'''" and the second for "'''FLS 2'''"

Let's assume that the calibration step is 10 liters.

At the beginning of calibration, when the fuel is in the "'''Red Zone'''", the level changes will only occur on "'''FLS 2'''", so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 2'''".

When the fuel is in the "'''Yellow Zone'''" changes will occur on both "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''", during this period we record changes in both tables with half a step, that is, we also fill in 10 liters, but we record 5 liters in the table of each sensor.

When the fuel is in the "'''Green Zone'''" the changes will only occur on "'''FLS 1'''" so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 1'''".

On the platform "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''" are started as separate sensors with their own tables and then a third virtual sensor is created with the sum of liters for two sensors, an example of starting two FLS on the platform is shown [https://docs.google.com/document/d/14p9GYmY0D1Wjz0ZfJXO-soVfxRBP7EiY7TgibD6vmZQ/edit?usp=sharing in this instruction.]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank calibration.png|frameless|750x750px]]

=== Preparing the sensor ===

==== Preparing the sensor tubes ====
Before calibrating the sensor, you should '''determine the future length''' of the measuring tubes in accordance with the height of the tank and '''cut or extend them'''. The length of the tubes should be calculated according to the following formula:

'''L = H - 15 mm,'''

where L - tubes length after changing the length

and

H - height of the tank at the installation point.
{{Warning|1=The minimum length of the tubes should not be less than 15 cm (150 mm). Otherwise, it will most likely not be possible to obtain adequate graphics. The maximum length of the tubes can reach 6m.}}

[[File:Measuring height of the tank.png|none|thumb|862x862px|'''Measuring height of the tank''']]
[[File:Measuring height of the tank.png|none|thumb|860x860px|'''Measuring the length of tubes''']]
Use a hacksaw to cut the tubes. When sawing, be careful not to damage the connection of the tubes to the circuit board inside the sensor head and to prevent metal shavings from falling into the tubes.
[[File:Cutting the tubes.gif|none|thumb|600x600px|'''Cutting the tubes''']]
'''Avoid getting shavings inside the tubes - this may lead to a short circuit in the sensor; if this happens, blow the tubes with compressed air through the drainage holes under the sensor flange.''' Sand the edges of the tubes with sandpaper to remove any burrs or irregularities.

To extend sensor tubing, use a collet extension and an additional tube.
[[File:Collet connection.png|none|thumb|622x622px|'''Collet connection''']]
Inner nuts (yellow elements) are used to connect the inner tubes. Once they are installed and the studs are screwed into them, the tubes do not have to touch each other, but try to get them as close to each other as possible.
[[File:Internal connection of the collet connection.png|none|thumb|748x748px|'''Internal connection of the collet connection''']]
The outer coupling and the corresponding nuts must be securely tightened. '''The outer tubes should touch each other.'''
[[File:Collet connection installed.png|none|thumb|745x745px|'''Collet connection installed''']]
[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Z0HSGDMR3rQ Watch this video on our YouTube channel for a real-time overview of the connection.]

=== Connection dimensions ===
[[File:Dimenstions TD 150.png|none|thumb|635x635px|'''Connection dimensions of the wired FLS''']]

== Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 the configurator on a PC] ==

=== Installation of the configurator and connection to the sensor ===
The sensor can be configured using [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 '''the configurator on a PC'''] (From here onwards- "'''configurator'''").

'''Connect the sensor to the USB-RS-485 converter using a 6-pin MOLEX connector''' or using cable clamps if a cable route is connected to the sensor. Orange wire is line A of the RS-485 sensor interface, white wire is line B of the RS-485 sensor interface, black wire is GND, red is PWR.
[[File:Sensor connected via MOLEX.png|none|thumb|742x742px|'''Sensor connected via MOLEX''']]
[[File:Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps.png|none|thumb|747x747px|'''Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps''']]
We recommend using our Escort C200M/C200M2 USB-RS-485 converter, since we cannot guarantee 100% compatibility of our devices with converters from other brands.

When working with a laptop, we recommend connecting it to the power supply and/or connecting an additional USB cable to the ADD connector of the PWR C200M. Otherwise, there may not be enough power to operate the sensor and transmitter.

Along with installing the configurator 1.0.2.38, the drivers for the C200M will be installed automatically.

If you use C200M2 on Windows 10 and 11 operating systems, drivers should be installed automatically from Windows Update, on the Windows 7 operating system and below, you may need to [https://windowsreport.com/driver-signature-enforcement-windows-10/ disable the electronic signature of drivers] and manually install [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/escort_c-200m/Escort%20driver%20C-200M2.zip?v=050623134319 drivers for the С200M2].

If the driver was installed correctly, then after connecting the converter to your PC/laptop, you will see the STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port ('''1''')(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A ('''2''')(C200M2) device in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager " to enter this menu, press '''win+r''' and enter '''devmgmt.msc''' and press '''OK''' ('''3''') and then expand the com ports submenu ('''4''')"

The com port number displayed in this menu is also needed to connect the sensor.

[[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|798x798px]]

After connecting the converter, sensor to it and checking the installation of drivers by checking the com port number of the converter, you need to open the configurator, select the desired com port which we could find in the device manager ('''1''') and press the '''FLS''' button ('''2''').

[[File:Com ports selection.png|frameless|661x661px]]
{{Note|1=The connection to the FLS should be made within 15 seconds after the sensor has been connected to power, if the sensor operating mode has been changed from RS-485 to any other.}}
After connecting the sensor you should see this menu:

[[File:Main page PC configurator.png|frameless|685x685px]]

# Sensor serial number
# Sensor firmware version (FW)
# Sensor temperature
# Current sensor level
# Current CNT level (raw level value) of the sensor
# LLS network addresses connected to this converter (if there is more than one address in this list, it means either more than one sensor is connected to the line at the same time or there is interference on the line, in this case it is necessary to check the connection to the FLS for the presence of other conflicting devices and it is necessary to close other programs using the com ports for example tracker configurator)
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)
# Current sensor operating mode
# Current range of output values (1-1023 or 1-4095)
# Current filtration type and degree
# Connected sensor model

=== Sensor calibration ===
[[File:FLS calibration PC.gif|frameless|636x636px]]

After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.

To do this you need:
* Go to menu '''"Sensor calibration"'''

[[File:TD 150 calibration.png|frameless|634x634px]]

* Insert the centralizer into the tubes
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by sealing the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes, turning the sensor upside down, or submerging the sensor tubes completely in fuel)
* Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''1''')
* Deselect the '''"Calibration without fuel"''' slider ('''2''')
* Click '''"Full"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Full"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''1'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired calibration.png|frameless|344x344px]]
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|509x509px|'''Centralizer''']]
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Centralizer at the end of the tubes''']]
<gallery widths="350" heights="300">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)'''
</gallery>

* Empty the pipes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the pipes
* Wait for CNT to stabilize ('''1''')
* Click '''"Empty"''' ('''2''')
* The value '''"Empty"''' ('''3''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT (1), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor
* Click "'''OK"'''

[[File:PC Empty calibration.png|frameless|366x366px]]

* The sensor level should display as 1, the sensor calibration process is complete.

Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]
{{Warning|1=Unblock the drainage holes after calibration!}}
[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|585x585px]]

=== Calibration without fuel ===
An alternative calibration option is calibration without fuel.

In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty and free of fuel, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch ('''1''') active ('''green''') and press '''"Calibrate"''' ('''2''') . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.

[[File:Calibration without fuel PC.png|frameless|366x366px]]
[[File:Calibration_values_calibration_without_fuel_PC.png|none|thumb|366x366px|'''Calibration values after calibration without fuel''']]
If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.

Initially there are two measurement ranges:
* From 1 to1023
* From 1 to 4095

The sensor never sends a value of 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is displayed.

'''When calibrating without fuel, since the sensor does not know what fuel will be used, the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''

'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''

'''We recommend, if possible, calibration with fuel.'''

=== Setting the calibration value Full and Empty manually ===
We do not recommend using this functionality, but you can set the Full and Empty calibration values manually to save time when you are using sensors of the same length in the same tanks.
{{Warning|1=Setting calibration values manually will most likely increase the sensor error! We do not recommend doing this!}}
To do this, enter the Full and Empty calibration values of the previously calibrated sensor into the appropriate fields in the configurator.

[[File:Wired advanced menu.png|frameless|632x632px]]

[[File:Wired advanced menu page.png|frameless|644x644px]]

[[File:Wired manual Empty-Full.png|frameless|644x644px]]

=== Setting the mode, range and network address ===

==== Setting the mode ====
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS tracker

Select the mode you need('''1''') and click '''“Save parameters to device”'''('''2''')

[[File:TD-500 modes.png|frameless|697x697px]]

*'''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the tracker's RS-485 interface. The tracker must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The terminal must be able to poll sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol''' or '''MODBUS protocol ([[MODBUS ТД-500|description]])'''
* '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS tracker to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''.
* '''Active RS485''' mode should be used if the tracker has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently poll the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.
* '''Impulse mode''' should be used when the sensor is connected to the impulse input of the tracker.
* '''Analog mode''' is used when the sensor is connected to the analog input of the tracker (AIN), which can receive a signal from the sensor '''in the range of ≈0.2V ... ≈5.0V'''

==== Setting the range ====
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz or 300Hz to 4395Hz'''.

After changing the range, click “'''Save the parameters to device'''” ('''2''').

[[File:Wire range settings.png|frameless|643x643px]]

'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, but the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.

==== Setting the network address ====
The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (gps tracker).
{{Warning|1=There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.}}
To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Change network address”''' field ('''1''') and click '''“Save the parameters to device”''' ('''2'''), after which the configurator should switch to the new sensor address and display the new sensor address in the field '''"Available units"''' ('''3''') and '''"Poll network address"''' ('''4''').
[[File:Wired before changing Network address.png|none|thumb|625x625px|'''Before changing network address''']]
[[File:After changing network address.png|none|thumb|614x614px|'''After changing network address''']]

=== Tank calibration ===
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''Installing the sensor inside the tank'''
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''Screwing the self-tapping screws'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports.

In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the tank calibration menu in the application.

Suppose you need to calibrate a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.

To do this you should:

* Connect sensor
* Make sure that the filtration is set to '''“No”''' ('''1'''). Filtration slows down the level calculation and can increase the tank calibration time.
* Create an Excel table. Save it in .csv format. The first row of the table should look like this:
* [[File:First line in tank calibration table Excel.png|frameless|419x419px]] You can also create a text file on your PC/Phone or manually record calibration
* Select whether calibration is performed by filling or draining. The '''Filling''' method is recommended as it is more accurate. If you select the '''Drain''' method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.
* Select portion size

{{Warning|1=Portion volume is not the number of portions! This is the number of liters/gallons in each portion! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be divided into 10 portions, the portion size would be 30L.}}

* Start calibrating the tank by pouring portions into the tank or emptying the tank for a given portion and recording the level in the table after it has stabilized

An example of calibration by filling in portions of 10 liters and imagine that in this case there are 10 liters in the tank that cannot be removed and when the sensor is placed in the tank it immediately shows the value 115 instead of 1.

[[File:Tank calibration first portion.png|frameless]][[File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|frameless|432x432px]]

You add the first portion of fuel to the tank. The level should change from 115 to some other value. If the level does not change, check the sensor drain holes. They may be blocked by electrical tape, which must be removed after the sensor has been calibrated. If the holes are blocked, the air inside the tubes will prevent fuel from getting inside the tubes.

[[File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|frameless|447x447px]]

Next, add the following row to your table.

[[File:Wired Extended table.png|frameless]]

Continue this until the tank is full.

However, if there are bends or other irregularities in the shape of the tank, the volume of fuel portions should be reduced until the fuel level is above the irregularly shaped section of the tank. After overcoming such a section, you should return to the original portion volume.

Assume that you do the tank calibration in portions of 10 liters as before. The level rises to an area with a complex shape.

[[File:Tank calibration complex shape.png|frameless|512x512px]]

You reduce the serving size from 10 to 5 liters. And continue adding portions until you overcome the area with a complex shape.

[[File:Complex shaped tank next step.png|frameless|500x500px]]

When the level is above the problem area, you can return to the original serving volume of 10 liters.

Once the tank is full, you will have a calibration chart like the following example.

[[File:Tank is full.png|frameless|472x472px]][[File:Filled tank calibration table.png|frameless]]

If in your case the level does not reach 1023 or 4095 because the tank cannot be filled completely, do not worry about it. It is acceptable that your table would end up like the following example, even though the sensor range is 1-1023.
[[File:Tank calibration table in .csv format.png|none|thumb|'''Table for a tank that cannot be filled 100%''']]
The number of servings depends on the capacity of the tank. See the table with our recommendations below.
{| class="wikitable"
| colspan="3" |'''Recommended number and portion size for calibrating the tank'''
|-
|'''Tank volume'''
|'''Number of portions'''
|'''Volume of each portion'''
'''(Tank Volume / Number of portions)'''
|-
|'''0-60'''
|'''10-20'''
|'''3-4'''
|-
|'''61-100'''
|'''12-20'''
|'''5'''
|-
|'''101-500'''
|'''10-50'''
|'''10'''
|-
|'''501-1000'''
|'''20-50'''
|'''20'''
|-
|'''Over 1000'''
| colspan="2" |'''As per your capabilities. The rule of thumb is that the larger the portions and smaller the volume, the more accurate the data will be'''
|}
The '''rule of thumb''': more portions means more accurate reports on the monitoring platform.

You can create a table on your platform by loading it from a file or by entering values manually.
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box''']]

=== Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs ===
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. '''IMPORTANT''': it is necessary to reduce the portion '''only''' in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Example of FLS 1 calibration table''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|460x460px|'''Example of FLS 2 calibration table''']]

=== Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length ===
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. '''IMPORTANT''': it is necessary to reduce the portion '''only''' in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''Example of FLS 1 calibration table''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''Example of FLS 2 calibration table''']]

=== Filtration ===
After tank calibration is completed, select the required '''“Filtration level”''' and click '''“Save the parameters to device”'''

[[File:Wired Filtration.png|frameless|688x688px]]

Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:

==== Recommended filtration level for wired FLS ====
{| class="wikitable"
|'''0-1'''
|'''Stationary units'''
|-
|'''2-6'''
|'''Vehicles on high or medium quality roads'''
|-
|'''7-12'''
|'''Agricultural machinery units'''
|-
|'''13-15'''
|'''Heavy-duty machinery'''
|}
General tips for installing filtration:

* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration
* You only need to set the median filter type
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|796x796px|'''Example before enabling filtering and after.''']]

=== Setting and removing a password ===
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.

To do this:
* Click on the '''"Service"''' button ('''1''') and then '''"Security"''' ('''2''')
* [[File:Wired security menu.png|frameless|612x612px]]
* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click set password. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''
* [[File:Password menu wired.jpg|frameless|611x611px]]
* After successfully setting the password, a red lock should appear next to the FLS icon
* [[File:PC password set menu.png|frameless|612x612px]]

{{Warning|1=Please note that the password reset procedure can be very time-consuming. We recommend that you take a responsible approach in setting your password and saving it.}}
To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure

* Click on the '''"Service"''' button ('''1''') and then '''"Security"''' ('''2''')
* [[File:Wired security menu.png|frameless|719x719px]]
* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you have lost your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click '''"Remove password"'''
* [[File:PC wired security remove password.png|frameless|722x722px]]
* If the password was successfully removed, the lock should turn green
* [[File:PC wired no password menu.png|frameless|719x719px]]

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

== Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via a [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config mobile application on Android] ==

=== Connection to the sensor ===
Wired sensors can be connected to a smartphone to the [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Escort Configurator app]. For this you will need:

* Smartphone running Android operating system with OTG technology support
* RS-485 - USB converter, for example, Escort C200m2
* USB-OTG adapter for connecting the converter to a smartphone

'''Attention! You cannot update the FW of the sensor through an application on a smartphone; this can only be done using a computer and the Bootloader program'''

By connecting the sensor to your smartphone you can:

* calibrate the sensor
* change filtering level
* change network address
* select the sensor operating mode
* select measurement range (1023 or 4095)
* set or change password
* calibrate the tank
[[File:Wired phone connection.png|none|thumb|574x574px|'''Diagram of sensor connection to the phone''']]
[[File:Wired phone connection with add. power.png|none|thumb|566x566px|'''Diagram of sensor connection to telephone with additional power supply''']]
* Connect the sensor to your smartphone according to the diagram
* Check that the converter is turned on (there is a power indication), on some models the OTG mode must be enabled manually in the phone settings
* [[File:OTG mode in OPPO phones.png|none|thumb|'''Example of enabling OTG mode on OPPO smartphones''']]Select the RS-485 tab ('''1''')
* Select Fuel level sensor ('''2''')
[[File:Wired mobile app main page.png|frameless]]
* When connecting for the first time, the phone should ask for access to the converter, click OK
[[File:Providing access to the C200M2.png|none|thumb|'''Providing access to the C200M2 in the app''']]
* If such a request does not appear and the sensor is not detected, try connecting additional power to the sensor according to the connection diagram, also check that the power indication on the converter is active and that the OTG mode is enabled on the smartphone
* If, after asking for permission, you receive the error “Unable to connect the device,” this is normal. Just select the fuel level sensor again.
* [[File:Error mobile connection.jpg|none|thumb|'''Error failed to connect device after requesting permission''']]
* If you are using a C200M inverter, you can connect an additional power supply to the inverter. To do this, you need to take a power supply for charging your smartphone with a microUSB connector and connect it to the C200M using the ADD PWR connector
* Once connected successfully, you will see the main screen of the sensor.
[[File:Wired mobile data page.png|frameless]]

# Sensor serial number
# Sensor firmware version (FW)
# Sensor temperature
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)
# Current sensor operating mode
# Current filtration type and level
# Current sensor level
# Connected sensor model

=== Sensor calibration ===
After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.

To do this you need:
* Go to the '''"Settings"''' menu

[[File:Wired mobile settings button.png|frameless]]

* Insert the centralizer into the tubes
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by sealing the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes, turning the sensor upside down, or submerging the sensor tubes completely in fuel)
* Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''2''')
* Deselect the "'''Calibration without fuel'''" slider ('''1''')
* Press "'''Full"''' ('''3''')
* The value "'''Full'''" ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT (2), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired mobile settings page.png|frameless|463x463px]]
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|531x531px|'''Centrator''']]
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Centrator on the tubes''']]
<gallery widths="350" heights="300">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)'''
</gallery>

* Empty the tubes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the tubes
* Wait for CNT to stabilize ('''2''')
* Click "'''Empty'''" ('''3''')
* The value "'''Empty'''" ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''2'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired phone empty.png|frameless|381x381px]]

Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]
{{Warning|1=Unlock the drainage holes after calibration!}}
[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|670x670px]]

=== Calibration without fuel ===
An alternative calibration option is calibration without fuel.

In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty, there is no fuel in them, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the "'''Calibrate without fue'''l" switch ('''1''') active ('''green''') and press "'''Calibrate'''" ('''2''') . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.

[[File:Wired calibration with fuel mobile.png|frameless]]

If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.

Initially there are two measurement ranges:
* From 1 to 1023
* From 1 to 4095

The sensor never sends a value of 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is displayed.

'''When calibrating without fuel, since the sensor does not know what fuel will be used, the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''

'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''

'''We recommend, if possible, calibration with fuel.'''

=== Setting the mode, range and network address ===

==== Setting the mode ====
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS tracker

Go to Settings

[[File:Wired mobile settings button.png|frameless]]

Select the mode you need('''1''') and press '''“Set parameters”'''('''2''')

[[File:Wired mode settings mobile.png|frameless]]

[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless]]

* '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the tracker's RS-485 interface. The tracker must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The tracker must be able to poll sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol and MODBUS protocol'''. '''([[MODBUS ТД-500|description]])'''
* '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS tracker to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''
* '''Active RS485 mode''' should be used if the tracker has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently poll the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.
* '''Impulse mode''' should be used when the sensor is connected to the impulse input of the tracker.
* '''Analog mode''' is used when the sensor is connected to the analog input of the tracker (AIN), which can receive a signal from the sensor '''in the range of ≈0.2V ... ≈5.0V'''

==== Setting the range ====
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz''' or '''300Hz to 4395Hz'''.

After changing the range, press '''“Set parameters”''' ('''2''').

[[File:Wired setting range mobile.png|frameless|450x450px]]

[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless|586x586px]]

'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, then the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.

==== Setting the network address ====
The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (gps tracker).
{{Warning|1=There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.}}
To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Network address”''' field ('''1''') and click “'''Set parameters'''” ('''2''')

[[File:Wired setting address.png|frameless|514x514px]]

[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless|569x569px]]

=== Tank calibration ===
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''Installing the sensor inside the tank'''
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''Tightening screws'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports.

In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the tank calibration menu in the application.

Suppose you need to calibrate a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.

To do this, you should connect the sensor and go to settings and check that the filtering is set to 0.

Filtration slows down level calculations and can increase tank calibration time.

Then go to the tank calibration menu

[[File:Wired tank calibration mobile.png|frameless]]

Then, you can click '''Start''' to create a new table, or click '''Resume''' to select an existing table from your smartphone memory and continue working with it. If you click '''Resume''', you will need to locate the table file on your Android device that you created/downloaded earlier. Select another folder using the Main Menu button ('''1''') or using the drop-down menu ('''2'''). Select the table and click on it ('''3''')<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration page.jpg|'''Start or Continue tank calibration'''
File:Folder search numbered.png|'''Selecting a tank calibration table file for resuming the tank calibration'''
</gallery>If you click Start, you will also need to select the folder in which the table will be saved ('''2''') and click the button to select it ('''3''')
[[File:Start tank calibration folder.png|none|thumb|'''Selecting a folder and creating a new tank calibration file''']]
Then, you can select the '''Fill''' or '''Drain''' method ('''1, 2'''). The '''Fill''' method is recommended as it is more accurate.

If you select the Drain method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.

Next, give the table file a name ('''3''') and set the portion size ('''4''').
{{Warning|1=Serving volume is not the number of servings! This is the number of liters/gallons in each serving! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be packaged into 10 servings, the serving size would be 30 L.}}
After this, click Continue ('''5''').<gallery widths="400" heights="600">
File:Tank calibration filling.png|'''Selection of tank calibration method, table name, portion size'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''Selection of drain tank calibration method, selection of fuel volume in the tank'''
</gallery>After this, you will have a table in which the first row will be 0 liters and level 1. <gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration first line.jpg|'''First tank calibration line. 0 liters-gallons and level 1'''
</gallery>You can always pause tank calibration and resume it.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration.png|'''Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration'''
File:Resuming tank calibration.jpg|'''Resuming tank calibration'''
</gallery>The table is saved automatically after you click the '''+''' button.

Next, you should add the first portion of fuel to the tank. Once the level changes ('''3''') and is displayed as Stable ('''4'''), press the '''+''' button ('''1''').

In this example, level ('''3''') does not change because during the work on this manual we did not have fuel to carry out a real calibration of the tank. In your case, the level should change (if the fuel touches the tubes) and be Stable before you press the + button.

The following line ('''2''') will appear. The value in the Fuel column will increase according to the Step size ('''5''') you specified when you created the table or when you last modified it ('''3''').<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''Adding the first portion to the tank'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''Adding a tank calibration line'''
</gallery>You can also change any line by pressing and holding it for some time, after which a dialog box will appear. This way you can correct possible errors.
[[File:Editing a tank calibration line.jpg|none|thumb|386x386px|'''Editing a tank calibration line''']]
If you press a line and hold it and swipe left, it will be deleted.

[[File:Tank calibration GIF.gif|frameless]]

Then, add the next portion of fuel to the tank. Wait for the level to change and stabilize, then press the '''+''' button ('''1'''). Continue this until the tank is full.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|'''Adding a second portion to the tank'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''Adding a tank calibration line'''
</gallery>

=== What to do if it is not possible to completely empty the tank? ===
If you cannot completely empty the tank, you should somehow calculate the amount of fuel that is in the tank. After this, you can manually edit the table so that it looks like the example below. Or simply edit the table file before you upload it to the monitoring platform.

Let's assume that there are already 10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed, so when you place the sensor in the tank, it will immediately begin to show the level of 115, instead of 1.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed'''
File:Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank.jpg|'''Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank'''
</gallery>Next, you can add the next portion to the tank. The level value should change. If the level does not change, check the drain holes. They may be blocked by duct tape that you may have used while calibrating the sensor or by pieces of sealing compound.

If this happens, the air trapped inside the tubes prevents the fuel from rising.
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box''']]

=== Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs ===
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion '''only''' in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|'''Example of FLS 1 calibration table''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''Example of FLS 2 calibration table''']]

=== Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length ===
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. '''IMPORTANT''': it is necessary to reduce the portion '''only''' in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''Example of FLS 1 calibration table''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''Example of FLS 2 calibration table''']]

=== Filtration ===
After tank calibration is completed, select the required “'''Filtration'''” ('''1''') and click “'''Set parameters'''” ('''2''')

[[File:Wired filtration setting mobile.png|frameless]]

[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless]]

Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:

==== Recommended filtration level for wired FLS ====
{| class="wikitable"
|'''0-1'''
|'''Stationary units'''
|-
|'''2-6'''
|'''Vehicles on high or medium quality roads'''
|-
|'''7-12'''
|'''Agricultural machinery units'''
|-
|'''13-15'''
|'''Heavy-duty machinery'''
|}
General tips for installing filtration:

* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration
* Only median filtering type should be set
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|654x654px|'''Example before enabling filtering and after''']]

=== Setting and deleting a password ===
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.

To do this:
* Go to the "'''Additional Features'''" menu
[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless]]

* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click '''“Install”'''. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''

[[File:Wired set password mobile.jpg|frameless]]

{{Warning|1=Please note that the password reset procedure can be very time-consuming. We recommend that you take a responsible approach in setting your password and saving it.}}

* To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure

* Go to the "'''Additional Features'''" menu

[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless]]

* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you lose your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click “'''Remove'''”

[[File:Wired remove password mobile.jpg|frameless]]

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

== Connecting the sensor to the GPS tracker ==

=== General instructions ===
[[File:Wired recommendations.png|frameless|940x940px]]

Depending on the operating mode and purpose of the sensor, additional components are used in the power supply and signal circuits: filters, optocouplers, ballast resistors and fuses. The elements are installed in the driver’s cabin of a vehicle or other equipment. If it is not possible to install in these locations, provide them with additional protection from external climatic (for example, sun, precipitation) and operational (for example, heating, moving parts) influences. Additional components are located at a safe distance from fuel and its flammable products in explosion-proof areas.

To protect the power circuit, use fuses of the appropriate rating (see FU1 in the diagrams).

'''To ensure spark protection of the power circuit, use ballast resistors of the appropriate rating (see R1 in the diagrams). Place the resistors outside the explosive zone: in the event of high-voltage surges in the sensor power line, the resistor will fail and the circuit will break, eliminating the possibility of sparking in the explosive zone.'''

Connecting cables are laid away from parts that move and heat up during operation of the equipment. If there is no additional insulation of the connecting cable wires, use flame-retardant polymer corrugated tubes used in automotive technology.

=== Connection diagrams ===
In order to connect the sensor to the GPS tracker and to the power source, use the diagram presented below.
[[File:Wired RS-485 no R.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''RS-485 connection diagram''']]
[[File:Wired RS-485 with R.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''RS-485 connection diagram With resistor for explosion protection certificate''']]
To achieve explosion safety, the sensor in any mode must be connected through a resistor and not a fuse.
{{Note|1=Not with the fuse, but instead of the fuse}}

[[File:Wired Frequency mode.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Wiring diagram for Frequency output''']]

== Sensor and cable sealing ==

=== Sealing sensor of the current design ===
You will need a sensor protective cover and a seal from the kit.<gallery widths="300" heights="300">
File:Protective cover for wired FLS.png|'''Protective cover for wired FLS'''
File:New design seal.png|'''Seal TD-500'''
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head
[[File:Wired FLS with protective cover.png|none|thumb|460x460px|'''Wired FLS with protective cover''']]
Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outwards''')

<gallery widths="400" heights="400">
File:Installing a seal on a wired FLS.png|'''Installing a seal on a wired FLS'''
File:Installed seal on the wired FLS.png|'''Installed seal on a wired FLS'''
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw the special key from the kit into it (you can also use any self-tapping screw of a suitable size) and pull it towards you.
[[File:Removal of the seal of the wired FLS.png|none|thumb|533x533px|'''Removal of the seal of the wired FLS''']]
[[File:Seal after removal.png|none|thumb|'''Seal after removal''']]
Thus, it will be impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.

==== Alternative sealing of a current design sensor ====
Also included with the sensor of the current design is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.

* It is necessary to pass the cable through the hole in the sensor cover
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 1.png|frameless|511x511px]]

* Pass both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 2.png|frameless|517x517px]]

* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing on the protruding part
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 3.png|frameless|664x664px]]

=== Sealing sensor of the former design ===
[[File:Sealing sensor of the former design.png|frameless|512x512px]]

=== Cable sealing ===
To seal the sensor connector, insert a plastic seal into the special hole on the sensor connector

[[File:Wire sealing.png|frameless|493x493px]]

== Updating the sensor firmware ==
[https://docs.google.com/document/d/1KZYZBx8zbcA7TRlT8QX4W5yt2mHhz334fVjsXdTpS4c/edit]'''[https://docs.google.com/document/d/16KhS0ZV5Hrb44J66LmGOy7Gy2TKcuEqU/edit Firmware update instructions]''' for sensors with serial number higher than 254483

'''[https://youtu.be/BVCs-LiWLVs There is also a video instructional guide]''' for sensors with serial number higher than 254483

'''[https://docs.google.com/document/d/1KZYZBx8zbcA7TRlT8QX4W5yt2mHhz334fVjsXdTpS4c/edit Firmware update instructions]''' for sensors with serial number higher below 254483

'''You can find the latest firmware version in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td500 downloads section of our website]'''

== Common problems and solutions ==

=== Level 7000 ===
Level 7000 is an error code Short circuit. This indicates that there is dirt, water, chips or other impurities in the tubes. All of these can be highly conductive, while the sensor is designed to work with dielectrics such as fuel.

You should clean the sensor tubes preferably by flushing them with the clean fuel and blowing them through the drain holes with compressed air.

If this error occurred after the start of operation of the sensor, it means that most likely these impurities got into the sensor tubes from the tank and in this case it is also needed to ensure that the tank itself doesn't contain any contaminations. Clean the tank, if necessary. Note that a fuel level sensor installed outside a contaminated tank may function correctly, but the same sensor installed in such a tank may generate this error code.

=== Level 6500 ===
This code may indicate that the tubes have lost contact. This error code may be generated immediately after cutting the tubes. In this case, simply calibrate the sensor.

If this does not help, check the CNT. If the CNT is below 10,000, it is very likely that the tubes are not in contact with the sensor board.

Take a photo of the sensor head (the sensor serial number should be visible), its tubes (the correspondence or discrepancy of the tubes length should be clearly visible), take a screenshot of the main screen of the sensor and the Settings menu page in the application and send these data to tech support.

=== The sensor does not connect or is not recognized in the application ===
If the sensor does not connect to the configurator, do the following:

* Make sure that the correct COM port number is selected and that drivers and libraries are installed (STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port ('''1''')(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A ('''2''')(C200M2) in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager "to enter this menu, press '''win+r''' and enter '''devmgmt.msc''' and press '''OK''' ('''3''') and then expand the com ports submenu ('''4''')"
* [[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|853x853px]]
* [[File:Com ports selection.png|frameless|684x684px]]
* If possible, connect another sensor that is sure to work; if it connects, then there are no problems with the COM port or converter

* Connect another USB cable to the C200M (ADD PWR connector); check if the USB cable is working
* If another converter is used, ensure that sufficient power is supplied to the sensor (12 volts is optimal)
* When connecting the sensor, press Search for sensors within 15 seconds after power is applied to the sensor
* If the above does not help, reflash the FW of the sensor
* If you cannot complete the firmware, contact our technical support

=== Checking the connection between the sensor and the tracker via RS-485 ===
If the sensor, for some reason, after you have configured everything correctly, does not transmit data to the tracker, you need to find out whether data is being exchanged between devices.

To do this, connect the sensor to the tracker via RS-485. Connect power to both devices.

After that, take the RS-485-USB converter and connect it between the sensor and the tracker as shown below:

For RS-485, lines A and B of the converter must be connected to lines A and B of the sensor
[[File:RS-485 Logging Connections .png|none|thumb|579x579px|'''RS-485 Logging Connections''']]
Run [https://drive.google.com/file/d/10i7v4TZ9-JDJYPAh-9JSh4x6vkM93BVV/view?usp=sharing terminal.exe] and configure the COM port as shown below:

Baud rate – 19200, Parity – None, Stop-bits – 1, Handshaking – None

Also, check HEX or ASCII depending on the format in which information from the sensor will be transmitted. For all sensors except the TD-600 configured in RS-232 mode, you must select HEX.

After connecting the converter correctly, select the COM port and click Connect. If the sensor is polled by the tracker and responds, then everything is in order.
[[File:Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485.png|none|thumb|555x555px|'''Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485''']]
If there is no communication between the two devices, try polling the sensor manually.

To do this, enter the request '''31$01$06$6C''' for the sensor with network address 1 and click '''Send'''
[[File:Sending a request to the sensor.png|none|thumb|550x550px|'''Sending a request to the sensor''']]
The structure of the request depends on the network address of the sensor. If you change the sensor address to 255, for example, then the request would look like this

'''31$FF$06$29'''

'''FF''' - 255 in HEX

'''29''' - '''CRC''' checksum calculated for a specific request

In order to calculate the checksum, you can go to the '''[https://crccalc.com/ crccalc]''' website and enter your request without the '''$''' sign, select HEX, CRC-8/MAXIM and click Calc CRC-8
[[File:CRC calculation for address 255.png|none|thumb|544x544px|'''CRC calculation for address 255''']]
If the sensor is polled by the tracker and responds, then everything is in order.

If the sensor does not respond to the tracker, but responds to a request you send manually, you should check your tracker's RS-485 ports.

If the sensor does not respond to anything, the standard FLS diagnostic procedure should be carried out.

== Description of the LLS protocol ==
The protocol is described in this [https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/12cmqjmKU7KKg6ms8wnTsv6Ttb1gohf8b/edit?usp=sharing&ouid=113197106569288024895&rtpof=true&sd=true document]

Example of a request and response for 1 network address:

Request: '''''31 01 06 6C'''''

Response from sensor: '''''3E 01 06 19 01 00 92 5D BE'''''

== Purpose of contacts and wires ==
[[File:TD-500 wiring.png|frameless|704x704px]]

== Remote control of FLS Escort ==
At the moment, Navtelecom and GlonassSoft trackers have the ability to configure wired Escort FLS by remotely connecting to the gps tracker without using the above commands. This can be done according to these instructions:

'''[https://youtu.be/n_HxgImFvPs Smart and Signal, built-in configurator]'''

'''[https://youtu.be/npxXyVOtfh0 Smart and Signal by creating commands in the configurator]'''

'''[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=p6JkD-AuSHk UMKa]'''

It is also possible to send commands via SMS commands or tracker tracker.

At the moment, we know that the remote control function is supported by trackers of the Smart and Signal family produced by Navtelecom (Signal, Smart), Technocom (AvtoGRAPH) and GlonassSoft (UMKa). Transmission of commands to the sensor is possible only in RS-485 operating mode.

First you need to open the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 PC configurator Escort]; The converter and/or tracker must be disconnected from the computer. In the '''Service''' tab, click on the '''Remote control''' option.

[[File:Remote control Settings.png|frameless|714x714px]]

A window for generating commands for sending will open:

[[File:Remote control Settings menu.jpg|frameless|674x674px]]

Here you need:

# Choose what type of commandd to generate
# Specify the current network address of the sensor to which the command will be sent
# Specify the parameters that need to be changed by this command
# Click on the '''Generate''' button
# Then you need to send the selected part of the command via the tracker configurator or by SMS message to the number of the current SIM card of this GPS tracker

ATTENTION: if a password is set on the sensor, you must first send a command to enter the password, and then the command that you need.

[[File:Command generation.png|frameless|700x700px]]

To decrypt the response to the sent command, you need:

# Copy that part of the response from the tracker that begins with '''3E01'''..., and paste it into the input/output field in the ''Remote'' ''control'' tab of the Escort configurator
# Click on '''Decode reply'''

[[File:Command decode process.png|frameless|717x717px]]

[[File:Decoded command information.jpg|frameless|718x718px]]

== Useful links ==
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-500/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-500.pdf?v=070224170633 Technical data sheet of the device]'''
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/produktsiya/datchik-urovnja-topliva/Jeskort-td-500/#active Product page]'''
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td500 Download materials]'''

{{Next|prev=TD-600|next=TD-Online}}

DB-2

2026-10-15T07:21:11Z

RINAT: Links: Google Play app ae.esensor.config; product pages on escortsensors.com

[[ru:ДБ-2| Русская версия]]
[[es:DB-2| Versión en español]]
{{Sensor card
|type = Bulk material level sensor
|photo = DB-2.png
|p1 = Media |v1 = grain, fertilizers, flour; humidity up to 25 %
|p2 = Measuring part length |v2 = 10…600 cm
|p3 = Interfaces |v3 = RS-485 (LLS) · analog 0.2…9 V · frequency 300…4395 Hz
|p4 = Error |v4 = 2 % at constant product humidity
|p5 = Supply voltage |v5 = 9…80 V
|p6 = Current consumption |v6 = max 30 mA
|p7 = Operating temperature |v7 = −40…+50 °C
|p8 = Dimensions |v8 = max 40 × 80 × 80 mm
|downloads = https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/
|product = https://escortsensors.com/product/db-2/
}}
== GENERAL INFORMATION ==
Knowing the level of product in a bunker allows you to solve problems of accounting for seeds, fertilizers, and crops. Monitoring the dynamics of level changes, taking into account the speed of movement and the cultivated area, makes it possible to control the seeding rate/fertilizer application during sowing, and the yield during combining. The bulk materials level sensor (hereinafter referred to as the sensor) is specially designed for use with a transport monitoring system - it is a modified fuel level sensor. For specialized accounting, you can use special agricultural software.
[[File:Db2_dimensions.png|alt=DB-2 dimensions|none|thumb|600x600px|Fig 1 Sensor dimensions]]

=== SPECIFICATIONS ===
{| class="wikitable"
|+
!
!NAME
!VALUE / UNITS OF MEASUREMENT
|-
|2.1
|Measured substance
|grain, fertilizers, flour and other bulk products with humidity up to 25%
|-
|2.2
|Measuring part length range
|10-600 см
|-
|2.3
|Interfaces
|digital (RS-485, LLS protocol), analog (0.2 to 9 V), frequency (300-4395 Hz)
|-
|2.4
|Level measurement error at constant product humidity
|2%
|-
|2.5
|Current consumption, not more than
|30 мА
|-
|2.6
|Supply voltage
|9…80 V
|-
|2.7
|Operating conditions:
- ambient temperature
- maximum ambient temperature
- atmospheric pressure
| - 40 ... + 50 оС
- 60 … + 85°С
84 ... 106,7 кПа
|-
|2.8
|Overall dimensions, no more
|40 х 80 х 80 мм
|}

=== KIT ===
[[File:Db2 kit.png|393x393px|thumb|Fig 2 kit]]
{| class="wikitable"
!NAME
!QUANTITY
!POS.
!
|-
|ESCORT DB-2 Sensor
|1
| -
|
|-
|Set of mounting parts:

Self-tapping screw 5.5 x 51 with washer

Self-tapping screw 5.5 x 51 with sealing washer

Numbered plastic seal Siltek

Sealing wire PP-N 0.8-600

Number seal FAST-150

Filter (Green)

Jumper

Anchor bolt 08x40 with nut

Insulator

Measuring tube

Heat shrink tube 16/8 red

Clamp

Fuse block

Fuse 1A
|1<br>
4

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

6

1

1

6

1

1
|<br>

4

5

2

7

6

-

8

3

1

11

10

9

-

-
|
|-
|Connecting cable
|1
| -
|
|-
|Data sheet
|1
| -
|
|-
|Package
|1
| -
|
|}

[[File:Db2 measurement principles.png|thumb|DB-2 measurement principles]]

=== OPERATION PRINCIPLES ===
The principle of operation of a capacitive sensor is based on recording changes in the capacity of the built-in capacitor. The high sensitivity of the capacitor allows the sensor to work with bulk solids having different levels of dielectric constant, as well as with dielectric substances. The electrode and the wall of the hopper (or 2 parallel electrodes) form a measuring system of 2 electrodes, in which the capacitance of the filled space between them is measured. The measured value then is being converted to level.

==== Level change control ====
{{Note|1=It must be taken into account that at the same level, but different humidity, the sensor shows different level. For this reason, the sensor should be used to monitor level dynamics rather than to measure the actual product collected. The change in the filling level graph with changes in the humidity of the measured medium is shown in the graph below.}}

[[File:Db2 chart examples.png|alt=Db2 chart examples|none|thumb|800x800px|Db2 chart examples]]

It is advisable that the combine hopper is always filled to the level where the standard alarm is triggered. With a team scheme of combine harvesters operating on the field, the bunker may not be completely filled until the grain is unloaded.

== SENSOR INSTALLATION IN THE BUNKER ==
[[File:DB2 installation.png|alt=DB2 installation|thumb|500x500px|DB2 installation]]
[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8-bPSv1mriM&t=1s Installation video lesson]<ol>
<li>Select a location for installation:</li>
<ol>
<li>the electrode should not come close to the unloading auger due to the possibility of clogging the auger and damaging the electrode;

<li>the electrode should not interfere with workers cleaning the unloading auger;</li>
<li>the electrode should not be completely covered with grain when filling the hopper, i.e. It is recommended to place the upper part of the electrode near the corner of the hopper (it should be noted that the sensor continues to record level changes even when it is completely filled with grain). Thus, the electrode does not have to be vertical to the ground - it should only go along the wall of the bunker at the same distance from it;</li> </ol>
<li>Embed the sensor into the wall of the bunker close to the top edge;
<li>Connect the brown output of the sensor to the electrode using a screw or solder;
<li>Insulate the mounting location of the sensor output with the electrode with heat-shrinkable tube (pos. 10);
<li>Secure the resulting electrode to the insulators using ties;</ol>

=== INSTALLATION IN A PLASTIC HOPPER ===
[[File:DB-2 installation in a plastic hopper .png|alt=DB-2 installation in a plastic hopper|thumb|DB-2 installation in a plastic hopper ]]
When installing in a plastic hopper, it is necessary to additionally install a second electrode (the same or a metal strip) parallel to the main one at a distance of 30 - 60 mm and connect it to the black output of the sensor (also known as the common wire and the sensor body).

<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>

== CONFIGURATION ==
Use the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/datchik-urovnja-sypuchih-produktov/eskort-db-2/DB2_Configurator.zip?v=270624163916 configurator] to configure the sensor. The program window is shown below.
[[File:DB-2 configurator interface.png|alt=DB-2 configurator interface|none|thumb|900x900px|DB-2 configurator interface]]
[[File:DB2 connecting to laptop.png|alt=DB-2 to laptop connection|thumb|DB-2 to laptop connection]]
ATTENTION! After turning on the sensor's power, its output is in RS-485 mode for 15 seconds. This allows you to connect a sensor that is in a mode other than RS-485 for configuration.

Connect the USB-RS485 converter “Escort C-200M2” or similar to the computer, and the sensor to the converter in accordance with the diagram presented. ''Do not connect the red wire yet.''

''Note. The sensor calibration should be performed after installation. Therefore, it will be more convenient to connect the converter not directly to the sensor, but through a cable extension.''

=== Driver for C-200M2 ===
{{Note|1=We recommend using our Escort C200M/C200M2 USB-RS-485 converter, since we can not guarantee 100% compatibility of our devices with converters from other brands. When working with a laptop, we recommend connecting it to the power supply and/or connecting an additional USB cable to the ADD PWR connector of C200M. Otherwise, there may not be enough power to operate the sensor and transmitter. Along with installing the configurator 1.0.2.38, the drivers for the C200M will be installed automatically. If you use C200M2 on Windows 10 and 11 operating systems, drivers should be installed automatically from Windows Update, on the Windows 7 operating system and below, you may need to [https://windowsreport.com/driver-signature-enforcement-windows-10/ disable the electronic signature of drivers] and manually install [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/escort_c-200m/Escort%20driver%20C-200M2.zip?v=050623134319 drivers for the С200M2]. If the driver was installed correctly, then after connecting the converter to your PC/laptop, you will see the STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port (1)(C200M) or usb-serial ch341A (2)(C200M2) device in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager " to enter this menu, press win+r and enter devmgmt.msc and press OK (3) and then expand the com ports submenu (4)" The com port number displayed in this menu is also needed to connect the sensor.}}

[[File:Start DB-2 configuration.png|alt=Start DB-2 configuration|thumb|Start DB-2 configuration]]

=== Connecting to the sensor in the configurator ===
# Select the appropriate port and click the “Open port” button in the “TD500 Configurator” program window. Power up the sensor by connecting the red cable.
# After successful opening, click '''Search for sensors'''.<br><br><br><br><br><br><br>
<br>
<br>
<br>

=== Sensor calibration ===
[[File:DB-2 calibration interface.png|alt=DB-2 calibration interface|frame|DB-2 calibration interface]]

DB-2 is calibrated without bulk product. It must be mounted on the hopper before calibration.

Set the minimum value when the hopper is empty by clicking the Set Current button in the Empty line

The full value should be set to 9-10 times greater than the current empty sensor value.

Thus, if '''Current''' is 4741, then the '''Full calibration''' '''value''' should be set to 47410. To do this, in the sensor calibration interface, in the '''Full''' line, enter 47410 and click '''Set'''

=== Changing the network address ===
To change the network address, click the Change network address button. In the window that opens, enter the required address (1-255) and click OK'''.'''
[[File:Network address change.png|alt=Network address change|none|thumb|Network address change]]

=== Tank calibration ===
There is no need to calibrate the hopper with DB-2 installed in it. The measured value is very dependent on the humidity of the product. The level will be different in the morning, afternoon and evening, so the calibration data will be misleading.

== CONNECTION TO A MONITORING SYSTEM ==
The power connection must be made in the cabin. Connection diagrams are presented below.

It is connected to the sensor terminals in the same way as fuel level sensors - via a network address.
* baudrate 19 200
* data bits 8
* parity None
* stop bits 1
* handshaking None

=== Connection diagram ===
[[File:DB2 C200 connection scheme.png|alt=DB2 C200 connection scheme|none|thumb|600x600px|DB2 C200 connection scheme]]
[[File:DB2 GPS connection scheme.png|alt=DB2 GPS connection scheme|none|thumb|600x600px|DB2 GPS connection scheme]]

== POSSIBLE PROBLEMS AND THEIR SOLUTIONS ==

=== How to switch the sensor to analog mode ===
{{Note|1=DB-2 in 2023 modification and newer always works in two modes - RS-485 (orange and white cables) and analog (green cable). There is no need to additionally select analog mode.}}

=== The level does not reach full when the hopper is full ===
{{Note|1=If the level does not rise to full when filling the hopper, this is normal if the calibration was carried out according to the instructions. This is necessary so that the filling of the hopper is visible even when the product has high humidity. However, at high humidity the level will be significantly higher. If you want your chart to show how full the bunker is you can attach a calibration table. Take the sensor value that is observed when the bunker is full and set the corresponding value in the calibration table equal to the volume of the full bunker. But it is worth considering that in this case, when filling the bunker with humid product, the level may reach a maximum when the bunker is not completely filled.}}

=== The sensor periodically reports error 6500 ===
{{Note|1=In this case, you should check the connection of the sensor's measuring contacts to the electrodes/hopper.}}

=== Level values falls down ===
{{Note|1=In this case, you should check the connection of the sensor's measuring contacts to the electrodes/hopper.}}

=== The sensor periodically reports error 7000 ===
{{Note|1=Perhaps the product was too wet and the measured value was higher than the Full calibration value. If the problem persists, check the integrity of the insulation on the electrodes and make sure that Full callibration value is 10 times higher than the Empty one.}}

=== The readings are jumping up ===
{{Note|1=Perhaps the product was too wet and the measured value was higher than the Full calibration value. If the problem persists, check the integrity of the insulation on the electrodes}}

{{Next|prev=ALS|next=BA-BLE}}

DU-180

2026-10-15T07:21:10Z

RINAT: Links: Google Play app ae.esensor.config; product pages on escortsensors.com

[[RU:ДУ-180| Русская версия]]
[[es:DU-180| Versión en español]]
{{Sensor card
|type = Wired tilt angle sensor
|photo = Imagedasd 21 211.png
|p1 = Angle range |v1 = 0…180°
|p2 = Interface |v2 = RS-485, LLS protocol
|p3 = Frequency output |v3 = 300…480 Hz
|p4 = Modes |v4 = differential; with discrete outputs
|p5 = Application |v5 = dump truck body, crane boom, bucket, garbage truck frame
|p6 = Setup |v6 = PC configurator, RS-485–USB adapter
|datasheet = https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/datchik-ugla-naklona/eskort-du-180/Datasheet%20DU-180.pdf?v=220225205918
|downloads = https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/
|product = https://escortsensors.com/product/du-180/
}}
== Definition and purpose of the sensor ==
[[File:Imagedad 21 1.png|frame|Current DU-180 design]]
Definition and purpose of the sensor

Angle sensor '''"ESCORT DU-180”''' (hereinafter – '''sensor''') designed to measure tilting angle of tilting parts
of different machinery and mechanisms (for example: excavator bucket, jib crane). It provides, in
cooperation with '''GPS/GLONASS terminal''', transmission the accurate tilting angle of a controlled
mechanism to the monitoring program with data displaying as the time diagram.

More detailed technical specifications are presented in [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/datchik-ugla-naklona/eskort-du-180/Datasheet%20DU-180.pdf?v=220225205918 the device's data sheet.]

== Basic Terms and Concepts ==
'''Serial number''' - code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).

'''Data transfer protocol''' - a set of specific logical-level rules or conventions that govern the exchange of data between different programs or devices. For DU-180, the main transmission protocol is LLS via the RS-485 interface.

'''Data transfer mode''' - this is a type of boundary between two objects or nodes, which are regulated by a special accepted standard and implemented using established methods, tools and rules. DU-180 has the following operating modes:
*'''RS-485'''
*'''Frequency'''

'''Interface''' - a physical connection method and/or a set of software tools that allows data to be transferred between two or more devices.

'''RS-485''' - digital data transmission mode. The sensor waits for a corresponding request from the receiving device. Works using the LLS protocol. Based on CNT, a value is generated in conventional units

'''Converter''' - digital converter RS-485 to USB (С200М или С200М2) for configuring wired sensors.

'''Frequency''' - zero angle corresponds to the frequency of 300 Hz. Maximum angle corresponds to the
frequency of 480 Hz. Frequency is formed in the green wire.

'''Navigation terminal''' - the main element of the system for monitoring the operation of transportation carried out by means of satellite communication. Without it, it is impossible to control transportation, to determine the coordinates of the vehicle location. It collects information from sensors and on-board system of the vehicle, and then transmits it to the device/server, which belong to the controlling specialist.

== DU-180 sensor's design ==

=== DU-180 sensor's design ===
[[File:Imageda12121.png|center|frameless|816x816px]]

=== Scope of Supply ===
[[File:Imageq`23`.png|center|frameless|826x826px]]

== Connection to the sensor, setup via [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-ugla-naklona/eskort-du-180/DU180_Configurator.zip?v=080824215802 the configurator on a PC] ==
In order to connect '''DU-180''' to the computer you will need an '''RS-485-USB''' adapter (we recommend using Escort '''C200M and C200M2'''). Strictly follow the connection algorithm described below. [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/datchik-ugla-naklona/eskort-du-180/DU180_Configurator.zip?v=080824215912 Download] and install the configurator '''1.0.2.38'''. This will install the drivers for the C200M converter. If '''other model''' of converter is used, install the driver for it.

'''1'''. Open the '''configurator'''

'''2'''. Connect the converter to the computer (the sensor '''must be de-energized''')
[[File:Imageasf 134 134 .png|center|frameless|829x829px]]

'''3'''. '''Select (1)''' the '''COM port''' that appears (selected automatically if only one external device is connected as a virtual serial port)
[[File:Imagedas 2131.png|center|frameless|798x798px]]

'''4'''. Connect '''DU-180''' to the converter and '''press (2)''' DU 180 in the configurator (this must be done '''in the first 15 seconds''' after connecting the sensor to the power supply or to the converter using the connector). After that, the DU-180 settings interface should be displayed. If this does not happen, then disconnect the sensor connector from the converter, the converter from the computer connector, close the configurator and start the connection from '''point 1.'''
[[File:Imageda sdad23.png|center|frameless|831x831px]]
[[File:Imageda c3d3g4.png|center|frameless|798x798px]]

=== Connection diagram ===
[[File:Imagef43e.png|center|frameless|819x819px]]

=== DU-180 setup interface ===
[[File:Imaged32ff2.png|center|frameless|796x796px]]
'''1'''. COM port number

'''2'''. Selecting the sensor type (DU-180).

'''3'''. Current address of the connected sensor.

'''4'''. Sensor operating mode

'''5'''. Setting sensor parameters.

'''6'''. Field for changing the network address.

'''7'''. Current angle

'''8'''. Button for setting zero degrees for current conditions.

'''9'''. Button for saving parameters.

== Connection to the sensor, setup via [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config mobile application on Android] ==
Wired sensors can be connected to a smartphone with the Escort Configurator application. To do this, you will need:

*A smartphone with a Bluetooth Android system with OTG technology support
*An RS-485 - USB converter, for example, Escort C200m2
*USB-OTG adapter for connecting the converter to a smartphone

'''Attention! You cannot update the firmware on the sensor through the application on the smartphone, this can only be done using a computer and the Bootloader program.'''

After connecting the sensor to the smartphone, you can connect:

*Change the network address
*Select the sensor operating mode
[[File:Imagec3r3f.png|center|frame|'''Diagram of sensor connection to the phone''']]
[[File:Imagegrgg.png|center|frame|'''Diagram of sensor connection to telephone with additional power supply''']]

*Connect the sensor to your smartphone according to the diagram
*Check that the converter is turned on (there is a power indication), on some models the OTG mode must be enabled manually in the phone settings
[[File:Imagef4f4f4g.png|center|frame|'''Example of enabling OTG mode on OPPO smartphones''']]

*Select the RS-485 tab ('''1''')
*Select Fuel level sensor ('''2''')
[[File:Imagefas f32r2.png|center|frameless|793x793px]]

*When connecting for the first time, the phone should ask for access to the converter, click OK
[[File:Imagej7j7j.png|center|frame|'''Providing access to the C200M2 in the app''']]

* If such a request does not appear and the sensor is not detected, try connecting additional power to the sensor according to the connection diagram, also check that the power indication on the converter is active and that the OTG mode is enabled on the smartphone
* If, after asking for permission, you receive the error “Unable to connect the device,” this is normal. Just select the fuel level sensor again.

[[File:Imagen6n6h6y6.png|center|frame|'''Error failed to connect device after requesting permission''']]

* If you are using a C200M inverter, you can connect an additional power supply to the inverter. To do this, you need to take a power supply for charging your smartphone with a microUSB connector and connect it to the C200M using the ADD PWR connector
* Once connected successfully, you will see the main screen of the sensor.

[[File:Imageb5b5g5t.png|center|frameless|938x938px]]

== Operating principle and mode settings ==
DU-180 transmits the current angle via the '''RS-485''' interface ('''LLS''' protocol), or via the '''frequency interface''' ('''in Hz'''). The tilt angle value is within '''0–180 degrees''' ('''300–480 Hz'''). If the tilt angle '''exceeds''' 180 degrees, the countdown starts from '''0'''. Additionally, information about the '''operation''' is transmitted via '''discrete''' outputs. In this case, voltage appears or disappears on them. Discrete outputs '''(green and purple)''' should be connected to the '''contact registration''' device (for example, the analog terminal input) as Normally Open (or Normally Closed - depends on the mode) plus - the voltage at the terminals can be from '''4V to the power source '''voltage. '''It is prohibited to connect a load to discrete outputs'''. In addition, the DU-180 sensor can transmit the tilt angle relative to another DU-180 sensor, the so-called '''differential mode'''. In this case, the angle of one sensor relative to the other in '''Hz''' will be used.

=== Garbage truck mode ===
This mode is used to control the tilt angle of the garbage truck lifting frame. The current tilt angle will be transmitted via the '''RS-485''' interface, and the '''discrete''' outputs '''will transmit the triggering events (crossing the control angles)'''
[[File:ImageWQEQWE12E1.png|center|frameless|713x713px]]
[[File:Image312.png|center|frameless|772x772px]]

This mode sets two angles Top and Down. To set the sensor angles in the Garbage Truck mode:

*Place the sensor in the operating position and press '''Set Zero'''

*Select '''Garbage Truck''' mode

*Enter the value for '''Top''' and click '''Save the parameters to device'''.

*Enter the value '''Down''' and click '''Save the parameters to device'''. The Down must be less than the Top

*If necessary, set the '''network address''' and click '''Save the parameters to device''' again.

After crossing the triggering angles, the state of the discrete outputs will change according to the table. It is possible to record the fact of a complete cycle of lifting and lowering of the waste container
[[File:Imageqwdqwd21.png|center|frameless|693x693px]]
[[File:Imaged2v2e23.png|center|frameless|848x848px]]

=== Dump truck mode ===
This mode is designed to control the angle of inclination of various elements of vehicles: dump truck body, crane boom, tanker hatch, etc. The sensor will transmit the angle value via '''RS-485''' interface, and '''discrete outputs''' will trigger the crossing of control angles.
[[File:Imagee12 d1c 1.png|center|frameless|832x832px]]
[[File:Imagecc32d1.png|center|frameless|766x766px]]

In this mode, two angles '''Top and Down''' are set. To set the sensor in '''Dump truck''' mode:

*Place the sensor in the operating position and press '''Set zero'''

*Select '''Dump Truck''' mode

*Enter the value for '''Top''' and click '''Save the parameters to device''' - Top control angle.

*Enter the value for '''Down''' and click '''Save the parameters to device'''. The '''Down''' must be less than the Top - Down control angle

*If necessary, set the '''network address''' and click '''Save the parameters to device''' again.

When the triggering angles are crossed, the state of the discrete outputs will change according to the table. You can use both discrete outputs or one of them for triggering.
[[File:Imagev23f23e.png|center|frameless|589x589px]]
[[File:Imageasfdasf32r 2.png|center|frameless|822x822px]]

=== Frequency mode ===
This mode is used to control the tilt angle of a vehicle component when the head unit (terminal) '''does not have digital inputs'''. The angle is transmitted through the '''frequency channel''' (green wire) in the range of 300Hz (0) - 480Hz (180).

The crossing of the control angle (parameter Down) is signaled by the disappearance of voltage on the purple output of the sensor.
[[File:Imageqd21v1.png|center|frameless|789x789px]]

To set the sensor in '''Frequency''' mode:

*Place the sensor in the operating position and press '''Set zero'''

*Select '''Frequency''' mode

*Enter the value for '''Down''' and click '''Save the parameters to device'''.

*If necessary, set the '''network address''' and click '''Save the parameters to device''' again.

The operation of the purple output is described in the table:
[[File:Imagecerb3b33 35t.png|center|frameless|520x520px]]

=== Bucket mode ===
This mode is designed for use on excavators to control the bucket operating time. The angle is '''periodically''' measured and '''compared with''' the previous one, if the angle changes and the difference between the current angle and the previous angle is '''greater than the set delta''', the green output will show a voltage signaling '''a trigger'''. If the angle stops changing or the difference between the two angles is less than the set delta, then after expiration of '''digital output turn off''' the voltage on the green output will disappear.

In this mode the angle is transmitted via '''RS-48'''5 interface.
[[File:Imagef13r 23r23.png|center|frameless|812x812px]]
[[File:Imageвы 1 12у 1.png|center|frameless|768x768px]]

The parameter '''Digital output turn on''' sets the angle measurement interval, at the beginning of which the current angle value is '''memorized'''. After expiration of this delay, the new current value is read, compared with the previous value, if the difference is a certain angle, which is greater than or equal to the '''“Delta”''' value, then the green discrete output will show a positive voltage (triggering, '''“sensor in operation”'''). If the '''“sensor in operation”''' and the difference value has not exceeded the set angle, the delay for '''switching off''' is started (parameter '''Digital output turn off''') and if during this time the difference of angles does not exceed the set '''Delta''' value - the voltage on the green output disappears. This separates the working and idle time of the implement.

To set the sensor in '''Bucket''' mode:

*Place the sensor in the operating position and press '''Set zero'''

*Select '''Bucket''' mode

*Enter the value for '''Delta''', '''Digital output turn of''', '''Digital output turn off''' and click '''Save the parameters to device'''.

*If necessary, set the '''network address''' and click '''Save the parameters to device''' again.
[[File:Imagex w 21d1 1 .png|center|frameless|816x816px]]

=== Plow mode ===
The mode is designed for installation on the '''“plow”''' type devices of snowplows used for road clearing. In this mode the sensor will transmit information that the plow is lowered and is in working position, the algorithm of operation allows to avoid false messages about the end of work when the plow is raised when passing obstacles.

'''The plow must have a significant stroke to avoid false alarms caused by road irregularities (the difference between the raised and lowered angles must be greater than the vehicle inclination on irregularities).'''
[[File:Imaged 1d12 1.png|center|frameless|747x747px]]
[[File:Imaged 1d 12 d1c1 .png|center|frameless|759x759px]]

'''Zero''' is set in '''working position''' when the plow is lowered. The sensor crosses the '''“TOP”''' and '''“DOWN”''' boundaries as the machine moves from the travel position to the working position. When the '''“DOWN”''' angle is crossed to a lower angle, the '''“Digital output turn on”''' delay timer is started. If at the end of the '''“Digital output turn on”''' timer the current angle does not exceed the '''“DOWN”''' angle, the discrete output ('''green''') will trigger and a positive voltage will appear on it.

When the '''"DOWN"''' limit is crossed in the direction of a larger angle (when the moldboard is raised), the '''"Digital output turn off"''' timer is started. If the current angle remains greater than the '''"DOWN"''' limit when the '''"Digital output turn off"''' timer expires, the discrete output will open. If the sensor crosses back the “DOWN” boundary towards a smaller angle, the running '''"Digital output turn off"''' timer is reset.

If it crosses “TOP” towards a higher angle, the discrete output will open '''momentarily'''. This is done in order to get a clearer readout of the discrete outputs switching (short-term raising and lowering of the gun during obstacle avoidance and turns is avoided).

To set the sensor in '''Frequency''' mode:

*Place the sensor in the operating position and press '''Set zero'''

*Select '''Plow''' mode

*Enter the value for '''Down''', '''Top''', '''Digital output turn on''', '''Digital output turn off''' and click '''Save the parameters to device'''.

*If necessary, set the '''network address''' and click '''Save the parameters to device''' again.
[[File:Imagesaa d 2e12.png|center|frameless|806x806px]]

=== Difference mode ===
'''Difference tilt sensor''' is a conventional angle sensor DU-180 with the ability to independently send requests via '''RS-485''' interface and, based on the data received from the '''second sensor''' connected to it, produce a differential angle difference between the '''two devices'''. '''This mode is used to reduce false alarms due to the tilt of the entire vehicle'''.

The '''RS-485''' outputs of both sensors should be connected to each other to exchange data between them ('''Line A''' of one sensor should be connected to '''line A''' of the second sensor, similarly for '''line B''') The sensor sending the requests is the '''“master”''', the second sensor is the '''“slave”'''. In this mode, the '''master''' will transmit the '''differential angle''' (angle between the two sensors + base frequency 300Hz) as a frequency signal via the '''green wire'''. The frequency will vary in the range from 300 to 480 Hz, which corresponds to the angle value in the range from '''0 to 180 degrees'''.
[[File:Image21 312 12 12.png|center|frameless|823x823px]]
[[File:Imagehh6 jk6.png|center|frameless|766x766px]]

To configure the '''Slave''' sensor for '''difference mode''':

*Place the sensor on the '''moving element''' of the vehicle in the operating position and press the
'''Set zero'''

*Select one of the modes ('''any''' mode except '''Master''')

*Set '''network address 1''' and click '''Save the parameters to device'''

For '''Master''' sensor:

*Position the sensor on a '''fixed place''' of vehicle and click '''Set Zero'''

*Activate '''Master''' mode

*Set a network address '''other than''' the second sensor and click '''Save the parameters to device'''.
[[File:Imagee 12 2h 75 k7.png|center|frameless|705x705px]]

== Sealing the sensor ==
[[File:Imaged 21 1r 1.png|center|frameless|709x709px]]

== Firmware update (FW) ==
'''If you are using a .CRI file, you must use [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/other/Bootloader%20%D0%BA%D1%80%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BD%D1%8B%D0%B9.zip?v=150323122207 this bootloader'''].

'''If you are using a .BIN file, you must use [https://drive.google.com/file/d/1mPmp0Eo6vLartY7wPDds-oF6zPkdbn1M/view?usp=drive_link this bootloader'''].

'''[https://docs.google.com/document/d/16KhS0ZV5Hrb44J66LmGOy7Gy2TKcuEqU/edit?tab=t.0 Firmware instruction (TD-150 example)]'''

'''You can find the latest firmware version in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#du180 downloads section of our website]'''.

== Useful links ==
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/datchik-ugla-naklona/eskort-du-180/Datasheet%20DU-180.pdf?v=220225205918 Technical data sheet of the device]'''
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/datchik-ugla-naklona/jeskort-DU-180/#active Product page]'''
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#du180 Download materials]'''

{{Next|prev=DU-BLE|next=ALS}}

TD-600

2026-10-15T07:21:09Z

RINAT: Links: Google Play app ae.esensor.config; product pages on escortsensors.com

[[RU:ТД-600| Русская версия]]
[[es:TD-600| Versión en español]]
{{Sensor card
|type = Wired fuel level sensor
|photo = TD-600.png
|p1 = Measurement type |v1 = capacitive
|p2 = RS-485 |v2 = LLS, passive · active (every 2 s)
|p3 = RS-232 |v3 = LLS, passive · LLS and ASCII, active
|p4 = Analog output |v4 = 0.2…5 V
|p5 = Frequency output |v5 = 301…1323 Hz / 301…4395 Hz
|p6 = Level range |v6 = 1…1023 / 1…4095
|p7 = Setup |v7 = PC, USB–RS-485 converter C200M / C200M2
|datasheet = https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-600/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-600.pdf?v=101024180549
|downloads = https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/
|product = https://escortsensors.com/product/escort-td600-wired-fuel-level-sensor/
}}
== Definition and purpose of the sensor ==
High-precision fuel level sensors (FLS, also meters or sensors) of the Escort brand are designed to determine the filling level of petroleum products in fuel tanks, reservoirs and storage tanks. The '''TD-600''' meter (sensor) is used in transport technology as a fuel level meter, in industry - as a level meter for any light petroleum products. Escort FLS measurement type is capacitive. Its readings are based on the dielectric constant of the medium in which it operates; in this case, the medium is various types of light petroleum products (gasoline, diesel, kerosene, motor oil).

More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-600/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-600.pdf?v=101024180549 technical data sheet of the device]

== Basic terms and concepts ==
'''''Fuel level sensor (FLS)''' -'' device which is used for measuring fuel level.

'''''Serial number''' -'' code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).

'''''CNT''' -'' an oscillatory circuit, thanks to which the basic level of filling of the sensor measuring tubes with fuel is calculated. This level is converted to a final value determined by the data interface.

'''''Data transfer protocol''''' - a set of specific logical-level rules or conventions that govern the exchange of data between different programs or devices. For TD-600, the main transmission protocol is '''LLS via the RS-485 and RS-232 interfaces'''.

'''''Data transfer mode''''' - this is a type of boundary between two objects or nodes, which are regulated by a special accepted standard and implemented using established methods, tools and rules. TD-600 has the following operating modes:

* '''RS-485 Passive via LLS protocol'''
* '''RS-485 Active via LLS protocol'''
* '''RS-232''' '''Passive via LLS protocol'''
* '''RS-232''' '''Active via LLS and ASCII'''
* '''Analog'''
* '''Frequency'''

'''''Interface''''' - a physical connection method and/or a set of software tools that allows data to be transferred between two or more devices.

'''''RS-485''''' - digital data transmission mode. The sensor waits for a corresponding request from the receiving device. Works using the LLS protocol. Based on CNT, a value is generated in conventional units of the selected range (1-1023 units or 1-4095 units). On sensors with a serial number higher than '''26339 RS-485 and''' '''RS-232 work in parallel.'''

'''''Converter''''' - digital converter RS-485 to USB ([https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/escort_c-200m/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20%D0%A1-200%D0%9C.pdf?v=200320145441 С200М] или [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/escort_c-200m/Datasheet%20Escort%20C-200M2.pdf?v=050623134318 С200М2]) for configuring wired sensors.

'''''Active (periodic) RS-485''''' - operating mode in which the sensor, without waiting for a request from the receiver, itself transmits packets with command data within 2 seconds.

'''RS-232''' - digital data transmission mode. It works according to '''LLS and ASCII''' protocol, if there is a '''LLS''' request the sensor responds according to '''LLS''' protocol if there is no request the sensor actively outputs data in ASCII format. On the basis of '''CNT''' the value in conventional units of the selected range is formed (1-1023 units or 1-4095 units). On sensors with a serial number higher than '''26339 RS-485 and''' '''RS-232 work in parallel.'''

'''''Analog''''' - mode in which a corresponding voltage is generated based on the CNT in the approximate range of 0.2-5V.

'''''Frequency''''' - mode in which the corresponding frequency in Hz is generated based on the CNT (301-1323 Hz with a value range of 1-1023; 301-4395 Hz with a value range of 1-4095).

'''''Impulse''''' - mode, in which a 27 Hz pulse train is formed on the basis of CNT. The number of pulses in the pack corresponds to the measured fuel level. The minimum level corresponds to a pack of 2 pulses, the maximum - to a pack of 1025 pulses.

'''''Gps tracker''''' - the main element of the system for monitoring the operation of transportation carried out by means of satellite communication. Without it, it is impossible to control transportation, to determine the coordinates of the vehicle location. It collects information from sensors and on-board system of the vehicle, and then transmits it to the device/server, which belong to the controlling specialist.

== Preparation ==

=== Preparing the Tank ===
To prepare the tank you should:

* Empty the tank, clean and dry if necessary
* '''Remove fuel vapors and air from the tank''' (especially for a gasoline tank, but in the case of a diesel engine, this procedure should not be neglected, since gasoline could be added to the diesel); to do this, you can heat water to boiling point and direct the resulting steam into the tank or use carbon dioxide so that it displaces fuel vapors and air; ensure that any open flame sources are sufficiently far away from the fuel tank
* [[File:Removing fuel vapors.png|frameless|712x712px]]
* '''Find the geometric center of the tank and drill a hole''' in it using a '''ø3mm''' drill bit. Then, using a piece of stiff wire, examine the tank for the presence of partitions in it
* [[File:Choosing a location for installing the FLS.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Choosing a location for installing the FLS''']][[File:Little hole drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Drilling the tank and subsequent examination of the tank for the presence of partitions''']]

* If the space inside the tank in the selected location is free, '''drill a ø 35 mm hole using a bimetallic bit'''; When drilling, keep the bit tilted slightly to prevent the cut section from falling into the tank. Use a magnet to catch chips and prevent them from getting into the tank.[[File:Angled drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Drilling a hole at an angle''']]
* [[File:Removing metal part.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Removing a Drilled Disc''']]
* If it is impossible to install the sensor in the geometric center of the tank, try choosing another location as close as possible to the geometric center of the tank; this point should coincide with the place where the height of the tank is maximum. This way you reduce the risk and amplitude of level fluctuations associated with fuel movement while driving.

==== Why should the sensor be mounted in the geometric center of the tank? ====
'''The highest point must be chosen so that the sensor can measure the level of all the fuel inside the tank without any blind spots.'''

The fuel level readings from a sensor installed in the center of the tank will be least affected by movement and fuel overflow in the tank.

If it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank, consider installing two sensors diagonally at two corners. When fuel flows to one side of the tank, the level on the corresponding sensor will rise, and on the opposite side, the level will correspondingly decrease, while the average level will remain unchanged.

[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=T0Pd6TOpuc8&ab_channel=EscortSensors Video example of the importance of installing the sensor at the geometric center of the tank.]
[[File:Sensor position and fuel flow.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Sensor position and fuel flow''']]

{{Warning|1=Before starting the calibration, the vehicle/fuel tank must be positioned flat in relation to the horizon, i.e. on a level surface without a slope.}}
If the tank has an irregular geometric shape, the sensor must be installed at the maximum depth of the tank, closer to the geometric center.
[[File:The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank.png|none|thumb|749x749px|'''The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank''']][[File:Ladder tank.png|frameless|625x625px]]

[[File:Ladder tank I.png|frameless|596x596px]]

===== When installation in the center is impossible - two or more FLS. =====
To increase accuracy and reduce level fluctuations, install two sensors in one tank. This solution is mainly used in tanks with a capacity of more than 600 liters and having a length of 1500 mm. Sensors must not be installed close to the walls of the tank.

Also, two or more sensors should be installed if it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank and (or) the tank has an elongated shape, i.e. The length of the tank is significantly greater than its height.
[[File:Two sensors installed diagonally.png|none|thumb|795x795px|'''Two sensors installed diagonally''']]
'''Note.''' Installing a single sensor in an elongated tank will allow you to detect drains and refills. But increased level fluctuations while driving may not allow the monitoring platform to correctly read fuel consumption. Therefore, installing two sensors is preferable.

=== Installation locations in tanks of complex shapes ===

==== Saddle-Style Fuel Tanks ====
In this case, it is desirable to install two fuel level sensors in the deepest places along the geometric center of the depressions.

[[File:Saddle shape.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape top view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape side view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

==== Cylindrical tank ====
In this case, the sensor must be installed in the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank top view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

===== Long cylindrical tank =====
In the case of elongated cylindrical tanks, to improve readings while driving, it is necessary to install two sensors at an equal distance from the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank long.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank long inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

===== Ladder shape tank =====
If there is a difference in height in the tank and there is no common bed, it may be necessary to install two fuel level sensors.

[[File:Ladder 2 tank.png|frameless|782x782px]]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

====== Ladder shape tank's tank calibration ======
When calibrating, it is necessary to create two tables, one for "'''FLS 1'''" and the second for "'''FLS 2'''"

Let's assume that the calibration step is 10 liters.

At the beginning of calibration, when the fuel is in the "'''Red Zone'''", the level changes will only occur on "'''FLS 2'''", so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 2'''".

When the fuel is in the "'''Yellow Zone'''" changes will occur on both "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''", during this period we record changes in both tables with half a step, that is, we also fill in 10 liters, but we record 5 liters in the table of each sensor.

When the fuel is in the "'''Green Zone'''" the changes will only occur on "'''FLS 1'''" so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 1'''".

On the platform "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''" are started as separate sensors with their own tables and then a third virtual sensor is created with the sum of liters for two sensors, an example of starting two FLS on the platform is shown [https://docs.google.com/document/d/14p9GYmY0D1Wjz0ZfJXO-soVfxRBP7EiY7TgibD6vmZQ/edit?usp=sharing in this instruction.]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank calibration.png|frameless|750x750px]]

=== Preparing the sensor ===

==== Preparing the sensor tubes ====
Before calibrating the sensor, you should '''determine the future length''' of the measuring tubes in accordance with the height of the tank and '''cut or extend them'''. The length of the tubes should be calculated according to the following formula:

'''L = H - 15 mm,'''

where L - tubes length after changing the length

and

H - height of the tank at the installation point.
{{Warning|1=The minimum length of the tubes should not be less than 15 cm (150 mm). Otherwise, it will most likely not be possible to obtain adequate graphics. The maximum length of the tubes can reach 6m.}}

[[File:Measuring height of the tank.png|none|thumb|780x780px|'''Measuring height of the tank''']]
[[File:Measuring tubes length.png|none|thumb|772x772px|'''Measuring the length of tubes''']]
Use a hacksaw to cut the tubes. When sawing, be careful not to damage the connection of the tubes to the circuit board inside the sensor head and to prevent metal shavings from falling into the tubes.
[[File:Cutting the tubes.gif|none|thumb|600x600px|'''Cutting the tubes''']]
'''Avoid getting shavings inside the tubes - this may lead to a short circuit in the sensor; if this happens, blow the tubes with compressed air through the drainage holes under the sensor flange.''' Sand the edges of the tubes with sandpaper to remove any burrs or irregularities.

To extend sensor tubing, use a collet extension and an additional tube.Inner nuts (yellow elements) are used to connect the inner tubes.
[[File:Collet connection.png|none|thumb|753x753px|'''Collet connection''']]
Once they are installed and the studs are screwed into them, the tubes do not have to touch each other, but try to get them as close to each other as possible.
[[File:Internal connection of the collet connection.png|none|thumb|748x748px|'''Internal connection of the collet connection''']]
The outer coupling and the corresponding nuts must be securely tightened. '''The outer tubes should touch each other.'''
[[File:Collet connection installed.png|none|thumb|750x750px|'''Collet connection installed''']]
[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b_WtOHzKtDM Watch this video on our YouTube channel for a real-time overview of the connection.]

=== Connection dimensions ===
[[File:Dimenstions TD 150.png|none|thumb|459x459px|'''Connection dimensions of the wired FLS''']]

== Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator%20for%20WinXP.zip?v=300721140058 the configurator on a PC] ==

=== Installation of the configurator and connection to the sensor ===
The sensor can be configured using the '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator%20for%20WinXP.zip?v=300721140058 configurator on PC] version 2.7.1''' (hereinafter referred to as “'''configurator'''”).

If you get an error when running configurator 2.7.1, you need to install [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/other/Component_registration.zip?v=270519154439 additional Microsoft libraries.]

After starting the installation of components, you must wait for the message that the installation is complete, this may take a long time on some computers.

[[File:Runtimepack installation.png|frameless]]

'''Connect the sensor to the USB-RS-485 converter using a 6-pin MOLEX connector''' or using cable clamps if a cable route is connected to the sensor. Orange wire is line A of the RS-485 sensor interface, white wire is line B of the RS-485 sensor interface, black wire is GND, red is PWR.
[[File:Sensor connected via MOLEX.png|none|thumb|759x759px|'''Sensor connected via MOLEX''']]
[[File:Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps.png|none|thumb|758x758px|'''Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps''']]
We recommend using our Escort C200M/C200M2 USB-RS-485 converter, since we cannot guarantee 100% compatibility of our devices with converters from other brands.

When working with a laptop, we recommend connecting it to the power supply and/or connecting an additional USB cable to the ADD connector of the PWR C200M. Otherwise, there may not be enough power to operate the sensor and transmitter.

Along with installing the configurator 1.0.2.38, the drivers for the C200M will be installed automatically.

If you use C200M2 on Windows 10 and 11 operating systems, drivers should be installed automatically from Windows Update, on the Windows 7 operating system and below, you may need to disable the electronic signature of drivers and manually install drivers for the С200M2.

If the driver was installed correctly, then after connecting the converter to your PC/laptop, you will see the STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port ('''1''')(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A ('''2''')(C200M2) device in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager " to enter this menu, press '''win+r''' and enter '''devmgmt.msc''' and press '''OK''' ('''3''') and then expand the com ports submenu ('''4''')"

The com port number displayed in this menu is also needed to connect the sensor.

[[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|830x830px]]

After connecting the inverter, the sensor to it and checking the installation of drivers with checking the com port number of the inverter it is necessary to open the configurator, select the necessary com port which we could find out in the device manager(1) and press the button '''Open port'''(2).

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator.jpg|frameless|823x823px]]

After opening the port, connect the sensor to the transmitter and click '''Search for sensors'''

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator Connection.jpg|frameless|818x818px]]
{{Note|1=The connection to the FLS should be made within 15 seconds after the sensor has been connected to power, if the sensor operating mode has been changed from RS-485 to any other.}}
After connecting the sensor, you should see this menu:

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator data.jpg|frameless|800x800px]]

# Sensor serial number
# Sensor firmware version (FW)
# Current value “Empty”
# Current value “Full”
# Network address of the sensor being polled (This address is used for RS-485 and RS-232 mode connections)
# Current CNT level (raw level value) of the sensor
# Current sensor level
# Sensor temperature
# Current sensor operating mode
# Additional sensor settings such as: Master mode, range (1024 il 4096), angle transmission redim.
# Current degree of filtration

=== Sensor calibration ===
[[File:TD-600 calibration PC example.gif|frameless|600x600px]]

After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes - you must perform a sensor calibration procedure.

To do this you need:

* Insert the centralizer into the tubes
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by covering the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes by turning the sensor upside down or immersing the sensor tubes completely in fuel)
* Wait for CNT level to stabilize (1)
* Click “'''Set Current level'''” (2) opposite “Full”
* The value “'''Full'''”(3) should change to a value close to the current CNT value (1), but not equal to it, because this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator Level .jpg|frameless|798x798px]]
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|517x517px|'''Centralizer''']]
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Centralizer at the end of the tubes''']]
<gallery widths="350" heights="300">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)'''
</gallery>

* Empty the tubes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the tubes
* Wait for CNT to stabilize ('''1''')
* Click “'''Set Current level'''” (2) opposite “Empty”
* The value "'''Empty'''" (3) should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT (1), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:2.7.1 configurator Full.jpg|frameless|872x872px]]

* The sensor level should display as 1, the sensor calibration process is complete.

Thus, CNT should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the Empty calibration value to the Full calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]
{{Warning|1=Unblock the drainage holes after calibration!}}
[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|759x759px]]

=== Setting the calibration value Full and Empty manually ===
We do not recommend using this functionality, but you can set the Full and Empty calibration values manually to save time when you are using sensors of the same length in the same tanks.
{{Warning|1=Setting calibration values manually will most likely increase the sensor error! We do not recommend doing this!}}
To do this, enter the calibration values Full and Empty of the previously calibrated sensor into the corresponding fields in the configurator and click “Set” against “Empty” and “Full”

[[File:2.7.1 Manual set .jpg|frameless|835x835px]]

=== Setting the mode, range and network address ===

==== Setting the mode ====
Under '''Modes''' (1), you can switch between the sensor's operating modes. The mode name is the same as the interface used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS tracker.

Check the desired mode and press '''Set''' (2).

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator mode set.jpg|frameless|835x835px]]

- '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the tracker's RS-485 interface. The tracker must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The tracker must be able to poll sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol'''. On sensors with a serial number higher than '''26339 RS-485 and''' '''RS-232 work in parallel.'''

- '''Analog mode''' is used when the sensor is connected to the analog input of the tracker (AIN), which can receive a signal from the sensor '''in the range of ≈0.2V ... ≈5.0V'''

- '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS tracker to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''

- '''Impulse mode''' should be used when the sensor is connected to the impulse input of the tracker.

- '''Active RS485 mode''' should be used if the tracker has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently poll the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.

'''- R232 mode''' should be used if the tracker has an RS-232connection interface(input Rx and Tx); On sensors with a serial number higher than '''26339 RS-485 and''' '''RS-232 work in parallel.'''

In this mode, the sensor waits for a request from the tracker via the LLS protocol, e.g:
* '''3101066C''' is a request for information about the fuel level and temperature of the sensor with network number 1 (Sensor ID in RS-232 mode);
* '''3E0106110100010030''' sensor response to the above request; 11 – temperature in HEX (17°C), 01 00 – level 00 01 HEX (reverse byte order, 1501 is 0115 converts to 276); the rest of the bytes are not informative, except for the last one, which is the checksum CRC-8 MAXIM;
* If the sensor does not receive such requests within 10 sec, it starts sending its readings in ASCII format, for example '''F=С0F2 t=11 N=0001.0 <CR><LF>''') F is CNT, t is temperature, N is level, all in HEX.

[[File:TD-600 data examples.jpg|frameless|919x919px]]

==== Setting the range ====
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, RS-232, Active RS-485 or Frequency modes, you can select a range of 1-1023 or 1-4095 (1) . In frequency mode, the range will be 300Hz to 1323Hz or 300Hz to 4395Hz.

After changing the range, press “'''Set'''” (2).

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator range set.jpg|frameless|835x835px]]

The range 1-1023 is most often used for sensors that are shorter than 1 meter. However, if it is a stationary tank with a small height, while the length and width are greater than 2-3 meters, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.

==== Setting the network address ====
The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (gps tracker).
{{Warning|1=There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.}}
To change the network address, enter a new address in the range of 0-255, click “'''Change Network Address'''” (1), enter the new address (2), click “'''OK'''”(3), then you need to “'''Search for Sensors'''”(4), to connect to the sensor with the new address.

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator Network address changes.jpg|frameless|835x835px]]

=== Additional options ===

==== Master mode ====
The TD-600 sensor also has an additional master mode in which the TD-600 polls up to 7 connected sensors (slaves) via RS-485 using the LLS protocol and transmits its and their data in ASCII format in the active mode via RS-232

Example of information output by a sensor with 2 connected slaves:

'''t_0=11;N_0=0001.0;t_1=15;N_1=02D8.0;t_2=FFFFFFBF;N_2=0025.0'''

where t_* is temperature in HEX

11 is 17°C, 15 is 21°C, '''FFFFFFBF''' is a negative value, the first 6 digits can be ignored BF is 191 so the value is -65°C via the following formula x-256.

N_* is level in HEX

0001 is 1, 02D8 is 728, 0025 is 37

The digit after the number means the slave number, 0 is the data of TD-600 itself, 1-7 are the slave numbers.

To enable the master mode, check the '''Master mode''' checkbox and click '''Set mode'''.

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator master mode.jpg|frameless|449x449px]]

To set up connection between TD-600 Master and slave sensors, check '''S1 ... S7 lines''' and enter network addresses of each slave sensor in the '''Net_Num''' field. Set an individual network address for each slave sensor in the settings of both the master and the slave itself and then click '''Set'''.

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator master sensors.jpg|frameless|765x765px]]

==== Angle measurement ====
Sometimes monitoring platforms may detect false drains and refueling while the vehicle is moving.

To solve this problem, you can use readings of the accelerometer built into the TD-600 sensor.

For this purpose, select RS-485 only (this function will not work in Periodic RS-485 mode or in any other mode) The main network address of the sensor must be different from 255.

Check the ''''Angle'''<nowiki/>' box (1) in the '''Modes''' section of the configurator. Then, click '''Set''' (2) first and then '''Search for sensors'''.

In this mode the tilt angle will be transmitted to the next from the main address of the sensor.

Press '''Horizon''' (3) to calibrate the tilt zero.

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator angle settings.jpg|frameless|816x816px]]

=== Tank calibration ===
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''Installing the sensor inside the tank'''
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''Screwing the self-tapping screws'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports.

In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the tank calibration menu in the application.

Suppose you need to calibrate a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.

To do this you should:
* Connect sensor Make sure that the filtration is set to “No” (1). Filtration slows down the level calculation and can increase the tank calibration time. Create an Excel table. Save it in .csv format. The first row of the table should look like this:[[File:First line in tank calibration table Excel.png|frameless|393x393px]] You can also create a text file on your PC/Phone or manually record calibration
* Select whether calibration is performed by filling or draining. The Filling method is recommended as it is more accurate. If you select the Drain method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.
* Select portion size

{{Warning|1=Portion volume is not the number of portions! This is the number of liters/gallons in each portion! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be divided into 10 portions, the portion size would be 30L.}}

* Start calibrating the tank by pouring portions into the tank or emptying the tank for a given portion and recording the level in the table after it has stabilized

An example of calibration by filling in portions of 10 liters and imagine that in this case there are 10 liters in the tank that cannot be removed and when the sensor is placed in the tank it immediately shows the value 115 instead of 1.

[[File:Tank calibration first portion.png|frameless]][[File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|frameless|356x356px]]

You add the first portion of fuel to the tank. The level should change from 115 to some other value. If the level does not change, check the sensor drain holes. They may be blocked by electrical tape, which must be removed after the sensor has been calibrated. If the holes are blocked, the air inside the tubes will prevent fuel from getting inside the tubes.

[[File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|frameless|447x447px]]

Next, add the following row to your table.

[[File:Wired Extended table.png|frameless]]

Continue this until the tank is full.

However, if there are bends or other irregularities in the shape of the tank, the volume of fuel portions should be reduced until the fuel level is above the irregularly shaped section of the tank. After overcoming such a section, you should return to the original portion volume.

Assume that you do the tank calibration in portions of 10 liters as before. The level rises to an area with a complex shape.

[[File:Tank calibration complex shape.png|frameless|512x512px]]

You reduce the serving size from 10 to 5 liters. And continue adding portions until you overcome the area with a complex shape.

[[File:Complex shaped tank next step.png|frameless|500x500px]]

When the level is above the problem area, you can return to the original serving volume of 10 liters.

Once the tank is full, you will have a calibration chart like the following example.

[[File:Tank is full.png|frameless]][[File:Filled tank calibration table.png|frameless]]

If in your case the level does not reach 1023 or 4095 because the tank cannot be filled completely, do not worry about it. It is acceptable that your table would end up like the following example, even though the sensor range is 1-1023.
[[File:Table for tank that can't be filled completely.png|none|thumb|'''Table for a tank that cannot be filled 100%''']]

The number of servings depends on the capacity of the tank. See the table with our recommendations below.
{| class="wikitable"
| colspan="3" |'''Recommended number and portion size for calibrating the tank'''
|-
|'''Tank volume'''
|'''Number of portions'''
|'''Volume of each portion'''
'''(Tank Volume / Number of portions)'''
|-
|'''0-60'''
|'''10-20'''
|'''3-4'''
|-
|'''61-100'''
|'''12-20'''
|'''5'''
|-
|'''101-500'''
|'''10-50'''
|'''10'''
|-
|'''501-1000'''
|'''20-50'''
|'''20'''
|-
|'''Over 1000'''
| colspan="2" |'''As per your capabilities. The rule of thumb is that the larger the portions and smaller the volume, the more accurate the data will be'''
|}
The '''rule of thumb''': more portions means more accurate reports on the monitoring platform.

You can create a table on your platform by loading it from a file or by entering values manually.
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box''']]

=== Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs ===
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains unchanged.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Example of FLS 1 calibration table''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|461x461px|'''Example of FLS 2 calibration table''']]

=== Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length ===
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains unchanged.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''Example of FLS 1 calibration table''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''Example of FLS 2 calibration table''']]

=== Filtration ===
Once the tank calibration is complete, select the desired filtration degree (1) and press “Set mode” (2)

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator Filtration.jpg|frameless|775x775px]]

Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:

==== Recommended filtration level for wired FLS ====
{| class="wikitable"
|'''0-1'''
|'''Stationary units'''
|-
|'''2-6'''
|'''Vehicles on high or medium quality roads'''
|-
|'''7-12'''
|'''Agricultural machinery units'''
|-
|'''13-15'''
|'''Heavy-duty machinery'''
|}
General tips for installing filtration:

* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration
* You only need to set the median filter type
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|807x807px|'''Example before enabling filtering and after.''']]

=== Setting and removing a password ===
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.

To do this:
* Click on the “Set Password” button(1), in the menu that opens you can enter a password consisting of numbers(2) and click “OK”(3) '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0'''.
* [[File:2.7.1 Configurator password.jpg|frameless|868x868px]]

{{Warning|1=Please note that the password reset procedure can be very time-consuming. We recommend that you take a responsible approach in setting your password and saving it.}}
To remove the password on the sensor

* Enter the password in the “'''Enter Password'''” menu
* Click set password and enter password 0

'''Attention!''' No password is set on the sensor by default! If you have connected a sensor and a password has already been set on the sensor, please contact technical support.

== Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via a [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config mobile application on Android] ==

=== Connection to the sensor ===
Wired sensors can be connected to a smartphone to the [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Escort Configurator app]. For this you will need:

* Smartphone running Android operating system with OTG technology support
* RS-485 - USB converter, for example, Escort C200m2
* USB-OTG adapter for connecting the converter to a smartphone

'''Attention! You cannot update the FW of the sensor through an application on a smartphone; this can only be done using a computer and the Bootloader program'''

By connecting the sensor to your smartphone you can:

* calibrate the sensor
* change filtering level
* change network address
* select the sensor operating mode
* select measurement range (1023 or 4095)
* set or change password
* calibrate the tank
[[File:Wired phone connection.png|none|thumb|500x500px|'''Diagram of sensor connection to the phone''']]
[[File:Wired phone connection with add. power.png|none|thumb|498x498px|'''Diagram of sensor connection to telephone with additional power supply''']]
* Connect the sensor to your smartphone according to the diagram
* Check that the converter is turned on (there is a power indication), on some models the OTG mode must be enabled manually in the phone settings
* [[File:OTG mode in OPPO phones.png|none|thumb|'''Example of enabling OTG mode on OPPO smartphones''']]
* Select the RS-485 tab ('''1''')
* Select Fuel level sensor ('''2''')
[[File:Wired mobile app main page.png|frameless]]
* When connecting for the first time, the phone should ask for access to the converter, click OK
[[File:Providing access to the C200M2.png|none|thumb|'''Providing access to the C200M2 in the app''']]
* If such a request does not appear and the sensor is not detected, try connecting additional power to the sensor according to the connection diagram, also check that the power indication on the converter is active and that the OTG mode is enabled on the smartphone
* If, after asking for permission, you receive the error “Unable to connect the device,” this is normal. Just select the fuel level sensor again.
* [[File:Error mobile connection.jpg|none|thumb|'''Error failed to connect device after requesting permission''']]
* If you are using a C200M inverter, you can connect an additional power supply to the inverter. To do this, you need to take a power supply for charging your smartphone with a microUSB connector and connect it to the C200M using the ADD PWR connector
* Once connected successfully, you will see the main screen of the sensor.
[[File:Wired mobile data page.png|frameless]]

# Sensor serial number
# Sensor firmware version (FW)
# Sensor temperature
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)
# Current sensor operating mode
# Current filtration type and level
# Current sensor level
# Connected sensor model

=== Sensor calibration ===
After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.

To do this you need:
* Go to the '''"Settings"''' menu

[[File:Wired mobile settings button.png|frameless|688x688px]]

* Insert the centralizer into the tubes
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by sealing the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes, turning the sensor upside down, or submerging the sensor tubes completely in fuel)
* Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''2''')
* Deselect the '''"Calibration without fuel"''' slider ('''1''')
* Press '''"Full"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Full"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''2'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired mobile settings page.png|frameless|456x456px]]
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|546x546px|'''Centrator''']]
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Centrator on the tubes''']]
<gallery widths="350" heights="300">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)'''
</gallery>

* Empty the tubes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the tubes
* Wait for CNT to stabilize ('''2''')
* Click '''"Empty"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Empty"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''2'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Mobile configurator Empty set.jpg|frameless]]

Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]
{{Warning|1=Unlock the drainage holes after calibration!}}
[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|726x726px]]

=== Calibration without fuel ===
An alternative calibration option is calibration without fuel.

In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty, there is no fuel in them, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch ('''1''') active ('''green''') and press '''"Calibrate"''' ('''2''') . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.

[[File:Wired calibration with fuel mobile.png|frameless]]

If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.

Initially there are two measurement ranges:
* From 1 to 1023
* From 1 to 4095

The sensor never sends a value of 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is displayed.

'''When calibrating without fuel, since the sensor does not know what fuel will be used, the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''

'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''

'''We recommend, if possible, calibration with fuel.'''

=== Setting the mode, range and network address ===

==== Setting the mode ====
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS tracker

Go to Settings

[[File:Wired mobile settings button.png|frameless]]

Select the mode you need('''1''') and press '''“Set parameters”'''('''2''')

[[File:TD-600 mobile mode.jpg|frameless]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless]]

- '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the tracker's RS-485 interface. The tracker must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The tracker must be able to poll sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol'''. On sensors with a serial number higher than '''26339 RS-485 and''' '''RS-232 work in parallel.'''

- '''Analog mode''' is used when the sensor is connected to the analog input of the tracker (AIN), which can receive a signal from the sensor '''in the range of ≈0.2V ... ≈5.0V'''

- '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS tracker to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''

- '''Impulse mode''' should be used when the sensor is connected to the impulse input of the tracker.

- '''Active RS485 mode''' should be used if the tracker has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently poll the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.

'''- R232 mode''' should be used if the tracker has an RS-232connection interface(input Rx and Tx); On sensors with a serial number higher than '''26339 RS-485 and''' '''RS-232 work in parallel.'''

In this mode, the sensor waits for a request from the tracker via the LLS protocol, e.g:

* '''3101066C''' is a request for information about the fuel level and temperature of the sensor with network number 1 (Sensor ID in RS-232 mode);
* '''3E0106110100010030''' sensor response to the above request; 11 – temperature in HEX (17°C), 01 00 – level 00 01 HEX (reverse byte order, 1501 is 0115 converts to 276); the rest of the bytes are not informative, except for the last one, which is the checksum CRC-8 MAXIM;
* If the sensor does not receive such requests within 10 sec, it starts sending its readings in '''ASCII''' format, for example '''F=С0F2 t=11 N=0001.0 <CR><LF>''') F is CNT, t is temperature, N is level, all in HEX.

[[File:TD-600 data examples.jpg|frameless|919x919px]]

==== Setting the range ====
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz''' or '''300Hz to 4395Hz'''.

After changing the range, press '''“Set parameters”''' ('''2''').

[[File:Wired setting range mobile.png|frameless|413x413px]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless|845x845px]]

'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, then the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.

==== Setting the network address ====
The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (gps tracker).
{{Warning|1=There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.}}
To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Network address”''' field ('''1''') and click “'''Set parameters'''” ('''2''')

[[File:Wired setting address.png|frameless|488x488px]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless|845x845px]]

=== Tank calibration ===

==== Master mode ====
The TD-600 sensor also has an additional master mode in which the TD-600 polls up to 7 connected sensors (slaves) via RS-485 using the LLS protocol and transmits its and their data in ASCII format in the active mode via RS-232

Example of information output by a sensor with 2 connected slaves:

'''t_0=11;N_0=0001.0;t_1=15;N_1=02D8.0;t_2=FFFFFFBF;N_2=0025.0'''

where t_* is temperature in HEX

11 is 17°C, 15 is 21°C, '''FFFFFFBF''' is a negative value, the first 6 digits can be ignored BF is 191 so the value is -65°C via the following formula x-256.

N_* is level in HEX

0001 is 1, 02D8 is 728, 0025 is 37

The digit after the number means the slave number, 0 is the data of TD-600 itself, 1-7 are the slave numbers.

To activate the wizard mode, go to the “'''Master Mode'''” menu

[[File:TD-600 master mode mobile.jpg|frameless]]

Check “'''Master Mode'''” and enable the required number of slaves and specify their addresses, they must be different from each other and from the sensor address. And then click “'''Set'''”

[[File:TD-600 master settings mobile.jpg|frameless]]

==== Angle measurement ====
Sometimes monitoring platforms may detect false drains and refueling while the vehicle is moving.

To solve this problem, you can use readings of the accelerometer built into the TD-600 sensor.

For this purpose, select '''RS-485 only (this function will not work in Periodic RS-485 mode or in any other mode)''' The main network address of the sensor must be different from 255.

In this mode the tilt angle will be transmitted to the next from the main address of the sensor.

To enable tilt angle transmission, go to “'''Additional features'''”

[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless]]

Enable the switch '''"Transmit angle"'''

To calibrate the tilt zero, you must press “'''Set 0'''”

[[File:TD-600 angle set mobile.jpg|frameless]]

=== Tank calibration ===
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''Installing the sensor inside the tank'''
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''Tightening screws'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports.

In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the tank calibration menu in the application.

Suppose you need to calibrate a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.

To do this, you should connect the sensor and go to settings and check that the filtering is set to 0.

Filtration slows down level calculations and can increase tank calibration time.

Then go to the tank calibration menu

[[File:TD-600 tank calibration mobile.jpg|frameless]]

Then, you can click '''Start''' to create a new table, or click '''Resume''' to select an existing table from your smartphone memory and continue working with it. If you click '''Resume''', you will need to locate the table file on your Android device that you created/downloaded earlier. Select another folder using the Main Menu button ('''1''') or using the drop-down menu ('''2'''). Select the table and click on it ('''3''')<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration page.jpg|'''Start or Continue tank calibration'''
File:Folder search numbered.png|'''Selecting a tank calibration table file for resuming the tank calibration'''
</gallery>If you click Start, you will also need to select the folder in which the table will be saved ('''2''') and click the button to select it ('''3''')
[[File:Start tank calibration folder wired.png|none|thumb|'''Selecting a folder and creating a new tank calibration file''']]
Then, you can select the '''Fill''' or '''Drain''' method ('''1, 2'''). The '''Fill''' method is recommended as it is more accurate.

If you select the Drain method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.

Next, give the table file a name ('''3''') and set the portion size ('''4''').
{{Warning|1=Serving volume is not the number of servings! This is the number of liters/gallons in each serving! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be packaged into 10 servings, the serving size would be 30 L.}}
After this, click Continue ('''5''').<gallery widths="400" heights="600">
File:Tank calibration filling.png|'''Selection of tank calibration method, table name, portion size'''
File:Tank calibration draining.png|'''Selection of drain tank calibration method, selection of fuel volume in the tank'''
</gallery>After this, you will have a table in which the first row will be 0 liters and level 1. <gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration first line.jpg|'''First tank calibration line. 0 liters-gallons and level 1'''
</gallery>You can always pause tank calibration and resume it.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration.png|'''Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration'''
File:Resuming tank calibration.jpg|'''Resuming tank calibration'''
</gallery>The table is saved automatically after you click the '''+''' button.

Next, you should add the first portion of fuel to the tank. Once the level changes ('''3''') and is displayed as Stable ('''4'''), press the '''+''' button ('''1''').

In this example, level ('''3''') does not change because during the work on this manual we did not have fuel to carry out a real calibration of the tank. In your case, the level should change (if the fuel touches the tubes) and be Stable before you press the + button.

The following line ('''2''') will appear. The value in the Fuel column will increase according to the Step size ('''5''') you specified when you created the table or when you last modified it ('''3''').<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''Adding the first portion to the tank'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''Adding a tank calibration line'''
</gallery>You can also change any line by pressing and holding it for some time, after which a dialog box will appear. This way you can correct possible errors.
[[File:Editing a tank calibration line.jpg|none|thumb|483x483px|'''Editing a tank calibration line''']]
If you press a line and hold it and swipe left, it will be deleted.

[[File:Tank calibration GIF.gif|frameless]]

Then, add the next portion of fuel to the tank. Wait for the level to change and stabilize, then press the '''+''' button ('''1'''). Continue this until the tank is full.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|'''Adding a second portion to the tank'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''Adding a tank calibration line'''
</gallery>

=== What to do if it is not possible to completely empty the tank? ===
If you cannot completely empty the tank, you should somehow calculate the amount of fuel that is in the tank. After this, you can manually edit the table so that it looks like the example below. Or simply edit the table file before you upload it to the monitoring platform.

Let's assume that there are already 10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed, so when you place the sensor in the tank, it will immediately begin to show the level of 115, instead of 1.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed'''
File:Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank.jpg|'''Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank'''
</gallery>Next, you can add the next portion to the tank. The level value should change. If the level does not change, check the drain holes. They may be blocked by duct tape that you may have used while calibrating the sensor or by pieces of sealing compound.

If this happens, the air trapped inside the tubes prevents the fuel from rising.
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box''']]

=== Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs ===
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|462x462px|'''Example of FLS 1 tank calibration table''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|415x415px|'''Example of FLS 2 tank calibration table''']]

=== Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length ===
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. '''IMPORTANT''': it is necessary to reduce the portion '''only''' in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''Example of FLS 1 calibration table''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''Example of FLS 2 calibration table''']]

=== Filtration ===
After tank calibration is completed, select the required '''“Filtration”''' ('''1''') and click '''“Set parameters”''' ('''2''')

[[File:Wired filtration setting mobile.png|frameless]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless]]

Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:

==== Recommended filtration level for wired FLS ====
{| class="wikitable"
|'''0-1'''
|'''Stationary units'''
|-
|'''2-6'''
|'''Vehicles on high or medium quality roads'''
|-
|'''7-12'''
|'''Agricultural machinery units'''
|-
|'''13-15'''
|'''Heavy-duty machinery'''
|}
General tips for installing filtration:

* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration
* Only median filtering type should be set
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|766x766px|'''Example before enabling filtering and after.''']]

=== Setting and deleting a password ===
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.

To do this:
* Go to the '''"Additional Features"''' menu

[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless]]

* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click '''“Install”'''. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''

[[File:Wired set password mobile.jpg|frameless]]

{{Warning|1=Please note that the password reset procedure can be very time-consuming. We recommend that you take a responsible approach in setting your password and saving it.}}
To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure

* Go to the '''"Additional Features"''' menu

[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless]]

* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you lose your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click '''“Remove”'''

[[File:Wired remove password mobile.jpg|frameless]]

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

== Connecting the sensor to the GPS tracker ==

=== Connection diagrams ===
In order to connect the sensor to the GPS tracker and to the power source, use the diagram presented below.

[[File:TD-600 RS-485.png|frameless|512x512px]]

[[File:TD-600 RS-232.png|frameless|501x501px]]

[[File:TD-600 Frequency.png|frameless|512x512px]]

[[File:TD-600 analog.png|frameless|512x512px]]

== Sensor and cable sealing ==

=== Sealing sensor of the current design ===
You will need a sensor protective cover and a seal from the kit.<gallery widths="300" heights="300">
File:Protective cover for wired FLS.png|'''Protective cover for wired FLS'''
File:New design seal.png|'''Seal TD-150'''
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head
[[File:Wired FLS with protective cover.png|none|thumb|451x451px|'''Wired FLS with protective cover''']]
Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outwards''')

<gallery widths="400" heights="400">
File:Installing a seal on a wired FLS.png|'''Installing a seal on a wired FLS'''
File:Installed seal on the wired FLS.png|'''Installed seal on a wired FLS'''
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw the special key from the kit into it (you can also use any self-tapping screw of a suitable size) and pull it towards you.
[[File:Removal of the seal of the wired FLS.png|none|thumb|461x461px|'''Removal of the seal of the wired FLS''']]
[[File:Seal after removal.png|none|thumb|'''Seal after removal''']]
Thus, it will be impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.

==== Alternative sealing of a current design sensor ====
Also included with the sensor of the current design is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.

* It is necessary to pass the cable through the hole in the sensor cover
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 1.png|frameless|457x457px]]

* Pass both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 2.png|frameless|460x460px]]

* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing on the protruding part
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 3.png|frameless]]

=== Sealing sensor of the former design ===
[[File:Sealing sensor of the former design.png|frameless|512x512px]]

=== Cable sealing ===
To seal the sensor connector, insert a plastic seal into the special hole on the sensor connector

[[File:Wire sealing.png|frameless|493x493px]]

== Updating the sensor firmware ==
'''[https://docs.google.com/document/d/16KhS0ZV5Hrb44J66LmGOy7Gy2TKcuEqU/edit?usp=sharing&ouid=116383505004193584732&rtpof=true&sd=true Firmware update instructions]'''

'''You can find the latest firmware version in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td600 downloads section of our website]'''

== Common problems and solutions ==

=== Level 7000 ===
Level 7000 is an error code Short circuit. This indicates that there is dirt, water, chips or other impurities in the tubes. All of these can be highly conductive, while the sensor is designed to work with dielectrics such as fuel.

You should clean the sensor tubes preferably by flushing them with the clean fuel and blowing them through the drain holes with compressed air.

If this error occurred after the start of operation of the sensor, it means that most likely these impurities got into the sensor tubes from the tank and in this case it is also needed to ensure that the tank itself doesn't contain any contaminations. Clean the tank, if necessary. Note that a fuel level sensor installed outside a contaminated tank may function correctly, but the same sensor installed in such a tank may generate this error code.

=== Level 6500 ===
This code may indicate that the tubes have lost contact. This error code may be generated immediately after cutting the tubes. In this case, simply calibrate the sensor.

If this does not help, check the CNT. If the CNT is below 10,000, it is very likely that the tubes are not in contact with the sensor board.

Take a photo of the sensor head (the sensor serial number should be visible), its tubes (the correspondence or discrepancy of the tubes length should be clearly visible), take a screenshot of the main screen of the sensor and the '''Settings''' menu page in the application and send these data to tech support.

=== The sensor does not connect or is not recognized in the application ===
If the sensor does not connect to the configurator, do the following:

* Make sure that the correct COM port number is selected and that drivers and libraries are installed (STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port (1)(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A (2)(C200M2) in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager "to enter this menu, press win+r and enter devmgmt.msc and press OK (3) and then expand the com ports submenu (4)"
* [[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|691x691px]]
* [[File:Com ports selection.png|frameless|697x697px]]
* If possible, connect another sensor that is sure to work; if it connects, then there are no problems with the COM port or converter

* Connect another USB cable to the C200M (ADD PWR connector); check if the USB cable is working
* If another converter is used, ensure that sufficient power is supplied to the sensor (12 volts is optimal)
* When connecting the sensor, press Search for sensors within 15 seconds after power is applied to the sensor
* If the above does not help, reflash the FW of the sensor
* If you cannot complete the firmware, contact our technical support

=== Checking the connection between the sensor and the tracker via RS-485 ===
If the sensor, for some reason, after you have configured everything correctly, does not transmit data to the tracker, you need to find out whether data is being exchanged between devices.

To do this, connect the sensor to the tracker via RS-485. Connect power to both devices.

After that, take the RS-485-USB converter and connect it between the sensor and the tracker as shown below:

For RS-485, lines A and B of the converter must be connected to lines A and B of the sensor
[[File:RS-485 Logging Connections .png|none|thumb|585x585px|'''RS-485 Logging Connections''']]
Run [https://drive.google.com/file/d/10i7v4TZ9-JDJYPAh-9JSh4x6vkM93BVV/view?usp=sharing terminal.exe] and configure the COM port as shown below:

Baud rate – 19200, Parity – None, Stop-bits – 1, Handshaking – None

Also, check HEX or ASCII depending on the format in which information from the sensor will be transmitted. For all sensors except the TD-600 configured in RS-232 mode, you must select HEX.

After connecting the converter correctly, select the COM port and click Connect. If the sensor is polled by the tracker and responds, then everything is in order.
[[File:Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485.png|none|thumb|529x529px|'''Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485''']]
If there is no communication between the two devices, try polling the sensor manually.

To do this, enter the request '''31$01$06$6C''' for the sensor with network address 1 and click '''Send'''
[[File:Sending a request to the sensor.png|none|thumb|528x528px|'''Sending a request to the sensor''']]
The structure of the request depends on the network address of the sensor. If you change the sensor address to 255, for example, then the request would look like this

'''31$FF$06$29'''

'''FF''' - 255 in HEX

'''29''' - '''CRC''' checksum calculated for a specific request

In order to calculate the checksum, you can go to the '''[https://crccalc.com/ crccalc]''' website and enter your request without the '''$''' sign, select HEX, CRC-8/MAXIM and click Calc CRC-8
[[File:CRC calculation for address 255.png|none|thumb|595x595px|'''CRC calculation for address 255''']]
If the sensor is polled by the tracker and responds, then everything is in order.

If the sensor does not respond to the tracker, but responds to a request you send manually, you should check your tracker's RS-485 ports.

If the sensor does not respond to anything, the standard FLS diagnostic procedure should be carried out.

== Description of the LLS protocol ==
The protocol is described in this [https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1maRSrToEaYtOP0sQz69Qq3e0iA0dBRos/edit?usp=drive_link&ouid=113197106569288024895&rtpof=true&sd=true document]

Example of a request and response for 1 network address:

Request: '''''31 01 06 6C'''''

Response from sensor: '''''3E 01 06 19 01 00 92 5D BE'''''

== Purpose of contacts and wires ==
[[File:Pinout TD-600.jpg|frameless|834x834px]]

== Remote control of FLS Escort ==
At the moment, Navtelecom and GlonassSoft trackers have the ability to configure wired Escort FLS by remotely connecting to the gps tracker without using the above commands. This can be done according to these instructions:

'''[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qmU9DQCO4Fc Smart and Signal, built-in configurator]'''

'''[https://youtu.be/JJZl-EsrUoQ Smart and Signal by creating commands in the configurator]'''

'''[https://youtu.be/rFzWX8E97Bg UMKa]'''

It is also possible to send commands via SMS commands to tracker.

At the moment, we know that the remote control function is supported by trackers of the Smart and Signal family produced by Navtelecom (Signal, Smart), Technocom (AvtoGRAPH) and GlonassSoft (UMKa). Transmission of commands to the sensor is possible only in RS-485 operating mode.

First you need to open the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 PC configurator Escort]; The converter and/or tracker must be disconnected from the computer. In the '''Service''' tab, click on the '''Remote control''' option.

[[File:Remote control Settings.png|frameless|632x632px]]

A window for generating commands for sending will open:

[[File:Remote control Settings menu.jpg|frameless|586x586px]]

Here you need:

# Choose what type of commandd to generate
# Specify the current network address of the sensor to which the command will be sent
# Specify the parameters that need to be changed by this command
# Click on the '''Generate''' button
# Then you need to send the selected part of the command via the tracker configurator or by SMS message to the number of the current SIM card of this GPS tracker

ATTENTION: if a password is set on the sensor, you must first send a command to enter the password, and then the command that you need.

[[File:Command generation.png|frameless|651x651px]]

To decrypt the response to the sent command, you need:

# Copy that part of the response from the tracker that begins with '''3E01...''', and paste it into the input/output field in the ''Remote control'' tab of the Escort configurator
# Click on '''Decode reply'''

[[File:Command decode process.png|frameless|649x649px]]

[[File:Decoded command information.jpg|frameless|648x648px]]

== Useful links ==
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-600/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-600.pdf?v=101024180549 Technical data sheet of the device]'''
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-600/#active Product page]'''
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td600 Download materials]'''

{{Next|prev=TD-150-BLE|prev-text=TD-150 BLE|next=TD-500}}

TD-150

2026-10-15T07:21:07Z

RINAT: Links: Google Play app ae.esensor.config; product pages on escortsensors.com

[[RU:TD-150| Русская версия]]
[[es:TD-150| Versión en español]]
{{Sensor card
|type = Wired fuel level sensor
|photo = TD-150.png
|p1 = Measurement type |v1 = capacitive
|p2 = Interface |v2 = RS-485, LLS protocol
|p3 = RS-485 modes |v3 = passive · active (packet every 2 s)
|p4 = Analog output |v4 = 0.2…9 V
|p5 = Frequency output |v5 = 301…1323 Hz / 301…4395 Hz
|p6 = Level range |v6 = 1…1023 / 1…4095
|p7 = Setup |v7 = PC, USB–RS-485 converter C200M / C200M2
|datasheet = https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-150/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-150.pdf?v=271022141709
|downloads = https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/
|product = https://escortsensors.com/product/fuel-level-sensor-escort-td-150/
}}
== Definition and purpose of the sensor ==
High-precision fuel level sensors (FLS, also meters or sensors) of the Escort brand are designed to determine the filling level of petroleum products in fuel tanks, reservoirs and storage tanks. The TD-150 meter (sensor) is used in transport technology as a fuel level meter, in industry - as a level meter for any light petroleum products. Escort FLS measurement type is capacitive. Its readings are based on the dielectric constant of the medium in which it operates; in this case, the medium is various types of light petroleum products (gasoline, diesel, kerosene, motor oil).

More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-150/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-150.pdf?v=271022141709 technical data sheet of the device.]

== Basic terms and concepts ==
'''''Fuel level sensor (FLS)''' -'' device which is used for measuring fuel level.

'''''Serial number''' -'' code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).

'''''CNT''' -'' an oscillatory circuit, thanks to which the basic level of filling of the sensor measuring tubes with fuel is calculated. This level is converted to a final value determined by the data interface.

'''''Data transfer protocol''''' - a set of specific logical-level rules or conventions that govern the exchange of data between different programs or devices. For TD-150, the main transmission protocol is '''LLS via the RS-485 interface'''.

'''''Data transfer mode''''' - this is a type of boundary between two objects or nodes, which are regulated by a special accepted standard and implemented using established methods, tools and rules. TD-150 has the following operating modes:

* '''RS-485 (Passive and Active)'''
* '''Analog'''
* '''Frequency'''

'''''Interface''''' - a physical connection method and/or a set of software tools that allows data to be transferred between two or more devices.

'''''RS-485''''' - digital data transmission mode. The sensor waits for a corresponding request from the receiving device. Works using the LLS protocol. Based on CNT, a value is generated in conventional units of the selected range (1-1023 units or 1-4095 units)

'''''Converter''''' - digital converter RS-485 to USB ([https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/escort_c-200m/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20%D0%A1-200%D0%9C.pdf?v=200320145441 С200М] или [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/escort_c-200m/Datasheet%20Escort%20C-200M2.pdf?v=050623134318 С200М2]) for configuring wired sensors.

'''''Active (periodic) RS-485''''' - operating mode in which the sensor, without waiting for a request from the receiver, itself transmits packets with command data within 2 seconds.

'''''Analog''''' - mode in which a corresponding voltage is generated based on the CNT in the approximate range of 0.2-9V.

'''''Frequency''''' - mode in which the corresponding frequency in Hz is generated based on the CNT (301-1323 Hz with a value range of 1-1023; 301-4395 Hz with a value range of 1-4095).

'''''GPS tracker''''' - the main element of the system for monitoring the operation of transportation carried out by means of satellite communication. Without it, it is impossible to control transportation, to determine the coordinates of the vehicle location. It collects information from sensors and on-board system of the vehicle, and then transmits it to the device/server, which belong to the controlling specialist.

== Preparation ==

=== Preparing the Tank ===
To prepare the tank you should:

* Empty the tank, clean and dry if necessary
* '''Remove fuel vapors and air from the tank''' (especially for a gasoline tank, but in the case of a diesel engine, this procedure should not be neglected, since gasoline could be added to the diesel); to do this, you can heat water to boiling point and direct the resulting steam into the tank or use carbon dioxide so that it displaces fuel vapors and air; ensure that any open flame sources are sufficiently far away from the fuel tank[[File:Removing fuel vapors.png|frameless|787x787px]]
* '''Find the geometric center of the tank and drill a hole''' in it using a '''ø3mm''' drill bit. Then, using a piece of stiff wire, examine the tank for the presence of partitions in it
* [[File:Choosing a location for installing the FLS.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Choosing a location for installing the FLS''']][[File:Little hole drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Drilling the tank and subsequent examination of the tank for the presence of partitions''']][[File:Angled drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Drilling a hole at an angle''']][[File:Removing metal part.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Removing a Drilled Disc''']]If the space inside the tank in the selected location is free, '''drill a ø 35 mm hole''' using a bimetallic bit; When drilling, keep the bit tilted slightly to prevent the cut section from falling into the tank. Use a magnet to catch chips and prevent them from getting into the tank.
* If it is impossible to install the sensor in the geometric center of the tank, try choosing another location as close as possible to the geometric center of the tank; this point should coincide with the place where the height of the tank is maximum. This way you reduce the risk and amplitude of level fluctuations associated with fuel movement while driving.

==== Why should the sensor be mounted in the geometric center of the tank? ====
'''The highest point must be chosen so that the sensor can measure the level of all the fuel inside the tank without any blind spots.'''

The fuel level readings from a sensor installed in the center of the tank will be least affected by movement and fuel overflow in the tank.

If it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank, consider installing two sensors diagonally at two corners. When fuel flows to one side of the tank, the level on the corresponding sensor will rise, and on the opposite side, the level will correspondingly decrease, while the average level will remain unchanged.

[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=T0Pd6TOpuc8&ab_channel=EscortSensors Video example of the importance of installing the sensor at the geometric center of the tank.]
[[File:Sensor position and fuel flow.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Sensor position and fuel flow''']]

{{Warning|1=Before starting the calibration, the vehicle/fuel tank must be positioned flat in relation to the horizon, i.e. on a level surface without a slope.}}
If the tank has an irregular geometric shape, the sensor must be installed at the maximum depth of the tank, closer to the geometric center.
[[File:The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank.png|none|thumb|874x874px|'''The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank''']][[File:Ladder tank.png|frameless|470x470px]]

[[File:Ladder tank I.png|frameless|451x451px]]

===== When installation in the center is impossible - two or more FLS. =====
To increase accuracy and reduce level fluctuations, install two sensors in one tank. This solution is mainly used in tanks with a capacity of more than 600 liters and having a length of 1500 mm. Sensors must not be installed close to the walls of the tank.

Also, two or more sensors should be installed if it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank and (or) the tank has an elongated shape, i.e. The length of the tank is significantly greater than its height.
[[File:Two_sensors_installed_diagonally.png|none|thumb|885x885px|'''Two sensors installed diagonally''']]

'''Note.''' Installing a single sensor in an elongated tank will allow you to detect drains and refills. But increased level fluctuations while driving may not allow the monitoring platform to correctly read fuel consumption. Therefore, installing two sensors is preferable.

=== Installation locations in tanks of complex shapes ===

==== Saddle-Style Fuel Tanks ====
In this case, it is desirable to install two fuel level sensors in the deepest places along the geometric center of the depressions.

[[File:Saddle shape.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape top view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape side view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

==== Cylindrical tank ====
In this case, the sensor must be installed in the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank top view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

===== Long cylindrical tank =====
In the case of elongated cylindrical tanks, to improve readings while driving, it is necessary to install two sensors at an equal distance from the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank long.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank long inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

===== Ladder shape tank =====
If there is a difference in height in the tank and there is no common bed, it may be necessary to install two fuel level sensors.

[[File:Ladder 2 tank.png|frameless|782x782px]]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

====== Ladder shape tank's tank calibration ======
When calibrating, it is necessary to create two tables, one for "'''FLS 1'''" and the second for "'''FLS 2'''"

Let's assume that the calibration step is 10 liters.

At the beginning of calibration, when the fuel is in the "'''Red Zone'''", the level changes will only occur on "'''FLS 2'''", so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 2'''".

When the fuel is in the "'''Yellow Zone'''" changes will occur on both "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''", during this period we record changes in both tables with half a step, that is, we also fill in 10 liters, but we record 5 liters in the table of each sensor.

When the fuel is in the "'''Green Zone'''" the changes will only occur on "'''FLS 1'''" so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 1'''".

On the platform "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''" are started as separate sensors with their own tables and then a third virtual sensor is created with the sum of liters for two sensors, an example of starting two FLS on the platform is shown [https://docs.google.com/document/d/14p9GYmY0D1Wjz0ZfJXO-soVfxRBP7EiY7TgibD6vmZQ/edit?usp=sharing in this instruction.]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank calibration.png|frameless|750x750px]]

=== Preparing the sensor ===

==== Preparing the sensor tubes ====
Before calibrating the sensor, you should '''determine the future length''' of the measuring tubes in accordance with the height of the tank and '''cut or extend them'''. The length of the tubes should be calculated according to the following formula:

'''L = H - 15 mm,'''

where L - tubes length after changing the length

and

H - height of the tank at the installation point.
{{Warning|1=The minimum length of the tubes should not be less than 15 cm (150 mm). Otherwise, it will most likely not be possible to obtain adequate graphics. The maximum length of the tubes can reach 6m.}}

[[File:Measuring height of the tank.png|none|thumb|887x887px|'''Measuring height of the tank''']]
[[File:Measuring tubes length.png|none|thumb|893x893px|'''Measuring the length of tubes''']]
Use a hacksaw to cut the tubes. When sawing, be careful not to damage the connection of the tubes to the circuit board inside the sensor head and to prevent metal shavings from falling into the tubes.
[[File:Cutting the tubes.gif|none|thumb|600x600px|'''Cutting the tubes''']]

'''Avoid getting shavings inside the tubes - this may lead to a short circuit in the sensor; if this happens, blow the tubes with compressed air through the drainage holes under the sensor flange.''' Sand the edges of the tubes with sandpaper to remove any burrs or irregularities.

To extend sensor tubing, use a collet extension and an additional tube.
[[File:Collet connection.png|none|thumb|749x749px|'''Collet connection''']]
Inner nuts (yellow elements) are used to connect the inner tubes. Once they are installed and the studs are screwed into them, the tubes do not have to touch each other, but try to get them as close to each other as possible.
[[File:Internal connection of the collet connection.png|none|thumb|748x748px|'''Internal connection of the collet connection''']]
The outer coupling and the corresponding nuts must be securely tightened. '''The outer tubes should touch each other.'''
[[File:Collet connection installed.png|none|thumb|764x764px|'''Collet connection installed''']]
[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b_WtOHzKtDM Watch this video on our YouTube channel for a real-time overview of the connection.]

=== Connection dimensions ===
[[File:Dimenstions TD 150.png|none|thumb|702x702px|'''Connection dimensions of the wired FLS''']]

== Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 the configurator on a PC] ==

=== Installation of the configurator and connection to the sensor ===
The sensor can be configured using [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 '''the configurator on a PC'''] (From here onwards- "'''configurator'''").

'''Connect the sensor to the USB-RS-485 converter using a 6-pin MOLEX connector''' or using cable clamps if a cable route is connected to the sensor. Orange wire is line A of the RS-485 sensor interface, white wire is line B of the RS-485 sensor interface, black wire is GND, red is PWR.
[[File:Sensor connected via MOLEX.png|none|thumb|731x731px|'''Sensor connected via MOLEX''']]
[[File:Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps.png|none|thumb|731x731px|'''Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps''']]
We recommend using our Escort C200M/C200M2 USB-RS-485 converter, since we cannot guarantee 100% compatibility of our devices with converters from other brands.

When working with a laptop, we recommend connecting it to the power supply and/or connecting an additional USB cable to the ADD connector of the PWR C200M. Otherwise, there may not be enough power to operate the sensor and transmitter.

Along with installing the configurator 1.0.2.38, the drivers for the C200M will be installed automatically.

If you use C200M2 on Windows 10 and 11 operating systems, drivers should be installed automatically from Windows Update, on the Windows 7 operating system and below, you may need to [https://windowsreport.com/driver-signature-enforcement-windows-10/ disable the electronic signature of drivers] and manually install [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/escort_c-200m/Escort%20driver%20C-200M2.zip?v=050623134319 drivers for the С200M2].

If the driver was installed correctly, then after connecting the converter to your PC/laptop, you will see the STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port ('''1''')(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A ('''2''')(C200M2) device in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager " to enter this menu, press '''win+r''' and enter '''devmgmt.msc''' and press '''OK''' ('''3''') and then expand the com ports submenu ('''4''')"

The com port number displayed in this menu is also needed to connect the sensor.

[[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|796x796px]]

After connecting the converter, sensor to it and checking the installation of drivers by checking the com port number of the converter, you need to open the configurator, select the desired com port which we could find in the device manager ('''1''') and press the '''FLS''' button ('''2''').

[[File:Com ports selection.png|frameless|657x657px]]
{{Note|1=The connection to the FLS should be made within 15 seconds after the sensor has been connected to power, if the sensor operating mode has been changed from RS-485 to any other.}}
After connecting the sensor you should see this menu:

[[File:Main page PC configurator.png|frameless|751x751px]]

# Sensor serial number
# Sensor firmware version (FW)
# Sensor temperature
# Current sensor level
# Current CNT level (raw level value) of the sensor
# LLS network addresses connected to this converter (if there is more than one address in this list, it means either more than one sensor is connected to the line at the same time or there is interference on the line, in this case it is necessary to check the connection to the FLS for the presence of other conflicting devices and it is necessary to close other programs using the com ports for example tracker configurator)
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)
# Current sensor operating mode
# Current range of output values (1-1023 or 1-4095)
# Current filtration type and degree
# Connected sensor model

=== Sensor calibration ===
[[File:FLS calibration PC.gif|frameless|647x647px]]

After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.

To do this you need:

* Go to menu '''"Sensor calibration"'''

[[File:TD 150 calibration.png|frameless|734x734px]]

* Insert the centralizer into the tubes
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by sealing the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes, turning the sensor upside down, or submerging the sensor tubes completely in fuel)
* Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''1''')
* Deselect the '''"Calibration without fuel'''" slider ('''2''')
* Click '''"Full"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Full"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''1'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired calibration.png|frameless|366x366px]]
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|518x518px|'''Centralizer''']]
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Centralizer at the end of the tubes''']]
<gallery widths="350" heights="300">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)'''
</gallery>

* Empty the pipes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the pipes
* Wait for CNT to stabilize (1)
* Click '''"Empty"''' ('''2''')
* The value '''"Empty"''' ('''3''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''1'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor
* Click '''"OK"'''

[[File:PC Empty calibration.png|frameless|366x366px]]

* The sensor level should display as 1, the sensor calibration process is complete.

Thus, CNT should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the Empty calibration value to the Full calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]
{{Warning|1=Unblock the drainage holes after calibration!}}
[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|655x655px]]

=== Calibration without fuel ===
An alternative calibration option is calibration without fuel.

In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty and free of fuel, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch ('''1''') active ('''green''') and press '''"Calibrate"''' ('''2''') . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.

[[File:Calibration without fuel PC.png|frameless|366x366px]]

[[File:Calibration values calibration without fuel PC.png|frameless|366x366px]]

If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.

Initially there are two measurement ranges:

* From 1 to1023
* From 1 to 4095

The sensor never sends a value of 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is displayed.

'''When calibrating without fuel, since the sensor does not know what fuel will be used, the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''

'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''

'''We recommend, if possible, calibration with fuel.'''

=== Setting the calibration value Full and Empty manually ===
We do not recommend using this functionality, but you can set the Full and Empty calibration values manually to save time when you are using sensors of the same length in the same tanks.
{{Warning|1=Setting calibration values manually will most likely increase the sensor error! We do not recommend doing this!}}
To do this, enter the Full and Empty calibration values of the previously calibrated sensor into the appropriate fields in the configurator.

[[File:Wired advanced menu.png|frameless|733x733px]]

[[File:Wired advanced menu page.png|frameless|669x669px]]

[[File:Wired manual Empty-Full.png|frameless|667x667px]]

=== Setting the mode, range and network address ===

==== Setting the mode ====
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS tracker

Select the mode you need('''1''') and click '''“Save parameters to device”'''('''2''')

[[File:Wire mode settings.png|frameless|572x572px]]

- '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the tracker's RS-485 interface. The tracker must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The tracker must be able to poll sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol'''.

- '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS tracker to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''.

- '''Active RS485''' mode should be used if the tracker has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently poll the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.
{{Note|1=The analog output of the TD-150 is always active on the green wire in the 0.2-9V range, there is no need to turn it on separately}}

==== Setting the range ====
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz or 300Hz to 4395Hz'''.

After changing the range, click “'''Save the parameters to device'''” ('''2''').

[[File:Wire range settings.png|frameless|561x561px]]

'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, but the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.

==== Setting the network address ====
The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (gps tracker).
{{Warning|1=There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.}}
To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Change network address”''' field ('''1''') and click '''“Save the parameters to device”''' ('''2'''), after which the configurator should switch to the new sensor address and display the new sensor address in the field '''"Available units"''' ('''3''') and '''"Poll network address"''' ('''4''').
[[File:Wired before changing Network address.png|none|thumb|611x611px|'''Before changing network address''']]
[[File:After changing network address.png|none|thumb|614x614px|'''After changing network address''']]

=== Tank calibration ===
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''Installing the sensor inside the tank'''
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''Screwing the self-tapping screws'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports.

In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the Tank calibration menu in the application.

Suppose you need to calibrate a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.

To do this you should:

* Connect sensor
* Make sure that the filtration is set to '''“No”''' ('''1'''). Filtration slows down the level calculation and can increase the tank calibration time.
* Create an Excel table. Save it in '''.csv''' format. The first row of the table should look like this:
* [[File:First line in tank calibration table Excel.png|frameless]] You can also create a text file on your PC/Phone or manually record calibration
* Select whether calibration is performed by filling or draining. The '''Filling''' method is recommended as it is more accurate. If you select the '''Drain''' method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.
* Select portion size

{{Warning|1=Portion volume is not the number of portions! This is the number of liters/gallons in each portion! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be divided into 10 portions, the portion size would be 30L.}}

* Start calibrating the tank by pouring portions into the tank or emptying the tank for a given portion and recording the level in the table after it has stabilized

An example of calibration by filling in portions of 10 liters and imagine that in this case there are 10 liters in the tank that cannot be removed and when the sensor is placed in the tank it immediately shows the value 115 instead of 1.

[[File:Tank calibration first portion.png|frameless]] [[File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|frameless|355x355px]]

You add the first portion of fuel to the tank. The level should change from 115 to some other value. If the level does not change, check the sensor drain holes. They may be blocked by electrical tape, which must be removed after the sensor has been calibrated. If the holes are blocked, the air inside the tubes will prevent fuel from getting inside the tubes.

[[File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|frameless|447x447px]]

Next, add the following row to your table.

[[File:Wired Extended table.png|frameless]]

Continue this until the tank is full.

However, if there are bends or other irregularities in the shape of the tank, the volume of fuel portions should be reduced until the fuel level is above the irregularly shaped section of the tank. After overcoming such a section, you should return to the original portion volume.

Assume that you do the tank calibration in portions of 10 liters as before. The level rises to an area with a complex shape.

[[File:Tank calibration complex shape.png|frameless|443x443px]]

You reduce the serving size from 10 to 5 liters. And continue adding portions until you overcome the area with a complex shape.

[[File:Complex shaped tank next step.png|frameless|446x446px]]

When the level is above the problem area, you can return to the original serving volume of 10 liters.

Once the tank is full, you will have a calibration chart like the following example.

[[File:Tank is full.png|frameless|499x499px]][[File:Filled tank calibration table.png|frameless|446x446px]]
[[File:Table for tank that can't be filled completely.png|none|thumb|'''Table for a tank that cannot be filled 100%''']]
If in your case the level does not reach 1023 or 4095 because the tank cannot be filled completely, do not worry about it. It is acceptable that your table would end up like the following example, even though the sensor range is 1-1023.

The number of servings depends on the capacity of the tank. See the table with our recommendations below.
{| class="wikitable"
| colspan="3" |'''Recommended number and portion size for calibrating the tank'''
|-
|'''Tank volume'''
|'''Number of portions'''
|'''Volume of each portion'''
'''(Tank Volume / Number of portions)'''
|-
|'''0-60'''
|'''10-20'''
|'''3-4'''
|-
|'''61-100'''
|'''12-20'''
|'''5'''
|-
|'''101-500'''
|'''10-50'''
|'''10'''
|-
|'''501-1000'''
|'''20-50'''
|'''20'''
|-
|'''Over1000'''
| colspan="2" |'''As per your capabilities. The rule of thumb is that the larger the portions and smaller the volume, the more accurate the data will be'''
|}

{{Note|1=The rule of thumb: more portions means more accurate reports on the monitoring platform.}}
You can create a table on your platform by loading it from a file or by entering values manually.
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|487x487px|'''Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box''']]

=== Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs ===
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:

# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|471x471px|'''Example of FLS 1 calibration table''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|442x442px|'''Example of FLS 2 calibration table''']]

=== Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length ===
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:

# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''Example of FLS 1 calibration table''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''Example of FLS 2 calibration table''']]

=== Filtration ===
After tank calibration is completed, select the required '''“Filtration level”''' and click '''“Save the parameters to device”'''

[[File:Wired Filtration.png|frameless|732x732px]]

Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:

==== Recommended filtration level for wired FLS ====
{| class="wikitable"
|'''0-1'''
|'''Stationary units'''
|-
|'''2-6'''
|'''Vehicles on high or medium quality roads'''
|-
|'''7-12'''
|'''Agricultural machinery units'''
|-
|'''13-15'''
|'''Heavy-duty machinery'''
|}
General tips for installing filtration:

* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration
* You only need to set the median filter type[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|790x790px|'''Example before enabling filtering and after.''']]

=== Setting and removing a password ===
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.

To do this:

* Click on the '''"Service"''' button ('''1''') and then '''"Security"''' ('''2''')
* [[File:Wired security menu.png|frameless|780x780px]]
* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click set password. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''
* [[File:Password menu wired.jpg|frameless|777x777px]]
* After successfully setting the password, a red lock should appear next to the FLS icon
* [[File:PC password set menu.png|frameless|781x781px]]

{{Warning|1=Please note that the password reset procedure can be very time-consuming. We recommend that you take a responsible approach in setting your password and saving it.}}
To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure

* Click on the '''"Service"''' button ('''1''') and then '''"Security"''' ('''2''')
* [[File:Wired security menu.png|frameless|776x776px]]
* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you have lost your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click '''"Remove password"'''
* [[File:PC wired security remove password.png|frameless|768x768px]]
* If the password was successfully removed, the lock should turn green
* [[File:PC wired no password menu.png|frameless|719x719px]]

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

== Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via a [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config mobile application on Android] ==

=== Connection to the sensor ===
Wired sensors can be connected to a smartphone to the [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Escort Configurator app]. For this you will need:

* Smartphone running Android operating system with OTG technology support
* RS-485 - USB converter, for example, Escort C200m2
* USB-OTG adapter for connecting the converter to a smartphone

'''Attention! You cannot update the FW of the sensor through an application on a smartphone; this can only be done using a computer and the Bootloader program'''

By connecting the sensor to your smartphone you can:

* calibrate the sensor
* change filtering level
* change network address
* select the sensor operating mode
* select measurement range (1023 or 4095)
* set or change password
* calibrate the tank
[[File:Wired phone connection.png|none|thumb|561x561px|'''Diagram of sensor connection to the phone''']]
[[File:Wired phone connection with add. power.png|none|thumb|565x565px|'''Diagram of sensor connection to telephone with additional power supply''']]

* Connect the sensor to your smartphone according to the diagram
* Check that the converter is turned on (there is a power indication), on some models the OTG mode must be enabled manually in the phone settings
* [[File:OTG mode in OPPO phones.png|none|thumb|'''Example of enabling OTG mode on OPPO smartphones''']]
* Select the RS-485 tab ('''1''')
* Select Fuel level sensor ('''2''')
[[File:Wired mobile app main page.png|frameless]]
* When connecting for the first time, the phone should ask for access to the converter, click OK
[[File:Providing access to the C200M2.png|none|thumb|688x688px|'''Providing access to the C200M2 in the app''']]
* If such a request does not appear and the sensor is not detected, try connecting additional power to the sensor according to the connection diagram, also check that the power indication on the converter is active and that the OTG mode is enabled on the smartphone
* If, after asking for permission, you receive the error “Unable to connect the device,” this is normal. Just select the fuel level sensor again.
* [[File:Error mobile connection.jpg|none|thumb|685x685px|'''Error failed to connect device after requesting permission''']]
* If you are using a C200M inverter, you can connect an additional power supply to the inverter. To do this, you need to take a power supply for charging your smartphone with a microUSB connector and connect it to the C200M using the ADD PWR connector
* Once connected successfully, you will see the main screen of the sensor.
[[File:Wired mobile data page.png|frameless|787x787px]]

# Sensor serial number
# Sensor firmware version (FW)
# Sensor temperature
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)
# Current sensor operating mode
# Current filtration type and level
# Current sensor level
# Connected sensor model

=== Sensor calibration (via mobile app) ===
After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.

To do this you need:

* Go to the '''"Settings"''' menu

[[File:Wired mobile settings button.png|frameless|928x928px]]

* Insert the centralizer into the tubes
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by sealing the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes, turning the sensor upside down, or submerging the sensor tubes completely in fuel)
* Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''2''')
* Deselect the '''"Calibration without fuel"''' slider ('''1''')
* Press '''"Full"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Full"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''2'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired mobile settings page.png|frameless|408x408px]]
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|513x513px|'''Centrator''']]
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Centrator on the tubes''']]
<gallery widths="350" heights="300">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)'''
</gallery>

* Empty the tubes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the tubes
* Wait for CNT to stabilize ('''2''')
* Click '''"Empty"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Empty"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''2'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired phone empty.png|frameless]]

Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]
{{Warning|1=Unlock the drainage holes after calibration!}}
[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|759x759px]]

=== Calibration without fuel ===
An alternative calibration option is calibration without fuel.

In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty, there is no fuel in them, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch ('''1''') active ('''green''') and press '''"Calibrate"''' ('''2''') . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.

[[File:Wired calibration with fuel mobile.png|frameless|768x768px]]

If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.

Initially there are two measurement ranges:

* From 1 to 1023
* From 1 to 4095

The sensor never sends a value of 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is displayed.

'''When calibrating without fuel, since the sensor does not know what fuel will be used, the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''

'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''

'''We recommend, if possible, calibration with fuel.'''

=== Setting the mode, range and network address ===

==== Setting the mode ====
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS tracker

Go to Settings

[[File:Wired mobile settings button.png|frameless|806x806px]]

Select the mode you need('''1''') and press '''“Set parameters”'''('''2''')

[[File:Wired mode settings mobile.png|frameless|801x801px]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless|798x798px]]

- '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the tracker's RS-485 interface. The tracker must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The tracker must be able to poll sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol'''.

- '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS tracker to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''

- '''Active RS485 mode''' should be used if the tracker has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently poll the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.
{{Note|1=The analog output of the TD-150 is always active on the green wire in the 0.2-9V range, there is no need to turn it on separately}}

==== Setting the range ====
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz''' or '''300Hz to 4395Hz'''.

After changing the range, press '''“Set parameters”''' ('''2''').

[[File:Wired setting range mobile.png|frameless|490x490px]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless|992x992px]]

'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, then the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.

==== Setting the network address ====
The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (gps tracker).
{{Warning|1=There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.}}
To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Network address”''' field ('''1''') and click “'''Set parameters'''” ('''2''')

[[File:Wired setting address.png|frameless|501x501px]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless|857x857px]]

=== Tank calibration ===
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''Installing the sensor inside the tank'''
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''Tightening screws'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports.

In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the tank calibration menu in the application.

Suppose you need to calibrate a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.

To do this, you should connect the sensor and go to settings and check that the filtering is set to 0.

Filtration slows down level calculations and can increase tank calibration time.

Then go to the tank calibration menu

[[File:Wired tank calibration mobile.png|frameless|924x924px]]

Then, you can click '''Start''' to create a new table, or click '''Resume''' to select an existing table from your smartphone memory and continue working with it. If you click '''Resume''', you will need to locate the table file on your Android device that you created/downloaded earlier. Select another folder using the Main Menu button ('''1''') or using the drop-down menu ('''2'''). Select the table and click on it ('''3''')<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration page.jpg|'''Start or Continue tank calibration'''
File:Folder search numbered.png|'''Selecting a tank calibration table file for resuming the tank calibration'''
</gallery>If you click Start, you will also need to select the folder in which the table will be saved ('''2''') and click the button to select it ('''3''')
[[File:Start tank calibration folder wired.png|none|thumb|722x722px|'''Selecting a folder and creating a new tank calibration file''']]
Then, you can select the '''Fill''' or '''Drain''' method ('''1, 2'''). The '''Fill''' method is recommended as it is more accurate.

If you select the Drain method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.

Next, give the table file a name ('''3''') and set the portion size ('''4''').
{{Warning|1=Serving volume is not the number of servings! This is the number of liters/gallons in each serving! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be packaged into 10 servings, the serving size would be 30 L.}}
After this, click Continue ('''5''').<gallery widths="400" heights="600">
File:Tank calibration filling.png|'''Selection of tank calibration method, table name, portion size'''
File:Tank calibration draining.png|'''Selection of drain tank calibration method, selection of fuel volume in the tank'''
</gallery>After this, you will have a table in which the first row will be 0 liters and level 1. <gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration first line.jpg|'''First tank calibration line. 0 liters-gallons and level 1'''
</gallery>You can always pause tank calibration and resume it.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration.png|'''Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration'''
File:Resuming tank calibration.jpg|'''Resuming tank calibration'''
</gallery>The table is saved automatically after you click the '''+''' button.

Next, you should add the first portion of fuel to the tank. Once the level changes ('''3''') and is displayed as Stable ('''4'''), press the '''+''' button ('''1''').

In this example, level ('''3''') does not change because during the work on this manual we did not have fuel to carry out a real calibration of the tank. In your case, the level should change (if the fuel touches the tubes) and be Stable before you press the + button.

The following line ('''2''') will appear. The value in the Fuel column will increase according to the Step size ('''5''') you specified when you created the table or when you last modified it ('''3''').<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''Adding the first portion to the tank'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''Adding a tank calibration line'''
</gallery>You can also change any line by pressing and holding it for some time, after which a dialog box will appear. This way you can correct possible errors.
[[File:Editing a tank calibration line.jpg|none|thumb|381x381px|'''Editing a tank calibration line''']]
If you press a line and hold it and swipe left, it will be deleted.

[[File:Tank calibration GIF.gif|frameless|763x763px]]

Then, add the next portion of fuel to the tank. Wait for the level to change and stabilize, then press the '''+''' button ('''1'''). Continue this until the tank is full.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|'''Adding a second portion to the tank'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''Adding a tank calibration line'''
</gallery>

=== What to do if it is not possible to completely empty the tank? ===
If you cannot completely empty the tank, you should somehow calculate the amount of fuel that is in the tank. After this, you can manually edit the table so that it looks like the example below. Or simply edit the table file before you upload it to the monitoring platform.

Let's assume that there are already 10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed, so when you place the sensor in the tank, it will immediately begin to show the level of 115, instead of 1.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed'''
File:Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank.jpg|'''Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank'''
</gallery>Next, you can add the next portion to the tank. The level value should change. If the level does not change, check the drain holes. They may be blocked by duct tape that you may have used while calibrating the sensor or by pieces of sealing compound.

If this happens, the air trapped inside the tubes prevents the fuel from rising.
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box''']]

=== Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs ===
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|466x466px|'''Example of FLS 1 tank calibration table''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|426x426px|'''Example of FLS 2 tank calibration table''']]

=== Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length ===
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. '''IMPORTANT''': it is necessary to reduce the portion '''only''' in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''Example of FLS 1 calibration table''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''Example of FLS 2 calibration table''']]

=== Filtration ===
After tank calibration is completed, select the required “Filtration” ('''1''') and click “Set parameters” ('''2''')

[[File:Wired filtration setting mobile.png|frameless]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless]]

Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:

==== Recommended filtration level for wired FLS ====
{| class="wikitable"
|'''0-1'''
|'''Stationary units'''
|-
|'''2-6'''
|'''Vehicles on high or medium quality roads'''
|-
|'''7-12'''
|'''Agricultural machinery units'''
|-
|'''13-15'''
|'''Heavy-duty machinery'''
|}
General tips for installing filtration:

* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration
* Only median filtering type should be set
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|813x813px|'''Example before enabling filtering and after.''']]

=== Setting and deleting a password ===
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.

To do this:

* Go to the "'''Additional Features'''" menu
[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless|719x719px]]
* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click '''“Install”'''. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''
[[File:Wired set password mobile.jpg|frameless|728x728px]]

{{Warning|1=Please note that the password reset procedure can be very time-consuming. We recommend that you take a responsible approach in setting your password and saving it.}}

* To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure

* Go to the "'''Additional Features'''" menu
[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless|697x697px]]
* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you lose your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click '''“Remove”'''
[[File:Wired remove password mobile.jpg|frameless|673x673px]]

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support..

== Connecting the sensor to the GPS tracker ==

=== General instructions ===
[[File:Wired recommendations.png|frameless|923x923px]]

Depending on the operating mode and purpose of the sensor, additional components are used in the power supply and signal circuits: filters, optocouplers, ballast resistors and fuses. The elements are installed in the driver’s cabin of a vehicle or other equipment. If it is not possible to install in these locations, provide them with additional protection from external climatic (for example, sun, precipitation) and operational (for example, heating, moving parts) influences. Additional components are located at a safe distance from fuel and its flammable products in explosion-proof areas.

To protect the power circuit, use fuses of the appropriate rating (see FU1 in the diagrams).

'''To ensure spark protection of the power circuit, use ballast resistors of the appropriate rating (see R1 in the diagrams). Place the resistors outside the explosive zone: in the event of high-voltage surges in the sensor power line, the resistor will fail and the circuit will break, eliminating the possibility of sparking in the explosive zone.'''

Connecting cables are laid away from parts that move and heat up during operation of the equipment. If there is no additional insulation of the connecting cable wires, use flame-retardant polymer corrugated tubes used in automotive technology.

=== Connection diagrams ===
In order to connect the sensor to the GPS tracker and to the power source, use the diagram presented below.
[[File:Wired RS-485 no R.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''RS-485 connection diagram''']]
[[File:Wired Frequency mode.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Wiring diagram for Frequency output''']]
[[File:Wired Analog mode.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Analog output wiring diagram''']]

{{Note|1=The TD-150 sensor has analog mode always enabled; it does not need to be enabled in the configurator!}}

=== Connection using a resistor ===
[[File:Wired RS-485 with R.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''RS-485 connection diagram With resistor for explosion protection certificate''']]

The sensors are supplied with 2 resistors. Each can be used in place of (but not in conjunction with) the supplied fuse.

'''The black resistor''' should be used if the sensor is powered by a '''12V''' power source. '''The red resistor''' should be used at higher voltages up to '''80V''' (up to '''40V''' to comply with the certificate of conformity).

The purpose of the resistor is to break the voltage supply line in case of overload and to prevent sparking in the hazardous area that could occur in this case.

[[File:Wired R with sensors.png|frameless|512x512px]]

To achieve explosion safety, the sensor in any mode must be connected through a resistor and not a fuse.
{{Note|1=Not with the fuse, but instead of the fuse}}

== Sensor and cable sealing ==

=== Sealing sensor of the current design ===
You will need a sensor protective cover and a seal from the kit.<gallery widths="300" heights="300">
File:Protective cover for wired FLS.png|'''Protective cover for wired FLS'''
File:New design seal.png|'''Seal TD-150'''
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head
[[File:Wired FLS with protective cover.png|none|thumb|411x411px|'''Wired FLS with protective cover''']]
Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outwards''')

<gallery widths="400" heights="400">
File:Installing a seal on a wired FLS.png|'''Installing a seal on a wired FLS'''
File:Installed seal on the wired FLS.png|'''Installed seal on a wired FLS'''
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw the special key from the kit into it (you can also use any self-tapping screw of a suitable size) and pull it towards you.
[[File:Removal of the seal of the wired FLS.png|none|thumb|515x515px|'''Removal of the seal of the wired FLS''']]
[[File:Seal after removal.png|none|thumb|'''Seal after removal''']]

Thus, it will be impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.

==== Alternative sealing of a current design sensor ====
Also included with the sensor of the current design is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.

* It is necessary to pass the cable through the hole in the sensor cover
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 1.png|frameless|432x432px]]

* Pass both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 2.png|frameless|435x435px]]

* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing on the protruding part
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 3.png|frameless|555x555px]]

=== Sealing sensor of the former design ===
[[File:Sealing sensor of the former design.png|frameless|512x512px]]

=== Cable sealing ===
To seal the sensor connector, insert a plastic seal into the special hole on the sensor connector

[[File:Wire sealing.png|frameless|493x493px]]

== Updating the sensor firmware ==
'''[https://docs.google.com/document/d/16KhS0ZV5Hrb44J66LmGOy7Gy2TKcuEqU/edit?usp=sharing&ouid=116383505004193584732&rtpof=true&sd=true Firmware update instructions]'''

'''[https://youtu.be/BVCs-LiWLVs There is also a video instructional guide]'''

'''You can find the latest firmware version in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td150 downloads section of our website]'''

== Common problems and solutions ==

=== Level 7000 ===
Level 7000 is an error code Short circuit. This indicates that there is dirt, water, chips or other impurities in the tubes. All of these can be highly conductive, while the sensor is designed to work with dielectrics such as fuel.

You should clean the sensor tubes preferably by flushing them with the clean fuel and blowing them through the drain holes with compressed air.

If this error occurred after the start of operation of the sensor, it means that most likely these impurities got into the sensor tubes from the tank and in this case it is also needed to ensure that the tank itself doesn't contain any contaminations. Clean the tank, if necessary. Note that a fuel level sensor installed outside a contaminated tank may function correctly, but the same sensor installed in such a tank may generate this error code.

=== Level 6500 ===
This code may indicate that the tubes have lost contact. This error code may be generated immediately after cutting the tubes. In this case, simply calibrate the sensor.

If this does not help, check the CNT. If the CNT is below 10,000, it is very likely that the tubes are not in contact with the sensor board.

Take a photo of the sensor head (the sensor serial number should be visible), its tubes (the correspondence or discrepancy of the tubes length should be clearly visible), take a screenshot of the main screen of the sensor and the Settings menu page in the application and send these data to tech support.

=== The sensor does not connect or is not recognized in the application ===
If the sensor does not connect to the configurator, do the following:

* Make sure that the correct COM port number is selected and that drivers and libraries are installed (STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port ('''1''')(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A ('''2''')(C200M2) in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager "to enter this menu, press '''win+r''' and enter '''devmgmt.msc''' and press '''OK''' ('''3''') and then expand the com ports submenu ('''4''')"
* [[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|786x786px]]
* [[File:Com ports selection.png|frameless|722x722px]]
* If possible, connect another sensor that is sure to work; if it connects, then there are no problems with the COM port or converter

* Connect another USB cable to the C200M (ADD PWR connector); check if the USB cable is working
* If another converter is used, ensure that sufficient power is supplied to the sensor (12 volts is optimal)
* When connecting the sensor, press Search for sensors within 15 seconds after power is applied to the sensor
* If the above does not help, reflash the FW of the sensor
* If you cannot complete the firmware, contact our technical support

=== Checking the connection between the sensor and the tracker via RS-485 ===
If the sensor, for some reason, after you have configured everything correctly, does not transmit data to the tracker, you need to find out whether data is being exchanged between devices.

To do this, connect the sensor to the tracker via RS-485. Connect power to both devices.

After that, take the RS-485-USB converter and connect it between the sensor and the tracker as shown below:

For RS-485, lines A and B of the converter must be connected to lines A and B of the sensor
[[File:RS-485 Logging Connections .png|none|thumb|648x648px|'''RS-485 Logging Connections''' ]]
Run [https://drive.google.com/file/d/10i7v4TZ9-JDJYPAh-9JSh4x6vkM93BVV/view?usp=sharing terminal.exe] and configure the COM port as shown below:

Baud rate – 19200, Parity – None, Stop-bits – 1, Handshaking – None

Also, check HEX or ASCII depending on the format in which information from the sensor will be transmitted. For all sensors except the TD-600 configured in RS-232 mode, you must select HEX.

After connecting the converter correctly, select the COM port and click Connect. If the sensor is polled by the tracker and responds, then everything is in order.
[[File:Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485.png|none|thumb|572x572px|'''Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485''']]
If there is no communication between the two devices, try polling the sensor manually.

To do this, enter the request '''31$01$06$6C''' for the sensor with network address 1 and click '''Send'''
[[File:Sending a request to the sensor.png|none|thumb|585x585px|'''Sending a request to the sensor''']]
The structure of the request depends on the network address of the sensor. If you change the sensor address to 255, for example, then the request would look like this

'''31$FF$06$29'''

'''FF''' - 255 in HEX

'''29''' - '''CRC''' checksum calculated for a specific request

In order to calculate the checksum, you can go to the '''[https://crccalc.com/ crccalc]''' website and enter your request without the '''$''' sign, select HEX, CRC-8/MAXIM and click Calc CRC-8
[[File:CRC calculation for address 255.png|none|thumb|665x665px|'''CRC calculation for address 255''']]
If the sensor is polled by the tracker and responds, then everything is in order.

If the sensor does not respond to the tracker, but responds to a request you send manually, you should check your tracker's RS-485 ports.

If the sensor does not respond to anything, the standard FLS diagnostic procedure should be carried out.

== Description of the LLS protocol ==
The protocol is described in this [https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1maRSrToEaYtOP0sQz69Qq3e0iA0dBRos/edit?usp=drive_link&ouid=113197106569288024895&rtpof=true&sd=true document]

Example of a request and response for 1 network address:

Request: '''''31 01 06 6C'''''

Response from sensor: '''''3E 01 06 19 01 00 92 5D BE'''''

== Purpose of contacts and wires ==
[[File:Pinout TD-150.png|frameless|828x828px]]

== Remote control of FLS Escort ==
At the moment, Navtelecom and GlonassSoft trackers have the ability to configure wired Escort FLS by remotely connecting to the gps tracker without using the above commands. This can be done according to these instructions:

'''[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qmU9DQCO4Fc Smart and Signal, built-in configurator]'''

'''[https://youtu.be/JJZl-EsrUoQ Smart and Signal by creating commands in the configurator]'''

'''[https://youtu.be/rFzWX8E97Bg UMKa]'''

It is also possible to send commands via SMS commands or tracker tracker.

At the moment, we know that the remote control function is supported by trackers of the Smart and Signal family produced by Navtelecom (Signal, Smart), Technocom (AvtoGRAPH) and GlonassSoft (UMKa). Transmission of commands to the sensor is possible only in RS-485 operating mode.

First you need to open the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 PC configurator Escort]; The converter and/or tracker must be disconnected from the computer. In the '''Service''' tab, click on the '''Remote control''' option.

[[File:Remote control Settings.png|frameless|632x632px]]

A window for generating commands for sending will open:

[[File:Remote control Settings menu.jpg|frameless|586x586px]]

Here you need:

# Choose what type of commandd to generate
# Specify the current network address of the sensor to which the command will be sent
# Specify the parameters that need to be changed by this command
# Click on the '''Generate''' button
# Then you need to send the selected part of the command via the tracker configurator or by SMS message to the number of the current SIM card of this GPS tracker

ATTENTION: if a password is set on the sensor, you must first send a command to enter the password, and then the command that you need.

[[File:Command generation.png|frameless|651x651px]]

To decrypt the response to the sent command, you need:

# Copy that part of the response from the tracker that begins with '''3E01...''', and paste it into the input/output field in the ''Remote control'' tab of the Escort configurator
# Click on '''Decode reply'''

[[File:Command decode process.png|frameless|649x649px]]

[[File:Decoded command information.jpg|frameless|648x648px]]

== Useful links ==
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-150/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-150.pdf?v=271022141709 Technical data sheet of the device]'''
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-150/#active Product page]'''
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td150 Download materials]'''

{{Next|prev=TD-BLE|next=TD-150-BLE|next-text=TD-150 BLE}}

I5

2026-10-15T07:21:05Z

RINAT: Links: Google Play app ae.esensor.config; product pages on escortsensors.com

[[RU:И-5| Русская версия]]
[[es:Indicador_I5| Versión en español]]
{{Sensor card
|type = Digital indicator
|photo = Image.png
|p1 = Supply voltage |v1 = 9…36 V
|p2 = Current consumption |v2 = max 150 mA
|p3 = Tracker link |v3 = RS-485, RS-232 · LLS, 19200 bit/s
|p4 = Bluetooth |v4 = BLE 5 LR (coded PHY), BLE 4
|p5 = Polled devices |v5 = up to 10
|p6 = LLS addresses |v6 = up to 40
|p7 = Protection |v7 = IP65
|p8 = Operating temperature |v8 = −40…+50 °C
|datasheet = https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/digital-display/eskort-i5/Datasheet%20-%20Digital%20Indicator%20Escort%20I%205.pdf?v=031122130347
|downloads = https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/
|product = https://escortsensors.com/product/i5/
|ios = https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085
|android = https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ae.esensor.config
}}
== General information ==

=== Device use ===
'''Escort i-5 Indicator''' (hereinafter - ‘Escort i-5’, ‘i-5’, ‘Indicator’, ‘Device’) is designed to connect the wireless devices manufactured by Escort Monitoring Systems Group (hereinafter - '''‘Escort Group’''') with GPS trackers/gateways and other compatible devices, to collect the data of the wireless and wired devices by Escort Group and display it on its five seven-segment displays.

The wireless Escort BLE sensors can be paired with the '''i-5''' via '''Bluetooth Low Energy'''. The sensors’ readings (such as fuel level, temperature, humidity, angle readings, etc.) are transmitted via the '''Bluetooth Low Energy''' interface and in accordance with the Escort BLE data communication protocol

'''Escort i-5''' can poll (send data requests) external devices via the RS-485 and RS-232 interfaces in accordance with the LLS data communication protocol in case there are no other devices that poll the devices connected to the same RS-485 or RS-232 network. In other cases the Indicator can be configured to ‘listen’ the communication between a polling device and polled devices (such as wired sensors).

'''Escort i-5''' can transmit the data it receives from Escort BLE sensors via Bluetooth Low Energy interface to an external device once polled via the RS-485 or RS-232 interface. In 2...5 ms upon receiving a request from such external device, the i-5 transmits the data previously transmitted to it by Escort BLE sensors in accordance with the LLS data communication protocol. Escort i-5 can respond to the requests sent only to the RS-485 and RS-232 network addresses saved in its memory.

More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/digital-display/eskort-i5/Datasheet%20-%20Digital%20Indicator%20Escort%20I%205.pdf?v=031122130347 technical data sheet of the device.]

=== Datasheet ===
The main technical specs are stated in the Table 1 below:

'''Table 1. Escort i-5 Technical specs'''
{| class="wikitable"
|'''Spec'''
|'''Value'''
|-
|Power supply voltage, V
|9 ... 36
|-
|Power consumption, not more than (mA)
|150
|-
|Wired communication interfaces (for connection with GPS trackers/gateways and wired sensors)

Data exchange protocol(s)

Data exchange baud rate
|RS-485, RS-232

LLS

19200 bps
|-
|Wireless sensor/mobile device communication interface(s)

Wireless sensor and mobile device communication protocol(s)
|Bluetooth LE (BLE)

Escort BLE

ESCORT.i-5
|-
|Bluetooth Standard
|Bluetooth Low Energy 5 LR

coded PHY (central)

Bluetooth Low Energy 4

(connection, advertising)
|-
|Receiver sensitivity / transmitter power, dBm
|<nowiki>-96 / 8</nowiki>
|}
'''Table 1 continuation'''
{| class="wikitable"
|'''Spec'''
|'''Value'''
|-
|Bluetooth operating frequencies, GHz
|2,402-2,480
|-
|Max sensors:
|10
|-
|Max LLS network addresses
|40
|-
|Max number of lines per tank calibration table
|50
|-
|Max fuel/liquid level, in any measurement units
|99999
|-
|Ingress protection marking in accordance with ГОСТ (State Standard) 14254
|IP65
|-
|Electric shock resistance rating in accordance with ГОСТ (State Standard) 12.2.007.0
|класс III
|-
|Operating conditions:
- min and max ambient temperature, °С;

- extreme min and max ambient temperature, °С;

- atmosphere pressure, GPa

|- from -40 °С to 50 °С

from -45 °С to 55 °С

from 840 to 1067
|-
|Dimensions, not more than, mm
|400 x 70,5 x 22,2
|-
|Weight, not more than, kg
|0,3
|}

=== Escort i-5 design ===
[[File:Q.png|center|frameless|630x630px]]

=== i-5 installation ===
To mount the i-5 onto a surface, drill 4 orifices as shown on the Figure 4 at a spot, where it will be possible to connect the wires of the i-5 to an external device or devices and a power supply and where the readings displayed by the Indicator will be clearly visible.

Mount and fix the holder with the self-tapping screws. Place the Escort i-5 into the holder. Figure 3 demonstrates an example of the suggested installation. Figure 4 provides the fitting dimensions.
[[File:Qweqwe.png|center|frameless|695x695px]]

== How to connect i-5 via app ==
Make sure that your smartphone supports '''BLUETOOTH LE''' (BLE 4.0 or higher) by checking its documents. Enable the geolocation service in the settings of your smartphone.

Install and run the '''Escort Configurator app'''.

On the start screen (Fig. 5) select “Sensor settings”, then select the model of the Device (Fig. 6).
[[File:Qa.png|center|frameless|739x739px]]

When firing the app up for the 1st time, make sure to give it access to the geolocation service. This access is asked for only once. This step is obligatory to connect any BLE devices.

On the '''List of available devices''' screen (Fig. 7), tap on the required device or search for it by entering the last six digits of the serial number of the device into the search box (Fig. 8) for example '''I5_100320''' (in case of the i-5).
[[File:Imageуцй.png|center|frameless|724x724px]]

'''IMPORTANT! To activate the Escort i-5 and then to detect, connect and configure it by means of the app, be sure to connect it to a power supply. The wiring diagram is shown on the Fig 9. The voltage range is provided in the Table 1 of the present manual.'''
[[File:Dasd.png|center|frameless|718x718px]]

After the i-5 is connected, it’s configuration is displayed on the screen (Fig. 10). At the top of the screen, you can see the device name and the current FW version (Fig. 10, 1).
[[File:Imagedsad.png|center|frameless|718x718px]]

=== Password ===
To prevent any attempts to tamper with the settings of the Indicator i-5 by any unauthorized third party, the sensor must be protected with a password.

When you connect the i-5 for the 1st time and try and change any settings in its configuration, you will be required to set up a new password (Fig. 11).

'''Attention! There’s no default password on the i-5. The password is set up only when the Indicator is connected via the app for the 1st time by any user.'''
[[File:Csd.png|center|frameless|694x694px]]

After setting the password and whenever you try and change any i-5’s settings, you will be required to enter the previously set password (Fig. 12).

== Pairing BLE sensors ==
To pair any Escort BLE sensor (TD, DU, TH) you need to tap '''Connect sensors''' (Fig.13, '''2''').
[[File:Adsdas.png|thumb]]
Then press the '''"+"''' button to add a new sensor (Fig. 14).

[[File:Imagehhg.png|center|frameless|726x726px]]

Then select the '''Wireless option''' and either enter the MAC (ENTER THE ‘:’ SIGNS MANUALLY TOO) or the sensor’s model letter and the last 6 digits of its serial number (Fig. 16) and press the '''‘Connect’''' button. Both MAC (Fig. 17, '''1''' and Fig. 18, '''1''') and the sensor’s serial number (Fig. 17, '''2''' and Fig. 18, '''2''') can be found on its head . Or select you can scan the QR code on the sensor’s head to pair it with the Indicator. To do so, press the scan button (Fig. 15, '''2''') and scan the QR code with your smartphone.
[[File:Image2312.png|center|frameless|714x714px]]
[[File:Image21312.png|center|frameless|712x712px]]

After the sensor is connected you will see it on the main screen of the Indicator in the app (Fig. 19). Repeat the procedure to pair more sensors. '''Up to 10 sensors can be paired with the same i-5.'''

Tap on any sensor to open the menu with its settings of current readings (Fig. 20).
[[File:Imageqwec.png|center|frameless|774x774px]]

=== Deleting a sensor ===
To delete, swipe the sensor to the left and click remove and then disconnect .

[[File:GIF 20250213 110701 063.gif]]

=== Tank calibration table for TD-BLE ===
If you just pair BLE or wired TD sensors with the Indicator i-5, the latter will be displaying the level values from 1 to 1023 or from 1 to 4095. In order to get the Indicator display the liters/gallons, you need to save a tank calibration table in the i-5’s memory for every TD sensor.

'''Attention! The table must contain not more than 50 lines!'''

Once the sensor(s) is paired with the Indicator, tap '''Connect sensors''' (Fig. 45, '''2''') and then tap on the sensor to which you need to add the table (Fig. 46).
[[File:Imageghjghj.png|center|frameless|752x752px]]

Next, you can either import the table from the file saved on your smartphone or enter the table manually. To do so, open the sensor’s configuration and tap '''Start tank calibration''' (Fig. 47, '''1''').
[[File:Image,jhkh.png|center|frameless|750x750px]]

To import the table from the file, select the '''Import from file option''' (Fig. 48). Then find the table you need on your smartphone and select it (Fig. 49). You can then modify the table should it be necessary. Press Save to save the table in the Indicator’s memory (Fig. 50). Repeat the procedure for each sensor.
[[File:Image23123.png|center|frameless|752x752px]]

You can modify the table if you press any cell (Fig. 51). Also, you can set the '''Portion''' (in liters/or gallons) and then add new lines to the table (Fig. 52). To delete any line, press and hold it then swipe to the left and tap '''Delete''' (Fig. 53).
[[File:Image5464.png|center|frameless|753x753px]]
[[File:Image2435t2g2.png|center|frameless|714x714px]]

To enter the table manually, select the corresponding option on the screen shown on the Figure 48, then set the portion (Fig. 52), add as many portions as you need and edit the level values as per the table you have and need to upload into the Indicator’s memory (Fig. 51). You can delete any line by pressing, holding it and swiping to the left and then pressing '''Delete'''. Be sure to tap '''Save''' to save the table and/or any changes made to it
[[File:Imagedasd2341.png|thumb]]
To apply the table, be sure to activate the '''Use tank calibration table''' switcher (Fig. 54.1, '''2'''). To check the currently saved table tap:

[[File:Imagedasd213123.png|center|frameless|637x637px]]

=== Retransmission of BLE sensors data ===
The Indicator i-5 can retransmit the data it receives from the paired Escort BLE sensors (TD, TH, DU) to an external device (GPS tracker/gateway/other compatible device) via the RS-485 interface.

To enable the transmission of the BLE sensor’s data, go to the Connect sensors menu (Fig. 69, '''2'''), then select the sensor whose data you need transmitted to an external device and tap '''RS settings'''. (Fig 70, '''4''').
[[File:Image312s21s1.png|center|frameless|699x699px]]

Select the pair of parameters you need transmitted and switch that pair on (Fig. 71). Then assign this pair of parameters a network address (Fig. 72).
[[File:Imaged1c2.png|center|frameless|723x723px]]

'''Attention! It is impossible to reuse the network addresses that are already occupied either by a different pair of parameters of the same sensor or a pair of parameters of another BLE or wired sensor.'''

The wiring diagram (Fig. 73) demonstrates how to connect the Indicator i-5, wired sensor(s) and an external device by means of the RS-485 interface. It is possible to use the i-5 in the Passive RS-485 mode so that it could listen to the responses of the wired sensors that they transmit upon receiving requests for data from an external device and respond to the requests sent by the external device with the BLE sensors’ data the i-5 receives via BLE connection.
[[File:Imagev33v.png|center|frameless|727x727px]]

== Pairing wired sensors (tracker/gateway is used) ==
If you need to connect the i-5 between a GPS tracker/gateway (or other compatible device) and a wired sensor (or several sensors), you need to connect the sensor as shown on the wiring diagram below, pair the sensor with the indicator and configure the Indicator i-5 to operate in the RS-485 '''Passive mode''' (the default mode).

To pair a wired sensor (TD, DU-180, DGV-200, ALS) you need to tap Connect sensors (Fig. 34, 2).
[[File:Imageeqwesc21.png|thumb]]
Then press the '''"+"''' button to add a new sensor (Fig. 35).

[[File:Imageeqwe1212.png|center|frameless|668x668px]]

Then select the '''‘Wired’''' option, enter the network address (the value can be from 1 to 255) and press '''‘Connect’''' (Fig. 36). If the i-5 is not configured to operate in the RS-485 '''Active mode''' or if there is no GPS tracker/gateway or other device that could request the data from the sensor so that the i-5 could listen to the sensor’s response and show its reading, the level of the wired sensor will be displayed as 0 (Fig. 37).

The network address of the sensor can be configured in the Escort configurator for PC or in the app (Fig. 38 and Fig. 39).

If you need to connect several wired sensors, repeat the procedure described above.

'''Attention! Every sensor connected via the RS-485 interface must have different network addresses.'''
[[File:Imageeqwe121.png|center|frameless|732x732px]]
[[File:Imageewqe1231.png|center|frameless|734x734px]]

'''Attention! All wired sensors that are not the wired Escort TD sensors (such as DU-180, DGV-200, ALS or the wired sensors of other brands that support the LLS data communication protocol) will still be treated as the TD sensors.'''

If the Indicator i-5 is connected “between” the wired sensor(s) and the GPS tracker/gateway or other compatible device, its operating mode must be the '''Passive''' one. To select it, open the mode settings (Fig. 40, 4). The Passive mode is selected by default. If it was changed earlier, select the '''Passive mode''' and press '''Save''' to apply change (Fig. 41).
[[File:Image3123dqw.png|center|frameless|738x738px]]

If the sensor is connected to the tracker and the tracker is receiving the data from it and the Indicator is connected in accordance with the wiring diagram (Fig. 44), you will see the sensor’s readings in the app as well (Fig. .42 and Fig. 43).
[[File:Image2312312.png|center|frameless|740x740px]]

=== Wiring diagrams: i-5, wired sensor(s) (RS-485) and tracker/gateway ===
Wiring diagram with single wired sensor:
[[File:Image12312dsdq.png|center|frameless|746x746px]]

Wiring diagram with several wired sensors:
[[File:Imageczxczxc.png|center|frameless|757x757px]]

== Pairing wired sensors (no tracker/gateway is used) ==
If you need to connect your wired sensor(s) TD-100, TD-150, TD-500, TD-600, DGV-200, DU-180, ALS only to the i-5, i.e. there will be no GPS tracker or gateway to which the sensor(s) will be connected, you need to pair the sensor with the i-5 and then select the '''Active mode''' in the mode settings and configure the interval at which the sensor(s) will be polled (will be sent requests for data to).
[[File:D12e13.png|thumb]]
To pair a wired sensor (TD, DU-180, DGV-200, ALS) you need to tap '''Connect sensors''' (Fig. 21, '''2'''). Then press the '''"+"''' (Рис. 14) button to add a new sensor (Fig. 22).

[[File:Image1231.png|center|frameless|763x763px]]

Then select the '''‘Wired’''' option, enter the network address (the value can be from 0 to 255) and press ‘Connect’ (Fig. 23). If the i-5 is not configured to operate in the RS-485 Active mode or if there is no GPS tracker/gateway or other device that could request the data from the sensor so that the i-5 could listen to the sensor’s response and show its reading, the level of the wired sensor will be displayed as 0 (Fig. 24).

The network address of the sensor can be configured in the Escort configurator for PC or in the app (Fig. 25 and Fig. 26).

If you need to connect several wired sensors, repeat the procedure described above.

'''Attention! Every sensor connected via the RS-485 interface must have different network addresses.'''
[[File:Imagedasd.png|center|frameless|751x751px]]
[[File:Imagedasdssa.png|center|frameless|750x750px]]

'''Attention! All wired sensors that are not the wired Escort TD sensors (such as DU-180, DGV-200, ALS or the wired sensors of other brands that support the LLS data communication protocol) will still be treated as the TD sensors.'''

To make the i-5 send requests for data to the wired sensor(s) connected to it, open the mode settings (Fig. 27, '''4'''). The Passive mode is selected by default (Fig. 28).
[[File:Image53453.png|center|frameless|750x750px]]

Select the '''Active mode''' then enter the interval in seconds from 1 to 65 and press Set (Fig. 29). Then press '''Save''' to apply the changes (Fig. 30).
[[File:Imagedasdcxzc222.png|center|frameless|745x745px]]

After the Active RS-485 mode is selected and the interval is set, you will see the readings of your wired sensor(s) in the app (Fig. 31, 32) if it was connected to the i-5 in accordance with the wiring diagram (Fig. 33).
[[File:Imagesdasd22.png|center|frameless|736x736px]]

=== Wiring diagrams: i-5 and wired sensor(s) (RS-485) no tracker/gateway ===
Wiring diagram with single wired sensor:
[[File:Imagedsad22.png|center|frameless|729x729px]]

Wiring diagram with several wired sensors:
[[File:Imagedasd22.png|center|frameless|734x734px]]

== Configuring Indicator’s screen ==
Once all sensors are paired with the '''Indicator i-5''', you need to configure what data will be displayed on its physical screen.

There are 10 virtual Windows that you can switch between by pressing the buttons of the indicator. Then, the i-5 displayed the number of the Window first and, in a few seconds, the sensor’s reading is displayed. If you don’t press any button, the same sensor’s data will be on the screen till you press a button.

'''Attention! You don’t need to press the buttons with force. Press a button lightly and then let go. The buttons react only after you let go.

'''If you connect the i-5 for the first time, the screen will not show anything unless you pair a sensor with it and press one of the buttons of the Indicator.'''

'''Inside the application, the level of the sensor will always be displayed without the use of a calibration table, so the actual data on the I-5 screen and inside the application may differ.'''
[[File:Imagefasf32423.png|center|frameless|693x693px]]

To activate one of the Windows 1-10 (Fig. 57, '''1'''), you need to switch it on in the settings of the Indicator and select the sensor whose data will be displayed in the Window X (Fig. 57, '''2'''). To do so, go to the Display settings (Fig. 56, '''3'''). To switch between the Windows 1-10 in the app, swipe to left or to the right.
[[File:Imagedasd342.png|center|frameless|692x692px]]

For TD sensors (both BLE and wired ones, as well as the wired DU-180, DGV-200, ALS) select the '''Level reading''' in the '''Screen mode''' menu. Then select the sensor whose data must be displayed in the selected Window X in the '''Sensors menu''' (Fig. 59). For any wired sensor, select the sensor by its serial number. For the BLE sensors, select the sensor by its name XX_YYYYYY (XX – first letters of sensor’s model, YYYYYY – the last 6 digits of sensor’s serial number).
[[File:Imageedas13123.png|center|frameless|685x685px]]

If there are several sensors of different models that transmit the same data type (for example, Temperature), you will also need to select the sensor whose data must be displayed on the Indicator’s screen when the corresponding Window is selected by pressing the buttons.
[[File:Image23112d12.png|center|frameless|682x682px]]

=== Displaying total/average level of several TD sensors ===
If you have '''several sensors''' installed '''on the same vehicle and in the same tank''' and you need the Indicator i-5 to show their average value, go to the '''Display settings''' (Fig. 62, '''3''') choose one of the Windows 1-10 in the Display settings menu and select the '''TD average level''' in the Screen mode (Fig. 63). No need to select the sensors in the same menu. After that, you can select the sensors for which you want to calculate the '''average value''' over this time window.
[[File:Indicator I-5 average weight 1.jpg|border|left|frameless|909x909px]]
[[File:Indicator I-5 average level 2.jpg|border|frameless|911x911px]]

If you have several sensors installed on the '''same vehicle but in different tanks''' and you need the Indicator i-5 to show their total value, choose one of the Windows 1-10 in the Display settings (Fig. 64, 3) menu and select the '''TD total level''' in the Screen mode. No need to select the sensors in the same menu. After that, you can select the sensors for which you want to calculate the '''total value''' over this time window.
[[File:Indicator I-5 average weight 1.jpg|border|left|frameless|874x874px]]
[[File:Indicator I-5 total level 2.jpg|border|frameless|876x876px]]

'''Attention! Be sure to upload and save the tank calibration tables per each sensor as explained in the art. 2.7 of the present manual.'''

== Additional features (FW update, password management) ==
If you need to set up, modify or delete the password, go to the '''Additional features''' (Fig. 74, '''5''') menu. If there is no password yet, you will be able to establish it. If there’s a password, you can modify or delete it by entering the currently established password and then delete it. If the password is deleted, you can set up a new one.
[[File:Imageb56b6.png|center|frameless|724x724px]]

IF you need to update the FW of the Indicator, press '''FW update''' (Fig. 76) in the '''Additional features''' menu. Then confirm your choice. The FW file must be downloaded onto your smartphone in advance. Find it, select it and execute the update.

'''Attention! Updating the FW if the Indicator i-5 via the app for iOS is only possible on iOS versions as of 12.55).'''
[[File:Imagem7m7.png|center|frameless|633x633px]]

== Pinout and compatibility with other devices ==
[[File:Imagev4f4f4v.png|center|frameless|751x751px]]

'''Compatibility with other devices:'''

Of the sensors connected via Bluetooth, only Escort BLE devices are compatible with the I-5 Indicator.

Using the RS-485 interface, you can connect any wired sensors with the following characteristics to the I-5 Indicator:

Protocol - '''LLS'''

Exchange baud rate - '''19200 kbps'''

Data size - '''8 bits'''

Parity: '''none'''

Stop-bits - '''1'''

== Useful links ==
* [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/digital-display/eskort-i5/Datasheet%20-%20Digital%20Indicator%20Escort%20I%205.pdf?v=031122130347 '''Technical data sheet of the device''']
* [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/digital-display/escort-i-5/#active '''Product page''']
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#escort-i-5 Download materials]'''
* '''[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kXZJSFY-cOo&ab_channel=EscortSensors Video instruction: " Calibration tables. Display settings. BLE data retransmission (RS-485)"]'''
* '''[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-eipvR0nFiY&ab_channel=EscortSensors Video instruction: "Power up. Pairing sensors. Operating modes (RS)"]'''

{{Next|prev=ID-TAG|next=TH-BLE}}

TD-Q

2026-10-15T07:21:04Z

RINAT: Links: Google Play app ae.esensor.config; product pages on escortsensors.com

{{Sensor card
|type = External probe for FLS reading correction
|photo = TDQ-BLE main picture 1.png
|model = TDQ-BLE
|p1 = Purpose |v1 = level correction when the fuel composition changes
|p2 = Works with |v2 = TD-BLE, TD-150-BLE
|p3 = Probe polling by the sensor |v3 = every 10 min
|p4 = Permittivity measurement |v4 = every 60 s with the probe filled
|p5 = Connection |v5 = Bluetooth LE
|downloads = https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/
|ios = https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085
|android = https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ae.esensor.config
}}
== Sensor Definition and Purpose ==
The '''TDQ-BLE''' sensor (hereinafter referred to as '''“TDQ,” “sensor,” or “probe”''') is an external probe whose readings are used by the '''TD-BLE''' sensor to which the '''TDQ-BLE''' is connected - to adjust level readings in order to minimize the impact on readings caused by changes in fuel composition (changes in the dielectric constant of the medium).

'''The TDQ''' is installed to avoid the need to recalibrate the '''TD-BLE''' or '''TD-150-BLE''' sensor in the following cases:

* Switching from one type of fuel to another (such as seasonal switches from summer to winter diesel and back)

* Minor changes in fuel composition caused by changes in the percentage of certain additives relative to the total volume or composition of the fuel, which lead to discrepancies between refueling and draining records in the monitoring system and on receipts from gas stations

'''Warning!''' <u>The '''TDQ-BLE''' is not designed to resolve short circuits in fuel level sensor tubes caused by the ingress of water, dirt, or liquids whose dielectric constant differs by an order of magnitude from that of light petroleum products!</u>

'''In other words, the TDQ-BLE has no effect on the sensor when it transmits codes 6500 or 7000.'''

'''Warning!''' Only the new model of '''TD-BLE''' sensors with a hexagonal head, software version '''1.4.3''', and a pin-mounted sensor tube are compatible with the '''TDQ'''. The sensor must be updated to software version '''2.5.0.'''

In the '''previous tube mounting''' configuration, the inner tube is visible through the drainage hole '''<u>(not compatible with TDQ):</u>'''
[[File:TD-BLE drainage hole old version.png|center|frameless|475x475px]]

'''Modern pin-type''' tube fastening (with a through drainage hole):
[[File:TD-BLE drainage hole new version.png|center|frameless|440x440px]]

== Sensor design ==
The '''TDQ-BLE''' consists of two sensors:

- The meter itself

- The fill level sensor
[[File:TDQ-BLE full complect 1.png|center|frameless|913x913px]]

'''<u>The meter and the fill sensor are calibrated at the same time.</u>'''

== TDQ-BLE calibration ==
To calibrate the '''TDQ''', submerge it completely in the fuel. Adjust the angle several times, making sure that all air has been expelled from the device’s chambers
{{Note|1=(note: the container in the images does not contain water).}}

This photo shows the calibration process for an older model of the '''TD-Q''' (the procedure is the same):[[File:TDQ-BLE calibration example 1.png|center|frameless|886x886px]]

'''Current''' appearance of the '''TDQ-BLE''' probe:
[[File:TDQ-BLE Description 2.png|center|frameless|639x639px]]

Next you need to connect to the sensor in the mobile app. Go to '''“Sensor Settings”''' > '''“TD-Q,”''' select the desired sensor, and tap '''“Connect.”''':
[[File:TDQ-BLE connection 1.jpg|left|frameless]]
[[File:TDQ-BLE connection 2.png|frameless]] [[File:TDQ-BLE connection 3.jpg|frameless]]

'''<u>Wait 2–3 minutes,</u>''' since the sensor takes a reading once every minute. This way, you can be absolutely sure that a reading has been taken.

'''<u>After 2–3 minutes</u>''', go to the '''“Settings”''' menu, enter (or set) a password, and tap the '''“Calibrate”''' button in the '''“Full”''' section.
[[File:TDQ-BLE settings 4.png|left|frameless]]
[[File:TDQ-BLE settings 5 (password).jpg|frameless]][[File:TDQ-BLE settings 6 (calibration full).jpg|frameless]]

Next remove th'''e TDQ''' from the '''<u>fuel</u>'''. Drain the fuel.

Wait another '''<u>2–3 minutes.</u>''' Then press the '''“Calibrate”''' button in the '''“Empty”''' section
[[File:TDQ-BLE draining example.png|left|frameless|578x578px]]
[[File:TDQ-BLE EMPTY calibration.jpg|frameless]]

The calibration values in the '''“Full”''' section '''<u>must be higher</u>''' than the calibration values in the '''“Empty”''' section. If this condition is not met perform the calibration again.

=== Connecting the TDQ-BLE to the TD-BLE Sensor ===
To connect the '''TDQ''' to the '''TD-BLE''', you need to connect to that '''TD-BLE.''' Go to '''“Sensor Settings”''' > '''“TD-BLE''',” select the sensor, and tap '''“Connect.”'''
[[File:TDQ-BLE connection 1.jpg|left|frameless]]
[[File:Main menu TD-BLE button (1).png|frameless]] [[File:Main menu TD-BLE serial numbers list.jpg|frameless]]

Next, go to the '''“Settings”''' section. Enter or set the '''TD-BLE''' sensor password.

Swipe up from the bottom to scroll through the menu to the '''TDQ pairing section.'''

Enter the '''TDQ’s MAC address''' without the colon (you can find it in the app when connected to the '''TDQ''' or in the '''NRF Connect app'''), along with its '''password.'''

Enable one of the two correction modes. Then select the correction mode, tap '''“Save,”''' and '''confirm''' your selection.
[[File:TD-BLE Settings page .jpg|left|frameless]]
[[File:TD-BLE TD-Q Setting colone .jpg|frameless]] [[File:TD-BLE TD-Q Setting colone 1.jpg|frameless]]
[[File:TDQ mac address page.jpg|left|frameless]]
[[File:TDQ mac address (nRF connect).jpg|frameless]]

=== Correction Modes, Measurement Principles and Data Transmission ===
In the connection settings, you can select two correction modes:

'''1)''' '''Normal;''' enabled by the '''“On'''” option

'''2)''' '''Correction mode with fuel level detection;''' enabled by the '''“Enabled with fuel level detection”''' option;

By default, the '''TD-BLE''' sensor performs scanning sessions to receive a '''TDQ-BLE''' packet '''<u>every 10 minutes</u>'''. Changing this interval in the settings is not currently supported.

When the correction mode with refueling detection is enabled, the '''FLS(fuel level sensor)''' will perform an '''<u>unscheduled</u>''' scan if the '''<u>following conditions are met:</u>'''

* '''The level has increased by 25%;'''

* '''The level increase occurred in less than 3 minutes;'''

If these conditions are met, the '''TD-BLE''' interprets '''this level change''' as '''a refueling event.'''

If the '''TD-BLE''' does not detect a '''TDQ-BLE packet''', scanning '''<u>is disabled until the next scheduled session (every 10 minutes).</u>'''

The '''correction mode''' with '''refueling detection''' allows corrections to occur '''more quickly during refueling,''' but may slightly increase battery consumption in the '''TD-BLE.'''

As mentioned above, '''TDQ-BLE''' measures the '''<u>dielectric constant of the environment once per minute.</u>''' At the same time, advertising packets are sent '''<u>every second.</u>''' Changing these intervals in the settings is not currently supported.

Summary:

'''TDQ-BLE:'''

- Measures the '''dielectric constant''' of the environment '''once every 60 seconds''', with no option to change the interval, provided that the fill sensor in '''TDQ-BLE''' '''<u>detects that the tank is full;</u>'''

- Checks the status of the fill sensor once '''every 60 seconds,''' with no option to change the interval;

- Sending packets '''once every 1 second,''' with no option to change the interval;

Thus, dielectric constant measurements are taken '''once every 60 seconds''' if the fill sensor is triggered. In an empty tank, only the fill sensor status is checked '''every 60 seconds''' to conserve battery power.

As soon as the fill sensor detects that the '''TDQ-BLE''' is full, dielectric measurements will be performed in '''normal mode''' that is, '''every 60 seconds.'''

'''TD-BLE:'''

- Scans '''TDQ-BLE''' packets '''once every 10 minutes'''; the interval cannot be changed;

- Ability to perform an unscheduled scan upon refueling '''(a 25% increase in level in less than 3 minutes);'''

- Scan session duration: '''1 second,''' with no option to change this setting;

- No changes to the data logging principles in the black box;

- The sensor’s calibration mode does not affect communication with the '''TDQ-BLE;'''

- It is best to calibrate the sensor before connecting the '''TDQ-BLE;'''

'''<u>Important! Currently, communication between the TD-BLE and the TDQ-BLE is not possible if the TD-BLE is connected to the Escort Configurator mobile app.</u>'''

=== Installation of the TDQ-BLE in the tank ===
'''Before installing the TDQ, it is recommended to tie a strong fishing line around it so that you can retrieve the probe from the tank if it falls inside during installation. Remove the fishing line after installation.'''

Thread the '''TD-BLE''' sensor tube through the '''TDQ''' mounting bracket:
[[File:TDQ-BLE mounting part 1.png|center|frameless|785x785px]]

Squeeze the clamp's ears to increase its diameter:
[[File:TDQ-BLE clamps ears photo.png|center|frameless|701x701px]]

Insert the '''TDQ-BLE''' mounting leg into the clamp '''<u>(the notches on the leg should align with the narrow part of the clamp):</u>'''
[[File:TDQ-BLE mounting leg photo 2.png|center|frameless|689x689px]]

Align the edges of the '''TDQ-BLE''' centering devices and the sensor; mark the location of the clamp on the sensor tubes with the centering devices aligned:
[[File:TDQ-BLE full complect 1.png|center|frameless|910x910px]]

Move the '''TDQ-BLE''' to the edge of the sensor tubes:
[[File:TDQ-BLE Moutning instruction 1.png|center|frameless|917x917px]]

Insert the '''TDQ-BLE''' into the '''hole in the tank''', lower it, '''slightly squeeze the clamp’s ears''', and lower the sensor tubes to the mark '''made earlier;''' then lower the '''FLS(fuel level sensor)''' into the tank and secure it with '''self-tapping screws''', following the basic '''FLS''' installation instructions.

The '''photos below show''' an example with a plate that has '''35-mm-diameter holes drilled for the TD-BLE:'''
[[File:TDQ-BLE Moutning instruction 2.png|left|frameless|554x554px]]
[[File:TDQ-BLE Moutning instruction 3.png|frameless|555x555px]]

[[File:TDQ-BLE Moutning instruction 4.png|center|frameless|735x735px]]

{{Note|1=When installing the FLS, install a gasket. Apply oil- and gasoline-resistant sealant to the gasket and the FLS mounting area.}}

* '''[https://docs.google.com/document/d/1rBpC-mA_KFb7XS83u9O5FVsG12yDnpeYkMJLDVT9lm0/edit?usp=sharing A program for generating graphs from the TD-BLE black box]'''

{{Next|prev=TD-Online|next=DU-BLE}}

MediaWiki:Common.css

2026-10-09T09:43:02Z

RINAT: Header: the right part shrinks via the search field (logged-in users at 1000–1150 px got a horizontal scroll)

/*
* База знаний Эскорт — тема для Vector 2022 (MediaWiki 1.41)
* Страница: MediaWiki:Common.css
*
* Фирменные цвета и шрифты — по escortsensors.com.
* Разделы:
* 0. Шрифты
* 1. Токены (CSS-переменные)
* 2. Каркас Vector: шапка, вкладки, меню, оглавление, подвал
* 3. Типографика статьи
* 4. Приведение старой разметки (<big>, <u>, <blockquote>, жирные заголовки)
* 5. Таблицы, изображения, списки определений, код
* 6. Компоненты шаблонов (es-*)
* 7. Заглавная страница
* 8. Печать
*/

/* ===== 0. Шрифты ==========================================================
* Файлы лежат на сервере вики: /escort-assets/fonts/ (см. README).
* Лицензия шрифтов — SIL OFL 1.1.
*/
@font-face {
font-family: 'Manrope';
font-style: normal;
font-weight: 200 800;
font-display: swap;
src: url( /escort-assets/fonts/manrope-cyrillic-wght-normal.woff2 ) format( 'woff2' );
unicode-range: U+0301, U+0400-045F, U+0490-0491, U+04B0-04B1, U+2116;
}
@font-face {
font-family: 'Manrope';
font-style: normal;
font-weight: 200 800;
font-display: swap;
src: url( /escort-assets/fonts/manrope-cyrillic-ext-wght-normal.woff2 ) format( 'woff2' );
unicode-range: U+0460-052F, U+1C80-1C8A, U+20B4, U+2DE0-2DFF, U+A640-A69F, U+FE2E-FE2F;
}
@font-face {
font-family: 'Manrope';
font-style: normal;
font-weight: 200 800;
font-display: swap;
src: url( /escort-assets/fonts/manrope-latin-wght-normal.woff2 ) format( 'woff2' );
unicode-range: U+0000-00FF, U+0131, U+0152-0153, U+02BB-02BC, U+02C6, U+02DA, U+02DC, U+0304, U+0308, U+0329, U+2000-206F, U+20AC, U+2122, U+2191, U+2193, U+2212, U+2215, U+FEFF, U+FFFD;
}
@font-face {
font-family: 'Manrope';
font-style: normal;
font-weight: 200 800;
font-display: swap;
src: url( /escort-assets/fonts/manrope-latin-ext-wght-normal.woff2 ) format( 'woff2' );
unicode-range: U+0100-02BA, U+02BD-02C5, U+02C7-02CC, U+02CE-02D7, U+02DD-02FF, U+0304, U+0308, U+0329, U+1D00-1DBF, U+1E00-1E9F, U+1EF2-1EFF, U+2020, U+20A0-20AB, U+20AD-20C0, U+2113, U+2C60-2C7F, U+A720-A7FF;
}
@font-face {
font-family: 'JetBrains Mono';
font-style: normal;
font-weight: 100 800;
font-display: swap;
src: url( /escort-assets/fonts/jetbrains-mono-cyrillic-wght-normal.woff2 ) format( 'woff2' );
unicode-range: U+0301, U+0400-045F, U+0490-0491, U+04B0-04B1, U+2116;
}
@font-face {
font-family: 'JetBrains Mono';
font-style: normal;
font-weight: 100 800;
font-display: swap;
src: url( /escort-assets/fonts/jetbrains-mono-latin-wght-normal.woff2 ) format( 'woff2' );
unicode-range: U+0000-00FF, U+0131, U+0152-0153, U+02BB-02BC, U+02C6, U+02DA, U+02DC, U+0304, U+0308, U+0329, U+2000-206F, U+20AC, U+2122, U+2191, U+2193, U+2212, U+2215, U+FEFF, U+FFFD;
}

/* ===== 1. Токены ========================================================== */
:root {
--es-red: #DC2B1C; /* акцент: кнопки, маркеры */
--es-red-text: #B3200F; /* ссылки в тексте (контраст 6,4:1) */
--es-black: #181818; /* шапка, заголовки */
--es-text: #3E4044; /* основной текст */
--es-muted: #585A5E; /* подписи (контраст 6,9:1) */
--es-surface: #F2F2F2; /* фоны блоков */
--es-zebra: #FAFAFA;
--es-line: #E2E2E2; /* рамки */
--es-line-soft: #EDEDED;
--es-field: #CDCDCD; /* поля, вторичные кнопки */
--es-warn-bg: #FDEDEB;
--es-warn-line: #F2C3BD;
--es-warn-title: #8E1A0C;
--es-radius: 8px;
--es-radius-s: 6px;
--es-font: 'Manrope', 'Segoe UI', Roboto, Arial, sans-serif;
--es-mono: 'JetBrains Mono', Consolas, 'Courier New', monospace;
}

/* ===== 2. Каркас Vector 2022 ============================================== */
body,
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-body,
body.skin-vector-2022 .mw-body,
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-header,
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-main-menu,
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-toc,
body.skin-vector-2022 .mw-footer,
body.skin-vector-2022 .cdx-text-input__input,
body.skin-vector-2022 .cdx-button {
font-family: var( --es-font );
}

/* — Шапка: тёмная полоса во всю ширину —
* Префикс body.skin-vector-2022 нужен, чтобы перебить фон, который Vector задаёт
* селекторами из двух классов. */
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-header-start {
flex: 0 0 auto;
min-width: max-content;
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-header-end {
flex: 1 1 auto;
margin-left: 48px;
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-header-container {
background: var( --es-black );
box-shadow: 0 0 0 100vmax var( --es-black );
clip-path: inset( 0 -100vmax );
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-header-container .mw-header {
min-height: 64px;
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-header .vector-icon {
filter: invert( 1 );
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-header .cdx-button,
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-header .vector-dropdown-label {
color: #FFFFFF;
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-header .cdx-button:hover,
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-header .vector-dropdown-label:hover {
background-color: rgba( 255, 255, 255, 0.1 );
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-user-links .vector-menu-content-list > li > a,
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-user-links #p-vector-user-menu-overflow a,
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-user-links .mw-list-item > a {
color: #FFFFFF;
}
/* выпадающие меню внутри шапки остаются светлыми */
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-header .vector-dropdown-content,
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-header .vector-dropdown-content a {
color: var( --es-black );
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-header .vector-dropdown-content .vector-icon {
filter: none;
}

/* Логотип: белый вордмарк из $wgLogos + подпись */
/* Текстовое название вики (пока не задан логотип-надпись в LocalSettings) */
body.skin-vector-2022 .mw-logo-wordmark {
color: #FFFFFF;
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .mw-logo {
gap: 16px;
align-items: center;
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .mw-logo::after {
content: 'Knowledge Base';
padding-left: 16px;
border-left: 1px solid #4A4A4A;
color: #FFFFFF;
font-size: 13px;
font-weight: 700;
letter-spacing: 0.12em;
text-transform: uppercase;
line-height: 28px;
white-space: nowrap;
}
/* Подпись помещается рядом с полным полем поиска только на широком экране:
«Base de conocimientos» (ES) на 1024 px выдавливала кнопки входа за край */
@media ( max-width: 1119px ) {
body.skin-vector-2022 .mw-logo::after {
display: none;
}
}
/* На широком экране шапка Vector — сетка с колонкой под боковое меню (≈248 px).
Логотип с подписью шире, поэтому первая колонка — по содержимому */
@media ( min-width: 1120px ) {
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-header-container .mw-header {
grid-template-columns: max-content minmax( 0, 1fr );
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-header-end {
margin-left: 12px;
}
}

/* Правая часть шапки сжимается за счёт поля поиска: у вошедших в учётку больше иконок,
и на 1000–1150 px она выходила за край */
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-header-end,
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-header-end #p-search,
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-header-end #p-search .cdx-search-input,
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-header-end #p-search .cdx-text-input {
min-width: 0;
}

/* Поиск */
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-header .cdx-text-input__input {
background: #2A2A2A;
border-color: #3A3A3A;
border-radius: var( --es-radius-s ) 0 0 var( --es-radius-s );
color: #FFFFFF;
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-header .cdx-text-input__input::placeholder {
color: #A6A8AC;
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-header .cdx-text-input__input:focus {
border-color: var( --es-red );
box-shadow: inset 0 0 0 1px var( --es-red );
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-header .cdx-search-input__end-button {
background: var( --es-red );
border-color: var( --es-red );
color: #FFFFFF;
border-radius: 0 var( --es-radius-s ) var( --es-radius-s ) 0;
font-weight: 700;
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-header .cdx-search-input__end-button:hover {
background: #C02414;
border-color: #C02414;
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-header .cdx-text-input__start-icon {
filter: invert( 1 );
opacity: 0.7;
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-header .cdx-menu {
font-family: var( --es-font );
}

/* — Заголовок страницы и вкладки — */
body.skin-vector-2022 #firstHeading,
body.skin-vector-2022 .mw-body h1.firstHeading {
font-family: var( --es-font );
font-weight: 800;
font-size: 2.25rem;
line-height: 1.15;
letter-spacing: -0.01em;
color: var( --es-black );
border-bottom: 0;
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-page-titlebar {
box-shadow: none;
border-bottom: 0;
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-page-toolbar-container {
border-bottom: 1px solid var( --es-line );
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-menu-tabs .mw-list-item a,
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-menu-tabs .mw-list-item a:visited {
color: var( --es-text );
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-menu-tabs .mw-list-item.selected a,
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-menu-tabs .mw-list-item.selected a:visited {
color: var( --es-black );
font-weight: 700;
border-bottom: 2px solid var( --es-red );
}
body.skin-vector-2022 #siteSub,
body.skin-vector-2022 #contentSub {
color: var( --es-muted );
}

/* — Главное меню и инструменты — */
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-main-menu a,
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-page-tools a,
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-main-menu a:visited,
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-page-tools a:visited {
color: var( --es-black );
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-pinnable-header-label,
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-menu-heading {
font-size: 11px;
font-weight: 800;
letter-spacing: 0.12em;
text-transform: uppercase;
color: var( --es-muted );
}

/* — Оглавление — */
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-toc .vector-toc-link,
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-toc .vector-toc-link:visited {
color: var( --es-text );
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-toc .vector-toc-list-item-active > .vector-toc-link,
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-toc .vector-toc-level-1-active:not( .vector-toc-list-item-expanded ) > .vector-toc-link,
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-toc .vector-toc-list-item-active.vector-toc-level-1-active > .vector-toc-link {
color: var( --es-black );
font-weight: 700;
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-toc .vector-toc-list-item-active > .vector-toc-link .vector-toc-text {
box-shadow: -10px 0 0 -8px var( --es-red );
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-toc .vector-toc-numb {
display: inline;
margin-right: 6px;
font-family: var( --es-mono );
font-size: 0.8em;
color: var( --es-muted );
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-toc #toc-mw-content-text .vector-toc-numb {
display: none;
}

/* — Подвал: тёмная полоса — */
body.skin-vector-2022 .mw-footer-container {
margin-top: 48px;
background: var( --es-black );
box-shadow: 0 0 0 100vmax var( --es-black );
clip-path: inset( 0 -100vmax );
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .mw-footer {
border-top: 0;
padding: 32px 0;
color: #D0D0D0;
font-size: 13px;
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .mw-footer a,
body.skin-vector-2022 .mw-footer a:visited {
color: #FFFFFF;
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .mw-footer #footer-places-privacy:has( a[ href='' ] ) {
display: none;
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .mw-footer #footer-icons img {
filter: grayscale( 1 ) invert( 1 ) brightness( 1.6 );
opacity: 0.7;
}

/* ===== 3. Типографика статьи ============================================== */
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-body {
font-size: 1rem;
line-height: 1.6;
color: var( --es-text );
}
.mw-parser-output h1,
.mw-parser-output h2,
.mw-parser-output h3,
.mw-parser-output h4,
.mw-parser-output h5,
.mw-parser-output h6 {
font-family: var( --es-font );
color: var( --es-black );
border-bottom: 0;
line-height: 1.25;
}
/* «= Раздел =» на старых страницах даёт h1 внутри статьи — оформляем как раздел */
.mw-parser-output h1,
.mw-parser-output h2 {
margin: 2.2em 0 0.6em;
font-size: 1.375rem;
font-weight: 800;
letter-spacing: 0.02em;
text-transform: uppercase;
}
.mw-parser-output h3 {
margin: 1.8em 0 0.5em;
font-size: 1.125rem;
font-weight: 800;
}
.mw-parser-output h4,
.mw-parser-output h5,
.mw-parser-output h6 {
margin: 1.4em 0 0.4em;
font-size: 1rem;
font-weight: 700;
}
.mw-parser-output p {
margin: 0.5em 0 0.9em;
}
.mw-parser-output a:not( .new ),
.mw-parser-output a:not( .new ):visited {
color: var( --es-red-text );
}
.mw-parser-output a:not( .new ):hover {
color: var( --es-black );
}
.mw-parser-output a.new,
.mw-parser-output a.new:visited {
color: var( --es-muted );
text-decoration: underline dotted;
}
.mw-editsection,
.mw-parser-output .mw-editsection a,
.mw-parser-output .mw-editsection a:visited {
color: var( --es-muted );
font-family: var( --es-font );
font-size: 12px;
font-weight: 600;
letter-spacing: 0;
text-transform: none;
}

/* Автонумерация разделов «01, 02 …» на страницах, оформленных по шаблону {{Карточка датчика}} */
.mw-parser-output:has( .es-card ) {
counter-reset: es-sec;
}
.mw-parser-output:has( .es-card ) > h2 {
counter-increment: es-sec;
}
.mw-parser-output:has( .es-card ) > h2 .mw-headline::before {
content: counter( es-sec, decimal-leading-zero );
margin-right: 0.6em;
font-family: var( --es-mono );
font-weight: 700;
color: var( --es-red );
}
.mw-body:has( .es-card ) #firstHeading {
font-family: var( --es-mono );
font-weight: 700;
font-size: 2.75rem;
letter-spacing: -0.02em;
}

/* ===== 4. Приведение старой разметки ====================================== */
/* <big> в тексте и заголовках больше не увеличивает шрифт — размер задаёт тема */
.mw-parser-output big {
font-size: inherit;
}
/* лишний жирный и подчёркивание внутри заголовков */
.mw-parser-output :is( h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 ) b,
.mw-parser-output :is( h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 ) strong {
font-weight: inherit;
}
.mw-parser-output :is( h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 ) u {
text-decoration: none;
}
/* <blockquote> на старых страницах использовался как предупреждение */
.mw-parser-output blockquote {
margin: 1.2em 0;
padding: 14px 20px 14px 52px;
position: relative;
border: 1px solid var( --es-warn-line );
border-radius: var( --es-radius );
background: var( --es-warn-bg );
color: #3A1410;
/* Minerva задаёт цитатам шрифт с засечками и увеличенный кегль */
font-family: var( --es-font );
font-size: inherit;
font-style: normal;
line-height: 1.55;
}
.mw-parser-output blockquote::before {
content: '';
position: absolute;
left: 18px;
top: 16px;
width: 22px;
height: 22px;
background: #B3200F;
-webkit-mask: url( "data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg' viewBox='0 0 24 24' fill='none' stroke='black' stroke-width='2' stroke-linecap='round' stroke-linejoin='round'%3E%3Cpath d='M12 3l10 18H2z'/%3E%3Cpath d='M12 10v5M12 18h.01'/%3E%3C/svg%3E" ) center / contain no-repeat;
mask: url( "data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg' viewBox='0 0 24 24' fill='none' stroke='black' stroke-width='2' stroke-linecap='round' stroke-linejoin='round'%3E%3Cpath d='M12 3l10 18H2z'/%3E%3Cpath d='M12 10v5M12 18h.01'/%3E%3C/svg%3E" ) center / contain no-repeat;
}
.mw-parser-output blockquote u {
text-decoration: none;
}
.mw-parser-output blockquote p:last-child {
margin-bottom: 0;
}

/* ===== 5. Таблицы, изображения, определения, код ========================= */
.mw-parser-output .wikitable {
margin: 1.2em 0;
border: 1px solid var( --es-line );
border-collapse: collapse;
background: #FFFFFF;
color: var( --es-text );
font-size: 0.9375rem;
}
.mw-parser-output .wikitable > * > tr > th,
.mw-parser-output .wikitable > * > tr > td {
border: 1px solid var( --es-line-soft );
padding: 10px 14px;
vertical-align: top;
}
.mw-parser-output .wikitable > * > tr:first-child > th {
background: var( --es-black );
border-color: var( --es-black );
color: #FFFFFF;
font-weight: 700;
text-align: left;
}
.mw-parser-output .wikitable > * > tr:not( :first-child ) > th {
background: var( --es-surface );
color: var( --es-black );
text-align: left;
}
.mw-parser-output .wikitable > * > tr:nth-child( even ) > td {
background: var( --es-zebra );
}
.mw-parser-output .wikitable > caption {
padding: 0 0 8px;
text-align: left;
font-weight: 800;
color: var( --es-black );
}
.mw-parser-output .wikitable > * > tr:first-child > th a {
color: #FFFFFF;
}

/* Картинки не шире колонки: на старых страницах скриншоты по 800+ px */
.mw-parser-output img.mw-file-element {
max-width: 100%;
height: auto;
}
.mw-parser-output figure[ typeof^='mw:File' ] {
max-width: 100%;
}

/* Миниатюры */
.mw-parser-output figure[ typeof~='mw:File/Thumb' ],
.mw-parser-output figure[ typeof~='mw:File/Frame' ] {
border: 1px solid var( --es-line );
border-radius: var( --es-radius );
background: #FFFFFF;
padding: 8px;
}
.mw-parser-output figure[ typeof~='mw:File/Thumb' ] > :not( figcaption ) .mw-file-element,
.mw-parser-output figure[ typeof~='mw:File/Frame' ] > :not( figcaption ) .mw-file-element {
border: 0;
background: #FFFFFF;
}
.mw-parser-output figure[ typeof~='mw:File/Thumb' ] > figcaption,
.mw-parser-output figure[ typeof~='mw:File/Frame' ] > figcaption {
border: 0;
background: transparent;
padding: 8px 4px 2px;
font-size: 13px;
line-height: 1.4;
color: var( --es-muted );
}
.mw-parser-output ul.gallery {
margin: 1em 0;
}
.mw-parser-output li.gallerybox .thumb {
border-radius: var( --es-radius );
border-color: var( --es-line );
background: #FFFFFF;
}
.mw-parser-output li.gallerybox .gallerytext {
font-size: 13px;
color: var( --es-muted );
}
/* Галереи со скриншотами по 730–900 px: на узком экране — не шире колонки */
.mw-parser-output li.gallerybox,
.mw-parser-output li.gallerybox .thumb {
max-width: 100%;
}
.mw-parser-output li.gallerybox .thumb {
height: auto !important;
padding: 8px 0;
}
.mw-parser-output li.gallerybox .thumb > * {
margin: 0 auto !important;
}

/* Список определений «; термин : значение» */
.mw-parser-output dl:has( > dt ) {
margin: 1em 0;
border-top: 1px solid var( --es-line );
}
.mw-parser-output dl:has( > dt ) > dt {
margin-top: 0;
padding-top: 12px;
font-weight: 800;
color: var( --es-black );
}
.mw-parser-output dl:has( > dt ) > dd {
margin: 2px 0 0;
padding-bottom: 12px;
border-bottom: 1px solid var( --es-line );
}

/* Код и значения */
.mw-parser-output code,
.mw-parser-output kbd,
.mw-parser-output pre,
.es-mono {
font-family: var( --es-mono );
}
.mw-parser-output code {
padding: 1px 5px;
border: 0;
border-radius: 4px;
background: var( --es-surface );
color: var( --es-black );
font-size: 0.875em;
}
.mw-parser-output pre {
border: 1px solid var( --es-line );
border-radius: var( --es-radius );
background: var( --es-zebra );
}

/* ===== 6. Компоненты шаблонов ============================================= */

/* Все компоненты считают размеры с учётом рамок и отступов */
[ class^='es-' ],
[ class*=' es-' ] {
box-sizing: border-box;
}

/* Метка над заголовком */
.es-eyebrow {
font-size: 13px;
font-weight: 700;
letter-spacing: 0.12em;
text-transform: uppercase;
color: var( --es-red );
}

/* Кнопки: <span class="es-btn es-btn--primary">[[ссылка|текст]]</span> */
.mw-parser-output .es-btn {
display: inline-flex;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-btn > a,
.mw-parser-output .es-btn > a:visited {
display: inline-flex;
align-items: center;
gap: 8px;
min-height: 44px;
padding: 0 18px;
border-radius: var( --es-radius-s );
font-weight: 700;
font-size: 15px;
text-decoration: none;
box-sizing: border-box;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-btn--primary > a,
.mw-parser-output .es-btn--primary > a:visited {
background: var( --es-red );
color: #FFFFFF;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-btn--primary > a:hover {
background: #C02414;
color: #FFFFFF;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-btn--secondary > a,
.mw-parser-output .es-btn--secondary > a:visited {
background: #FFFFFF;
border: 1px solid var( --es-field );
color: var( --es-black );
}
.mw-parser-output .es-btn--secondary > a:hover {
border-color: var( --es-black );
color: var( --es-black );
}
.mw-parser-output .es-btn > a.external {
background-image: none;
padding-right: 18px;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-btn > a.external::after {
content: '↗';
font-weight: 700;
}
.es-actions {
display: flex;
flex-wrap: wrap;
gap: 10px;
}

/* Предупреждения: {{Внимание}}, {{Примечание}} */
.es-callout {
position: relative;
margin: 1.2em 0;
padding: 14px 20px 14px 52px;
border-radius: var( --es-radius );
border: 1px solid var( --es-line );
background: var( --es-surface );
color: var( --es-text );
}
.es-callout::before {
content: '';
position: absolute;
left: 18px;
top: 16px;
width: 22px;
height: 22px;
background: var( --es-text );
-webkit-mask: url( "data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg' viewBox='0 0 24 24' fill='none' stroke='black' stroke-width='2' stroke-linecap='round' stroke-linejoin='round'%3E%3Ccircle cx='12' cy='12' r='9'/%3E%3Cpath d='M12 11v6M12 7.5h.01'/%3E%3C/svg%3E" ) center / contain no-repeat;
mask: url( "data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg' viewBox='0 0 24 24' fill='none' stroke='black' stroke-width='2' stroke-linecap='round' stroke-linejoin='round'%3E%3Ccircle cx='12' cy='12' r='9'/%3E%3Cpath d='M12 11v6M12 7.5h.01'/%3E%3C/svg%3E" ) center / contain no-repeat;
}
.es-callout__title {
font-weight: 800;
color: var( --es-black );
}
.es-callout__text > p:first-child {
margin-top: 2px;
}
.es-callout__text > p:last-child {
margin-bottom: 0;
}
.es-callout--warn {
border-color: var( --es-warn-line );
background: var( --es-warn-bg );
color: #3A1410;
}
.es-callout--warn::before {
background: #B3200F;
-webkit-mask-image: url( "data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg' viewBox='0 0 24 24' fill='none' stroke='black' stroke-width='2' stroke-linecap='round' stroke-linejoin='round'%3E%3Cpath d='M12 3l10 18H2z'/%3E%3Cpath d='M12 10v5M12 18h.01'/%3E%3C/svg%3E" );
mask-image: url( "data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg' viewBox='0 0 24 24' fill='none' stroke='black' stroke-width='2' stroke-linecap='round' stroke-linejoin='round'%3E%3Cpath d='M12 3l10 18H2z'/%3E%3Cpath d='M12 10v5M12 18h.01'/%3E%3C/svg%3E" );
}
.es-callout--warn .es-callout__title {
color: var( --es-warn-title );
}

/* Шаги: {{Шаг}} */
.es-step {
display: flex;
gap: 16px;
margin: 12px 0;
padding: 16px 20px;
border: 1px solid var( --es-line );
border-radius: var( --es-radius );
background: #FFFFFF;
}
.es-step__n {
flex: 0 0 32px;
height: 32px;
display: flex;
align-items: center;
justify-content: center;
border-radius: var( --es-radius-s );
background: var( --es-black );
color: #FFFFFF;
font-family: var( --es-mono );
font-size: 14px;
font-weight: 700;
}
.es-step__body {
flex: 1;
min-width: 0;
}
.es-step__title {
font-weight: 800;
color: var( --es-black );
}
.es-step__text > p:first-child {
margin-top: 4px;
}
.es-step__text > p:last-child {
margin-bottom: 0;
}

/* Переключатель способа настройки: {{Способы настройки}} */
.es-tabs {
display: inline-flex;
flex-wrap: wrap;
gap: 4px;
margin: 4px 0 20px;
padding: 4px;
border-radius: var( --es-radius );
background: var( --es-surface );
}
.mw-parser-output .es-tabs > span > a,
.mw-parser-output .es-tabs > span > a:visited,
.mw-parser-output .es-tabs > span > .mw-selflink {
display: inline-flex;
align-items: center;
min-height: 40px;
padding: 0 16px;
border-radius: var( --es-radius-s );
font-size: 14px;
font-weight: 600;
color: var( --es-text );
text-decoration: none;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-tabs > span > a:hover {
color: var( --es-black );
background: rgba( 255, 255, 255, 0.6 );
}
.mw-parser-output .es-tabs > span > .mw-selflink {
background: #FFFFFF;
color: var( --es-black );
font-weight: 700;
box-shadow: 0 1px 2px rgba( 0, 0, 0, 0.08 );
}

/* Карточка датчика: {{Карточка датчика}} */
.es-card-type {
margin: 0 0 12px;
}
.es-card {
display: flex;
flex-wrap: wrap;
margin: 0 0 1.5em;
border: 1px solid var( --es-line );
border-radius: var( --es-radius );
overflow: hidden;
background: #FFFFFF;
}
.es-card__img {
flex: 1 1 200px;
display: flex;
align-items: center;
justify-content: center;
padding: 24px;
border-right: 1px solid var( --es-line-soft );
}
.es-card__img img {
max-width: 100%;
height: auto;
}
.es-card__main {
flex: 999 1 340px;
min-width: 0;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-facts {
display: grid;
grid-template-columns: minmax( 140px, auto ) 1fr;
margin: 0;
border: 0;
font-size: 14px;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-facts > dt,
.mw-parser-output .es-facts > dd {
margin: 0;
padding: 10px 20px;
border-bottom: 1px solid var( --es-line-soft );
}
.mw-parser-output .es-facts > dt {
font-weight: 400;
color: var( --es-muted );
}
.mw-parser-output .es-facts > dd {
font-family: var( --es-mono );
font-size: 13px;
color: var( --es-black );
}
.es-card__actions {
display: flex;
flex-wrap: wrap;
gap: 8px;
padding: 16px 20px;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-card__actions .es-btn > a {
min-height: 40px;
font-size: 14px;
padding: 0 14px;
}
.es-card__apps {
padding: 0 20px 16px;
font-size: 14px;
color: var( --es-muted );
}

/* Навигация «Следующая модель»: {{Далее}} */
.es-next {
display: flex;
flex-wrap: wrap;
justify-content: space-between;
gap: 12px;
margin-top: 3em;
padding-top: 20px;
border-top: 1px solid var( --es-line );
font-size: 14px;
}
.es-next__mail {
display: inline-flex;
align-items: center;
gap: 0.35em;
color: var( --es-muted );
}
.mw-parser-output .es-next__mail a.external {
background-image: none;
padding-right: 0;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-next__item > a,
.mw-parser-output .es-next__item > a:visited {
display: inline-flex;
flex-direction: column;
padding: 8px 16px;
border: 1px solid var( --es-field );
border-radius: var( --es-radius );
color: var( --es-black );
text-decoration: none;
font-family: var( --es-mono );
font-weight: 700;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-next__item > a::before {
content: 'Next model';
font-family: var( --es-font );
font-size: 12px;
font-weight: 500;
color: var( --es-muted );
}
.mw-parser-output .es-next__item--prev > a::before {
content: 'Previous model';
}
.mw-parser-output .es-next__item > a:hover {
border-color: var( --es-black );
}

/* Метки-теги */
.es-tags {
display: flex;
flex-wrap: wrap;
gap: 6px;
}
.es-tag {
padding: 2px 6px;
border-radius: 4px;
background: var( --es-surface );
color: var( --es-text );
font-family: var( --es-mono );
font-size: 11px;
font-weight: 700;
line-height: 1.5;
}

/* ===== 7. Заглавная страница ============================================== */
.page-Заглавная_страница #firstHeading,
.page-Main_Page #firstHeading,
.page-Página_principal #firstHeading {
position: absolute;
width: 1px;
height: 1px;
overflow: hidden;
clip: rect( 0 0 0 0 );
}
.page-Заглавная_страница .mw-body-header,
.page-Main_Page .mw-body-header,
.page-Página_principal .mw-body-header {
min-height: 0;
}

/* Вводный блок */
.es-hero {
display: flex;
flex-wrap: wrap;
gap: 32px 56px;
align-items: flex-end;
justify-content: space-between;
margin: 8px 0 8px;
padding: 48px 40px 40px;
border-radius: var( --es-radius );
background: var( --es-surface );
}
.es-hero__text {
flex: 999 1 460px;
min-width: 0;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-hero__title {
margin: 10px 0 0;
font-size: 2.75rem;
line-height: 1.1;
font-weight: 800;
letter-spacing: -0.01em;
text-transform: none;
}
.es-hero__lead {
max-width: 620px;
margin: 14px 0 24px;
font-size: 1.125rem;
line-height: 1.55;
color: var( --es-text );
}

/* Карточка поддержки: {{Поддержка}} */
.es-support {
flex: 1 1 320px;
max-width: 420px;
padding: 20px 24px;
border: 1px solid var( --es-line );
border-radius: var( --es-radius );
background: #FFFFFF;
}
.es-support__title {
margin-bottom: 6px;
font-size: 12px;
font-weight: 800;
letter-spacing: 0.12em;
text-transform: uppercase;
color: var( --es-muted );
}
.es-support__row {
display: flex;
align-items: center;
justify-content: space-between;
gap: 12px;
min-height: 44px;
border-top: 1px solid var( --es-line-soft );
font-weight: 600;
}
.es-support__title + .es-support__row {
border-top: 0;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-support__row a,
.mw-parser-output .es-support__row a:visited {
color: var( --es-black );
background-image: none;
padding-right: 0;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-support__row a:hover {
color: var( --es-red-text );
}
.es-support__kind {
font-size: 13px;
font-weight: 500;
color: var( --es-muted );
}

/* Каталог */
.es-catalog {
display: grid;
grid-template-columns: repeat( auto-fill, minmax( 240px, 1fr ) );
gap: 18px;
margin: 20px 0 8px;
}
.es-tile {
display: flex;
flex-direction: column;
border: 1px solid var( --es-line );
border-radius: var( --es-radius );
overflow: hidden;
background: #FFFFFF;
transition: border-color 0.15s;
}
.es-tile:hover {
border-color: var( --es-field );
}
.es-tile[ hidden ] {
display: none;
}
.es-tile__img {
height: 160px;
display: flex;
align-items: center;
justify-content: center;
border-bottom: 1px solid var( --es-line-soft );
background: #FFFFFF;
}
.es-tile__img img {
max-width: 136px;
max-height: 128px;
width: auto;
height: auto;
object-fit: contain;
}
.es-tile__body {
flex: 1;
display: flex;
flex-direction: column;
padding: 14px 18px 16px;
}
.es-tile__head {
display: flex;
align-items: center;
justify-content: space-between;
gap: 8px;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-tile__name a,
.mw-parser-output .es-tile__name a:visited {
color: var( --es-black );
font-family: var( --es-mono );
font-size: 17px;
font-weight: 700;
letter-spacing: -0.01em;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-tile__name a:hover {
color: var( --es-red-text );
}
.es-tile__cat {
font-size: 11px;
font-weight: 700;
letter-spacing: 0.08em;
text-transform: uppercase;
color: var( --es-muted );
}
.es-tile__type {
margin: 4px 0 0;
font-size: 14px;
line-height: 1.45;
color: var( --es-text );
}
.es-tile .es-tags {
margin-top: 10px;
}
.es-tile__body > :nth-last-child( 2 ) {
margin-bottom: 14px;
}
.es-tile__links {
display: flex;
flex-wrap: wrap;
gap: 4px 16px;
margin-top: auto;
padding-top: 12px;
border-top: 1px solid var( --es-line-soft );
font-size: 14px;
font-weight: 600;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-tile__links a,
.mw-parser-output .es-tile__links a:visited {
color: var( --es-black );
}
.mw-parser-output .es-tile__links a.external {
background-image: none;
padding-right: 0;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-tile__links a.external::after {
content: ' ↗';
}
.mw-parser-output .es-tile__links .es-tile__primary a,
.mw-parser-output .es-tile__links .es-tile__primary a:visited {
color: var( --es-red-text );
font-weight: 800;
}

/* Панель фильтра (строится в MediaWiki:Common.js) */
.es-filter {
display: flex;
flex-wrap: wrap;
align-items: center;
gap: 8px;
padding-bottom: 20px;
border-bottom: 1px solid var( --es-line );
}
/* Обёртка кнопок: на широком экране не влияет на раскладку, на узком — строка с прокруткой */
.es-filter__chips {
display: contents;
}
.es-chip {
display: inline-flex;
align-items: center;
gap: 8px;
min-height: 40px;
padding: 0 14px;
border: 1px solid var( --es-field );
border-radius: var( --es-radius-s );
background: #FFFFFF;
color: var( --es-black );
font: 700 14px/1 var( --es-font );
cursor: pointer;
}
.es-chip:hover {
border-color: var( --es-black );
}
.es-chip:focus-visible,
.es-filter__search:focus-visible {
outline: 2px solid var( --es-red );
outline-offset: 2px;
}
.es-chip[ aria-pressed='true' ] {
background: var( --es-black );
border-color: var( --es-black );
color: #FFFFFF;
}
.es-chip__count {
font-family: var( --es-mono );
font-size: 12px;
color: var( --es-muted );
}
.es-chip[ aria-pressed='true' ] .es-chip__count {
color: #FF8A80;
}
.es-filter__search {
flex: 1 1 220px;
max-width: 320px;
min-height: 40px;
margin-left: auto;
padding: 0 12px;
border: 1px solid var( --es-field );
border-radius: var( --es-radius-s );
font: 500 14px var( --es-font );
color: var( --es-black );
box-sizing: border-box;
}
.es-filter__empty {
margin: 20px 0;
padding: 32px;
border: 1px dashed var( --es-field );
border-radius: var( --es-radius );
text-align: center;
color: var( --es-muted );
}

/* Список ПО и интеграций: {{Строка ПО}} */
.es-softlist {
margin: 20px 0;
border: 1px solid var( --es-line );
border-radius: var( --es-radius );
overflow: hidden;
}
.es-softrow {
position: relative;
display: flex;
flex-wrap: wrap;
align-items: center;
gap: 4px 24px;
min-height: 60px;
padding: 10px 44px 10px 22px;
border-top: 1px solid var( --es-line-soft );
background: #FFFFFF;
}
.es-softrow:first-child {
border-top: 0;
}
.es-softrow:nth-child( even ) {
background: var( --es-zebra );
}
.es-softrow:hover {
background: var( --es-surface );
}
.es-softrow::after {
content: '›';
position: absolute;
right: 20px;
top: 50%;
transform: translateY( -52% );
font-size: 24px;
font-weight: 700;
color: var( --es-red );
}
.es-softrow__name {
flex: 0 0 210px;
font-weight: 800;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-softrow__name a,
.mw-parser-output .es-softrow__name a:visited {
color: var( --es-black );
background-image: none;
padding-right: 0;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-softrow__name a::before {
content: '';
position: absolute;
inset: 0;
}
.es-softrow__kind {
flex: 0 0 140px;
font-size: 12px;
font-weight: 700;
letter-spacing: 0.08em;
text-transform: uppercase;
color: var( --es-muted );
}
.es-softrow__desc {
flex: 1 1 300px;
min-width: 0;
font-size: 15px;
}

/* Полезные ссылки внизу главной */
.es-links {
display: flex;
flex-wrap: wrap;
gap: 8px 28px;
margin: 28px 0 0;
padding-top: 20px;
border-top: 1px solid var( --es-line );
font-weight: 600;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-links a.external {
background-image: none;
padding-right: 0;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-links a.external::after {
content: ' ↗';
}

@media ( max-width: 719px ) {
.es-hero {
padding: 28px 20px;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-hero__title {
font-size: 2rem;
}
.es-filter__search {
max-width: none;
margin-left: 0;
}
.es-card__img {
border-right: 0;
border-bottom: 1px solid var( --es-line-soft );
}
.mw-parser-output .es-facts {
grid-template-columns: 1fr;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-facts > dt {
padding: 10px 16px 0;
border-bottom: 0;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-facts > dd {
padding: 2px 16px 10px;
}
.es-card__img {
padding: 16px;
}
.es-card__actions {
padding: 14px 16px;
}
.es-card__apps {
padding: 0 16px 14px;
}
.es-hero__lead {
font-size: 1rem;
}

/* Переключатель инструкций — во всю ширину, кнопки поровну */
.es-tabs {
display: flex;
width: 100%;
}
.es-tabs > span {
display: flex;
flex: 1 1 0;
min-width: 0;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-tabs > span > a,
.mw-parser-output .es-tabs > span > a:visited,
.mw-parser-output .es-tabs > span > .mw-selflink {
flex: 1;
justify-content: center;
padding: 6px 10px;
line-height: 1.25;
text-align: center;
}

/* Блоки предупреждений компактнее */
.es-callout,
.mw-parser-output blockquote {
padding: 12px 14px 12px 44px;
}
.es-callout::before,
.mw-parser-output blockquote::before {
left: 14px;
top: 14px;
width: 20px;
height: 20px;
}

/* Фильтр каталога: категории в одну строку с прокруткой, поиск под ними */
.es-filter {
padding-bottom: 16px;
}
.es-filter__chips {
display: flex;
flex: 1 1 100%;
gap: 8px;
min-width: 0;
overflow-x: auto;
padding-bottom: 2px;
scrollbar-width: none;
}
.es-filter__chips::-webkit-scrollbar {
display: none;
}
.es-chip {
flex: 0 0 auto;
}
.es-filter__search {
flex: 1 1 100%;
}

/* Плитки каталога — горизонтальные: фото слева */
.es-catalog {
gap: 12px;
margin-top: 16px;
}
.es-tile {
flex-direction: row;
}
.es-tile__img {
flex: 0 0 92px;
height: auto;
padding: 10px;
border-bottom: 0;
border-right: 1px solid var( --es-line-soft );
}
.es-tile__img img {
max-width: 72px;
max-height: 96px;
}
.es-tile__body {
min-width: 0;
padding: 12px 14px 12px;
}
.es-tile__body > :nth-last-child( 2 ) {
margin-bottom: 10px;
}
.es-tile__links {
gap: 2px 14px;
padding-top: 8px;
}
}

/* ===== 8. Печать ========================================================== */
@media print {
.es-filter,
.es-tabs,
.es-next,
.es-card__actions {
display: none !important;
}
.es-tile,
.es-step,
.es-callout,
.es-card {
break-inside: avoid;
}
}

MODBUS TD-500

2026-10-09T09:40:26Z

RINAT: Layout: «Setup methods» switch, warning templates, legacy markup cleanup (manual text unchanged)

[[RU:MODBUS_ТД-500| Русская версия]]
[[es:MODBUS_TD-500| Versión en español]]
{{Setup methods|TD-500|Manual|MODBUS TD-500|Modbus protocol}}
Description of MODBUS registers for TD-500

== Port settings ==
Baud rate: 19200 kbps

Data size: 8

Stop-bits: 1

Parity: None

== Request and response structure ==
'''REQUEST''' :

* (u8) Network address
* (u8) 0х03 --> Read command
* (u8) Low byte of read reg. (value is ignored)
* (u8) High byte of read reg. (value is ignored)
* (u8) Low byte of the quantity -|-|-|-|
* (u8) High byte of quantity -|-|-|-|
* (u8) CRC16 - low byte
* (u8) CRC16 - high byte

'''RESPONSE''':

* (u8) Network address
* (u8) Confirmation of the command (always 0х03)
* (u8) Number of bytes requested (always 0x08)
* (s8) Temperature
* (u8) High byte of Level
* (u8) Low byte of Level
* (u8) Always 0
* (u8) Always 0
* (u8) Always 0
* (u8) Always 0
* (u8) Always 0
* (u8) CRC16 - low byte
* (u8) CRC16 - high byte

s8 means the value is a signed integer, u8 means an unsigned integer.

Numbered addresses of the response bytes:
{| class="wikitable"
|Byte ordinal number
|Byte ordinal number starting from 0
|Meaning
|-
|1
|0
|Temperature
|-
|2
|1
|High byte of Level
|-
|3
|2
|Low byte of Level
|-
|4
|3
|Always 0
|-
|5
|4
|Always 0
|-
|6
|5
|Always 0
|-
|7
|6
|Always 0
|-
|8
|7
|Always 0
|}
Baudrate does not change.

'''19200, 8, n, 1'''

The number of bits in the package is 12x8, i.e. about 96 pcs

The network number specified in the request is not important, and the number of requested registers is also not important. The main thing is that the checksum matches. The checksum calculation is given below.

== Example of TD-500 sensor polling in Terminal program ==
1 response - response to a request via LLS protocol

2 response - response to a request via ModBUS RTU protocol

TD-500 polling in the Terminal program

$01$03$00$00$00$04$44$09 Command to poll a sensor via Modbus RTU protocol

* 01 Sensor network address
* 03 Requested command to read registers
* 00 00 Register starting from which data is requested
* 00 04 Number of requested registers
* 44 09 CRC-16 MODBUS checksum

If you specify a different network address, you need to recalculate the checksum. But there is no point in changing the network address, since the sensor will respond to any network address.

=== Checksum calculation ===
In order to calculate the checksum, you can go to the site '''<nowiki>https://crccalc.com</nowiki>''' and enter your request '''without the $ sign''', select HEX, '''CRC-16 ModBUS''' and click Calc CRC-16

Calculating the checksum on the [https://crccalc.com crccalc site]

The resulting value must be written to the command being sent. In this case, the value obtained during the calculation 0C 44 should be written to the command as 44 0C.

=== Response from the sensor: ===
'''01 03 08 14 04 67 00 00 00 00 00 D8 FF'''

* 01 - Sensor network address
* 03 - Read command
* 08 - Number of bytes in response
* 14 - Temperature HEX (20°C in DEC)
* 04 67 - Bytes of level Big Endian HEX (1127 in DEC)
* 00 00 00 00 00 - reserve 5 bytes, not used
* D8 FF - CRC-16 ModBUS checksum Little Endian HEX (FF D8)

Sokol-M1

2026-10-09T09:40:25Z

RINAT: Layout: «Sensor card» header, warning templates, legacy markup cleanup (manual text unchanged)

[[RU:Сокол-М1| English version]]
[[es:Sokol-M1| Versión en español]]
{{Sensor card
|type = Automatic weather station
|photo = Sokol-m1.png
|p1 = Power |v1 = 8…25 V DC, max 10 W
|p2 = Battery |v2 = 8 Ah
|p3 = Autonomous operation |v3 = at least 2000 h at an interval ≥ 30 min and 0…+55 °C
|p4 = Data channels |v4 = GSM, RS-485, LoRa433, LoRaWAN, Iridium, Gonets
|p5 = Setup connection |v5 = USB, Bluetooth 4.0
|p6 = Positioning |v6 = GPS/GLONASS
|p7 = Operating conditions |v7 = −60…+55 °C, wind up to 60 m/s
|p8 = Weight |v8 = max 2.75 kg
}}
== Data transfer methods. Configuration. ==

=== Station + GSM ===
'''[https://wikien.fmeter.ru/index.php/Sokol-M1%2BGSM Connection and configuration the station via GSM]'''
[[File:Sokol-M1+GSM 1 eng.png|center|thumb|602x602px|'''[https://wikien.fmeter.ru/index.php/Sokol-M1%2BGSM Connection and configuration the station via GSM]''']]

=== Natlogger server configuration ===
'''[https://wikien.fmeter.ru/index.php/Natlogger Natlogger platform instruction/configuration]'''
[[File:Natlogger emblebm 1.png|center|thumb|'''[https://wikien.fmeter.ru/index.php/Natlogger Natlogger platform instruction/configuration]'''|398x398px]]

=== Sokol-M1 + Modbus ===
'''[[Sokol-M1+Modbus|General instructions for the Sokol-M1+Modbus connection]]'''
[[File:Modbus eng 2 scheme.png|center|thumb|646x646px|'''[[Sokol-M1+Modbus|General instructions for the Sokol-M1+Modbus connection]]''']]

=== Sokol Analytics + Modbus ===
'''[https://wikien.fmeter.ru/index.php/Sokol_Analytics General instructions for the Sokol Analytics program + Modbus connection] (under construction)'''
[[File:Modbus eng 1.png|center|thumb|659x659px|'''[https://wikien.fmeter.ru/index.php/Sokol_Analytics General instructions for the Sokol Analytics program + Modbus connection]''']]

=== Sokol-M1 + Ethernet ===
'''[https://wikien.fmeter.ru/index.php/Sokol-M1%2BEthernet General instructions for connecting Sokol-M1 using an Ethernet converter]'''
[[File:Sokol + Ethernet 1 eng.png|center|thumb|661x661px|'''[https://wikien.fmeter.ru/index.php/Sokol-M1%2BEthernet General instructions for connecting Sokol-M1 using an Ethernet converter]''']]
[[File:Sokol + Ethernet+server 1 eng.png|center|thumb|663x663px|'''[https://wikien.fmeter.ru/index.php/Sokol-M1%2BEthernet General instructions for connecting Sokol-M1 using an Ethernet converter]''']]

== Sokol-K1 Controller. Setup. Connection. ==
[[File:Sokol-K1 main picture.png|thumb|311x311px|Current Sokol-K1 design]]
'''[[Sokol-K1|Sokol-K1 Controller Manual: Installation and Configuration Instructions.]]'''

== Connecting additional sensors/devices ==
{{Warning|1=Additional sensors connected to the station via the RS-485 interface will not work without external power supply! (Does not apply to BMVD wireless modules and Sokol-DVP sensors.)}}

=== Sokol-DVP, Sokol-DVP+Sokol-BMVD ===
'''[[Sokol-M1 + Sokol-DVP (Sokol-BMVD)|Instructions for connecting the Sokol-DVP soil moisture sensor and the Sokol-BMVD wireless module]]'''
[[File:Sokol-M1+DVP(BMVD).png|center|thumb|Sokol-M1+DVP(BMVD)|489x489px]]

=== Anemorumbometer Sokol-A ===
[[Anemometer Sokol-A|'''Instruction for connecting the Sokol-A Wind Speed/Wind Direction Sensors''']]
[[File:Sokol-A main anemometer.png|center|thumb|489x489px|Sokol-A]]

=== Sokol-TDV meter ===
'''[[Sokol-TDV meter|Instruction for connecting the Sokol-TDV Temperature/Humidity/Pressure Sensor]]'''
[[File:Sokol-TDV meter main.png|center|thumb|460x460px|Sokol-TDV]]

== General information ==
The '''SOKOL-M1''' automatic meteorological station (hereinafter referred to as '''SOKOL-M1, product, weather station, station''') is designed for automatic measurement of meteorological parameters: air temperature, soil temperature, soil moisture, water temperature, relative air humidity, air flow velocity and direction, atmospheric pressure, amount and intensity of atmospheric precipitation.

The '''SOKOL-M1''' weather station allows you to collect and process the results of meteorological observations, store and analyze all information in real time. Continuous monitoring of weather conditions increases the accuracy of weather forecasts.

More detailed technical specifications are provided in [https://docs.google.com/document/d/1QOl2EUgd4ituTvGGPHU7c54b-T9-iZNz/edit?usp=sharing&ouid=113197106569288024895&rtpof=true&sd=true device's datasheet file.]

User manual: [https://docs.google.com/document/d/1QOl2EUgd4ituTvGGPHU7c54b-T9-iZNz/edit?usp=sharing&ouid=113197106569288024895&rtpof=true&sd=true Sokol-M1 user manual.]

== Sokol-M1 technical specifications ==
{| class="wikitable"
|'''Parameter name'''
|'''Meaning'''
|-
|'''Power supply voltage from DC network, V'''
|From 8 to 25
|-
|'''input power, no more than W'''
|10
|-
|'''Battery capacity, Ah'''
|8
|-
|'''Minimum capacity of the black box'''
|month at 10-minute intervals, 4096 records
|-
|'''Communication interfaces with Sokol-M1'''
|USB, Bluetooth 4.0
|-
|'''Positioning system'''
|GPS/ГЛОНАСС
|-
|'''Maximum battery life, at least … hours'''
|2000*
|-
|'''Communication interfaces'''
|GSM**, RS-485, LoRa433, Iridium, Lora WAN, Гонец
|-
|'''Operating conditions:'''
'''Range of measurements of air temperature, <sup>o</sup>C'''

'''Range of relative humidity measurement, %'''

'''Range of measurements of atmospheric pressure, hPa'''

'''Range of measurement of air flow rate, m/s'''
|from -60 to +55
from 0 to 100

from 540 to 1100

up to 60
|-
|'''Average operating time before failure, hours, not less than'''
|20000
|-
|'''Average service life, years, not less than'''
|8
|-
|'''Maximum battery life, hours, not less than'''
|2000
|-
|'''Dimensions, mm, max.'''
|290х400х418
|-
|'''Weight, kg, max.'''
|2,75
|-
| colspan="2" |''Notes''
1) * With a message sending interval of at least 30 minutes, an ambient temperature of 0 to 55 °C, and compliance with the rules for installing a weather station in the field. 2) **GSM – minimum operating temperature in GSM mode is minus 40 °C.
|}

=== Principle of operation of sensors and metrological characteristics of Sokol-M1 ===
'''<u>The operating principle</u>''' of sensors for various measuring channels of stations is shown in '''Table 2.'''

'''Table 2''' – Principle of operation of the '''SOKOL-M1''' weather station sensors
{| class="wikitable"
|'''Measured parameter'''
|'''Principle of operation'''
|-
|'''Air temperature'''
|Based on the change in the conductivity of the sensitive element depending on the ambient temperature
|-
|'''Relative air humidity'''
|Based on the change in the conductivity of the sensitive element depending on the air humidity
|-
|'''Wind speed'''
|Based on the conversion of the airflow speed into the rotational motion of the shaft with а set of cups that is detected and measured by means of the Hall sensor
|-
|'''Wind/Airflow direction'''
|Based on the conversion of the wind vane's angle of rotation into an electrical signal using а magnetic rotation angle recorder (encoder)
|-
|'''Atmospheric pressure'''
|Based on the piezo-resistive effect: а change in the membrane’s resistance when it deforms under atmospheric pressure is registered and recorded
|-
|'''Amount of precipitation'''
|Based on the measurement of the precipitation/rainfall intensity (the total of the mm of rainfall per day
|-
|'''Rainfall intensity'''
|The intensity of rainfall is measured based on the number of tilts of a tray mechanism (small container) with one tilt being equal to 0.29 mm; the counter is reset every time the Station is polled via ModBUS or transmits its data to a server via GSM.
|-
|'''Ultraviolet level of solar radiation'''
|Based on the occurrence of current through the p-n transition under the influence of ultraviolet radiation on the photodiode
|-
|'''Level of the visible solar radiation spectrum'''
|Based on the occurrence of current through the p-n transition under the influence of visible radiation spectrum on the photodiode
|}
'''The SOKOL-M1''' automatic meteorological station measures '''<u>meteorological parameters</u>''' in accordance with '''Table 1.'''

'''Table 1''' – Metrological characteristics of '''SOKOL-M1''':
{| class="wikitable"
|'''Name of characteristic'''
|'''Measurement range/measurement tolerance limits'''
|'''Characteristic value'''
|-
| rowspan="2" |'''Atmospheric pressure'''
|Range of measurements of atmospheric pressure, hPa
|from 540 to 1100
|-
|Absolute permissible error limits of atmospheric pressure measurement, hPa
|±0,5
|-
| rowspan="2" |'''Air temperature'''
|Range of measurements of air temperature, <sup>o</sup>C
|from -60 to +55
|-
|Limits of allowed absolute measurement error of air temperature, °C:
- range: -30…55 inclusive

- range: -60…-30 inclusive
|±0,4
±0,5
|-
| rowspan="2" |'''Relative air humidity'''
|Range of relative humidity measurement, %
|from 1 to 100
|-
|Absolute permissible error limits of air humidity measurements, %
|±5
|-
| rowspan="2" |'''Soil temperature (if additional equipment is used)'''
|Range of measurements of soil temperature, ° C:
|from -60 to +70
|-
|Limits of allowed absolute error of soil temperature measurements, °C:
- range: -30…50 inclusive

- range: -60…-30 and 50…70 inclusive
|±0,2
±0,4
|-
| rowspan="2" |'''Water temperature (if additional'''
'''equipment is used)'''
|Range of measurements of water temperature, ° C:
|from -10 to +65
|-
|Limits of allowed absolute error of measurement of water temperature, °C
|±0,2
|-
| rowspan="2" |'''Rainfall volume'''
|Precipitation measurement range, mm
|from 0,2
|-
|Limits of permissible relative error of atmospheric precipitation measurements, %
|±(0,2 + 0,05∙Х*)
|-
| rowspan="2" |'''Rainfall intensity'''
|Rainfall intensity measurement range, mm/h
|from 0 to 120
|-
|Limits of permissible absolute error of atmospheric precipitation intensity measurements, mm
|±(0,2+0,05∙I*)
|-
| rowspan="2" |'''Wind speed'''
|Range of measurement of air flow rate, m/s
|from 1 to 60
|-
|Limits of permissible relative wind speed measurement error, m/s
- range: 1 … 5 m / s inclusive;

- range: 5 … 60 m / s
|±0,5
±(0,5 + 0,05∙V*)
|-
| rowspan="2" |'''Wind direction'''
|Measurement range of airflow direction
|from 0˚ to 360˚
|-
|Absolute permissible error limits of wind direction
|±3˚
|-
| colspan="3" |''Notes''
1) X* – measured value of atmospheric precipitation, mm. 2) I* – measured value of atmospheric precipitation intensity, mm/min. 3) V* – measured air flow velocity, m/s.
|}

== Design and set of components of the Sokol-M1 station ==

=== Sokol-M1 design ===
The '''SOKOL-M1''' automatic meteorological station is designed as a monoblock, the housing of which contains: a unit for recording and processing measurement data, sensors for measuring temperature and relative humidity, precipitation amount and intensity, atmospheric pressure, a rechargeable battery, and auxiliary communication equipment. An anemometer and a weather vane are located on the outside of the '''SOKOL-M1''' station housing. Additionally, at the customer's request, it is possible to supplement the weather station with a solar radiation indicator in the '''UV range''', a visible spectrum solar radiation level indicator, a '''JC029F-Y01''' digital video camera, and a tripod for the Sokol-M1 weather station. If necessary, the anemometer and weather vane can be installed remotely.

The appearance of the '''Sokol-M1''' weather station is shown in '''Figure 2:'''

=== Sokol-M1 set of components ===
'''<u>''The scope of delivery''</u>''' of the '''SOKOL-M1''' weather station is shown in '''Table 4:''' '''ATTENTION! THE MANUFACTURER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO MAKE CHANGES TO THE DESIGN AND CONTENTS OF THE PRODUCT WITHOUT PRIOR NOTICE TO THE CONSUMER.'''

'''ATTENTION! THE MANUFACTURER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO MAKE CHANGES TO THE DESIGN AND CONTENTS OF THE PRODUCT WITHOUT PRIOR NOTICE TO THE CONSUMER.'''

'''Table 4''' – '''<u>''Scope of delivery''</u>''' of the '''SOKOL-M1''' weather station:
{| class="wikitable"
|'''№'''
|'''Product Designation'''
|'''Product Name'''
|'''Qua ntity'''
|'''Serial'''
'''number'''
|'''Note'''
|-
|1
|ТЕМГ.416311.010
|SOKOL-M1 automatic meteorological station
|1
|
|[[File:Table 4 - 1.png|frameless]]
|-
|2
|МС1.41631.002 ПС
|SOKOL-M1 automatic meteorological stations. Passport
|1
|
|[[File:Table 4 - 2.png|frameless]]
|-
|3
|МС1.41631.002 РЭ
| SOKOL-M1 automatic meteorological stations. Operating manual)*(1
|1
|
|[[File:Table 4 - 2.png|frameless]]
|-
|4
|ТЕМГ.402161.002
|Vane
|1
|
|[[File:Table - 4 3.png|frameless]]
|-
|5
|'''ТЕМГ.402131.002'''
|'''Anemometer:'''
|1
|
|[[File:Table 4 4.png|frameless]]
|-
|6
|
|Screw M3x20
|1
|
|[[File:Table 4 5.png|frameless]]
|-
|7
|ТЕМГ.714474.002
|Anemometer Skirt
|1
|
|[[File:Table 4 6.png|frameless]]
|-
|8
|ТЕМГ.711141.006
|Anemometer Cover
|1
|
|[[File:Table 4 7.png|frameless]]
|-
|9
|ТЕМГ.744131.001
|Anemometer Cup
|3
|
|[[File:Table 4 8.png|frameless]]
|-
| colspan="6" |'''*(1) The operating manual is supplied separately under the supply contract.'''
|-
|10
|'''ТЕМГ.416931.013'''
|'''Mounting parts kit:'''
|
|
|
|-
|11
|МС8.685631.001
|DC12V power cable
|1
|
|[[File:Table 4 9.png|frameless]]
|-
|12
|ТЕМГ.685611.003
|Modbus cable assembly
|1
|
|[[File:Table 4 10.png|frameless]]
|-
|13
|ТЕМГ.685611.004
|RS-485 adapter
|1
|
|[[File:Table 4 11.png|frameless]]
|-
|14
|МС8.713211.001
|2 mm pin
|8
|
|[[File:Table 4 12.png|frameless]]
|-
|15
|МС1.70.10.02
|Pipe clamp
|2
|
|[[File:Table 4 13.png|frameless]]
|-
|16
|
|11/2” M8 DIN 3570 U-bolt
|2
|
|[[File:Table 4 14.png|frameless]]
|-
|17
|
|M8 DIN 985 nut
|4
|
|[[File:Table 4 15.png|frameless]]
|-
|18
|
|8 DIN 125 washer
|4
|
|[[File:Table 4 16.png|frameless]]
|-
|19
|
|8 DIN 6798 washer
|4
|
|[[File:Table 4 16.png|frameless]]
|-
|20
|SN-321
|HF adapter*(1)
|1
|
|[[File:Table 4 18.png|frameless]]
|-
|21
|2G/3G/4G 800-2700 (N-male)
|OMNI 5dBi1 circular antenna*(1)
|1
|
|[[File:Table 4 19.png|frameless]]
|-
|22
|BY-433-03 SMA-M BEYOND
|ANT 433 MHz antenna* (1)
|1
|
|[[File:Table 4 20.png|frameless]]
|-
|23
|
|Power switch*(1)
|2
|
|[[File:Table 4 21.png|frameless]]
|-
|24
|
|USB Type A-B cable *(1)
|1
|
|[[File:Table 4 22.png|frameless]]
|-
|25
|ТЕМГ.416935.009
|Packaging
|1
|
|
|-
| colspan="6" |'''*(1) The appearance of the product/part may differ from that shown in the illustration.'''
|}

=== Sokol-M1 station installation kit for pole mounting ===
To install the '''SOKOL-M1''' automatic weather station equipment on a pole, you must additionally purchase a pole mounting kit. '''ТЕМГ.416931.003.'''

'''Table 4a''' – Composition of the pole mounting kit '''ТЕМГ.416931.003'''
{| class="wikitable"
|'''№'''
|'''Product designation'''
|'''Product/part name'''
|'''Quantity'''
|'''Serial'''
'''number'''
|-
|1
|МС1.70.10.01
|Wall bracket 75 cm
|1
|
|-
|2
|МС8.4321.001
|Bandage clamp
|2
|
|-
|3
|
|M6x16 DIN 933 bolt
|4
|
|-
|4
|
|M6 DIN 934 nut
|4
|
|-
|5
|
|Washer 6 DIN 9021
|8
|
|-
| colspan="5" |'''Note: The manufacturer reserves the right to make changes to the design and completeness of the product without prior notice to the consumer.'''
|}

=== Sokol-M1 station installation kit for mast mounting ===
To install the SOKOL-M1 automatic weather station equipment on a mast, you must additionally purchase a mast mounting kit. '''ТЕМГ.416931.004.'''

'''Table 4б''' – Composition of the pole mounting kit '''ТЕМГ.416931.004'''
{| class="wikitable"
|'''№'''
|'''Product designation'''
|'''Product/part name'''
|'''Quantity'''
|'''Serial'''
'''number'''
|-
|1
|МС1.70.10.01
|Wall bracket 75 cm
|1
|
|-
|2
|МС1.70.10.02
|Bandage clamp
|2
|
|-
|3
|
|U-bolt 11/2” M8 DIN 3570
|2
|
|-
|4
|
|Washer 8 DIN 125
|4
|
|-
|5
|
|M8 nut DIN 934
|4
|
|-
| colspan="5" |'''Note: The manufacturer reserves the right to make changes to the design and completeness of the product without prior notice to the consumer.'''
|}

== Installation and preparation for operation ==

=== Preparing the operating site ===
The product should be placed in an open area with free access to the equipment. There should be no significant obstacles '''(large buildings, groups of trees)''' within a minimum distance '''of 10 m around the site''' where the station is located.

It is not recommended to install the product near surfaces that heat up significantly, such as roofs covered with roofing felt. It is not recommended to install the station near a motorway, as the vibration caused by the movement of heavy vehicles may affect the measurement results.

Avoid sites on slopes or steep slopes descending in one direction '''(especially if this direction coincides with the prevailing wind direction)''' so that the selected site does not significantly distort the wind speed and direction.

The installation site should be selected in an area that is typical of the surrounding terrain and does not differ from the surrounding area in terms of heat and moisture exchange characteristics. There should be a natural surface '''(grass, soil)''' near the location of the remote sensors.
[[File:SOKOL-M1 1.png|center|frameless|681x681px]]

For the correct operation of the precipitation, temperature, atmospheric pressure, and relative humidity sensors built into the weather station, the product should be installed at a height of '''2±0.05 m''' above the ground.

It is recommended to place the external weather vane and anemometer at a height of '''10 m''' above the ground. Wind sensors can be placed on the roof of a house. In this case, they should be placed at a height of at least '''2-3 m above''' the upper edge of the roof.

When installing the '''Sokol-DR 800''' distance sensor, the expected snowfall height in the area should be taken into account, and it should be installed '''no closer than 15 cm''' to the expected snowline.

The order of installation and connection of the weather station's optional elements depends on their list and installation locations '''(mast, pole, tripod)'''. The installation of optional elements should be carried out '''from top to bottom''', starting with the highest sensor '''(device).'''

'''<u>''Note''</u>''' – ''<u>The results of measurements of basic meteorological parameters at stations make it possible to interpolate measured values at any point within a homogeneous territory with a radius of '''50 to 60 km''' (for precipitation and atmospheric phenomena – within a radius of approximately '''15 to 20 km''').</u>''
[[File:SOKOL-M1 2.png|center|frameless|705x705px]]

=== Installation at the place of operation ===
The product should be installed on a support mast on a '''flat surface''' free from obstacles that could affect the product's readings.

'''The maximum angle''' between the point where the weather station is attached to the support and the top of any obstructing objects should be '''45°''' to the horizontal surface.

To minimize the effect of precipitation splash, '''it is recommended to avoid''' areas with hard surfaces such as metal, asphalt, or concrete. Instead, '''it is recommended''' '''to''' install the product on low grass, gravel, pebbles, or soft soil. '''Avoid sites''' on slopes or steep slopes descending in one direction (especially if this direction coincides with the prevailing wind direction) so that the selected site '''does not significantly distort''' wind speed and direction. '''It is not recommended to''' install the product on building roofs, as this '''may distort''' the measurement results.

Before installing the '''SOKOL-M1''', it is necessary to prepare a mounting support for the product. Metal pipes or poles with an outer diameter of '''40 to 48 mm''' should be used as supports.

'''<u>The product is installed in the following order:</u>'''

− unpack the product;

− check the componentss of the product in accordance with this operating manual. If the product is found to be incomplete, notify the supplier or the organization providing comprehensive centralized service, and consider the '''SOKOL-M1''' station not ready for use;

− Check the components of the product for damage. To do this, you must sequentially inspect all components of the product to check the condition of the power cables and interface cables for external mechanical damage. If external mechanical damage to the product components is found, the supplier or the organization providing comprehensive centralized service must be notified, and the weather station must be considered not ready for use;

− assemble the cup anemometer;

− install the '''cups (4)''' on the '''skirt (3)''';

− Install the '''skirt (3)''' on the '''shaft (2)'''.

− Secure the '''cover (5)''' with the '''screw (6)''' as shown in '''Figure 6.'''
[[File:SOKOL-M1 4.png|center|frameless|700x700px]]

- Install the anemometer and wind vane on the wing of the weather station and secure them with '''fastening nuts (7)''' as shown in '''Figure 7.'''

- Connect the interface cables of the anemometer and wind vane to connectors '''7 and 11 as shown in Figure 7.''' Optionally, wind sensors can be installed at a distance of '''up to 10 meters''' from the ground. The possible location of wind sensors relative to the '''SOKOL-M1''' weather station is shown in '''Figure 5''';

− Install the antennas in '''connectors 5 and 8 as shown in Figure 7''' according to the markings on the product body;

− Insert the SIM card into connector 4 and turn on the weather station by turning the '''key (12)''' twice. After turning on, LED '''indicator 1''' will start flashing '''at a frequency of 3 times per second''' (the weather station is in time capture mode) or '''1 time every 5 seconds''' (the time is set in the weather station).

− Connect the weather station to a PC using the USB cable included in the kit to connect the weather station to a PC as shown in '''Figure 7, connector 3.'''

− Install the standalone software.

− Establish a connection between the '''SokolCFG software''' and the weather station by opening the corresponding '''COM port.''' The readings from the weather station sensors should appear in the program window;

− Install the base of the product on the '''mounting bracket.''' Use a '''13 mm''' wrench to evenly tighten the mounting screws;

− '''Disconnect the product from the PC''';

− After completing the above steps, the product is '''ready for operation.'''

'''<u>ATTENTION!</u> IN THIS CASE, THE SOLAR PANEL OF THE PRODUCT MUST BE ORIENTED WITH ITS FRONT SIDE STRICTLY TOWARDS THE EQUATOR (SOUTH IN THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE OR NORTH IN THE SOUTHERN HEMISPHERE) TO SET THE WEATHER VANE TO ZERO* AND TO OBTAIN THE MAXIMUM AMOUNT OF SOLAR ENERGY, AS WELL AS TO ENSURE THE CORRECT OPERATION OF THE HUMIDITY AND TEMPERATURE SENSOR. IT IS NECESSARY THAT THERE ARE NO FASTENING ELEMENTS (BRACKETS) UNDER THE RADIATION SHIELD.'''

'''<u>ATTENTION!</u> ACHIEVE A HORIZONTAL POSITION OF THE PRODUCT BASE USING THE INDICATIONS IN THE “SOKOLCFG” PROGRAM IN THE ‘POSITION’ WINDOW (THE “STATUS” TAB). THE VALUES OF THE LONGITUDINAL AND TRANSVERSAL ANGLE OF INCLINATION MUST BE WITHIN THE RANGE OF ±2 DEGREES.'''

'''<u>Note</u>''' – *The zero position of the wind vane is set when it points in the opposite direction from the front of the solar panel, so when the solar panel faces south, the zero position of the wind vane coincides with north!

=== Location and pinout of station connectors ===
[[File:SOKOL-M1 6.png|center|frameless|747x747px]]

'''1''' – LED indicator

'''2''' – External power supply socket

'''3''' – USB connector

'''4''' – SIM card slot

'''5''' – GSM-antenna connector

'''6''' – RS-485 Open Wire socket for additional external sensors

'''7''' – Vane socket,

'''8''' – LoRa 433 MHz antenna connector

'''9''' – RS-485 MODBUS ‘Mbs’ socket

'''10''' – ‘Iridium’modem or camera 6-pin socke

'''11''' – Anemometer socket

'''12''' – Battery circuit on/off switch

'''13''' – Vane attachment point

'''14''' – Anemometer attachment point

'''<u>Table 5</u>''' – Power input cable
{| class="wikitable"
|'''Nr.'''
|'''Wire designation'''
|'''Color'''
|-
|1
| +12
|Brown
|-
|2
|GND
|Blue
|}

'''<u>Table 6</u>''' – RS485 ModBUS RTU output cable
{| class="wikitable"
|'''Nr.'''
|'''Wire designation'''
|'''Color'''
|-
|1
|A
|Yellow and green
|-
|2
|B
|Brown
|-
|3
|GND
|Blue
|}
'''<u>Table 7</u>''' – RS-485 Open Wire socket
{| class="wikitable"
|'''Nr.'''
|'''Wire designation'''
|-
|1
|5 B
|-
|2
|А
|-
|3
|В
|-
|4
|GND
|-
|5
|12 В
|}

=== Mounting on a tripod, mast, bracket, and pole ===
The '''SOKOL-M1''' weather station is installed on a tripod, mast, pole, or bracket as shown in '''Figure 8.'''

The tripod for the '''SOKOL-M1''' weather station is not included in the delivery set and must be purchased separately.

'''<u>''To mount the weather station on a tripod, you need to:''</u>'''

'''1)''' Set up the tripod at the measurement site. The unevenness of the upper head of the tripod should not exceed 0.3 mm. Secure each leg of the tripod.

'''<u>ATTENTION! ENSURE THAT THE TRIPOD IS STABLE.</u>'''

'''2)''' Secure two '''MS1.70.10.02 pipe clamps (3)''' to the top of the tripod using '''U-bolts (4),''' '''washers (5), and nuts (6).'''

'''3)''' Tighten the '''fastening nuts.''' Do not allow the weather station to rotate on the central pole. Secure the '''SOKOL-M1''' weather station installed on the central pole of the tripod '''(mast, bracket, pole)''' to the pole or mast.
[[File:SOKOL-M1 10.png|center|frameless|715x715px]]

== Charging the battery, external power supply ==
Before starting to use the weather station, and also when the '''battery is low''', it must be '''fully charged.''' The battery installed in the weather station is charged from '''three power sources:'''

− '''sola'''r battery;
{{Note|1=The station’s internal battery is not charged by the solar panel on the station housing at temperatures below 0°C!}}
− via a '''USB connector''' from an external power source;

− via an '''8-25 VDC''' connector on the weather station from an external power source.

'''The solar panel''' is an alternative power source that allows the weather station to operate in stand-alone mode. The '''USB and 12 V external power''' connectors are designed to efficiently charge the weather station's built-in rechargeable battery. To do this, it must be connected to a '''PC USB por'''t or a '''12 V DC''' power source.

It takes '''up to 12 hours''' to fully charge the rechargeable batteries from a '''DC power source'''. When the battery is completely discharged, the charging mode can take '''more than 20 hours.''' When charging the station via '''USB,''' charging is very slow '''(from 12 hours),''' and when the battery is '''deeply discharged,''' the charging period can take '''about a day.''' Therefore, the best way to charge is from an '''external power source.'''

The battery charge level can be checked either in the '''SokolCFG configurator''' in the '''Status tab''', in the '''Sokol mobile app''', or on the [[Natlogger]] server '''(Upow field)'''. The battery is considered '''fully charged''' when its voltage is approximately '''4.15±0.05''' V. The battery is considered discharged when its voltage is less than '''3.5 V.'''

'''<u>Please note: if the station is connected to an external power source but the key is not turned to the ON position (i.e., the device's internal battery is not turned on), the station will not be charged.</u>'''

'''<u>To restart or turn off the station, do the following:</u>'''

'''1)''' Disconnect '''external power''' sources.

'''2)''' Turn the key to the '''OFF''' position '''(if restarting is not necessary, skip step 3).'''

'''3)''' Turn the key from the '''OFF''' position to the '''ON''' position, then back to the '''OFF''' position, and then to the '''ON''' position again.

== Useful links ==
* [https://rutube.ru/video/0bb6424d292325009770da690ffbf829/?playlist=718716 '''Video tutorial on connecting the station via GSM to a PC (RUS)''']
* [https://rutube.ru/video/d2d56e6d3bffdc783ed744f60cc68a96/?playlist=718716 '''Video tutorial on setting up a station on the Sokolmeteo server (RUS)''']
* [https://rutube.ru/video/ca22238af0a4258932cbb826d7d9edc8/?playlist=718716 '''Video tutorial on setting up the station via a PC (RUS)''']
* [https://rutube.ru/video/41aaa276f25b198b8043a09d451f1b88/?playlist=718716 '''Video tutorial on the features of connecting the station's power supply (RUS)''']
* [https://rutube.ru/video/bf422be219631e6900f78cf250b0f026/?playlist=718716 '''Video tutorial on connecting the BMVD to the station via a PC (RUS)''']
* [https://rutube.ru/video/a6b0352076af28222bd0a9f9e5ea675d/?playlist=718716 '''Video instruction for connecting the station via MODBUS (RUS)''']
* [https://rutube.ru/video/b08a45613b252646e3f4c5bce86f6a92/?playlist=718716 '''Video tutorial on connecting BOLID and configuring it (RUS)''']
* [https://rutube.ru/video/ea079ecf1c81401d35ee7342d4f30df8/?playlist=718716 '''LoRa WAN video tutorial: Sokol-M and Vega BS 2.2 base station; how to connect and configure (RUS)''']
* [https://rutube.ru/video/18ef83ee1ef09be41749af9bf9a6e737/?playlist=718716 '''Video tutorial on connecting the Sokol-M station to the server via USR (RUS)''']
* [https://rutube.ru/video/278f2e6ecfc6ab5541ba67d0df864392/?playlist=718716 '''Video tutorial on connecting the Sokol-M station to the server via Moxa (RUS)''']

{{Next|prev=ECargosens|prev-text=eCargosens}}

ECargosens

2026-10-09T09:40:24Z

RINAT: Layout: «Sensor card» header, warning templates, legacy markup cleanup (manual text unchanged)

[[RU:eCargosens| Русская версия]]
[[es:eCargoSens| Versión en español]]
{{Sensor card
|type = Axle load monitoring system
|photo = Image2.png
|model = eCargosens
|p1 = Composition |v1 = eCargosens DS cabin unit + eCargosens Air sensors
|p2 = Sensors per unit |v2 = up to 10
|p3 = Sensor → unit |v3 = Bluetooth 5.0 LR, Escort BLE eCargosens
|p4 = Sensor transmission |v4 = every 2 s
|p5 = Pressure measurement |v5 = every 30 s
|p6 = Unit → terminal |v6 = RS-485, LLS protocol
|datasheet = https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/eCargosens-wireless-axle-load-monitoring-system/Datasheet%20Escort%20Central%20Unit%20eCargosens%20DS.pdf?v=050623133704
|downloads = https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/
|product = https://escortsensors.com/product/ecargosens-wireless-axle-load-monitoring-system/
}}
The load monitoring system '''eCargosens''' (hereinafter - '''“System”''') for vehicles with air suspension is designed to monitor the load of every axis of the vehicle’s chassis based on the measurement of the air pressure in the air suspension’s system.

The '''eCargosens''' system consists of one eCargosens '''DS central unit''' (hereinafter - “'''central unit'''”) and several measurement units or '''eCargosens Air''' sensors (hereinafter - '''“Sensor”''' or '''“Sensors”'''). The number of Sensors installed on the vehicle depends on the '''number of axes''' the vehicle has

The Sensors measure the air pressure and - subsequently - the weight (load). The '''central unit''' perfoms the function of receiving data from '''sensors''' via the '''BLE 5.0 LR''' channel (data transfer protocol - '''Escort BLE eCargosens''') and their further transmission to a tracker device (for example, a '''GPS/GLONASS''' navigation terminal) via '''RS-485''' interface (data transfer protocol - '''LLS''').

More detailed technical specifications (central unit) are presented in [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/eCargosens-wireless-axle-load-monitoring-system/Datasheet%20Escort%20Central%20Unit%20eCargosens%20DS.pdf?v=050623133704 the device's data sheet.]

More detailed technical specifications (sensor) are presented in [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/eCargosens-wireless-axle-load-monitoring-system/Datasheet%20Escort%20Axle%20Load%20Sensor%20eCargosens%20Air.pdf?v=050623133704 the device's data sheet.]

== Operating and data transmission principles ==
The Sensors must be connected to the air suspension system of the vehicle. They measure the air pressure in the air suspension and calculate the weight that is distributed onto a particular axis based on a calibration table that must be created and saved in their memory.
[[File:Imag1.png|center|frameless|754x754px]]

The Sensor(s) transmit their parameters to the central unit via '''Bluetooth 5.0''' in accordance with the '''Escort BLE eCargosens''' data communication protocol.

The Sensors transmit their data packages '''every 2 seconds'''.

The air pressure is measured '''every 30 seconds''' but the measurement are filtered ('''median filtration''' 5) and then processed by a '''special algorithm'''.

The central unit then retransmits the data received from the Sensor(s) to a GPS tracker/gateway via the '''RS-485''' interface in accordance with the '''LLS''' communication protocol.

'''The parameters transmitted by the Sensor(s):'''

- '''Weight''' or axle load in '''kg''' (provided that the '''calibration table''' is stored in a Sensor’s memory);

- Air pressure in '''Pa''';

- Battery charge in '''V''';

'''The parameters retransmitted by the central unit:'''

- '''Weight''' or axle load in '''kg''' (provided that the '''calibration table''' is stored in a Sensor’s memory); as received from the Sensor(s);

- Air pressure in '''Pa'''; as received from the Sensor(s);

- Battery charge in '''V'''; as received from the Sensor(s);

- '''RSSI''' as calculated by the central unit for every Sensor in particular;

===== Note for developers =====
The central unit retransmits the parameters as per the LLS protocol in response to the request for level and temperature (because the LLS protocol was initially designed for the transmission of fuel level sensor)

31$XX$06$CRC-8 Maxim (XX stands for the network address from 00 to FF in HEX (0…255 in DEC));

The data output is transmitted as 3E$XX$06$TT$LVLV$CRC-8 Maxim, where

XX -network address,

TT - temperature parameter (1 byte, HEX value),

LVLV - level value (2 bytes, little endian);

Thus, one network address is used to transmit one pair of parameters sent by the Sensor(s) and retransmitted by the central unit.

The Pressure readings is transmitted after it is divided by 100. F.e. the Pressure reading is 700345 Pa but the value transmitted via the RS-485 interface will be 7003.
{| class="wikitable"
|+Table 1. Parameter table
!Pair of parameters (as indicated in the RS-485 settings of the central unit)
!Temperature parameter
!Level parameter
|-
|[[File:Note for devs 1.png]]
|RSSI
|Weight
|-
|[[File:Note for devs 2.png]]
|RSSI
|Pressure
|-
|[[File:Note for devs 3.png]]
|Vbat
|Weight
|-
|[[File:Note for devs 4.png]]
|Vbat
|Pressure
|-
|[[File:Note for devs 5.png]]
|RSSI
|Vbat
|}
'''ATTENTION!''' The tracker/gateway you plan to connect the central unit to must have the RS-485 interface, the LLS protocol and support as many network addresses as you need for the transmission of all relevant Sensor’s parameters.

== Installation and configuration ==
'''Before installing the sensor you need to:'''

- Inspect the air suspension system;

- Measure the diameter of the tubes that connect the air springs of the air suspension and buy the fittings to be able to connect the Sensors’ tubes to the air suspension’s tubes;

The standard diameter of the Sensor’s tubes is ⌀ '''10mm'''.

The Sensor’s connecting to the air spring is shown on the figures below:
[[File:123.png|center|frameless|631x631px]]
[[File:Imagesad.png|center|frameless|674x674px]]
[[File:Imagezxc.png|center|frameless|726x726px]]
[[File:Imagege.png|center|frameless|726x726px]]
[[File:Imagedasd2.png|center|frameless|764x764px]]
Before installing the sensor be sure to write down their serial numbers and MAC addresses and what axis every Sensors is to be installed at:
[[File:Imagefdsfe.png|center|frameless|536x536px]]

=== Pairing Sensors with central unit ===
Once the sensors are installed, you need to pair them with the '''central unit''' and configure them.

To connect the central unit and configure it via the app, connect its '''red (PWR)''' and '''black (GND)''' wires to a power supply.

Run the '''app''' (available in '''AppStore''' and '''Play Market'''), ensure that the '''geolocation''' service of your smartphone is On and the app has the '''permission to access''' it. Enable the '''Bluetooth'''.

'''Android eCargosens:''' [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.weightcontrol.config&hl=en download here.]

'''IOS eCargosens:''' [https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/ecargosens/id1578223350?l=en-GB download here.]

[[File:Imagevvfd.png|center|frameless|648x648px]]

Then select the language should it be necessary and press Start. Then tap on the central unit you need.
[[File:Imageczxc.png|center|frameless|659x659px]]

Scroll down and tap '''Sensor settings'''. Enter the integrator’s password '''(666666 by default)'''
[[File:Imagebdftr.png|center|frameless|641x641px]]

Tap on the '''+''' button. Enter the user password '''(000000 by default)'''. Then enter the '''MAC''' of the sensor.
[[File:Imagedasdc.png|center|frameless|630x630px]]

Then enter the '''MAC''' of the sensor. You can add as many sensors as you need (up to '''10''' sensors to one central unit) .
[[File:Image21папв.png|center|frameless|622x622px]]

To disconnect the sensor, press and hold it until the '''Disconnect''' button appears then '''press it''' and delete the sensor.
[[File:Imageпап3.png|center|frameless]]

=== Sensor calibration ===
'''To calibrate''' the Sensor, you need '''to weigh the axis''' it is installed at when the vehicle’s semi trailer or trailer is '''empty''' and when it is '''loaded''' at around '''30-40%''' of '''max load'''. The load must be placed in a '''fashion''' that would ensure that the weight is distributed between the axes '''more or less equally'''.

You will need '''vehicle scales'''. Put them on an '''even''' surface. Make sure that once the axis is placed on the scales it remains on the '''same level''' as the '''other axes'''.

Then write down the Pressure value and the weight value. You need '''two pairs of Pressure''' - Weight values to '''save''' them in every Sensor’s memory.
[[File:Imageваппк.png|center|frameless|647x647px]]

After that, open the app, connect the central unit, open '''Sensor settings''' menu and select the sensor you need to calibrate.

When you connect the Sensor for the '''1st time''', you will be required to '''set up a password'''. From there on every time you connect the sensor the app will require you to enter the previously set password.
[[File:Image6535g.png|center|frameless|631x631px]]

Once the sensor’s menu is open, you can see its current readings. Tap on the '''Calibrate''' button to open the '''calibration menu'''.
[[File:Imagedsaf31.png|center|frameless|646x646px]]

Next, press the '''+''' button. Then enter the Pressure reading (from the screen with the Sensor’s data) and Weight reading (from the scales) and tap '''Enter'''.

To edit the table, '''press and hold''' one of its lines then either add one more line, change the selected one or delete it.

After the table is finished tap on the '''Save button'''. Repeat the procedure of weighing and setting the table for every sensor.

You can add more than '''2 lines''' should you have the possibility to weigh every axis while the load in the semi trailer is different but '''2 lines''' will do in most cases. The max number of lines - '''20'''.
[[File:Imagegt42g.png|center|frameless|643x643px]]

=== RS-485 settings ===
To enable the transmission of the data the central unit receives from the Sensors paired with it via Bluetooth to a GPS tracker/gateway by means of the '''RS-485''' interface, connect the central unit and open the '''RS-485''' settings menu. Select one of the paired Sensors there.
[[File:Imagevzxccw.png|center|frameless|648x648px]]

Then select the pair of parameters you need transmitted and enable it. After that select the network address that will be used for the transmission of that pair from the central unit to the GPS tracker/gateway.
[[File:Imagegvdfg43.png|center|frameless|633x633px]]

'''ATTENTION! Ensure that every pair of parameters in every Sensor’s menu is assigned a unique network address. If you have several other wired sensors connected to the same GPS tracker/gateway via the RS-485 interface, remember that they also already occupy one or several network addresses so you need to avoid assigning the central unit any of those network address.'''

For example, if there’s a wired FLS that had been assigned the network '''address 1''', the address 1 '''cannot be''' assigned to the '''central unit'''.

Note that the app could be reading “'''All network addresses are free'''” but the app cannot check if there any other wired sensors connected to your tracker/gateway. It only checks what network addresses had been assigned to every paired Sensor in the central unit’s configuration.

=== Data view ===
You, your customer or the truck’s driver can access the '''current readings''' transmitted by the Sensors '''via the app'''.

Connect the '''central unit'''.
[[File:Imagegrgt4353.png|center|frameless|656x656px]]

Then tap '''View data'''. On the next screen the app will show the readings of all Sensors paired with the central unit.
[[File:Imagevver5.png|center|frameless|659x659px]]

'''ATTENTION! When selecting the spot at which to install the central unit, be sure to check if the average RSSI of every sensor as measured within 2-3 minutes is within the -35 dBm to -100 dBm range. If it is not, try moving the central unit closer to the sensors to minimize the risks of connection losses in future!'''

=== How many sensors are required? ===
The general recommendation is to install '''as many as sensors as many axes the vehicle has'''. In other words: '''1 axis = 1 sensor'''.

It is possible that in some cases, '''one sensor''' could be used to monitor the load on several axes provided that the air springs that support those axes are united into '''one suspension circuit'''.

'''The following are a few examples of possible installation of several sensors:'''
[[File:Imagedsd13.png|center|frameless|594x594px]]
A and B are possible slots where the '''2 sensors''' would have to be installed to monitor the load of '''every axis'''.

[[File:Imageg546345.png|center|frameless|640x640px]]
In this case it is possible that '''only one sensor''' could be installed either at point '''A or B'''.

However, you would need to be collecting the pressure readings of the sensor and have '''2 virtual sensors''' on your '''monitoring platform''' (the '''calibration tables''' would have to be saved and applied in those virtual sensors).

[[File:Imageп243м2.png|center|frameless|610x610px]]
In this case it is possible that only '''one sensor''' could be installed either at point '''A''' or '''B'''.

However, you would need to be collecting the pressure readings of the sensor and have '''2 virtual sensors''' on your '''monitoring platform''' (the '''calibration tables''' would have to be saved and applied in those virtual sensors).

[[File:Image1241а13.png|center|frameless|669x669px]]
In this case either '''6 or 3 sensors''' could be installed ('''1''' or '''2''' per axis) to monitor the axle load.

It is still possible that the load distributed between the two out of three axes could be '''more or less equal''' and therefore '''1 or 2 sensors''' could be enough.

However, if '''one of the axes is a liftable one''', installing one sensor on it is '''obligatory'''.

=== Configuration of virtual sensor for steering (spring) axle ===
To calculate a '''total weight of a semi-trailer truck''' it’s necessary to weigh both the '''steering and the rear axis of a truck''' ('''dump truck''') without a '''semi-trailer''' (if '''dump truck''', without a '''cargo'''). If there are several front and\or rear axles, it’s necessary to '''weigh each'''.

Next, in the Sensor configuration menu, press '''+''' the button and select the '''Add the head axle''' option.
[[File:Imagewewqe21.png|center|frameless|612x612px]]

After that a virtual sensor for a steering axle will be created and it will have a '''MAC FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:F1'''
[[File:Image42341.png|center|frameless|530x530px]]
In the settings fill the '''Number of rear axle №1''' with a sensor’s number, that is installed on a '''rear axle'''. A sensor’s number is determined by its position from '''1st to 10th''' in the list.

'''Enter''' the weight of a '''rear axle''' without a semi-trailer in '''Load of rear axle №'''

In case there are '''several rear axles''', '''add another one''' by pressing the button then enter the number of a sensor installed on it and also its weight '''without a semi-trailer'''. To delete an accidentally created rear axle, press the '''+ button'''.
[[File:Image231d1.png|center|frameless|632x632px]]

Then enter the following aspects:

1) a '''weight of a truck''' (calculated by adding up the weight of all its axles without a semi-trailer) or the weight of a dump truck

2) a '''distance''' between the front axle center and the rear axle center

3) a '''distance''' between the front axle center and a trailing arm (or a gravity center of a dumper). The value '''should not be more''' than a distance between the front axle center and the rear axle center or totally equal to it.

4) a '''distance''' between the front steering axles (in case they are two); if there is only one steering axle, enter the '''minimum value of 51 cm'''.

5) select the '''2 rear axles mode''', if there are '''two steering axles'''

6) press the '''Save''' button
[[File:Imageв12в121.png|center|frameless]]

'''WARNING! The central unit computes a weight of a steering axle and a total weight of a semi-trailer truck, only if the calibration tables are saved in the sensors’ memory!!!'''

'''ATTENTION! To successfully use the "2 rear axles" mode, a second virtual steering axle with the same settings as the first must be added to the central unit. Both virtual sensors must have the "two rear axles" mode selected.'''

=== Configuring the virtual steering (spring) axle sensor when there are two sensors on the rear axle ===
In addition, one of the latest firmware versions (1.1.6) introduced a feature for calculating the steering axis when more than one sensor is installed on the drive axles (to calculate the average reading from two sensors per axle).

'''<u>Below are screenshots of the settings</u>''':

After adding a virtual steering axis sensor with '''MAC address FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:F1''', you need to access its settings by clicking on it.
[[File:ECargosens Air sensors page 1.jpg|center|frameless]]

1) In the settings, in the '''"Rear Sensor No. 1.1"''' field, enter the serial number of '''<u>one of the sensors installed on the truck's rear axle</u>''' (semi-trailer axles are not required).

'''<u>The sensor's serial number is determined by its position in the list, numbered from 1 to 10 from top to bottom.</u>'''

1.2) In the settings, in the '''"Rear Sensor No. 1.2"''' field, specify the serial number of '''<u>the second sensor installed on the same rear axle of the truck</u>''' (semi-trailer axles are not required). '''(Add by clicking the "+" button.)'''

'''<u>The sensor's serial number is determined by its position in the list, numbered from 1 to 10 from top to bottom.</u>'''

2) Enter '''the rear axle weight''' (without the semi-trailer) in the '''"Rear Axle Load No."''' field.

<u>If the truck has '''multiple rear axles''' and each is equipped with '''two sensors''', you must add '''another rear axle.'''</u>

Use the '''"+" (plus)''' button to specify the serial number of the sensor installed on it and its weight without the semi-trailer. To delete an accidentally created rear axle, click the '''(Trash Can)''' button.
[[File:Steering axle settings 1.jpg|left|frameless]]
[[File:Steering axle settings 2.jpg|frameless]]

Next, you must specify:

1) '''the weight of the truck''' unit (the sum of the weights of all its axles, excluding the semi-trailer) or the weight of the dump truck

2) '''the distance''' from the center of the front axle to the center of the rear axles

3) '''the distance''' from the center of the front axle to the coupling device (the center of gravity of the dump body). This value '''cannot be greater''' than or equal to the distance from the center of the front axle to the center of the rear

4) '''The distance between''' the front steering axles (if there are two); if there is only one steering axle, enter '''the minimum value of 51 cm'''

5) Select the '''"two-axle truck"''' operating mode if there '''are two''' steering axles

6) Click '''"Save"'''
[[File:Steering axle settings 3.jpg|center|frameless]]

'''ATTENTION! The cab unit will calculate the weight of the steering axle and the total weight of the truck-trailer combination only if the calibration tables are stored in the sensors' memory!!!'''

'''ATTENTION! To successfully use the "two-axle tractor" mode, you must add a second virtual steering axle to the cab unit with the same settings as the first one. The "two-axle" mode must be selected for both virtual sensors.'''

.

To '''delete''' a virtual sensor of a steering axle, hold its button until the '''Disconnect''' option appears.
[[File:Image45м45.png|center|frameless]]

To view the '''steering axle readings''' from a peripheral device (e.g a GPS tracker) via the '''RS-485 interface''', go to the '''RS-485 configuration''' section to select a '''virtual sensor of a steering axle'''. Enable the '''Weight, RSSI''' parameter and set a certain network address for it.
[[File:Image21312с1.png|center|frameless|615x615px]]

To '''connect''' a central unit to an '''I5 indicator''' in order to view the sum of all the sensors, including the virtual sensor of a steering axle, '''configure''' the i5 so it’s able to '''read or request''' the network addresses that are set for the certain sensors in the central unit. In the I5’s '''Display settings''' select the '''TD total level''' option.

== Connecting the cabin unit to the I-5 digital display ==
The eCargosens cabin unit is connected to the '''digital "I-5 Display"''' for data output to the screen in accordance with our general pinout shown below ('''"Connection to the GPS Terminal"'''). Simply connect lines A and B of the display to the cabin unit, and connect the display to the power source in the same way as the cabin unit.

'''NOTE: If the pressure value is displayed on the indicator, due to technical limitations, only the first 5 digits of the pressure value will be shown in the window.'''

'''You can also display the total data from all sensors and the average data for each axis, but only one of the two at a time.'''

=== Connecting the cabin unit ===
If you need to connect the '''cabin unit''' only to the '''I-5'''—that is, if there will be no GPS tracker or other device to which the eCargosens system will be connected—you must connect the in-cab unit to the I-5, then select '''"Active Mode"''' in the mode settings and configure the polling interval (the I-5 will send requests).

If, however, the cabin unit will be used in conjunction with the I-5 indicator and a GPS tracker/terminal, you should select '''Passive Mode.'''
[[File:+ PLUS .png|left|frame|"+"]]
To pair the cabin unit and the sensors, tap '''"Connect Sensors"''' (Fig. 13, 2). Then tap the '''"+"''' button (Fig. 14).

[[File:Imageeqwe1212.png|center|frameless|624x624px]]

Next, select the '''"Wired"''' option, enter the network address (the value can range from 1 to 255), and click '''"Connect" (Fig. 23)'''. If the I-5 is not configured to operate in active RS-485 mode, or if there is no GPS tracker/gateway or other device that could request data from the sensor so that the I-5 can listen to the sensor’s response and display its readings, the data from the sensor will be displayed as 0 (Fig. 24).

The sensor’s network address can be found and, if necessary, changed in the eCargosens mobile app

'''Important! Each sensor connected via the RS-485 interface must have a unique network address.'''

To have the I-5 send data requests to the cabin unit connected to it, open the '''Settings mode menu (Fig. 27, 4)'''. '''Passive mode''' is set by default '''(Fig. 28).'''

If your eCargosens system will operate together with the '''I-5 indicator''' and a '''GPS terminal,''' leave '''Passive mode''' selected; no changes are necessary.
[[File:Image3123dqw.png|center|frameless|611x611px]]

If the '''eCargosens''' system will operate only with '''the I-5 indicator''', without a '''GPS terminal,''' select '''Active Mode'''. Then enter an interval in seconds ranging from 1 to 65 and click '''“Set”''' '''(Fig. 29).''' Next, click '''Save''' to apply the changes '''(Fig. 30).'''
[[File:Imagedasdcxzc222.png|center|frameless|622x622px]]
After selecting the '''Active RS-485 mode''' and setting the interval, you will see the axle load sensor readings in the app.

=== RS-485 Configuration ===
After selecting the RS-485 polling mode, set the addresses for the sensors in the control unit and the I-5 display

To do this, connect to the '''eCargosens cabin unit''' and go to the '''RS-485 settings.'''
[[File:ECargosens main page app 1.jpg|center|frameless]]

Next, click on the connected axle load sensor and select the addresses for transmitting the sensor data.
[[File:ECargosens settings page app 1.jpg|left|frameless]]
[[File:ECargosens settings page app 2.jpg|frameless]]

'''Example:'''
[[File:ECargosens settings page app 3.jpg|center|frameless]]

Next, connect '''the I-5 digital display''' to the '''eCargosens cabin unit''' via '''RS-485''', and configure the '''RS-485 settings''' to send data to the '''same addresses''' you selected in the '''cabin unit''' for the '''axle load sensor parameters.'''
[[File:I-5 indicator main page settings 1.jpg|left|frameless]]
[[File:I-5 indicator main page settings 2.jpg|frameless]]

'''Example:'''
[[File:I-5 indicator main page settings 3.jpg|center|frameless]]

{{Warning|title=Important|1=The addresses in the eCargosens cabin unit and the I-5 digital display must match for the data to be displayed correctly:}}

[[File:ECargosens + i-5 addresses setting example.png|center|frameless|669x669px]]

=== Calibration of trailer axles when only one sensor is installed ===
In situations where only one sensor is installed on the semi-trailer but you need to display the weight of each axle separately on the I5 indicator screen or monitoring platform, you can use this method.
[[File:ECargosens settings page app 4.png|center|frameless|618x618px]]

In the app's main menu, go to the RS485 Settings section and select the sensor installed on the semi-trailer. In this menu, you can configure RS485 data transmission to the required addresses. Select the options as shown in the image: '''"Weight, RSSI," "Pressure, RSSI," "Pressure, Battery Voltage(Vbat)"'''

Thus, the I5 display can provide information on the pressure and weight of the semi-trailer’s axles. The weight can be displayed on one of the I5 screens without recalculation, but to obtain the weights of the other axles, a calibration (weighing) table must be added in the corresponding menu of the display. When weighing the axles of a semi-trailer, the scales may show different masses on the axles even with the same load in the semi-trailer; therefore, the weighing tables for different axles may vary.

{{Warning|1=It is important to remember that pressure values transmitted via RS-485 are reduced by a factor of 100. For example, 65,000 Pa will be transmitted as 650; therefore, when creating the calibration table in the I5 indicator, the pressure value must be divided by 100 before entering it into the table.}}

You can upload the table itself to the '''I-5 display.'''

To do this, you need to:

1) Select the sensor in the '''I-5 display''' on the connection page and click on it; this will open the sensor settings menu:
[[File:I-5 sensor settings 1.jpg|center|frameless]]

2) Then click the red '''"Go to Calibration"''' button
[[File:I-5 sensor settings 2.jpg|center|frameless]]

{{Warning|1=Please note that you can import the table using an existing calibration file or enter the data manually.}}

3) If you select '''"Select a file"''' the file explorer on your smartphone will open. Navigate to the folder where you saved the calibration file and select the desired file.
[[File:File directory example 1.png|center|frameless|539x539px]]

4) Then select the '''"Apply calibration table"''' checkbox.
[[File:I-5 sensor settings 3.jpg|center|frameless]]

== Central unit wiring ==
[[File:Imageввыфв231.png|center|frameless|770x770px]]

== Useful links ==
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/eCargosens-wireless-axle-load-monitoring-system/Datasheet%20Escort%20Axle%20Load%20Sensor%20eCargosens%20Air.pdf?v=050623133704 Datasheet Escort Axle Load Sensor eCargosens Air]'''
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/eCargosens-wireless-axle-load-monitoring-system/Datasheet%20Escort%20Central%20Unit%20eCargosens%20DS.pdf?v=050623133704 Datasheet Escort Central Unit eCargosens DS]'''
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/wireless-axle-load-monitoring-system/ecargosens/#active Product page]'''
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#ecargosens Download materials]'''
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eCargosens-wireless-axle-load-monitoring-system/%D0%98%D0%BD%D1%81%D1%82%D1%80%D1%83%D0%BA%D1%86%D0%B8%D1%8F%20%D0%BF%D0%BE%20%D0%BF%D1%80%D0%BE%D1%88%D0%B8%D0%B2%D0%BA%D0%B5%20%D0%BA%D0%B0%D0%B1%D0%B8%D0%BD%D0%BD%D0%BE%D0%B3%D0%BE%20%D0%B1%D0%BB%D0%BE%D0%BA%D0%B0.pdf?v=100823120404 Firmware update instruction (Central unit)]
* '''[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=geUR2ShlTIE Installation example (Video)]

{{Next|prev=TH-BLE|next=Sokol-M1}}

TH-BLE

2026-10-09T09:40:24Z

RINAT: Layout: «Sensor card» header, warning templates, legacy markup cleanup (manual text unchanged)

[[RU:TH-BLE| Русская версия]]
[[es:TH-BLE| Versión en español]]
{{Sensor card
|type = Wireless temperature and humidity meter
|photo = TH-BLE current design 1.png
|p1 = Measures |v1 = air temperature and humidity
|p2 = Options |v2 = illuminance, Hall sensor, 2 discrete inputs
|p3 = Connection |v3 = Bluetooth LE, Advertising mode
|p4 = Battery charge |v4 = ≥ 3.5 V — charged · ≤ 3.2 V — replace
|p5 = Receivers |v5 = tracker with BLE, BA-BLE, BLE-RS485
|datasheet = https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/wireless-temperature-and-humidity-sensor/Datasheet%20Escort%20TH-BLE.pdf?v=101024175211
|downloads = https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/
|product = https://escortsensors.com/product/th-ble/
|ios = https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085
|android = https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config
}}
== Definition and purpose of the sensor ==
The TH-BLE humidity and temperature meter (hereinafter referred to as the meter, product, sensor, TH-BLE) is designed to measure the temperature and humidity of the external environment.

The TH-BLE sensor reads air temperature and humidity values in the immediate vicinity of the measuring probe, estimates the remaining capacity of batteries; transmits the received measurement values via wireless communication channel to a tracker with BLE interface, a mobile device equipped with BLE interface or a BLE-BASE signal receiver. Depending on the version TH-BLE can also additionally measure illumination, determine the presence of magnetic field by hall sensor and monitor the state of two binary inputs (for limit switches).

More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/wireless-temperature-and-humidity-sensor/Datasheet%20Escort%20TH-BLE.pdf?v=101024175211#page=15 technical data sheet of the device].

== Basic terms and concepts ==
'''Serial number''' - code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).

'''Sensor's name''' - sensor's designation among BLE devices consisting from two letter from the sensor's model name and six last digits from the serial number; E.g. TH_100100;

'''MAC-address''' - unique identifier assigned to every active device. Used to recognize devices in the network.

'''Data packet''' - is a set of parameters transmitted by a device equipped with a Bluetooth transmitter, the structure of which is determined by the data transfer protocol.

'''Data transfer protocol''' - is a set of specific rules or conventions of a logical level interface that defines the exchange of data between various programs or devices. In the case of the TH-BLE sensor, the '''Escort BLE''' protocol is used to transmit data packets.

'''Advertising mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the device “distributes” data packets at a certain frequency, regardless of the presence of a device receiving the data.

'''Connection mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the transmitter waits for a connection to the receiving device in order to begin transmitting data packets.

'''[[База BLE-RS485|Base BLE-RS485]]''' - is a device that relays data transfer and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via the RS-485 interface in accordance with the LLS protocol.

'''[[BA-BLE|Base BA-BLE]]''' - is a device that relays data transfer and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via RS-485 and RS-232 interfaces in accordance with the LLS and Modbus protocol.

=== TH-BLE sensor's design ===

==== TH-BLE design with first generation external probe ====
[[File:TH-BLE first generation design.png|frameless|679x679px]]

==== TH-BLE design with second generation external probe ====
[[File:TH-BLE current generation design.png|frameless|622x622px]]

== Classification of TH-BLE models ==
Today there are 3 models of TH-BLE presented in Table 1.
{| class="wikitable"
|+Table 1
!Sensor image
!Sensor name
!Sensor characteristics
|-
|[[File:TH-BLE Light 1.png|frameless|300x300px]]
|'''TH-BLE Light'''
|Temperature and humidity sensor
|-
|[[File:TH-BLE current design 1.png|frameless]]
|'''TH-BLE'''
|Temperature, humidity and magnetic field sensor (Hall sensor)
|-
|[[File:TH-BLE 2DIN 1.png|frameless]]
|'''TH-BLE 2DIN'''
|Sensor for temperature, humidity, magnetic field (Hall indicator), brightness and activity of digital inputs
|}

== Connecting sensor to a smartphone ==
To configure the TH-BLE sensor, calibrate it and calibrate the tank, you should use the Escort Configurator application, available on [https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085 iOS] and [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Android] devices (hereinafter referred to as the “'''application'''” or "'''app'''").

=== Geolocation ===
Launch the app and activate '''Bluetooth''' and geolocation on your smartphone also check if application have access to '''geolocation'''.

[[File:Screenshot_20240221-094919_One_UI_Home.png|664x664px]] [[File:Screenshot_20240221-095105_Permission_controller.png|667x667px]]

=== Connecting sensor ===
[[File:TH-BLE connection gif.gif|frameless]]

Press the '''Sensor Settings''' button. Next, select '''TH-BLE'''.

[[File:TH-BLE sensor settings.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE select connection type.jpg|frameless]]

Find the required sensor by typing the last 6 digits of its serial number. You can find the serial number on the sensor head.

You can also simply select the required sensor from the list and click the Connect button. On an Android device, you can click on the sensors name, and a package of data received in advertising mode will be displayed.

[[File:TH-BLE sensor search.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE advertising data.jpg|frameless]]

=== Setting a password ===
It is strongly recommend that you set a password on the sensor in order to restrict access to its settings. When you connect for the first time, the application will ask you to set a password automatically.

You can set, change and delete a password in the '''Settings'''.

[[File:TH-BLE settings page selection.jpg|frameless]]

Then, in the field that appears named "Password for changing settings", enter the password that you want be used later and click '''Enter'''.

[[File:TH-BLE password input section.jpg|frameless]]

{{Warning|1=Please note that the password reset procedure can be very time-consuming. We recommend that you take a responsible approach in setting your password and saving it.}}
'''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''

To delete a previously set password, you must enter it in the Password field, and then press the '''Enter''' and then the '''Delete''' buttons.

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

=== Main sensor parameters ===
To see the main parameters of the sensor go to the '''Data''' tab. There you can see the following parameters:

# '''RSSI''' - Received signal strength indicator, which indicates how well your smartphone receives sent data. This parameter is not transmitted by the sensor, but is calculated by the receiving device
# '''Vbat''' or sensor battery charge (3.5V or higher indicates the battery is fully charged; 3.2V or lower indicates the battery is low and should be replaced)
# Sensor serial number
# Firmware version ('''FW''') installed in the sensor
# '''Temperature''' measured by sensor (°C)
# '''Humidity''' measured by the sensor (%)
# '''Illuminance''' measured by the sensor (Lux)
# '''Hall sensor''' activity
# '''Shorting''' of the first pair of digital inputs (red and black)
# '''Shorting''' of the first pair of digital inputs (yellow and green)
# The format of the transmitted data. Changeable in the sensor settings
# The sensor's '''MAC address''' is used to connect the sensor to compatible external devices

[[File:TH-BLE data page.jpg|frameless]]

'''The battery voltage drops to 3.2V for 10-15 seconds''' - this is normal (especially if this happens after rebooting the sensor by removing the sensor battery and then installing the battery back). This is due to the fact that all processes in the sensor (measuring level, temperature and battery voltage, as well as sending a data packet) are launched simultaneously, thus energy consumption increases, which leads to a temporary decrease in battery voltage.

=== Operation mode ===
All TH-BLE sensors have the option to change the data transmission from the digital inputs. Changing this setting changes the transmission format. On trackers without TH-BLE 2DiN package support, this will cause a transmission error.

[[File:TH-BLE digital inputs enabled.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE digital inputs seletion.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE digital inputs disabled.jpg|frameless]]

== Black box ==
In order for the black box entries to have an up-to-date time reference, you need to '''synchronize''' the black box time with your smartphone time.

The app automatically requests time synchronization if it sees that the black box time is not synchronized.

You can also synchronize the time manually by going to the '''Settings''' '''menu(1''') and clicking '''Synchronize time(2''').

[[File:TH-BLE step settings selection.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE synch time option.jpg|frameless]]

To retrieve data from the Black Box, from the main page, select Black Box ('''1'''). After that, you can select the period in days ('''2''') and/or hours ('''3''') and download data for the selected period ('''4''') or for the whole period (maximum 30 days) ('''5'''). You can also clear the black box by deleting all records.

[[File:TH-BLE black box page selection.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE data download.jpg|frameless]]

Then, click on the '''Save data button''' ('''1'''). A graph will appear on the screen. On the graph screen, you can also save the upload file to your phone’s memory ('''2''') or send it via instant messengers or email ('''3''').

[[File:Downloading Black box.png|frameless]] [[File:TH-BLE sharing black box data.jpg|frameless]]

Also, graphs from the black box can be viewed on a PC using a calibration table through the [https://docs.google.com/document/d/1CdFPhy2SVu3DxVLy4tY0j1YlaVjdB3ykyLR21iuAwYs/edit?usp=drive_link Escort Charter]

If you have previously saved data from the black box, you can '''display''' it by clicking on the '''graph icon''' in the upper right corner ('''1''')

[[File:Previous graph.png|frameless]]

== Sealing and installation ==

=== Connection dimensions ===

==== Connection dimensions of the TH-BLE of the former design ====
[[File:Connection dimensions DU-BLE former design .png]]

[[File:Dimensions of former design DU-BLE.png]]

==== Connection dimensions of the TH-BLE of the current design ====
[[File:Connection dimensions DU-BLE current design .png]]

[[File:Dimensions of current design DU-BLE.png]]

=== Sensor sealing ===

==== Sealing TH-BLE of the former design ====
To seal the sensor and prevent unauthorized access to it, install the protective cover and pass the seal through the special holes in the cover. Tighten the seal against its end into the special hole in the seal. Cut off the excess wire of the seal.

[[File:Sealing former design DU-BLE.png]]

==== Sealing TH-BLE of the current design ====
You will need the sensor protective cover and the seal provided in the kit<gallery widths="300" heights="300">
File:New_design_cap.png|'''Protective cover TH-BLE'''
File:New_design_seal.png|'''TH-BLE seal'''
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head
[[File:TD-BLE_with_cap.png|none|thumb|455x455px|'''TH-BLE with cap''']]

Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outward''')<gallery widths="350" heights="350">
File:Installing_TD-BLE_seal.png|'''Installing TH-BLE seal'''
File:Installed_TD-BLE_seal.png|'''Installed TH-BLE seal'''
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw in the special key from the kit (you can also use any self-tapping screw of suitable size) and pull it towards yourself.
[[File:Removing_seal.png|none|thumb|493x493px|'''Removing seal''']]
[[File:Seal_after_removal.png|none|thumb|'''Seal after removal''']]
This makes it impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.

==== Alternative sealing for TH-BLE of the current design ====
Also included with the current TH-BLE is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.

* The wire must be threaded through the hole in the sensor cover

[[File:Alternative_sealing_step_1.png|frameless|433x433px]]

* Thread both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head

[[File:Alternative_sealing_step_2.png|frameless|519x519px]]

* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing the protruding part of the seal

[[File:Alternative_sealing_step_3.png|frameless|543x543px]]

=== Mounting and transmitter direction ===
The most common mounting method is self-tapping screws with a sealing washer. It is also possible to install on threaded crimp nuts, welded bushings and other structural elements. The sensor can be mounted on pre-prepared places using screws and bolts with strength class not less than 4.8. It is necessary to ensure tightness of the connection between the sensor body and the tank. For additional protection it is allowed to use automotive oil and gasoline resistant sealant.

For plastic tanks rivets and bolts can be used.

[[File:Antenna_direction.png|frameless|768x768px]]
{{Warning|title=Important|1=If it is necessary for the magnetic field sensor (or Hall sensor) of the TH-BLE to work properly, the magnet (e.g. from the installation kit) must physically touch the part of the device emphasized in the picture below.}}

[[File:Hall sensor TH-BLE.png|none|thumb|575x575px|'''Hall sensor position in TH-BLE''']]

=== How hard to screw in self-tapping screws ===
[[File:How to hard to tighten the screws.png|frameless|512x512px]]

== Temperature calculation formula for the TH-BLE if transmitted as level reading. Configuration of a new sensor on the Wialon platform ==
Formula for recalculating the TH-BLE sensor temperature when transferred to the level field:

''Y=a*X+b'',

where''Y''- is the temperature, measured by TH-BLE, ''X''- is the level, transmitted to the “Level” field by LLS, ''а'' and ''b'' – are chosen by the table 2
{| class="wikitable"
|+Table 2
!Range of the input parameter (X)
!a
!b
|-
|0-32767
|0,1
|0
|-
|32768-65535
|0,1
| -6553,5
|}

=== Example table for connection via BA-BLE ===
[[File:TH-BLE table for BA-BLE.png|none|thumb|750x750px|'''TH-BLE table for BA-BLE''']]

=== Example table for direct connection ===
[[File:TH-BLE direct connection table.png|none|thumb|740x740px|'''TH-BLE table for direct connection''']]

== Connection diagram ==

=== Wiring diagram for digital inputs ===
[[File:TH-BLE connection of digital inputs.png|frameless]]

== Firmware update (FW) ==
[[File:TH-BLE-FW gif.gif|frameless]]

To update the firmware on the TH-BLE:

* Download the current firmware version as a file to the phone memory.
* Connect to the sensor
* Go to “'''Settings'''”
* Go to FW update
* Select the firmware file ('''1''') from the phone memory (The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip it) and start the flashing process ('''2'''). '''These actions should be performed within 30 seconds after entering update mode!'''
* The flashing process should start. Do not close or minimize the application during the flashing process!
* When the updating is completed, a window will pop up indicating that the update was successful

Up-to-date firmware can be found in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#THble download section].

The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip.

== Useful links ==
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/wireless-temperature-and-humidity-sensor/Datasheet%20Escort%20TH-BLE.pdf?v=101024175211#page=15 Technical data sheet of the device]'''
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/wireless-temperature-and-humidity-sensor/escort-th-ble/#active Product page]'''
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#THble Download materials]'''
* '''[[Table of compatibility of BLE sensors with trackers and other devices]]'''

{{Next|prev=I5|next=ECargosens|next-text=eCargosens}}

I5

2026-10-09T09:40:23Z

RINAT: Layout: «Sensor card» header, warning templates, legacy markup cleanup (manual text unchanged)

[[RU:И-5| Русская версия]]
[[es:Indicador_I5| Versión en español]]
{{Sensor card
|type = Digital indicator
|photo = Image.png
|p1 = Supply voltage |v1 = 9…36 V
|p2 = Current consumption |v2 = max 150 mA
|p3 = Tracker link |v3 = RS-485, RS-232 · LLS, 19200 bit/s
|p4 = Bluetooth |v4 = BLE 5 LR (coded PHY), BLE 4
|p5 = Polled devices |v5 = up to 10
|p6 = LLS addresses |v6 = up to 40
|p7 = Protection |v7 = IP65
|p8 = Operating temperature |v8 = −40…+50 °C
|datasheet = https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/digital-display/eskort-i5/Datasheet%20-%20Digital%20Indicator%20Escort%20I%205.pdf?v=031122130347
|downloads = https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/
|product = https://escortsensors.com/product/i5/
|ios = https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085
|android = https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config
}}
== General information ==

=== Device use ===
'''Escort i-5 Indicator''' (hereinafter - ‘Escort i-5’, ‘i-5’, ‘Indicator’, ‘Device’) is designed to connect the wireless devices manufactured by Escort Monitoring Systems Group (hereinafter - '''‘Escort Group’''') with GPS trackers/gateways and other compatible devices, to collect the data of the wireless and wired devices by Escort Group and display it on its five seven-segment displays.

The wireless Escort BLE sensors can be paired with the '''i-5''' via '''Bluetooth Low Energy'''. The sensors’ readings (such as fuel level, temperature, humidity, angle readings, etc.) are transmitted via the '''Bluetooth Low Energy''' interface and in accordance with the Escort BLE data communication protocol

'''Escort i-5''' can poll (send data requests) external devices via the RS-485 and RS-232 interfaces in accordance with the LLS data communication protocol in case there are no other devices that poll the devices connected to the same RS-485 or RS-232 network. In other cases the Indicator can be configured to ‘listen’ the communication between a polling device and polled devices (such as wired sensors).

'''Escort i-5''' can transmit the data it receives from Escort BLE sensors via Bluetooth Low Energy interface to an external device once polled via the RS-485 or RS-232 interface. In 2...5 ms upon receiving a request from such external device, the i-5 transmits the data previously transmitted to it by Escort BLE sensors in accordance with the LLS data communication protocol. Escort i-5 can respond to the requests sent only to the RS-485 and RS-232 network addresses saved in its memory.

More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/digital-display/eskort-i5/Datasheet%20-%20Digital%20Indicator%20Escort%20I%205.pdf?v=031122130347 technical data sheet of the device.]

=== Datasheet ===
The main technical specs are stated in the Table 1 below:

'''Table 1. Escort i-5 Technical specs'''
{| class="wikitable"
|'''Spec'''
|'''Value'''
|-
|Power supply voltage, V
|9 ... 36
|-
|Power consumption, not more than (mA)
|150
|-
|Wired communication interfaces (for connection with GPS trackers/gateways and wired sensors)

Data exchange protocol(s)

Data exchange baud rate
|RS-485, RS-232

LLS

19200 bps
|-
|Wireless sensor/mobile device communication interface(s)

Wireless sensor and mobile device communication protocol(s)
|Bluetooth LE (BLE)

Escort BLE

ESCORT.i-5
|-
|Bluetooth Standard
|Bluetooth Low Energy 5 LR

coded PHY (central)

Bluetooth Low Energy 4

(connection, advertising)
|-
|Receiver sensitivity / transmitter power, dBm
|<nowiki>-96 / 8</nowiki>
|}
'''Table 1 continuation'''
{| class="wikitable"
|'''Spec'''
|'''Value'''
|-
|Bluetooth operating frequencies, GHz
|2,402-2,480
|-
|Max sensors:
|10
|-
|Max LLS network addresses
|40
|-
|Max number of lines per tank calibration table
|50
|-
|Max fuel/liquid level, in any measurement units
|99999
|-
|Ingress protection marking in accordance with ГОСТ (State Standard) 14254
|IP65
|-
|Electric shock resistance rating in accordance with ГОСТ (State Standard) 12.2.007.0
|класс III
|-
|Operating conditions:
- min and max ambient temperature, °С;

- extreme min and max ambient temperature, °С;

- atmosphere pressure, GPa

|- from -40 °С to 50 °С

from -45 °С to 55 °С

from 840 to 1067
|-
|Dimensions, not more than, mm
|400 x 70,5 x 22,2
|-
|Weight, not more than, kg
|0,3
|}

=== Escort i-5 design ===
[[File:Q.png|center|frameless|630x630px]]

=== i-5 installation ===
To mount the i-5 onto a surface, drill 4 orifices as shown on the Figure 4 at a spot, where it will be possible to connect the wires of the i-5 to an external device or devices and a power supply and where the readings displayed by the Indicator will be clearly visible.

Mount and fix the holder with the self-tapping screws. Place the Escort i-5 into the holder. Figure 3 demonstrates an example of the suggested installation. Figure 4 provides the fitting dimensions.
[[File:Qweqwe.png|center|frameless|695x695px]]

== How to connect i-5 via app ==
Make sure that your smartphone supports '''BLUETOOTH LE''' (BLE 4.0 or higher) by checking its documents. Enable the geolocation service in the settings of your smartphone.

Install and run the '''Escort Configurator app'''.

On the start screen (Fig. 5) select “Sensor settings”, then select the model of the Device (Fig. 6).
[[File:Qa.png|center|frameless|739x739px]]

When firing the app up for the 1st time, make sure to give it access to the geolocation service. This access is asked for only once. This step is obligatory to connect any BLE devices.

On the '''List of available devices''' screen (Fig. 7), tap on the required device or search for it by entering the last six digits of the serial number of the device into the search box (Fig. 8) for example '''I5_100320''' (in case of the i-5).
[[File:Imageуцй.png|center|frameless|724x724px]]

'''IMPORTANT! To activate the Escort i-5 and then to detect, connect and configure it by means of the app, be sure to connect it to a power supply. The wiring diagram is shown on the Fig 9. The voltage range is provided in the Table 1 of the present manual.'''
[[File:Dasd.png|center|frameless|718x718px]]

After the i-5 is connected, it’s configuration is displayed on the screen (Fig. 10). At the top of the screen, you can see the device name and the current FW version (Fig. 10, 1).
[[File:Imagedsad.png|center|frameless|718x718px]]

=== Password ===
To prevent any attempts to tamper with the settings of the Indicator i-5 by any unauthorized third party, the sensor must be protected with a password.

When you connect the i-5 for the 1st time and try and change any settings in its configuration, you will be required to set up a new password (Fig. 11).

'''Attention! There’s no default password on the i-5. The password is set up only when the Indicator is connected via the app for the 1st time by any user.'''
[[File:Csd.png|center|frameless|694x694px]]

After setting the password and whenever you try and change any i-5’s settings, you will be required to enter the previously set password (Fig. 12).

== Pairing BLE sensors ==
To pair any Escort BLE sensor (TD, DU, TH) you need to tap '''Connect sensors''' (Fig.13, '''2''').
[[File:Adsdas.png|thumb]]
Then press the '''"+"''' button to add a new sensor (Fig. 14).

[[File:Imagehhg.png|center|frameless|726x726px]]

Then select the '''Wireless option''' and either enter the MAC (ENTER THE ‘:’ SIGNS MANUALLY TOO) or the sensor’s model letter and the last 6 digits of its serial number (Fig. 16) and press the '''‘Connect’''' button. Both MAC (Fig. 17, '''1''' and Fig. 18, '''1''') and the sensor’s serial number (Fig. 17, '''2''' and Fig. 18, '''2''') can be found on its head . Or select you can scan the QR code on the sensor’s head to pair it with the Indicator. To do so, press the scan button (Fig. 15, '''2''') and scan the QR code with your smartphone.
[[File:Image2312.png|center|frameless|714x714px]]
[[File:Image21312.png|center|frameless|712x712px]]

After the sensor is connected you will see it on the main screen of the Indicator in the app (Fig. 19). Repeat the procedure to pair more sensors. '''Up to 10 sensors can be paired with the same i-5.'''

Tap on any sensor to open the menu with its settings of current readings (Fig. 20).
[[File:Imageqwec.png|center|frameless|774x774px]]

=== Deleting a sensor ===
To delete, swipe the sensor to the left and click remove and then disconnect .

[[File:GIF 20250213 110701 063.gif]]

=== Tank calibration table for TD-BLE ===
If you just pair BLE or wired TD sensors with the Indicator i-5, the latter will be displaying the level values from 1 to 1023 or from 1 to 4095. In order to get the Indicator display the liters/gallons, you need to save a tank calibration table in the i-5’s memory for every TD sensor.

'''Attention! The table must contain not more than 50 lines!'''

Once the sensor(s) is paired with the Indicator, tap '''Connect sensors''' (Fig. 45, '''2''') and then tap on the sensor to which you need to add the table (Fig. 46).
[[File:Imageghjghj.png|center|frameless|752x752px]]

Next, you can either import the table from the file saved on your smartphone or enter the table manually. To do so, open the sensor’s configuration and tap '''Start tank calibration''' (Fig. 47, '''1''').
[[File:Image,jhkh.png|center|frameless|750x750px]]

To import the table from the file, select the '''Import from file option''' (Fig. 48). Then find the table you need on your smartphone and select it (Fig. 49). You can then modify the table should it be necessary. Press Save to save the table in the Indicator’s memory (Fig. 50). Repeat the procedure for each sensor.
[[File:Image23123.png|center|frameless|752x752px]]

You can modify the table if you press any cell (Fig. 51). Also, you can set the '''Portion''' (in liters/or gallons) and then add new lines to the table (Fig. 52). To delete any line, press and hold it then swipe to the left and tap '''Delete''' (Fig. 53).
[[File:Image5464.png|center|frameless|753x753px]]
[[File:Image2435t2g2.png|center|frameless|714x714px]]

To enter the table manually, select the corresponding option on the screen shown on the Figure 48, then set the portion (Fig. 52), add as many portions as you need and edit the level values as per the table you have and need to upload into the Indicator’s memory (Fig. 51). You can delete any line by pressing, holding it and swiping to the left and then pressing '''Delete'''. Be sure to tap '''Save''' to save the table and/or any changes made to it
[[File:Imagedasd2341.png|thumb]]
To apply the table, be sure to activate the '''Use tank calibration table''' switcher (Fig. 54.1, '''2'''). To check the currently saved table tap:

[[File:Imagedasd213123.png|center|frameless|637x637px]]

=== Retransmission of BLE sensors data ===
The Indicator i-5 can retransmit the data it receives from the paired Escort BLE sensors (TD, TH, DU) to an external device (GPS tracker/gateway/other compatible device) via the RS-485 interface.

To enable the transmission of the BLE sensor’s data, go to the Connect sensors menu (Fig. 69, '''2'''), then select the sensor whose data you need transmitted to an external device and tap '''RS settings'''. (Fig 70, '''4''').
[[File:Image312s21s1.png|center|frameless|699x699px]]

Select the pair of parameters you need transmitted and switch that pair on (Fig. 71). Then assign this pair of parameters a network address (Fig. 72).
[[File:Imaged1c2.png|center|frameless|723x723px]]

'''Attention! It is impossible to reuse the network addresses that are already occupied either by a different pair of parameters of the same sensor or a pair of parameters of another BLE or wired sensor.'''

The wiring diagram (Fig. 73) demonstrates how to connect the Indicator i-5, wired sensor(s) and an external device by means of the RS-485 interface. It is possible to use the i-5 in the Passive RS-485 mode so that it could listen to the responses of the wired sensors that they transmit upon receiving requests for data from an external device and respond to the requests sent by the external device with the BLE sensors’ data the i-5 receives via BLE connection.
[[File:Imagev33v.png|center|frameless|727x727px]]

== Pairing wired sensors (tracker/gateway is used) ==
If you need to connect the i-5 between a GPS tracker/gateway (or other compatible device) and a wired sensor (or several sensors), you need to connect the sensor as shown on the wiring diagram below, pair the sensor with the indicator and configure the Indicator i-5 to operate in the RS-485 '''Passive mode''' (the default mode).

To pair a wired sensor (TD, DU-180, DGV-200, ALS) you need to tap Connect sensors (Fig. 34, 2).
[[File:Imageeqwesc21.png|thumb]]
Then press the '''"+"''' button to add a new sensor (Fig. 35).

[[File:Imageeqwe1212.png|center|frameless|668x668px]]

Then select the '''‘Wired’''' option, enter the network address (the value can be from 1 to 255) and press '''‘Connect’''' (Fig. 36). If the i-5 is not configured to operate in the RS-485 '''Active mode''' or if there is no GPS tracker/gateway or other device that could request the data from the sensor so that the i-5 could listen to the sensor’s response and show its reading, the level of the wired sensor will be displayed as 0 (Fig. 37).

The network address of the sensor can be configured in the Escort configurator for PC or in the app (Fig. 38 and Fig. 39).

If you need to connect several wired sensors, repeat the procedure described above.

'''Attention! Every sensor connected via the RS-485 interface must have different network addresses.'''
[[File:Imageeqwe121.png|center|frameless|732x732px]]
[[File:Imageewqe1231.png|center|frameless|734x734px]]

'''Attention! All wired sensors that are not the wired Escort TD sensors (such as DU-180, DGV-200, ALS or the wired sensors of other brands that support the LLS data communication protocol) will still be treated as the TD sensors.'''

If the Indicator i-5 is connected “between” the wired sensor(s) and the GPS tracker/gateway or other compatible device, its operating mode must be the '''Passive''' one. To select it, open the mode settings (Fig. 40, 4). The Passive mode is selected by default. If it was changed earlier, select the '''Passive mode''' and press '''Save''' to apply change (Fig. 41).
[[File:Image3123dqw.png|center|frameless|738x738px]]

If the sensor is connected to the tracker and the tracker is receiving the data from it and the Indicator is connected in accordance with the wiring diagram (Fig. 44), you will see the sensor’s readings in the app as well (Fig. .42 and Fig. 43).
[[File:Image2312312.png|center|frameless|740x740px]]

=== Wiring diagrams: i-5, wired sensor(s) (RS-485) and tracker/gateway ===
Wiring diagram with single wired sensor:
[[File:Image12312dsdq.png|center|frameless|746x746px]]

Wiring diagram with several wired sensors:
[[File:Imageczxczxc.png|center|frameless|757x757px]]

== Pairing wired sensors (no tracker/gateway is used) ==
If you need to connect your wired sensor(s) TD-100, TD-150, TD-500, TD-600, DGV-200, DU-180, ALS only to the i-5, i.e. there will be no GPS tracker or gateway to which the sensor(s) will be connected, you need to pair the sensor with the i-5 and then select the '''Active mode''' in the mode settings and configure the interval at which the sensor(s) will be polled (will be sent requests for data to).
[[File:D12e13.png|thumb]]
To pair a wired sensor (TD, DU-180, DGV-200, ALS) you need to tap '''Connect sensors''' (Fig. 21, '''2'''). Then press the '''"+"''' (Рис. 14) button to add a new sensor (Fig. 22).

[[File:Image1231.png|center|frameless|763x763px]]

Then select the '''‘Wired’''' option, enter the network address (the value can be from 0 to 255) and press ‘Connect’ (Fig. 23). If the i-5 is not configured to operate in the RS-485 Active mode or if there is no GPS tracker/gateway or other device that could request the data from the sensor so that the i-5 could listen to the sensor’s response and show its reading, the level of the wired sensor will be displayed as 0 (Fig. 24).

The network address of the sensor can be configured in the Escort configurator for PC or in the app (Fig. 25 and Fig. 26).

If you need to connect several wired sensors, repeat the procedure described above.

'''Attention! Every sensor connected via the RS-485 interface must have different network addresses.'''
[[File:Imagedasd.png|center|frameless|751x751px]]
[[File:Imagedasdssa.png|center|frameless|750x750px]]

'''Attention! All wired sensors that are not the wired Escort TD sensors (such as DU-180, DGV-200, ALS or the wired sensors of other brands that support the LLS data communication protocol) will still be treated as the TD sensors.'''

To make the i-5 send requests for data to the wired sensor(s) connected to it, open the mode settings (Fig. 27, '''4'''). The Passive mode is selected by default (Fig. 28).
[[File:Image53453.png|center|frameless|750x750px]]

Select the '''Active mode''' then enter the interval in seconds from 1 to 65 and press Set (Fig. 29). Then press '''Save''' to apply the changes (Fig. 30).
[[File:Imagedasdcxzc222.png|center|frameless|745x745px]]

After the Active RS-485 mode is selected and the interval is set, you will see the readings of your wired sensor(s) in the app (Fig. 31, 32) if it was connected to the i-5 in accordance with the wiring diagram (Fig. 33).
[[File:Imagesdasd22.png|center|frameless|736x736px]]

=== Wiring diagrams: i-5 and wired sensor(s) (RS-485) no tracker/gateway ===
Wiring diagram with single wired sensor:
[[File:Imagedsad22.png|center|frameless|729x729px]]

Wiring diagram with several wired sensors:
[[File:Imagedasd22.png|center|frameless|734x734px]]

== Configuring Indicator’s screen ==
Once all sensors are paired with the '''Indicator i-5''', you need to configure what data will be displayed on its physical screen.

There are 10 virtual Windows that you can switch between by pressing the buttons of the indicator. Then, the i-5 displayed the number of the Window first and, in a few seconds, the sensor’s reading is displayed. If you don’t press any button, the same sensor’s data will be on the screen till you press a button.

'''Attention! You don’t need to press the buttons with force. Press a button lightly and then let go. The buttons react only after you let go.

'''If you connect the i-5 for the first time, the screen will not show anything unless you pair a sensor with it and press one of the buttons of the Indicator.'''

'''Inside the application, the level of the sensor will always be displayed without the use of a calibration table, so the actual data on the I-5 screen and inside the application may differ.'''
[[File:Imagefasf32423.png|center|frameless|693x693px]]

To activate one of the Windows 1-10 (Fig. 57, '''1'''), you need to switch it on in the settings of the Indicator and select the sensor whose data will be displayed in the Window X (Fig. 57, '''2'''). To do so, go to the Display settings (Fig. 56, '''3'''). To switch between the Windows 1-10 in the app, swipe to left or to the right.
[[File:Imagedasd342.png|center|frameless|692x692px]]

For TD sensors (both BLE and wired ones, as well as the wired DU-180, DGV-200, ALS) select the '''Level reading''' in the '''Screen mode''' menu. Then select the sensor whose data must be displayed in the selected Window X in the '''Sensors menu''' (Fig. 59). For any wired sensor, select the sensor by its serial number. For the BLE sensors, select the sensor by its name XX_YYYYYY (XX – first letters of sensor’s model, YYYYYY – the last 6 digits of sensor’s serial number).
[[File:Imageedas13123.png|center|frameless|685x685px]]

If there are several sensors of different models that transmit the same data type (for example, Temperature), you will also need to select the sensor whose data must be displayed on the Indicator’s screen when the corresponding Window is selected by pressing the buttons.
[[File:Image23112d12.png|center|frameless|682x682px]]

=== Displaying total/average level of several TD sensors ===
If you have '''several sensors''' installed '''on the same vehicle and in the same tank''' and you need the Indicator i-5 to show their average value, go to the '''Display settings''' (Fig. 62, '''3''') choose one of the Windows 1-10 in the Display settings menu and select the '''TD average level''' in the Screen mode (Fig. 63). No need to select the sensors in the same menu. After that, you can select the sensors for which you want to calculate the '''average value''' over this time window.
[[File:Indicator I-5 average weight 1.jpg|border|left|frameless|909x909px]]
[[File:Indicator I-5 average level 2.jpg|border|frameless|911x911px]]

If you have several sensors installed on the '''same vehicle but in different tanks''' and you need the Indicator i-5 to show their total value, choose one of the Windows 1-10 in the Display settings (Fig. 64, 3) menu and select the '''TD total level''' in the Screen mode. No need to select the sensors in the same menu. After that, you can select the sensors for which you want to calculate the '''total value''' over this time window.
[[File:Indicator I-5 average weight 1.jpg|border|left|frameless|874x874px]]
[[File:Indicator I-5 total level 2.jpg|border|frameless|876x876px]]

'''Attention! Be sure to upload and save the tank calibration tables per each sensor as explained in the art. 2.7 of the present manual.'''

== Additional features (FW update, password management) ==
If you need to set up, modify or delete the password, go to the '''Additional features''' (Fig. 74, '''5''') menu. If there is no password yet, you will be able to establish it. If there’s a password, you can modify or delete it by entering the currently established password and then delete it. If the password is deleted, you can set up a new one.
[[File:Imageb56b6.png|center|frameless|724x724px]]

IF you need to update the FW of the Indicator, press '''FW update''' (Fig. 76) in the '''Additional features''' menu. Then confirm your choice. The FW file must be downloaded onto your smartphone in advance. Find it, select it and execute the update.

'''Attention! Updating the FW if the Indicator i-5 via the app for iOS is only possible on iOS versions as of 12.55).'''
[[File:Imagem7m7.png|center|frameless|633x633px]]

== Pinout and compatibility with other devices ==
[[File:Imagev4f4f4v.png|center|frameless|751x751px]]

'''Compatibility with other devices:'''

Of the sensors connected via Bluetooth, only Escort BLE devices are compatible with the I-5 Indicator.

Using the RS-485 interface, you can connect any wired sensors with the following characteristics to the I-5 Indicator:

Protocol - '''LLS'''

Exchange baud rate - '''19200 kbps'''

Data size - '''8 bits'''

Parity: '''none'''

Stop-bits - '''1'''

== Useful links ==
* [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/digital-display/eskort-i5/Datasheet%20-%20Digital%20Indicator%20Escort%20I%205.pdf?v=031122130347 '''Technical data sheet of the device''']
* [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/digital-display/escort-i-5/#active '''Product page''']
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#escort-i-5 Download materials]'''
* '''[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kXZJSFY-cOo&ab_channel=EscortSensors Video instruction: " Calibration tables. Display settings. BLE data retransmission (RS-485)"]'''
* '''[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-eipvR0nFiY&ab_channel=EscortSensors Video instruction: "Power up. Pairing sensors. Operating modes (RS)"]'''

{{Next|prev=ID-TAG|next=TH-BLE}}

ID-TAG

2026-10-09T09:40:22Z

RINAT: Layout: «Sensor card» header, warning templates, legacy markup cleanup (manual text unchanged)

[[ru:ID-TAG| Русская версия]]
[[es:ID-TAG| Versión en español]]
{{Sensor card
|type = Bluetooth tag
|photo = BLE tag ID-TAG.png
|p1 = Purpose |v1 = identification, friend-or-foe, trailer control
|p2 = Connection |v2 = Bluetooth LE
|p3 = Receivers |v3 = BA-BLE 5.0 LR or a BLE device
|p4 = Major ID (group) |v4 = 0…255
|p5 = Minor ID (tag) |v5 = 0…65535
|p6 = Setup |v6 = mobile app
|datasheet = https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/wirelesstag/Datasheet%20Escort%20ID-TAG.pdf?v=050623134728
|downloads = https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/
|product = https://escortsensors.com/product/escort-id-tag/
|ios = https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085
|android = https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config
}}
'''Bluetooth tag ID-TAG''' is designed to transmit identification data over a wireless communication channel to a device equipped with BLE interface or a [[BA-BLE|BA- BLE 5.0 LR]] signal receiver, for identification systems, friend or foe, control of trailer equipment, etc.

More detailed technical specifications are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/wirelesstag/Datasheet%20Escort%20ID-TAG.pdf?v=050623134728 datasheet].

== Connecting to ID-TAG ==
ID-TAG is fully configured via bluetooth using the mobile application available on [https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085 iOS] and [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Android] devices (hereinafter referred to as “'''the app'''”).

Launch the app. Activate '''Bluetooth''' and '''geolocation''' on your smartphone also check if application have access to geolocation.

[[File:Screenshot 20240221-094919 One UI Home.png|frameless]] [[File:Screenshot 20240221-095105 Permission controller.png|frameless]]

[[File:ID-TAG connection gif.gif|frameless]]

* Press the '''Sensor Settings''' button. Next, select '''ID-TAG'''.

[[File:Sensor settings. Main page.png|frameless]] [[File:ID-TAG menu .png|frameless]]

* Find the required sensor by typing the last 6 digits of its serial number. You can find the serial number on the sensor head.

You can also simply select the required sensor from the list and click the '''Connect''' button.

[[File:ID-TAG connection.png|frameless]]

=== Main tag parameters ===
[[File:ID-TAG parameters.png|frameless]]

# RSII - signal strength dBm
# Battery voltage V, operating voltage 3.2-3.7
# Serial number ID-TAG
# Firmware version F.W.
# Tag operation mode
# Tag ID via iBeacon protocol
# Tag ID via Eddystone protocol
# Eddystone URL link
# ID-TAG transmission interval
# ID-TAG transmission power

=== Setting a password ===
It is strongly recommend that you set a password on the sensor in order to restrict access to its settings. When you connect for the first time, the application will ask you to set a password automatically.

You can set, change and delete a password in the '''Additional Features'''.

[[File:ID-TAG additional features.png|frameless]]

Then, in the field that appears named "Password for changing settings", enter the password that you want be used later and click '''Enter'''.

[[File:ID-TAG password.png|frameless]]
{{Warning|1=Please note that the password reset procedure can be very time-consuming. We recommend that you take a responsible approach in setting your password and saving it.}}
'''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''

To delete a previously set password, you must enter it in the Password field, and then press the '''Enter''' and then the '''Delete''' buttons.

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

== Parameter settings ==
To go to the parameter settings, click on the corresponding window

[[File:ID-TAG parameters list.png|frameless]]

=== 1. Operating mode ===
In this window you can set the tag operation mode

[[File:ID-TAG operating mode.png|frameless]]

* iBeacon - main mode of tag operation in conjunction with [[BA-BLE]], Major and Minor ID is transmitted via iBeacon protocol
* Eddystone UID - The UID is transmitted using the Eddystone protocol
* Eddystone URL - Transmitted URL link via Eddystone protocol
* Combined - the tag transmits data through all protocols simultaneously

=== 2. Tag ID via iBeacon protocol ===
In this window, you can set the ID of the tag when transmitting via iBeacon protocol.

Major ID ( Tag Group) can be in the range of 0-255

Minor ID (Individual Tag ID) can be in the range of 0-65535

[[File:ID-TAG iBeacon.png|frameless]]

=== 3. Tag ID via Eddystone protocol ===
In this window you can set the tag ID for Eddystone protocol transmission

[[File:ID-TAG Eddystone.png|frameless]]

=== 4. Eddystone URL link ===
In this window you can set the URL link to be transmitted by the tag when it is transmitted via the Eddystone URL protocol

[[File:ID-TAG Eddystone URL.png|frameless]]

=== 5. Data transmission interval ===
In this window, you can set the data transmission frequency of the tag.

In conjunction with BA-BLE and the use of timer and RSSI filters, it is desirable to set the sending frequency to at least 1 second.

[[File:ID-TAG data transmission.png|frameless]]

=== 6. Data transmission power ===
In this window, you can set the data transmission power of the tag.

When used with BA-BLE, it is desirable to set the signal strength as 0 or 3 dBm.

When used with other devices without filtering, you can limit the reception radius of the tag by using the transmission strength.

[[File:ID-TAG data trasmission time.png|frameless]]

== Connecting to the receiving device ==
Connection to BA-BLE is described in [[BA-BLE|this manual]].

Connection to GlonassSoft trackers is shown [https://docs.google.com/document/d/14f0VK9lYcpTnNww2PO2aF5ETNv4xLqlPVUGsdFe4oLk/edit?usp=share_link in this manual.]

Connection to Teltonika trackers is shown [https://docs.google.com/document/d/17YsQyqWJjolt4YOZtKsEkcqgLsP6blXERarelEMZ2As/edit in this manual.]

== Firmware update (FW) ==
Download the firmware file to the phone memory in advance, the current version can be found [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#wirelessetag in the download section.]

[[File:ID-TAG FW update gif.gif|frameless]]

To update the firmware:

* Connect to the sensor
* Go to “ '''Additional features'''” ('''1''')

[[File:ID-TAG additional features.png|frameless]]

* Go to firmware update mode

[[File:ID-TAG FW update menu.png|frameless]]

* Select the firmware file ('''1''') from the phone memory (The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip it) and start the flashing process ('''2'''). '''These actions should be performed within 30 seconds after entering update mode!'''

[[File:Start of TD-BLE update.png|frameless]]

* The flashing process should start. '''Do not close or minimize the application during the flashing process!'''

[[File:TD-BLE update process.jpg|frameless]]

* When the updating is completed, a window will pop up indicating that the update was successful

[[File:The TD-BLE update has been completed.jpg|frameless]]

Up-to-date firmware can be found in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#wirelesset download section.]

'''The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip.'''

== Useful links ==
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/wirelesstag/Datasheet%20Escort%20ID-TAG.pdf?v=050623134728 Technical data sheet of the device]'''
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/wireless-tag/escort-tag/#active Product page]'''
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#wirelesset Download materials]'''
* '''[[Table of compatibility of BLE sensors with trackers and other devices]]'''

{{Next|prev=BA-BLE|next=I5}}

BA-BLE

2026-10-09T09:40:22Z

RINAT: Layout: «Sensor card» header, warning templates, legacy markup cleanup (manual text unchanged)

[[RU:BA-BLE| Русская версия]]
[[es:BA-BLE| Versión en español]]
{{Sensor card
|type = Adapter for wireless sensors and tags
|photo = BA-BLE.png
|p1 = Wireless sensors |v1 = up to 10
|p2 = ID-TAG tags |v2 = up to 30
|p3 = Bluetooth |v3 = BLE 5.0 LR
|p4 = Interfaces |v4 = RS-232, RS-485
|p5 = Protocols |v5 = LLS, Modbus
|p6 = Setup |v6 = mobile app
|datasheet = https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/wired-base/BA_BLE_5_0_LR_Datasheet.pdf?v=210225224932
|downloads = https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/
|product = https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/wired-base/ba-ble-5-0-lr/#active
|ios = https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085
|android = https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config
}}
'''ADAPTER BA-BLE 5.0 LR''' (hereinafter - '''BA-BLE''' adapter, base, device) is designed to receive and process data from connected wireless measuring devices (up to 10 pieces) and wireless tags (up to 30 pieces), output information to mobile application via Bluetooth wireless channel, work with navigation terminal (tracker) via '''LLS''' and '''MODBUS''' protocol using '''RS-232''' and '''RS-485''' interfaces.

[[MODBUS TD-500|MODBUS example]]

More detailed technical specifications are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/wired-base/BA_BLE_5_0_LR_Datasheet.pdf?v=210225224932 datasheet]

'''BA-BLE''' adapter is used in monitoring of various objects where wireless measuring and/or indication devices are installed and where it is necessary to transfer information from them to the control device.

Examples of '''BA-BLE''' applications:

* Monitoring vehicle fuel consumption in conjunction with a wireless fuel level sensor «'''[[TD-BLE]]'''» and «'''[[TD-150-BLE]]'''»
* Measurement of humidity, temperature with sensor «'''[[TH-BLE]]'''»
* Control of position in space of parts and mechanisms of special equipment (measurement of rotation angle, rotation speed, etc.) by means of a sensor «'''[[DU-BLE]]'''»
* Tag location control «'''[[ID-TAG]]'''». Friend and foe systems, trailer equipment control, etc.

Learn more about these devices on [https://escortsensors.com/product/escort-sensors/ our website].

== Connection to BA-BLE ==
BA-BLE is fully configured via bluetooth using the mobile application available on [https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085 iOS] and [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Android] devices (hereinafter referred to as “'''the app'''”).

Start the configurator. Enable '''bluetooth''', geolocation and also make sure that the application has access to '''Geolocation'''.

[[File:Screenshot 20240221-094919 One UI Home.png|frameless]] [[File:Screenshot 20240221-095105 Permission controller.png|frameless]]

[[File:BA-BLE connection gif.gif|frameless]]

Press '''Sensor settings button'''. Afterwards, select '''BA-BLE'''.

[[File:Sensor settings. Main page.png|frameless]] [[File:BA-BLE selection.png|frameless]]

Find the required adapter by typing the last 6 digits of its serial number. You can find the serial number on the case.

You can also simply select the required sensor from the list and click the '''Connect''' button.

[[File:BA-BLE connection.png|frameless]]

=== Setting password ===
It is strongly recommend that you set a password on the sensor in order to restrict access to its settings. When you connect for the first time, the application will ask you to set a password automatically.

You can set, change and delete a password in the '''Additional Features'''.

[[File:BA-BLE additional features.png|frameless]]

Then, in the field that appears named "Password for changing settings", enter the password that you want be used later and click '''Enter'''.

[[File:BA-BLE password set.png|frameless]]
{{Warning|1=Please note that the password reset procedure is very time-intensive. We recommend that you take a responsible approach to selecting your password and maintaining its safety.}}
'''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''

To delete a previously set password, you must enter it in the Password field, and then press the '''Enter''' and then the '''Delete''' buttons.

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

=== Main parameters ===
After connecting to the BA-BLE, you will see the main menu.

[[File:Main parameters BA-BLE.png|frameless]]

# BA-BLE serial number
# Firmware version (hereinafter '''FW''')
# Connected sensors and their current readings

== Sensor connection ==
To connect sensors in the main menu of '''BA-BLE''' press “'''+'''” ('''1''') and in the opened window enter the sensor name or MAC address('''2''') and press “'''Connect'''”('''3''').

[[File:BA-BLE adding device.png|frameless]]

To delete, swipe the sensor to the left and click delete and then disable.

[[File:BA-BLE remove sensors.gif|frameless]]

=== TD-BLE ===
To connect TD-BLE to BA-BLE, in the main menu press “+” ('''1''') and in the opened window enter the sensor name( TD_******) or MAC address('''2''') and press “'''Connect'''”('''3''').

You can find the sensor name on the sensor cover (last 6 digits of the serial number) or when searching for or connecting to the sensor in the mobile app.

[[File:BA-BLE TD-BLE connection.png|frameless]]

After connecting the sensor, go to the settings by clicking on its name.

[[File:BA-BLE TD-BLE search.png|frameless]]

After the switch, you will see the current sensor data, to configure the data transmission, go to RS-232 or RS-485 settings depending on which data transmission interface you are going to use.

[[File:BA-BLE TD-BLE main.png|frameless]]

After the transition, enable the transmission of the required parameters and in the opened window select the required network address (0-255) through which this parameter will be transmitted and then click on save.

[[File:BA-BLE TD-BLE RS-485 setting.png|frameless]] [[File:BA-BLE TD-BLE RS-485 NetAdd.png|frameless|562x562px]]a

When selecting a network address, an unoccupied network address must be selected; occupied network addresses are displayed when selected.

[[File:BA-BLE TD-BLE occupied NetAdd.png|frameless]]

The main parameters TD-BLE is selected for transmission are

[[File:BA-BLE TD-BLE transmitted parameters.jpg|frameless]]

To remove a paired sensor, swipe the sensor to the left and click remove and then disconnect.

[[File:BA-BLE remove sensors.gif|frameless]]

=== TD-150-BLE ===
To connect TD-150-BLE to BA-BLE, in the main menu press “+” ('''1''') and in the opened window enter the sensor name( TW_******) or MAC address('''2''') and press “'''Connect'''”('''3''').

You can find the sensor name on the sensor cover (last 6 digits of the serial number) or when searching for or connecting to the sensor in the mobile app.

[[File:BA-BLE TW-BLE connection.png|frameless]]

After connecting the sensor, go to the settings by clicking on its name.

[[File:BA-BLE TW-BLE menu.png|frameless]]

After the switch, you will see the current sensor data, to configure the data transmission, go to RS-232 or RS-485 settings depending on which data transmission interface you are going to use.

[[File:BA-BLE TW-BLE main.png|frameless]]

After the transition, enable the transmission of the required parameters and in the opened window select the required network address (0-255) through which this parameter will be transmitted and then click on save.

[[File:BA-BLE TW-BLE settings.png|frameless]] [[File:BA-BLE TW-BLE setting NetAdd.png|frameless]]

When selecting a network address, an unoccupied network address must be selected; occupied network addresses are displayed when selected.

[[File:BA-BLE TW-BLE occupied NetAdd.png|frameless]]

The main parameters TD-150-BLE is selected for transmission are

[[File:BA-BLE TW-BLE parameters.png|frameless]]

To remove a tethered sensor, swipe the sensor to the left and click remove and then disconnect.

[[File:BA-BLE remove sensors.gif|frameless]]

=== DU-BLE ===
To connect DU-BLE to BA-BLE, in the main menu press “+” ('''1''') and in the opened window enter the sensor name( DU_******) or MAC address('''2''') and press “'''Connect'''”('''3''').

You can find the sensor name on the sensor cover (last 6 digits of the serial number) or when searching for or connecting to the sensor in the mobile app.

[[File:BA-BLE DU-BLE connection.png|frameless]]

After connecting the sensor, go to the settings by clicking on its name.

[[File:BA-BLE DU-BLE search.png|frameless]]

After the switch, you will see the current sensor data, to configure the data transmission, go to RS-232 or RS-485 settings depending on which data transmission interface you are going to use.

[[File:BA-BLE DU-BLE main.png|frameless]]

After the transition, enable the transmission of the required parameters and in the opened window select the required network address (0-255) through which this parameter will be transmitted and then click on save.

[[File:BA-BLE DU-BLE settings.png|frameless]] [[File:BA-BLE DU-BLE setting NetAdd.png|frameless|464x464px]]

When selecting a network address, an unoccupied network address must be selected; occupied network addresses are displayed when selected.

[[File:BA-BLE DU-BLE occupied NetAdd.png|frameless]]

The main parameters DU-BLE is selected for transmission are

[[File:BA-BLE DU-BLE parameters.png|frameless]]

To remove a tethered sensor, swipe the sensor to the left and click remove and then disconnect.

[[File:BA-BLE remove sensors.gif|frameless]]

=== TH-BLE ===
To connect TH-BLE to BA-BLE, in the main menu press “+” ('''1''') and in the opened window enter the sensor name( TH_******) or MAC address('''2''') and press “'''Connect'''”('''3''').

You can find the sensor name on the sensor cover (last 6 digits of the serial number) or when searching for or connecting to the sensor in the mobile app.

[[File:BA-BLE TH-BLE connection.png|frameless]]

After connecting the sensor, go to the settings by clicking on its name.

[[File:BA-BLE TH-BLE search.png|frameless]]

After the switch, you will see the current sensor data, to configure the data transmission, go to RS-232 or RS-485 settings depending on which data transmission interface you are going to use.

[[File:BA-BLE TH-BLE main.png|frameless]]

After the transition, enable the transmission of the required parameters and in the opened window select the required network address (0-255) through which this parameter will be transmitted and then click on save.

[[File:BA-BLE TH-BLE settings.png|frameless]] [[File:BA-BLE TH-BLE set NetAdd.png|frameless]]

When selecting a network address, an unoccupied network address must be selected; occupied network addresses are displayed when selected.

[[File:BA-BLE TH-BLE occupied NetAdd.png|frameless]]

The main parameters TH-BLE is selected for transmission are

[[File:BA-BLE TH-BLE parameters.png|frameless]]

To remove a tethered sensor, swipe the sensor to the left and click remove and then disconnect.

[[File:BA-BLE remove sensors.gif|frameless]]

== Configuring ID TAG Transmission ==
BA-BLE has the functionality of accepting and transmitting ID-TAG tags and applying a variety of filters to customize such systems as friend or foe, trailer equipment control, etc.

[[ID-TAG|The ID-TAG tag setting is described in this manual.]]

The basic principle of operation, the tag transmits a data packet with its ID ('''PING''') every specified period, BA-BLE reads all the transmission data and calculates the signal strength, after all seen transmissions fall into the memory of BA-BLE to pass the filters, if the tag transmissions pass all the specified filters it falls on the issuing queue on RS-485 where the tag ID will be transmitted according to the period of zeroing the queue.

=== Configuring RS-485 transmission ===
To configure RS-485 tag issuance, go to the “'''Reader'''” tab ('''1''') and click on “'''RS-485'''” ('''2''').

In the opened window you can configure “'''LLS address'''”(3) to which ID tags will be issued and “'''Reset period'''”(4) of issuing, it can be set 30-600 seconds. Reset period is the period for which the tag passed filtering will be transmitted via RS-485, that is, if the reset period is 120 seconds, the tag once passed filtering will be transmitted for two minutes via RS-485.

[[File:BA-BLE RS-485 configuration.png|frameless]]

=== Customizing filters ===
To configure the tag reception filters, go to the “'''Reader'''” menu (1) and press “'''Filtering'''” (2)

[[File:BA-BLE ID tag filtration page.png|frameless]]

==== Filter by tag ID ====
To add a filter by Major and Minor tag ID, click “'''Add to the list'''” (1) and enter the Major and/or Minor tag IDs (2).

[[File:BA-BLE Major-Minor filter.png|frameless]]

'''Up to 30 of these filters can be added.'''

[[File:BA-BLE maj-min several filters.jpg|frameless]]

With this filter you can filter by group (Major ID) or individually bind up to 30 tags.

We recommend that you set a common group (Major ID) for all tags working with this database and add this group to the filter.

==== RSSI filter ====
This filter is needed to sort the labels by signal strength (proximity).

To add, turn on the filter('''1''') and set the signal strength('''2''') to dBm '''with a minus'''.

[[File:BA-BLE RSSI filter.png|frameless]]

To set the correct RSSI filter, place the base and tag in the operating position, disable the filters and go to the main menu of the reader and view the average RSSI('''1''') value of the desired tag over many measurements.

[[File:Change of RSSI BA-BLE tags.png|frameless]]

Also for correct operation of this filter it is desirable to use a '''filter timer''' and on the mark it is desirable to set a frequent transmission, for example, '''every second'''.

==== Filter Timer ====
This filter is necessary to sort tags by time of being in the reception radius, the number of appearances (pings) of the tag filtered by ID and signal strength (RSSI) for a set period of time.

To add it, enable the filter('''1''') and set the number of ping('''2''') and time window('''3''').

[[File:BA-BLE filter timer.png|frameless]]

It is recommended to set the number of occurrences slightly less than half of the number of sends to the tag, that is, if the tag sends every second and the filter for 50 seconds the number of occurrences should be set to 24.

Also the period of RS-485 zeroing should be slightly longer than the timer time window.

==== Filter Active Tags ====
This filter is required to sort by the number of accepted tags.

To add, enable the filter('''1''') and set the number of active tags('''2''').

[[File:BA-BLE filter active tags.png|frameless]]

==== RSSI filter max ====
This filter is needed to sort the tags with the best reception.

To add, enable the filter('''1''') and set the number of active tags with the best signal('''2''').

[[File:BA-BLE RSSI filter max.png|frameless]]

=== Example of work ===
Example: tags with ID Major:1 Minor:100 and Major:1 Minor:200 transmit data every second, first tag with ID 100 approached BA-BLE reader for 30 seconds and after 15 seconds tag with ID 200, the reader has filters: on Major:1, RSSI -70 dBm (filtering by signal strength/approximation) and Timer for 15 appearances (pings) in 30 seconds, RS-485 settings: Address 1, zeroing period 60 seconds. After 15 appearances of the tag with ID 100 with RSSI -70 dBm and better it passed filtering and began to transmit its ID on RS-485 (each request LLS returns with a level of 100 and temperature 1) after another 15 seconds, the tag with ID 200 also passes filtering and gets into the queue for issuance, and begins simultaneous transmission of two tags (one request LLS response with a level of 100 and temperature 1 and the second request LLS response with a level of 200 and temperature 1) so continues until each individual ID will not be transmitted during the zeroing period (60 seconds).

This example is in Navtelecom telemetry:

[[File:BA-BLE and ID-tag example.gif|frameless|583x583px]]

== Connecting to a GPS terminal ==
[[File:BA-BLE wires.png|frameless|800x800px]]

== Examples of data output ==

=== RS-485 ===
RS-485 port parameters

Baud rate: 19200 kbps

Data size: 8

Stop-bits: 1

Parity: None

==== LLS ====
Example of data reception in Navtlecom telemetry

[[File:BA-BLE output example.png|frameless|612x612px]]

# Level and temperature TD-BLE
# Battery voltage (3.7V) and RSSI -50dBm TD-BLE
# Level and temperature TD-150-BLE
# Tilt angle degree and event DU-BLE
# Battery voltage (3.5V) and RSSI -38dBm DU-BLE
# Temperature (26.8 °C) and humidity (18%) TH-BLE
# Illumination (132 Lux) and hall sensor activity (no activity) TH-BLE
# Battery voltage (3.5V) and RSSI -59dBm TH-BLE
# discrete input trip (1 not active, 2 active) TH-BLE
Example of communication log between the tracker and BA-BLE via LLS protocol

[[File:LLS communication log.png|frameless|320x320px]]

31 01 06 6C - request from the tracker to issue data to 1 address

* 31 - request command
* 01 - network address
* 06 - request type (level and temperature)
* 6C - CRC-8/MAXIM

3E 01 06 15 01 00 00 00 EB - response at address 1

* 3E - Response designation
* 01 - network address
* 06 - request type (level and temperature)
* 15 - temperature in HEX (21°C)
* 01 00 - level in HEX in reverse order 00 01 (level 1)
* 00 00 - CNT (while using BLE base it is always empty)
* EB - CRC-8/MAXIM

31 02 06 39 - request from the tracker to issue data to 2 address

* 31 - request command
* 02 - network address
* 06 - request type (level and temperature)
* 39 - CRC-8/MAXIM

3E 02 06 CE 25 00 00 00 FC - response at address 2

* 3E - Response designation
* 02 - network address
* 06 - request type (level and temperature)
* CE - temperaute in HEX (-50°C) negative values go in reverse order from the maximum 255, i.e. 206 is 206-256 -50°C
* 25 00 - level in HEX in reverse order 00 25 (level 37)
* 00 00 - CNT (while using BLE base it is always empty)
* FC - CRC-8/MAXIM

==== MODBUS ====
[[MODBUS TD-500|MODBUS example]]

Example of communication log between the tracker and BA-BLE via MODBUS protocol

[[File:MODBUS communication log.png|frameless|462x462px]]

01 03 00 00 00 04 44 09 - request from the tracker to issue data to 1 address

* 01 - network address
* 03 - read command
* 00 - Low byte of the read register (value is ignored)
* 00 - High byte of the read register (value is ignored)
* 00 - Low byte of the quantity
* 04 - High byte of quantity
* 44 - Low byte of CRC-16/MODBUS
* 09 - High byte of CRC-16/MODBUS

01 03 08 15 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 55 35 - response at address 1

* 01 - network address
* 03 - Command confirmation, always 03
* 08 - Number of unloaded bytes (always 8)
* 15 - Temperature HEX (21°C)
* 00 - High byte of HEX level
* 01 - Low byte of HEX level
* 00 00 00 00 00 - Always 0
* 55 - Low byte of CRC-16/MODBUS
* 35 - High byte of CRC-16/MODBUS

02 03 00 00 00 04 45 EB - request from the tracker to issue data to 2 address

* 02 - network address
* 03 - read command
* 00 - Low byte of the read register (value is ignored)
* 00 - High byte of the read register (value is ignored)
* 00 - Low byte of the quantity
* 04 - High byte of quantity
* 45 - Low byte of CRC-16/MODBUS
* EB - High byte of CRC-16/MODBUS

02 03 08 E0 00 25 00 00 00 00 00 93 EE - response at address 2

* 02 - network address
* 03 - Command confirmation, always 03
* 08 - Number of unloaded bytes (always 8)
* E0 - Температура HEX (-32°C) negative values go in reverse order from the maximum 255, i.e. 224 is 224-256 -32°C
* 00 - High byte of HEX level
* 25 - Low byte of HEX level (level 37)
* 00 00 00 00 00 - Always 0
* 93 - Low byte of CRC-16/MODBUS
* EE - High byte of CRC-16/MODBUS

=== RS-232 ===
RS-232 port parameters

Baud rate: 19200 kbps

Data size: 8

Stop-bits: 1

Parity: None

==== Passive ====
To receive RS-232 data in LLS and MODBUS format as query responses, you must:

* Go to RS-232 BA-BLE settings

[[File:BA-BLE RS-232 menu.png|frameless]]

* Set “periodic data output is disabled”

[[File:BA-BLE RS-232 passive modes.jpg|frameless]] [[File:BA-BLE RS-232 setting confirmation.png|frameless]]

Request and response format as in [[BA-BLE#RS-485|RS-485 polling method]], addresses according to RS-485 output settings

==== Active output modes ====
To enable active output in advance, select the required parameters in the RS-232 output settings in the BA-BLE sensor connection menu.

*Go to RS-232 BA-BLE settings

[[File:BA-BLE RS-232 menu.png|frameless]]

* Set the desired output mode and save

[[File:BA-BLE RS-232 active mode.png|frameless]] [[File:BA-BLE RS-232 setting confirmation.png|frameless]]

===== Output of total level and average temperature from TD sensors =====
This format is necessary when connecting several units installed in different tanks (double tank equipment).

[[File:RS-232 data format.png|frameless|281x281px]]

ASCII format, HEX numeric values

F - unused

T - temperature, 15 is 21°C

N - Total level of connected fuel level sensors, 1491 is 5265

===== Output of averaged level and temperature values from TD sensors =====
This format is required when connecting multiple units installed in the same tank

[[File:RS-232 average level.png|frameless]]

ASCII format, HEX numeric values

F - unused

T - temperature, 14 is 20°C

N - Total level of connected fuel level sensors, 0A48 is 2632

===== Data output of each TD sensor separately =====
In this mode, data from all connected fuel level sensors are output separately for each period

[[File:RS-232 separate data format.png|frameless]]

ASCII format, HEX numeric values

F - CNT, 5E26 is 24102, 6015 is 24597

T - temperature, 11 is 17°C, 17 is 23°C

N - Level, 0FFF is 4095, 0492 is 1170

===== Data output of all linked sensors via lls protocol =====
In this mode, one pair of parameters (signed 0-9) from each connected sensor will be transmitted in one line, the transmitted parameter is selected in the sensor connection settings.

[[File:Data of all sensors via LLS protocol.png|frameless|971x971px]]

ASCII format, HEX numeric values

===== Output of all parameters of the connected sensors =====
In this mode, all parameters (signed 0-9) from each connected sensor will be transmitted in one line.

[[File:Output of all parameters from all sensors.png|frameless|910x910px]]

ASCII format, DEC numeric values

UT*

* For TD-BLE - temperaute
* For TW-BLE - temperaute
* For DU-BLE - not in use
* For TH-BLE - temperaute

LM*

* For TD-BLE - not in use
* For TW-BLE - not in use
* For DU-BLE - not in use
* For TH-BLE - Illumination Lux

UH*

* For TD-BLE - not in use
* For TW-BLE - not in use
* For DU-BLE - not in use
* For TH-BLE - humidity %

HS*

* For TD-BLE - not in use
* For TW-BLE - not in use
* For DU-BLE - not in use
* For TH-BLE - hall sensor activity

UL*

* For TD-BLE - level
* For TW-BLE - level
* For DU-BLE - tilt angle degree
* For TH-BLE - humidity % without a decimal point

UN*

* For TD-BLE - not in use
* For TW-BLE - not in use
* For DU-BLE - tilt angle degree
* For TH-BLE - not in use

UM*

* For TD-BLE - not in use
* For TW-BLE - not in use
* For DU-BLE - not in use
* For TH-BLE - discrete input trip

UP*

* For TD-BLE - not in use
* For TW-BLE - not in use
* For DU-BLE - not in use
* For TH-BLE - not in use

VB*

* For TD-BLE - battery voltage
* For TW-BLE - not in use
* For DU-BLE - battery voltage
* For TH-BLE - battery voltage

RS*

* For TD-BLE - signal strength (RSSI)
* For TW-BLE - signal strength (RSSI)
* For DU-BLE - signal strength (RSSI)
* For TH-BLE - signal strength (RSSI)

== Firmware update (FW) ==
[[File:BA-BLE firmware update gif.gif|frameless]]

To update the firmware on the BA-BLE:

* Download the current firmware version as a file to the phone memory. The latest firmware can be found in [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#wiredbase the download section]
* Connect to the sensor
* Go to “ Additional features”

[[File:BA-BLE additional Features FW.png|frameless]]

* Go to firmware update mode

[[File:BA-BLE FW update button.png|frameless]]

* Select the firmware file ('''1''') from the phone memory (The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip it) and start the flashing process ('''2'''). '''These actions should be performed within 30 seconds after entering update mode!'''

[[File:BA-BLE FW update process.png|frameless]]

* The flashing process should start. '''Do not close or minimize the application during the flashing process!'''

[[File:BA-BLE FW process.png|frameless]]

* When the updating is completed, a window will pop up indicating that the update was successful

[[File:BA-BLE FW update finish.png|frameless]]

The latest firmware can be found in [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#wiredbase downloads section]

'''The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip.'''

== Useful links ==
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/wired-base/BA_BLE_5_0_LR_Datasheet.pdf?v=200123162216 Technical data sheet of the device]'''
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/wired-base/ba-ble-5-0-lr/#active Product page]'''
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/?product=adapterbable#adapterbable Download materials]'''
* [[Table of compatibility of BLE sensors with trackers and other devices|'''Table of compatibility of BLE sensors with trackers and other devices''']]

{{Next|prev=DB-2|next=ID-TAG}}

DB-2

2026-10-09T09:40:21Z

RINAT: Layout: «Sensor card» header, warning templates, legacy markup cleanup (manual text unchanged)

[[ru:ДБ-2| Русская версия]]
[[es:DB-2| Versión en español]]
{{Sensor card
|type = Bulk material level sensor
|photo = DB-2.png
|p1 = Media |v1 = grain, fertilizers, flour; humidity up to 25 %
|p2 = Measuring part length |v2 = 10…600 cm
|p3 = Interfaces |v3 = RS-485 (LLS) · analog 0.2…9 V · frequency 300…4395 Hz
|p4 = Error |v4 = 2 % at constant product humidity
|p5 = Supply voltage |v5 = 9…80 V
|p6 = Current consumption |v6 = max 30 mA
|p7 = Operating temperature |v7 = −40…+50 °C
|p8 = Dimensions |v8 = max 40 × 80 × 80 mm
|downloads = https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/
|product = https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/datchik-urovnja-sypuchih-produktov/jeskort-DB-2/
}}
== GENERAL INFORMATION ==
Knowing the level of product in a bunker allows you to solve problems of accounting for seeds, fertilizers, and crops. Monitoring the dynamics of level changes, taking into account the speed of movement and the cultivated area, makes it possible to control the seeding rate/fertilizer application during sowing, and the yield during combining. The bulk materials level sensor (hereinafter referred to as the sensor) is specially designed for use with a transport monitoring system - it is a modified fuel level sensor. For specialized accounting, you can use special agricultural software.
[[File:Db2_dimensions.png|alt=DB-2 dimensions|none|thumb|600x600px|Fig 1 Sensor dimensions]]

=== SPECIFICATIONS ===
{| class="wikitable"
|+
!
!NAME
!VALUE / UNITS OF MEASUREMENT
|-
|2.1
|Measured substance
|grain, fertilizers, flour and other bulk products with humidity up to 25%
|-
|2.2
|Measuring part length range
|10-600 см
|-
|2.3
|Interfaces
|digital (RS-485, LLS protocol), analog (0.2 to 9 V), frequency (300-4395 Hz)
|-
|2.4
|Level measurement error at constant product humidity
|2%
|-
|2.5
|Current consumption, not more than
|30 мА
|-
|2.6
|Supply voltage
|9…80 V
|-
|2.7
|Operating conditions:
- ambient temperature
- maximum ambient temperature
- atmospheric pressure
| - 40 ... + 50 оС
- 60 … + 85°С
84 ... 106,7 кПа
|-
|2.8
|Overall dimensions, no more
|40 х 80 х 80 мм
|}

=== KIT ===
[[File:Db2 kit.png|393x393px|thumb|Fig 2 kit]]
{| class="wikitable"
!NAME
!QUANTITY
!POS.
!
|-
|ESCORT DB-2 Sensor
|1
| -
|
|-
|Set of mounting parts:

Self-tapping screw 5.5 x 51 with washer

Self-tapping screw 5.5 x 51 with sealing washer

Numbered plastic seal Siltek

Sealing wire PP-N 0.8-600

Number seal FAST-150

Filter (Green)

Jumper

Anchor bolt 08x40 with nut

Insulator

Measuring tube

Heat shrink tube 16/8 red

Clamp

Fuse block

Fuse 1A
|1<br>
4

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

6

1

1

6

1

1
|<br>

4

5

2

7

6

-

8

3

1

11

10

9

-

-
|
|-
|Connecting cable
|1
| -
|
|-
|Data sheet
|1
| -
|
|-
|Package
|1
| -
|
|}

[[File:Db2 measurement principles.png|thumb|DB-2 measurement principles]]

=== OPERATION PRINCIPLES ===
The principle of operation of a capacitive sensor is based on recording changes in the capacity of the built-in capacitor. The high sensitivity of the capacitor allows the sensor to work with bulk solids having different levels of dielectric constant, as well as with dielectric substances. The electrode and the wall of the hopper (or 2 parallel electrodes) form a measuring system of 2 electrodes, in which the capacitance of the filled space between them is measured. The measured value then is being converted to level.

==== Level change control ====
{{Note|1=It must be taken into account that at the same level, but different humidity, the sensor shows different level. For this reason, the sensor should be used to monitor level dynamics rather than to measure the actual product collected. The change in the filling level graph with changes in the humidity of the measured medium is shown in the graph below.}}

[[File:Db2 chart examples.png|alt=Db2 chart examples|none|thumb|800x800px|Db2 chart examples]]

It is advisable that the combine hopper is always filled to the level where the standard alarm is triggered. With a team scheme of combine harvesters operating on the field, the bunker may not be completely filled until the grain is unloaded.

== SENSOR INSTALLATION IN THE BUNKER ==
[[File:DB2 installation.png|alt=DB2 installation|thumb|500x500px|DB2 installation]]
[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8-bPSv1mriM&t=1s Installation video lesson]<ol>
<li>Select a location for installation:</li>
<ol>
<li>the electrode should not come close to the unloading auger due to the possibility of clogging the auger and damaging the electrode;

<li>the electrode should not interfere with workers cleaning the unloading auger;</li>
<li>the electrode should not be completely covered with grain when filling the hopper, i.e. It is recommended to place the upper part of the electrode near the corner of the hopper (it should be noted that the sensor continues to record level changes even when it is completely filled with grain). Thus, the electrode does not have to be vertical to the ground - it should only go along the wall of the bunker at the same distance from it;</li> </ol>
<li>Embed the sensor into the wall of the bunker close to the top edge;
<li>Connect the brown output of the sensor to the electrode using a screw or solder;
<li>Insulate the mounting location of the sensor output with the electrode with heat-shrinkable tube (pos. 10);
<li>Secure the resulting electrode to the insulators using ties;</ol>

=== INSTALLATION IN A PLASTIC HOPPER ===
[[File:DB-2 installation in a plastic hopper .png|alt=DB-2 installation in a plastic hopper|thumb|DB-2 installation in a plastic hopper ]]
When installing in a plastic hopper, it is necessary to additionally install a second electrode (the same or a metal strip) parallel to the main one at a distance of 30 - 60 mm and connect it to the black output of the sensor (also known as the common wire and the sensor body).

<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>

== CONFIGURATION ==
Use the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/datchik-urovnja-sypuchih-produktov/eskort-db-2/DB2_Configurator.zip?v=270624163916 configurator] to configure the sensor. The program window is shown below.
[[File:DB-2 configurator interface.png|alt=DB-2 configurator interface|none|thumb|900x900px|DB-2 configurator interface]]
[[File:DB2 connecting to laptop.png|alt=DB-2 to laptop connection|thumb|DB-2 to laptop connection]]
ATTENTION! After turning on the sensor's power, its output is in RS-485 mode for 15 seconds. This allows you to connect a sensor that is in a mode other than RS-485 for configuration.

Connect the USB-RS485 converter “Escort C-200M2” or similar to the computer, and the sensor to the converter in accordance with the diagram presented. ''Do not connect the red wire yet.''

''Note. The sensor calibration should be performed after installation. Therefore, it will be more convenient to connect the converter not directly to the sensor, but through a cable extension.''

=== Driver for C-200M2 ===
{{Note|1=We recommend using our Escort C200M/C200M2 USB-RS-485 converter, since we can not guarantee 100% compatibility of our devices with converters from other brands. When working with a laptop, we recommend connecting it to the power supply and/or connecting an additional USB cable to the ADD PWR connector of C200M. Otherwise, there may not be enough power to operate the sensor and transmitter. Along with installing the configurator 1.0.2.38, the drivers for the C200M will be installed automatically. If you use C200M2 on Windows 10 and 11 operating systems, drivers should be installed automatically from Windows Update, on the Windows 7 operating system and below, you may need to [https://windowsreport.com/driver-signature-enforcement-windows-10/ disable the electronic signature of drivers] and manually install [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/escort_c-200m/Escort%20driver%20C-200M2.zip?v=050623134319 drivers for the С200M2]. If the driver was installed correctly, then after connecting the converter to your PC/laptop, you will see the STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port (1)(C200M) or usb-serial ch341A (2)(C200M2) device in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager " to enter this menu, press win+r and enter devmgmt.msc and press OK (3) and then expand the com ports submenu (4)" The com port number displayed in this menu is also needed to connect the sensor.}}

[[File:Start DB-2 configuration.png|alt=Start DB-2 configuration|thumb|Start DB-2 configuration]]

=== Connecting to the sensor in the configurator ===
# Select the appropriate port and click the “Open port” button in the “TD500 Configurator” program window. Power up the sensor by connecting the red cable.
# After successful opening, click '''Search for sensors'''.<br><br><br><br><br><br><br>
<br>
<br>
<br>

=== Sensor calibration ===
[[File:DB-2 calibration interface.png|alt=DB-2 calibration interface|frame|DB-2 calibration interface]]

DB-2 is calibrated without bulk product. It must be mounted on the hopper before calibration.

Set the minimum value when the hopper is empty by clicking the Set Current button in the Empty line

The full value should be set to 9-10 times greater than the current empty sensor value.

Thus, if '''Current''' is 4741, then the '''Full calibration''' '''value''' should be set to 47410. To do this, in the sensor calibration interface, in the '''Full''' line, enter 47410 and click '''Set'''

=== Changing the network address ===
To change the network address, click the Change network address button. In the window that opens, enter the required address (1-255) and click OK'''.'''
[[File:Network address change.png|alt=Network address change|none|thumb|Network address change]]

=== Tank calibration ===
There is no need to calibrate the hopper with DB-2 installed in it. The measured value is very dependent on the humidity of the product. The level will be different in the morning, afternoon and evening, so the calibration data will be misleading.

== CONNECTION TO A MONITORING SYSTEM ==
The power connection must be made in the cabin. Connection diagrams are presented below.

It is connected to the sensor terminals in the same way as fuel level sensors - via a network address.
* baudrate 19 200
* data bits 8
* parity None
* stop bits 1
* handshaking None

=== Connection diagram ===
[[File:DB2 C200 connection scheme.png|alt=DB2 C200 connection scheme|none|thumb|600x600px|DB2 C200 connection scheme]]
[[File:DB2 GPS connection scheme.png|alt=DB2 GPS connection scheme|none|thumb|600x600px|DB2 GPS connection scheme]]

== POSSIBLE PROBLEMS AND THEIR SOLUTIONS ==

=== How to switch the sensor to analog mode ===
{{Note|1=DB-2 in 2023 modification and newer always works in two modes - RS-485 (orange and white cables) and analog (green cable). There is no need to additionally select analog mode.}}

=== The level does not reach full when the hopper is full ===
{{Note|1=If the level does not rise to full when filling the hopper, this is normal if the calibration was carried out according to the instructions. This is necessary so that the filling of the hopper is visible even when the product has high humidity. However, at high humidity the level will be significantly higher. If you want your chart to show how full the bunker is you can attach a calibration table. Take the sensor value that is observed when the bunker is full and set the corresponding value in the calibration table equal to the volume of the full bunker. But it is worth considering that in this case, when filling the bunker with humid product, the level may reach a maximum when the bunker is not completely filled.}}

=== The sensor periodically reports error 6500 ===
{{Note|1=In this case, you should check the connection of the sensor's measuring contacts to the electrodes/hopper.}}

=== Level values falls down ===
{{Note|1=In this case, you should check the connection of the sensor's measuring contacts to the electrodes/hopper.}}

=== The sensor periodically reports error 7000 ===
{{Note|1=Perhaps the product was too wet and the measured value was higher than the Full calibration value. If the problem persists, check the integrity of the insulation on the electrodes and make sure that Full callibration value is 10 times higher than the Empty one.}}

=== The readings are jumping up ===
{{Note|1=Perhaps the product was too wet and the measured value was higher than the Full calibration value. If the problem persists, check the integrity of the insulation on the electrodes}}

{{Next|prev=ALS|next=BA-BLE}}

ALS

2026-10-09T09:40:20Z

RINAT: Layout: «Sensor card» header, warning templates, legacy markup cleanup (manual text unchanged)

[[RU:ALS| Русская версия]]
{{Sensor card
|type = Water level sensor
|photo = Current design of ALS.jpg
|p1 = Measurement type |v1 = capacitive
|p2 = Media |v2 = water, aqueous solutions, liquid fertilizers
|p3 = Interface |v3 = RS-485, LLS protocol
|p4 = RS-485 modes |v4 = passive · active (packet every 2 s)
|p5 = Analog output |v5 = 0.2…9 V
|p6 = Frequency output |v6 = 301…1323 Hz / 301…4395 Hz
|p7 = Level range |v7 = 1…1023 / 1…4095
|datasheet = https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/water-level-sensor/Datasheet%20Escort%20ALS.pdf?v=220225205325
|downloads = https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/
|product = https://escortsensors.com/product/water-liquid-level-sensor-escort-als/
}}
== Definition and purpose of the sensor ==
]
Escort's high-precision water level sensors ("WLS" or "ALS", also referred to as "gauges" or "sensors") are designed to determine the fill level of water in containers, tanks, and storage vessels. The ALS gauge is used in specialized equipment as a water level indicator and in industry as a level sensor for liquids with properties similar to water. The measurement principle of Escort's WLS is capacitive, relying on the dielectric permittivity of the medium; in this case, it measures the level of non-aggressive liquids such as water, aqueous solutions, liquid fertilizers, etc. Materials in contact with the measured liquid include aluminum alloy (AD-31) and polyacetal (PA-6).

''Note:'' The ALS sensor is not intended for use with liquid food products, such as milk, juices, fermented dairy products, etc., as it is not certified for these applications.

More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/water-level-sensor/Datasheet%20Escort%20ALS.pdf?v=220225205325#page=21 technical data sheet of the device]

== Basic terms and concepts ==
'''''Aqua Level Sensor (ALS)''''' - device which is used for measuring water level.

'''''Serial number''' -'' code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).

'''''CNT''' -'' an oscillatory circuit, thanks to which the basic level of filling of the sensor measuring tubes with water is calculated. This level is converted to a final value determined by the data interface.

'''''Data transfer protocol''''' - a set of specific logical-level rules or conventions that govern the exchange of data between different programs or devices. For TD-150, the main transmission protocol is '''LLS via the RS-485 interface'''.

'''''Data transfer mode''''' - this is a type of boundary between two objects or nodes, which are regulated by a special accepted standard and implemented using established methods, tools and rules. TD-150 has the following operating modes:

* '''RS-485 (Passive and Active)'''
* '''Analog'''
* '''Frequency'''

'''''Interface''''' - a physical connection method and/or a set of software tools that allows data to be transferred between two or more devices.

'''''RS-485''''' - digital data transmission mode. The sensor waits for a corresponding request from the receiving device. Works using the LLS protocol. Based on CNT, a value is generated in conventional units of the selected range (1-1023 units or 1-4095 units)

'''''Converter''''' - digital converter RS-485 to USB (С200М или С200М2) for configuring wired sensors.

'''''Active (periodic) RS-485''''' - operating mode in which the sensor, without waiting for a request from the receiver, itself transmits packets with command data within 2 seconds.

'''''Analog''''' - mode in which a corresponding voltage is generated based on the CNT in the approximate range of 0.2-9V.

'''''Frequency''''' - mode in which the corresponding frequency in Hz is generated based on the CNT (301-1323 Hz with a value range of 1-1023; 301-4395 Hz with a value range of 1-4095).

'''''Navigation terminal''''' - the main element of the system for monitoring the operation of transportation carried out by means of satellite communication. Without it, it is impossible to control transportation, to determine the coordinates of the vehicle location. It collects information from sensors and on-board system of the vehicle, and then transmits it to the device/server, which belong to the controlling specialist.

== Preparation ==
'''Why Should the Sensor Be Installed at the Geometric Center of a Mobile Tank?'''

The highest point of the tank should be selected to ensure the sensor can measure the entire liquid level within the tank without any blind spots.

The liquid level readings from a sensor installed at the center of the tank will be least affected by movement and sloshing of the liquid inside the tank.

If it is not possible to install the sensor at the center of the tank, consider the option of installing two sensors diagonally at opposite corners. When liquid shifts towards one side of the tank, the corresponding sensor will show an increase in level, while the opposite sensor will show a decrease. This way, the average liquid level will remain unchanged.

'''Video Example:'''

[https://youtu.be/3psA2ACmw7w?si=zQ7n_N6h0HseNdfF A video demonstrating the importance of sensor installation at the geometric center of the tank, using a fuel tank as an example.]

{{Warning|1=Before starting the calibration, the vehicle/tank must be positioned level with respect to the horizon, i.e., on a flat surface without any incline.}}
If the tank has an irregular shape, the sensor should be installed at the point of maximum depth, as close to the geometric center as possible.
[[File:The_sensor_is_installed_in_the_highest_place_of_the_tank.png|none|thumb|874x874px|'''The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank''']]
[[File:Ladder_tank.png|frameless|470x470px]]

[[File:Ladder_tank_I.png|frameless|451x451px]]

When installation at the center is not possible – use two or more sensors.

To increase accuracy and reduce level fluctuations, two sensors are installed in one tank. This solution is primarily used for tanks with a capacity of more than 600 liters and a length of at least 1500 mm. Sensors should not be installed directly against the tank walls.

Additionally, two or more sensors should be installed if it is not possible to position a sensor at the center of the tank and/or if the tank has an elongated shape, meaning the length of the tank is significantly greater than its height.
[[File:Two_sensors_installed_diagonally.png|none|thumb|885x885px|'''Two sensors installed diagonally''']]
'''Note:''' Installing a single sensor in an elongated tank will allow for detecting draining and filling. However, increased level fluctuations during movement may prevent the monitoring platform from accurately calculating the liquid consumption. Therefore, installing two sensors is preferred.

=== Installation locations in tanks of complex shapes ===

==== Saddle-Style Fuel Tanks ====
In this case, it is desirable to install two fuel level sensors in the deepest places along the geometric center of the depressions

==== [[File:Saddle_shape.png|frameless|749x749px]] ====
[[File:Saddle_shape_top_view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle_shape_side_view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

==== Cylindrical tank ====
In this case, the sensor must be installed in the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical_tank.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical_tank_top_view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical_tank_inside_view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

===== Long cylindrical tank =====
In the case of elongated cylindrical tanks, to improve readings while driving, it is necessary to install two sensors at an equal distance from the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical_tank_long.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical_tank_long_inside_view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

===== Ladder shape tank =====
If there is a difference in height in the tank and there is no common bed, it may be necessary to install two water level sensors.

[[File:Ladder_2_tank.png|frameless|782x782px]]

[[File:Ladder_2_tank_inside_view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

====== Ladder shape tank's tank calibration ======
During calibration, two tables need to be created: one for "Sensor 1" (ДУВ 1) and another for "Sensor 2" (ДУВ 2).

Let's assume the calibration step is 10 liters.

At the beginning of the calibration, when the liquid is in the "Red Zone," level changes will only occur on "Sensor 2," so we directly add the calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "Sensor 2."

When the liquid is in the "Yellow Zone," changes will occur on both "Sensor 1" and "Sensor 2." In this interval, we record changes in both tables with half-step increments. This means we add 10 liters, but in each sensor's table, we record 5 liters.

When the liquid is in the "Green Zone," changes will occur only on "Sensor 1," so we directly add the calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "Sensor 1."

On the platform, "Sensor 1" and "Sensor 2" are configured as separate sensors with their own tables, and then a third virtual sensor is created, which sums the liters from both sensors. An example of configuring two sensors on the platform is shown. [https://docs.google.com/document/d/1nZHXENAhi-Do6VU2j5PE9KCO3n76H2fw-wBG70zncXg/edit?usp=sharing in this instruction..]

[[File:ALS example1.png|frameless|680x680px]]

=== Preparing the sensor ===

==== Preparing the sensor tubes ====
Before calibrating the sensor, you should '''determine the future length''' of the measuring tubes in accordance with the height of the tank and '''cut or extend them'''. The length of the tubes should be calculated according to the following formula:

'''L = H - 15 mm,'''

where L - tubes length after changing the length

and

H - height of the tank at the installation point.
{{Warning|1=The ALS sensor is available with tube lengths of 950mm, 1450mm, 1950mm, and 2450mm.}}

Use a hacksaw to cut the tubes . Be careful during the cutting process to avoid damaging the connection between the tubes and the PCB inside the sensor head, as well as the insulating material of the inner tube.

'''After cutting the sensor tubes, use the special insulating heat shrink cap included with the sensor for insulating the inner tube. Use a heat gun or any other heating element to shrink the cap properly.'''

Example:

'''Take this plastic insulation cap'''

[[File:Photo 2022-10-24 14-24-42.jpg|990x990px]]

'''Cover the inner tube with this cap'''

[[File:Photo 2022-10-24 14-24-42 (2).jpg|993x993px]]

'''Press down on cover cap'''

[[File:Photo 2022-10-24 14-19-54.jpg|992x992px]]

'''Use hot air gun to finish the insultion'''

[[File:Https s3.eu-central-1.wasabisys.comincoming-chat-api20221024861320276a824-1f9f-4c3c-a37c-3a1a00e28910.jpg|1000x1000px]]

The extension of the water level sensor tubes is not allowed due to the design features of the inner tube.

=== Connection dimensions ===
[[File:Dimenstions_TD_150.png|none|thumb|702x702px|'''Connection dimensions of the wired FLS''']]

== Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 the configurator on a PC] ==

=== Installation of the configurator and connection to the sensor ===
The sensor can be configured using [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 '''the configurator on a PC'''] (From here onwards- "'''configurator'''").

'''Connect the sensor to the USB-RS-485 converter using a 6-pin MOLEX connector''' or using cable clamps if a cable route is connected to the sensor. Orange wire is line A of the RS-485 sensor interface, white wire is line B of the RS-485 sensor interface, black wire is GND, red is PWR.
[[File:Sensor_connected_via_MOLEX.png|none|thumb|731x731px|'''Sensor connected via MOLEX''']]
[[File:Sensor_connected_via_cables_and_cable_clamps.png|none|thumb|731x731px|'''Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps''']]
We recommend using our Escort C200M/C200M2 USB-RS-485 converter, since we cannot guarantee 100% compatibility of our devices with converters from other brands.

When working with a laptop, we recommend connecting it to the power supply and/or connecting an additional USB cable to the ADD connector of the PWR C200M. Otherwise, there may not be enough power to operate the sensor and transmitter.

Along with installing the configurator 1.0.2.38, the drivers for the C200M will be installed automatically.

If you use C200M2 on Windows 10 and 11 operating systems, drivers should be installed automatically from Windows Update, on the Windows 7 operating system and below, you may need to [https://windowsreport.com/driver-signature-enforcement-windows-10/ disable the electronic signature of drivers] and manually install [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/escort_c-200m/Escort%20driver%20C-200M2.zip?v=050623134319 drivers for the С200M2].

If the driver was installed correctly, then after connecting the converter to your PC/laptop, you will see the STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port ('''1''')(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A ('''2''')(C200M2) device in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager " to enter this menu, press '''win+r''' and enter '''devmgmt.msc''' and press '''OK''' ('''3''') and then expand the com ports submenu ('''4''')"

The com port number displayed in this menu is also needed to connect the sensor.

[[File:Com_ports_connected.png|frameless|796x796px]]

After connecting the converter, sensor to it and checking the installation of drivers by checking the com port number of the converter, you need to open the configurator, select the desired com port which we could find in the device manager ('''1''') and press the '''FLS''' button ('''2''').

[[File:Com_ports_selection.png|frameless|657x657px]]
{{Note|1=The connection to the FLS should be made within 15 seconds after the sensor has been connected to power, if the sensor operating mode has been changed from RS-485 to any other.}}
After connecting the sensor you should see this menu:

[[File:Main_page_PC_configurator.png|frameless|751x751px]]

#Sensor serial number
# Sensor firmware version (FW)
# Sensor temperature
# Current sensor level
# Current CNT level (raw level value) of the sensor
# LLS network addresses connected to this converter (if there is more than one address in this list, it means either more than one sensor is connected to the line at the same time or there is interference on the line, in this case it is necessary to check the connection to the ALS for the presence of other conflicting devices and it is necessary to close other programs using the com ports for example tracker configurator)
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)
# Current sensor operating mode
# Current range of output values (1-1023 or 1-4095)
# Current filtration type and degree
# Connected sensor model

=== Sensor calibration ===
[[File:FLS_calibration_PC.gif|frameless|647x647px]]

After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.

To do this you need:

* Go to menu '''"Sensor calibration"'''

[[File:TD_150_calibration.png|frameless|734x734px]]

* '''IMPORTANT! DO NOT INVERT THE SENSOR OR INTRODUCE LIQUID INTO THE INTERNAL TUBING IN A MANNER ANALOGOUS TO FUEL SENSORS. CALIBRATE THE SENSOR EXCLUSIVELY BY SUBMERGING THE TURBOC INTO A RESERVOIR CONTAINING THE FLUID IN WHICH THE SENSOR WILL BE OPERATED.'''
*The water level sensor is designed based on a fuel sensor platform; therefore, the calibration menu will display the label "Calibration without fuel."
*Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''1''')
* Deselect the '''"Calibration without fuel'''" slider ('''2''')
* Click '''"Full"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Full"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''1'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired_calibration.png|frameless|366x366px]]
*Empty the pipes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the pipes
* Wait for CNT to stabilize (1)
* Click '''"Empty"''' ('''2''')
* The value '''"Empty"''' ('''3''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''1'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor
* Click '''"OK"'''

[[File:PC_Empty_calibration.png|frameless|366x366px]]

*The sensor level should display as 1, the sensor calibration process is complete. Thus, CNT should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the Empty calibration value to the Full calibration value.

'''WARNING! For the ALS sensor, it is strongly advised to avoid using the automatic dry calibration function (formally labeled as "Calibration without fuel").'''

=== Setting the calibration value Full and Empty manually ===
We do not recommend using this functionality, but you can set the Full and Empty calibration values manually to save time when you are using sensors of the same length in the same tanks.
{{Warning|1=Setting calibration values manually will most likely increase the sensor error! We do not recommend doing this!}}
To do this, enter the Full and Empty calibration values of the previously calibrated sensor into the appropriate fields in the configurator.

[[File:Wired_advanced_menu.png|frameless|733x733px]]

[[File:Wired_advanced_menu_page.png|frameless|669x669px]]

[[File:Wired_manual_Empty-Full.png|frameless|667x667px]]

=== Setting the mode, range and network address ===

==== Setting the mode ====
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS terminal

Select the mode you need('''1''') and click '''“Save parameters to device”'''('''2''')

[[File:Wire_mode_settings.png|frameless|572x572px]]

- '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the terminal's RS-485 interface. The terminal must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The terminal must be able to interrogate sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol'''.

- '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS terminal to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''.

- '''Active RS485''' mode should be used if the terminal has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently poll the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.
{{Note|1=The analog output of the ALS is always active on the green wire in the 0.2-9V range, there is no need to turn it on separately}}

==== Setting the range ====
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz or 300Hz to 4395Hz'''.

After changing the range, click “'''Save the parameters to device'''” ('''2''').

[[File:Wire_range_settings.png|frameless|561x561px]]

'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, but the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.

==== Setting the network address ====
The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other ALS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (navigation terminal).
{{Warning|1=There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.}}
To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Change network address”''' field ('''1''') and click '''“Save the parameters to device”''' ('''2'''), after which the configurator should switch to the new sensor address and display the new sensor address in the field '''"Available units"''' ('''3''') and '''"Poll network address"''' ('''4''').
[[File:Wired_before_changing_Network_address.png|none|thumb|611x611px|'''Before changing network address''']]
[[File:After_changing_network_address.png|none|thumb|614x614px|'''After changing network address''']]

=== Tank calibration ===
'''The process is carried out similarly to the calibration procedure used with fuel sensors. For example, when using a sensor based on the''' [[TD-150]]

=== Setting and removing a password ===
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.

To do this:

* Click on the '''"Service"''' button ('''1''') and then '''"Security"''' ('''2''')

[[File:Wired_security_menu.png|frameless|780x780px]]
* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click set password. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.''' [[File:Password_menu_wired.jpg|frameless|777x777px]]
*After successfully setting the password, a red lock should appear next to the FLS icon [[File:PC_password_set_menu.png|frameless|781x781px]]

{{Warning|1=Please note that the password reset procedure can be very time-consuming. We recommend that you take a responsible approach in setting your password and saving it.}}

To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure

* Click on the '''"Service"''' button ('''1''') and then '''"Security"''' ('''2''')

[[File:Wired_security_menu.png|frameless|776x776px]]

* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you have lost your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click '''"Remove password"'''

[[File:PC_wired_security_remove_password.png|frameless|768x768px]]

* If the password was successfully removed, the lock should turn green

[[File:PC_wired_no_password_menu.png|frameless|719x719px]]

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

== Connecting the sensor to the GPS terminal ==

=== Connection diagrams ===
In order to connect the sensor to the GPS terminal and to the power source, use the diagram presented below
[[:File:Wired RS-485 no R.png|[[File:Wired_RS-485_no_R.png|link=|class=mw-file-element|512x512px]]]]
[[File:Wired_Frequency_mode.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Wiring diagram for Frequency output''']]
[[File:Wired_Analog_mode.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Analog output wiring diagram''']]

{{Note|1=The ALS sensor has analog mode always enabled; it does not need to be enabled in the configurator!}}

== Sensor and cable sealing ==

=== Sealing sensor of the current design ===
You will need a sensor protective cover and a seal from the kit.<gallery widths="300" heights="300">
File:Protective_cover_for_wired_FLS.png|'''Protective cover for wired FLS'''
File:New_design_seal.png|'''Seal TD-150'''
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head
[[File:Wired_FLS_with_protective_cover.png|none|thumb|411x411px|'''Wired FLS with protective cover''']]
Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outwards''')<gallery widths="400" heights="400">
File:Installing_a_seal_on_a_wired_FLS.png|'''Installing a seal on a wired FLS'''
File:Installed_seal_on_the_wired_FLS.png|'''Installed seal on a wired FLS'''
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw the special key from the kit into it (you can also use any self-tapping screw of a suitable size) and pull it towards you.
[[File:Removal_of_the_seal_of_the_wired_FLS.png|none|thumb|515x515px|'''Removal of the seal of the wired FLS''']]
[[File:Seal_after_removal.png|none|thumb|'''Seal after removal''']]
Thus, it will be impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.

==== Alternative sealing of a current sample sensor ====
Also included with the sensor of the current sample is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.

* It is necessary to pass the cable through the hole in the sensor cover
* [[File:Alternative_sealing_of_wired_FLS_step_1.png|frameless|432x432px]]

* Pass both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head
* [[File:Alternative_sealing_of_wired_FLS_step_2.png|frameless|435x435px]]

* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing on the protruding part
* [[File:Alternative_sealing_of_wired_FLS_step_3.png|frameless|555x555px]]

=== Sealing sensor of the former design ===
[[File:Sealing_sensor_of_the_former_design.png|frameless|512x512px]]

=== Cable sealing ===
To seal the sensor connector, insert a plastic seal into the special hole on the sensor connector

[[File:Wire_sealing.png|frameless|493x493px]]

== Updating the sensor firmware ==
'''[https://docs.google.com/document/d/16KhS0ZV5Hrb44J66LmGOy7Gy2TKcuEqU/edit?usp=sharing&ouid=116383505004193584732&rtpof=true&sd=true Firmware update instructions]'''

'''[https://youtu.be/BVCs-LiWLVs There is also a video instructional guide]'''

'''You can find the latest firmware version in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td150 downloads section of our website]'''

== Common problems and solutions ==

=== Level 7000 ===
'''Error Code 7000: Short Circuit.''' This error indicates that water has infiltrated the sensor head, for example, due to improper calibration practices such as inverting the sensor and introducing water into the sensor tubes, akin to the calibration method used for fuel sensors. '''This practice is strictly prohibited.''' Alternatively, the error may occur if foreign particles have entered between the tubes, causing a short circuit.

You should clean the sensor tubes—preferably by blowing them out through the drainage holes using compressed air.

If this error occurred after the start of operation of the sensor, it means that most likely these impurities got into the sensor tubes from the container and in this case it is also needed to ensure that the tank itself doesn't contain any contaminations. Clean the container, if necessary. Note that an ALS installed outside a contaminated container may function correctly, but the same sensor installed in such container may generate this error code.

=== Level 6500 ===
This code may indicate that the tubes have lost contact. This error code may be generated immediately after cutting the tubes. In this case, simply calibrate the sensor.

If this does not help, check the CNT. If the CNT is below 10,000, it is very likely that the tubes are not in contact with the sensor board.

Take a photo of the sensor head (the sensor serial number should be visible), its tubes (the correspondence or discrepancy of the tubes length should be clearly visible), take a screenshot of the main screen of the sensor and the Settings menu page in the application and send these data to tech support.

=== The sensor does not connect or is not recognized in the application ===
If the sensor does not connect to the configurator, do the following:

* Make sure that the correct COM port number is selected and that drivers and libraries are installed (STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port ('''1''')(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A ('''2''')(C200M2) in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager "to enter this menu, press '''win+r''' and enter '''devmgmt.msc''' and press '''OK''' ('''3''') and then expand the com ports submenu ('''4''')"
** [[File:Com_ports_connected.png|frameless|786x786px]]
** [[File:Com_ports_selection.png|frameless|722x722px]]
** If possible, connect another sensor that is sure to work; if it connects, then there are no problems with the COM port or converter
** Connect another USB cable to the C200M (ADD PWR connector); check if the USB cable is working
** If another converter is used, ensure that sufficient power is supplied to the sensor (12 volts is optimal)
** When connecting the sensor, press Search for sensors within 15 seconds after power is applied to the sensor
** If the above does not help, reflash the FW of the sensor
** If you cannot complete the firmware, contact our technical support

=== Checking the connection between the sensor and the terminal via RS-485 ===
If the sensor, for some reason, after you have configured everything correctly, does not transmit data to the terminal, you need to find out whether data is being exchanged between devices.

To do this, connect the sensor to the terminal via RS-485. Connect power to both devices.

After that, take the RS-485-USB converter and connect it between the sensor and the terminal as shown below:

For RS-485, lines A and B of the converter must be connected to lines A and B of the sensor
[[File:RS-485_Logging_Connections_.png|none|thumb|648x648px|'''RS-485 Logging Connections''']]
Run [https://drive.google.com/file/d/10i7v4TZ9-JDJYPAh-9JSh4x6vkM93BVV/view?usp=sharing terminal.exe] and configure the COM port as shown below:

Baud rate – 19200, Parity – None, Stop-bits – 1, Handshaking – None

Also, check HEX or ASCII depending on the format in which information from the sensor will be transmitted. For all sensors except the TD-600 configured in RS-232 mode, you must select HEX.

After connecting the converter correctly, select the COM port and click Connect. If the sensor is polled by the terminal and responds, then everything is in order.
[[File:Sensor_responds_to_the_terminal_via_RS-485.png|none|thumb|572x572px|'''Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485''']]
If there is no communication between the two devices, try polling the sensor manually.

To do this, enter the request '''31$01$06$6C''' for the sensor with network address 1 and click '''Send'''
[[File:Sending_a_request_to_the_sensor.png|none|thumb|585x585px|'''Sending a request to the sensor''']]
The structure of the request depends on the network address of the sensor. If you change the sensor address to 255, for example, then the request would look like this

'''31$FF$06$29'''

'''FF''' - 255 in HEX

'''29''' - '''CRC''' checksum calculated for a specific request

In order to calculate the checksum, you can go to the '''[https://crccalc.com/ crccalc]''' website and enter your request without the '''$''' sign, select HEX, CRC-8/MAXIM and click Calc CRC-8
[[File:CRC_calculation_for_address_255.png|none|thumb|665x665px|'''CRC calculation for address 255''']]
If the sensor is polled by the terminal and responds, then everything is in order.

If the sensor does not respond to the terminal, but responds to a request you send manually, you should check your terminal's RS-485 ports.

If the sensor does not respond to anything, the standard ALS diagnostic procedure should be carried out.

== Description of the LLS protocol ==
The protocol is described in this [https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1maRSrToEaYtOP0sQz69Qq3e0iA0dBRos/edit?usp=drive_link&ouid=113197106569288024895&rtpof=true&sd=true document]

Example of a request and response for 1 network address:

Request: '''''31 01 06 6C'''''

Response from sensor: '''''3E 01 06 19 01 00 92 5D BE'''''

== Purpose of contacts and wires ==
[[File:Pinout_TD-150.png|frameless|828x828px]]

== Useful links ==
*'''[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/water-level-sensor/Datasheet%20Escort%20ALS.pdf?v=220225205325#page=21 Technical data sheet of the device]'''
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/water-level-sensor/escort-als/#active Product page]'''
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#ALS Download materials]'''

{{Next|prev=DU-180|next=DB-2}}

DU-180

2026-10-09T09:40:19Z

RINAT: Layout: «Sensor card» header, warning templates, legacy markup cleanup (manual text unchanged)

[[RU:ДУ-180| Русская версия]]
[[es:DU-180| Versión en español]]
{{Sensor card
|type = Wired tilt angle sensor
|photo = Imagedasd 21 211.png
|p1 = Angle range |v1 = 0…180°
|p2 = Interface |v2 = RS-485, LLS protocol
|p3 = Frequency output |v3 = 300…480 Hz
|p4 = Modes |v4 = differential; with discrete outputs
|p5 = Application |v5 = dump truck body, crane boom, bucket, garbage truck frame
|p6 = Setup |v6 = PC configurator, RS-485–USB adapter
|datasheet = https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/datchik-ugla-naklona/eskort-du-180/Datasheet%20DU-180.pdf?v=220225205918
|downloads = https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/
|product = https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/datchik-ugla-naklona/jeskort-DU-180/#active
}}
== Definition and purpose of the sensor ==
[[File:Imagedad 21 1.png|frame|Current DU-180 design]]
Definition and purpose of the sensor

Angle sensor '''"ESCORT DU-180”''' (hereinafter – '''sensor''') designed to measure tilting angle of tilting parts
of different machinery and mechanisms (for example: excavator bucket, jib crane). It provides, in
cooperation with '''GPS/GLONASS terminal''', transmission the accurate tilting angle of a controlled
mechanism to the monitoring program with data displaying as the time diagram.

More detailed technical specifications are presented in [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/datchik-ugla-naklona/eskort-du-180/Datasheet%20DU-180.pdf?v=220225205918 the device's data sheet.]

== Basic Terms and Concepts ==
'''Serial number''' - code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).

'''Data transfer protocol''' - a set of specific logical-level rules or conventions that govern the exchange of data between different programs or devices. For DU-180, the main transmission protocol is LLS via the RS-485 interface.

'''Data transfer mode''' - this is a type of boundary between two objects or nodes, which are regulated by a special accepted standard and implemented using established methods, tools and rules. DU-180 has the following operating modes:
*'''RS-485'''
*'''Frequency'''

'''Interface''' - a physical connection method and/or a set of software tools that allows data to be transferred between two or more devices.

'''RS-485''' - digital data transmission mode. The sensor waits for a corresponding request from the receiving device. Works using the LLS protocol. Based on CNT, a value is generated in conventional units

'''Converter''' - digital converter RS-485 to USB (С200М или С200М2) for configuring wired sensors.

'''Frequency''' - zero angle corresponds to the frequency of 300 Hz. Maximum angle corresponds to the
frequency of 480 Hz. Frequency is formed in the green wire.

'''Navigation terminal''' - the main element of the system for monitoring the operation of transportation carried out by means of satellite communication. Without it, it is impossible to control transportation, to determine the coordinates of the vehicle location. It collects information from sensors and on-board system of the vehicle, and then transmits it to the device/server, which belong to the controlling specialist.

== DU-180 sensor's design ==

=== DU-180 sensor's design ===
[[File:Imageda12121.png|center|frameless|816x816px]]

=== Scope of Supply ===
[[File:Imageq`23`.png|center|frameless|826x826px]]

== Connection to the sensor, setup via [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-ugla-naklona/eskort-du-180/DU180_Configurator.zip?v=080824215802 the configurator on a PC] ==
In order to connect '''DU-180''' to the computer you will need an '''RS-485-USB''' adapter (we recommend using Escort '''C200M and C200M2'''). Strictly follow the connection algorithm described below. [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/datchik-ugla-naklona/eskort-du-180/DU180_Configurator.zip?v=080824215912 Download] and install the configurator '''1.0.2.38'''. This will install the drivers for the C200M converter. If '''other model''' of converter is used, install the driver for it.

'''1'''. Open the '''configurator'''

'''2'''. Connect the converter to the computer (the sensor '''must be de-energized''')
[[File:Imageasf 134 134 .png|center|frameless|829x829px]]

'''3'''. '''Select (1)''' the '''COM port''' that appears (selected automatically if only one external device is connected as a virtual serial port)
[[File:Imagedas 2131.png|center|frameless|798x798px]]

'''4'''. Connect '''DU-180''' to the converter and '''press (2)''' DU 180 in the configurator (this must be done '''in the first 15 seconds''' after connecting the sensor to the power supply or to the converter using the connector). After that, the DU-180 settings interface should be displayed. If this does not happen, then disconnect the sensor connector from the converter, the converter from the computer connector, close the configurator and start the connection from '''point 1.'''
[[File:Imageda sdad23.png|center|frameless|831x831px]]
[[File:Imageda c3d3g4.png|center|frameless|798x798px]]

=== Connection diagram ===
[[File:Imagef43e.png|center|frameless|819x819px]]

=== DU-180 setup interface ===
[[File:Imaged32ff2.png|center|frameless|796x796px]]
'''1'''. COM port number

'''2'''. Selecting the sensor type (DU-180).

'''3'''. Current address of the connected sensor.

'''4'''. Sensor operating mode

'''5'''. Setting sensor parameters.

'''6'''. Field for changing the network address.

'''7'''. Current angle

'''8'''. Button for setting zero degrees for current conditions.

'''9'''. Button for saving parameters.

== Connection to the sensor, setup via [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config mobile application on Android] ==
Wired sensors can be connected to a smartphone with the Escort Configurator application. To do this, you will need:

*A smartphone with a Bluetooth Android system with OTG technology support
*An RS-485 - USB converter, for example, Escort C200m2
*USB-OTG adapter for connecting the converter to a smartphone

'''Attention! You cannot update the firmware on the sensor through the application on the smartphone, this can only be done using a computer and the Bootloader program.'''

After connecting the sensor to the smartphone, you can connect:

*Change the network address
*Select the sensor operating mode
[[File:Imagec3r3f.png|center|frame|'''Diagram of sensor connection to the phone''']]
[[File:Imagegrgg.png|center|frame|'''Diagram of sensor connection to telephone with additional power supply''']]

*Connect the sensor to your smartphone according to the diagram
*Check that the converter is turned on (there is a power indication), on some models the OTG mode must be enabled manually in the phone settings
[[File:Imagef4f4f4g.png|center|frame|'''Example of enabling OTG mode on OPPO smartphones''']]

*Select the RS-485 tab ('''1''')
*Select Fuel level sensor ('''2''')
[[File:Imagefas f32r2.png|center|frameless|793x793px]]

*When connecting for the first time, the phone should ask for access to the converter, click OK
[[File:Imagej7j7j.png|center|frame|'''Providing access to the C200M2 in the app''']]

* If such a request does not appear and the sensor is not detected, try connecting additional power to the sensor according to the connection diagram, also check that the power indication on the converter is active and that the OTG mode is enabled on the smartphone
* If, after asking for permission, you receive the error “Unable to connect the device,” this is normal. Just select the fuel level sensor again.

[[File:Imagen6n6h6y6.png|center|frame|'''Error failed to connect device after requesting permission''']]

* If you are using a C200M inverter, you can connect an additional power supply to the inverter. To do this, you need to take a power supply for charging your smartphone with a microUSB connector and connect it to the C200M using the ADD PWR connector
* Once connected successfully, you will see the main screen of the sensor.

[[File:Imageb5b5g5t.png|center|frameless|938x938px]]

== Operating principle and mode settings ==
DU-180 transmits the current angle via the '''RS-485''' interface ('''LLS''' protocol), or via the '''frequency interface''' ('''in Hz'''). The tilt angle value is within '''0–180 degrees''' ('''300–480 Hz'''). If the tilt angle '''exceeds''' 180 degrees, the countdown starts from '''0'''. Additionally, information about the '''operation''' is transmitted via '''discrete''' outputs. In this case, voltage appears or disappears on them. Discrete outputs '''(green and purple)''' should be connected to the '''contact registration''' device (for example, the analog terminal input) as Normally Open (or Normally Closed - depends on the mode) plus - the voltage at the terminals can be from '''4V to the power source '''voltage. '''It is prohibited to connect a load to discrete outputs'''. In addition, the DU-180 sensor can transmit the tilt angle relative to another DU-180 sensor, the so-called '''differential mode'''. In this case, the angle of one sensor relative to the other in '''Hz''' will be used.

=== Garbage truck mode ===
This mode is used to control the tilt angle of the garbage truck lifting frame. The current tilt angle will be transmitted via the '''RS-485''' interface, and the '''discrete''' outputs '''will transmit the triggering events (crossing the control angles)'''
[[File:ImageWQEQWE12E1.png|center|frameless|713x713px]]
[[File:Image312.png|center|frameless|772x772px]]

This mode sets two angles Top and Down. To set the sensor angles in the Garbage Truck mode:

*Place the sensor in the operating position and press '''Set Zero'''

*Select '''Garbage Truck''' mode

*Enter the value for '''Top''' and click '''Save the parameters to device'''.

*Enter the value '''Down''' and click '''Save the parameters to device'''. The Down must be less than the Top

*If necessary, set the '''network address''' and click '''Save the parameters to device''' again.

After crossing the triggering angles, the state of the discrete outputs will change according to the table. It is possible to record the fact of a complete cycle of lifting and lowering of the waste container
[[File:Imageqwdqwd21.png|center|frameless|693x693px]]
[[File:Imaged2v2e23.png|center|frameless|848x848px]]

=== Dump truck mode ===
This mode is designed to control the angle of inclination of various elements of vehicles: dump truck body, crane boom, tanker hatch, etc. The sensor will transmit the angle value via '''RS-485''' interface, and '''discrete outputs''' will trigger the crossing of control angles.
[[File:Imagee12 d1c 1.png|center|frameless|832x832px]]
[[File:Imagecc32d1.png|center|frameless|766x766px]]

In this mode, two angles '''Top and Down''' are set. To set the sensor in '''Dump truck''' mode:

*Place the sensor in the operating position and press '''Set zero'''

*Select '''Dump Truck''' mode

*Enter the value for '''Top''' and click '''Save the parameters to device''' - Top control angle.

*Enter the value for '''Down''' and click '''Save the parameters to device'''. The '''Down''' must be less than the Top - Down control angle

*If necessary, set the '''network address''' and click '''Save the parameters to device''' again.

When the triggering angles are crossed, the state of the discrete outputs will change according to the table. You can use both discrete outputs or one of them for triggering.
[[File:Imagev23f23e.png|center|frameless|589x589px]]
[[File:Imageasfdasf32r 2.png|center|frameless|822x822px]]

=== Frequency mode ===
This mode is used to control the tilt angle of a vehicle component when the head unit (terminal) '''does not have digital inputs'''. The angle is transmitted through the '''frequency channel''' (green wire) in the range of 300Hz (0) - 480Hz (180).

The crossing of the control angle (parameter Down) is signaled by the disappearance of voltage on the purple output of the sensor.
[[File:Imageqd21v1.png|center|frameless|789x789px]]

To set the sensor in '''Frequency''' mode:

*Place the sensor in the operating position and press '''Set zero'''

*Select '''Frequency''' mode

*Enter the value for '''Down''' and click '''Save the parameters to device'''.

*If necessary, set the '''network address''' and click '''Save the parameters to device''' again.

The operation of the purple output is described in the table:
[[File:Imagecerb3b33 35t.png|center|frameless|520x520px]]

=== Bucket mode ===
This mode is designed for use on excavators to control the bucket operating time. The angle is '''periodically''' measured and '''compared with''' the previous one, if the angle changes and the difference between the current angle and the previous angle is '''greater than the set delta''', the green output will show a voltage signaling '''a trigger'''. If the angle stops changing or the difference between the two angles is less than the set delta, then after expiration of '''digital output turn off''' the voltage on the green output will disappear.

In this mode the angle is transmitted via '''RS-48'''5 interface.
[[File:Imagef13r 23r23.png|center|frameless|812x812px]]
[[File:Imageвы 1 12у 1.png|center|frameless|768x768px]]

The parameter '''Digital output turn on''' sets the angle measurement interval, at the beginning of which the current angle value is '''memorized'''. After expiration of this delay, the new current value is read, compared with the previous value, if the difference is a certain angle, which is greater than or equal to the '''“Delta”''' value, then the green discrete output will show a positive voltage (triggering, '''“sensor in operation”'''). If the '''“sensor in operation”''' and the difference value has not exceeded the set angle, the delay for '''switching off''' is started (parameter '''Digital output turn off''') and if during this time the difference of angles does not exceed the set '''Delta''' value - the voltage on the green output disappears. This separates the working and idle time of the implement.

To set the sensor in '''Bucket''' mode:

*Place the sensor in the operating position and press '''Set zero'''

*Select '''Bucket''' mode

*Enter the value for '''Delta''', '''Digital output turn of''', '''Digital output turn off''' and click '''Save the parameters to device'''.

*If necessary, set the '''network address''' and click '''Save the parameters to device''' again.
[[File:Imagex w 21d1 1 .png|center|frameless|816x816px]]

=== Plow mode ===
The mode is designed for installation on the '''“plow”''' type devices of snowplows used for road clearing. In this mode the sensor will transmit information that the plow is lowered and is in working position, the algorithm of operation allows to avoid false messages about the end of work when the plow is raised when passing obstacles.

'''The plow must have a significant stroke to avoid false alarms caused by road irregularities (the difference between the raised and lowered angles must be greater than the vehicle inclination on irregularities).'''
[[File:Imaged 1d12 1.png|center|frameless|747x747px]]
[[File:Imaged 1d 12 d1c1 .png|center|frameless|759x759px]]

'''Zero''' is set in '''working position''' when the plow is lowered. The sensor crosses the '''“TOP”''' and '''“DOWN”''' boundaries as the machine moves from the travel position to the working position. When the '''“DOWN”''' angle is crossed to a lower angle, the '''“Digital output turn on”''' delay timer is started. If at the end of the '''“Digital output turn on”''' timer the current angle does not exceed the '''“DOWN”''' angle, the discrete output ('''green''') will trigger and a positive voltage will appear on it.

When the '''"DOWN"''' limit is crossed in the direction of a larger angle (when the moldboard is raised), the '''"Digital output turn off"''' timer is started. If the current angle remains greater than the '''"DOWN"''' limit when the '''"Digital output turn off"''' timer expires, the discrete output will open. If the sensor crosses back the “DOWN” boundary towards a smaller angle, the running '''"Digital output turn off"''' timer is reset.

If it crosses “TOP” towards a higher angle, the discrete output will open '''momentarily'''. This is done in order to get a clearer readout of the discrete outputs switching (short-term raising and lowering of the gun during obstacle avoidance and turns is avoided).

To set the sensor in '''Frequency''' mode:

*Place the sensor in the operating position and press '''Set zero'''

*Select '''Plow''' mode

*Enter the value for '''Down''', '''Top''', '''Digital output turn on''', '''Digital output turn off''' and click '''Save the parameters to device'''.

*If necessary, set the '''network address''' and click '''Save the parameters to device''' again.
[[File:Imagesaa d 2e12.png|center|frameless|806x806px]]

=== Difference mode ===
'''Difference tilt sensor''' is a conventional angle sensor DU-180 with the ability to independently send requests via '''RS-485''' interface and, based on the data received from the '''second sensor''' connected to it, produce a differential angle difference between the '''two devices'''. '''This mode is used to reduce false alarms due to the tilt of the entire vehicle'''.

The '''RS-485''' outputs of both sensors should be connected to each other to exchange data between them ('''Line A''' of one sensor should be connected to '''line A''' of the second sensor, similarly for '''line B''') The sensor sending the requests is the '''“master”''', the second sensor is the '''“slave”'''. In this mode, the '''master''' will transmit the '''differential angle''' (angle between the two sensors + base frequency 300Hz) as a frequency signal via the '''green wire'''. The frequency will vary in the range from 300 to 480 Hz, which corresponds to the angle value in the range from '''0 to 180 degrees'''.
[[File:Image21 312 12 12.png|center|frameless|823x823px]]
[[File:Imagehh6 jk6.png|center|frameless|766x766px]]

To configure the '''Slave''' sensor for '''difference mode''':

*Place the sensor on the '''moving element''' of the vehicle in the operating position and press the
'''Set zero'''

*Select one of the modes ('''any''' mode except '''Master''')

*Set '''network address 1''' and click '''Save the parameters to device'''

For '''Master''' sensor:

*Position the sensor on a '''fixed place''' of vehicle and click '''Set Zero'''

*Activate '''Master''' mode

*Set a network address '''other than''' the second sensor and click '''Save the parameters to device'''.
[[File:Imagee 12 2h 75 k7.png|center|frameless|705x705px]]

== Sealing the sensor ==
[[File:Imaged 21 1r 1.png|center|frameless|709x709px]]

== Firmware update (FW) ==
'''If you are using a .CRI file, you must use [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/other/Bootloader%20%D0%BA%D1%80%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BD%D1%8B%D0%B9.zip?v=150323122207 this bootloader'''].

'''If you are using a .BIN file, you must use [https://drive.google.com/file/d/1mPmp0Eo6vLartY7wPDds-oF6zPkdbn1M/view?usp=drive_link this bootloader'''].

'''[https://docs.google.com/document/d/16KhS0ZV5Hrb44J66LmGOy7Gy2TKcuEqU/edit?tab=t.0 Firmware instruction (TD-150 example)]'''

'''You can find the latest firmware version in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#du180 downloads section of our website]'''.

== Useful links ==
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/datchik-ugla-naklona/eskort-du-180/Datasheet%20DU-180.pdf?v=220225205918 Technical data sheet of the device]'''
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/datchik-ugla-naklona/jeskort-DU-180/#active Product page]'''
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#du180 Download materials]'''

{{Next|prev=DU-BLE|next=ALS}}

DU-BLE

2026-10-09T09:40:19Z

RINAT: Layout: «Sensor card» header, warning templates, legacy markup cleanup (manual text unchanged)

[[RU:DU-BLE| Русская версия]]
[[es:DU-BLE| Versión en español]]
{{Sensor card
|type = Wireless tilt angle sensor
|photo = Current DU-BLE design.png
|p1 = Connection |v1 = Bluetooth LE, Advertising mode, 2.4 GHz
|p2 = Data transmission |v2 = every 3 s
|p3 = Modes |v3 = single-axis, dual-axis; trigger; counter
|p4 = Power |v4 = autonomous, battery
|p5 = Battery charge |v5 = ≥ 3.5 V — charged · ≤ 3.2 V — replace
|p6 = Receivers |v6 = BA-BLE, BLE-RS485
|datasheet = https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/datchik-ugla-naklona/eskort-du-ble/Escort%20DU-BLE%20datasheet.pdf?v=071220114144
|downloads = https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/
|product = https://escortsensors.com/product/du-ble/
|ios = https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085
|android = https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config
}}
== Definition and purpose of the sensor ==
Definition and purpose of the sensor

The wireless angle sensor with autonomous power supply '''DU-BLE''' of the ESCORT trademark (hereinafter referred to as the measuring device, product, angle sensor, DU-BLE) is designed to measure the angular position of deflecting parts of various machines and mechanisms relative to the Earth's gravitational field, determine the direction of rotation (in the corresponding modes) and transmit this data via a radio channel at a frequency of 2.4 GHz.

The measuring device (sensor) "DU-BLE" is used in automotive equipment and other objects where angle measurement is required.

DU-BLE is a completely wireless sensor with autonomous power supply. Sensor data is transmitted in the form of Bluetooth packets in '''Advertising''' mode; the frequency of data sending is every 3 seconds.

More detailed technical specifications are presented in [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/datchik-ugla-naklona/eskort-du-ble/Escort%20DU-BLE%20datasheet.pdf?v=071220114144 the device's data sheet.]

== Basic Terms and Concepts ==
'''Serial Number''' - a code consisting of a series of letters or numbers assigned to a product (sensor).

'''Sensor Name''' - sensor designation among BLE devices, consisting of the first two letters of the sensor model and the last 6 values of the '''serial number''', for example, DU_100100

'''MAC Address''' - a unique identifier assigned to each unit of active equipment. It is used to identify devices in the network.

'''Data Packet''' - a set of values transmitted by a device equipped with a Bluetooth transmitter, the structure of which is specified by the data transfer protocol.

'''Data Transfer Protocol''' - a set of specific rules or agreements of the logical level interface that determines the exchange of data between different programs or devices. In the case of the DU-BLE sensor, the Escort BLE protocol is used to transfer data packets.

'''Advertising Mode''' - a data transfer mode in which the device “distributes” data packets at a certain frequency, regardless of the presence of a device receiving the data.

'''Connection Mode''' - a data transfer mode in which the transmitter waits for a connection to the receiving device in order to start transmitting data packets.

'''BLE-RS485 base''' - a device that retransmits data transmission and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via the RS-485 interface in accordance with the LLS protocol.

'''BA-BLE base''' - a device that retransmits data transmission and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via the RS-485 and RS-232 interfaces in LLS and MODBUS protocols.

== DU-BLE sensor's design ==

==== First generation DU-BLE design ====
[[File:Design DU-BLE first generation.png|800x800px]]

==== Second generation DU-BLE design ====
[[File:Design DU-BLE second generation.png|800x800px]]

== Connecting sensor to a smartphone ==
To configure the DU-BLE sensor, calibrate it and calibrate the tank, you should use the Escort Configurator application, available on [https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085 iOS] and [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Android] devices (hereinafter referred to as the “'''application'''” or "'''app'''").

=== Geolocation ===
Launch the app and activate '''Bluetooth''' and '''geolocation''' on your smartphone also check if application have access to geolocation.

[[File:Screenshot_20240221-094919_One_UI_Home.png|664x664px]] [[File:Screenshot_20240221-095105_Permission_controller.png|667x667px]]

=== Connecting sensor ===
[[File:Connecting to DU-BLE.gif]]

Press the '''Sensor Settings''' button. Next, select '''DU-BLE'''.

[[File:Sensor_settings._Main_page.png|frameless]] [[File:Selecting DU-BLE.png|666x666px]]

Find the required sensor by typing the last 6 digits of its serial number. You can find the serial number on the sensor head.

You can also simply select the required sensor from the list and click the '''Connect''' button. On an '''Android''' device, you can click on the sensors name, and a package of data received in '''advertising''' mode will be displayed.

[[File:Searching DU-BLE.png|675x675px]] [[File:Advertising DU-BLE.png|675x675px]]

=== Setting a password ===
It is strongly recommend that you set a password on the sensor in order to restrict access to its settings. When you connect for the first time, the application will ask you to set a password automatically.

You can set, change and delete a password in the '''Additional Features'''.

[[File:Additional features DU-BLE.png|609x609px]]

Then, in the field that appears named "Password for changing settings", enter the password that you want be used later and click '''Enter'''.

[[File:TD-150_BLE_setting_password_.png|frameless]]
{{Warning|1=Please note that the password reset procedure can be very time-consuming. We recommend that you take a responsible approach in setting your password and saving it.}}
'''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''

To delete a previously set password, you must enter it in the Password field, and then press the '''Enter''' and then the '''Delete''' buttons.

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

=== Main sensor parameters ===
To see the main parameters of the sensor go to the '''Data''' tab. There you can see the following parameters:
# '''RSSI''' - Received signal strength indicator, which indicates how well your smartphone receives sent data. This parameter is not transmitted by the sensor, but is calculated by the receiving device
# '''Vbat''' or sensor battery charge (3.5V or higher indicates the battery is fully charged; 3.2V or lower indicates the battery is low and should be replaced)
# Sensor serial number
# Firmware version ('''FW''') installed in the sensor
# Current '''Operating mode''' set on the sensor
# The '''sensor's MAC address''' is used to connect the sensor to compatible external devices
# Current sensors readings in selected working mode
# Button for setting 0 as current angle of the sensor

[[File:DU-BLE Data.png|799x799px]]

'''The battery voltage drops to 3.2V for 10-15 seconds''' - this is normal (especially if this happens after rebooting the sensor by removing the sensor battery and then installing the battery back). This is due to the fact that all processes in the sensor (measuring level, temperature and battery voltage, as well as sending a data packet) are launched simultaneously, thus energy consumption increases, which leads to a temporary decrease in battery voltage.

== Operating mode ==
Для установки режима работы на датчике, перейдите в меню настройки.

[[File:Going to settings DU-BLE.png|583x583px]]
{| class="wikitable"
|'''Name of the mode'''
|'''Description of the mode'''
|'''Format of transmitted data'''
|-
|'''Transportation'''
|Used for transporting and storing the sensor. The accelerometer is turned off to save power; no measurements are taken.
|
|-
|'''Vertical rotation control'''
| rowspan="2" |It is used to determine the direction of rotation of the sensor in a plane parallel to the plane of the sensor installation (except for rotation parallel to the ground plane) and/or counting revolutions and speed (rpm).
'''Horizontal rotation''' - the sensor is installed along the axis of rotation of the concrete mixer with the convex part of the body at 90° relative to the ground.

'''Vertical rotation''' - the sensor is installed perpendicular to the axis of rotation of the concrete mixer.
| rowspan="2" |

'''1. Direction only'''

0 - no rotation

1 - left rotation

2 - right rotation

(you can set these values yourself)

'''2. Number of revolutions, rotation speed (rpm), direction of rotation is shown as + or -'''
|-
|'''Horizontal rotation control'''
|-
|'''Container'''
|It is used to control the loading of equipment, for example, a garbage truck
|The tilt angle and the container cumulative counter are transmitted
|-
|'''Bucket'''
|Serves to determine the operation or downtime of an excavator and similar equipment
|The tilt angle and operation are transmitted depending on whether the equipment is working or idle
|-
|'''Plow'''
|Serves to determine the operation of the snowplow blade of snow removal machines and similar equipment
|The tilt angle and operation are transmitted depending on whether the equipment is working or idle
|-
|'''Angle control'''
|Serves to determine the angle of inclination of parts of mechanisms relative to the horizon. Triggering events occur when a certain angle set by the user is reached.
|The tilt angle and response are transmitted depending on whether the control element of the equipment is lowered or raised, respectively
|-
|'''Horizontal inclinometer'''
|In the “'''Single-axis'''” measurement mode, the sensor records deviations only along one axis - the pitch axis - from the zero point, which must be set after selecting the mode and installing the sensor at the moment when the mechanism is on a flat surface in the stowed position. The angle is measured from 0 to 360 degrees.
In the “'''Two-axis'''” mode, you can track the tilt angle along each measurement axis separately.
|The roll (and pitch) angle(s) is transmitted.
'''0-360''' for one axis

'''0-180''' for the other axis
|-
|'''Verticalinclinometer'''
|In the “'''Single-axis'''” measurement mode, the sensor records deviations only along one axis - the pitch axis - from the zero point, which must be set after selecting the mode and installing the sensor at the moment when the mechanism is on a flat surface in the stowed position. The angle is measured from 0 to 360 degrees.
In the “Two-axis” mode, you can track the tilt angle along each measurement axis separately.
|The roll (and pitch) angle(s) is transmitted.
'''0-360''' for one axis

'''0-180''' for the other axis
|}

=== Vertical rotation control ===
[[File:Vertical rotation control.png|710x710px]] [[File:Vertical rotation control settings.png|710x710px]]

# Selecting the format of transmitted data ('''Direction only or Speed and rpm''')
# Selecting the transmitted values of rotation left and right, available only in the "'''direction only'''" transmission format

The sensor is installed at the ends of the mixer.

This mode has '''2 formats of transmitted data:'''

1) '''Direction only''' - used, for example, to control the direction of rotation of a concrete mixer. Depending on the direction of rotation around the axis, a trigger event is transmitted: when rotating to the right, the value 1 will be transmitted, when rotating to the left - the value 2, if there is no rotation, 0 will be transmitted.

You can change the value of rotation to the left and to the right (from 1 ... 255)

2) '''Speed and rpm'''. The sensor will transmit the number of complete revolutions and the rotation speed in rpm. The rotation speed will be calculated by the sensor after the first three full revolutions. The speed will be positive in one direction, negative in the other. You can learn more about how to set up speed recognition on the monitoring platform in [https://docs.google.com/document/d/13xV8zCP8JVlJ-dzKR4HQJ8sr28X-L5w_0APE2Nq293E/edit?usp=sharing this manual]

[[File:F0cc0683-1aae-4b82-be4f-aa5230b8e6ce.png|948x948px]]

[[File:Vertical rotation control diagram.png]]

[[File:Vertical rotation control example.png|806x806px]]

=== Horizontal rotation control ===
[[File:Horizontal rotation control.png|710x710px]] [[File:Vertical rotation control settings.png|710x710px]]

#Selecting the format of transmitted data ('''Direction only or Speed and rpm''')
# Selecting the transmitted values of rotation left and right, available only in the "'''direction only'''" transmission format

The sensor is installed at the ends of the mixer.

This mode has '''2 formats of transmitted data:'''

1) '''Direction only''' - used, for example, to control the direction of rotation of a concrete mixer. Depending on the direction of rotation around the axis, a trigger event is transmitted: when rotating to the right, the value 1 will be transmitted, when rotating to the left - the value 2, if there is no rotation, 0 will be transmitted.

You can change the value of rotation to the left and to the right (from 1 ... 255)

2) '''Speed and rpm'''. The sensor will transmit the number of complete revolutions and the rotation speed in rpm. The rotation speed will be calculated by the sensor after the first three full revolutions. The speed will be positive in one direction, negative in the other. You can learn more about how to set up speed recognition on the monitoring platform in [https://docs.google.com/document/d/13xV8zCP8JVlJ-dzKR4HQJ8sr28X-L5w_0APE2Nq293E/edit?usp=sharing this manual]

The sensor is installed on the side surface of the mixer.
{{Note|1=In horizontal rotation, the sensor is installed with the convex/semi-circular part up or down! When installed with the convex/semi-circular part to the left or right, rotations will not be counted!}}

[[File:Horizontal rotation control diagram.png]]

[[File:Horizontal rotation control example.png|851x851px]]

=== Container ===
[[File:Container mode.png|750x750px]] [[File:Container mode settings.png|750x750px]]

Serves to control unloading and loading on equipment types such as garbage trucks, dump trucks, etc., as well as for more precise control of hatch cover opening.

After installing the sensor, zero should be set. The equipment should be located on a level surface. When crossing the lower and upper threshold values, the number of trips will increase and the total activation counter will be transmitted.

[[File:Container mode explanation.png|718x718px]]

When crossing the blue line (Upper threshold value), the counter increases by 1, for repeated triggering it is necessary to cross the green line (Lower threshold value)

Black line - Zero

Green line - Lower threshold value

Blue line - Upper threshold value

The counter will continue to increase with each container up to the maximum value of 65535. After which it will reset to zero and continue to increase again. With 100 containers per day, the counter will last for 1-2 years.

The settings for the received readings on the platform are shown in [https://docs.google.com/document/d/13xV8zCP8JVlJ-dzKR4HQJ8sr28X-L5w_0APE2Nq293E/edit?usp=sharing this manual]

=== Bucket ===
[[File:Bucket mode.png|750x750px]] [[File:Bucket mode settings.png|750x750px]]

This mode is intended for use on excavators to monitor bucket operation or idle time.

'''Filtration level''' - how much the tilt angle data will be filtered during sudden changes.

'''Delta''' - the minimum angle value at which the triggering occurs.

'''Measurement interval''' - the time period after which the tilt angle is compared to calculate the delta.

'''Turn OFF delay''' - the time period during which the work will be transmitted.

'''Transmit as event notification'''- the value that will be transmitted as work.

"'''Measurement interval'''" sets the time during which the sensor measures the angle values. After the measurement interval, the current value is compared with the previous value. If the difference is a certain angle that is greater than or equal to the "'''Delta'''" value, then the triggering will occur, which will signal the excavator bucket is working. The "'''Delta'''" parameter sets the minimum angle value at which the triggering occurs. If the bucket operation is stopped, the angle difference will not exceed the set value "'''Delta'''", the "'''Turn OFF delay'''" is started, no triggering occurs (the value "0" is transmitted). In this way, the bucket operation and downtime are separated, eliminating false triggering.

The setup of the received readings on the platform is shown in [https://docs.google.com/document/d/13xV8zCP8JVlJ-dzKR4HQJ8sr28X-L5w_0APE2Nq293E/edit?usp=sharing this manual]
{{Note|1=When installing tilt angle sensors on excavator manipulators, it is recommended to place the sensor on the knee of the manipulator, which is the most active at the time the excavator is performing work and makes a greater number of movements with a greater amplitude of angle change.}}
[[File:Bucket mode diagram.png]]

[[File:Bucket mode example.png|697x697px]]

=== Plow ===
[[File:Plow mode.png|750x750px]] [[File:Plow mode settings.png|750x750px]]

The mode is designed for installation on "blade" type devices, such as snow blowers used for clearing roads, or a bulldozer.

'''Filtration level''' - how much the tilt angle data will be filtered during sudden changes.

'''Upper limit''' - the tilt angle threshold above which the alarm stops.

'''Lower limit''' - the tilt angle threshold below which the alarm starts after the turn-on delay.

'''Turn ON delay''' - the number of seconds the sensor must be below the lower threshold to start the alarm.

'''Turn OFF delay''' - the number of seconds the sensor must be between the upper and lower angles to stop the alarm.

'''Transmit as event notification''' - the value that will be transmitted as the job.
{{Warning|title=Important|1=It is not recommended to use the sensor to control mechanisms whose deviation amplitude is less than 10 degrees. For example, the middle blade of a grader.}}
When crossing the "'''LOW'''" boundary towards a smaller angle, the turn-on delay timer is started. If the current angle does not exceed the "'''LOW'''" boundary upon expiration of the turn-on delay timer, the triggering event will occur (the value "1" or another value that you set is transmitted).

When crossing the "'''LOW'''" boundary towards a larger angle, the turn-off delay timer is started. If the current angle remains greater than the "'''LOW'''" boundary upon expiration of the turn-off delay timer, the triggering will be reset (the value "'''0'''" is transmitted).

If, at the moment of counting down the turn-off delay timer, the sensor crosses the "'''LOW'''" boundary back towards a smaller angle, the started turn-off timer is reset.

When crossing the "'''UP'''" boundary towards a larger angle, the triggering will be reset instantly.

This is done to obtain more visual readings of the sensor triggering (short-term raising and lowering of the implement during obstacle avoidance and turns are excluded).
{{Note|1=The "0" is set in the working position.}}
[[File:Plow mode diagram.png|740x740px]]

[[File:Plow mode diagram 2.png]]

The setup of the received readings on the platform is shown in [https://docs.google.com/document/d/13xV8zCP8JVlJ-dzKR4HQJ8sr28X-L5w_0APE2Nq293E/edit?usp=sharing this manual]

=== Angle Control ===
[[File:Angle control.png|750x750px]] [[File:Angle control settings.png|750x750px]]

The "Angle Control" operating mode can be used, for example, to control the operation of a garbage truck, dump truck, and other working units of special equipment.

The 3-axes accelerometer used in the sensor cannot ignore vibrations, acceleration and deceleration of the vehicle/unit the sensor is installed on. It also cannot ignore the inclination of the terrain the vehicle/unit moves across.

Due to that the sensor is less suited for the monitoring of machinery units that are operated when on the move, f.e. dump trucks that are gradually unloaded with their boxes are lifted and they slowly move forward. There will be factors mentioned above that will affect the sensor's readings and cause random angle changes that will be impossible to reliably validate by the vehicle's speed.

In other cases the sensor's readings can be validated by the vehicle's speed.

More on that in [https://docs.google.com/document/d/13xV8zCP8JVlJ-dzKR4HQJ8sr28X-L5w_0APE2Nq293E/edit?usp=sharing this manual (p. 19)]

The sensor also has its own filtration/smoothing algorithm. However, the higher the level of that filtration is, the slower the current angle reading is calculated and that could lead to the actual movements of the mechanism the sensor is installed on to get missed.

One more option is to install 2 sensors: one on the vehicle's (unit's frame) and another - on the mechanism that needs to be monitored. More on that in [https://docs.google.com/document/d/13xV8zCP8JVlJ-dzKR4HQJ8sr28X-L5w_0APE2Nq293E/edit?usp=sharing this manual (p. 17)]

'''Filtration level''' - how much the tilt angle data will be filtered during sudden changes.

'''Upper limit'''- the tilt angle threshold above which the triggering occurs.

'''Lower limit'''- the tilt angle threshold below which the triggering stops.

'''Transmit as event notification''' - the value that will be transmitted as work.

When the angle increases and the upper limit is reached, the sensor is triggered; when moving backwards and crossing the lower limit, the triggering is reset (the value "0" is transmitted).

[[File:Angle control diagram.png]]

The setup of the received readings on the platform is shown in [https://docs.google.com/document/d/13xV8zCP8JVlJ-dzKR4HQJ8sr28X-L5w_0APE2Nq293E/edit?usp=sharing this manual]

=== Horizontal inclinometer ===
[[File:Horizontal inclinometer.png|750x750px]] [[File:Inclinometer settings.png|750x750px]]

The inclinometer mode is designed to measure the angle and direction of tilt.

'''Filtration level''' - how much the tilt angle data will be filtered during sudden changes.

'''Single-axis mode''': measures the rotation angle along the X axis (roll) in the horizontal position, i.e. the ZY plane is perpendicular to the installation plane. It is possible to set zero. The measurement range is 360°. There is no trigger event.

'''Dual-axis mode''': measures the rotation angle along the Y axis (roll) and the rotation angle along the X axis (pitch) in the horizontal position. It is possible to set zero. The measurement range is 180°. There is no trigger event.
{{Note|1=Data transfer in Horizontal inclinometer mode is supported only when using [[BA-BLE]]}}
[[File:Horizontal inclinometer diagram.png]]

=== Vertical inclinometer ===
[[File:Vertical inclinometer.png|750x750px]] [[File:Inclinometer settings.png|750x750px]]

The inclinometer mode is designed to measure the angle and direction of tilt.

'''Filtration level''' - how much the tilt angle data will be filtered during sudden changes.

'''Single-axis mode''': measures the rotation angle along the X axis (roll) in the horizontal position, i.e. the ZY plane is perpendicular to the installation plane. It is possible to set zero. The measurement range is 360°. There is no trigger event.

'''Dual-axis mode''': measures the rotation angle along the Y axis (roll) and the rotation angle along the X axis (pitch) in the horizontal position. It is possible to set zero. The measurement range is 180°. There is no trigger event.
{{Note|1=Data transfer in Vertical inclinometer mode is supported only when using [[BA-BLE]]}}
[[File:Vertical inclinometer diagram.png]]

== Sealing and installation ==

=== Connection dimensions ===

==== Connection dimensions of the DU-BLE of the former design ====
[[File:Connection dimensions DU-BLE former design .png]]

[[File:Dimensions of former design DU-BLE.png]]

==== Connection dimensions of the DU-BLE of the current design ====
[[File:Connection dimensions DU-BLE current design .png]]

[[File:Dimensions of current design DU-BLE.png]]

=== Sensor sealing ===

==== Sealing DU-BLE of the former design ====
To seal the sensor and prevent unauthorized access to it, install the protective cover and pass the seal through the special holes in the cover. Tighten the seal against its end into the special hole in the seal. Cut off the excess wire of the seal.

[[File:Sealing former design DU-BLE.png]]

==== Sealing DU-BLE of the current design ====
You will need the sensor protective cover and the seal provided in the kit<gallery widths="300" heights="300">
File:New_design_cap.png|'''Protective cover DU-BLE'''
File:New_design_seal.png|'''DU-BLE seal'''
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head
[[File:TD-BLE_with_cap.png|none|thumb|455x455px|'''DU-BLE with cap''']]

Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outward''')<gallery widths="350" heights="350">
File:Installing_TD-BLE_seal.png|'''Installing DU-BLE seal'''
File:Installed_TD-BLE_seal.png|'''Installed DU-BLE seal'''
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw in the special key from the kit (you can also use any self-tapping screw of suitable size) and pull it towards yourself.
[[File:Removing_seal.png|none|thumb|493x493px|'''Removing seal''']]
[[File:Seal_after_removal.png|none|thumb|'''Seal after removal''']]
This makes it impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.

==== Alternative sealing for DU-BLE of the current design ====
Also included with the current DU-BLE is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.

* The wire must be threaded through the hole in the sensor cover

[[File:Alternative_sealing_step_1.png|frameless|433x433px]]

* Thread both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head

[[File:Alternative_sealing_step_2.png|frameless|519x519px]]

* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing the protruding part of the seal

[[File:Alternative_sealing_step_3.png|frameless|543x543px]]

=== Mounting and direction ===
The most common mounting method is self-tapping screws with a sealing washer. It is also possible to install on threaded crimp nuts, welded bushings and other structural elements. The sensor can be mounted on pre-prepared places using screws and bolts with strength class not less than 4.8. It is necessary to ensure tightness of the connection between the sensor body and the tank. For additional protection it is allowed to use automotive oil and gasoline resistant sealant.

For plastic tanks rivets and bolts can be used.

[[File:Antenna_direction.png|frameless|768x768px]]

=== How hard to screw in self-tapping screws ===

=== [[File:How_to_hard_to_tighten_the_screws.png|frameless|512x512px]] ===

== Firmware update (FW) ==
[[File:DU-BLE update.gif]]

To update the firmware on the DU-BLE:

* Download the current firmware version as a file to the phone memory
* Connect to the sensor
* Go to “'''Additional Features'''”
[[File:Additional features DU-BLE.png|546x546px]]

* Go to FW update
[[File:FW update menu.png|577x577px]]

* Select the firmware file ('''1''') from the phone memory (The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip it) and start the flashing process ('''2'''). '''These actions should be performed within 30 seconds after entering update mode!'''
[[File:Start_of_TD-BLE_update.png|frameless|732x732px]]

* The flashing process should start. '''Do not close or minimize the application during the flashing process!'''
[[File:TD-BLE_update_process.jpg|frameless|728x728px]]

* When the updating is completed, a window will pop up indicating that the update was successful
[[File:The_TD-BLE_update_has_been_completed.jpg|frameless|741x741px]]

Firmware update via the IOS mobile application is shown in [https://youtu.be/rPsI1AdrTQs this video]

Up-to-date firmware can be found in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/?product=DUBLE#escort-duble Download materials]

The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip.

== Useful links ==
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/datchik-ugla-naklona/eskort-du-ble/Escort%20DU-BLE%20datasheet.pdf?v=071220114144 Technical data sheet of the device]'''
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/besprovodnoy-datchik-ugla-naklona/eskort-du-ble/#active Product page]'''
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/?product=DUBLE#escort-duble Download materials]'''
* '''[[Table of compatibility of BLE sensors with trackers and other devices]]'''
* '''[https://docs.google.com/document/d/13xV8zCP8JVlJ-dzKR4HQJ8sr28X-L5w_0APE2Nq293E/edit?usp=sharing Setting up the received readings on the platform]'''

{{Next|prev=TD-Q|prev-text=TDQ-BLE|next=DU-180}}

TD-Q

2026-10-09T09:40:18Z

RINAT: Layout: «Sensor card» header, warning templates, legacy markup cleanup (manual text unchanged)

{{Sensor card
|type = External probe for FLS reading correction
|photo = TDQ-BLE main picture 1.png
|model = TDQ-BLE
|p1 = Purpose |v1 = level correction when the fuel composition changes
|p2 = Works with |v2 = TD-BLE, TD-150-BLE
|p3 = Probe polling by the sensor |v3 = every 10 min
|p4 = Permittivity measurement |v4 = every 60 s with the probe filled
|p5 = Connection |v5 = Bluetooth LE
|downloads = https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/
|ios = https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085
|android = https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config
}}
== Sensor Definition and Purpose ==
The '''TDQ-BLE''' sensor (hereinafter referred to as '''“TDQ,” “sensor,” or “probe”''') is an external probe whose readings are used by the '''TD-BLE''' sensor to which the '''TDQ-BLE''' is connected - to adjust level readings in order to minimize the impact on readings caused by changes in fuel composition (changes in the dielectric constant of the medium).

'''The TDQ''' is installed to avoid the need to recalibrate the '''TD-BLE''' or '''TD-150-BLE''' sensor in the following cases:

* Switching from one type of fuel to another (such as seasonal switches from summer to winter diesel and back)

* Minor changes in fuel composition caused by changes in the percentage of certain additives relative to the total volume or composition of the fuel, which lead to discrepancies between refueling and draining records in the monitoring system and on receipts from gas stations

'''Warning!''' <u>The '''TDQ-BLE''' is not designed to resolve short circuits in fuel level sensor tubes caused by the ingress of water, dirt, or liquids whose dielectric constant differs by an order of magnitude from that of light petroleum products!</u>

'''In other words, the TDQ-BLE has no effect on the sensor when it transmits codes 6500 or 7000.'''

'''Warning!''' Only the new model of '''TD-BLE''' sensors with a hexagonal head, software version '''1.4.3''', and a pin-mounted sensor tube are compatible with the '''TDQ'''. The sensor must be updated to software version '''2.5.0.'''

In the '''previous tube mounting''' configuration, the inner tube is visible through the drainage hole '''<u>(not compatible with TDQ):</u>'''
[[File:TD-BLE drainage hole old version.png|center|frameless|475x475px]]

'''Modern pin-type''' tube fastening (with a through drainage hole):
[[File:TD-BLE drainage hole new version.png|center|frameless|440x440px]]

== Sensor design ==
The '''TDQ-BLE''' consists of two sensors:

- The meter itself

- The fill level sensor
[[File:TDQ-BLE full complect 1.png|center|frameless|913x913px]]

'''<u>The meter and the fill sensor are calibrated at the same time.</u>'''

== TDQ-BLE calibration ==
To calibrate the '''TDQ''', submerge it completely in the fuel. Adjust the angle several times, making sure that all air has been expelled from the device’s chambers
{{Note|1=(note: the container in the images does not contain water).}}

This photo shows the calibration process for an older model of the '''TD-Q''' (the procedure is the same):[[File:TDQ-BLE calibration example 1.png|center|frameless|886x886px]]

'''Current''' appearance of the '''TDQ-BLE''' probe:
[[File:TDQ-BLE Description 2.png|center|frameless|639x639px]]

Next you need to connect to the sensor in the mobile app. Go to '''“Sensor Settings”''' > '''“TD-Q,”''' select the desired sensor, and tap '''“Connect.”''':
[[File:TDQ-BLE connection 1.jpg|left|frameless]]
[[File:TDQ-BLE connection 2.png|frameless]] [[File:TDQ-BLE connection 3.jpg|frameless]]

'''<u>Wait 2–3 minutes,</u>''' since the sensor takes a reading once every minute. This way, you can be absolutely sure that a reading has been taken.

'''<u>After 2–3 minutes</u>''', go to the '''“Settings”''' menu, enter (or set) a password, and tap the '''“Calibrate”''' button in the '''“Full”''' section.
[[File:TDQ-BLE settings 4.png|left|frameless]]
[[File:TDQ-BLE settings 5 (password).jpg|frameless]][[File:TDQ-BLE settings 6 (calibration full).jpg|frameless]]

Next remove th'''e TDQ''' from the '''<u>fuel</u>'''. Drain the fuel.

Wait another '''<u>2–3 minutes.</u>''' Then press the '''“Calibrate”''' button in the '''“Empty”''' section
[[File:TDQ-BLE draining example.png|left|frameless|578x578px]]
[[File:TDQ-BLE EMPTY calibration.jpg|frameless]]

The calibration values in the '''“Full”''' section '''<u>must be higher</u>''' than the calibration values in the '''“Empty”''' section. If this condition is not met perform the calibration again.

=== Connecting the TDQ-BLE to the TD-BLE Sensor ===
To connect the '''TDQ''' to the '''TD-BLE''', you need to connect to that '''TD-BLE.''' Go to '''“Sensor Settings”''' > '''“TD-BLE''',” select the sensor, and tap '''“Connect.”'''
[[File:TDQ-BLE connection 1.jpg|left|frameless]]
[[File:Main menu TD-BLE button (1).png|frameless]] [[File:Main menu TD-BLE serial numbers list.jpg|frameless]]

Next, go to the '''“Settings”''' section. Enter or set the '''TD-BLE''' sensor password.

Swipe up from the bottom to scroll through the menu to the '''TDQ pairing section.'''

Enter the '''TDQ’s MAC address''' without the colon (you can find it in the app when connected to the '''TDQ''' or in the '''NRF Connect app'''), along with its '''password.'''

Enable one of the two correction modes. Then select the correction mode, tap '''“Save,”''' and '''confirm''' your selection.
[[File:TD-BLE Settings page .jpg|left|frameless]]
[[File:TD-BLE TD-Q Setting colone .jpg|frameless]] [[File:TD-BLE TD-Q Setting colone 1.jpg|frameless]]
[[File:TDQ mac address page.jpg|left|frameless]]
[[File:TDQ mac address (nRF connect).jpg|frameless]]

=== Correction Modes, Measurement Principles and Data Transmission ===
In the connection settings, you can select two correction modes:

'''1)''' '''Normal;''' enabled by the '''“On'''” option

'''2)''' '''Correction mode with fuel level detection;''' enabled by the '''“Enabled with fuel level detection”''' option;

By default, the '''TD-BLE''' sensor performs scanning sessions to receive a '''TDQ-BLE''' packet '''<u>every 10 minutes</u>'''. Changing this interval in the settings is not currently supported.

When the correction mode with refueling detection is enabled, the '''FLS(fuel level sensor)''' will perform an '''<u>unscheduled</u>''' scan if the '''<u>following conditions are met:</u>'''

* '''The level has increased by 25%;'''

* '''The level increase occurred in less than 3 minutes;'''

If these conditions are met, the '''TD-BLE''' interprets '''this level change''' as '''a refueling event.'''

If the '''TD-BLE''' does not detect a '''TDQ-BLE packet''', scanning '''<u>is disabled until the next scheduled session (every 10 minutes).</u>'''

The '''correction mode''' with '''refueling detection''' allows corrections to occur '''more quickly during refueling,''' but may slightly increase battery consumption in the '''TD-BLE.'''

As mentioned above, '''TDQ-BLE''' measures the '''<u>dielectric constant of the environment once per minute.</u>''' At the same time, advertising packets are sent '''<u>every second.</u>''' Changing these intervals in the settings is not currently supported.

Summary:

'''TDQ-BLE:'''

- Measures the '''dielectric constant''' of the environment '''once every 60 seconds''', with no option to change the interval, provided that the fill sensor in '''TDQ-BLE''' '''<u>detects that the tank is full;</u>'''

- Checks the status of the fill sensor once '''every 60 seconds,''' with no option to change the interval;

- Sending packets '''once every 1 second,''' with no option to change the interval;

Thus, dielectric constant measurements are taken '''once every 60 seconds''' if the fill sensor is triggered. In an empty tank, only the fill sensor status is checked '''every 60 seconds''' to conserve battery power.

As soon as the fill sensor detects that the '''TDQ-BLE''' is full, dielectric measurements will be performed in '''normal mode''' that is, '''every 60 seconds.'''

'''TD-BLE:'''

- Scans '''TDQ-BLE''' packets '''once every 10 minutes'''; the interval cannot be changed;

- Ability to perform an unscheduled scan upon refueling '''(a 25% increase in level in less than 3 minutes);'''

- Scan session duration: '''1 second,''' with no option to change this setting;

- No changes to the data logging principles in the black box;

- The sensor’s calibration mode does not affect communication with the '''TDQ-BLE;'''

- It is best to calibrate the sensor before connecting the '''TDQ-BLE;'''

'''<u>Important! Currently, communication between the TD-BLE and the TDQ-BLE is not possible if the TD-BLE is connected to the Escort Configurator mobile app.</u>'''

=== Installation of the TDQ-BLE in the tank ===
'''Before installing the TDQ, it is recommended to tie a strong fishing line around it so that you can retrieve the probe from the tank if it falls inside during installation. Remove the fishing line after installation.'''

Thread the '''TD-BLE''' sensor tube through the '''TDQ''' mounting bracket:
[[File:TDQ-BLE mounting part 1.png|center|frameless|785x785px]]

Squeeze the clamp's ears to increase its diameter:
[[File:TDQ-BLE clamps ears photo.png|center|frameless|701x701px]]

Insert the '''TDQ-BLE''' mounting leg into the clamp '''<u>(the notches on the leg should align with the narrow part of the clamp):</u>'''
[[File:TDQ-BLE mounting leg photo 2.png|center|frameless|689x689px]]

Align the edges of the '''TDQ-BLE''' centering devices and the sensor; mark the location of the clamp on the sensor tubes with the centering devices aligned:
[[File:TDQ-BLE full complect 1.png|center|frameless|910x910px]]

Move the '''TDQ-BLE''' to the edge of the sensor tubes:
[[File:TDQ-BLE Moutning instruction 1.png|center|frameless|917x917px]]

Insert the '''TDQ-BLE''' into the '''hole in the tank''', lower it, '''slightly squeeze the clamp’s ears''', and lower the sensor tubes to the mark '''made earlier;''' then lower the '''FLS(fuel level sensor)''' into the tank and secure it with '''self-tapping screws''', following the basic '''FLS''' installation instructions.

The '''photos below show''' an example with a plate that has '''35-mm-diameter holes drilled for the TD-BLE:'''
[[File:TDQ-BLE Moutning instruction 2.png|left|frameless|554x554px]]
[[File:TDQ-BLE Moutning instruction 3.png|frameless|555x555px]]

[[File:TDQ-BLE Moutning instruction 4.png|center|frameless|735x735px]]

{{Note|1=When installing the FLS, install a gasket. Apply oil- and gasoline-resistant sealant to the gasket and the FLS mounting area.}}

* '''[https://docs.google.com/document/d/1rBpC-mA_KFb7XS83u9O5FVsG12yDnpeYkMJLDVT9lm0/edit?usp=sharing A program for generating graphs from the TD-BLE black box]'''

{{Next|prev=TD-Online|next=DU-BLE}}

TD-Online

2026-10-09T09:40:17Z

RINAT: Layout: «Sensor card» header, warning templates, legacy markup cleanup (manual text unchanged)

[[RU:Td-online| Русская версия]]
[[es:TD-Online| Versión en español]]
{{Sensor card
|type = Fuel level sensor with GSM data transmission to a server
|photo = Td online 01.png
|p1 = Connection |v1 = GSM 4G (3G, 2G compatible), Simcom module
|p2 = Server protocol |v2 = Wialon IPS
|p3 = Level measurement |v3 = once per second
|p4 = Bluetooth |v4 = Advertising mode, once per second
|p5 = SIM |v5 = 1, nano, multiSIM
|p6 = Accelerometer |v6 = three-axis: angle, vehicle movement
|p7 = Roaming |v7 = can be switched on and off
|datasheet = https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-online-sim/Datasheet%20TD-online.pdf?v=160719173609
|downloads = https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/
}}
== Definition and Purpose of the Sensor ==
The TD-Online measuring device (sensor) determines the fill level of light petroleum products in tanks (storage containers). It is used in automotive and tractor equipment as a fuel level sensor and in industrial applications as a level sensor for various light petroleum products.

The sensor converts the level into a digital code and transmits the value to an external server. It also sends information about its location and speed to the external server.

More detailed technical specifications can be found in the device's [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-online-sim/Datasheet%20TD-online.pdf?v=160719173609 technical datasheet.]

== Basic Terms, Definitions, and Specifications ==
'''Fuel Level Sensor (FLS)''' - a device designed to measure fuel level.

'''Serial number''' - a code consisting of a series of letters or numbers assigned to a product (sensor).

'''Sensor name''' - the sensor identifier among BLE devices, composed of the first two letters of the sensor model and the last six digits of the serial number; for example, TD_100100.

'''Advertising mode''' - a data transmission mode where the device broadcasts data packets at a set frequency regardless of the presence of a receiving device.

'''Connection mode''' - a data transmission mode where the transmitter waits for connection to a receiving device before starting data packet transmission.

'''GSM modem standard''' - 4G (backward compatible with 3G, 2G)

'''GSM module''' - Simcom

'''Data transfer protocol to server''' - Wialon IPS

'''Remote configuration''' - yes (under development)

'''Point generation frequency''' - adaptive mechanism

'''Fuel level measurement frequency''' - once per second

'''Bluetooth data transmission (Advertising)''' - once per second

'''Engine status tracking capability''' - yes (after calibration based on onboard voltage)

'''Deviation angle from calibrated horizon''' - yes (3-axis accelerometer; vehicle movement detection)

'''Roaming on/off''' - yes

'''Number of SIM cards''' - 1

'''SIM card size''' - nano

'''Multi-carrier SIM, multiSIM''' - Yes

'''Number of servers''' - 1

'''Support for wired (RS-485) and BLE slave sensors''' - under development (up to 7 sensors total)

'''BLE scanning frequency''' - continuous (similar to BA-BLE adapters)

'''Ability to store calibration table in sensor''' - yes (50 entries)

'''Black box capacity''' - 15,000 records

'''Single record size (with slave sensors)''' - up to 2 KB

== SIM Card Installation ==
Before connecting and configuring the TD-Online (hereafter referred to as "Sensor", "TD-Online", or "TDO"), you must install a SIM card in the slot. To do this, unscrew the cover mounting screws and remove the cover.

[[File:Imagedads.png]][[File:Imagedacsvb.png]]

Press your finger on the tray cover, slide it sideways and lift it up to open the SIM tray as shown in the photo below.

[[File:Imageafvehry.png]]

Insert the nano-SIM into the tray, aligning the cut corner of both the tray and SIM card. Close the tray cover, press it firmly with your finger, and slide it sideways (toward the corner with the SIM card's cutout) to lock it into the grooves..

[[File:Imagefavbsndf.png|280x280px]][[File:Imagecasbdnffmdns.png|281x281px]]

{{Warning|1=Fill the whole inner space of the sensor's head with lithol (lithium grease) after inserting the SIM! This will protect the circtuit against any foreign liquids filtrering in inside the sensor!}}

<gallery widths="250" heights="350">
File:5443031609666902460.jpg|alt=
File:5443031609666902461.jpg|alt=
File:5443031609666902462.jpg|alt=
</gallery>

== Connecting the Sensor in the Configuration App ==
To configure the sensor, connect it to a power source or PC/laptop using either '''C200M''' or '''C200M2''' converter (both Escort converter models can serve as power sources for the sensor).

# Launch the Escort Configurator application (available on AppStore, Play Store, AppGallery)
# Tap "'''Sensor Configuration'''"
# Swipe down on the screen to refresh - select '''TD-Online''' from the device list
# Choose the sensor from the list and either: Tap the sensor name (1) to view its '''Advertising packet''' (Android devices only), or tap the "'''Connect'''" button (2) directly

[[File:Screenshot 20250528 105123 ru fmeter config MainMenuActivity.jpg|495x495px]][[File:Screenshot 20250619 203604.jpg|497x497px]][[File:Screenshot 20250619 203843.jpg|498x498px]]

First connection - set a password; for subsequent connections - enter the password to gain access to sensor configuration.

'''Attention! Setting an access password for the sensor is mandatory; otherwise, any user of the application will be able to reconfigure the Sensor. To reset a lost password - contact Escort Group technical support.'''

To view the Sensor's current data - press '''Data.'''

[[File:Screenshot 20250528 105227 ru fmeter config ConfiguratorActivity.jpg|513x513px]][[File:Screenshot 20250619 203915.jpg|512x512px]]

Swipe down on the screen to view all sensor data, including its IMEI. To return to the previous menu, tap the arrow in the top left corner ('''1''').

[[File:Screenshot 20250528 105314 ru fmeter config ConfiguratorActivity.jpg|523x523px]][[File:Screenshot 20250619 204156.jpg|523x523px]]

== GSM Settings ==
To configure data transmission via the GSM modem, tap the "'''GPS/GSM Settings'''" button. Then proceed to the "GSM Network Setup" section ('''1'''). The arrow in the top left corner ('''2''') returns you to the previous menu.

[[File:Screenshot 20250619 204256.jpg|568x568px]][[File:Screenshot 20250619 204425.jpg|568x568px]]

[[File:Screenshot 20250619 220616.jpg|right|587x587px]]
Fill in the "'''APN'''", "'''Username'''", and "'''Password'''" fields ('''1, 2, 3''') with the settings provided by your mobile operator for the SIM card installed in the Sensor.

In the "'''PIN Code'''" field, enter the PIN code of the SIM card installed in the Sensor (if applicable) ('''4''').

Enable or disable data transmission in roaming ('''5''').

You can change the synchronization server if you know the address of an alternative server you require ('''6''').

Enable or disable message bundling ('''7'''). If this option is disabled, each sensor record will be transmitted as a separate message.

After making any changes to the settings, press the "'''Apply'''" button ('''8''').

The arrow in the top left corner ('''9''') returns you to the previous menu.

== Server Settings ==
To access server settings, tap the "'''GPS/GLONASS and GSM Setup'''" button, then select "'''Server Settings'''" ('''1'''). Use the arrow in the top left corner to return to the previous menu ('''2''').

[[File:Screenshot 20250619 204256.jpg|600x600px]][[File:Screenshot 20250619 221056.jpg|600x600px]]
[[File:Screenshot 20250619 221359.jpg|right|603x603px]]

Fill in the fields "'''Server IP'''", "'''Port'''", and "'''Server access password'''" ('''1, 2, 3''').

You can find the required data in the monitoring platform you use.

For example, when working with Wialon, you need to select the "'''Wialon IPS'''" option in the object settings. The platform will provide its own '''IP''' and '''port'''. These need to be entered in the sensor configuration.

The server access password must be the same in both the Sensor settings and the object settings on the monitoring platform.

Select the data transfer connection type - '''TCP''' or '''UDP''' ('''4'''); '''the choice depends on the requirements of your monitoring platform.'''

Enter the "'''Unique device ID'''" if required by your platform ('''5''').

To save any changes to the settings, click '''Apply''' ('''6''').

The arrow in the top left corner is for returning to the previous menu ('''7''').

== Data Transmission to Server ==
To configure the data transmission frequency to the server, tap the "'''GPS/GSM Settings'''" button, then go to the "'''Message Transmission Settings'''" section ('''1'''). The arrow in the top left corner returns you to the previous menu ('''2''').

[[File:Screenshot 20250619 204256.jpg|617x617px]][[File:Screenshot 20250619 221857.jpg|617x617px]]
[[File:Screenshot 20250619 221732.jpg|right|666x666px]]
Specify the "'''Transmission Period'''" in seconds ('''1''').

This is the standard data transmission interval during movement. For example, if you set it to 60 seconds, the Sensor will send data to the server every 60 seconds while in motion, regardless of whether one or more of the following events occur:

* Sudden acceleration (calculated by coordinates);
* Sharp turn (calculated by coordinates);
* Ignition turning on (by voltage in the onboard network);

The "'''Minimum Transmission Period'''" field ('''2'''). For example, if you set it to 10 seconds: in this case the sensor won't send data more frequently than once every 10 seconds, even if the above events occur more often than once every 10 seconds.

"'''Transmission Period Multiplier'''" ('''3''') - this is the value by which the message transmission interval will increase if the Sensor detects a stop (according to its accelerometer readings).

For example, with a "'''Transmission Period'''" of 60 seconds and a "'''Transmission Period Multiplier'''" of 5, during parking (with ignition off) data will be transmitted once every 60×5=300 seconds, i.e. once every 5 minutes.

"'''Turn Angle Threshold'''" ('''4''') - a threshold value in degrees, upon exceeding which the Sensor registers a sharp turn based on its accelerometer readings.

"'''Speed Threshold'''" ('''5''') - a threshold value of speed calculated by the Sensor based on coordinate changes; if the speed changes abruptly by the specified value, the Sensor registers the event and generates an out-of-sequence message (but no more frequently than once per the minimum transmission period (2)).

After making changes to the settings, click Apply ('''6''').

The arrow in the top left corner - to return to the previous menu ('''7''').

== General Parameters Transmitted by the Sensor ==
'''msg_num''' - sequential record number since startup (cumulative counter of the messages sent)

'''SNR''' - signal-to-noise ratio for GPS

'''RSSI''' (Received Signal Strength Indicator) - quality of the GSM signal reception

'''pwr''' - power supply voltage

'''temp''' - temperature

'''angle''' - tilt angle relative to horizontal

'''fl''' - fuel level

'''fp''' - fuel level counter (CNT)

'''flX''' - (fl0...fl7) - slave devices' fuel levels

'''ftX''' - (ft0...ft7) - slave devices' temperatures

'''fpX''' - (fp0...fp7) - slave devices' fuel level counters (CNT)

'''move''' - whether in motion

'''engine''' - whether engine is running

== Sensor calibration ==

== [[File:Callibration_GIF.gif]] ==

=== CNT. What happens when you calibrate a sensor? ===
After you have cut or extended the sensor tubes, you should calibrate it, that is, set the new '''Full''' and '''Empty''' calibration values. You can do this from the '''Settings''' menu on the sensor's main screen.

[[File:SettingsPageAndroid.png|frameless]]

The sensor's raw data - current level or CNT - changes according to how much fuel is inside its tubes.

Then, CNT is compared with the values Empty and Full.

If the '''tubes are empty''' and “'''CNT (1) ≈ calibration value Empty (2)'''”, level 1 '''(3)''' will be displayed.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="400" heights="750">
File:SettingPageScreen.png|alt=
File:DataLevel.png|alt=
</gallery>If the '''tubes are full''' and “'''CNT (1) ≈ calibration value Full (2)'''”, level 1023 or 4095 '''(3)''' will be displayed.

Difference Between CNT and Calibration Values ("'''Empty'''" or "'''Full'''")<gallery mode="nolines" widths="400" heights="749">
File:SettingsFullCNT.png|alt=
File:DataFullLevel.png|alt=
</gallery>

Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]
{{Note|1=During sensor calibration, the current CNT is stored as a Full calibration value (if you pressed the Full button) or as an Empty calibration value (if you pressed the Empty button). Calibration values may differ from the current CNT after recording. A difference of ±1000 values is acceptable.}}

=== How and why to calibrate sensors? ===
Initially, the sensor is calibrated to its original length. '''After you have cut or extended the tubes, you should recalibrate it.''' Set the new CNT values that the sensor has when its tubes are empty or filled with fuel.

Therefore you should:

* Insert the plastic centralizer provided into the tubes

[[File:Centralizer.png]] [[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|512x512px]]

* Fill the tubes with fuel by covering the drain holes with electrical tape and turning the sensor upside down or immersing the sensor in fuel so that the fuel reaches the flange of the sensor (the drain holes are open). The first method is preferable<gallery widths="350" heights="300" mode="nolines">
File:Closing_the_drain_holes,_rotating_the_sensor,_and_filling_the_tubes_with_fuel.png|'''Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel'''
File:Filling_the_tubes_by_immersing_the_sensor_in_fuel_(drain_holes_open).png|'''Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)'''
</gallery>
* Switch the "Calibration without fuel" slider to the inactive position '''(1)''' and press the '''Full''' button '''(2)''' after the level becomes Stable or the third digit from the end stops changing (for at least 2 minutes) '''(3)'''<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="700">
File:CalibrationWithFuel.png|alt=|'''Disable the option "Calibrate without fuel"'''
File:SettingsWithFuelFullStab.png|'''Click "Full" after the level has stabilized'''
</gallery>
* Then, drain the fuel from the tubes, wait 2-3 minutes, allowing the fuel to completely drain and the level to stabilize, and press '''"Empty"'''

[[File:Unblocking_drain_holes.png|none|thumb|660x660px|'''Unblocking drain holes''']]
[[File:SetEmpty.png|frameless]]

=== Calibration without fuel ===
An alternative calibration method is calibration without fuel.

In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty and there is no fuel in them, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch '''(1)''' active (green) and press '''"Calibrate" (2)''' . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.<gallery widths="300" heights="600" mode="nolines">
File:Calibration_without_fuel.png|alt=|'''Calibration without fuel'''
File:CNT_before_calibration.jpg|alt=|'''Calibration values BEFORE calibration without fuel'''
File:CNT_after_calibration.jpg|alt=|'''Calibration values after calibration without fuel'''
</gallery>If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.

There are two measuring ranges:

* From 1 to 1023
* From 1 to 4095

Sensor does not sends level 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is level sent.

'''The sensor itself does not know what fuel will be used, so when calibrating without fuel the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''

'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''

'''If possible, we recommend calibration with fuel. If tank calibration is not planned or is impossible, then calibration with fuel is a mandatory procedure.'''

=== When and how to choose a range - 1023 or 4095? ===
The '''measuring range 1...1023''' is generally recommended for sensors '''shorter than 500 mm'''. The '''measurement range 1...4095''' is recommended in other cases.

To change the range, open the Settings menu and select one of two options from the '''"Maximum Level"''' drop-down menu '''(1)'''. After this, click on the '''“Set parameters” button (2)'''.<gallery widths="350" heights="650" mode="nolines">
File:SelectMaxLevel.png|alt=
File:SetLevel.png|alt=
</gallery>

=== How to check if the calibration is correct? ===
The Empty calibration value must be at least 1.4 (after rounding) less than the Full calibration value.
[[File:CorrectCalibration.png|none|thumb|667x667px|'''Correctly calibrated sensor''']]

== Calibration of engine hours function ==
After installing '''TD-Online''' in the tank, connect it to the vehicle's onboard power supply.

Start the engine and bring it to operating condition. In the app, open the "'''Additional Settings'''" menu. Wait for '''3-5 minutes''', then press the "'''Calibrate'''" button in the "'''Engine On'''" section ('''1''').

Then, turn off the engine. Wait for 3-5 minutes and press "'''Calibrate'''" in the "'''Engine Off'''" section ('''2''').

The arrow in the top-left corner returns you to the previous menu ('''3''').

[[File:Screenshot 20250620 224123.jpg|666x666px]][[File:Screenshot 20250620 224240.jpg|666x666px]]

== Accelerometer Calibration ==
After installing TD-Online in the tank, connect it to the vehicle's onboard power supply. Ensure the vehicle is on a level surface.

Start the engine and bring it to operating condition. In the app, open the "'''Additional Settings'''" menu. Press "'''Calibrate'''" in the "'''Zero Angle Calibration'''" section ('''1''').

The arrow in the top-left corner returns you to the previous menu ('''2''').

[[File:Screenshot 20250620 224123.jpg|663x663px]][[File:Screenshot 20250620 224329.jpg|663x663px]]

== Preparing the Tank and Sensor ==

=== Preparing the Tank ===
To prepare the tank you should:

* Empty the tank, clean and dry if necessary
* '''Remove fuel vapors and air from the tank''' (especially for a gasoline tank, but in the case of a diesel engine, this procedure should not be neglected, since gasoline could be added to the diesel); to do this, you can heat water to boiling point and direct the resulting steam into the tank or use carbon dioxide so that it displaces fuel vapors and air; ensure that any open flame sources are sufficiently far away from the fuel tank[[File:Removing_fuel_vapors.png|frameless|496x496px]]
* '''Find the geometric center of the tank and drill a hole''' in it using a '''ø3mm''' drill bit. Then, using a piece of stiff wire, examine the tank for the presence of partitions in it[[File:Choosing_a_location_for_installing_the_FLS.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Choosing a location for installing the FLS''']][[File:Little_hole_drilling.png|none|thumb|511x511px|'''Drilling the tank and subsequent examination of the tank for the presence of partitions''']]
* If the space inside the tank in the selected location is free, '''drill a ø 35 mm hole''' using a bimetallic bit; When drilling, keep the bit tilted slightly to prevent the cut section from falling into the tank. Use a magnet to catch chips and prevent them from getting into the tank.[[File:Angled_drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Drilling a hole at an angle''']][[File:Removing_metal_part.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Removing a drilled disc''']]
* If it is impossible to install the sensor in the geometric center of the tank, try choosing another location as close as possible to the geometric center of the tank; this point should coincide with the place where the height of the tank is maximum. This way you reduce the risk and amplitude of level fluctuations associated with fuel movement while driving.

==== Why should the sensor be mounted in the geometric center of the tank? ====
'''The highest point must be chosen so that the sensor can measure the level of all the fuel inside the tank without any blind spots.'''

The fuel level readings from a sensor installed in the center of the tank will be least affected by movement and fuel overflow in the tank.

If it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank, consider installing two sensors diagonally at two corners. When fuel flows to one side of the tank, the level on the corresponding sensor will rise, and on the opposite side, the level will correspondingly decrease, while the average level will remain unchanged.

[https://youtu.be/T0Pd6TOpuc8?si=xgub1mpjcEYOaHPp Video example of the importance of installing the sensor at the geometric center of the tank.]
[[File:Sensor_position_and_fuel_flow.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Sensor position and fuel flow''']]

{{Warning|1=Before starting the calibration, the vehicle/fuel tank must be positioned flat in relation to the horizon, i.e. on a level surface without a slope.}}
If the tank has an irregular geometric shape, the sensor must be installed at the maximum depth of the tank, closer to the geometric center.
[[File:The_sensor_is_installed_in_the_highest_place_of_the_tank.png|none|thumb|648x648px|'''The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank''']]
[[File:Ladder_tank.png|frameless|784x784px]]

[[File:Ladder_tank_I.png|frameless|752x752px]]

===== When installation in the center is impossible - two or more FLS. =====
To increase accuracy and reduce level fluctuations, install two sensors in one tank. This solution is mainly used in tanks with a capacity of more than 600 liters and having a length of 1500 mm. Sensors must not be installed close to the walls of the tank.

Also, two or more sensors should be installed if it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank and (or) the tank has an elongated shape, i.e. The length of the tank is significantly greater than its height.
[[File:Two_sensors_installed_diagonally.png|none|thumb|654x654px|'''Two sensors installed diagonally''']]

'''Note.''' Installing a single sensor in an elongated tank will allow you to detect drains and refills. But increased level fluctuations while driving may not allow the monitoring platform to correctly read fuel consumption. Therefore, installing two sensors is preferable.

=== Installation locations in tanks of complex shapes ===

==== Saddle-Style Fuel Tanks ====
In this case, it is desirable to install two fuel level sensors in the deepest places along the geometric center of the depressions.

[[File:Saddle_shape.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle_shape_top_view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle_shape_side_view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

==== Cylindrical tank ====
In this case, the sensor must be installed in the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical_tank.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical_tank_top_view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical_tank_inside_view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

===== Long cylindrical tank =====
In the case of elongated cylindrical tanks, to improve readings while driving, it is necessary to install two sensors at an equal distance from the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical_tank_long.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical_tank_long_inside_view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

==== Ladder shape tank ====
If there is a difference in height in the tank and there is no common bed, it may be necessary to install two fuel level sensors.

[[File:Ladder_2_tank.png|frameless|782x782px]]

[[File:Ladder_2_tank_inside_view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

===== Ladder shape tank's tank calibration =====
When calibrating, it is necessary to create two tables, one for "'''FLS 1'''" and the second for "'''FLS 2'''"

Let's assume that the calibration step is 10 liters.

At the beginning of calibration, when the fuel is in the "'''Red Zone'''", the level changes will only occur on "'''FLS 2'''", so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 2'''".

When the fuel is in the "'''Yellow Zone'''" changes will occur on both "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''", during this period we record changes in both tables with half a step, that is, we also fill in 10 liters, but we record 5 liters in the table of each sensor.

When the fuel is in the "'''Green Zone'''" the changes will only occur on "'''FLS 1'''" so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 1'''".

On the platform "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''" are started as separate sensors with their own tables and then a third virtual sensor is created with the sum of liters for two sensors, an example of starting two FLS on the platform is shown [https://docs.google.com/document/d/14p9GYmY0D1Wjz0ZfJXO-soVfxRBP7EiY7TgibD6vmZQ/edit?usp=sharing in this instruction.]

[[File:Ladder_2_tank_calibration.png|frameless|750x750px]]

=== Preparing the sensor ===

==== Preparing the sensor tubes ====
Before calibrating the sensor, you should '''determine the future length''' of the measuring tubes in accordance with the height of the tank and '''cut or extend them'''. The length of the tubes should be calculated according to the following formula:

'''L = H - 15 mm,'''

where L - tubes length after changing the length

and

H - height of the tank at the installation point.
{{Warning|1=The minimum length of the tubes should not be less than 15 cm (150 mm). Otherwise, it will most likely not be possible to obtain adequate graphics. The maximum length of the tubes can reach 6m.}}

[[File:Measuring_height_of_the_tank.png|none|thumb|938x938px|'''Measuring height of the tank''']]
[[File:Measuring_tubes_length.png|none|thumb|942x942px|'''Measuring the length of tubes''']]
Use a hacksaw to cut the tubes. When sawing, be careful not to damage the connection of the tubes to the circuit board inside the sensor head and to prevent metal shavings from falling into the tubes.
[[File:Cutting_the_tubes.gif|none|thumb|600x600px|'''Cutting the tubes''']]

'''Avoid getting shavings inside the tubes - this may lead to a short circuit in the sensor; if this happens, blow the tubes with compressed air through the drainage holes under the sensor flange.''' Sand the edges of the tubes with sandpaper to remove any burrs or irregularities.

To extend sensor tubing, use a collet extension and an additional tube.
[[File:Collet_connection.png|none|thumb|875x875px|'''Collet connection''']]

Inner nuts (yellow elements) are used to connect the inner tubes. Once they are installed and the studs are screwed into them, the tubes do not have to touch each other, but try to get them as close to each other as possible..
[[File:Internal_connection_of_the_collet_connection.png|none|thumb|748x748px|'''Internal connection of the collet connection''']]

The outer coupling and the corresponding nuts must be securely tightened. '''The outer tubes should touch each other.'''
[[File:Collet_connection_installed.png|none|thumb|752x752px|'''Collet connection installed''']]

[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b_WtOHzKtDM Watch this video on our YouTube channel to see the real-time connection.]

=== Connection dimensions of the TD-Online of the former design ===
[[File:Former_design_dimensions.png|frameless|512x512px]]

=== Connection dimensions of the TD-Online of the current design ===
[[File:Current_design_dimensions.png|frameless|778x778px]]

[[File:TD-BLE_dimensions,_current_design_.png]]

== Wiring diagram for sensor connection ==
[[File:Схема подключения тд онлайн.jpg|frameless|410x410px]]

== Tank calibration ==
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing_the_sensor_inside_the_tank.png|'''Installing the sensor inside the tank'''
File:Screwing_the_self-tapping_screws.png|'''Screwing the self-tapping screws'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports. You can save the table to the sensor's memory so that the sensor immediately outputs volume values in liters/gallons. You do not need to enter a calibration table on the monitoring platform. The internal memory of the TD BLE sensor can hold up to 50 lines of the calibration table. The capacity of the table on the monitoring platform is usually larger.
{{Note|1=In addition, it is easier to change the table or correct errors in the calibration table when it is downloaded to the platform than if the table is stored in the sensor's memory}}
In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) value pairs after each batch using the tank calibration menu in the application.

Suppose you need to calibrate a 100 L tank in ten 10 L portions.

To do this, you should connect the sensor, press the '''"Tank calibration"''' '''(2)''' button . But before that, in the '''"Settings" (3)''' menu , make sure that the filtering level is selected '''0 (4)'''. Filtration slows down the level calculation and can increase the tank calibration time.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="600">
File:Settings_Tank_calibration.png|alt=
File:Tank_calibration_filtration.png|alt=
</gallery>Then, you can click '''Start''' to create a new table, or click Resume to select an existing table from your smartphone memory and continue working with it. If you click Resume, you will need to locate the table file on your Android device that you created/downloaded earlier. Select another folder using the '''Main Menu button (1)''' or using the drop-down menu '''(2)'''. Select the table and click on it '''(3)'''<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="700">
File:Tank_calibration_page.jpg|'''Start or Continue tank calibration'''
File:Folder_search.png|'''Selecting the tank calibration table file for continuing tank calibration'''
</gallery>If you click Start, you will also need to select the folder in which the table will be saved '''(2)''' and click the button to select it '''(3)'''
[[File:Start_tank_calibration_folder.png|none|thumb|Selecting a folder and creating new calibration files]]
Select the calibration type Manual '''(2).'''

Mathematical calibration '''(1)''' is [[TD-BLE#Mathematical calibration|shown in this article.]]

[[File:Selecting_type_of_tank_calibration_.png]]

Then, you can select the '''Fill''' or '''Drain''' method '''(1, 2)'''. The '''Fill''' method is recommended as it is more accurate.

If you select the Drain method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not

Next, give the table file a name '''(3)''' and set the serving size '''(4)'''.

'''ATTENTION!''' Serving volume is not the number of servings! This is the number of liters/gallons in each serving! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be packaged into 10 servings, the serving size would be 30 L.

After this, press Continue '''(5)'''.<gallery widths="400" heights="600">
File:Tank_calibration_filling.png|'''Selection of tank calibration method, table name, portion size'''
File:Tank_calibration_draining.png|'''Selection of drain tank calibration method, selection of fuel volume in the tank'''
</gallery>After this, you will have a table in which the first line will have 0 liters and level 1. '''The Calibration''' mode will also be activated (available in firmware 1.3.3 and later). This means that the sensor starts measuring the level every 5 seconds instead of the usual 10 seconds. It will operate in this mode for the next 30 minutes.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Tank_calibration_first_line.jpg|'''First tank calibration line. 0 liters-gallons and level 1'''
File:Tank_calibration_mode_notification.png|'''Tank calibration mode timer'''
</gallery>If the timer ends before you finish calibrating the tank, you can restart it by saving the table '''(1, 2)''', and then, returning to the previous menu '''(3)''', click Continue and select the table file. This way you will restart the timer and can continue calibrating the tank in the accelerated level measurement mode. Once you select your file, you will be asked to confirm your previously selected method and serving size.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Saving_the_calibration_table_and_exiting_calibration.png|'''Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration'''
File:Resuming_tank_calibration.jpg|'''Resuming tank calibration'''
</gallery>The table is saved automatically after you click the '''+''' button.

Next, you should add the first portion of fuel to the tank. Once the level changes '''(3)''' and is displayed as Stable '''(4)''', press the + button '''(1)'''.

In this example, level '''(3)''' does not change because during the work on this manual we did not have fuel to carry out a real calibration of the tank. In your case, the level should change (if the fuel touches the tubes) and be '''Stable''' before you press the '''+''' button.

The following line '''(2)''' will appear. The value in the Fuel column will increase according to the Step size '''(5)''' you specified when you created the table or when you last modified it '''(3)'''.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding_the_first_portion_to_the_tank.png|'''Adding the first portion to the tank'''
File:Adding_a_tank_calibration_line.png|'''Adding a tank calibration line'''
</gallery>You can also change any line by pressing and holding it for some time, after which a dialog box will appear. This way you can correct possible errors.
[[File:Editing_a_tank_calibration_line.jpg|none|thumb|415x415px|'''Editing a tank calibration line''']]

If you press a line and hold it and swipe left, it will be deleted.

[[File:Tank_calibration_GIF.gif]]

Then, add the next portion of fuel to the tank. Wait for the level to change and stabilize, then press the + button '''(1)'''. Continue this until the tank is full.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding_a_second_portion_to_the_tank.png|'''Adding a second portion to the tank'''
File:Adding_a_tank_calibration_line.png|'''Adding a tank calibration line'''
</gallery>

=== What to do if it is not possible to completely empty the tank? ===
If you cannot completely empty the tank, you should somehow calculate the amount of fuel that is in the tank. After this, you can manually edit the table so that it looks like the example below. Or simply edit the table file before you upload it to the monitoring platform.

Let's imagine that there are already 10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed, so when you place the sensor in the tank, it will immediately begin to show the level of 115, instead of 1.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding_the_first_portion_to_the_tank.png|'''10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed'''
File:Calibration_table_with_10_liters_already_in_the_tank.jpg|'''Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank'''
</gallery>Next, you can add the next portion to the tank. The level value should change. If the level does not change, check the drain holes. They may be blocked by duct tape that you may have used while calibrating the sensor or by pieces of caulk.

If this happens, the air trapped inside the tubes prevents the fuel from rising.

=== Calibration of tanks with complex shape ===
'''If the tank has various curves''' or other features, you should '''reduce the size of the portions and increase the number of portions''' as the fuel rises to the area with the bend or other shape feature. Once the difficult part has been completed, you can return to your original portion size.

Let's imagine that you are calibrating a tank in 10-liter portions. The level rises to areas with complex shapes.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750">
File:Tank_calibration_complex_shape.png|alt=
File:Changing_portion_size.png|alt=
</gallery>You reduce the portion size from 10 liters to 5. And continue to add fuel portions until the difficult section is completed.

[[File:Complex_shaped_tank_next_step.png|frameless|357x357px]]

Once the fuel level is above the problem area, you can return to the original portion size of 10 liters.

Once the tank is full, you should have a calibration chart that looks similar to the one shown below.<gallery widths="400" heights="500">
File:Tank_is_full.png|alt=
File:Full_table.png|alt=
</gallery>

=== What to do if the tank cannot be filled completely? ===
If in your case the level does not reach the maximum range value of 1023 or 4095 due to the fact that the tank cannot be filled completely, do not worry. If your table ends up like the following example, even though the range selected is 1 - 1023, this is acceptable
[[File:Tank_calibration_table_in_.csv_format.png|none|thumb|'''Tank calibration table in .csv format''']]

=== How many portions should I add? ===
The total number of portions depends on the capacity of the tank. Below is a table with guidelines.
{| class="wikitable"
| colspan="3" |Recommended number and portion size for calibrating the tank
|-
|Tank volume
|Number of portions
|Volume of each portion
(Tank Volume / Number of portions)
|-
|0-60
|10-20
|3-4
|-
|61-100
|12-20
|5
|-
|101-500
|10-50
|10
|-
|501-1000
|20-50
|20
|-
|Over a 1000
| colspan="2" |As per your capabilities. The rule of thumb is that the larger the portions and smaller the volume, the more accurate the data will be
|}

{{Note|1=The rule of thumb: more portions means more accurate reports on the monitoring platform.}}

== Filtration ==
After the calibration table is completed, select the filtration level '''(2)''' in the '''Settings''' menu '''(1)''' and click Set parameters (3).<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750">
File:Settings_Filtration.png|alt=
File:Filtration_Selection.png|alt=
</gallery>The following are recommendations for selecting a filter level depending on the type of vehicle:
{| class="wikitable"
|'''0-1'''
|'''Stationary objects or tanks'''
|-
|'''2-4'''
|'''Vehicles traveling on smooth paved roads'''
|-
|'''5-7'''
|'''Agricultural machinery'''
|-
|'''8-10'''
|'''Heavy quarry machinery'''
|}
These are general recommendations

Basic rules:

* The shorter the sensor (<30cm), the higher the filtration should be set
* The closer the sensor is to one of the tank walls, the higher the filtration must be
* The more rough the road, the higher the filtration should be

Filtration reduces fuel level fluctuations that are caused by fuel splashing while driving.
[[File:Filtration_effect.png|none|thumb|795x795px|'''Before and after enabling filtering on the sensor''']]

== Tank mounting ==
The most common mounting method is self-tapping screws with a sealing washer. It is also possible to install on threaded crimp nuts, welded bushings and other structural elements. The sensor can be mounted on pre-prepared places using screws and bolts with strength class not less than 4.8. It is necessary to ensure tightness of the connection between the sensor body and the tank. For additional protection it is allowed to use automotive oil and gasoline resistant sealant.

For plastic tanks rivets and bolts can be used.

=== How hard to screw in self-tapping screws ===
[[File:How_to_hard_to_tighten_the_screws.png|frameless|512x512px]]

=== Saving a calibration table to the sensor memory ===
If the calibration table is ready, you can '''save it to the sensor's memory so that the sensor will output volume values''' in liters/gallons.

To activate this function, go to the '''Additional settings''' menu and press '''Conversion to liters''' .
{{Note|1=This function is not recommended for use if your platform supports the use of a billing table, because to edit the table on the sensor you will need to travel to the sensor, while the table on the platform can be edited remotely at any time.}}
After that you can activate the conversion to liters or gallons and enter the conversion table manually or by uploading a ready table file.

'''''If the table file is not selected - move it to another folder and try again, it is also desirable that the file name contains only digits'''''

Activate '''Conversion to liters(1''').

To create the table manually, select Level'''(2''') or Liters'''(3''') - in this case it can be any volume unit, enter the value'''(4''') and click on the arrow'''(5'''). Then, click on the three dots icon'''(6''') and then click Save to sensor ('''7''').<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="550">
File:Recalculate_page.png|alt=
File:Recalculate_page_settings.png|alt=
</gallery>In order to import a table from the .csv file that you created earlier when calibrating the tank, click on the three dots icon (1), and then click Import from file (2). After that, find the desired file on your smartphone and click on it.

Save the imported table to the sensor (3)

[[File:Recalculate_page_settings_2.png|frameless]]

== Common issues and solutions ==

=== Level does not change ===
First of all, check if the '''conversion to liters has not been enabled'''.

If you did this without saving the table to the sensor’s memory, the sensor will not be able to display either the level or volume in liters.<gallery widths="350" heights="600">
File:Recalculate_disabled.png|'''Recalculate in litres is disabled'''
File:Recalculate_enabled.png|'''Recalculate in litres is enabled'''
</gallery>Another possible reason could be that the sensor has not been properly calibrated and its CNT is below the Empty calibration value. In this case, recalibrate the sensor.

Also, if you calibrated the sensor with fuel, it is possible that the sensor drain holes have remained closed and air trapped inside is preventing fuel from rising through the tubes.

=== Level 7000 ===
Level 7000 is an error code Short circuit. This indicates that there is dirt, water, chips or other impurities in the tubes. All of these can be highly conductive, while the sensor is designed to work with dielectrics such as fuel.

[[File:Level_7000.png|frameless]]

You should clean the sensor tubes preferably by flushing them with the clean fuel and blowing them through the drain holes with compressed air.

If this error occurred after the start of operation of the sensor, it means that most likely these impurities got into the sensor tubes from the tank and in this case it is also needed to ensure that the tank itself doesn't contain any contaminations. Clean the tank, if necessary. Note that a fuel level sensor installed outside a contaminated tank may function correctly, but the same sensor installed in such a tank may generate this error code.

=== Level 6500 ===
This code may indicate that the tubes have lost contact. This error code may be generated immediately after cutting the tubes. In this case, simply calibrate the sensor.
[[File:Level_6500.png|none|thumb|'''Level 6500 and CNT below 10000''']]
If this does not help, check the CNT. If the CNT is below 10,000, it is very likely that the tubes are not in contact with the sensor board.

Take a photo of the sensor head (the sensor serial number should be visible), its tubes (the correspondence or discrepancy of the tubes length should be clearly visible), take a screenshot of the main screen of the sensor and the Settings menu page in the application and send these data to tech support.

=== Connection losses, issues with coordinates, power supply issues ===
In case TD-Online goes offline for several days, it is necessary to check the messages the device sent before going offline or, if it has come back online, to check the messages sent from the black box. On Wialon platform such messages are marked with blue color.

The dianostic parameters that need to be checked are:

- '''SRN''' - in case it is higher than 30, there is an issue with the GPS connectivity; either the connection with satellites is poor in this area or there is an issue with the device's GPS module or its antenna

- '''RSSI''' - Received Signal Strength Indicator - shows the quality of GSM signal reception; if the values you see are below 20 this means that either the local 2G/4G coverage is poor or there's an issue with the GSM modem or its antenna

- '''msg_num''' - a cumulative counter of the messages sent; it can reset from time to time but if it happens too often then most likely there's an issue with the power supply the sensor is connected to
[[File:TDOnline diagnostic parameters.png|980x980px]]

==== Checking the device manually ====
If the TD-Online in question is offline for too long, it is necessary to check it manually.

Once next to the vehicle:

1) Before doing anything with the wiring, try and check if the device can be detected via Escort app (via Bluetooth)

2) If it cannot be detected, there's something with:

* a) the cable
* b) the fuse
* c) the device itself

3) Try and connect the TD-Online to an alternative power supply of 12-24 V (using C200M2 RS485-USB converter is an option) and check if it can be detected via the app; if this works, run a continuity check on the cable and the fuse using a multimeter; replace either or both of them if they are damaged

4) If the TD-Online is detected via the app, try and hard reset it; should it come back online on the platform, be sure to report that to the tech support team

5) If the TD-Online is detected via the app but doesn't come back online on the platform no matter what you try, download the log from it and share the file with the tech support; the log file is saved in the same folder where you previously saved a tank calibraiton table; if you have never saved any tables before, be sure to create and save one (you need only a few lines in the table with whatever values)<gallery widths="250" heights="400">
File:2c18a2b1-b2ed-48f3-b9d7-9a3ae6f90d00.jpg|Find and connect the sensor
File:Td online additional features.png|Go to Additional Features
File:Td online additional features log and bb.png|1 - to download the log, 2 - to download the black box
File:Td online log or bb selecting how much data to download.png|1 - select the number of days, 2 - hours, 3 - download the data for the number of days and/or hours you have selected; or 4 - download all the data stored
File:8b579a96-aea4-419e-b0d2-59ffbd2b12a5.jpg|Download complete; the file is stored in the last folder you used to create and save a tank calibration table file in
</gallery>

== Firmware update ==
To update the firmware, be sure to donwload a .zip file onto your smartphone first. Do not unzip it!

Then, once the sensor is connected, go to the '''Additional Features''' menu, enter the sensor's password (1) and initiate the '''FW update''' (2). You will have 30 seconds to quickly select the FW file and start the update. Otherwise, after 30 seconds, the sensor will restart and you will need to reconnect it. <gallery widths="350" heights="400">
File:Eng wiki tdo go to add feature fw upd.png|alt=
File:Eng wiki tdo add feature fw upd.png|alt=
</gallery>Next, tap on the FW file button, find the file in the folder where you previously saved it and select it. Then start the update and wait for it to finish.<gallery widths="250" heights="400">
File:Eng wiki tdo add feature fw upd select file.png|alt=
File:Eng wiki tdo add feature fw upd find file.png|alt=
File:Eng wiki tdo add feature fw upd start upd.png|alt=
</gallery>Once the firmware update is over, you can reconnect the sensor.

== Connecting slave sensors (BLE and RS-485) ==
TD-Online can function as a hub to which it is possible to connect up to '''8 slave sensors''' either via BLE or the RS-485 interface (in case of the wired sensors).

=== Pairing a BLE slave sensor ===
Go to the '''Additional settings''', once the TD-Online is connected to your smartphone via the app. Hit the '''"+"''' button. Then select '''Bluetooth''' (1), enter the sensor's name or its MAC address (2; both can be found on the sensor's head; the sensor's name is the model's letters TD, DU, TW, TH with a lower dash and the last 6 digits of the serial number f.e. TD_555666 or DU_222444) and tap on '''Connect'''. Or scan the slave sernsor's QR code (4).<gallery widths="300" heights="350">
File:Eng wiki tdo go to add settings.png|alt=
File:Eng wiki tdo add settings connection of slave sensors.png|alt=
File:Eng wiki tdo add settings start adding slave sensors.png|alt=
File:Eng wiki tdo add settings adding slave sensors mac address or qr.png|alt=
</gallery>

=== Connecting a wired slave sensor via the RS-485 interface ===
To connect a wired Escort-TD sensor as a slave device via the RS-485 interface, go to '''Additional settings''' menu, tap on the '''"+"''' button, then select the '''Wired''' option (1), enter the slave '''sensor's network address''' (2) and tap '''Connect'''. <gallery widths="300" heights="350">
File:Eng wiki tdo go to add settings.png|alt=
File:Eng wiki tdo add settings connection of slave sensors.png|alt=
File:Eng wiki tdo add settings start adding slave sensors.png|alt=
File:Eng wiki tdo add settings adding slave sensor wired.png|alt=
</gallery>
{{Note|1=The salve's network address must be any number from 2 to 200. You can't use the network address 1 as it is already taken by the TD-Online itself.}}
Before connecting the wired sensors to a TD-Online, be sure to connect them separately and change their network addresses via the PC configurator or the app.

[[File:Eng wiki tdo add settings adding slave sensors wired slave sensor network address.png|863x863px]]

If using a PC configurator, the network address can be modified via the '''General settings''' menu.

[[File:Escort TD wired network address modification General settings.png|800x800px]]

=== Cheking the slave sensors' data ===
Once a slave sensor is connected, tap on it to see its readings.<gallery widths="250" heights="300">
File:Eng wiki tdo add settings adding slave sensors finished.png|alt=
File:Eng wiki tdo add settings adding slave sensors wired slave sensor data check.png|alt=
</gallery>

=== Slave sensors' parameters in messages ===
ULx – level or angle reading of 'Slave Sensor x'

VBx – battery voltage reading of 'Slave Sensor x'

UTx – temperature reading of 'Slave Sensor x'

VVx – FW version of 'Slave Sensor x'

UCx – CNT reading of 'Slave Sensor x'

WMx – operating mode of 'Slave Sensor x'

LMx – luminosity reading of 'Slave Sensor x'

UROx – roll reading of 'Slave Sensor x'

UPTx – pitch reading of 'Slave Sensor x'

UHx – humidity reading of 'Slave Sensor x'

UPx – pressure reading of 'Slave Sensor x'

UWx – weight reading of 'Slave Sensor x'

DIx – DIN state reading of 'Slave Sensor x'

ZULx – coefficient reading of TDQ-BLE paired with 'Slave Sensor x'

ZUTx – temperature reading of TDQ-BLE paired with 'Slave Sensor x'

ZUCSx – status of TDQ-BLE paired with 'Slave Sensor x'

UZx – CNT reading of TDQ-BLE paired with 'Slave Sensor x'

== Wiring ==
[[File:TD Onlinewiring no slave.png|532x532px]]

TD-Online with a slave sensor(s)

[[File:TD-Online wiring with a slave sensor.png|864x864px]]

== Useful links ==
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-online-sim/Datasheet%20TD-online.pdf?v=160719173609 Technical data sheet of the device]'''
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#tdonline Download materials]'''

{{Next|prev=TD-500|next=TD-Q|next-text=TDQ-BLE}}

TD-500

2026-10-09T09:40:16Z

RINAT: Layout: «Sensor card» header, warning templates, legacy markup cleanup (manual text unchanged)

[[RU:ТД-500| Русская версия]]
[[es:TD-500| Versión en español]]
{{Setup methods|TD-500|Manual|MODBUS TD-500|Modbus protocol}}
{{Sensor card
|type = Wired fuel level sensor
|photo = TD-500 design current.png
|p1 = Measurement type |v1 = capacitive
|p2 = RS-485, passive |v2 = LLS, Modbus
|p3 = RS-485, active |v3 = LLS, packet every 2 s
|p4 = Analog output |v4 = 0.2…5 V
|p5 = Frequency output |v5 = 301…1323 Hz / 301…4395 Hz
|p6 = Level range |v6 = 1…1023 / 1…4095
|p7 = Setup |v7 = PC, USB–RS-485 converter C200M / C200M2
|datasheet = https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-500/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-500.pdf?v=070224170633
|downloads = https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/
|product = https://www.fmeter.ru/produktsiya/datchik-urovnja-topliva/Jeskort-td-500/#active
}}
== Definition and purpose of the sensor ==
High-precision fuel level sensors (FLS, also meters or sensors) of the Escort brand are designed to determine the filling level of petroleum products in fuel tanks, reservoirs and storage tanks. The TD-500 meter (sensor) is used in transport technology as a fuel level meter, in industry - as a level meter for any light petroleum products. Escort FLS measurement type is capacitive. Its readings are based on the dielectric constant of the medium in which it operates; in this case, the medium is various types of light petroleum products (gasoline, diesel, kerosene, motor oil).

More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-500/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-500.pdf?v=070224170633 technical data sheet of the device.]

== Basic terms and concepts ==
'''''Fuel level sensor (FLS)''' -'' device which is used for measuring fuel level.

'''''Serial number''' -'' code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).

'''''CNT''' -'' an oscillatory circuit, thanks to which the basic level of filling of the sensor measuring tubes with fuel is calculated. This level is converted to a final value determined by the data interface.

'''''Data transfer protocol''''' - a set of specific logical-level rules or conventions that govern the exchange of data between different programs or devices. For TD-150, the main transmission protocol is '''LLS via the RS-485 interface'''. The TD-500 sensor also supports '''MODBUS''' protocol, [[MODBUS TD-500|description]].

'''''Data transfer mode''''' - this is a type of boundary between two objects or nodes, which are regulated by a special accepted standard and implemented using established methods, tools and rules. TD-500 has the following operating modes:

* '''RS-485 Passive via LLS and MODBUS protocol'''
* '''RS-485 Active via LLS protocol'''
* '''Analog'''
* '''Frequency'''
* '''Impulse'''

'''''Interface''''' - a physical connection method and/or a set of software tools that allows data to be transferred between two or more devices.

'''RS-485''' '''Passive'''- digital data transmission mode. The sensor waits for a corresponding request from the receiving device. Works using the '''LLS''' and '''MODBUS''' protocols. Based on CNT, a value is generated in conventional units of the selected range (1-1023 units or 1-4095 units)

'''''Converter''''' - digital converter RS-485 to USB ([https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/escort_c-200m/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20%D0%A1-200%D0%9C.pdf?v=200320145441 С200М] или [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/escort_c-200m/Datasheet%20Escort%20C-200M2.pdf?v=050623134318 С200М2]) for configuring wired sensors.

'''''Active (periodic) RS-485''''' - operating mode in which the sensor, without waiting for a request from the receiver, itself transmits packets with command data within 2 seconds.

'''''Analog''''' - mode in which a corresponding voltage is generated based on the CNT in the approximate range of 0.2-5V.

'''''Frequency''''' - mode in which the corresponding frequency in Hz is generated based on the CNT (301-1323 Hz with a value range of 1-1023; 301-4395 Hz with a value range of 1-4095).

'''''Impulse''''' - mode, in which a 27 Hz pulse train is formed on the basis of CNT. The number of pulses in the pack corresponds to the measured fuel level. The minimum level corresponds to a pack of 2 pulses, the maximum - to a pack of 1025 pulses.

'''''Gps tracker''''' - the main element of the system for monitoring the operation of transportation carried out by means of satellite communication. Without it, it is impossible to control transportation, to determine the coordinates of the vehicle location. It collects information from sensors and on-board system of the vehicle, and then transmits it to the device/server, which belong to the controlling specialist.

== Preparation ==

=== Preparing the Tank ===
To prepare the tank you should:

* Empty the tank, clean and dry if necessary
* '''Remove fuel vapors and air from the tank''' (especially for a gasoline tank, but in the case of a diesel engine, this procedure should not be neglected, since gasoline could be added to the diesel); to do this, you can heat water to boiling point and direct the resulting steam into the tank or use carbon dioxide so that it displaces fuel vapors and air; ensure that any open flame sources are sufficiently far away from the fuel tank
* [[File:Removing fuel vapors.png|frameless|766x766px]]
* '''Find the geometric center of the tank''' '''and''' '''drill a hole''' in it using a '''ø3mm''' drill bit. Then, using a piece of stiff wire, examine the tank for the presence of partitions in it
* [[File:Choosing a location for installing the FLS.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Choosing a location for installing the FLS''']]
* [[File:Little hole drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Drilling the tank and subsequent examination of the tank for the presence of partitions''']]
* If the space inside the tank in the selected location is free, '''drill a ø 35 mm''' hole using a bimetallic bit; When drilling, keep the bit tilted slightly to prevent the cut section from falling into the tank. Use a magnet to catch chips and prevent them from getting into the tank.
* [[File:Angled drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Drilling a hole at an angle''']][[File:Removing metal part.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Removing a Drilled Disc''']]
* If it is impossible to install the sensor in the geometric center of the tank, try choosing another location as close as possible to the geometric center of the tank; this point should coincide with the place where the height of the tank is maximum. This way you reduce the risk and amplitude of level fluctuations associated with fuel movement while driving.

==== Why should the sensor be mounted in the geometric center of the tank? ====
'''The highest point must be chosen so that the sensor can measure the level of all the fuel inside the tank without any blind spots.'''

The fuel level readings from a sensor installed in the center of the tank will be least affected by movement and fuel overflow in the tank.

If it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank, consider installing two sensors diagonally at two corners. When fuel flows to one side of the tank, the level on the corresponding sensor will rise, and on the opposite side, the level will correspondingly decrease, while the average level will remain unchanged.

[https://youtu.be/3psA2ACmw7w?si=zQ7n_N6h0HseNdfF Video example of the importance of installing the sensor at the geometric center of the tank.]
[[File:Sensor position and fuel flow.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Sensor position and fuel flow''']]

{{Warning|1=Before starting the calibration, the vehicle/fuel tank must be positioned flat in relation to the horizon, i.e. on a level surface without a slope.}}
If the tank has an irregular geometric shape, the sensor must be installed at the maximum depth of the tank, closer to the geometric center.
[[File:The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank.png|none|thumb|803x803px|'''The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank''']][[File:Ladder tank.png|frameless|470x470px]]

[[File:Ladder tank I.png|frameless|451x451px]]

===== When installation in the center is impossible - two or more FLS. =====
To increase accuracy and reduce level fluctuations, install two sensors in one tank. This solution is mainly used in tanks with a capacity of more than 600 liters and having a length of 1500 mm. Sensors must not be installed close to the walls of the tank.

Also, two or more sensors should be installed if it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank and (or) the tank has an elongated shape, i.e. The length of the tank is significantly greater than its height.
[[File:Two sensors installed diagonally.png|none|thumb|821x821px|'''Two sensors installed diagonally''']]
'''Note.''' Installing a single sensor in an elongated tank will allow you to detect drains and refills. But increased level fluctuations while driving may not allow the monitoring platform to correctly read fuel consumption. Therefore, installing two sensors is preferable.

=== Installation locations in tanks of complex shapes ===

==== Saddle-Style Fuel Tanks ====
In this case, it is desirable to install two fuel level sensors in the deepest places along the geometric center of the depressions.

[[File:Saddle shape.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape top view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape side view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

==== Cylindrical tank ====
In this case, the sensor must be installed in the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank top view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

===== Long cylindrical tank =====
In the case of elongated cylindrical tanks, to improve readings while driving, it is necessary to install two sensors at an equal distance from the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank long.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank long inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

===== Ladder shape tank =====
If there is a difference in height in the tank and there is no common bed, it may be necessary to install two fuel level sensors.

[[File:Ladder 2 tank.png|frameless|782x782px]]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

====== Ladder shape tank's tank calibration ======
When calibrating, it is necessary to create two tables, one for "'''FLS 1'''" and the second for "'''FLS 2'''"

Let's assume that the calibration step is 10 liters.

At the beginning of calibration, when the fuel is in the "'''Red Zone'''", the level changes will only occur on "'''FLS 2'''", so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 2'''".

When the fuel is in the "'''Yellow Zone'''" changes will occur on both "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''", during this period we record changes in both tables with half a step, that is, we also fill in 10 liters, but we record 5 liters in the table of each sensor.

When the fuel is in the "'''Green Zone'''" the changes will only occur on "'''FLS 1'''" so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 1'''".

On the platform "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''" are started as separate sensors with their own tables and then a third virtual sensor is created with the sum of liters for two sensors, an example of starting two FLS on the platform is shown [https://docs.google.com/document/d/14p9GYmY0D1Wjz0ZfJXO-soVfxRBP7EiY7TgibD6vmZQ/edit?usp=sharing in this instruction.]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank calibration.png|frameless|750x750px]]

=== Preparing the sensor ===

==== Preparing the sensor tubes ====
Before calibrating the sensor, you should '''determine the future length''' of the measuring tubes in accordance with the height of the tank and '''cut or extend them'''. The length of the tubes should be calculated according to the following formula:

'''L = H - 15 mm,'''

where L - tubes length after changing the length

and

H - height of the tank at the installation point.
{{Warning|1=The minimum length of the tubes should not be less than 15 cm (150 mm). Otherwise, it will most likely not be possible to obtain adequate graphics. The maximum length of the tubes can reach 6m.}}

[[File:Measuring height of the tank.png|none|thumb|862x862px|'''Measuring height of the tank''']]
[[File:Measuring height of the tank.png|none|thumb|860x860px|'''Measuring the length of tubes''']]
Use a hacksaw to cut the tubes. When sawing, be careful not to damage the connection of the tubes to the circuit board inside the sensor head and to prevent metal shavings from falling into the tubes.
[[File:Cutting the tubes.gif|none|thumb|600x600px|'''Cutting the tubes''']]
'''Avoid getting shavings inside the tubes - this may lead to a short circuit in the sensor; if this happens, blow the tubes with compressed air through the drainage holes under the sensor flange.''' Sand the edges of the tubes with sandpaper to remove any burrs or irregularities.

To extend sensor tubing, use a collet extension and an additional tube.
[[File:Collet connection.png|none|thumb|622x622px|'''Collet connection''']]
Inner nuts (yellow elements) are used to connect the inner tubes. Once they are installed and the studs are screwed into them, the tubes do not have to touch each other, but try to get them as close to each other as possible.
[[File:Internal connection of the collet connection.png|none|thumb|748x748px|'''Internal connection of the collet connection''']]
The outer coupling and the corresponding nuts must be securely tightened. '''The outer tubes should touch each other.'''
[[File:Collet connection installed.png|none|thumb|745x745px|'''Collet connection installed''']]
[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Z0HSGDMR3rQ Watch this video on our YouTube channel for a real-time overview of the connection.]

=== Connection dimensions ===
[[File:Dimenstions TD 150.png|none|thumb|635x635px|'''Connection dimensions of the wired FLS''']]

== Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 the configurator on a PC] ==

=== Installation of the configurator and connection to the sensor ===
The sensor can be configured using [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 '''the configurator on a PC'''] (From here onwards- "'''configurator'''").

'''Connect the sensor to the USB-RS-485 converter using a 6-pin MOLEX connector''' or using cable clamps if a cable route is connected to the sensor. Orange wire is line A of the RS-485 sensor interface, white wire is line B of the RS-485 sensor interface, black wire is GND, red is PWR.
[[File:Sensor connected via MOLEX.png|none|thumb|742x742px|'''Sensor connected via MOLEX''']]
[[File:Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps.png|none|thumb|747x747px|'''Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps''']]
We recommend using our Escort C200M/C200M2 USB-RS-485 converter, since we cannot guarantee 100% compatibility of our devices with converters from other brands.

When working with a laptop, we recommend connecting it to the power supply and/or connecting an additional USB cable to the ADD connector of the PWR C200M. Otherwise, there may not be enough power to operate the sensor and transmitter.

Along with installing the configurator 1.0.2.38, the drivers for the C200M will be installed automatically.

If you use C200M2 on Windows 10 and 11 operating systems, drivers should be installed automatically from Windows Update, on the Windows 7 operating system and below, you may need to [https://windowsreport.com/driver-signature-enforcement-windows-10/ disable the electronic signature of drivers] and manually install [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/escort_c-200m/Escort%20driver%20C-200M2.zip?v=050623134319 drivers for the С200M2].

If the driver was installed correctly, then after connecting the converter to your PC/laptop, you will see the STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port ('''1''')(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A ('''2''')(C200M2) device in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager " to enter this menu, press '''win+r''' and enter '''devmgmt.msc''' and press '''OK''' ('''3''') and then expand the com ports submenu ('''4''')"

The com port number displayed in this menu is also needed to connect the sensor.

[[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|798x798px]]

After connecting the converter, sensor to it and checking the installation of drivers by checking the com port number of the converter, you need to open the configurator, select the desired com port which we could find in the device manager ('''1''') and press the '''FLS''' button ('''2''').

[[File:Com ports selection.png|frameless|661x661px]]
{{Note|1=The connection to the FLS should be made within 15 seconds after the sensor has been connected to power, if the sensor operating mode has been changed from RS-485 to any other.}}
After connecting the sensor you should see this menu:

[[File:Main page PC configurator.png|frameless|685x685px]]

# Sensor serial number
# Sensor firmware version (FW)
# Sensor temperature
# Current sensor level
# Current CNT level (raw level value) of the sensor
# LLS network addresses connected to this converter (if there is more than one address in this list, it means either more than one sensor is connected to the line at the same time or there is interference on the line, in this case it is necessary to check the connection to the FLS for the presence of other conflicting devices and it is necessary to close other programs using the com ports for example tracker configurator)
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)
# Current sensor operating mode
# Current range of output values (1-1023 or 1-4095)
# Current filtration type and degree
# Connected sensor model

=== Sensor calibration ===
[[File:FLS calibration PC.gif|frameless|636x636px]]

After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.

To do this you need:
* Go to menu '''"Sensor calibration"'''

[[File:TD 150 calibration.png|frameless|634x634px]]

* Insert the centralizer into the tubes
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by sealing the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes, turning the sensor upside down, or submerging the sensor tubes completely in fuel)
* Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''1''')
* Deselect the '''"Calibration without fuel"''' slider ('''2''')
* Click '''"Full"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Full"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''1'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired calibration.png|frameless|344x344px]]
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|509x509px|'''Centralizer''']]
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Centralizer at the end of the tubes''']]
<gallery widths="350" heights="300">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)'''
</gallery>

* Empty the pipes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the pipes
* Wait for CNT to stabilize ('''1''')
* Click '''"Empty"''' ('''2''')
* The value '''"Empty"''' ('''3''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT (1), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor
* Click "'''OK"'''

[[File:PC Empty calibration.png|frameless|366x366px]]

* The sensor level should display as 1, the sensor calibration process is complete.

Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]
{{Warning|1=Unblock the drainage holes after calibration!}}
[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|585x585px]]

=== Calibration without fuel ===
An alternative calibration option is calibration without fuel.

In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty and free of fuel, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch ('''1''') active ('''green''') and press '''"Calibrate"''' ('''2''') . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.

[[File:Calibration without fuel PC.png|frameless|366x366px]]
[[File:Calibration_values_calibration_without_fuel_PC.png|none|thumb|366x366px|'''Calibration values after calibration without fuel''']]
If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.

Initially there are two measurement ranges:
* From 1 to1023
* From 1 to 4095

The sensor never sends a value of 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is displayed.

'''When calibrating without fuel, since the sensor does not know what fuel will be used, the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''

'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''

'''We recommend, if possible, calibration with fuel.'''

=== Setting the calibration value Full and Empty manually ===
We do not recommend using this functionality, but you can set the Full and Empty calibration values manually to save time when you are using sensors of the same length in the same tanks.
{{Warning|1=Setting calibration values manually will most likely increase the sensor error! We do not recommend doing this!}}
To do this, enter the Full and Empty calibration values of the previously calibrated sensor into the appropriate fields in the configurator.

[[File:Wired advanced menu.png|frameless|632x632px]]

[[File:Wired advanced menu page.png|frameless|644x644px]]

[[File:Wired manual Empty-Full.png|frameless|644x644px]]

=== Setting the mode, range and network address ===

==== Setting the mode ====
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS tracker

Select the mode you need('''1''') and click '''“Save parameters to device”'''('''2''')

[[File:TD-500 modes.png|frameless|697x697px]]

*'''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the tracker's RS-485 interface. The tracker must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The terminal must be able to poll sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol''' or '''MODBUS protocol ([[MODBUS ТД-500|description]])'''
* '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS tracker to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''.
* '''Active RS485''' mode should be used if the tracker has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently poll the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.
* '''Impulse mode''' should be used when the sensor is connected to the impulse input of the tracker.
* '''Analog mode''' is used when the sensor is connected to the analog input of the tracker (AIN), which can receive a signal from the sensor '''in the range of ≈0.2V ... ≈5.0V'''

==== Setting the range ====
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz or 300Hz to 4395Hz'''.

After changing the range, click “'''Save the parameters to device'''” ('''2''').

[[File:Wire range settings.png|frameless|643x643px]]

'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, but the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.

==== Setting the network address ====
The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (gps tracker).
{{Warning|1=There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.}}
To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Change network address”''' field ('''1''') and click '''“Save the parameters to device”''' ('''2'''), after which the configurator should switch to the new sensor address and display the new sensor address in the field '''"Available units"''' ('''3''') and '''"Poll network address"''' ('''4''').
[[File:Wired before changing Network address.png|none|thumb|625x625px|'''Before changing network address''']]
[[File:After changing network address.png|none|thumb|614x614px|'''After changing network address''']]

=== Tank calibration ===
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''Installing the sensor inside the tank'''
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''Screwing the self-tapping screws'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports.

In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the tank calibration menu in the application.

Suppose you need to calibrate a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.

To do this you should:

* Connect sensor
* Make sure that the filtration is set to '''“No”''' ('''1'''). Filtration slows down the level calculation and can increase the tank calibration time.
* Create an Excel table. Save it in .csv format. The first row of the table should look like this:
* [[File:First line in tank calibration table Excel.png|frameless|419x419px]] You can also create a text file on your PC/Phone or manually record calibration
* Select whether calibration is performed by filling or draining. The '''Filling''' method is recommended as it is more accurate. If you select the '''Drain''' method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.
* Select portion size

{{Warning|1=Portion volume is not the number of portions! This is the number of liters/gallons in each portion! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be divided into 10 portions, the portion size would be 30L.}}

* Start calibrating the tank by pouring portions into the tank or emptying the tank for a given portion and recording the level in the table after it has stabilized

An example of calibration by filling in portions of 10 liters and imagine that in this case there are 10 liters in the tank that cannot be removed and when the sensor is placed in the tank it immediately shows the value 115 instead of 1.

[[File:Tank calibration first portion.png|frameless]][[File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|frameless|432x432px]]

You add the first portion of fuel to the tank. The level should change from 115 to some other value. If the level does not change, check the sensor drain holes. They may be blocked by electrical tape, which must be removed after the sensor has been calibrated. If the holes are blocked, the air inside the tubes will prevent fuel from getting inside the tubes.

[[File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|frameless|447x447px]]

Next, add the following row to your table.

[[File:Wired Extended table.png|frameless]]

Continue this until the tank is full.

However, if there are bends or other irregularities in the shape of the tank, the volume of fuel portions should be reduced until the fuel level is above the irregularly shaped section of the tank. After overcoming such a section, you should return to the original portion volume.

Assume that you do the tank calibration in portions of 10 liters as before. The level rises to an area with a complex shape.

[[File:Tank calibration complex shape.png|frameless|512x512px]]

You reduce the serving size from 10 to 5 liters. And continue adding portions until you overcome the area with a complex shape.

[[File:Complex shaped tank next step.png|frameless|500x500px]]

When the level is above the problem area, you can return to the original serving volume of 10 liters.

Once the tank is full, you will have a calibration chart like the following example.

[[File:Tank is full.png|frameless|472x472px]][[File:Filled tank calibration table.png|frameless]]

If in your case the level does not reach 1023 or 4095 because the tank cannot be filled completely, do not worry about it. It is acceptable that your table would end up like the following example, even though the sensor range is 1-1023.
[[File:Tank calibration table in .csv format.png|none|thumb|'''Table for a tank that cannot be filled 100%''']]
The number of servings depends on the capacity of the tank. See the table with our recommendations below.
{| class="wikitable"
| colspan="3" |'''Recommended number and portion size for calibrating the tank'''
|-
|'''Tank volume'''
|'''Number of portions'''
|'''Volume of each portion'''
'''(Tank Volume / Number of portions)'''
|-
|'''0-60'''
|'''10-20'''
|'''3-4'''
|-
|'''61-100'''
|'''12-20'''
|'''5'''
|-
|'''101-500'''
|'''10-50'''
|'''10'''
|-
|'''501-1000'''
|'''20-50'''
|'''20'''
|-
|'''Over 1000'''
| colspan="2" |'''As per your capabilities. The rule of thumb is that the larger the portions and smaller the volume, the more accurate the data will be'''
|}
The '''rule of thumb''': more portions means more accurate reports on the monitoring platform.

You can create a table on your platform by loading it from a file or by entering values manually.
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box''']]

=== Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs ===
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. '''IMPORTANT''': it is necessary to reduce the portion '''only''' in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Example of FLS 1 calibration table''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|460x460px|'''Example of FLS 2 calibration table''']]

=== Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length ===
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. '''IMPORTANT''': it is necessary to reduce the portion '''only''' in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''Example of FLS 1 calibration table''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''Example of FLS 2 calibration table''']]

=== Filtration ===
After tank calibration is completed, select the required '''“Filtration level”''' and click '''“Save the parameters to device”'''

[[File:Wired Filtration.png|frameless|688x688px]]

Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:

==== Recommended filtration level for wired FLS ====
{| class="wikitable"
|'''0-1'''
|'''Stationary units'''
|-
|'''2-6'''
|'''Vehicles on high or medium quality roads'''
|-
|'''7-12'''
|'''Agricultural machinery units'''
|-
|'''13-15'''
|'''Heavy-duty machinery'''
|}
General tips for installing filtration:

* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration
* You only need to set the median filter type
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|796x796px|'''Example before enabling filtering and after.''']]

=== Setting and removing a password ===
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.

To do this:
* Click on the '''"Service"''' button ('''1''') and then '''"Security"''' ('''2''')
* [[File:Wired security menu.png|frameless|612x612px]]
* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click set password. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''
* [[File:Password menu wired.jpg|frameless|611x611px]]
* After successfully setting the password, a red lock should appear next to the FLS icon
* [[File:PC password set menu.png|frameless|612x612px]]

{{Warning|1=Please note that the password reset procedure can be very time-consuming. We recommend that you take a responsible approach in setting your password and saving it.}}
To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure

* Click on the '''"Service"''' button ('''1''') and then '''"Security"''' ('''2''')
* [[File:Wired security menu.png|frameless|719x719px]]
* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you have lost your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click '''"Remove password"'''
* [[File:PC wired security remove password.png|frameless|722x722px]]
* If the password was successfully removed, the lock should turn green
* [[File:PC wired no password menu.png|frameless|719x719px]]

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

== Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via a [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config mobile application on Android] ==

=== Connection to the sensor ===
Wired sensors can be connected to a smartphone to the [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Escort Configurator app]. For this you will need:

* Smartphone running Android operating system with OTG technology support
* RS-485 - USB converter, for example, Escort C200m2
* USB-OTG adapter for connecting the converter to a smartphone

'''Attention! You cannot update the FW of the sensor through an application on a smartphone; this can only be done using a computer and the Bootloader program'''

By connecting the sensor to your smartphone you can:

* calibrate the sensor
* change filtering level
* change network address
* select the sensor operating mode
* select measurement range (1023 or 4095)
* set or change password
* calibrate the tank
[[File:Wired phone connection.png|none|thumb|574x574px|'''Diagram of sensor connection to the phone''']]
[[File:Wired phone connection with add. power.png|none|thumb|566x566px|'''Diagram of sensor connection to telephone with additional power supply''']]
* Connect the sensor to your smartphone according to the diagram
* Check that the converter is turned on (there is a power indication), on some models the OTG mode must be enabled manually in the phone settings
* [[File:OTG mode in OPPO phones.png|none|thumb|'''Example of enabling OTG mode on OPPO smartphones''']]Select the RS-485 tab ('''1''')
* Select Fuel level sensor ('''2''')
[[File:Wired mobile app main page.png|frameless]]
* When connecting for the first time, the phone should ask for access to the converter, click OK
[[File:Providing access to the C200M2.png|none|thumb|'''Providing access to the C200M2 in the app''']]
* If such a request does not appear and the sensor is not detected, try connecting additional power to the sensor according to the connection diagram, also check that the power indication on the converter is active and that the OTG mode is enabled on the smartphone
* If, after asking for permission, you receive the error “Unable to connect the device,” this is normal. Just select the fuel level sensor again.
* [[File:Error mobile connection.jpg|none|thumb|'''Error failed to connect device after requesting permission''']]
* If you are using a C200M inverter, you can connect an additional power supply to the inverter. To do this, you need to take a power supply for charging your smartphone with a microUSB connector and connect it to the C200M using the ADD PWR connector
* Once connected successfully, you will see the main screen of the sensor.
[[File:Wired mobile data page.png|frameless]]

# Sensor serial number
# Sensor firmware version (FW)
# Sensor temperature
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)
# Current sensor operating mode
# Current filtration type and level
# Current sensor level
# Connected sensor model

=== Sensor calibration ===
After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.

To do this you need:
* Go to the '''"Settings"''' menu

[[File:Wired mobile settings button.png|frameless]]

* Insert the centralizer into the tubes
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by sealing the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes, turning the sensor upside down, or submerging the sensor tubes completely in fuel)
* Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''2''')
* Deselect the "'''Calibration without fuel'''" slider ('''1''')
* Press "'''Full"''' ('''3''')
* The value "'''Full'''" ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT (2), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired mobile settings page.png|frameless|463x463px]]
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|531x531px|'''Centrator''']]
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Centrator on the tubes''']]
<gallery widths="350" heights="300">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)'''
</gallery>

* Empty the tubes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the tubes
* Wait for CNT to stabilize ('''2''')
* Click "'''Empty'''" ('''3''')
* The value "'''Empty'''" ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''2'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired phone empty.png|frameless|381x381px]]

Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]
{{Warning|1=Unlock the drainage holes after calibration!}}
[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|670x670px]]

=== Calibration without fuel ===
An alternative calibration option is calibration without fuel.

In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty, there is no fuel in them, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the "'''Calibrate without fue'''l" switch ('''1''') active ('''green''') and press "'''Calibrate'''" ('''2''') . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.

[[File:Wired calibration with fuel mobile.png|frameless]]

If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.

Initially there are two measurement ranges:
* From 1 to 1023
* From 1 to 4095

The sensor never sends a value of 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is displayed.

'''When calibrating without fuel, since the sensor does not know what fuel will be used, the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''

'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''

'''We recommend, if possible, calibration with fuel.'''

=== Setting the mode, range and network address ===

==== Setting the mode ====
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS tracker

Go to Settings

[[File:Wired mobile settings button.png|frameless]]

Select the mode you need('''1''') and press '''“Set parameters”'''('''2''')

[[File:Wired mode settings mobile.png|frameless]]

[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless]]

* '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the tracker's RS-485 interface. The tracker must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The tracker must be able to poll sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol and MODBUS protocol'''. '''([[MODBUS ТД-500|description]])'''
* '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS tracker to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''
* '''Active RS485 mode''' should be used if the tracker has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently poll the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.
* '''Impulse mode''' should be used when the sensor is connected to the impulse input of the tracker.
* '''Analog mode''' is used when the sensor is connected to the analog input of the tracker (AIN), which can receive a signal from the sensor '''in the range of ≈0.2V ... ≈5.0V'''

==== Setting the range ====
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz''' or '''300Hz to 4395Hz'''.

After changing the range, press '''“Set parameters”''' ('''2''').

[[File:Wired setting range mobile.png|frameless|450x450px]]

[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless|586x586px]]

'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, then the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.

==== Setting the network address ====
The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (gps tracker).
{{Warning|1=There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.}}
To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Network address”''' field ('''1''') and click “'''Set parameters'''” ('''2''')

[[File:Wired setting address.png|frameless|514x514px]]

[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless|569x569px]]

=== Tank calibration ===
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''Installing the sensor inside the tank'''
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''Tightening screws'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports.

In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the tank calibration menu in the application.

Suppose you need to calibrate a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.

To do this, you should connect the sensor and go to settings and check that the filtering is set to 0.

Filtration slows down level calculations and can increase tank calibration time.

Then go to the tank calibration menu

[[File:Wired tank calibration mobile.png|frameless]]

Then, you can click '''Start''' to create a new table, or click '''Resume''' to select an existing table from your smartphone memory and continue working with it. If you click '''Resume''', you will need to locate the table file on your Android device that you created/downloaded earlier. Select another folder using the Main Menu button ('''1''') or using the drop-down menu ('''2'''). Select the table and click on it ('''3''')<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration page.jpg|'''Start or Continue tank calibration'''
File:Folder search numbered.png|'''Selecting a tank calibration table file for resuming the tank calibration'''
</gallery>If you click Start, you will also need to select the folder in which the table will be saved ('''2''') and click the button to select it ('''3''')
[[File:Start tank calibration folder.png|none|thumb|'''Selecting a folder and creating a new tank calibration file''']]
Then, you can select the '''Fill''' or '''Drain''' method ('''1, 2'''). The '''Fill''' method is recommended as it is more accurate.

If you select the Drain method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.

Next, give the table file a name ('''3''') and set the portion size ('''4''').
{{Warning|1=Serving volume is not the number of servings! This is the number of liters/gallons in each serving! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be packaged into 10 servings, the serving size would be 30 L.}}
After this, click Continue ('''5''').<gallery widths="400" heights="600">
File:Tank calibration filling.png|'''Selection of tank calibration method, table name, portion size'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''Selection of drain tank calibration method, selection of fuel volume in the tank'''
</gallery>After this, you will have a table in which the first row will be 0 liters and level 1. <gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration first line.jpg|'''First tank calibration line. 0 liters-gallons and level 1'''
</gallery>You can always pause tank calibration and resume it.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration.png|'''Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration'''
File:Resuming tank calibration.jpg|'''Resuming tank calibration'''
</gallery>The table is saved automatically after you click the '''+''' button.

Next, you should add the first portion of fuel to the tank. Once the level changes ('''3''') and is displayed as Stable ('''4'''), press the '''+''' button ('''1''').

In this example, level ('''3''') does not change because during the work on this manual we did not have fuel to carry out a real calibration of the tank. In your case, the level should change (if the fuel touches the tubes) and be Stable before you press the + button.

The following line ('''2''') will appear. The value in the Fuel column will increase according to the Step size ('''5''') you specified when you created the table or when you last modified it ('''3''').<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''Adding the first portion to the tank'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''Adding a tank calibration line'''
</gallery>You can also change any line by pressing and holding it for some time, after which a dialog box will appear. This way you can correct possible errors.
[[File:Editing a tank calibration line.jpg|none|thumb|386x386px|'''Editing a tank calibration line''']]
If you press a line and hold it and swipe left, it will be deleted.

[[File:Tank calibration GIF.gif|frameless]]

Then, add the next portion of fuel to the tank. Wait for the level to change and stabilize, then press the '''+''' button ('''1'''). Continue this until the tank is full.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|'''Adding a second portion to the tank'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''Adding a tank calibration line'''
</gallery>

=== What to do if it is not possible to completely empty the tank? ===
If you cannot completely empty the tank, you should somehow calculate the amount of fuel that is in the tank. After this, you can manually edit the table so that it looks like the example below. Or simply edit the table file before you upload it to the monitoring platform.

Let's assume that there are already 10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed, so when you place the sensor in the tank, it will immediately begin to show the level of 115, instead of 1.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed'''
File:Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank.jpg|'''Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank'''
</gallery>Next, you can add the next portion to the tank. The level value should change. If the level does not change, check the drain holes. They may be blocked by duct tape that you may have used while calibrating the sensor or by pieces of sealing compound.

If this happens, the air trapped inside the tubes prevents the fuel from rising.
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box''']]

=== Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs ===
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion '''only''' in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|'''Example of FLS 1 calibration table''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''Example of FLS 2 calibration table''']]

=== Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length ===
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. '''IMPORTANT''': it is necessary to reduce the portion '''only''' in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''Example of FLS 1 calibration table''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''Example of FLS 2 calibration table''']]

=== Filtration ===
After tank calibration is completed, select the required “'''Filtration'''” ('''1''') and click “'''Set parameters'''” ('''2''')

[[File:Wired filtration setting mobile.png|frameless]]

[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless]]

Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:

==== Recommended filtration level for wired FLS ====
{| class="wikitable"
|'''0-1'''
|'''Stationary units'''
|-
|'''2-6'''
|'''Vehicles on high or medium quality roads'''
|-
|'''7-12'''
|'''Agricultural machinery units'''
|-
|'''13-15'''
|'''Heavy-duty machinery'''
|}
General tips for installing filtration:

* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration
* Only median filtering type should be set
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|654x654px|'''Example before enabling filtering and after''']]

=== Setting and deleting a password ===
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.

To do this:
* Go to the "'''Additional Features'''" menu
[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless]]

* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click '''“Install”'''. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''

[[File:Wired set password mobile.jpg|frameless]]

{{Warning|1=Please note that the password reset procedure can be very time-consuming. We recommend that you take a responsible approach in setting your password and saving it.}}

* To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure

* Go to the "'''Additional Features'''" menu

[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless]]

* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you lose your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click “'''Remove'''”

[[File:Wired remove password mobile.jpg|frameless]]

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

== Connecting the sensor to the GPS tracker ==

=== General instructions ===
[[File:Wired recommendations.png|frameless|940x940px]]

Depending on the operating mode and purpose of the sensor, additional components are used in the power supply and signal circuits: filters, optocouplers, ballast resistors and fuses. The elements are installed in the driver’s cabin of a vehicle or other equipment. If it is not possible to install in these locations, provide them with additional protection from external climatic (for example, sun, precipitation) and operational (for example, heating, moving parts) influences. Additional components are located at a safe distance from fuel and its flammable products in explosion-proof areas.

To protect the power circuit, use fuses of the appropriate rating (see FU1 in the diagrams).

'''To ensure spark protection of the power circuit, use ballast resistors of the appropriate rating (see R1 in the diagrams). Place the resistors outside the explosive zone: in the event of high-voltage surges in the sensor power line, the resistor will fail and the circuit will break, eliminating the possibility of sparking in the explosive zone.'''

Connecting cables are laid away from parts that move and heat up during operation of the equipment. If there is no additional insulation of the connecting cable wires, use flame-retardant polymer corrugated tubes used in automotive technology.

=== Connection diagrams ===
In order to connect the sensor to the GPS tracker and to the power source, use the diagram presented below.
[[File:Wired RS-485 no R.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''RS-485 connection diagram''']]
[[File:Wired RS-485 with R.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''RS-485 connection diagram With resistor for explosion protection certificate''']]
To achieve explosion safety, the sensor in any mode must be connected through a resistor and not a fuse.
{{Note|1=Not with the fuse, but instead of the fuse}}

[[File:Wired Frequency mode.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Wiring diagram for Frequency output''']]

== Sensor and cable sealing ==

=== Sealing sensor of the current design ===
You will need a sensor protective cover and a seal from the kit.<gallery widths="300" heights="300">
File:Protective cover for wired FLS.png|'''Protective cover for wired FLS'''
File:New design seal.png|'''Seal TD-500'''
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head
[[File:Wired FLS with protective cover.png|none|thumb|460x460px|'''Wired FLS with protective cover''']]
Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outwards''')

<gallery widths="400" heights="400">
File:Installing a seal on a wired FLS.png|'''Installing a seal on a wired FLS'''
File:Installed seal on the wired FLS.png|'''Installed seal on a wired FLS'''
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw the special key from the kit into it (you can also use any self-tapping screw of a suitable size) and pull it towards you.
[[File:Removal of the seal of the wired FLS.png|none|thumb|533x533px|'''Removal of the seal of the wired FLS''']]
[[File:Seal after removal.png|none|thumb|'''Seal after removal''']]
Thus, it will be impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.

==== Alternative sealing of a current design sensor ====
Also included with the sensor of the current design is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.

* It is necessary to pass the cable through the hole in the sensor cover
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 1.png|frameless|511x511px]]

* Pass both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 2.png|frameless|517x517px]]

* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing on the protruding part
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 3.png|frameless|664x664px]]

=== Sealing sensor of the former design ===
[[File:Sealing sensor of the former design.png|frameless|512x512px]]

=== Cable sealing ===
To seal the sensor connector, insert a plastic seal into the special hole on the sensor connector

[[File:Wire sealing.png|frameless|493x493px]]

== Updating the sensor firmware ==
[https://docs.google.com/document/d/1KZYZBx8zbcA7TRlT8QX4W5yt2mHhz334fVjsXdTpS4c/edit]'''[https://docs.google.com/document/d/16KhS0ZV5Hrb44J66LmGOy7Gy2TKcuEqU/edit Firmware update instructions]''' for sensors with serial number higher than 254483

'''[https://youtu.be/BVCs-LiWLVs There is also a video instructional guide]''' for sensors with serial number higher than 254483

'''[https://docs.google.com/document/d/1KZYZBx8zbcA7TRlT8QX4W5yt2mHhz334fVjsXdTpS4c/edit Firmware update instructions]''' for sensors with serial number higher below 254483

'''You can find the latest firmware version in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td500 downloads section of our website]'''

== Common problems and solutions ==

=== Level 7000 ===
Level 7000 is an error code Short circuit. This indicates that there is dirt, water, chips or other impurities in the tubes. All of these can be highly conductive, while the sensor is designed to work with dielectrics such as fuel.

You should clean the sensor tubes preferably by flushing them with the clean fuel and blowing them through the drain holes with compressed air.

If this error occurred after the start of operation of the sensor, it means that most likely these impurities got into the sensor tubes from the tank and in this case it is also needed to ensure that the tank itself doesn't contain any contaminations. Clean the tank, if necessary. Note that a fuel level sensor installed outside a contaminated tank may function correctly, but the same sensor installed in such a tank may generate this error code.

=== Level 6500 ===
This code may indicate that the tubes have lost contact. This error code may be generated immediately after cutting the tubes. In this case, simply calibrate the sensor.

If this does not help, check the CNT. If the CNT is below 10,000, it is very likely that the tubes are not in contact with the sensor board.

Take a photo of the sensor head (the sensor serial number should be visible), its tubes (the correspondence or discrepancy of the tubes length should be clearly visible), take a screenshot of the main screen of the sensor and the Settings menu page in the application and send these data to tech support.

=== The sensor does not connect or is not recognized in the application ===
If the sensor does not connect to the configurator, do the following:

* Make sure that the correct COM port number is selected and that drivers and libraries are installed (STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port ('''1''')(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A ('''2''')(C200M2) in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager "to enter this menu, press '''win+r''' and enter '''devmgmt.msc''' and press '''OK''' ('''3''') and then expand the com ports submenu ('''4''')"
* [[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|853x853px]]
* [[File:Com ports selection.png|frameless|684x684px]]
* If possible, connect another sensor that is sure to work; if it connects, then there are no problems with the COM port or converter

* Connect another USB cable to the C200M (ADD PWR connector); check if the USB cable is working
* If another converter is used, ensure that sufficient power is supplied to the sensor (12 volts is optimal)
* When connecting the sensor, press Search for sensors within 15 seconds after power is applied to the sensor
* If the above does not help, reflash the FW of the sensor
* If you cannot complete the firmware, contact our technical support

=== Checking the connection between the sensor and the tracker via RS-485 ===
If the sensor, for some reason, after you have configured everything correctly, does not transmit data to the tracker, you need to find out whether data is being exchanged between devices.

To do this, connect the sensor to the tracker via RS-485. Connect power to both devices.

After that, take the RS-485-USB converter and connect it between the sensor and the tracker as shown below:

For RS-485, lines A and B of the converter must be connected to lines A and B of the sensor
[[File:RS-485 Logging Connections .png|none|thumb|579x579px|'''RS-485 Logging Connections''']]
Run [https://drive.google.com/file/d/10i7v4TZ9-JDJYPAh-9JSh4x6vkM93BVV/view?usp=sharing terminal.exe] and configure the COM port as shown below:

Baud rate – 19200, Parity – None, Stop-bits – 1, Handshaking – None

Also, check HEX or ASCII depending on the format in which information from the sensor will be transmitted. For all sensors except the TD-600 configured in RS-232 mode, you must select HEX.

After connecting the converter correctly, select the COM port and click Connect. If the sensor is polled by the tracker and responds, then everything is in order.
[[File:Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485.png|none|thumb|555x555px|'''Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485''']]
If there is no communication between the two devices, try polling the sensor manually.

To do this, enter the request '''31$01$06$6C''' for the sensor with network address 1 and click '''Send'''
[[File:Sending a request to the sensor.png|none|thumb|550x550px|'''Sending a request to the sensor''']]
The structure of the request depends on the network address of the sensor. If you change the sensor address to 255, for example, then the request would look like this

'''31$FF$06$29'''

'''FF''' - 255 in HEX

'''29''' - '''CRC''' checksum calculated for a specific request

In order to calculate the checksum, you can go to the '''[https://crccalc.com/ crccalc]''' website and enter your request without the '''$''' sign, select HEX, CRC-8/MAXIM and click Calc CRC-8
[[File:CRC calculation for address 255.png|none|thumb|544x544px|'''CRC calculation for address 255''']]
If the sensor is polled by the tracker and responds, then everything is in order.

If the sensor does not respond to the tracker, but responds to a request you send manually, you should check your tracker's RS-485 ports.

If the sensor does not respond to anything, the standard FLS diagnostic procedure should be carried out.

== Description of the LLS protocol ==
The protocol is described in this [https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/12cmqjmKU7KKg6ms8wnTsv6Ttb1gohf8b/edit?usp=sharing&ouid=113197106569288024895&rtpof=true&sd=true document]

Example of a request and response for 1 network address:

Request: '''''31 01 06 6C'''''

Response from sensor: '''''3E 01 06 19 01 00 92 5D BE'''''

== Purpose of contacts and wires ==
[[File:TD-500 wiring.png|frameless|704x704px]]

== Remote control of FLS Escort ==
At the moment, Navtelecom and GlonassSoft trackers have the ability to configure wired Escort FLS by remotely connecting to the gps tracker without using the above commands. This can be done according to these instructions:

'''[https://youtu.be/n_HxgImFvPs Smart and Signal, built-in configurator]'''

'''[https://youtu.be/npxXyVOtfh0 Smart and Signal by creating commands in the configurator]'''

'''[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=p6JkD-AuSHk UMKa]'''

It is also possible to send commands via SMS commands or tracker tracker.

At the moment, we know that the remote control function is supported by trackers of the Smart and Signal family produced by Navtelecom (Signal, Smart), Technocom (AvtoGRAPH) and GlonassSoft (UMKa). Transmission of commands to the sensor is possible only in RS-485 operating mode.

First you need to open the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 PC configurator Escort]; The converter and/or tracker must be disconnected from the computer. In the '''Service''' tab, click on the '''Remote control''' option.

[[File:Remote control Settings.png|frameless|714x714px]]

A window for generating commands for sending will open:

[[File:Remote control Settings menu.jpg|frameless|674x674px]]

Here you need:

# Choose what type of commandd to generate
# Specify the current network address of the sensor to which the command will be sent
# Specify the parameters that need to be changed by this command
# Click on the '''Generate''' button
# Then you need to send the selected part of the command via the tracker configurator or by SMS message to the number of the current SIM card of this GPS tracker

ATTENTION: if a password is set on the sensor, you must first send a command to enter the password, and then the command that you need.

[[File:Command generation.png|frameless|700x700px]]

To decrypt the response to the sent command, you need:

# Copy that part of the response from the tracker that begins with '''3E01'''..., and paste it into the input/output field in the ''Remote'' ''control'' tab of the Escort configurator
# Click on '''Decode reply'''

[[File:Command decode process.png|frameless|717x717px]]

[[File:Decoded command information.jpg|frameless|718x718px]]

== Useful links ==
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-500/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-500.pdf?v=070224170633 Technical data sheet of the device]'''
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/produktsiya/datchik-urovnja-topliva/Jeskort-td-500/#active Product page]'''
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td500 Download materials]'''

{{Next|prev=TD-600|next=TD-Online}}

TD-600

2026-10-09T09:40:15Z

RINAT: Layout: «Sensor card» header, warning templates, legacy markup cleanup (manual text unchanged)

[[RU:ТД-600| Русская версия]]
[[es:TD-600| Versión en español]]
{{Sensor card
|type = Wired fuel level sensor
|photo = TD-600.png
|p1 = Measurement type |v1 = capacitive
|p2 = RS-485 |v2 = LLS, passive · active (every 2 s)
|p3 = RS-232 |v3 = LLS, passive · LLS and ASCII, active
|p4 = Analog output |v4 = 0.2…5 V
|p5 = Frequency output |v5 = 301…1323 Hz / 301…4395 Hz
|p6 = Level range |v6 = 1…1023 / 1…4095
|p7 = Setup |v7 = PC, USB–RS-485 converter C200M / C200M2
|datasheet = https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-600/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-600.pdf?v=101024180549
|downloads = https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/
|product = https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-600/#active
}}
== Definition and purpose of the sensor ==
High-precision fuel level sensors (FLS, also meters or sensors) of the Escort brand are designed to determine the filling level of petroleum products in fuel tanks, reservoirs and storage tanks. The '''TD-600''' meter (sensor) is used in transport technology as a fuel level meter, in industry - as a level meter for any light petroleum products. Escort FLS measurement type is capacitive. Its readings are based on the dielectric constant of the medium in which it operates; in this case, the medium is various types of light petroleum products (gasoline, diesel, kerosene, motor oil).

More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-600/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-600.pdf?v=101024180549 technical data sheet of the device]

== Basic terms and concepts ==
'''''Fuel level sensor (FLS)''' -'' device which is used for measuring fuel level.

'''''Serial number''' -'' code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).

'''''CNT''' -'' an oscillatory circuit, thanks to which the basic level of filling of the sensor measuring tubes with fuel is calculated. This level is converted to a final value determined by the data interface.

'''''Data transfer protocol''''' - a set of specific logical-level rules or conventions that govern the exchange of data between different programs or devices. For TD-600, the main transmission protocol is '''LLS via the RS-485 and RS-232 interfaces'''.

'''''Data transfer mode''''' - this is a type of boundary between two objects or nodes, which are regulated by a special accepted standard and implemented using established methods, tools and rules. TD-600 has the following operating modes:

* '''RS-485 Passive via LLS protocol'''
* '''RS-485 Active via LLS protocol'''
* '''RS-232''' '''Passive via LLS protocol'''
* '''RS-232''' '''Active via LLS and ASCII'''
* '''Analog'''
* '''Frequency'''

'''''Interface''''' - a physical connection method and/or a set of software tools that allows data to be transferred between two or more devices.

'''''RS-485''''' - digital data transmission mode. The sensor waits for a corresponding request from the receiving device. Works using the LLS protocol. Based on CNT, a value is generated in conventional units of the selected range (1-1023 units or 1-4095 units). On sensors with a serial number higher than '''26339 RS-485 and''' '''RS-232 work in parallel.'''

'''''Converter''''' - digital converter RS-485 to USB ([https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/escort_c-200m/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20%D0%A1-200%D0%9C.pdf?v=200320145441 С200М] или [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/escort_c-200m/Datasheet%20Escort%20C-200M2.pdf?v=050623134318 С200М2]) for configuring wired sensors.

'''''Active (periodic) RS-485''''' - operating mode in which the sensor, without waiting for a request from the receiver, itself transmits packets with command data within 2 seconds.

'''RS-232''' - digital data transmission mode. It works according to '''LLS and ASCII''' protocol, if there is a '''LLS''' request the sensor responds according to '''LLS''' protocol if there is no request the sensor actively outputs data in ASCII format. On the basis of '''CNT''' the value in conventional units of the selected range is formed (1-1023 units or 1-4095 units). On sensors with a serial number higher than '''26339 RS-485 and''' '''RS-232 work in parallel.'''

'''''Analog''''' - mode in which a corresponding voltage is generated based on the CNT in the approximate range of 0.2-5V.

'''''Frequency''''' - mode in which the corresponding frequency in Hz is generated based on the CNT (301-1323 Hz with a value range of 1-1023; 301-4395 Hz with a value range of 1-4095).

'''''Impulse''''' - mode, in which a 27 Hz pulse train is formed on the basis of CNT. The number of pulses in the pack corresponds to the measured fuel level. The minimum level corresponds to a pack of 2 pulses, the maximum - to a pack of 1025 pulses.

'''''Gps tracker''''' - the main element of the system for monitoring the operation of transportation carried out by means of satellite communication. Without it, it is impossible to control transportation, to determine the coordinates of the vehicle location. It collects information from sensors and on-board system of the vehicle, and then transmits it to the device/server, which belong to the controlling specialist.

== Preparation ==

=== Preparing the Tank ===
To prepare the tank you should:

* Empty the tank, clean and dry if necessary
* '''Remove fuel vapors and air from the tank''' (especially for a gasoline tank, but in the case of a diesel engine, this procedure should not be neglected, since gasoline could be added to the diesel); to do this, you can heat water to boiling point and direct the resulting steam into the tank or use carbon dioxide so that it displaces fuel vapors and air; ensure that any open flame sources are sufficiently far away from the fuel tank
* [[File:Removing fuel vapors.png|frameless|712x712px]]
* '''Find the geometric center of the tank and drill a hole''' in it using a '''ø3mm''' drill bit. Then, using a piece of stiff wire, examine the tank for the presence of partitions in it
* [[File:Choosing a location for installing the FLS.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Choosing a location for installing the FLS''']][[File:Little hole drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Drilling the tank and subsequent examination of the tank for the presence of partitions''']]

* If the space inside the tank in the selected location is free, '''drill a ø 35 mm hole using a bimetallic bit'''; When drilling, keep the bit tilted slightly to prevent the cut section from falling into the tank. Use a magnet to catch chips and prevent them from getting into the tank.[[File:Angled drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Drilling a hole at an angle''']]
* [[File:Removing metal part.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Removing a Drilled Disc''']]
* If it is impossible to install the sensor in the geometric center of the tank, try choosing another location as close as possible to the geometric center of the tank; this point should coincide with the place where the height of the tank is maximum. This way you reduce the risk and amplitude of level fluctuations associated with fuel movement while driving.

==== Why should the sensor be mounted in the geometric center of the tank? ====
'''The highest point must be chosen so that the sensor can measure the level of all the fuel inside the tank without any blind spots.'''

The fuel level readings from a sensor installed in the center of the tank will be least affected by movement and fuel overflow in the tank.

If it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank, consider installing two sensors diagonally at two corners. When fuel flows to one side of the tank, the level on the corresponding sensor will rise, and on the opposite side, the level will correspondingly decrease, while the average level will remain unchanged.

[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=T0Pd6TOpuc8&ab_channel=EscortSensors Video example of the importance of installing the sensor at the geometric center of the tank.]
[[File:Sensor position and fuel flow.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Sensor position and fuel flow''']]

{{Warning|1=Before starting the calibration, the vehicle/fuel tank must be positioned flat in relation to the horizon, i.e. on a level surface without a slope.}}
If the tank has an irregular geometric shape, the sensor must be installed at the maximum depth of the tank, closer to the geometric center.
[[File:The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank.png|none|thumb|749x749px|'''The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank''']][[File:Ladder tank.png|frameless|625x625px]]

[[File:Ladder tank I.png|frameless|596x596px]]

===== When installation in the center is impossible - two or more FLS. =====
To increase accuracy and reduce level fluctuations, install two sensors in one tank. This solution is mainly used in tanks with a capacity of more than 600 liters and having a length of 1500 mm. Sensors must not be installed close to the walls of the tank.

Also, two or more sensors should be installed if it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank and (or) the tank has an elongated shape, i.e. The length of the tank is significantly greater than its height.
[[File:Two sensors installed diagonally.png|none|thumb|795x795px|'''Two sensors installed diagonally''']]
'''Note.''' Installing a single sensor in an elongated tank will allow you to detect drains and refills. But increased level fluctuations while driving may not allow the monitoring platform to correctly read fuel consumption. Therefore, installing two sensors is preferable.

=== Installation locations in tanks of complex shapes ===

==== Saddle-Style Fuel Tanks ====
In this case, it is desirable to install two fuel level sensors in the deepest places along the geometric center of the depressions.

[[File:Saddle shape.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape top view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape side view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

==== Cylindrical tank ====
In this case, the sensor must be installed in the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank top view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

===== Long cylindrical tank =====
In the case of elongated cylindrical tanks, to improve readings while driving, it is necessary to install two sensors at an equal distance from the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank long.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank long inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

===== Ladder shape tank =====
If there is a difference in height in the tank and there is no common bed, it may be necessary to install two fuel level sensors.

[[File:Ladder 2 tank.png|frameless|782x782px]]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

====== Ladder shape tank's tank calibration ======
When calibrating, it is necessary to create two tables, one for "'''FLS 1'''" and the second for "'''FLS 2'''"

Let's assume that the calibration step is 10 liters.

At the beginning of calibration, when the fuel is in the "'''Red Zone'''", the level changes will only occur on "'''FLS 2'''", so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 2'''".

When the fuel is in the "'''Yellow Zone'''" changes will occur on both "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''", during this period we record changes in both tables with half a step, that is, we also fill in 10 liters, but we record 5 liters in the table of each sensor.

When the fuel is in the "'''Green Zone'''" the changes will only occur on "'''FLS 1'''" so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 1'''".

On the platform "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''" are started as separate sensors with their own tables and then a third virtual sensor is created with the sum of liters for two sensors, an example of starting two FLS on the platform is shown [https://docs.google.com/document/d/14p9GYmY0D1Wjz0ZfJXO-soVfxRBP7EiY7TgibD6vmZQ/edit?usp=sharing in this instruction.]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank calibration.png|frameless|750x750px]]

=== Preparing the sensor ===

==== Preparing the sensor tubes ====
Before calibrating the sensor, you should '''determine the future length''' of the measuring tubes in accordance with the height of the tank and '''cut or extend them'''. The length of the tubes should be calculated according to the following formula:

'''L = H - 15 mm,'''

where L - tubes length after changing the length

and

H - height of the tank at the installation point.
{{Warning|1=The minimum length of the tubes should not be less than 15 cm (150 mm). Otherwise, it will most likely not be possible to obtain adequate graphics. The maximum length of the tubes can reach 6m.}}

[[File:Measuring height of the tank.png|none|thumb|780x780px|'''Measuring height of the tank''']]
[[File:Measuring tubes length.png|none|thumb|772x772px|'''Measuring the length of tubes''']]
Use a hacksaw to cut the tubes. When sawing, be careful not to damage the connection of the tubes to the circuit board inside the sensor head and to prevent metal shavings from falling into the tubes.
[[File:Cutting the tubes.gif|none|thumb|600x600px|'''Cutting the tubes''']]
'''Avoid getting shavings inside the tubes - this may lead to a short circuit in the sensor; if this happens, blow the tubes with compressed air through the drainage holes under the sensor flange.''' Sand the edges of the tubes with sandpaper to remove any burrs or irregularities.

To extend sensor tubing, use a collet extension and an additional tube.Inner nuts (yellow elements) are used to connect the inner tubes.
[[File:Collet connection.png|none|thumb|753x753px|'''Collet connection''']]
Once they are installed and the studs are screwed into them, the tubes do not have to touch each other, but try to get them as close to each other as possible.
[[File:Internal connection of the collet connection.png|none|thumb|748x748px|'''Internal connection of the collet connection''']]
The outer coupling and the corresponding nuts must be securely tightened. '''The outer tubes should touch each other.'''
[[File:Collet connection installed.png|none|thumb|750x750px|'''Collet connection installed''']]
[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b_WtOHzKtDM Watch this video on our YouTube channel for a real-time overview of the connection.]

=== Connection dimensions ===
[[File:Dimenstions TD 150.png|none|thumb|459x459px|'''Connection dimensions of the wired FLS''']]

== Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator%20for%20WinXP.zip?v=300721140058 the configurator on a PC] ==

=== Installation of the configurator and connection to the sensor ===
The sensor can be configured using the '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator%20for%20WinXP.zip?v=300721140058 configurator on PC] version 2.7.1''' (hereinafter referred to as “'''configurator'''”).

If you get an error when running configurator 2.7.1, you need to install [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/other/Component_registration.zip?v=270519154439 additional Microsoft libraries.]

After starting the installation of components, you must wait for the message that the installation is complete, this may take a long time on some computers.

[[File:Runtimepack installation.png|frameless]]

'''Connect the sensor to the USB-RS-485 converter using a 6-pin MOLEX connector''' or using cable clamps if a cable route is connected to the sensor. Orange wire is line A of the RS-485 sensor interface, white wire is line B of the RS-485 sensor interface, black wire is GND, red is PWR.
[[File:Sensor connected via MOLEX.png|none|thumb|759x759px|'''Sensor connected via MOLEX''']]
[[File:Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps.png|none|thumb|758x758px|'''Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps''']]
We recommend using our Escort C200M/C200M2 USB-RS-485 converter, since we cannot guarantee 100% compatibility of our devices with converters from other brands.

When working with a laptop, we recommend connecting it to the power supply and/or connecting an additional USB cable to the ADD connector of the PWR C200M. Otherwise, there may not be enough power to operate the sensor and transmitter.

Along with installing the configurator 1.0.2.38, the drivers for the C200M will be installed automatically.

If you use C200M2 on Windows 10 and 11 operating systems, drivers should be installed automatically from Windows Update, on the Windows 7 operating system and below, you may need to disable the electronic signature of drivers and manually install drivers for the С200M2.

If the driver was installed correctly, then after connecting the converter to your PC/laptop, you will see the STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port ('''1''')(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A ('''2''')(C200M2) device in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager " to enter this menu, press '''win+r''' and enter '''devmgmt.msc''' and press '''OK''' ('''3''') and then expand the com ports submenu ('''4''')"

The com port number displayed in this menu is also needed to connect the sensor.

[[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|830x830px]]

After connecting the inverter, the sensor to it and checking the installation of drivers with checking the com port number of the inverter it is necessary to open the configurator, select the necessary com port which we could find out in the device manager(1) and press the button '''Open port'''(2).

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator.jpg|frameless|823x823px]]

After opening the port, connect the sensor to the transmitter and click '''Search for sensors'''

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator Connection.jpg|frameless|818x818px]]
{{Note|1=The connection to the FLS should be made within 15 seconds after the sensor has been connected to power, if the sensor operating mode has been changed from RS-485 to any other.}}
After connecting the sensor, you should see this menu:

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator data.jpg|frameless|800x800px]]

# Sensor serial number
# Sensor firmware version (FW)
# Current value “Empty”
# Current value “Full”
# Network address of the sensor being polled (This address is used for RS-485 and RS-232 mode connections)
# Current CNT level (raw level value) of the sensor
# Current sensor level
# Sensor temperature
# Current sensor operating mode
# Additional sensor settings such as: Master mode, range (1024 il 4096), angle transmission redim.
# Current degree of filtration

=== Sensor calibration ===
[[File:TD-600 calibration PC example.gif|frameless|600x600px]]

After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes - you must perform a sensor calibration procedure.

To do this you need:

* Insert the centralizer into the tubes
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by covering the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes by turning the sensor upside down or immersing the sensor tubes completely in fuel)
* Wait for CNT level to stabilize (1)
* Click “'''Set Current level'''” (2) opposite “Full”
* The value “'''Full'''”(3) should change to a value close to the current CNT value (1), but not equal to it, because this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator Level .jpg|frameless|798x798px]]
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|517x517px|'''Centralizer''']]
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Centralizer at the end of the tubes''']]
<gallery widths="350" heights="300">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)'''
</gallery>

* Empty the tubes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the tubes
* Wait for CNT to stabilize ('''1''')
* Click “'''Set Current level'''” (2) opposite “Empty”
* The value "'''Empty'''" (3) should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT (1), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:2.7.1 configurator Full.jpg|frameless|872x872px]]

* The sensor level should display as 1, the sensor calibration process is complete.

Thus, CNT should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the Empty calibration value to the Full calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]
{{Warning|1=Unblock the drainage holes after calibration!}}
[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|759x759px]]

=== Setting the calibration value Full and Empty manually ===
We do not recommend using this functionality, but you can set the Full and Empty calibration values manually to save time when you are using sensors of the same length in the same tanks.
{{Warning|1=Setting calibration values manually will most likely increase the sensor error! We do not recommend doing this!}}
To do this, enter the calibration values Full and Empty of the previously calibrated sensor into the corresponding fields in the configurator and click “Set” against “Empty” and “Full”

[[File:2.7.1 Manual set .jpg|frameless|835x835px]]

=== Setting the mode, range and network address ===

==== Setting the mode ====
Under '''Modes''' (1), you can switch between the sensor's operating modes. The mode name is the same as the interface used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS tracker.

Check the desired mode and press '''Set''' (2).

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator mode set.jpg|frameless|835x835px]]

- '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the tracker's RS-485 interface. The tracker must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The tracker must be able to poll sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol'''. On sensors with a serial number higher than '''26339 RS-485 and''' '''RS-232 work in parallel.'''

- '''Analog mode''' is used when the sensor is connected to the analog input of the tracker (AIN), which can receive a signal from the sensor '''in the range of ≈0.2V ... ≈5.0V'''

- '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS tracker to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''

- '''Impulse mode''' should be used when the sensor is connected to the impulse input of the tracker.

- '''Active RS485 mode''' should be used if the tracker has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently poll the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.

'''- R232 mode''' should be used if the tracker has an RS-232connection interface(input Rx and Tx); On sensors with a serial number higher than '''26339 RS-485 and''' '''RS-232 work in parallel.'''

In this mode, the sensor waits for a request from the tracker via the LLS protocol, e.g:
* '''3101066C''' is a request for information about the fuel level and temperature of the sensor with network number 1 (Sensor ID in RS-232 mode);
* '''3E0106110100010030''' sensor response to the above request; 11 – temperature in HEX (17°C), 01 00 – level 00 01 HEX (reverse byte order, 1501 is 0115 converts to 276); the rest of the bytes are not informative, except for the last one, which is the checksum CRC-8 MAXIM;
* If the sensor does not receive such requests within 10 sec, it starts sending its readings in ASCII format, for example '''F=С0F2 t=11 N=0001.0 <CR><LF>''') F is CNT, t is temperature, N is level, all in HEX.

[[File:TD-600 data examples.jpg|frameless|919x919px]]

==== Setting the range ====
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, RS-232, Active RS-485 or Frequency modes, you can select a range of 1-1023 or 1-4095 (1) . In frequency mode, the range will be 300Hz to 1323Hz or 300Hz to 4395Hz.

After changing the range, press “'''Set'''” (2).

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator range set.jpg|frameless|835x835px]]

The range 1-1023 is most often used for sensors that are shorter than 1 meter. However, if it is a stationary tank with a small height, while the length and width are greater than 2-3 meters, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.

==== Setting the network address ====
The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (gps tracker).
{{Warning|1=There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.}}
To change the network address, enter a new address in the range of 0-255, click “'''Change Network Address'''” (1), enter the new address (2), click “'''OK'''”(3), then you need to “'''Search for Sensors'''”(4), to connect to the sensor with the new address.

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator Network address changes.jpg|frameless|835x835px]]

=== Additional options ===

==== Master mode ====
The TD-600 sensor also has an additional master mode in which the TD-600 polls up to 7 connected sensors (slaves) via RS-485 using the LLS protocol and transmits its and their data in ASCII format in the active mode via RS-232

Example of information output by a sensor with 2 connected slaves:

'''t_0=11;N_0=0001.0;t_1=15;N_1=02D8.0;t_2=FFFFFFBF;N_2=0025.0'''

where t_* is temperature in HEX

11 is 17°C, 15 is 21°C, '''FFFFFFBF''' is a negative value, the first 6 digits can be ignored BF is 191 so the value is -65°C via the following formula x-256.

N_* is level in HEX

0001 is 1, 02D8 is 728, 0025 is 37

The digit after the number means the slave number, 0 is the data of TD-600 itself, 1-7 are the slave numbers.

To enable the master mode, check the '''Master mode''' checkbox and click '''Set mode'''.

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator master mode.jpg|frameless|449x449px]]

To set up connection between TD-600 Master and slave sensors, check '''S1 ... S7 lines''' and enter network addresses of each slave sensor in the '''Net_Num''' field. Set an individual network address for each slave sensor in the settings of both the master and the slave itself and then click '''Set'''.

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator master sensors.jpg|frameless|765x765px]]

==== Angle measurement ====
Sometimes monitoring platforms may detect false drains and refueling while the vehicle is moving.

To solve this problem, you can use readings of the accelerometer built into the TD-600 sensor.

For this purpose, select RS-485 only (this function will not work in Periodic RS-485 mode or in any other mode) The main network address of the sensor must be different from 255.

Check the ''''Angle'''<nowiki/>' box (1) in the '''Modes''' section of the configurator. Then, click '''Set''' (2) first and then '''Search for sensors'''.

In this mode the tilt angle will be transmitted to the next from the main address of the sensor.

Press '''Horizon''' (3) to calibrate the tilt zero.

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator angle settings.jpg|frameless|816x816px]]

=== Tank calibration ===
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''Installing the sensor inside the tank'''
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''Screwing the self-tapping screws'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports.

In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the tank calibration menu in the application.

Suppose you need to calibrate a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.

To do this you should:
* Connect sensor Make sure that the filtration is set to “No” (1). Filtration slows down the level calculation and can increase the tank calibration time. Create an Excel table. Save it in .csv format. The first row of the table should look like this:[[File:First line in tank calibration table Excel.png|frameless|393x393px]] You can also create a text file on your PC/Phone or manually record calibration
* Select whether calibration is performed by filling or draining. The Filling method is recommended as it is more accurate. If you select the Drain method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.
* Select portion size

{{Warning|1=Portion volume is not the number of portions! This is the number of liters/gallons in each portion! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be divided into 10 portions, the portion size would be 30L.}}

* Start calibrating the tank by pouring portions into the tank or emptying the tank for a given portion and recording the level in the table after it has stabilized

An example of calibration by filling in portions of 10 liters and imagine that in this case there are 10 liters in the tank that cannot be removed and when the sensor is placed in the tank it immediately shows the value 115 instead of 1.

[[File:Tank calibration first portion.png|frameless]][[File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|frameless|356x356px]]

You add the first portion of fuel to the tank. The level should change from 115 to some other value. If the level does not change, check the sensor drain holes. They may be blocked by electrical tape, which must be removed after the sensor has been calibrated. If the holes are blocked, the air inside the tubes will prevent fuel from getting inside the tubes.

[[File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|frameless|447x447px]]

Next, add the following row to your table.

[[File:Wired Extended table.png|frameless]]

Continue this until the tank is full.

However, if there are bends or other irregularities in the shape of the tank, the volume of fuel portions should be reduced until the fuel level is above the irregularly shaped section of the tank. After overcoming such a section, you should return to the original portion volume.

Assume that you do the tank calibration in portions of 10 liters as before. The level rises to an area with a complex shape.

[[File:Tank calibration complex shape.png|frameless|512x512px]]

You reduce the serving size from 10 to 5 liters. And continue adding portions until you overcome the area with a complex shape.

[[File:Complex shaped tank next step.png|frameless|500x500px]]

When the level is above the problem area, you can return to the original serving volume of 10 liters.

Once the tank is full, you will have a calibration chart like the following example.

[[File:Tank is full.png|frameless]][[File:Filled tank calibration table.png|frameless]]

If in your case the level does not reach 1023 or 4095 because the tank cannot be filled completely, do not worry about it. It is acceptable that your table would end up like the following example, even though the sensor range is 1-1023.
[[File:Table for tank that can't be filled completely.png|none|thumb|'''Table for a tank that cannot be filled 100%''']]

The number of servings depends on the capacity of the tank. See the table with our recommendations below.
{| class="wikitable"
| colspan="3" |'''Recommended number and portion size for calibrating the tank'''
|-
|'''Tank volume'''
|'''Number of portions'''
|'''Volume of each portion'''
'''(Tank Volume / Number of portions)'''
|-
|'''0-60'''
|'''10-20'''
|'''3-4'''
|-
|'''61-100'''
|'''12-20'''
|'''5'''
|-
|'''101-500'''
|'''10-50'''
|'''10'''
|-
|'''501-1000'''
|'''20-50'''
|'''20'''
|-
|'''Over 1000'''
| colspan="2" |'''As per your capabilities. The rule of thumb is that the larger the portions and smaller the volume, the more accurate the data will be'''
|}
The '''rule of thumb''': more portions means more accurate reports on the monitoring platform.

You can create a table on your platform by loading it from a file or by entering values manually.
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box''']]

=== Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs ===
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains unchanged.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Example of FLS 1 calibration table''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|461x461px|'''Example of FLS 2 calibration table''']]

=== Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length ===
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains unchanged.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''Example of FLS 1 calibration table''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''Example of FLS 2 calibration table''']]

=== Filtration ===
Once the tank calibration is complete, select the desired filtration degree (1) and press “Set mode” (2)

[[File:2.7.1 Configurator Filtration.jpg|frameless|775x775px]]

Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:

==== Recommended filtration level for wired FLS ====
{| class="wikitable"
|'''0-1'''
|'''Stationary units'''
|-
|'''2-6'''
|'''Vehicles on high or medium quality roads'''
|-
|'''7-12'''
|'''Agricultural machinery units'''
|-
|'''13-15'''
|'''Heavy-duty machinery'''
|}
General tips for installing filtration:

* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration
* You only need to set the median filter type
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|807x807px|'''Example before enabling filtering and after.''']]

=== Setting and removing a password ===
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.

To do this:
* Click on the “Set Password” button(1), in the menu that opens you can enter a password consisting of numbers(2) and click “OK”(3) '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0'''.
* [[File:2.7.1 Configurator password.jpg|frameless|868x868px]]

{{Warning|1=Please note that the password reset procedure can be very time-consuming. We recommend that you take a responsible approach in setting your password and saving it.}}
To remove the password on the sensor

* Enter the password in the “'''Enter Password'''” menu
* Click set password and enter password 0

'''Attention!''' No password is set on the sensor by default! If you have connected a sensor and a password has already been set on the sensor, please contact technical support.

== Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via a [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config mobile application on Android] ==

=== Connection to the sensor ===
Wired sensors can be connected to a smartphone to the [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Escort Configurator app]. For this you will need:

* Smartphone running Android operating system with OTG technology support
* RS-485 - USB converter, for example, Escort C200m2
* USB-OTG adapter for connecting the converter to a smartphone

'''Attention! You cannot update the FW of the sensor through an application on a smartphone; this can only be done using a computer and the Bootloader program'''

By connecting the sensor to your smartphone you can:

* calibrate the sensor
* change filtering level
* change network address
* select the sensor operating mode
* select measurement range (1023 or 4095)
* set or change password
* calibrate the tank
[[File:Wired phone connection.png|none|thumb|500x500px|'''Diagram of sensor connection to the phone''']]
[[File:Wired phone connection with add. power.png|none|thumb|498x498px|'''Diagram of sensor connection to telephone with additional power supply''']]
* Connect the sensor to your smartphone according to the diagram
* Check that the converter is turned on (there is a power indication), on some models the OTG mode must be enabled manually in the phone settings
* [[File:OTG mode in OPPO phones.png|none|thumb|'''Example of enabling OTG mode on OPPO smartphones''']]
* Select the RS-485 tab ('''1''')
* Select Fuel level sensor ('''2''')
[[File:Wired mobile app main page.png|frameless]]
* When connecting for the first time, the phone should ask for access to the converter, click OK
[[File:Providing access to the C200M2.png|none|thumb|'''Providing access to the C200M2 in the app''']]
* If such a request does not appear and the sensor is not detected, try connecting additional power to the sensor according to the connection diagram, also check that the power indication on the converter is active and that the OTG mode is enabled on the smartphone
* If, after asking for permission, you receive the error “Unable to connect the device,” this is normal. Just select the fuel level sensor again.
* [[File:Error mobile connection.jpg|none|thumb|'''Error failed to connect device after requesting permission''']]
* If you are using a C200M inverter, you can connect an additional power supply to the inverter. To do this, you need to take a power supply for charging your smartphone with a microUSB connector and connect it to the C200M using the ADD PWR connector
* Once connected successfully, you will see the main screen of the sensor.
[[File:Wired mobile data page.png|frameless]]

# Sensor serial number
# Sensor firmware version (FW)
# Sensor temperature
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)
# Current sensor operating mode
# Current filtration type and level
# Current sensor level
# Connected sensor model

=== Sensor calibration ===
After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.

To do this you need:
* Go to the '''"Settings"''' menu

[[File:Wired mobile settings button.png|frameless|688x688px]]

* Insert the centralizer into the tubes
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by sealing the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes, turning the sensor upside down, or submerging the sensor tubes completely in fuel)
* Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''2''')
* Deselect the '''"Calibration without fuel"''' slider ('''1''')
* Press '''"Full"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Full"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''2'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired mobile settings page.png|frameless|456x456px]]
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|546x546px|'''Centrator''']]
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Centrator on the tubes''']]
<gallery widths="350" heights="300">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)'''
</gallery>

* Empty the tubes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the tubes
* Wait for CNT to stabilize ('''2''')
* Click '''"Empty"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Empty"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''2'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Mobile configurator Empty set.jpg|frameless]]

Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]
{{Warning|1=Unlock the drainage holes after calibration!}}
[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|726x726px]]

=== Calibration without fuel ===
An alternative calibration option is calibration without fuel.

In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty, there is no fuel in them, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch ('''1''') active ('''green''') and press '''"Calibrate"''' ('''2''') . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.

[[File:Wired calibration with fuel mobile.png|frameless]]

If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.

Initially there are two measurement ranges:
* From 1 to 1023
* From 1 to 4095

The sensor never sends a value of 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is displayed.

'''When calibrating without fuel, since the sensor does not know what fuel will be used, the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''

'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''

'''We recommend, if possible, calibration with fuel.'''

=== Setting the mode, range and network address ===

==== Setting the mode ====
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS tracker

Go to Settings

[[File:Wired mobile settings button.png|frameless]]

Select the mode you need('''1''') and press '''“Set parameters”'''('''2''')

[[File:TD-600 mobile mode.jpg|frameless]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless]]

- '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the tracker's RS-485 interface. The tracker must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The tracker must be able to poll sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol'''. On sensors with a serial number higher than '''26339 RS-485 and''' '''RS-232 work in parallel.'''

- '''Analog mode''' is used when the sensor is connected to the analog input of the tracker (AIN), which can receive a signal from the sensor '''in the range of ≈0.2V ... ≈5.0V'''

- '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS tracker to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''

- '''Impulse mode''' should be used when the sensor is connected to the impulse input of the tracker.

- '''Active RS485 mode''' should be used if the tracker has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently poll the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.

'''- R232 mode''' should be used if the tracker has an RS-232connection interface(input Rx and Tx); On sensors with a serial number higher than '''26339 RS-485 and''' '''RS-232 work in parallel.'''

In this mode, the sensor waits for a request from the tracker via the LLS protocol, e.g:

* '''3101066C''' is a request for information about the fuel level and temperature of the sensor with network number 1 (Sensor ID in RS-232 mode);
* '''3E0106110100010030''' sensor response to the above request; 11 – temperature in HEX (17°C), 01 00 – level 00 01 HEX (reverse byte order, 1501 is 0115 converts to 276); the rest of the bytes are not informative, except for the last one, which is the checksum CRC-8 MAXIM;
* If the sensor does not receive such requests within 10 sec, it starts sending its readings in '''ASCII''' format, for example '''F=С0F2 t=11 N=0001.0 <CR><LF>''') F is CNT, t is temperature, N is level, all in HEX.

[[File:TD-600 data examples.jpg|frameless|919x919px]]

==== Setting the range ====
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz''' or '''300Hz to 4395Hz'''.

After changing the range, press '''“Set parameters”''' ('''2''').

[[File:Wired setting range mobile.png|frameless|413x413px]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless|845x845px]]

'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, then the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.

==== Setting the network address ====
The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (gps tracker).
{{Warning|1=There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.}}
To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Network address”''' field ('''1''') and click “'''Set parameters'''” ('''2''')

[[File:Wired setting address.png|frameless|488x488px]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless|845x845px]]

=== Tank calibration ===

==== Master mode ====
The TD-600 sensor also has an additional master mode in which the TD-600 polls up to 7 connected sensors (slaves) via RS-485 using the LLS protocol and transmits its and their data in ASCII format in the active mode via RS-232

Example of information output by a sensor with 2 connected slaves:

'''t_0=11;N_0=0001.0;t_1=15;N_1=02D8.0;t_2=FFFFFFBF;N_2=0025.0'''

where t_* is temperature in HEX

11 is 17°C, 15 is 21°C, '''FFFFFFBF''' is a negative value, the first 6 digits can be ignored BF is 191 so the value is -65°C via the following formula x-256.

N_* is level in HEX

0001 is 1, 02D8 is 728, 0025 is 37

The digit after the number means the slave number, 0 is the data of TD-600 itself, 1-7 are the slave numbers.

To activate the wizard mode, go to the “'''Master Mode'''” menu

[[File:TD-600 master mode mobile.jpg|frameless]]

Check “'''Master Mode'''” and enable the required number of slaves and specify their addresses, they must be different from each other and from the sensor address. And then click “'''Set'''”

[[File:TD-600 master settings mobile.jpg|frameless]]

==== Angle measurement ====
Sometimes monitoring platforms may detect false drains and refueling while the vehicle is moving.

To solve this problem, you can use readings of the accelerometer built into the TD-600 sensor.

For this purpose, select '''RS-485 only (this function will not work in Periodic RS-485 mode or in any other mode)''' The main network address of the sensor must be different from 255.

In this mode the tilt angle will be transmitted to the next from the main address of the sensor.

To enable tilt angle transmission, go to “'''Additional features'''”

[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless]]

Enable the switch '''"Transmit angle"'''

To calibrate the tilt zero, you must press “'''Set 0'''”

[[File:TD-600 angle set mobile.jpg|frameless]]

=== Tank calibration ===
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''Installing the sensor inside the tank'''
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''Tightening screws'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports.

In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the tank calibration menu in the application.

Suppose you need to calibrate a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.

To do this, you should connect the sensor and go to settings and check that the filtering is set to 0.

Filtration slows down level calculations and can increase tank calibration time.

Then go to the tank calibration menu

[[File:TD-600 tank calibration mobile.jpg|frameless]]

Then, you can click '''Start''' to create a new table, or click '''Resume''' to select an existing table from your smartphone memory and continue working with it. If you click '''Resume''', you will need to locate the table file on your Android device that you created/downloaded earlier. Select another folder using the Main Menu button ('''1''') or using the drop-down menu ('''2'''). Select the table and click on it ('''3''')<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration page.jpg|'''Start or Continue tank calibration'''
File:Folder search numbered.png|'''Selecting a tank calibration table file for resuming the tank calibration'''
</gallery>If you click Start, you will also need to select the folder in which the table will be saved ('''2''') and click the button to select it ('''3''')
[[File:Start tank calibration folder wired.png|none|thumb|'''Selecting a folder and creating a new tank calibration file''']]
Then, you can select the '''Fill''' or '''Drain''' method ('''1, 2'''). The '''Fill''' method is recommended as it is more accurate.

If you select the Drain method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.

Next, give the table file a name ('''3''') and set the portion size ('''4''').
{{Warning|1=Serving volume is not the number of servings! This is the number of liters/gallons in each serving! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be packaged into 10 servings, the serving size would be 30 L.}}
After this, click Continue ('''5''').<gallery widths="400" heights="600">
File:Tank calibration filling.png|'''Selection of tank calibration method, table name, portion size'''
File:Tank calibration draining.png|'''Selection of drain tank calibration method, selection of fuel volume in the tank'''
</gallery>After this, you will have a table in which the first row will be 0 liters and level 1. <gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration first line.jpg|'''First tank calibration line. 0 liters-gallons and level 1'''
</gallery>You can always pause tank calibration and resume it.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration.png|'''Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration'''
File:Resuming tank calibration.jpg|'''Resuming tank calibration'''
</gallery>The table is saved automatically after you click the '''+''' button.

Next, you should add the first portion of fuel to the tank. Once the level changes ('''3''') and is displayed as Stable ('''4'''), press the '''+''' button ('''1''').

In this example, level ('''3''') does not change because during the work on this manual we did not have fuel to carry out a real calibration of the tank. In your case, the level should change (if the fuel touches the tubes) and be Stable before you press the + button.

The following line ('''2''') will appear. The value in the Fuel column will increase according to the Step size ('''5''') you specified when you created the table or when you last modified it ('''3''').<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''Adding the first portion to the tank'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''Adding a tank calibration line'''
</gallery>You can also change any line by pressing and holding it for some time, after which a dialog box will appear. This way you can correct possible errors.
[[File:Editing a tank calibration line.jpg|none|thumb|483x483px|'''Editing a tank calibration line''']]
If you press a line and hold it and swipe left, it will be deleted.

[[File:Tank calibration GIF.gif|frameless]]

Then, add the next portion of fuel to the tank. Wait for the level to change and stabilize, then press the '''+''' button ('''1'''). Continue this until the tank is full.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|'''Adding a second portion to the tank'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''Adding a tank calibration line'''
</gallery>

=== What to do if it is not possible to completely empty the tank? ===
If you cannot completely empty the tank, you should somehow calculate the amount of fuel that is in the tank. After this, you can manually edit the table so that it looks like the example below. Or simply edit the table file before you upload it to the monitoring platform.

Let's assume that there are already 10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed, so when you place the sensor in the tank, it will immediately begin to show the level of 115, instead of 1.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed'''
File:Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank.jpg|'''Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank'''
</gallery>Next, you can add the next portion to the tank. The level value should change. If the level does not change, check the drain holes. They may be blocked by duct tape that you may have used while calibrating the sensor or by pieces of sealing compound.

If this happens, the air trapped inside the tubes prevents the fuel from rising.
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box''']]

=== Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs ===
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|462x462px|'''Example of FLS 1 tank calibration table''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|415x415px|'''Example of FLS 2 tank calibration table''']]

=== Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length ===
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. '''IMPORTANT''': it is necessary to reduce the portion '''only''' in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''Example of FLS 1 calibration table''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''Example of FLS 2 calibration table''']]

=== Filtration ===
After tank calibration is completed, select the required '''“Filtration”''' ('''1''') and click '''“Set parameters”''' ('''2''')

[[File:Wired filtration setting mobile.png|frameless]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless]]

Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:

==== Recommended filtration level for wired FLS ====
{| class="wikitable"
|'''0-1'''
|'''Stationary units'''
|-
|'''2-6'''
|'''Vehicles on high or medium quality roads'''
|-
|'''7-12'''
|'''Agricultural machinery units'''
|-
|'''13-15'''
|'''Heavy-duty machinery'''
|}
General tips for installing filtration:

* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration
* Only median filtering type should be set
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|766x766px|'''Example before enabling filtering and after.''']]

=== Setting and deleting a password ===
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.

To do this:
* Go to the '''"Additional Features"''' menu

[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless]]

* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click '''“Install”'''. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''

[[File:Wired set password mobile.jpg|frameless]]

{{Warning|1=Please note that the password reset procedure can be very time-consuming. We recommend that you take a responsible approach in setting your password and saving it.}}
To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure

* Go to the '''"Additional Features"''' menu

[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless]]

* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you lose your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click '''“Remove”'''

[[File:Wired remove password mobile.jpg|frameless]]

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

== Connecting the sensor to the GPS tracker ==

=== Connection diagrams ===
In order to connect the sensor to the GPS tracker and to the power source, use the diagram presented below.

[[File:TD-600 RS-485.png|frameless|512x512px]]

[[File:TD-600 RS-232.png|frameless|501x501px]]

[[File:TD-600 Frequency.png|frameless|512x512px]]

[[File:TD-600 analog.png|frameless|512x512px]]

== Sensor and cable sealing ==

=== Sealing sensor of the current design ===
You will need a sensor protective cover and a seal from the kit.<gallery widths="300" heights="300">
File:Protective cover for wired FLS.png|'''Protective cover for wired FLS'''
File:New design seal.png|'''Seal TD-150'''
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head
[[File:Wired FLS with protective cover.png|none|thumb|451x451px|'''Wired FLS with protective cover''']]
Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outwards''')

<gallery widths="400" heights="400">
File:Installing a seal on a wired FLS.png|'''Installing a seal on a wired FLS'''
File:Installed seal on the wired FLS.png|'''Installed seal on a wired FLS'''
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw the special key from the kit into it (you can also use any self-tapping screw of a suitable size) and pull it towards you.
[[File:Removal of the seal of the wired FLS.png|none|thumb|461x461px|'''Removal of the seal of the wired FLS''']]
[[File:Seal after removal.png|none|thumb|'''Seal after removal''']]
Thus, it will be impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.

==== Alternative sealing of a current design sensor ====
Also included with the sensor of the current design is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.

* It is necessary to pass the cable through the hole in the sensor cover
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 1.png|frameless|457x457px]]

* Pass both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 2.png|frameless|460x460px]]

* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing on the protruding part
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 3.png|frameless]]

=== Sealing sensor of the former design ===
[[File:Sealing sensor of the former design.png|frameless|512x512px]]

=== Cable sealing ===
To seal the sensor connector, insert a plastic seal into the special hole on the sensor connector

[[File:Wire sealing.png|frameless|493x493px]]

== Updating the sensor firmware ==
'''[https://docs.google.com/document/d/16KhS0ZV5Hrb44J66LmGOy7Gy2TKcuEqU/edit?usp=sharing&ouid=116383505004193584732&rtpof=true&sd=true Firmware update instructions]'''

'''You can find the latest firmware version in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td600 downloads section of our website]'''

== Common problems and solutions ==

=== Level 7000 ===
Level 7000 is an error code Short circuit. This indicates that there is dirt, water, chips or other impurities in the tubes. All of these can be highly conductive, while the sensor is designed to work with dielectrics such as fuel.

You should clean the sensor tubes preferably by flushing them with the clean fuel and blowing them through the drain holes with compressed air.

If this error occurred after the start of operation of the sensor, it means that most likely these impurities got into the sensor tubes from the tank and in this case it is also needed to ensure that the tank itself doesn't contain any contaminations. Clean the tank, if necessary. Note that a fuel level sensor installed outside a contaminated tank may function correctly, but the same sensor installed in such a tank may generate this error code.

=== Level 6500 ===
This code may indicate that the tubes have lost contact. This error code may be generated immediately after cutting the tubes. In this case, simply calibrate the sensor.

If this does not help, check the CNT. If the CNT is below 10,000, it is very likely that the tubes are not in contact with the sensor board.

Take a photo of the sensor head (the sensor serial number should be visible), its tubes (the correspondence or discrepancy of the tubes length should be clearly visible), take a screenshot of the main screen of the sensor and the '''Settings''' menu page in the application and send these data to tech support.

=== The sensor does not connect or is not recognized in the application ===
If the sensor does not connect to the configurator, do the following:

* Make sure that the correct COM port number is selected and that drivers and libraries are installed (STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port (1)(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A (2)(C200M2) in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager "to enter this menu, press win+r and enter devmgmt.msc and press OK (3) and then expand the com ports submenu (4)"
* [[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|691x691px]]
* [[File:Com ports selection.png|frameless|697x697px]]
* If possible, connect another sensor that is sure to work; if it connects, then there are no problems with the COM port or converter

* Connect another USB cable to the C200M (ADD PWR connector); check if the USB cable is working
* If another converter is used, ensure that sufficient power is supplied to the sensor (12 volts is optimal)
* When connecting the sensor, press Search for sensors within 15 seconds after power is applied to the sensor
* If the above does not help, reflash the FW of the sensor
* If you cannot complete the firmware, contact our technical support

=== Checking the connection between the sensor and the tracker via RS-485 ===
If the sensor, for some reason, after you have configured everything correctly, does not transmit data to the tracker, you need to find out whether data is being exchanged between devices.

To do this, connect the sensor to the tracker via RS-485. Connect power to both devices.

After that, take the RS-485-USB converter and connect it between the sensor and the tracker as shown below:

For RS-485, lines A and B of the converter must be connected to lines A and B of the sensor
[[File:RS-485 Logging Connections .png|none|thumb|585x585px|'''RS-485 Logging Connections''']]
Run [https://drive.google.com/file/d/10i7v4TZ9-JDJYPAh-9JSh4x6vkM93BVV/view?usp=sharing terminal.exe] and configure the COM port as shown below:

Baud rate – 19200, Parity – None, Stop-bits – 1, Handshaking – None

Also, check HEX or ASCII depending on the format in which information from the sensor will be transmitted. For all sensors except the TD-600 configured in RS-232 mode, you must select HEX.

After connecting the converter correctly, select the COM port and click Connect. If the sensor is polled by the tracker and responds, then everything is in order.
[[File:Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485.png|none|thumb|529x529px|'''Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485''']]
If there is no communication between the two devices, try polling the sensor manually.

To do this, enter the request '''31$01$06$6C''' for the sensor with network address 1 and click '''Send'''
[[File:Sending a request to the sensor.png|none|thumb|528x528px|'''Sending a request to the sensor''']]
The structure of the request depends on the network address of the sensor. If you change the sensor address to 255, for example, then the request would look like this

'''31$FF$06$29'''

'''FF''' - 255 in HEX

'''29''' - '''CRC''' checksum calculated for a specific request

In order to calculate the checksum, you can go to the '''[https://crccalc.com/ crccalc]''' website and enter your request without the '''$''' sign, select HEX, CRC-8/MAXIM and click Calc CRC-8
[[File:CRC calculation for address 255.png|none|thumb|595x595px|'''CRC calculation for address 255''']]
If the sensor is polled by the tracker and responds, then everything is in order.

If the sensor does not respond to the tracker, but responds to a request you send manually, you should check your tracker's RS-485 ports.

If the sensor does not respond to anything, the standard FLS diagnostic procedure should be carried out.

== Description of the LLS protocol ==
The protocol is described in this [https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1maRSrToEaYtOP0sQz69Qq3e0iA0dBRos/edit?usp=drive_link&ouid=113197106569288024895&rtpof=true&sd=true document]

Example of a request and response for 1 network address:

Request: '''''31 01 06 6C'''''

Response from sensor: '''''3E 01 06 19 01 00 92 5D BE'''''

== Purpose of contacts and wires ==
[[File:Pinout TD-600.jpg|frameless|834x834px]]

== Remote control of FLS Escort ==
At the moment, Navtelecom and GlonassSoft trackers have the ability to configure wired Escort FLS by remotely connecting to the gps tracker without using the above commands. This can be done according to these instructions:

'''[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qmU9DQCO4Fc Smart and Signal, built-in configurator]'''

'''[https://youtu.be/JJZl-EsrUoQ Smart and Signal by creating commands in the configurator]'''

'''[https://youtu.be/rFzWX8E97Bg UMKa]'''

It is also possible to send commands via SMS commands to tracker.

At the moment, we know that the remote control function is supported by trackers of the Smart and Signal family produced by Navtelecom (Signal, Smart), Technocom (AvtoGRAPH) and GlonassSoft (UMKa). Transmission of commands to the sensor is possible only in RS-485 operating mode.

First you need to open the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 PC configurator Escort]; The converter and/or tracker must be disconnected from the computer. In the '''Service''' tab, click on the '''Remote control''' option.

[[File:Remote control Settings.png|frameless|632x632px]]

A window for generating commands for sending will open:

[[File:Remote control Settings menu.jpg|frameless|586x586px]]

Here you need:

# Choose what type of commandd to generate
# Specify the current network address of the sensor to which the command will be sent
# Specify the parameters that need to be changed by this command
# Click on the '''Generate''' button
# Then you need to send the selected part of the command via the tracker configurator or by SMS message to the number of the current SIM card of this GPS tracker

ATTENTION: if a password is set on the sensor, you must first send a command to enter the password, and then the command that you need.

[[File:Command generation.png|frameless|651x651px]]

To decrypt the response to the sent command, you need:

# Copy that part of the response from the tracker that begins with '''3E01...''', and paste it into the input/output field in the ''Remote control'' tab of the Escort configurator
# Click on '''Decode reply'''

[[File:Command decode process.png|frameless|649x649px]]

[[File:Decoded command information.jpg|frameless|648x648px]]

== Useful links ==
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-600/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-600.pdf?v=101024180549 Technical data sheet of the device]'''
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-600/#active Product page]'''
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td600 Download materials]'''

{{Next|prev=TD-150-BLE|prev-text=TD-150 BLE|next=TD-500}}

TD-150-BLE

2026-10-09T09:40:13Z

RINAT: Layout: «Sensor card» header, warning templates, legacy markup cleanup (manual text unchanged)

[[RU:TD-150-BLE| Русская версия]]
[[es:TD-150-BLE| Versión en español]]
{{Sensor card
|type = Wired fuel level sensor with Bluetooth
|photo = TD-150 BLE.png
|model = TD-150 BLE
|p1 = Measurement type |v1 = capacitive
|p2 = Interfaces |v2 = RS-485 (LLS), Bluetooth LE
|p3 = Bluetooth |v3 = Advertising mode, packet every 1 s
|p4 = Measurement period |v4 = 1 s
|p5 = Analog output |v5 = 0.2…9 V
|p6 = Frequency output |v6 = 301…1323 Hz / 301…4395 Hz
|p7 = Level range |v7 = 1…1023 / 1…4095
|datasheet = https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/escort-td-150-ble/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-150_BLE.pdf?v=271022141800
|downloads = https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/
|product = https://escortsensors.com/product/escort-td-150-ble/
|ios = https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085
|android = https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config
}}
== Definition and purpose of the sensor ==
High-precision fuel level sensors (FLS, also meters or sensors) of the '''Escort''' brand are designed to determine the filling level of petroleum products in fuel tanks, reservoirs and storage tanks. The '''TD-150-BLE''' meter (sensor) is used in transport technology as a fuel level meter, in industry - as a level meter for any light petroleum products. Escort FLS measurement type is capacitive. Its readings are based on the dielectric constant of the medium in which it operates; in this case, the medium is various types of light petroleum products (gasoline, diesel, kerosene, motor oil).

The TD-150-BLE is a wired FLS with bluetooth transmission and configuration capability. The sensor data is transmitted in the form of Bluetooth packets in '''Advertising''' '''mode'''; the frequency of data sending is every second. The frequency of fuel level sensor measurement is also every second.

More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/escort-td-150-ble/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-150_BLE.pdf?v=271022141800 technical data sheet of the device.]

== Basic terms and concepts ==
'''''Fuel level sensor (FLS)''' -'' device which is used for measuring fuel level.

'''''Serial number''' -'' code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).

'''''CNT''' -'' an oscillatory circuit, thanks to which the basic level of filling of the sensor measuring tubes with fuel is calculated. This level is converted to a final value determined by the data interface.

'''''Data transfer protocol''''' - a set of specific logical-level rules or conventions that govern the exchange of data between different programs or devices. For TD-150 BLE, the main transmission protocol is '''LLS via the RS-485 interface'''. and over the '''Bluetooth interface''', the '''Escort BLE''' protocol is used to transmit data packets.

'''Sensor's name''' - sensor's designation among BLE devices consisting from two letter from the sensor's model name and six last digits from the serial number; E.g. TD_100100;

'''MAC-address''' - unique identifier assigned to every active device. Used to recognize devices in the network.

'''Data packet''' - is a set of parameters transmitted by a device equipped with a Bluetooth transmitter, the structure of which is determined by the data transfer protocol.

'''Advertising mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the device “distributes” data packets at a certain frequency, regardless of the presence of a device receiving the data.

'''Connection mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the transmitter waits for a connection to the receiving device in order to begin transmitting data packets.

'''[[BA-BLE|BA-BLE Adapter]]''' - is a device that relays data transfer and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via the RS-485 interface in accordance with the LLS protocol.

'''''Data transfer mode''''' - this is a type of boundary between two objects or nodes, which are regulated by a special accepted standard and implemented using established methods, tools and rules. TD-150 has the following operating modes:

* '''RS-485 (Passive and Active)'''
* '''Analog'''
* '''Frequency'''

'''''Interface''''' - a physical connection method and/or a set of software tools that allows data to be transferred between two or more devices.

'''''RS-485''''' - digital data transmission mode. The sensor waits for a corresponding request from the receiving device. Works using the LLS protocol. Based on CNT, a value is generated in conventional units of the selected range (1-1023 units or 1-4095 units)

'''''Converter''''' - digital converter RS-485 to USB ([https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/escort_c-200m/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20%D0%A1-200%D0%9C.pdf?v=200320145441 С200М] или [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/escort_c-200m/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20%D0%A1-200M2.pdf?v=150323104901 С200М2]) for configuring wired sensors.

'''''Active (periodic) RS-485''''' - operating mode in which the sensor, without waiting for a request from the receiver, itself transmits packets with command data within 2 seconds.

'''''Analog''''' - mode in which a corresponding voltage is generated based on the CNT in the approximate range of 0.2-9V.

'''''Frequency''''' - mode in which the corresponding frequency in Hz is generated based on the CNT (301-1323 Hz with a value range of 1-1023; 301-4395 Hz with a value range of 1-4095).

'''''GPS tracker''''' - the main element of the system for monitoring the operation of transportation carried out by means of satellite communication. Without it, it is impossible to control transportation, to determine the coordinates of the vehicle location. It collects information from sensors and on-board system of the vehicle, and then transmits it to the device/server, which belong to the controlling specialist.

== Preparation ==

=== Preparing the Tank ===
To prepare the tank you should:

* Empty the tank, clean and dry if necessary
* '''Remove fuel vapors and air from the tank''' (especially for a gasoline tank, but in the case of a diesel engine, this procedure should not be neglected, since gasoline could be added to the diesel); to do this, you can heat water to boiling point and direct the resulting steam into the tank or use carbon dioxide so that it displaces fuel vapors and air; ensure that any open flame sources are sufficiently far away from the fuel tank
* [[File:Removing fuel vapors.png|frameless|656x656px]]
* '''Find the geometric center of the tank and drill a hole''' in it using a '''ø3mm''' drill bit. Then, using a piece of stiff wire, examine the tank for the presence of partitions in it
* [[File:Choosing a location for installing the FLS.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Choosing a location for installing the FLS''']][[File:Little hole drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Drilling the tank and subsequent examination of the tank for the presence of partitions''']]
* If the space inside the tank in the selected location is free, '''drill a ø 35 mm hole''' using a bimetallic bit; When drilling, keep the bit tilted slightly to prevent the cut section from falling into the tank. Use a magnet to catch chips and prevent them from getting into the tank.
* [[File:Angled drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Drilling a hole at an angle''']][[File:Removing metal part.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Removing a Drilled Disc''']]
* If it is impossible to install the sensor in the geometric center of the tank, try choosing another location as close as possible to the geometric center of the tank; this point should coincide with the place where the height of the tank is maximum. This way you reduce the risk and amplitude of level fluctuations associated with fuel movement while driving.

==== Why should the sensor be mounted in the geometric center of the tank? ====
'''The highest point must be chosen so that the sensor can measure the level of all the fuel inside the tank without any blind spots.'''

The fuel level readings from a sensor installed in the center of the tank will be least affected by movement and fuel overflow in the tank.

If it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank, consider installing two sensors diagonally at two corners. When fuel flows to one side of the tank, the level on the corresponding sensor will rise, and on the opposite side, the level will correspondingly decrease, while the average level will remain unchanged.

[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=T0Pd6TOpuc8&ab_channel=EscortSensors Video example of the importance of installing the sensor at the geometric center of the tank.]
[[File:Sensor position and fuel flow.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Sensor position and fuel flow''']]

{{Warning|1=Before starting the calibration, the vehicle/fuel tank must be positioned flat in relation to the horizon, i.e. on a level surface without a slope.}}
If the tank has an irregular geometric shape, the sensor must be installed at the maximum depth of the tank, closer to the geometric center.
[[File:The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank.png|none|thumb|686x686px|'''The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank''']][[File:Ladder tank.png|frameless|470x470px]]

[[File:Ladder tank I.png|frameless|451x451px]]

===== When installation in the center is impossible - two or more FLS. =====
To increase accuracy and reduce level fluctuations, install two sensors in one tank. This solution is mainly used in tanks with a capacity of more than 600 liters and having a length of 1500 mm. Sensors must not be installed close to the walls of the tank.
[[File:Two sensors installed diagonally.png|none|thumb|691x691px|'''Two sensors installed diagonally''']]
Also, two or more sensors should be installed if it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank and (or) the tank has an elongated shape, i.e. The length of the tank is significantly greater than its height.

'''Note.''' Installing a single sensor in an elongated tank will allow you to detect drains and refills. But increased level fluctuations while driving may not allow the monitoring platform to correctly read fuel consumption. Therefore, installing two sensors is preferable.

=== Installation locations in tanks of complex shapes ===

==== Saddle-Style Fuel Tanks ====
In this case, it is desirable to install two fuel level sensors in the deepest places along the geometric center of the depressions.

[[File:Saddle shape.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape top view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape side view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

==== Cylindrical tank ====
In this case, the sensor must be installed in the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank top view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

===== Long cylindrical tank =====
In the case of elongated cylindrical tanks, to improve readings while driving, it is necessary to install two sensors at an equal distance from the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank long.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank long inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

===== Ladder shape tank =====
If there is a difference in height in the tank and there is no common bed, it may be necessary to install two fuel level sensors.

[[File:Ladder 2 tank.png|frameless|782x782px]]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

====== Ladder shape tank's tank calibration ======
When calibrating, it is necessary to create two tables, one for "'''FLS 1'''" and the second for "'''FLS 2'''"

Let's assume that the calibration step is 10 liters.

At the beginning of calibration, when the fuel is in the "'''Red Zone'''", the level changes will only occur on "'''FLS 2'''", so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 2'''".

When the fuel is in the "'''Yellow Zone'''" changes will occur on both "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''", during this period we record changes in both tables with half a step, that is, we also fill in 10 liters, but we record 5 liters in the table of each sensor.

When the fuel is in the "'''Green Zone'''" the changes will only occur on "'''FLS 1'''" so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 1'''".

On the platform "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''" are started as separate sensors with their own tables and then a third virtual sensor is created with the sum of liters for two sensors, an example of starting two FLS on the platform is shown [https://docs.google.com/document/d/14p9GYmY0D1Wjz0ZfJXO-soVfxRBP7EiY7TgibD6vmZQ/edit?usp=sharing in this instruction.]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank calibration.png|frameless|750x750px]]

=== Preparing the sensor ===

==== Preparing the sensor tubes ====
Before calibrating the sensor, you should '''determine the future length''' of the measuring tubes in accordance with the height of the tank and '''cut or extend them'''. The length of the tubes should be calculated according to the following formula:

'''L = H - 15 mm,'''

where L - tubes length after changing the length

and

H - height of the tank at the installation point.
{{Warning|1=The minimum length of the tubes should not be less than 15 cm (150 mm). Otherwise, it will most likely not be possible to obtain adequate graphics. The maximum length of the tubes can reach 6m..}}

[[File:Measuring height of the tank.png|none|thumb|859x859px|'''Measuring height of the tank''']]
[[File:Measuring tubes length.png|none|thumb|841x841px|'''Measuring the length of tubes''']]
Use a hacksaw to cut the tubes. When sawing, be careful not to damage the connection of the tubes to the circuit board inside the sensor head and to prevent metal shavings from falling into the tubes.
[[File:Cutting the tubes.gif|none|thumb|600x600px|'''Cutting the tubes''']]
'''Avoid getting shavings inside the tubes - this may lead to a short circuit in the sensor; if this happens, blow the tubes with compressed air through the drainage holes under the sensor flange.''' Sand the edges of the tubes with sandpaper to remove any burrs or irregularities.
[[File:Collet connection.png|none|thumb|850x850px|'''Collet connection''']]
To extend sensor tubing, use a collet extension and an additional tube.
[[File:Internal connection of the collet connection.png|none|thumb|748x748px|'''Internal connection of the collet connection''']]
Inner nuts (yellow elements) are used to connect the inner tubes. Once they are installed and the studs are screwed into them, the tubes do not have to touch each other, but try to get them as close to each other as possible.
[[File:Collet connection installed.png|none|thumb|747x747px|'''Collet connection installed''']]
The outer coupling and the corresponding nuts must be securely tightened. '''The outer tubes should touch each other.'''

[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b_WtOHzKtDM Watch this video on our YouTube channel for a real-time overview of the connection.]

=== Connection dimensions ===
[[File:Dimenstions TD 150.png|none|thumb|649x649px|'''Connection dimensions of the wired FLS''']]

== Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via a mobile application on Android ==

==== Geolocation ====
Start the configurator. Enable bluetooth, geolocation and also make sure that the application has access to Geolocation.

[[File:Screenshot 20240221-094919 One UI Home.png|frameless]] [[File:Screenshot 20240221-095105 Permission controller.png|frameless]]

=== Connection to the sensor ===
Wired sensors can be connected to a smartphone to the Escort Configurator app for [https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085 IOS] and [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Android].

[[File:Connection TD 150 BLE.gif|frameless]]

Press the '''Sensor Settings''' button. Next, select '''TD-150-BLE (TW)'''.

[[File:Sensor settings. Main page.png|frameless|842x842px]] [[File:TW-BLE connection page.png|frameless|842x842px]]

Find the '''required sensor (1)''' by typing the '''last 6 digits of its serial number'''. You can find the serial number on the sensor head.

You can also simply select the required sensor from the list and click the '''Connect (2) button'''. On an '''Android device''', you can click on the sensors name, and a package of data received in '''advertising mode (3)''' will be displayed.

[[File:Connection and advertising TD-150 BLE.png|frameless]]

Once connected successfully, you will see the main screen of the sensor.

[[File:TD 150 BLE main page.png|frameless]]

# '''RSSI''' - Received signal strength indicator, which indicates how well your smartphone receives sent data. This parameter is not transmitted by the sensor, but is calculated by the receiving device
# '''Temperature''' measured by sensor
# Sensor serial number
# Firmware version '''(FW)''' installed in the sensor
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)
# Current sensor operating mode
# Current filtration type
# The '''sensor's MAC address''' is used to connect the sensor to compatible external devices
# Current level

=== Setting a password ===
It is strongly recommend that you set a password on the sensor in order to restrict access to its settings. When you connect for the first time, the application will ask you to set a password automatically.

You can set, change and delete a password in the '''Additional Features'''.

[[File:TD-150 BLE additional features.png|frameless|711x711px]]

Then on the tab that appears, in the password operation box, enter the '''password(1)''' to be used later and press '''Install(2)'''.

[[File:TD-150 BLE setting password .png|frameless]]

{{Warning|1=Please note that the password reset procedure can be very time-consuming. We recommend that you take a responsible approach in setting your password and saving it.}}
'''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''

To delete a previously set password, you must enter it in the Password field, and then press the '''Enter''' and then the '''Delete''' buttons.

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

=== Sensor calibration ===
[[File:Calibration TD 150 BLE.gif|frameless]]

After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.

To do this you need:

* Go to the '''"Settings"''' menu

[[File:TD-150 BLE settings page.png|frameless]]

* Insert the centralizer into the tubes
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by sealing the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes, turning the sensor upside down, or submerging the sensor tubes completely in fuel)
* Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''2''')
* Deselect the '''"Calibration without fuel"''' slider ('''1''')
* Press '''"Full"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Full"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''2'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:TD-150 BLE Full calibration.png|frameless]]
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|566x566px|'''Centrator''']]
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Centrator on the tubes''']]
<gallery widths="350" heights="300">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)'''
</gallery>

* Empty the tubes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the tubes
* Wait for CNT to stabilize ('''2''')
* Click "'''Empty'''" ('''3''')
* The value "'''Empty'''" ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT (2), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:TD-150 BLE Empty setting.png|frameless|805x805px]]

Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]
{{Warning|1=Unblock the drainage holes after calibration!}}
[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|731x731px]]

=== Calibration without fuel ===
An alternative calibration method is calibration without fuel.

In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty and there is no fuel in them, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch '''(1)''' active (green) and press '''"Calibrate" (2)''' . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.

[[File:TD-150 BLE calibration without fuel.png|frameless|710x710px]]

If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.

There are two measuring ranges:
* From 1 to 1023
* From 1 to 4095

Sensor does not sends level 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is level sent.

'''The sensor itself does not know what fuel will be used, so when calibrating without fuel the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''

'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''

'''If possible, we recommend calibration with fuel. If tank calibration is not planned or is impossible, then calibration with fuel is a mandatory procedure.'''

=== How to change the voltage range in the analog output ===
If you need to connect the sensor to a tracker using analog output and adjust the voltage range (minimum and maximum values) for compatibility, you can do so in the "'''Settings'''" menu. There, you can enter the minimum and maximum voltage values ('''1''') within the range of 0.2 V to 20 V, and then press the "'''Install'''" button ('''2''') to apply the changes.

For example, if your microcontroller's analog input can only accept a voltage range of 3 V to 7 V, you can adjust the minimum and maximum thresholds of the TD-150-BLE’s analog output accordingly to ensure compatibility between the devices.

[[File:TD-150 BLE analog calibraiton.jpg|frameless]] [[File:TD-150 BLE analog calibraiton selector.jpg|frameless]]

=== How to change the RS-485 interface settings (baud rate, parity) ===
If you need to change the '''RS-485 settings''' for the '''TD-150 BLE sensor''', you can do this in the '''Additional Settings''' section:

[[File:RS-485 settings for the baud rate and parity 1.jpg|left|frameless]]
[[File:RS-485 settings for the baud rate and parity 2.jpg|frameless]]

=== Setting the mode, range and network address ===

==== Setting the mode ====
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS tracker

Go to settings page

[[File:TD-150 BLE settings page.png|frameless]]

Select the mode you need ('''1''') and press '''“Set parameters”'''('''2''')

[[File:TD-150 BLE mode setting.png|frameless]]

[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless]]

- '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the tracker's RS-485 interface. The tracker must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The tracker must be able to poll sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol'''.

- '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS tracker to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''.

- '''Active RS485''' mode should be used if the tracker has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently poll the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.
{{Note|1=The analog output of the TD-150 is always active on the green wire in the 0.2-9V range, there is no need to turn it on separately}}

==== Setting the range ====
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz or 300Hz to 4395Hz'''.

After changing the range, press '''“Set parameters”''' ('''2''').

[[File:TD-150 BLE range setting.png|frameless]]

[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless]]

'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, but the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.

==== Setting the network address ====
The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (gps tracker).
{{Warning|1=There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.}}
To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Network address”''' field ('''1''') and click “'''Set parameters'''” ('''2''')

[[File:TD-150 BLE network address mobile.png|frameless]]

[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless]]

=== Tank calibration ===
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''Installing the sensor inside the tank'''
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''Screwing the self-tapping screws'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports.

In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the Tare menu in the application.

Suppose you need to tare a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.

To do this, you should connect the sensor and go to settings and check that the filtering is set to 0.

Filtration slows down level calculations and can increase tank calibration time.

Then go to the tank calibration menu

[[File:TD-150 BLE tank calibration mobile.png|frameless]]

Then, you can click '''Start''' to create a new table, or click Resume to select an existing table from your smartphone memory and continue working with it. If you click Resume, you will need to locate the table file on your Android device that you created/downloaded earlier. Select another folder using the '''Main Menu button (1)''' or using the drop-down menu '''(2)'''. Select the table and click on it '''(3)'''<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration page.jpg|'''Start or Continue tank calibration'''
File:Folder search.png|'''Selecting a tank calibration table file for resuming the tank calibration'''
</gallery>If you click Start, you will also need to select the folder in which the table will be saved '''(2)''' and click the button to select it '''(3)'''
[[File:Start tank calibration folder.png|none|thumb|'''Selecting a folder and creating a new tank calibration file''']]
Then, you can select the '''Fill''' or '''Drain''' method '''(1, 2)'''. The '''Fill''' method is recommended as it is more accurate.

If you select the Drain method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not

Next, give the table file a name '''(3)''' and set the serving size '''(4)'''.
{{Warning|1=Serving volume is not the number of servings! This is the number of liters/gallons in each serving! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be packaged into 10 servings, the serving size would be 30 L.}}
After this, press Continue '''(5)'''.<gallery widths="400" heights="600">
File:Tank calibration filling.png|'''Selection of tank calibration method, table name, portion size'''
File:Tank calibration draining.png|'''Selection of drain tank calibration method, selection of fuel volume in the tank'''
</gallery>After this, you will have a table in which the first line will have 0 liters and level 1. <gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration first line.jpg|'''First tank calibration line. 0 liters-gallons and level 1'''
</gallery>You can always pause tank calibration and resume it.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration.png|'''Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration'''
File:Resuming tank calibration.jpg|'''Resuming tank calibration'''
</gallery>The table is saved automatically after you click the '''+''' button.

Next, you should add the first portion of fuel to the tank. Once the level changes '''(3)''' and is displayed as Stable '''(4)''', press the + button '''(1)'''.

In this example, level '''(3)''' does not change because during the work on this manual we did not have fuel to carry out a real calibration of the tank. In your case, the level should change (if the fuel touches the tubes) and be '''Stable''' before you press the '''+''' button.

The following line '''(2)''' will appear. The value in the Fuel column will increase according to the Step size '''(5)''' you specified when you created the table or when you last modified it '''(3)'''.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''Adding the first portion to the tank'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''Adding a tank calibration line'''
</gallery>You can also change any line by pressing and holding it for some time, after which a dialog box will appear. This way you can correct possible errors.
[[File:Editing a tank calibration line.jpg|none|thumb|403x403px|'''Editing a tank calibration line''']]
If you press a line and hold it and swipe left, it will be deleted.

[[File:Tank calibration GIF.gif|frameless|732x732px]]

Then, add the next portion of fuel to the tank. Wait for the level to change and stabilize, then press the + button '''(1)'''. Continue this until the tank is full.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|'''Adding a second portion to the tank'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''Adding a tank calibration line'''
</gallery>

=== What to do if it is not possible to completely empty the tank? ===
If you cannot completely empty the tank, you should somehow calculate the amount of fuel that is in the tank. After this, you can manually edit the table so that it looks like the example below. Or simply edit the table file before you upload it to the monitoring platform.

Let's assume that there are already 10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed, so when you place the sensor in the tank, it will immediately begin to show the level of 115, instead of 1.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed'''
File:Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank.jpg|'''Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank'''
</gallery>Next, you can add the next portion to the tank. The level value should change. If the level does not change, check the drain holes. They may be blocked by duct tape that you may have used while calibrating the sensor or by pieces of sealing compound.

If this happens, the air trapped inside the tubes prevents the fuel from rising.
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box''']]

=== Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs ===
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:

# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Example of FLS 1 tank calibration table''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|465x465px|'''Example of FLS 2 calibration table''']]

=== Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length ===
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains unchanged.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''Example of FLS 1 calibration table''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''Example of FLS 2 calibration table''']]

=== Filtration ===
After tank calibration is completed, select the required '''“Filtration”''' ('''1''') and click '''“Set parameters”''' ('''2''')

[[File:TD-150 BLE filtration setting mobile.png|frameless]]

[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless]]

Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:

==== Recommended filtration level for wired FLS ====
{| class="wikitable"
|'''0-1'''
|'''Stationary objects or tanks'''
|-
|'''2-6'''
|'''Vehicles traveling on smooth paved roads'''
|-
|'''7-12'''
|'''Agricultural machinery'''
|-
|'''13-15'''
|'''Heavy quarry machinery'''
|}
General tips for installing filtration:

* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration
* You only need to set the median filter type
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|756x756px|'''Example before enabling filtering and after.''']]

=== Setting and deleting a password ===
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.

To do this:
* Go to the '''"Additional Features"''' menu
[[File:TD-150 BLE additional features.png|frameless|870x870px]]
* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click '''“Install”'''. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''
[[File:TD-150 BLE password set and install.jpg|frameless|876x876px]]

{{Warning|1=Please note that the password reset procedure can be very time-consuming. We recommend that you take a responsible approach in setting your password and saving it.}}

* To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure

* Go to the '''"Additional Features"''' menu
[[File:TD-150 BLE additional features.png|frameless|875x875px]]
* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you lose your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click '''“Remove”'''
[[File:TD-150 BLE password set menu.jpg|frameless|872x872px]]

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

== Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via the configurator on a PC ==

=== Installation of the configurator and connection to the sensor ===
The sensor can be configured using [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 '''the configurator on a PC'''] (From here onwards- "'''configurator'''").
[[File:Sensor connected via MOLEX.png|none|thumb|701x701px|'''Sensor connected via MOLEX''']]
[[File:Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps.png|none|thumb|693x693px|'''Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps''']]
'''Connect the sensor to the USB-RS-485 converter using a 6-pin MOLEX connector''' or using cable clamps if a cable route is connected to the sensor. Orange wire is line A of the RS-485 sensor interface, white wire is line B of the RS-485 sensor interface, black wire is GND, red is PWR.We recommend using our Escort C200M/C200M2 USB-RS-485 converter, since we cannot guarantee 100% compatibility of our devices with converters from other brands.

When working with a laptop, we recommend connecting it to the power supply and/or connecting an additional USB cable to the ADD connector of the PWR C200M. Otherwise, there may not be enough power to operate the sensor and transmitter.

Along with installing the configurator 1.0.2.38, the drivers for the C200M will be installed automatically.

If you use C200M2 on Windows 10 and 11 operating systems, drivers should be installed automatically from Windows Update, on the Windows 7 operating system and below, you may need to [https://remontka.pro/disable-drivers-signature-check-windows-10/ disable the electronic signature of drivers] and manually install [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/escort_c-200m/%D0%94%D1%80%D0%B0%D0%B9%D0%B2%D0%B5%D1%80%20%D0%B4%D0%BB%D1%8F%20C-200M2.zip?v=150323104902 drivers for the С200M2].

If the driver was installed correctly, then after connecting the converter to your PC/laptop, you will see the STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port ('''1''')(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A ('''2''')(C200M2) device in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager " to enter this menu, press '''win+r''' and enter '''devmgmt.msc''' and press '''OK''' ('''3''') and then expand the com ports submenu ('''4''')"

The com port number displayed in this menu is also needed to connect the sensor.

[[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|720x720px]]

After connecting the converter, sensor to it and checking the installation of drivers by checking the com port number of the converter, you need to open the configurator, select the desired com port which we could find in the device manager ('''1''') and press the '''FLS''' button ('''2''').

[[File:Com ports selection.png|frameless|722x722px]]
{{Note|1=The connection to the FLS should be made within 15 seconds after the sensor has been connected to power, if the sensor operating mode has been changed from RS-485 to any other.}}
After connecting the sensor you should see this menu:

[[File:Main page PC configurator.png|frameless|708x708px]]

# Sensor serial number
# Sensor firmware version (FW)
# Sensor temperature
# Current sensor level
# Current CNT level (raw level value) of the sensor
# LLS network addresses connected to this converter (if there is more than one address in this list, it means either more than one sensor is connected to the line at the same time or there is interference on the line, in this case it is necessary to check the connection to the FLS for the presence of other conflicting devices and it is necessary to close other programs using the com ports for example tracker configurator)
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)
# Current sensor operating mode
# Current range of output values (1-1023 or 1-4095)
# Current filtration type and degree
# Connected sensor model

=== Sensor calibration ===
[[File:FLS calibration PC.gif|frameless|663x663px]]

After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.

To do this you need:
* Go to menu '''"Sensor calibration"'''

[[File:TD 150 calibration.png|frameless|660x660px]]

* Insert the centralizer into the tubes
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by sealing the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes, turning the sensor upside down, or submerging the sensor tubes completely in fuel)
* Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''1''')
* Deselect the '''"Calibration without fuel"''' slider ('''2''')
* Click '''"Full"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Full"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''1'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired calibration.png|frameless|366x366px]]
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|516x516px|'''Centrator''']]
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Centralizer at the end of the tubes''']]
<gallery widths="350" heights="300">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)'''
</gallery>

* Empty the pipes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the pipes
* Wait for CNT to stabilize ('''1''')
* Click '''"Empty"''' ('''2''')
* The value '''"Empty"''' ('''3''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''1'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor
* Click '''"OK"'''

[[File:PC Empty calibration.png|frameless|366x366px]]

* The sensor level should display as 1, the sensor calibration process is complete.

Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]
{{Warning|1=Unblock the drainage holes after calibration!}}
[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|568x568px]]

=== Calibration without fuel ===
An alternative calibration option is calibration without fuel.

In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty and free of fuel, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch ('''1''') active ('''green''') and press '''"Calibrate"''' ('''2''') . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.

[[File:Calibration without fuel PC.png|frameless|366x366px]]

[[File:Calibration values calibration without fuel PC.png|frameless|366x366px]]

If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.

Initially there are two measurement ranges:
* From 1 to 1023
* From 1 to 4095

The sensor never sends a value of 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is displayed.

'''When calibrating without fuel, since the sensor does not know what fuel will be used, the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''

'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''

'''We recommend, if possible, calibration with fuel.'''

=== Setting the calibration value Full and Empty manually ===
We do not recommend using this functionality, but you can set the Full and Empty calibration values manually to save time when you are using sensors of the same length in the same tanks.
{{Warning|1=Setting calibration values manually will most likely increase the sensor error! We do not recommend doing this!}}
To do this, enter the Full and Empty calibration values of the previously calibrated sensor into the appropriate fields in the configurator.

[[File:Wired advanced menu.png|frameless|678x678px]]

[[File:Wired advanced menu page.png|frameless|624x624px]]

[[File:Wired manual Empty-Full.png|frameless|623x623px]]

=== Setting the mode, range and network address ===

==== Setting the mode ====
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS tracker

Select the mode you need('''1''') and click '''“Save parameters to device”'''('''2''')

[[File:Wire mode settings.png|frameless|575x575px]]

- '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the tracker's RS-485 interface. The tracker must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The tracker must be able to poll sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol'''.

- '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS tracker to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''.

- '''Active RS485''' mode should be used if the tracker has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently poll the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.
{{Note|1=The analog output of the TD-150 is always active on the green wire in the 0.2-9V range, there is no need to turn it on separately}}

==== Setting the range ====
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz or 300Hz to 4395Hz'''.

After changing the range, click “'''Save the parameters to device'''” ('''2''').

[[File:Wire range settings.png|frameless|584x584px]]

'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, but the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.

==== Setting the network address ====
The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (gps tracker).
{{Warning|1=There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.}}
To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Change network address”''' field ('''1''') and click '''“Save the parameters to device”''' ('''2'''), after which the configurator should switch to the new sensor address and display the new sensor address in the field '''"Available units"''' ('''3''') and '''"Poll network address"''' ('''4''').
[[File:Wired before changing Network address.png|none|thumb|635x635px|'''Before changing network address''']]
[[File:After changing network address.png|none|thumb|636x636px|'''After changing network address''']]

=== Tank calibration ===
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''Installing the sensor inside the tank'''
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''Screwing the self-tapping screws'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports.

In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the Tare menu in the application.

Suppose you need to tare a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.

To do this you should:

* Connect sensor
* Make sure that the filtration is set to '''“No” (1)'''. Filtration slows down the level calculation and can increase the tank calibration time.
* Create an Excel table. Save it in .csv format. The first row of the table should look like this:
* [[File:First line in tank calibration table Excel.png|frameless]] You can also create a text file on your PC/Phone or manually record calibration
* Select whether calibration is performed by filling or draining. '''The Filling''' method is recommended as it is more accurate. If you select '''the Drain''' method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.
* Select portion size

{{Warning|1=Portion volume is not the number of portions! This is the number of liters/gallons in each portion! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be divided into 10 portions, the portion size would be 30L.}}

* Start calibrating the tank by pouring portions into the tank or emptying the tank for a given portion and recording the level in the table after it has stabilized

An example of calibration by filling in portions of 10 liters and imagine that in this case there are 10 liters in the tank that cannot be removed and when the sensor is placed in the tank it immediately shows the value 115 instead of 1.

[[File:Tank calibration first portion.png|frameless]][[File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|frameless|413x413px]]

You add the first portion of fuel to the tank. The level should change from 115 to some other value. If the level does not change, check the sensor drain holes. They may be blocked by electrical tape, which must be removed after the sensor has been calibrated. If the holes are blocked, the air inside the tubes will prevent fuel from getting inside the tubes.

[[File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|frameless|429x429px]]

Next, add the following row to your table.

[[File:Wired Extended table.png|frameless]]

Continue this until the tank is full.

However, if there are bends or other irregularities in the shape of the tank, the volume of fuel portions should be reduced until the fuel level is above the irregularly shaped section of the tank. After overcoming such a section, you should return to the original portion volume.

Assume that you do the tank calibration in portions of 10 liters as before. The level rises to an area with a complex shape.

[[File:Tank calibration complex shape.png|frameless|512x512px]]

You reduce the serving size from 10 to 5 liters. And continue adding portions until you overcome the area with a complex shape.

[[File:Complex shaped tank next step.png|frameless|500x500px]]

When the level is above the problem area, you can return to the original serving volume of 10 liters.

Once the tank is full, you will have a calibration chart like the following example.

[[File:Tank is full.png|frameless|470x470px]] [[File:Filled tank calibration table.png|frameless]]

If in your case the level does not reach 1023 or 4095 because the tank cannot be filled completely, do not worry about it. It is acceptable that your table would end up like the following example, even though the sensor range is 1-1023.

The number of servings depends on the capacity of the tank. See the table with our recommendations below.
[[File:Table for tank that can't be filled completely.png|none|thumb|'''Table for a tank that cannot be filled 100%''']]
The number of servings depends on the capacity of the tank. See the table below for our recommendations.
{| class="wikitable"
| colspan="3" |'''Recommended number and portion size for calibrating the tank'''
|-
|'''Tank volume'''
|'''Number of portions'''
|'''Volume of each portion'''
'''(Tank Volume / Number of portions)'''
|-
|'''0-60'''
|'''10-20'''
|'''3-4'''
|-
|'''61-100'''
|'''12-20'''
|'''5'''
|-
|'''101-500'''
|'''10-50'''
|'''10'''
|-
|'''501-1000'''
|'''20-50'''
|'''20'''
|-
|'''Over1000'''
| colspan="2" |'''As per your capabilities. The rule of thumb is that the larger the portions and smaller the volume, the more accurate the data will be'''
|}

{{Note|1=The rule of thumb: more portions means more accurate reports on the monitoring platform.}}
You can create a table on your platform by loading it from a file or by entering values manually.
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box''']]

=== Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs ===
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Example of FLS 1 calibration table''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|485x485px|'''Example of FLS 2 calibration table''']]

=== Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length ===
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. '''IMPORTANT''': it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''Example of FLS 1 calibration table''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''Example of FLS 2 calibration table''']]

=== Filtration ===
After tank calibration is completed, select the required '''“Filtration level”''' and click '''“Save the parameters to device”'''

[[File:Wired Filtration.png|frameless|680x680px]]

Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:

==== Recommended filtration level for wired FLS ====
{| class="wikitable"
|'''0-1'''
|'''Stationary units'''
|-
|'''2-6'''
|'''Vehicles on high or medium quality roads'''
|-
|'''7-12'''
|'''Agricultural machinery units'''
|-
|'''13-15'''
|'''Heavy-duty machinery'''
|}
General tips for installing filtration:

* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration
* Only median filtering type should be set
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|777x777px|'''Example before enabling filtering and after''']]

=== Setting and removing a password ===
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.

To do this:
* Click on the '''"Service"''' button ('''1''') and then '''"Security"''' ('''2''')
* [[File:Wired security menu.png|frameless|601x601px]]
* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click set password. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''
* [[File:Password menu wired.jpg|frameless|607x607px]]
* After successfully setting the password, a red lock should appear next to the FLS icon
* [[File:PC password set menu.png|frameless|602x602px]]

{{Warning|1=Please note that the password reset procedure can be very time-consuming. We recommend that you take a responsible approach in setting your password and saving it.}}
To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure

* Click on the '''"Service"''' button ('''1''') and then '''"Security"''' ('''2''')
* [[File:Wired security menu.png|frameless|592x592px]]
* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you have lost your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click '''"Remove password"'''
* [[File:PC wired security remove password.png|frameless|590x590px]]
* If the password was successfully removed, the lock should turn green
* [[File:PC wired no password menu.png|frameless|587x587px]]

Attention! By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

== Connecting the sensor to the GPS tracker ==

=== General instructions ===
[[File:Wired recommendations.png|frameless|938x938px]]

Depending on the operating mode and purpose of the sensor, additional components are used in the power supply and signal circuits: filters, optocouplers, ballast resistors and fuses. The elements are installed in the driver’s cabin of a vehicle or other equipment. If it is not possible to install in these locations, provide them with additional protection from external climatic (for example, sun, precipitation) and operational (for example, heating, moving parts) influences. Additional components are located at a safe distance from fuel and its flammable products in explosion-proof areas.

To protect the power circuit, use fuses of the appropriate rating (see FU1 in the diagrams).

'''To ensure spark protection of the power circuit, use ballast resistors of the appropriate rating (see R1 in the diagrams). Place the resistors outside the explosive zone: in the event of high-voltage surges in the sensor power line, the resistor will fail and the circuit will break, eliminating the possibility of sparking in the explosive zone.'''

Connecting cables are laid away from parts that move and heat up during operation of the equipment. If there is no additional insulation of the connecting cable wires, use flame-retardant polymer corrugated tubes used in automotive technology.

==== BLE connection ====
The TD-150-BLE sensor also has the option to connect to a tracker or [[BA-BLE]] base via bluetooth with a data transmission rate of every second.

'''[[Table of compatibility of BLE sensors with trackers and other devices]]'''

=== Connection diagrams ===
In order to connect the sensor to the GPS tracker and to the power source, use the diagram presented below.
[[File:Wired RS-485 no R.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''RS-485 connection diagram''']]
[[File:Wired Frequency mode.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Wiring diagram for Frequency output''']]
[[File:Wired Analog mode.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Analog output wiring diagram''']]

{{Note|1=The TD-150 sensor has analog mode always enabled; it does not need to be enabled in the configurator!}}

=== Connection using a resistor ===
[[File:Wired RS-485 with R.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''RS-485 connection diagram With resistor for explosion protection certificate''']]
The sensors are supplied with 2 resistors. Each can be used in place of (but not in conjunction with) the supplied fuse.

'''The black resistor''' should be used if the sensor is powered by a '''12V''' power source. '''The red resistor''' should be used at higher voltages up to '''80V''' (up to '''40V''' to comply with the certificate of conformity).

The purpose of the resistor is to break the voltage supply line in case of overload and to prevent sparking in the hazardous area that could occur in this case.

[[File:Wired R with sensors.png|frameless|512x512px]]

To achieve explosion safety, the sensor in any mode must be connected through a resistor and not a fuse.
{{Note|1=Not with the fuse, but instead of the fuse}}

== Sensor and cable sealing ==

=== Sealing sensor of the current design ===
You will need a sensor protective cover and a seal from the kit.<gallery widths="300" heights="300">
File:Protective cover for wired FLS.png|'''Protective cover for wired FLS'''
File:New design seal.png|'''Seal TD-150'''
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head
[[File:Wired FLS with protective cover.png|none|thumb|488x488px|'''Wired FLS with protective cover''']]
Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outwards''')

<gallery widths="400" heights="400">
File:Installing a seal on a wired FLS.png|'''Installing a seal on a wired FLS'''
File:Installed seal on the wired FLS.png|'''Installed seal on a wired FLS'''
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw the special key from the kit into it (you can also use any self-tapping screw of a suitable size) and pull it towards you.
[[File:Removal of the seal of the wired FLS.png|none|thumb|474x474px|'''Removal of the seal of the wired FLS''']]
[[File:Seal after removal.png|none|thumb|'''Seal after removal''']]
Thus, it will be impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.

==== Alternative sealing of a current design sensor ====
Also included with the sensor of the current design is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.
* It is necessary to pass the cable through the hole in the sensor cover
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 1.png|frameless|512x512px]]

* Pass both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 2.png|frameless|511x511px]]

* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing on the protruding part
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 3.png|frameless|655x655px]]

=== Cable sealing ===
To seal the sensor connector, insert a plastic seal into the special hole on the sensor connector

[[File:Wire sealing.png|frameless|477x477px]]

== Updating the sensor firmware ==
'''[https://drive.google.com/file/d/1QSV6y3iBXCMrMlRcXiNggKAV9AbVWAwD/view?usp=drive_link There is also a video instructional guide]'''

'''You can find the latest firmware version in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#TD150BLE downloads section of our website]'''

== Common problems and solutions ==

=== Level 7000 ===
Level 7000 is an error code Short circuit. This indicates that there is dirt, water, chips or other impurities in the tubes. All of these can be highly conductive, while the sensor is designed to work with dielectrics such as fuel.

You should clean the sensor tubes preferably by flushing them with the clean fuel and blowing them through the drain holes with compressed air.

If this error occurred after the start of operation of the sensor, it means that most likely these impurities got into the sensor tubes from the tank and in this case it is also needed to ensure that the tank itself doesn't contain any contaminations. Clean the tank, if necessary. Note that a fuel level sensor installed outside a contaminated tank may function correctly, but the same sensor installed in such a tank may generate this error code.

=== Level 6500 ===
This code may indicate that the tubes have lost contact. This error code may be generated immediately after cutting the tubes. In this case, simply calibrate the sensor.

If this does not help, check the CNT. If the CNT is below 10,000, it is very likely that the tubes are not in contact with the sensor board.

Take a photo of the sensor head (the sensor serial number should be visible), its tubes (the correspondence or discrepancy of the tubes length should be clearly visible), take a screenshot of the main screen of the sensor and the '''Settings''' menu page in the application and send these data to tech support.

=== The sensor does not connect or is not recognized in the application ===
If the sensor does not connect to the configurator, do the following:

* Make sure that the correct COM port number is selected and that drivers and libraries are installed (STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port (1)(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A (2)(C200M2) in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager "to enter this menu, press win+r and enter devmgmt.msc and press OK (3) and then expand the com ports submenu (4)"
* [[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|748x748px]]
* [[File:Com ports selection.png|frameless|747x747px]]
* If possible, connect another sensor that is sure to work; if it connects, then there are no problems with the COM port or converter

* Connect another USB cable to the C200M (ADD PWR connector); check if the USB cable is working
* If another converter is used, ensure that sufficient power is supplied to the sensor (12 volts is optimal)
* When connecting the sensor, press Search for sensors within 15 seconds after power is applied to the sensor
* If the above does not help, reflash the FW of the sensor
* If you cannot complete the firmware, contact our technical support

=== Checking the connection between the sensor and the tracker via RS-485 ===
If the sensor, for some reason, after you have configured everything correctly, does not transmit data to the tracker, you need to find out whether data is being exchanged between devices.

To do this, connect the sensor to the tracker via RS-485. Connect power to both devices.

After that, take the RS-485-USB converter and connect it between the sensor and the tracker as shown below:

For RS-485, lines A and B of the converter must be connected to lines A and B of the sensor
[[File:RS-485 Logging Connections .png|none|thumb|651x651px|'''RS-485 Logging Connections''']]
Run [https://drive.google.com/file/d/10i7v4TZ9-JDJYPAh-9JSh4x6vkM93BVV/view?usp=sharing terminal.exe] and configure the COM port as shown below:

Baud rate – 19200, Parity – None, Stop-bits – 1, Handshaking – None

Also, check HEX or ASCII depending on the format in which information from the sensor will be transmitted. For all sensors except the TD-600 configured in RS-232 mode, you must select HEX.

After connecting the converter correctly, select the COM port and click Connect. If the sensor is polled by the tracker and responds, then everything is in order.
[[File:Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485.png|none|thumb|662x662px|'''Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485''']]
If there is no communication between the two devices, try polling the sensor manually.

To do this, enter the request '''31$01$06$6C''' for the sensor with network address 1 and click '''Send'''
[[File:Sending a request to the sensor.png|none|thumb|644x644px|'''Sending a request to the sensor''']]
The structure of the request depends on the network address of the sensor. If you change the sensor address to 255, for example, then the request would look like this

'''31$FF$06$29'''

'''FF''' - 255 in HEX

'''29''' - '''CRC''' checksum calculated for a specific request

In order to calculate the checksum, you can go to the '''[https://crccalc.com/ crccalc]''' website and enter your request without the '''$''' sign, select HEX, CRC-8/MAXIM and click Calc CRC-8
[[File:CRC calculation for address 255.png|none|thumb|650x650px|'''CRC calculation for address 255''']]
If the sensor is polled by the tracker and responds, then everything is in order.

If the sensor does not respond to the tracker, but responds to a request you send manually, you should check your tracker's RS-485 ports.

If the sensor does not respond to anything, the standard FLS diagnostic procedure should be carried out.

== Description of the LLS protocol ==
The protocol is described in this [https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1maRSrToEaYtOP0sQz69Qq3e0iA0dBRos/edit?usp=drive_link&ouid=113197106569288024895&rtpof=true&sd=true document]

Example of a request and response for 1 network address:

Request: '''''31 01 06 6C'''''

Response from sensor: '''''3E 01 06 19 01 00 92 5D BE'''''

== Purpose of contacts and wires ==
[[File:Pinout TD-150.png|frameless|797x797px]]

== Remote control of FLS Escort ==
At the moment, Navtelecom and GlonassSoft trackers have the ability to configure wired Escort FLS by remotely connecting to the gps tracker without using the above commands. This can be done according to these instructions:

'''[https://youtu.be/n_HxgImFvPs Smart and Signal, built-in configurator]'''

'''[https://youtu.be/npxXyVOtfh0 Smart and Signal by creating commands in the configurator]'''

'''[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=p6JkD-AuSHk UMKa]'''

It is also possible to send commands via SMS commands or tracker tracker.

At the moment, we know that the remote control function is supported by trackers of the Smart and Signal family produced by Navtelecom (Signal, Smart), Technocom (AvtoGRAPH) and GlonassSoft (UMKa). Transmission of commands to the sensor is possible only in RS-485 operating mode.

First you need to open the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 PC configurator Escort]; The converter and/or tracker must be disconnected from the computer. In the '''Service''' tab, click on the '''Remote control''' option.

[[File:Remote control Settings.png|frameless|610x610px]]

A window for generating commands for sending will open:

[[File:Remote control Settings menu.jpg|frameless|594x594px]]

Here you need:

# Choose what type of commandd to generate
# Specify the current network address of the sensor to which the command will be sent
# Specify the parameters that need to be changed by this command
# Click on the '''Generate''' button
# Then you need to send the selected part of the command via the tracker configurator or by SMS message to the number of the current SIM card of this GPS tracker

ATTENTION: if a password is set on the sensor, you must first send a command to enter the password, and then the command that you need.

[[File:Command generation.png|frameless|650x650px]]

To decrypt the response to the sent command, you need:

# Copy that part of the response from the tracker that begins with 3E01..., and paste it into the input/output field in the Remote control tab of the Escort configurator
# Click on '''Decode reply'''

[[File:Command decode process.png|frameless|630x630px]]

[[File:Decoded command information.jpg|frameless|632x632px]]

== Useful links ==
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/escort-td-150-ble/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-150_BLE.pdf?v=271022141800 Technical data sheet of the device]'''
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/datchik-urovnja-topliva/escort-td-150-ble/#active Product page]'''
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#TD150BLE Download materials]'''
* '''[[Table of compatibility of BLE sensors with trackers and other devices]]'''

{{Next|prev=TD-150|next=TD-600}}

TD-150

2026-10-09T09:40:12Z

RINAT: Layout: «Sensor card» header, warning templates, legacy markup cleanup (manual text unchanged)

[[RU:TD-150| Русская версия]]
[[es:TD-150| Versión en español]]
{{Sensor card
|type = Wired fuel level sensor
|photo = TD-150.png
|p1 = Measurement type |v1 = capacitive
|p2 = Interface |v2 = RS-485, LLS protocol
|p3 = RS-485 modes |v3 = passive · active (packet every 2 s)
|p4 = Analog output |v4 = 0.2…9 V
|p5 = Frequency output |v5 = 301…1323 Hz / 301…4395 Hz
|p6 = Level range |v6 = 1…1023 / 1…4095
|p7 = Setup |v7 = PC, USB–RS-485 converter C200M / C200M2
|datasheet = https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-150/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-150.pdf?v=271022141709
|downloads = https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/
|product = https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-150/#active
}}
== Definition and purpose of the sensor ==
High-precision fuel level sensors (FLS, also meters or sensors) of the Escort brand are designed to determine the filling level of petroleum products in fuel tanks, reservoirs and storage tanks. The TD-150 meter (sensor) is used in transport technology as a fuel level meter, in industry - as a level meter for any light petroleum products. Escort FLS measurement type is capacitive. Its readings are based on the dielectric constant of the medium in which it operates; in this case, the medium is various types of light petroleum products (gasoline, diesel, kerosene, motor oil).

More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-150/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-150.pdf?v=271022141709 technical data sheet of the device.]

== Basic terms and concepts ==
'''''Fuel level sensor (FLS)''' -'' device which is used for measuring fuel level.

'''''Serial number''' -'' code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).

'''''CNT''' -'' an oscillatory circuit, thanks to which the basic level of filling of the sensor measuring tubes with fuel is calculated. This level is converted to a final value determined by the data interface.

'''''Data transfer protocol''''' - a set of specific logical-level rules or conventions that govern the exchange of data between different programs or devices. For TD-150, the main transmission protocol is '''LLS via the RS-485 interface'''.

'''''Data transfer mode''''' - this is a type of boundary between two objects or nodes, which are regulated by a special accepted standard and implemented using established methods, tools and rules. TD-150 has the following operating modes:

* '''RS-485 (Passive and Active)'''
* '''Analog'''
* '''Frequency'''

'''''Interface''''' - a physical connection method and/or a set of software tools that allows data to be transferred between two or more devices.

'''''RS-485''''' - digital data transmission mode. The sensor waits for a corresponding request from the receiving device. Works using the LLS protocol. Based on CNT, a value is generated in conventional units of the selected range (1-1023 units or 1-4095 units)

'''''Converter''''' - digital converter RS-485 to USB ([https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/escort_c-200m/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20%D0%A1-200%D0%9C.pdf?v=200320145441 С200М] или [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/escort_c-200m/Datasheet%20Escort%20C-200M2.pdf?v=050623134318 С200М2]) for configuring wired sensors.

'''''Active (periodic) RS-485''''' - operating mode in which the sensor, without waiting for a request from the receiver, itself transmits packets with command data within 2 seconds.

'''''Analog''''' - mode in which a corresponding voltage is generated based on the CNT in the approximate range of 0.2-9V.

'''''Frequency''''' - mode in which the corresponding frequency in Hz is generated based on the CNT (301-1323 Hz with a value range of 1-1023; 301-4395 Hz with a value range of 1-4095).

'''''GPS tracker''''' - the main element of the system for monitoring the operation of transportation carried out by means of satellite communication. Without it, it is impossible to control transportation, to determine the coordinates of the vehicle location. It collects information from sensors and on-board system of the vehicle, and then transmits it to the device/server, which belong to the controlling specialist.

== Preparation ==

=== Preparing the Tank ===
To prepare the tank you should:

* Empty the tank, clean and dry if necessary
* '''Remove fuel vapors and air from the tank''' (especially for a gasoline tank, but in the case of a diesel engine, this procedure should not be neglected, since gasoline could be added to the diesel); to do this, you can heat water to boiling point and direct the resulting steam into the tank or use carbon dioxide so that it displaces fuel vapors and air; ensure that any open flame sources are sufficiently far away from the fuel tank[[File:Removing fuel vapors.png|frameless|787x787px]]
* '''Find the geometric center of the tank and drill a hole''' in it using a '''ø3mm''' drill bit. Then, using a piece of stiff wire, examine the tank for the presence of partitions in it
* [[File:Choosing a location for installing the FLS.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Choosing a location for installing the FLS''']][[File:Little hole drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Drilling the tank and subsequent examination of the tank for the presence of partitions''']][[File:Angled drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Drilling a hole at an angle''']][[File:Removing metal part.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Removing a Drilled Disc''']]If the space inside the tank in the selected location is free, '''drill a ø 35 mm hole''' using a bimetallic bit; When drilling, keep the bit tilted slightly to prevent the cut section from falling into the tank. Use a magnet to catch chips and prevent them from getting into the tank.
* If it is impossible to install the sensor in the geometric center of the tank, try choosing another location as close as possible to the geometric center of the tank; this point should coincide with the place where the height of the tank is maximum. This way you reduce the risk and amplitude of level fluctuations associated with fuel movement while driving.

==== Why should the sensor be mounted in the geometric center of the tank? ====
'''The highest point must be chosen so that the sensor can measure the level of all the fuel inside the tank without any blind spots.'''

The fuel level readings from a sensor installed in the center of the tank will be least affected by movement and fuel overflow in the tank.

If it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank, consider installing two sensors diagonally at two corners. When fuel flows to one side of the tank, the level on the corresponding sensor will rise, and on the opposite side, the level will correspondingly decrease, while the average level will remain unchanged.

[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=T0Pd6TOpuc8&ab_channel=EscortSensors Video example of the importance of installing the sensor at the geometric center of the tank.]
[[File:Sensor position and fuel flow.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Sensor position and fuel flow''']]

{{Warning|1=Before starting the calibration, the vehicle/fuel tank must be positioned flat in relation to the horizon, i.e. on a level surface without a slope.}}
If the tank has an irregular geometric shape, the sensor must be installed at the maximum depth of the tank, closer to the geometric center.
[[File:The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank.png|none|thumb|874x874px|'''The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank''']][[File:Ladder tank.png|frameless|470x470px]]

[[File:Ladder tank I.png|frameless|451x451px]]

===== When installation in the center is impossible - two or more FLS. =====
To increase accuracy and reduce level fluctuations, install two sensors in one tank. This solution is mainly used in tanks with a capacity of more than 600 liters and having a length of 1500 mm. Sensors must not be installed close to the walls of the tank.

Also, two or more sensors should be installed if it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank and (or) the tank has an elongated shape, i.e. The length of the tank is significantly greater than its height.
[[File:Two_sensors_installed_diagonally.png|none|thumb|885x885px|'''Two sensors installed diagonally''']]

'''Note.''' Installing a single sensor in an elongated tank will allow you to detect drains and refills. But increased level fluctuations while driving may not allow the monitoring platform to correctly read fuel consumption. Therefore, installing two sensors is preferable.

=== Installation locations in tanks of complex shapes ===

==== Saddle-Style Fuel Tanks ====
In this case, it is desirable to install two fuel level sensors in the deepest places along the geometric center of the depressions.

[[File:Saddle shape.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape top view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape side view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

==== Cylindrical tank ====
In this case, the sensor must be installed in the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank top view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

===== Long cylindrical tank =====
In the case of elongated cylindrical tanks, to improve readings while driving, it is necessary to install two sensors at an equal distance from the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank long.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank long inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

===== Ladder shape tank =====
If there is a difference in height in the tank and there is no common bed, it may be necessary to install two fuel level sensors.

[[File:Ladder 2 tank.png|frameless|782x782px]]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

====== Ladder shape tank's tank calibration ======
When calibrating, it is necessary to create two tables, one for "'''FLS 1'''" and the second for "'''FLS 2'''"

Let's assume that the calibration step is 10 liters.

At the beginning of calibration, when the fuel is in the "'''Red Zone'''", the level changes will only occur on "'''FLS 2'''", so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 2'''".

When the fuel is in the "'''Yellow Zone'''" changes will occur on both "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''", during this period we record changes in both tables with half a step, that is, we also fill in 10 liters, but we record 5 liters in the table of each sensor.

When the fuel is in the "'''Green Zone'''" the changes will only occur on "'''FLS 1'''" so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 1'''".

On the platform "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''" are started as separate sensors with their own tables and then a third virtual sensor is created with the sum of liters for two sensors, an example of starting two FLS on the platform is shown [https://docs.google.com/document/d/14p9GYmY0D1Wjz0ZfJXO-soVfxRBP7EiY7TgibD6vmZQ/edit?usp=sharing in this instruction.]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank calibration.png|frameless|750x750px]]

=== Preparing the sensor ===

==== Preparing the sensor tubes ====
Before calibrating the sensor, you should '''determine the future length''' of the measuring tubes in accordance with the height of the tank and '''cut or extend them'''. The length of the tubes should be calculated according to the following formula:

'''L = H - 15 mm,'''

where L - tubes length after changing the length

and

H - height of the tank at the installation point.
{{Warning|1=The minimum length of the tubes should not be less than 15 cm (150 mm). Otherwise, it will most likely not be possible to obtain adequate graphics. The maximum length of the tubes can reach 6m.}}

[[File:Measuring height of the tank.png|none|thumb|887x887px|'''Measuring height of the tank''']]
[[File:Measuring tubes length.png|none|thumb|893x893px|'''Measuring the length of tubes''']]
Use a hacksaw to cut the tubes. When sawing, be careful not to damage the connection of the tubes to the circuit board inside the sensor head and to prevent metal shavings from falling into the tubes.
[[File:Cutting the tubes.gif|none|thumb|600x600px|'''Cutting the tubes''']]

'''Avoid getting shavings inside the tubes - this may lead to a short circuit in the sensor; if this happens, blow the tubes with compressed air through the drainage holes under the sensor flange.''' Sand the edges of the tubes with sandpaper to remove any burrs or irregularities.

To extend sensor tubing, use a collet extension and an additional tube.
[[File:Collet connection.png|none|thumb|749x749px|'''Collet connection''']]
Inner nuts (yellow elements) are used to connect the inner tubes. Once they are installed and the studs are screwed into them, the tubes do not have to touch each other, but try to get them as close to each other as possible.
[[File:Internal connection of the collet connection.png|none|thumb|748x748px|'''Internal connection of the collet connection''']]
The outer coupling and the corresponding nuts must be securely tightened. '''The outer tubes should touch each other.'''
[[File:Collet connection installed.png|none|thumb|764x764px|'''Collet connection installed''']]
[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b_WtOHzKtDM Watch this video on our YouTube channel for a real-time overview of the connection.]

=== Connection dimensions ===
[[File:Dimenstions TD 150.png|none|thumb|702x702px|'''Connection dimensions of the wired FLS''']]

== Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 the configurator on a PC] ==

=== Installation of the configurator and connection to the sensor ===
The sensor can be configured using [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 '''the configurator on a PC'''] (From here onwards- "'''configurator'''").

'''Connect the sensor to the USB-RS-485 converter using a 6-pin MOLEX connector''' or using cable clamps if a cable route is connected to the sensor. Orange wire is line A of the RS-485 sensor interface, white wire is line B of the RS-485 sensor interface, black wire is GND, red is PWR.
[[File:Sensor connected via MOLEX.png|none|thumb|731x731px|'''Sensor connected via MOLEX''']]
[[File:Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps.png|none|thumb|731x731px|'''Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps''']]
We recommend using our Escort C200M/C200M2 USB-RS-485 converter, since we cannot guarantee 100% compatibility of our devices with converters from other brands.

When working with a laptop, we recommend connecting it to the power supply and/or connecting an additional USB cable to the ADD connector of the PWR C200M. Otherwise, there may not be enough power to operate the sensor and transmitter.

Along with installing the configurator 1.0.2.38, the drivers for the C200M will be installed automatically.

If you use C200M2 on Windows 10 and 11 operating systems, drivers should be installed automatically from Windows Update, on the Windows 7 operating system and below, you may need to [https://windowsreport.com/driver-signature-enforcement-windows-10/ disable the electronic signature of drivers] and manually install [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/escort_c-200m/Escort%20driver%20C-200M2.zip?v=050623134319 drivers for the С200M2].

If the driver was installed correctly, then after connecting the converter to your PC/laptop, you will see the STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port ('''1''')(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A ('''2''')(C200M2) device in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager " to enter this menu, press '''win+r''' and enter '''devmgmt.msc''' and press '''OK''' ('''3''') and then expand the com ports submenu ('''4''')"

The com port number displayed in this menu is also needed to connect the sensor.

[[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|796x796px]]

After connecting the converter, sensor to it and checking the installation of drivers by checking the com port number of the converter, you need to open the configurator, select the desired com port which we could find in the device manager ('''1''') and press the '''FLS''' button ('''2''').

[[File:Com ports selection.png|frameless|657x657px]]
{{Note|1=The connection to the FLS should be made within 15 seconds after the sensor has been connected to power, if the sensor operating mode has been changed from RS-485 to any other.}}
After connecting the sensor you should see this menu:

[[File:Main page PC configurator.png|frameless|751x751px]]

# Sensor serial number
# Sensor firmware version (FW)
# Sensor temperature
# Current sensor level
# Current CNT level (raw level value) of the sensor
# LLS network addresses connected to this converter (if there is more than one address in this list, it means either more than one sensor is connected to the line at the same time or there is interference on the line, in this case it is necessary to check the connection to the FLS for the presence of other conflicting devices and it is necessary to close other programs using the com ports for example tracker configurator)
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)
# Current sensor operating mode
# Current range of output values (1-1023 or 1-4095)
# Current filtration type and degree
# Connected sensor model

=== Sensor calibration ===
[[File:FLS calibration PC.gif|frameless|647x647px]]

After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.

To do this you need:

* Go to menu '''"Sensor calibration"'''

[[File:TD 150 calibration.png|frameless|734x734px]]

* Insert the centralizer into the tubes
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by sealing the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes, turning the sensor upside down, or submerging the sensor tubes completely in fuel)
* Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''1''')
* Deselect the '''"Calibration without fuel'''" slider ('''2''')
* Click '''"Full"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Full"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''1'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired calibration.png|frameless|366x366px]]
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|518x518px|'''Centralizer''']]
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Centralizer at the end of the tubes''']]
<gallery widths="350" heights="300">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)'''
</gallery>

* Empty the pipes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the pipes
* Wait for CNT to stabilize (1)
* Click '''"Empty"''' ('''2''')
* The value '''"Empty"''' ('''3''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''1'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor
* Click '''"OK"'''

[[File:PC Empty calibration.png|frameless|366x366px]]

* The sensor level should display as 1, the sensor calibration process is complete.

Thus, CNT should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the Empty calibration value to the Full calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]
{{Warning|1=Unblock the drainage holes after calibration!}}
[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|655x655px]]

=== Calibration without fuel ===
An alternative calibration option is calibration without fuel.

In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty and free of fuel, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch ('''1''') active ('''green''') and press '''"Calibrate"''' ('''2''') . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.

[[File:Calibration without fuel PC.png|frameless|366x366px]]

[[File:Calibration values calibration without fuel PC.png|frameless|366x366px]]

If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.

Initially there are two measurement ranges:

* From 1 to1023
* From 1 to 4095

The sensor never sends a value of 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is displayed.

'''When calibrating without fuel, since the sensor does not know what fuel will be used, the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''

'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''

'''We recommend, if possible, calibration with fuel.'''

=== Setting the calibration value Full and Empty manually ===
We do not recommend using this functionality, but you can set the Full and Empty calibration values manually to save time when you are using sensors of the same length in the same tanks.
{{Warning|1=Setting calibration values manually will most likely increase the sensor error! We do not recommend doing this!}}
To do this, enter the Full and Empty calibration values of the previously calibrated sensor into the appropriate fields in the configurator.

[[File:Wired advanced menu.png|frameless|733x733px]]

[[File:Wired advanced menu page.png|frameless|669x669px]]

[[File:Wired manual Empty-Full.png|frameless|667x667px]]

=== Setting the mode, range and network address ===

==== Setting the mode ====
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS tracker

Select the mode you need('''1''') and click '''“Save parameters to device”'''('''2''')

[[File:Wire mode settings.png|frameless|572x572px]]

- '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the tracker's RS-485 interface. The tracker must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The tracker must be able to poll sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol'''.

- '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS tracker to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''.

- '''Active RS485''' mode should be used if the tracker has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently poll the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.
{{Note|1=The analog output of the TD-150 is always active on the green wire in the 0.2-9V range, there is no need to turn it on separately}}

==== Setting the range ====
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz or 300Hz to 4395Hz'''.

After changing the range, click “'''Save the parameters to device'''” ('''2''').

[[File:Wire range settings.png|frameless|561x561px]]

'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, but the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.

==== Setting the network address ====
The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (gps tracker).
{{Warning|1=There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.}}
To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Change network address”''' field ('''1''') and click '''“Save the parameters to device”''' ('''2'''), after which the configurator should switch to the new sensor address and display the new sensor address in the field '''"Available units"''' ('''3''') and '''"Poll network address"''' ('''4''').
[[File:Wired before changing Network address.png|none|thumb|611x611px|'''Before changing network address''']]
[[File:After changing network address.png|none|thumb|614x614px|'''After changing network address''']]

=== Tank calibration ===
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''Installing the sensor inside the tank'''
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''Screwing the self-tapping screws'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports.

In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the Tank calibration menu in the application.

Suppose you need to calibrate a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.

To do this you should:

* Connect sensor
* Make sure that the filtration is set to '''“No”''' ('''1'''). Filtration slows down the level calculation and can increase the tank calibration time.
* Create an Excel table. Save it in '''.csv''' format. The first row of the table should look like this:
* [[File:First line in tank calibration table Excel.png|frameless]] You can also create a text file on your PC/Phone or manually record calibration
* Select whether calibration is performed by filling or draining. The '''Filling''' method is recommended as it is more accurate. If you select the '''Drain''' method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.
* Select portion size

{{Warning|1=Portion volume is not the number of portions! This is the number of liters/gallons in each portion! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be divided into 10 portions, the portion size would be 30L.}}

* Start calibrating the tank by pouring portions into the tank or emptying the tank for a given portion and recording the level in the table after it has stabilized

An example of calibration by filling in portions of 10 liters and imagine that in this case there are 10 liters in the tank that cannot be removed and when the sensor is placed in the tank it immediately shows the value 115 instead of 1.

[[File:Tank calibration first portion.png|frameless]] [[File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|frameless|355x355px]]

You add the first portion of fuel to the tank. The level should change from 115 to some other value. If the level does not change, check the sensor drain holes. They may be blocked by electrical tape, which must be removed after the sensor has been calibrated. If the holes are blocked, the air inside the tubes will prevent fuel from getting inside the tubes.

[[File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|frameless|447x447px]]

Next, add the following row to your table.

[[File:Wired Extended table.png|frameless]]

Continue this until the tank is full.

However, if there are bends or other irregularities in the shape of the tank, the volume of fuel portions should be reduced until the fuel level is above the irregularly shaped section of the tank. After overcoming such a section, you should return to the original portion volume.

Assume that you do the tank calibration in portions of 10 liters as before. The level rises to an area with a complex shape.

[[File:Tank calibration complex shape.png|frameless|443x443px]]

You reduce the serving size from 10 to 5 liters. And continue adding portions until you overcome the area with a complex shape.

[[File:Complex shaped tank next step.png|frameless|446x446px]]

When the level is above the problem area, you can return to the original serving volume of 10 liters.

Once the tank is full, you will have a calibration chart like the following example.

[[File:Tank is full.png|frameless|499x499px]][[File:Filled tank calibration table.png|frameless|446x446px]]
[[File:Table for tank that can't be filled completely.png|none|thumb|'''Table for a tank that cannot be filled 100%''']]
If in your case the level does not reach 1023 or 4095 because the tank cannot be filled completely, do not worry about it. It is acceptable that your table would end up like the following example, even though the sensor range is 1-1023.

The number of servings depends on the capacity of the tank. See the table with our recommendations below.
{| class="wikitable"
| colspan="3" |'''Recommended number and portion size for calibrating the tank'''
|-
|'''Tank volume'''
|'''Number of portions'''
|'''Volume of each portion'''
'''(Tank Volume / Number of portions)'''
|-
|'''0-60'''
|'''10-20'''
|'''3-4'''
|-
|'''61-100'''
|'''12-20'''
|'''5'''
|-
|'''101-500'''
|'''10-50'''
|'''10'''
|-
|'''501-1000'''
|'''20-50'''
|'''20'''
|-
|'''Over1000'''
| colspan="2" |'''As per your capabilities. The rule of thumb is that the larger the portions and smaller the volume, the more accurate the data will be'''
|}

{{Note|1=The rule of thumb: more portions means more accurate reports on the monitoring platform.}}
You can create a table on your platform by loading it from a file or by entering values manually.
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|487x487px|'''Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box''']]

=== Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs ===
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:

# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|471x471px|'''Example of FLS 1 calibration table''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|442x442px|'''Example of FLS 2 calibration table''']]

=== Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length ===
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:

# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''Example of FLS 1 calibration table''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''Example of FLS 2 calibration table''']]

=== Filtration ===
After tank calibration is completed, select the required '''“Filtration level”''' and click '''“Save the parameters to device”'''

[[File:Wired Filtration.png|frameless|732x732px]]

Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:

==== Recommended filtration level for wired FLS ====
{| class="wikitable"
|'''0-1'''
|'''Stationary units'''
|-
|'''2-6'''
|'''Vehicles on high or medium quality roads'''
|-
|'''7-12'''
|'''Agricultural machinery units'''
|-
|'''13-15'''
|'''Heavy-duty machinery'''
|}
General tips for installing filtration:

* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration
* You only need to set the median filter type[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|790x790px|'''Example before enabling filtering and after.''']]

=== Setting and removing a password ===
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.

To do this:

* Click on the '''"Service"''' button ('''1''') and then '''"Security"''' ('''2''')
* [[File:Wired security menu.png|frameless|780x780px]]
* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click set password. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''
* [[File:Password menu wired.jpg|frameless|777x777px]]
* After successfully setting the password, a red lock should appear next to the FLS icon
* [[File:PC password set menu.png|frameless|781x781px]]

{{Warning|1=Please note that the password reset procedure can be very time-consuming. We recommend that you take a responsible approach in setting your password and saving it.}}
To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure

* Click on the '''"Service"''' button ('''1''') and then '''"Security"''' ('''2''')
* [[File:Wired security menu.png|frameless|776x776px]]
* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you have lost your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click '''"Remove password"'''
* [[File:PC wired security remove password.png|frameless|768x768px]]
* If the password was successfully removed, the lock should turn green
* [[File:PC wired no password menu.png|frameless|719x719px]]

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

== Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via a [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config mobile application on Android] ==

=== Connection to the sensor ===
Wired sensors can be connected to a smartphone to the [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Escort Configurator app]. For this you will need:

* Smartphone running Android operating system with OTG technology support
* RS-485 - USB converter, for example, Escort C200m2
* USB-OTG adapter for connecting the converter to a smartphone

'''Attention! You cannot update the FW of the sensor through an application on a smartphone; this can only be done using a computer and the Bootloader program'''

By connecting the sensor to your smartphone you can:

* calibrate the sensor
* change filtering level
* change network address
* select the sensor operating mode
* select measurement range (1023 or 4095)
* set or change password
* calibrate the tank
[[File:Wired phone connection.png|none|thumb|561x561px|'''Diagram of sensor connection to the phone''']]
[[File:Wired phone connection with add. power.png|none|thumb|565x565px|'''Diagram of sensor connection to telephone with additional power supply''']]

* Connect the sensor to your smartphone according to the diagram
* Check that the converter is turned on (there is a power indication), on some models the OTG mode must be enabled manually in the phone settings
* [[File:OTG mode in OPPO phones.png|none|thumb|'''Example of enabling OTG mode on OPPO smartphones''']]
* Select the RS-485 tab ('''1''')
* Select Fuel level sensor ('''2''')
[[File:Wired mobile app main page.png|frameless]]
* When connecting for the first time, the phone should ask for access to the converter, click OK
[[File:Providing access to the C200M2.png|none|thumb|688x688px|'''Providing access to the C200M2 in the app''']]
* If such a request does not appear and the sensor is not detected, try connecting additional power to the sensor according to the connection diagram, also check that the power indication on the converter is active and that the OTG mode is enabled on the smartphone
* If, after asking for permission, you receive the error “Unable to connect the device,” this is normal. Just select the fuel level sensor again.
* [[File:Error mobile connection.jpg|none|thumb|685x685px|'''Error failed to connect device after requesting permission''']]
* If you are using a C200M inverter, you can connect an additional power supply to the inverter. To do this, you need to take a power supply for charging your smartphone with a microUSB connector and connect it to the C200M using the ADD PWR connector
* Once connected successfully, you will see the main screen of the sensor.
[[File:Wired mobile data page.png|frameless|787x787px]]

# Sensor serial number
# Sensor firmware version (FW)
# Sensor temperature
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)
# Current sensor operating mode
# Current filtration type and level
# Current sensor level
# Connected sensor model

=== Sensor calibration (via mobile app) ===
After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.

To do this you need:

* Go to the '''"Settings"''' menu

[[File:Wired mobile settings button.png|frameless|928x928px]]

* Insert the centralizer into the tubes
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by sealing the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes, turning the sensor upside down, or submerging the sensor tubes completely in fuel)
* Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''2''')
* Deselect the '''"Calibration without fuel"''' slider ('''1''')
* Press '''"Full"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Full"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''2'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired mobile settings page.png|frameless|408x408px]]
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|513x513px|'''Centrator''']]
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Centrator on the tubes''']]
<gallery widths="350" heights="300">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)'''
</gallery>

* Empty the tubes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the tubes
* Wait for CNT to stabilize ('''2''')
* Click '''"Empty"''' ('''3''')
* The value '''"Empty"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''2'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor

[[File:Wired phone empty.png|frameless]]

Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]
{{Warning|1=Unlock the drainage holes after calibration!}}
[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|759x759px]]

=== Calibration without fuel ===
An alternative calibration option is calibration without fuel.

In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty, there is no fuel in them, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch ('''1''') active ('''green''') and press '''"Calibrate"''' ('''2''') . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.

[[File:Wired calibration with fuel mobile.png|frameless|768x768px]]

If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.

Initially there are two measurement ranges:

* From 1 to 1023
* From 1 to 4095

The sensor never sends a value of 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is displayed.

'''When calibrating without fuel, since the sensor does not know what fuel will be used, the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''

'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''

'''We recommend, if possible, calibration with fuel.'''

=== Setting the mode, range and network address ===

==== Setting the mode ====
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS tracker

Go to Settings

[[File:Wired mobile settings button.png|frameless|806x806px]]

Select the mode you need('''1''') and press '''“Set parameters”'''('''2''')

[[File:Wired mode settings mobile.png|frameless|801x801px]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless|798x798px]]

- '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the tracker's RS-485 interface. The tracker must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The tracker must be able to poll sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol'''.

- '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS tracker to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''

- '''Active RS485 mode''' should be used if the tracker has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently poll the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.
{{Note|1=The analog output of the TD-150 is always active on the green wire in the 0.2-9V range, there is no need to turn it on separately}}

==== Setting the range ====
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz''' or '''300Hz to 4395Hz'''.

After changing the range, press '''“Set parameters”''' ('''2''').

[[File:Wired setting range mobile.png|frameless|490x490px]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless|992x992px]]

'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, then the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.

==== Setting the network address ====
The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (gps tracker).
{{Warning|1=There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.}}
To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Network address”''' field ('''1''') and click “'''Set parameters'''” ('''2''')

[[File:Wired setting address.png|frameless|501x501px]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless|857x857px]]

=== Tank calibration ===
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''Installing the sensor inside the tank'''
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''Tightening screws'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports.

In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the tank calibration menu in the application.

Suppose you need to calibrate a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.

To do this, you should connect the sensor and go to settings and check that the filtering is set to 0.

Filtration slows down level calculations and can increase tank calibration time.

Then go to the tank calibration menu

[[File:Wired tank calibration mobile.png|frameless|924x924px]]

Then, you can click '''Start''' to create a new table, or click '''Resume''' to select an existing table from your smartphone memory and continue working with it. If you click '''Resume''', you will need to locate the table file on your Android device that you created/downloaded earlier. Select another folder using the Main Menu button ('''1''') or using the drop-down menu ('''2'''). Select the table and click on it ('''3''')<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration page.jpg|'''Start or Continue tank calibration'''
File:Folder search numbered.png|'''Selecting a tank calibration table file for resuming the tank calibration'''
</gallery>If you click Start, you will also need to select the folder in which the table will be saved ('''2''') and click the button to select it ('''3''')
[[File:Start tank calibration folder wired.png|none|thumb|722x722px|'''Selecting a folder and creating a new tank calibration file''']]
Then, you can select the '''Fill''' or '''Drain''' method ('''1, 2'''). The '''Fill''' method is recommended as it is more accurate.

If you select the Drain method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.

Next, give the table file a name ('''3''') and set the portion size ('''4''').
{{Warning|1=Serving volume is not the number of servings! This is the number of liters/gallons in each serving! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be packaged into 10 servings, the serving size would be 30 L.}}
After this, click Continue ('''5''').<gallery widths="400" heights="600">
File:Tank calibration filling.png|'''Selection of tank calibration method, table name, portion size'''
File:Tank calibration draining.png|'''Selection of drain tank calibration method, selection of fuel volume in the tank'''
</gallery>After this, you will have a table in which the first row will be 0 liters and level 1. <gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration first line.jpg|'''First tank calibration line. 0 liters-gallons and level 1'''
</gallery>You can always pause tank calibration and resume it.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration.png|'''Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration'''
File:Resuming tank calibration.jpg|'''Resuming tank calibration'''
</gallery>The table is saved automatically after you click the '''+''' button.

Next, you should add the first portion of fuel to the tank. Once the level changes ('''3''') and is displayed as Stable ('''4'''), press the '''+''' button ('''1''').

In this example, level ('''3''') does not change because during the work on this manual we did not have fuel to carry out a real calibration of the tank. In your case, the level should change (if the fuel touches the tubes) and be Stable before you press the + button.

The following line ('''2''') will appear. The value in the Fuel column will increase according to the Step size ('''5''') you specified when you created the table or when you last modified it ('''3''').<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''Adding the first portion to the tank'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''Adding a tank calibration line'''
</gallery>You can also change any line by pressing and holding it for some time, after which a dialog box will appear. This way you can correct possible errors.
[[File:Editing a tank calibration line.jpg|none|thumb|381x381px|'''Editing a tank calibration line''']]
If you press a line and hold it and swipe left, it will be deleted.

[[File:Tank calibration GIF.gif|frameless|763x763px]]

Then, add the next portion of fuel to the tank. Wait for the level to change and stabilize, then press the '''+''' button ('''1'''). Continue this until the tank is full.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|'''Adding a second portion to the tank'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''Adding a tank calibration line'''
</gallery>

=== What to do if it is not possible to completely empty the tank? ===
If you cannot completely empty the tank, you should somehow calculate the amount of fuel that is in the tank. After this, you can manually edit the table so that it looks like the example below. Or simply edit the table file before you upload it to the monitoring platform.

Let's assume that there are already 10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed, so when you place the sensor in the tank, it will immediately begin to show the level of 115, instead of 1.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed'''
File:Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank.jpg|'''Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank'''
</gallery>Next, you can add the next portion to the tank. The level value should change. If the level does not change, check the drain holes. They may be blocked by duct tape that you may have used while calibrating the sensor or by pieces of sealing compound.

If this happens, the air trapped inside the tubes prevents the fuel from rising.
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box''']]

=== Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs ===
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|466x466px|'''Example of FLS 1 tank calibration table''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|426x426px|'''Example of FLS 2 tank calibration table''']]

=== Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length ===
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. '''IMPORTANT''': it is necessary to reduce the portion '''only''' in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''Example of FLS 1 calibration table''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''Example of FLS 2 calibration table''']]

=== Filtration ===
After tank calibration is completed, select the required “Filtration” ('''1''') and click “Set parameters” ('''2''')

[[File:Wired filtration setting mobile.png|frameless]]

[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless]]

Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:

==== Recommended filtration level for wired FLS ====
{| class="wikitable"
|'''0-1'''
|'''Stationary units'''
|-
|'''2-6'''
|'''Vehicles on high or medium quality roads'''
|-
|'''7-12'''
|'''Agricultural machinery units'''
|-
|'''13-15'''
|'''Heavy-duty machinery'''
|}
General tips for installing filtration:

* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration
* Only median filtering type should be set
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|813x813px|'''Example before enabling filtering and after.''']]

=== Setting and deleting a password ===
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.

To do this:

* Go to the "'''Additional Features'''" menu
[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless|719x719px]]
* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click '''“Install”'''. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''
[[File:Wired set password mobile.jpg|frameless|728x728px]]

{{Warning|1=Please note that the password reset procedure can be very time-consuming. We recommend that you take a responsible approach in setting your password and saving it.}}

* To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure

* Go to the "'''Additional Features'''" menu
[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless|697x697px]]
* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you lose your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click '''“Remove”'''
[[File:Wired remove password mobile.jpg|frameless|673x673px]]

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support..

== Connecting the sensor to the GPS tracker ==

=== General instructions ===
[[File:Wired recommendations.png|frameless|923x923px]]

Depending on the operating mode and purpose of the sensor, additional components are used in the power supply and signal circuits: filters, optocouplers, ballast resistors and fuses. The elements are installed in the driver’s cabin of a vehicle or other equipment. If it is not possible to install in these locations, provide them with additional protection from external climatic (for example, sun, precipitation) and operational (for example, heating, moving parts) influences. Additional components are located at a safe distance from fuel and its flammable products in explosion-proof areas.

To protect the power circuit, use fuses of the appropriate rating (see FU1 in the diagrams).

'''To ensure spark protection of the power circuit, use ballast resistors of the appropriate rating (see R1 in the diagrams). Place the resistors outside the explosive zone: in the event of high-voltage surges in the sensor power line, the resistor will fail and the circuit will break, eliminating the possibility of sparking in the explosive zone.'''

Connecting cables are laid away from parts that move and heat up during operation of the equipment. If there is no additional insulation of the connecting cable wires, use flame-retardant polymer corrugated tubes used in automotive technology.

=== Connection diagrams ===
In order to connect the sensor to the GPS tracker and to the power source, use the diagram presented below.
[[File:Wired RS-485 no R.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''RS-485 connection diagram''']]
[[File:Wired Frequency mode.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Wiring diagram for Frequency output''']]
[[File:Wired Analog mode.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Analog output wiring diagram''']]

{{Note|1=The TD-150 sensor has analog mode always enabled; it does not need to be enabled in the configurator!}}

=== Connection using a resistor ===
[[File:Wired RS-485 with R.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''RS-485 connection diagram With resistor for explosion protection certificate''']]

The sensors are supplied with 2 resistors. Each can be used in place of (but not in conjunction with) the supplied fuse.

'''The black resistor''' should be used if the sensor is powered by a '''12V''' power source. '''The red resistor''' should be used at higher voltages up to '''80V''' (up to '''40V''' to comply with the certificate of conformity).

The purpose of the resistor is to break the voltage supply line in case of overload and to prevent sparking in the hazardous area that could occur in this case.

[[File:Wired R with sensors.png|frameless|512x512px]]

To achieve explosion safety, the sensor in any mode must be connected through a resistor and not a fuse.
{{Note|1=Not with the fuse, but instead of the fuse}}

== Sensor and cable sealing ==

=== Sealing sensor of the current design ===
You will need a sensor protective cover and a seal from the kit.<gallery widths="300" heights="300">
File:Protective cover for wired FLS.png|'''Protective cover for wired FLS'''
File:New design seal.png|'''Seal TD-150'''
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head
[[File:Wired FLS with protective cover.png|none|thumb|411x411px|'''Wired FLS with protective cover''']]
Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outwards''')

<gallery widths="400" heights="400">
File:Installing a seal on a wired FLS.png|'''Installing a seal on a wired FLS'''
File:Installed seal on the wired FLS.png|'''Installed seal on a wired FLS'''
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw the special key from the kit into it (you can also use any self-tapping screw of a suitable size) and pull it towards you.
[[File:Removal of the seal of the wired FLS.png|none|thumb|515x515px|'''Removal of the seal of the wired FLS''']]
[[File:Seal after removal.png|none|thumb|'''Seal after removal''']]

Thus, it will be impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.

==== Alternative sealing of a current design sensor ====
Also included with the sensor of the current design is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.

* It is necessary to pass the cable through the hole in the sensor cover
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 1.png|frameless|432x432px]]

* Pass both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 2.png|frameless|435x435px]]

* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing on the protruding part
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 3.png|frameless|555x555px]]

=== Sealing sensor of the former design ===
[[File:Sealing sensor of the former design.png|frameless|512x512px]]

=== Cable sealing ===
To seal the sensor connector, insert a plastic seal into the special hole on the sensor connector

[[File:Wire sealing.png|frameless|493x493px]]

== Updating the sensor firmware ==
'''[https://docs.google.com/document/d/16KhS0ZV5Hrb44J66LmGOy7Gy2TKcuEqU/edit?usp=sharing&ouid=116383505004193584732&rtpof=true&sd=true Firmware update instructions]'''

'''[https://youtu.be/BVCs-LiWLVs There is also a video instructional guide]'''

'''You can find the latest firmware version in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td150 downloads section of our website]'''

== Common problems and solutions ==

=== Level 7000 ===
Level 7000 is an error code Short circuit. This indicates that there is dirt, water, chips or other impurities in the tubes. All of these can be highly conductive, while the sensor is designed to work with dielectrics such as fuel.

You should clean the sensor tubes preferably by flushing them with the clean fuel and blowing them through the drain holes with compressed air.

If this error occurred after the start of operation of the sensor, it means that most likely these impurities got into the sensor tubes from the tank and in this case it is also needed to ensure that the tank itself doesn't contain any contaminations. Clean the tank, if necessary. Note that a fuel level sensor installed outside a contaminated tank may function correctly, but the same sensor installed in such a tank may generate this error code.

=== Level 6500 ===
This code may indicate that the tubes have lost contact. This error code may be generated immediately after cutting the tubes. In this case, simply calibrate the sensor.

If this does not help, check the CNT. If the CNT is below 10,000, it is very likely that the tubes are not in contact with the sensor board.

Take a photo of the sensor head (the sensor serial number should be visible), its tubes (the correspondence or discrepancy of the tubes length should be clearly visible), take a screenshot of the main screen of the sensor and the Settings menu page in the application and send these data to tech support.

=== The sensor does not connect or is not recognized in the application ===
If the sensor does not connect to the configurator, do the following:

* Make sure that the correct COM port number is selected and that drivers and libraries are installed (STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port ('''1''')(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A ('''2''')(C200M2) in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager "to enter this menu, press '''win+r''' and enter '''devmgmt.msc''' and press '''OK''' ('''3''') and then expand the com ports submenu ('''4''')"
* [[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|786x786px]]
* [[File:Com ports selection.png|frameless|722x722px]]
* If possible, connect another sensor that is sure to work; if it connects, then there are no problems with the COM port or converter

* Connect another USB cable to the C200M (ADD PWR connector); check if the USB cable is working
* If another converter is used, ensure that sufficient power is supplied to the sensor (12 volts is optimal)
* When connecting the sensor, press Search for sensors within 15 seconds after power is applied to the sensor
* If the above does not help, reflash the FW of the sensor
* If you cannot complete the firmware, contact our technical support

=== Checking the connection between the sensor and the tracker via RS-485 ===
If the sensor, for some reason, after you have configured everything correctly, does not transmit data to the tracker, you need to find out whether data is being exchanged between devices.

To do this, connect the sensor to the tracker via RS-485. Connect power to both devices.

After that, take the RS-485-USB converter and connect it between the sensor and the tracker as shown below:

For RS-485, lines A and B of the converter must be connected to lines A and B of the sensor
[[File:RS-485 Logging Connections .png|none|thumb|648x648px|'''RS-485 Logging Connections''' ]]
Run [https://drive.google.com/file/d/10i7v4TZ9-JDJYPAh-9JSh4x6vkM93BVV/view?usp=sharing terminal.exe] and configure the COM port as shown below:

Baud rate – 19200, Parity – None, Stop-bits – 1, Handshaking – None

Also, check HEX or ASCII depending on the format in which information from the sensor will be transmitted. For all sensors except the TD-600 configured in RS-232 mode, you must select HEX.

After connecting the converter correctly, select the COM port and click Connect. If the sensor is polled by the tracker and responds, then everything is in order.
[[File:Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485.png|none|thumb|572x572px|'''Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485''']]
If there is no communication between the two devices, try polling the sensor manually.

To do this, enter the request '''31$01$06$6C''' for the sensor with network address 1 and click '''Send'''
[[File:Sending a request to the sensor.png|none|thumb|585x585px|'''Sending a request to the sensor''']]
The structure of the request depends on the network address of the sensor. If you change the sensor address to 255, for example, then the request would look like this

'''31$FF$06$29'''

'''FF''' - 255 in HEX

'''29''' - '''CRC''' checksum calculated for a specific request

In order to calculate the checksum, you can go to the '''[https://crccalc.com/ crccalc]''' website and enter your request without the '''$''' sign, select HEX, CRC-8/MAXIM and click Calc CRC-8
[[File:CRC calculation for address 255.png|none|thumb|665x665px|'''CRC calculation for address 255''']]
If the sensor is polled by the tracker and responds, then everything is in order.

If the sensor does not respond to the tracker, but responds to a request you send manually, you should check your tracker's RS-485 ports.

If the sensor does not respond to anything, the standard FLS diagnostic procedure should be carried out.

== Description of the LLS protocol ==
The protocol is described in this [https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1maRSrToEaYtOP0sQz69Qq3e0iA0dBRos/edit?usp=drive_link&ouid=113197106569288024895&rtpof=true&sd=true document]

Example of a request and response for 1 network address:

Request: '''''31 01 06 6C'''''

Response from sensor: '''''3E 01 06 19 01 00 92 5D BE'''''

== Purpose of contacts and wires ==
[[File:Pinout TD-150.png|frameless|828x828px]]

== Remote control of FLS Escort ==
At the moment, Navtelecom and GlonassSoft trackers have the ability to configure wired Escort FLS by remotely connecting to the gps tracker without using the above commands. This can be done according to these instructions:

'''[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qmU9DQCO4Fc Smart and Signal, built-in configurator]'''

'''[https://youtu.be/JJZl-EsrUoQ Smart and Signal by creating commands in the configurator]'''

'''[https://youtu.be/rFzWX8E97Bg UMKa]'''

It is also possible to send commands via SMS commands or tracker tracker.

At the moment, we know that the remote control function is supported by trackers of the Smart and Signal family produced by Navtelecom (Signal, Smart), Technocom (AvtoGRAPH) and GlonassSoft (UMKa). Transmission of commands to the sensor is possible only in RS-485 operating mode.

First you need to open the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 PC configurator Escort]; The converter and/or tracker must be disconnected from the computer. In the '''Service''' tab, click on the '''Remote control''' option.

[[File:Remote control Settings.png|frameless|632x632px]]

A window for generating commands for sending will open:

[[File:Remote control Settings menu.jpg|frameless|586x586px]]

Here you need:

# Choose what type of commandd to generate
# Specify the current network address of the sensor to which the command will be sent
# Specify the parameters that need to be changed by this command
# Click on the '''Generate''' button
# Then you need to send the selected part of the command via the tracker configurator or by SMS message to the number of the current SIM card of this GPS tracker

ATTENTION: if a password is set on the sensor, you must first send a command to enter the password, and then the command that you need.

[[File:Command generation.png|frameless|651x651px]]

To decrypt the response to the sent command, you need:

# Copy that part of the response from the tracker that begins with '''3E01...''', and paste it into the input/output field in the ''Remote control'' tab of the Escort configurator
# Click on '''Decode reply'''

[[File:Command decode process.png|frameless|649x649px]]

[[File:Decoded command information.jpg|frameless|648x648px]]

== Useful links ==
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-150/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-150.pdf?v=271022141709 Technical data sheet of the device]'''
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-150/#active Product page]'''
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td150 Download materials]'''

{{Next|prev=TD-BLE|next=TD-150-BLE|next-text=TD-150 BLE}}

TD-BLE

2026-10-09T09:40:11Z

RINAT: Layout: «Sensor card» header, warning templates, legacy markup cleanup (manual text unchanged)

[[RU:TD-BLE| Русская версия]]
[[es:TD-BLE| Versión en español]]
{{Sensor card
|type = Wireless fuel level sensor
|photo = TD-BLE.png
|p1 = Measurement type |v1 = capacitive
|p2 = Connection |v2 = Bluetooth LE, Advertising mode
|p3 = Protocol |v3 = Escort BLE
|p4 = Data transmission |v4 = 3 s (FW ≥ 1.3.4) · 1 s (FW ≤ 1.3.0)
|p5 = Measurement period |v5 = 10 s
|p6 = Level range |v6 = 1…1023 / 1…4095
|p7 = Power |v7 = autonomous, battery
|datasheet = https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-ble/Datasheet%20Escort%20TD-BLE.pdf?v=040723105730
|downloads = https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/
|product = https://escortsensors.com/product/escort-wireless-fuel-level-sensor-td-ble/
|ios = https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085
|android = https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config
}}
== Definition and purpose of the sensor ==
'''Escort''' fuel level sensors (FLS or sensors) are designed to determine the filling level of petroleum products in fuel tanks, reservoirs and storage tanks. '''TD-BLE''' (sensor) is used in transportation as a fuel level meter and in the industry - as a level meter for any light petroleum products. Escort FLS measurement type is capacitive. Its readings are based on the dielectric constant of the medium in which it operates; in this case, the medium is various types of light petroleum products (gasoline, diesel, kerosene, motor oil).

TD-BLE is a completely wireless FLS with an autonomous powe supply. Sensor data is transmitted in the form of Bluetooth packets in '''Advertising''' mode; data sending frequency - every 3 seconds (software version 1.3.4 and later) and every second (software version 1.3.0 and earlier). The frequency of measurement by the fuel level sensor is every 10 seconds, regardless of the software version..

More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-ble/Datasheet%20Escort%20TD-BLE.pdf?v=040723105730 technical data sheet of the device].

== Basic terms and concepts ==
'''Fuel level sensor (FLS)''' - device which is used for measuring fuel level.

'''Serial number''' - code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).

'''Sensor's name''' - sensor's designation among BLE devices consisting from two letter from the sensor's model name and six last digits from the serial number; E.g. TD_100100;

'''MAC-address''' - unique identifier assigned to every active device. Used to recognize devices in the network.

'''Data packet''' - is a set of parameters transmitted by a device equipped with a Bluetooth transmitter, the structure of which is determined by the data transfer protocol.

'''Data transfer protocol''' - is a set of specific rules or conventions of a logical level interface that defines the exchange of data between various programs or devices. In the case of the TD-BLE sensor, the '''Escort BLE''' protocol is used to transmit data packets.

'''Advertising mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the device “distributes” data packets at a certain frequency, regardless of the presence of a device receiving the data.

'''Connection mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the transmitter waits for a connection to the receiving device in order to begin transmitting data packets.

'''[[База BLE-RS485|Base BLE-RS485]]''' - is a device that relays data transfer and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via the RS-485 interface in accordance with the LLS protocol.

'''Base BA-BLE''' - is a device that relays data transfer and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via RS-485 and RS-232 interfaces in accordance with the LLS protocol.

== TD-BLE sensor's design ==

==== Design of the 1st generation TD-BLE ====
[[File:Design of the 1st generation TD-BLE RU.png|834x834px]]

==== Design of the 2nd generation TD-BLE ====
[[File:Design of the 2nd generation TD-BLE ENG.png|834x834px]]

== Connecting sensor to a smartphone ==
To configure the TD-BLE sensor, calibrate it and calibrate the tank, you should use the Escort Configurator application, available on [https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085 iOS] and [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Android] devices (hereinafter referred to as the “'''application'''” or "'''app'''").

=== Geolocation ===
Launch the app and activate Bluetooth and geolocation on your smartphone also check if application have access to geolocation.

[[File:Screenshot 20240221-094919 One UI Home.png|595x595px]] [[File:Screenshot 20240221-095105 Permission controller.png|593x593px]]

=== Connecting sensor ===
[[File:Connection GIF.gif]]

Press the '''Sensor Settings''' button. Next, select '''TD-BLE'''.

[[File:Sensor settings. Main page.png|frameless]] [[File:ConnectionTDBLE.png|frameless]]

Find the required sensor by typing the last 6 digits of its serial number. You can find the serial number on the sensor head.

You can also simply select the required sensor from the list and click the Connect button. On an Android device, you can click on the sensors name, and a package of data received in advertising mode will be displayed.

[[File:SensorSelection.png|frameless]] [[File:SensorAdvData.png|frameless]]

=== Setting a password ===
It is strongly recommend that you set a password on the sensor in order to restrict access to its settings. When you connect for the first time, the application will ask you to set a password automatically.

You can set, change and delete a password in the '''Additional Features'''.

[[File:SensorAddFeatures.png|frameless]]

Then, in the field that appears named "Password for changing settings", enter the password that you want be used later and click '''Enter'''.

[[File:SensorPasswordChangeMenu.png|frameless]]
{{Warning|1=Please note that the password reset procedure can be very time-consuming. We recommend that you take a responsible approach in setting your password and saving it.}}
'''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''

To delete a previously set password, you must enter it in the Password field, and then press the '''Enter''' and then the '''Delete''' buttons.

'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.

=== Main sensor parameters ===
To see the main parameters of the sensor go to the '''Data''' tab. There you can see the following parameters:

# Sensor serial number
# Firmware version ('''FW''') installed in the sensor
# '''Temperature''' measured by sensor
# '''Level -''' indication of the fuel level in units in the range from 1 to 1023 or from 1 to 4095; This is not the volume in liters or gallons.
# '''RSSI''' - Received signal strength indicator, which indicates how well your smartphone receives sent data. This parameter is not transmitted by the sensor, but is calculated by the receiving device
# '''Vbat''' or sensor battery charge (3.5V or higher indicates the battery is fully charged; 3.2V or lower indicates the battery is low and should be replaced)
# Sensor '''CNT''' (its purpose will be explained later in the manual)
# Graphic scale of sensor filling
# The '''sensor's MAC address''' is used to connect the sensor to compatible external devices
<gallery widths="400" heights="800" mode="nolines">
File:DataAndroid.png|'''Page "Data" (Android)'''
File:DataPageIos.png|'''Page "Data" (iOS)'''
</gallery>

'''The battery voltage drops to 3.2V for 10-15 seconds''' - this is normal (especially if this happens after rebooting the sensor by removing the sensor battery and then installing the battery back). This is due to the fact that all processes in the sensor (measuring level, temperature and battery voltage, as well as sending a data packet) are launched simultaneously, thus energy consumption increases, which leads to a temporary decrease in battery voltage.

== Sensor calibration ==
[[File:Callibration GIF.gif]]

=== CNT. What happens when you calibrate a sensor? ===
After you have cut or extended the sensor tubes, you should calibrate it, that is, set the new '''Full''' and '''Empty''' calibration values. You can do this from the '''Settings''' menu on the sensor's main screen.

[[File:SettingsPageAndroid.png|frameless]]

The sensor's raw data - current level or CNT - changes according to how much fuel is inside its tubes.

Then, CNT is compared with the values Empty and Full.

If the '''tubes are empty''' and “'''CNT (1) ≈ calibration value Empty (2)'''”, level 1 '''(3)''' will be displayed.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="400" heights="750">
File:SettingPageScreen.png|alt=
File:DataLevel.png|alt=
</gallery>If the '''tubes are full''' and “'''CNT (1) ≈ calibration value Full (2)'''”, level 1023 or 4095 '''(3)''' will be displayed.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="400" heights="749">
File:SettingsFullCNT.png|alt=
File:DataFullLevel.png|alt=
</gallery>

Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.

[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]
{{Note|1=During sensor calibration, the current CNT is stored as a Full calibration value (if you pressed the Full button) or as an Empty calibration value (if you pressed the Empty button). Calibration values may differ from the current CNT after recording. A difference of ±1000 values is acceptable.}}

=== How and why to calibrate sensors? ===
Initially, the sensor is calibrated to its original length. '''After you have cut or extended the tubes, you should recalibrate it.''' Set the new CNT values that the sensor has when its tubes are empty or filled with fuel.

Therefore you should:

* Insert the plastic centralizer provided into the tubes
[[File:Centralizer.png]] [[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|512x512px]]
* Fill the tubes with fuel by covering the drain holes with electrical tape and turning the sensor upside down or immersing the sensor in fuel so that the fuel reaches the flange of the sensor (the drain holes are open). The first method is preferable<gallery widths="350" heights="300" mode="nolines">
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel'''
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)'''
</gallery>
* Switch the "Calibration without fuel" slider to the inactive position '''(1)''' and press the '''Full''' button '''(2)''' after the level becomes Stable or the third digit from the end stops changing (for at least 2 minutes) '''(3)'''<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="700">
File:CalibrationWithFuel.png|alt=|'''Disable the option "Calibrate without fuel"'''
File:SettingsWithFuelFullStab.png|'''Click "Full" after the level has stabilized'''
</gallery>
* Then, drain the fuel from the tubes, wait 2-3 minutes, allowing the fuel to completely drain and the level to stabilize, and press '''"Empty"'''
[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|none|thumb|660x660px|'''Unblocking drain holes''']]
[[File:SetEmpty.png|frameless]]

=== Calibration without fuel ===
An alternative calibration method is calibration without fuel.

In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty and there is no fuel in them, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch '''(1)''' active (green) and press '''"Calibrate" (2)''' . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.<gallery widths="300" heights="600" mode="nolines">
File:Calibration without fuel.png|alt=|'''Calibration without fuel'''
File:CNT before calibration.jpg|alt=|'''Calibration values BEFORE calibration without fuel'''
File:CNT after calibration.jpg|alt=|'''Calibration values after calibration without fuel'''
</gallery>If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.

There are two measuring ranges:

* From 1 to 1023
* From 1 to 4095

Sensor does not sends level 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is level sent.

'''The sensor itself does not know what fuel will be used, so when calibrating without fuel the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''

'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''

'''If possible, we recommend calibration with fuel. If tank calibration is not planned or is impossible, then calibration with fuel is a mandatory procedure.'''

=== When and how to choose a range - 1023 or 4095? ===
The '''measuring range 1...1023''' is generally recommended for sensors '''shorter than 500 mm'''. The '''measurement range 1...4095''' is recommended in other cases.

To change the range, open the Settings menu and select one of two options from the '''"Maximum Level"''' drop-down menu '''(1)'''. After this, click on the '''“Set parameters” button (2)'''.<gallery widths="350" heights="650" mode="nolines">
File:SelectMaxLevel.png|alt=
File:SetLevel.png|alt=
</gallery>

=== How to check if the calibration is correct? ===
The Empty calibration value must be at least 1.4 (after rounding) less than the Full calibration value.[[File:CorrectCalibration.png|none|thumb|667x667px|'''Correctly calibrated sensor''']]

== Preparing the Tank and Sensor ==

=== Preparing the Tank ===
To prepare the tank you should:

* Empty the tank, clean and dry if necessary
* '''Remove fuel vapors and air from the tank''' (especially for a gasoline tank, but in the case of a diesel engine, this procedure should not be neglected, since gasoline could be added to the diesel); to do this, you can heat water to boiling point and direct the resulting steam into the tank or use carbon dioxide so that it displaces fuel vapors and air; ensure that any open flame sources are sufficiently far away from the fuel tank[[File:Removing fuel vapors.png|frameless|496x496px]]
* '''Find the geometric center of the tank and drill a hole''' in it using a '''ø3mm''' drill bit. Then, using a piece of stiff wire, examine the tank for the presence of partitions in it [[File:Choosing a location for installing the FLS.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Choosing a location for installing the FLS''']][[File:Little hole drilling.png|none|thumb|511x511px|'''Drilling the tank and subsequent examination of the tank for the presence of partitions''']]
* If the space inside the tank in the selected location is free, '''drill a ø 35 mm hole''' using a bimetallic bit; When drilling, keep the bit tilted slightly to prevent the cut section from falling into the tank. Use a magnet to catch chips and prevent them from getting into the tank. [[File:Angled drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Drilling a hole at an angle''']][[File:Removing metal part.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Removing a drilled disc''']]
* If it is impossible to install the sensor in the geometric center of the tank, try choosing another location as close as possible to the geometric center of the tank; this point should coincide with the place where the height of the tank is maximum. This way you reduce the risk and amplitude of level fluctuations associated with fuel movement while driving.

==== Why should the sensor be mounted in the geometric center of the tank? ====
'''The highest point must be chosen so that the sensor can measure the level of all the fuel inside the tank without any blind spots.'''

The fuel level readings from a sensor installed in the center of the tank will be least affected by movement and fuel overflow in the tank.

If it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank, consider installing two sensors diagonally at two corners. When fuel flows to one side of the tank, the level on the corresponding sensor will rise, and on the opposite side, the level will correspondingly decrease, while the average level will remain unchanged.

[https://youtu.be/T0Pd6TOpuc8?si=xgub1mpjcEYOaHPp Video example of the importance of installing the sensor at the geometric center of the tank.]
[[File:Sensor position and fuel flow.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Sensor position and fuel flow''']]

{{Warning|1=Before starting the calibration, the vehicle/fuel tank must be positioned flat in relation to the horizon, i.e. on a level surface without a slope.}}
If the tank has an irregular geometric shape, the sensor must be installed at the maximum depth of the tank, closer to the geometric center.
[[File:The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank.png|none|thumb|648x648px|'''The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank''']][[File:Ladder tank.png|frameless|784x784px]]

[[File:Ladder tank I.png|frameless|752x752px]]

===== When installation in the center is impossible - two or more FLS. =====
To increase accuracy and reduce level fluctuations, install two sensors in one tank. This solution is mainly used in tanks with a capacity of more than 600 liters and having a length of 1500 mm. Sensors must not be installed close to the walls of the tank.

Also, two or more sensors should be installed if it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank and (or) the tank has an elongated shape, i.e. The length of the tank is significantly greater than its height.
[[File:Two sensors installed diagonally.png|none|thumb|654x654px|'''Two sensors installed diagonally''']]

'''Note.''' Installing a single sensor in an elongated tank will allow you to detect drains and refills. But increased level fluctuations while driving may not allow the monitoring platform to correctly read fuel consumption. Therefore, installing two sensors is preferable.

=== Installation locations in tanks of complex shapes ===

==== Saddle-Style Fuel Tanks ====
In this case, it is desirable to install two fuel level sensors in the deepest places along the geometric center of the depressions.

[[File:Saddle shape.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape top view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

[[File:Saddle shape side view.png|frameless|749x749px]]

==== Cylindrical tank ====
In this case, the sensor must be installed in the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank top view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

===== Long cylindrical tank =====
In the case of elongated cylindrical tanks, to improve readings while driving, it is necessary to install two sensors at an equal distance from the geometric center of the tank.

[[File:Cylindrical tank long.png|frameless|750x750px]]

[[File:Cylindrical tank long inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

===== Ladder shape tank =====
If there is a difference in height in the tank and there is no common bed, it may be necessary to install two fuel level sensors.

[[File:Ladder 2 tank.png|frameless|782x782px]]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]

====== Ladder shape tank's tank calibration ======
When calibrating, it is necessary to create two tables, one for "'''FLS 1'''" and the second for "'''FLS 2'''"

Let's assume that the calibration step is 10 liters.

At the beginning of calibration, when the fuel is in the "'''Red Zone'''", the level changes will only occur on "'''FLS 2'''", so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 2'''".

When the fuel is in the "'''Yellow Zone'''" changes will occur on both "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''", during this period we record changes in both tables with half a step, that is, we also fill in 10 liters, but we record 5 liters in the table of each sensor.

When the fuel is in the "'''Green Zone'''" the changes will only occur on "'''FLS 1'''" so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 1'''".

On the platform "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''" are started as separate sensors with their own tables and then a third virtual sensor is created with the sum of liters for two sensors, an example of starting two FLS on the platform is shown [https://docs.google.com/document/d/14p9GYmY0D1Wjz0ZfJXO-soVfxRBP7EiY7TgibD6vmZQ/edit?usp=sharing in this instruction.]

[[File:Ladder 2 tank calibration.png|frameless|750x750px]]

=== Preparing the sensor ===

==== Preparing the sensor tubes ====
Before calibrating the sensor, you should '''determine the future length''' of the measuring tubes in accordance with the height of the tank and '''cut or extend them'''. The length of the tubes should be calculated according to the following formula:

'''L = H - 15 mm,'''

where L - tubes length after changing the length

and

H - height of the tank at the installation point.
{{Warning|1=The minimum length of the tubes should not be less than 15 cm (150 mm). Otherwise, it will most likely not be possible to obtain adequate graphics. The maximum length of the tubes can reach 6m.}}

[[File:Measuring height of the tank.png|none|thumb|938x938px|'''Measuring height of the tank''']]
[[File:Measuring tubes length.png|none|thumb|942x942px|'''Measuring the length of tubes''']]
Use a hacksaw to cut the tubes. When sawing, be careful not to damage the connection of the tubes to the circuit board inside the sensor head and to prevent metal shavings from falling into the tubes.
[[File:Cutting the tubes.gif|none|thumb|600x600px|'''Cutting the tubes''']]

'''Avoid getting shavings inside the tubes - this may lead to a short circuit in the sensor; if this happens, blow the tubes with compressed air through the drainage holes under the sensor flange.''' Sand the edges of the tubes with sandpaper to remove any burrs or irregularities.

You can use collet extension and an additional tube. to extend tubes length.

It is not reccomended to use more than '''one''' collect extension.
[[File:Collet connection.png|none|thumb|875x875px|'''Collet connection''']]

Inner nuts (yellow elements) are used to connect the inner tubes. Once they are installed and the studs are screwed into them, the tubes do not have to touch each other, but try to get them as close to each other as possible..
[[File:Internal connection of the collet connection.png|none|thumb|748x748px|'''Internal connection of the collet connection''']]

The outer coupling and the corresponding nuts must be securely tightened. '''The outer tubes should touch each other.'''
[[File:Collet connection installed.png|none|thumb|752x752px|'''Collet connection installed''']]

[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b_WtOHzKtDM Watch this video on our YouTube channel to see the real-time connection.]

=== Connection dimensions of the TD-BLE of the former design ===
[[File:Former design dimensions.png|frameless|512x512px]]

=== Connection dimensions of the TD-BLE of the current design ===
[[File:Current design dimensions.png|frameless|778x778px]]

[[File:TD-BLE dimensions, current design .png]]

== Tank calibration ==
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.

Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400">
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''Installing the sensor inside the tank'''
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''Screwing the self-tapping screws'''
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports. You can save the table to the sensor's memory so that the sensor immediately outputs volume values in liters/gallons. You do not need to enter a calibration table on the monitoring platform. The internal memory of the TD BLE sensor can hold up to 50 lines of the calibration table. The capacity of the table on the monitoring platform is usually larger.
{{Note|1=In addition, it is easier to change the table or correct errors in the calibration table when it is downloaded to the platform than if the table is stored in the sensor's memory}}
In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) value pairs after each batch using the tank calibration menu in the application.

Suppose you need to calibrate a 100 L tank in ten 10 L portions.

To do this, you should connect the sensor, press the '''"Tank calibration"''' '''(2)''' button . But before that, in the '''"Settings" (3)''' menu , make sure that the filtering level is selected '''0 (4)'''. Filtration slows down the level calculation and can increase the tank calibration time.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="600">
File:Settings Tank calibration.png|alt=
File:Tank calibration filtration.png|alt=
</gallery>Then, you can click '''Start''' to create a new table, or click Resume to select an existing table from your smartphone memory and continue working with it. If you click Resume, you will need to locate the table file on your Android device that you created/downloaded earlier. Select another folder using the '''Main Menu button (1)''' or using the drop-down menu '''(2)'''. Select the table and click on it '''(3)'''<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration page.jpg|'''Start or Continue tank calibration'''
File:Folder search.png|'''Selecting the tank calibration table file for continuing tank calibration'''
</gallery>If you click Start, you will also need to select the folder in which the table will be saved '''(2)''' and click the button to select it '''(3)'''
[[File:Start tank calibration folder.png|none|thumb|Selecting a folder and creating new calibration files]]

Select the calibration type Manual '''(2).'''

Mathematical calibration '''(1)''' is [[TD-BLE#Mathematical calibration|shown in this article.]]

[[File:Selecting type of tank calibration .png]]

Then, you can select the '''Fill''' or '''Drain''' method '''(1, 2)'''. The '''Fill''' method is recommended as it is more accurate.

If you select the Drain method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not

Next, give the table file a name '''(3)''' and set the serving size '''(4)'''.

'''ATTENTION!''' Serving volume is not the number of servings! This is the number of liters/gallons in each serving! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be packaged into 10 servings, the serving size would be 30 L.

After this, press Continue '''(5)'''.<gallery widths="400" heights="600">
File:Tank calibration filling.png|'''Selection of tank calibration method, table name, portion size'''
File:Tank calibration draining.png|'''Selection of drain tank calibration method, selection of fuel volume in the tank'''
</gallery>After this, you will have a table in which the first line will have 0 liters and level 1. '''The Calibration''' mode will also be activated (available in firmware 1.3.3 and later). This means that the sensor starts measuring the level every 5 seconds instead of the usual 10 seconds. It will operate in this mode for the next 30 minutes. <gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Tank calibration first line.jpg|'''First tank calibration line. 0 liters-gallons and level 1'''
File:Tank calibration mode notification.png|'''Tank calibration mode timer'''
</gallery>If the timer ends before you finish calibrating the tank, you can restart it by saving the table '''(1, 2)''', and then, returning to the previous menu '''(3)''', click Continue and select the table file. This way you will restart the timer and can continue calibrating the tank in the accelerated level measurement mode. Once you select your file, you will be asked to confirm your previously selected method and serving size.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration.png|'''Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration'''
File:Resuming tank calibration.jpg|'''Resuming tank calibration'''
</gallery>The table is saved automatically after you click the '''+''' button.

Next, you should add the first portion of fuel to the tank. Once the level changes '''(3)''' and is displayed as Stable '''(4)''', press the + button '''(1)'''.

In this example, level '''(3)''' does not change because during the work on this manual we did not have fuel to carry out a real calibration of the tank. In your case, the level should change (if the fuel touches the tubes) and be '''Stable''' before you press the '''+''' button.

The following line '''(2)''' will appear. The value in the Fuel column will increase according to the Step size '''(5)''' you specified when you created the table or when you last modified it '''(3)'''.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''Adding the first portion to the tank'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''Adding a tank calibration line'''
</gallery>You can also change any line by pressing and holding it for some time, after which a dialog box will appear. This way you can correct possible errors.
[[File:Editing a tank calibration line.jpg|none|thumb|415x415px|'''Editing a tank calibration line''']]

If you press a line and hold it and swipe left, it will be deleted.

[[File:Tank calibration GIF.gif]]

Then, add the next portion of fuel to the tank. Wait for the level to change and stabilize, then press the + button '''(1)'''. Continue this until the tank is full.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|'''Adding a second portion to the tank'''
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''Adding a tank calibration line'''
</gallery>

=== What to do if it is not possible to completely empty the tank? ===
If you cannot completely empty the tank, you should somehow calculate the amount of fuel that is in the tank. After this, you can manually edit the table so that it looks like the example below. Or simply edit the table file before you upload it to the monitoring platform.

Let's imagine that there are already 10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed, so when you place the sensor in the tank, it will immediately begin to show the level of 115, instead of 1.<gallery widths="400" heights="700">
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed'''
File:Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank.jpg|'''Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank'''
</gallery>Next, you can add the next portion to the tank. The level value should change. If the level does not change, check the drain holes. They may be blocked by duct tape that you may have used while calibrating the sensor or by pieces of caulk.

If this happens, the air trapped inside the tubes prevents the fuel from rising.

=== Calibration of tanks with complex shape ===
'''If the tank has various curves''' or other features, you should '''reduce the size of the portions and increase the number of portions''' as the fuel rises to the area with the bend or other shape feature. Once the difficult part has been completed, you can return to your original portion size.

Let's imagine that you are calibrating a tank in 10-liter portions. The level rises to areas with complex shapes.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750">
File:Tank calibration complex shape.png|alt=
File:Changing portion size.png|alt=
</gallery>You reduce the portion size from 10 liters to 5. And continue to add fuel portions until the difficult section is completed.

[[File:Complex shaped tank next step.png|frameless|357x357px]]

Once the fuel level is above the problem area, you can return to the original portion size of 10 liters.

Once the tank is full, you should have a calibration chart that looks similar to the one shown below.<gallery widths="400" heights="500">
File:Tank is full.png|alt=
File:Full table.png|alt=
</gallery>

=== What to do if the tank cannot be filled completely? ===
If in your case the level does not reach the maximum range value of 1023 or 4095 due to the fact that the tank cannot be filled completely, do not worry. If your table ends up like the following example, even though the range selected is 1 - 1023, this is acceptable
[[File:Tank calibration table in .csv format.png|none|thumb|'''Tank calibration table in .csv format''']]

=== How many portions should I add ===
The total number of portions depends on the capacity of the tank. Below is a table with guidelines.
{| class="wikitable"
| colspan="3" |Recommended number and portion size for calibrating the tank
|-
|Tank volume
|Number of portions
|Volume of each portion

(Tank Volume / Number of portions)
|-
|0-60
|10-20
|3-4
|-
|61-100
|12-20
|5
|-
|101-500
|10-50
|10
|-
|501-1000
|20-50
|20
|-
|Over a 1000
| colspan="2" |As per your capabilities. The rule of thumb is that the larger the portions and smaller the volume, the more accurate the data will be
|}

{{Note|1=The rule of thumb: more portions means more accurate reports on the monitoring platform.}}

=== Calibration of two communicating tanks without the possibility to shut off their communication ===
First of all it is necessary to check whether it is possible to calibrate both tanks of the vehicle at the same time, because this is the main condition for this kind of calibration. Otherwise, fuel will take a long time to flow into the other tank, which will slow down the process of fuel level stabilization.

Simultaneous tank calibration can be performed either by using 2 smartphones connected to each of these two FLS, or by connecting both sensors to the Base BLE\RS-485 or BA-BLE Base.
[[File:Base RS-485 two sensors.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Simultaneous viewing of the fuel level of 2 TD BLE sensors connected to BLE\RS485 BASE''']]
[[File:Connection of 2 sensors to BA-BLE.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Simultaneous viewing of the fuel level of 2 TD BLE sensors connected to BA-BLE''']]

Thus, you can do the calibration by pouring portions of fuel into both tanks at the same time.

=== Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs ===
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.

Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.

However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:

# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''Tank calibration example FLS 1''']]
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''Tank calibration example FLS 2'''|458x458px]]

=== Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length ===
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.

The algorithm of actions is as follows:

# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.

Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''Tank calibration example FLS 1''']]
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''Tank calibration example FLS 2''']]

=== Mathematical calibration ===
The mobile application has the ability to create a mathematical calibration table based on the tank size, this functionality is recommended to be used only on large tanks where it is not possible to perform manual calibration by filling/draining.

To create a mathematical calibration, go to the sensor calibration menu '''(2)'''

[[File:Settings Tank calibration.png|800x800px]]

Start calibration and select the file name and storage location in the phone memory and select the mathematical calibration mode.

[[File:Selecting math tank calibration.png]]

In the calibration menu, select the type of your tank '''(1)''' and fill in the tank size '''(2)''', by clicking on the question mark '''(3)''' next to the parameter you can call up a hint for this parameter.

[[File:Math tank calibration screen .png|800x800px]]

Select the range '''(1)''' set in the sensor settings (1023 or 4095), Specify the number of portions/calibration lines '''(2).'''

After filling in the required fields, click get table '''(3).'''

[[File:Finishing math tank calibration .png|800x800px]]

Now you can view and edit the resulting table, by clicking on the three dots '''(1)''' you can open a menu in which you can share the table file.

[[File:Sharing math tank calibration.png|800x800px]]

== Filtration ==
After the calibration table is completed, select the filtration level '''(2)''' in the '''Settings''' menu '''(1)''' and click Set parameters (3).<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750">
File:Settings Filtration.png|alt=
File:Filtration Selection.png|alt=
</gallery>The following are recommendations for selecting a filter level depending on the type of vehicle:
{| class="wikitable"
|'''0-1'''
|'''Stationary objects or tanks'''
|-
|'''2-4'''
|'''Vehicles traveling on smooth paved roads'''
|-
|'''5-7'''
|'''Agricultural machinery'''
|-
|'''8-10'''
|'''Heavy quarry machinery'''
|}
These are general recommendations

Basic rules:

* The shorter the sensor (<30cm), the higher the filtration should be set
* The closer the sensor is to one of the tank walls, the higher the filtration must be
* The more rough the road, the higher the filtration should be

Filtration reduces fuel level fluctuations that are caused by fuel splashing while driving.
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|795x795px|'''Before and after enabling filtering on the sensor''']]

== Sealing and installation ==

=== Sensor sealing ===

==== Sealing TD-BLE of the former design ====
To seal the sensor and prevent unauthorized access to the sensor, install the protective cover and thread the seal through the special holes in the cover. Tighten the seal against the end of the seal into the special hole in the seal. Cut off the excess seal wire.

[[File:Old design seal.png|frameless|480x480px]]

==== Sealing TD-BLE of the current design ====
You will need the sensor protective cover and the seal provided in the kit<gallery widths="300" heights="300">
File:New design cap.png|'''Protective cover TD-BLE'''
File:New design seal.png|'''TD-BLE seal'''
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head
[[File:TD-BLE with cap.png|none|thumb|455x455px|'''TD-BLE with cap''']]

Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outward''')<gallery widths="350" heights="350">
File:Installing TD-BLE seal.png|'''Installing TD-BLE seal'''
File:Installed TD-BLE seal.png|'''Installed TD-BLE seal'''
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw in the special key from the kit (you can also use any self-tapping screw of suitable size) and pull it towards yourself.
[[File:Removing seal.png|none|thumb|493x493px|'''Removing seal''']]
[[File:Seal after removal.png|none|thumb|'''Seal after removal''']]
This makes it impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.

==== Alternative sealing for TD-BLE of the current design ====
Also included with the current TD-BLE is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.

* The wire must be threaded through the hole in the sensor cover
[[File:Alternative sealing step 1.png|frameless|433x433px]]
* Thread both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head
[[File:Alternative sealing step 2.png|frameless|519x519px]]
* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing the protruding part of the seal
[[File:Alternative sealing step 3.png|frameless|543x543px]]

=== Tank mounting and transmitter direction ===
The most common mounting method is self-tapping screws with a sealing washer. It is also possible to install on threaded crimp nuts, welded bushings and other structural elements. The sensor can be mounted on pre-prepared places using screws and bolts with strength class not less than 4.8. It is necessary to ensure tightness of the connection between the sensor body and the tank. For additional protection it is allowed to use automotive oil and gasoline resistant sealant.

For plastic tanks rivets and bolts can be used.

[[File:Antenna direction.png|frameless|768x768px]]

=== How hard to screw in self-tapping screws ===
[[File:How to hard to tighten the screws.png|frameless|512x512px]]

== Black box ==
In order for the black box entries to have an up-to-date time reference, you need to '''synchronize''' the black box time with your smartphone time.

The app automatically requests time synchronization if it sees that the black box time is not synchronized.

You can also synchronize the time manually by going to the '''Advanced settings''' menu'''(1''') and clicking '''Synchronize time(2''').<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750">
File:Addiitonal settings page.png|alt=
File:Synchronize time setting.png|alt=
</gallery>To receive data from the Black Box, being in the same Additional tab. Settings, click on the three dots in the upper right corner (1) and select Black Box (2). After this, you can select a period in days (3) and/or hours (4) and download data for the selected one (5) or for the entire period (maximum 30 days) (6). You can also clear the black box by deleting all entries.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750">
File:Black box selection.png|alt=
File:Date Black box.png|alt=
</gallery>Then, click on the Save data button (1). A graph will appear on the screen. On the graph screen, you can also save the upload file to your phone’s memory (2) or send it via instant messengers or email (3).<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750">
File:Downloading Black box.png|alt=
File:Saving Black box.png|alt=
</gallery>Also, graphs from the black box can be viewed on a PC using a calibration table through the [https://docs.google.com/document/d/1CdFPhy2SVu3DxVLy4tY0j1YlaVjdB3ykyLR21iuAwYs/edit?usp=drive_link Escort Charter application]

If you have previously saved data from the black box, you can display it by clicking on the graph icon in the upper right corner (1)

[[File:Previous graph.png|frameless]]

== Additional settings ==
In the Additional settings menu, there is an option to disable temperature compensation '''(1).'''
{{Warning|1=It is not recommended to change the position of the temperature compensation switch (it should remain green) if you do not use your own temperature compensation algorithm.}}
Data encryption '''(2)''' option works only when connecting with RS-485 BLE base or BA-BLE.

[[File:Additional settings tab.png|frameless|800x800px]]

=== Manually setting Full and Empty calibration values ===
You can skip the sensor calibration step by entering sensor calibration values of the same length manually '''(1''') and pressing the Set button '''(2''').
{{Warning|1=Setting the calibration values manually is very likely to increase the error of the sensor. We do not recommend doing this!}}
[[File:Manual calibration section.png|frameless]]

=== Saving a calibration table to the sensor memory ===
If the calibration table is ready, you can '''save it to the sensor's memory so that the sensor will output volume values''' in liters/gallons.

To activate this function, go to the '''Additional settings''' menu '''(1)''' and press '''Conversion to liters (2)'''.
{{Note|1=This function is not recommended for use if your platform supports the use of a billing table, because to edit the table on the sensor you will need to travel to the sensor, while the table on the platform can be edited remotely at any time.}}
<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750">
File:Addiitonal settings page.png|alt=
File:Select recalculatee in litres.png|alt=
</gallery>After that you can activate the conversion to liters or gallons and enter the conversion table manually or by uploading a ready table file.

'''''If the table file is not selected - move it to another folder and try again, it is also desirable that the file name contains only digits'''''

Activate '''Conversion to liters(1''').

To create the table manually, select Level'''(2''') or Liters'''(3''') - in this case it can be any volume unit, enter the value'''(4''') and click on the arrow'''(5'''). Then, click on the three dots icon'''(6''') and then click Save to sensor ('''7''').<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="550">
File:Recalculate page.png|alt=
File:Recalculate page settings.png|alt=
</gallery>In order to import a table from the .csv file that you created earlier when calibrating the tank, click on the three dots icon (1), and then click Import from file (2). After that, find the desired file on your smartphone and click on it.

Save the imported table to the sensor (3)

[[File:Recalculate page settings 2.png|frameless]]

== Common problems and solutions ==

=== Level does not change ===
First of all, check if the '''conversion to liters has not been enabled'''.

If you did this without saving the table to the sensor’s memory, the sensor will not be able to display either the level or volume in liters.<gallery widths="350" heights="600">
File:Recalculate disabled.png|'''Recalculate in litres is disabled'''
File:Recalculate enabled.png|'''Recalculate in litres is enabled'''
</gallery>Another possible reason could be that the sensor has not been properly calibrated and its CNT is below the Empty calibration value. In this case, recalibrate the sensor.

Also, if you calibrated the sensor with fuel, it is possible that the sensor drain holes have remained closed and air trapped inside is preventing fuel from rising through the tubes.

=== Level 7000 ===
Level 7000 is an error code Short circuit. This indicates that there is dirt, water, chips or other impurities in the tubes. All of these can be highly conductive, while the sensor is designed to work with dielectrics such as fuel.

[[File:Level 7000.png|frameless]]

You should clean the sensor tubes preferably by flushing them with the clean fuel and blowing them through the drain holes with compressed air.

If this error occurred after the start of operation of the sensor, it means that most likely these impurities got into the sensor tubes from the tank and in this case it is also needed to ensure that the tank itself doesn't contain any contaminations. Clean the tank, if necessary. Note that a fuel level sensor installed outside a contaminated tank may function correctly, but the same sensor installed in such a tank may generate this error code.

=== Level 6500 ===
This code may indicate that the tubes have lost contact. This error code may be generated immediately after cutting the tubes. In this case, simply calibrate the sensor.
[[File:Level 6500.png|none|thumb|'''Level 6500 and CNT below 10000''']]
If this does not help, check the CNT. If the CNT is below 10,000, it is very likely that the tubes are not in contact with the sensor board.

Take a photo of the sensor head (the sensor serial number should be visible), its tubes (the correspondence or discrepancy of the tubes length should be clearly visible), take a screenshot of the main screen of the sensor and the Settings menu page in the application and send these data to tech support.

=== Sensor is not connected or detected in the application ===
First of all, check that the sensor is not connected to other devices. It can only be connected to one device at a time.

Then make sure Geolocation (Location) is enabled and the app has access to it.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750">
File:Screenshot 20240221-094919 One UI Home.png|alt=
File:Screenshot 20240221-095105 Permission controller.png|alt=
</gallery>Check if the sensor is detected in the nRF Connect application.
[[File:Search in nRF connect.png|none|thumb|'''nRF Connect. Don't forget to click on the Scan button (upper right corner)''']]

If the sensor is detected, but the Escort configurator application does not see it, try connecting to other sensors in the application using the same smartphone.

Then, try loosening the screws securing the sensor to the tank.

If the sensor is still not detected or cannot be connected, open the cover and remove the battery. Check the voltage with a multimeter. If it is 3.2 V or higher, reinsert the battery and try to connect again.
[[File:Voltage check.png|none|thumb|605x605px|'''Voltage control. Mode V is selected (range 20V); Black probe - COM connector, red probe - V connector''']]

If none of the above helps, we recommend contacting our tech support.

=== Loss of communication with the tracker or error codes 65530, 0, 65532, -4 ===
The most common cause of communication loss is low signal strength between the tracker and the sensor.

It is recommended to measure the average signal strength at the tracker (RSSI) during installation. A good signal strength is considered to be between -35 dBm and -85 dBm.

If the signal strength is lower than optimal, it can be improved by pointing the sensor antenna towards the receiving device.

[[File:Antenna direction.png|frameless|585x585px]]

The main factor that affects the strength of signal reception is obstacles. Therefore, it is important to place the tracker in a location with as few obstacles as possible between it and the sensor.

If you cannot improve the signal quality of the tracker, you can use '''RS-485 BLE''' base or '''[[BA-BLE]]'''.With a base station, the signal should become more stable. If necessary, the base can be placed in a remote location away from the tracker where there is less obstruction to the signal, or it can be moved outside the cabin, as the base motherboard is protected with compound and has wind and moisture protection.

You can unload the data from the black box to check if there is data transmission from the sensor during moments of communication loss.

=== Tracker Communication Error Codes ===
65530 - error code of Navtelecom trackers, it means loss of connection.

Some of the trackers can send 0 in the fuel level parameter as a loss of communication error code, the sensor can only send values 1-4095 and error codes 7000 and 6500.

Teltonika trackers can send 0 in the level parameter and -4\65532 in the temperature parameter as a loss of communication error code.

== Firmware update (FW) ==
[[File:FW Update TD BLE.gif|frameless]]

To update the firmware on the TD-BLE:

* Download the current firmware version as a file to the phone memory
* Connect to the sensor
*Go to “'''Additional Features'''”

[[File:SensorAddFeatures.png|frameless|741x741px]]

*Go to FW update

[[File:Switching to TD-BLE update mode.png|frameless|734x734px]]

*Select the firmware file ('''1''') from the phone memory (The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip it) and start the flashing process ('''2'''). '''These actions should be performed within 30 seconds after entering update mode!'''

[[File:Start of TD-BLE update.png|frameless|732x732px]]

*The flashing process should start. '''Do not close or minimize the application during the flashing process!'''

[[File:TD-BLE update process.jpg|frameless|728x728px]]

*When the updating is completed, a window will pop up indicating that the update was successful

[[File:The TD-BLE update has been completed.jpg|frameless|741x741px]]

Firmware update via the IOS mobile application is shown in [https://youtu.be/rPsI1AdrTQs this video]

Up-to-date firmware can be found in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#tdble download section.]

The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip.

== How to change the battery ==
The sensors use two types of batteries '''SAFT LS14500''' and '''SAFT LS17500''' with capacities of '''2.6Ah''' and '''3.6Ah''' respectively.

The average consumption of the TD-BLE sensor is 42.5 µA.
[[File:Saft batteries LS 17500 and LS14500.png|none|thumb|398x398px|'''Saft battery models LS 17500 and LS14500''']]

=== Replacing the battery in the current design of TD-BLE ===
Remove the sensor's protective cover using a screwdriver or other thin object.
[[File:Removing new design cap TD-BLE.png|none|thumb|421x421px|'''Removing the TD-BLE protective cover''']]
Remove the cover from the battery holder by unscrewing the screws holding it in place.
[[File:Sensor head without protective cover, with dedicated battery compartment mounts.png|none|thumb|410x410px|'''Sensor head without protective cover, with dedicated battery compartment mounts''']]
Carefully remove the top layer of lithol using a thin, non-sharp object.
[[File:Battery holder cavity filled with lithol.png|none|thumb|425x425px|'''Battery holder cavity filled with lithol''']]
Remove the battery. When replacing the battery, please note that the current TD-BLE may use a battery model that is different from the one that corresponds to the previous sensor housing; namely: Saft LS17500 (ordered as a separate option).
[[File:Saft batteries LS 17500 and LS14500.png|none|thumb|401x401px|'''Saft batteries LS 17500 and LS14500''']]

After you have replaced the battery and checked the functionality of the sensor using a mobile application, the holder with the battery inside should also be filled with lithol.

=== Replacing the battery in the older design of TD-BLE ===
Example using a battery replacement kit

# Remove the cover from the fuel sensor by unscrewing the 8 screws.
# Remove the power source (battery) from the sensor body by carefully cutting it out of the transparent compound using a knife. (Damage to the printed circuit board and cutting of wires on the board are not allowed).
[[File:Cutting compound.png|frameless]]
[[File:TD-BLE removed battery older design.png|frameless]]
# Clean the sensor contacts from grease and remove any remaining compound.
[[File:TD-BLE older design clean contacts.png|frameless]]
# Install a new power source (battery) into the sensor housing and check the functionality and voltage of the power source. (Must be at least 3.4V).
# Remove the new power supply from the housing. Apply a thin layer of lithol lubricant using a syringe to two contacts. The lubricant should not get onto the center of the contact (Lithol lubricant serves as a barrier and protects against the compound flowing onto conductive contacts).
[[File:Litol syringe.png|frameless]]
# Install the power supply into the sensor housing. Check functionality.
# Apply a thin layer of lithol lubricant over the contacts.
[[File:TD-BLE older design installed battery.png|frameless]]
# Preparing the compound for filling the power source. To do this, you need to: - open the jar with component A (Fig. 5) and the bottle with component B (Fig. 6) - pour the contents of the bottle with component B into the jar with component A; - mix the two components for at least 2 minutes;
[[File:2-component compound from the repair kit.png|frameless]]
# Fill the power source with compound at the same level as the previous layer of compound, then leave it in the open air for at least 15 minutes. Do not leave areas of the power source unflooded! Bubbles are allowed in the pouring area.
[[File:TD-BLE older design with filled compound.png|frameless]]
# Check the functionality of the sensor.
# Install the cover and tighten the 8 screws. Operation can begin after 4 hours. The maximum strength of the silicone elastomer is achieved after 24 hours.

If the replacement is made without using a repair kit, it is also necessary to lubricate the contacts with lithol, it should be available for purchase in publicly accessible electronics/tool stores or online stores like Litol-24.

Instead of a 2-component compound, you can use oil-gasoline-resistant sealants that are neutral in acidity (on an acetic-free base)

==== Examples of sealants recommended by the community ====
[[File:ABRO 999.png|none|thumb|'''ABRO 999 RED''']]
[[File:ABRO 999 GREY.png|none|thumb|'''ABRO 999 GREY''']]

== Useful links ==
* [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-ble/Datasheet%20Escort%20TD-BLE.pdf?v=040723105730 '''Technical data sheet of the device''']
* [https://www.fmeter.ru/produktsiya/besprovodnoy-datchik-urovnya-topliva/eskort-td-ble/#active '''Product page''']
* '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#tdble Download materials]'''
* '''[[Table of compatibility of BLE sensors with trackers and other devices]]'''
* [https://docs.google.com/document/d/1CdFPhy2SVu3DxVLy4tY0j1YlaVjdB3ykyLR21iuAwYs/edit?usp=drive_link '''Escort Charter application''']

{{Next|next=TD-150}}

Main Page

2026-10-09T09:36:58Z

RINAT: New main page: equipment catalog with filter, software and integrations, support contacts

__NOTOC__ __NOEDITSECTION__
<div class="es-hero">
<div class="es-hero__text">
<div class="es-eyebrow">Documentation · manuals · compatibility</div>
<h1 class="es-hero__title">Escort Knowledge Base</h1>
<div class="es-hero__lead">Setup, calibration, tank calibration and connection of Escort sensors and Sokol weather equipment. For installers, integrators and support engineers.</div>
<div class="es-actions"><span class="es-btn es-btn--primary">[[#Equipment|Choose equipment]]</span><span class="es-btn es-btn--secondary">[https://escortsensors.com/ escortsensors.com]</span></div>
</div>
{{Support}}
</div>

== Equipment ==
<div class="es-catalog">
{{Product tile|model=TD-BLE|category=fuel|photo=TD-BLE.png|type=Wireless FLS with autonomous power|tag1=BLE|tag2=Advertising|product=https://escortsensors.com/product/escort-wireless-fuel-level-sensor-td-ble/|downloads=https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/}}
{{Product tile|model=TD-150|category=fuel|photo=TD-150.png|type=Wired fuel level sensor|tag1=RS-485|product=https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-150/|downloads=https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/}}
{{Product tile|model=TD-150 BLE|page=TD-150-BLE|category=fuel|photo=TD-150 BLE.png|type=Fuel level sensor with Bluetooth|tag1=BLE|product=https://escortsensors.com/product/escort-td-150-ble/|downloads=https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/}}
{{Product tile|model=TD-600|category=fuel|photo=TD-600.png|type=Wired fuel level sensor|tag1=RS-485|tag2=RS-232|product=https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-600/|downloads=https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/}}
{{Product tile|model=TD-500|category=fuel|photo=TD-500 design current.png|type=Wired fuel level sensor|tag1=RS-485|tag2=Modbus|manual2=MODBUS TD-500|manual2-text=Modbus|product=https://www.fmeter.ru/produktsiya/datchik-urovnja-topliva/Jeskort-td-500/|downloads=https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/}}
{{Product tile|model=TD-Online|category=fuel|photo=Td online 01.png|type=Fuel level with GSM data transmission to a server|tag1=GSM|downloads=https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/}}
{{Product tile|model=TDQ-BLE|page=TD-Q|category=fuel|photo=TDQ-BLE main picture 1.png|type=External probe for TD-BLE reading correction|tag1=BLE}}
{{Product tile|model=DU-BLE|category=angle|photo=Current DU-BLE design.png|type=Wireless tilt angle sensor with autonomous power|tag1=BLE|product=https://escortsensors.com/product/du-ble/|downloads=https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/}}
{{Product tile|model=DU-180|category=angle|photo=Imagedasd 21 211.png|type=Tilt angle sensor for moving mechanisms|tag1=RS-485|product=https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/datchik-ugla-naklona/jeskort-DU-180/|downloads=https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/}}
{{Product tile|model=ALS|category=level|photo=Current design of ALS.jpg|type=Water level sensor|tag1=RS-485|product=https://escortsensors.com/product/water-liquid-level-sensor-escort-als/|downloads=https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/}}
{{Product tile|model=DB-2|category=level|photo=DB-2.png|type=Bulk material level sensor for bunkers|tag1=RS-485|product=https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/datchik-urovnja-sypuchih-produktov/jeskort-DB-2/|downloads=https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/}}
{{Product tile|model=BA-BLE|category=ble|photo=BA-BLE.png|type=Adapter: up to 10 wireless sensors and 30 tags|tag1=BLE 5.0 LR|tag2=RS-485|tag3=RS-232|product=https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/wired-base/ba-ble-5-0-lr/|downloads=https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/}}
{{Product tile|model=ID-TAG|category=ble|photo=BLE tag ID-TAG.png|type=Bluetooth tag for identification and trailer control|tag1=BLE|product=https://escortsensors.com/product/escort-id-tag/|downloads=https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/}}
{{Product tile|model=I5|category=ble|photo=Image.png|type=Digital indicator: links BLE devices to a tracker|tag1=BLE|product=https://escortsensors.com/product/i5/|downloads=https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/}}
{{Product tile|model=TH-BLE|category=other|photo=TH-BLE current design 1.png|type=Wireless temperature and humidity meter|tag1=BLE|product=https://escortsensors.com/product/th-ble/|downloads=https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/}}
{{Product tile|model=eCargosens|page=ECargosens|category=other|photo=Image2.png|type=Axle load monitoring by air suspension pressure|product=https://escortsensors.com/product/ecargosens-wireless-axle-load-monitoring-system/|downloads=https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/}}
{{Product tile|model=Sokol-M1|category=meteo|photo=Sokol-m1.png|type=Automatic weather station|tag1=GSM|tag2=RS-485|tag3=Modbus}}
{{Product tile|model=Sokol-K1|category=meteo|photo=Sokol-K1 main picture.png|type=Controller: collects weather data and sends it over GSM|tag1=GSM|tag2=Modbus}}
{{Product tile|model=Sokol-TDV|page=Sokol-TDV meter|category=meteo|photo=Sokol-TDV meter main.png|type=Temperature, humidity and pressure sensor|tag1=RS-485}}
{{Product tile|model=Sokol-A|page=Anemometer Sokol-A|category=meteo|photo=Sokol-A main anemometer.png|type=Anemorumbometer: wind speed and direction}}
{{Product tile|model=Sokol-DVP, Sokol-BMVD|page=Sokol-M1 + Sokol-DVP (Sokol-BMVD)|category=meteo|photo=Bmvd+dvp main.png|type=Soil moisture and temperature measurement}}
</div>

== Software, services and integrations ==
<div class="es-softlist">
{{Software row|name=Escort Configurator|url=https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config|kind=iOS · Android|description=BLE sensor setup from a smartphone: calibration, password, tank calibration}}
{{Software row|name=Natlogger|kind=Platform|description=Collection, processing and visualization of weather data from Sokol stations}}
{{Software row|name=Sokol-M1 + GSM|page=Sokol-M1+GSM|kind=Sokol-M1|description=Connecting and configuring the station via GSM}}
{{Software row|name=Sokol-M1 + Modbus|page=Sokol-M1+Modbus|kind=Sokol-M1|description=Reading station data over Modbus}}
{{Software row|name=BLE compatibility|page=Table of compatibility of BLE sensors with trackers and other devices|kind=Reference|description=Which trackers and devices accept data from Escort BLE sensors}}
{{Software row|name=Teltonika|page=Teltonika-BLE|kind=Integration|description=Connecting Escort BLE sensors to Teltonika trackers via Bluetooth}}
{{Software row|name=MettaX|page=MettaX and Escort-TD Sensors Connection Manual|kind=Integration|description=Connecting Escort TD sensors to MettaX dashcams}}
{{Software row|name=Hikvision|page=TD-BLE & Hikvision DashCam: Connection Manual|kind=Integration|description=Connecting TD-BLE to Hikvision dashcams}}
{{Software row|name=Howen|page=TD-BLE + Howen Dashcam quickstart|kind=Integration|description=Pairing TD-BLE with the Howen MC30 dashcam}}
{{Software row|name=Media center|kind=For partners|description=Materials for sales and customer support}}
</div>
<div class="es-links">[https://escortsensors.com/mediacenter/escort-sensors/ News] [https://escortsensors.com/product/escort-sensors/ Products] [https://www.youtube.com/@escortsensors1697 YouTube] [mailto:info@escortsensors.com info@escortsensors.com]</div>

[[ru:Заглавная_страница]]
[[es:Página_principal]]

MediaWiki:Minerva.css

2026-10-09T09:36:57Z

RINAT: Escort theme: Minerva frame (header, sections, footer) and image widths on the mobile site

/*
* База знаний Эскорт — каркас мобильной версии (скин Minerva)
* Страница: MediaWiki:Minerva.css
*
* На вики, где MobileFrontend грузит в мобильной версии MediaWiki:Common.css
* ($wgMFCustomSiteModules = false — так на wikiru.fmeter.ru), оформление статей
* и шаблонов приходит из Common.css, а здесь — только шапка, разделы и подвал Minerva.
* Если мобильная версия грузит MediaWiki:Mobile.css, эта страница не нужна.
*/

/* ===== 2m. Каркас Minerva ================================================= */
body.skin-minerva,
.skin-minerva .mw-body,
.skin-minerva .header-container {
font-family: var( --es-font );
}

/* Шапка: тёмная, иконки и название вики белые */
.skin-minerva .header-container.header-chrome {
background: var( --es-black );
box-shadow: none;
border-bottom: 0;
}
.skin-minerva .header-container .minerva-icon,
.skin-minerva .header-container .mw-ui-icon,
.skin-minerva .header-container .cdx-button__icon {
filter: invert( 1 );
}
.skin-minerva .header-container .branding-box a,
.skin-minerva .header-container .branding-box a:visited {
color: #FFFFFF;
font-weight: 700;
}
.skin-minerva .header-container .search {
background: #2A2A2A;
border-color: #3A3A3A;
color: #FFFFFF;
}
.skin-minerva .header-container .search::placeholder {
color: #A6A8AC;
}

/* Заголовок страницы */
.skin-minerva .pre-content h1,
.skin-minerva #firstHeading {
font-family: var( --es-font );
font-weight: 800;
color: var( --es-black );
}
.skin-minerva .mw-body:has( .es-card ) #firstHeading {
font-size: 2rem;
}
.page-Заглавная_страница #firstHeading,
.page-Main_Page #firstHeading,
.page-Página_principal #firstHeading {
position: absolute;
width: 1px;
height: 1px;
overflow: hidden;
clip: rect( 0 0 0 0 );
}

/* Сворачиваемые разделы: строки одинаковой высоты с линией снизу */
.skin-minerva .mw-parser-output > .section-heading {
margin: 0;
padding: 14px 0;
border-bottom: 1px solid var( --es-line );
font-size: 1.0625rem;
letter-spacing: 0.01em;
display: flex;
align-items: flex-start;
}
.skin-minerva .mw-parser-output > .section-heading > .indicator {
flex: 0 0 auto;
margin-top: 0.2em;
}
/* Перенос длинного названия — под текстом, а не под номером */
.skin-minerva .mw-parser-output > .section-heading > .mw-headline {
display: flex;
}
.skin-minerva .mw-parser-output > .section-heading > .mw-headline::before {
flex: none;
}
.skin-minerva .mw-parser-output > section.collapsible-block.open-block {
padding: 4px 0 12px;
}

/* Подвал */
.skin-minerva .minerva-footer,
.skin-minerva .post-content.footer-content {
background: var( --es-black );
color: #D0D0D0;
}
.skin-minerva .minerva-footer a {
color: #FFFFFF;
}
body.skin-minerva .vector-body,
.skin-minerva .mw-body-content {
font-size: 1rem;
line-height: 1.6;
color: var( --es-text );
}

/* Картинки не шире экрана. До загрузки картинка — заглушка с шириной в пикселях,
а миниатюра свёрстана таблицей и растягивается под неё; в галереях ужимается
только рамка. Миниатюра — блоком, подпись — на всю ширину */
.skin-minerva .mw-parser-output figure[ typeof^='mw:File' ] {
display: block;
max-width: 100%;
}
.skin-minerva .mw-parser-output figure[ typeof^='mw:File' ] > figcaption {
display: block;
}
.skin-minerva .mw-parser-output span[ typeof^='mw:File' ],
.skin-minerva .mw-parser-output figure[ typeof^='mw:File' ] .lazy-image-placeholder,
.skin-minerva .mw-parser-output figure[ typeof^='mw:File' ] img {
max-width: 100%;
}

MediaWiki:Mobile.js

2026-10-09T09:36:57Z

RINAT: Escort theme for the mobile site: catalog filter, «Next» block

/*
* База знаний Эскорт — MediaWiki:Mobile.js (копия Common.js для мобильной версии)
*
* 1. Фильтр каталога на заглавной странице: категории + поиск по модели.
* Плитки создаёт шаблон «Плитка продукта» (атрибуты data-cat и data-search).
* 2. Номера разделов в оглавлении «01, 02 …» на страницах с «Карточкой датчика»,
* чтобы они совпадали с нумерацией в тексте (её задаёт Common.css).
* 3. Мобильная версия: блок «Далее» выносится из последнего сворачиваемого
* раздела в конец статьи, чтобы переход к соседней модели был виден всегда.
*
* Синтаксис — ES5: так скрипт проходит проверку ResourceLoader в MediaWiki 1.41.
*/
( function () {
'use strict';

/*
* Подписи интерфейса. Для EN/ES вики tools/build-lang.py подставляет переводы
* (собранные файлы — в MediaWiki/en и MediaWiki/es).
* Порядок категорий = порядок кнопок; коды совпадают с параметром «категория» шаблона.
*/
var TEXT = {
cats: [
[ 'all', 'All' ],
[ 'fuel', 'Fuel level' ],
[ 'angle', 'Tilt angle' ],
[ 'level', 'Water and bulk level' ],
[ 'ble', 'BLE infrastructure' ],
[ 'other', 'Other sensors' ],
[ 'meteo', 'Sokol Meteo' ]
],
filter: 'Catalog filter',
search: 'Search the catalog',
placeholder: 'Model or type: TD-BLE, angle…',
empty: 'Nothing found. Check the model name or contact support: help@escortsensors.com'
};
var CATS = TEXT.cats;

function el( tag, attrs, text ) {
var node = document.createElement( tag );
var key;
for ( key in attrs ) {
if ( Object.prototype.hasOwnProperty.call( attrs, key ) ) {
node.setAttribute( key, attrs[ key ] );
}
}
if ( text !== undefined ) {
node.appendChild( document.createTextNode( text ) );
}
return node;
}

function initCatalog( catalog ) {
if ( catalog.getAttribute( 'data-es-ready' ) ) {
return;
}
catalog.setAttribute( 'data-es-ready', '1' );

var tiles = Array.prototype.slice.call( catalog.querySelectorAll( '.es-tile' ) );
var state = { cat: 'all', q: '' };
var bar = el( 'div', { 'class': 'es-filter', role: 'group', 'aria-label': TEXT.filter } );
var empty = el( 'div', { 'class': 'es-filter__empty', role: 'status', hidden: 'hidden' },
TEXT.empty );
var chips = el( 'div', { 'class': 'es-filter__chips' } );
var buttons = [];

CATS.forEach( function ( c ) {
var used = c[ 0 ] === 'all' || tiles.some( function ( t ) {
return t.getAttribute( 'data-cat' ) === c[ 0 ];
} );
if ( !used ) {
return;
}
var btn = el( 'button', { type: 'button', 'class': 'es-chip', 'aria-pressed': c[ 0 ] === 'all' ? 'true' : 'false', 'data-cat': c[ 0 ] }, c[ 1 ] );
var count = el( 'span', { 'class': 'es-chip__count' } );
btn.appendChild( count );
btn.addEventListener( 'click', function () {
state.cat = c[ 0 ];
apply();
} );
buttons.push( { btn: btn, count: count, cat: c[ 0 ] } );
chips.appendChild( btn );
} );
bar.appendChild( chips );

var search = el( 'input', {
type: 'search',
'class': 'es-filter__search',
placeholder: TEXT.placeholder,
'aria-label': TEXT.search
} );
search.addEventListener( 'input', function () {
state.q = search.value.trim().toLowerCase();
apply();
} );
bar.appendChild( search );

/* Поиск идёт по модели, типу, тегам и названию категории («угол» → «Угол наклона») */
var labels = {};
CATS.forEach( function ( c ) {
labels[ c[ 0 ] ] = c[ 1 ].toLowerCase();
} );
tiles.forEach( function ( t ) {
t.esSearch = ( t.getAttribute( 'data-search' ) || '' ) + ' ' + ( labels[ t.getAttribute( 'data-cat' ) ] || '' );
} );

function matchesQuery( t ) {
return !state.q || t.esSearch.indexOf( state.q ) !== -1;
}

function apply() {
var shown = 0;
tiles.forEach( function ( t ) {
var ok = matchesQuery( t ) && ( state.cat === 'all' || t.getAttribute( 'data-cat' ) === state.cat );
if ( ok ) {
t.removeAttribute( 'hidden' );
shown++;
} else {
t.setAttribute( 'hidden', 'hidden' );
}
} );
buttons.forEach( function ( b ) {
var n = tiles.filter( function ( t ) {
return matchesQuery( t ) && ( b.cat === 'all' || t.getAttribute( 'data-cat' ) === b.cat );
} ).length;
b.count.textContent = String( n );
b.btn.setAttribute( 'aria-pressed', b.cat === state.cat ? 'true' : 'false' );
} );
if ( shown ) {
empty.setAttribute( 'hidden', 'hidden' );
} else {
empty.removeAttribute( 'hidden' );
}
}

catalog.parentNode.insertBefore( bar, catalog );
catalog.parentNode.insertBefore( empty, catalog.nextSibling );
apply();
}

function padTocNumbers() {
if ( !document.querySelector( '.mw-parser-output .es-card' ) ) {
return;
}
var nums = document.querySelectorAll( '.vector-toc-level-1 > .vector-toc-link .vector-toc-numb' );
Array.prototype.forEach.call( nums, function ( n ) {
if ( /^\d$/.test( n.textContent ) ) {
n.textContent = '0' + n.textContent;
}
} );
}

function liftNext( root ) {
Array.prototype.forEach.call( root.querySelectorAll( '.es-next' ), function ( next ) {
var section = next.parentNode;
while ( section && !( section.tagName === 'SECTION' && /\bcollapsible-block\b/.test( section.className ) ) ) {
section = section.parentNode;
}
if ( section && section.parentNode ) {
section.parentNode.appendChild( next );
}
} );
}

mw.hook( 'wikipage.content' ).add( function ( $content ) {
var root = $content && $content[ 0 ] ? $content[ 0 ] : document;
Array.prototype.forEach.call( root.querySelectorAll( '.es-catalog' ), initCatalog );
liftNext( root );
} );

$( padTocNumbers );
}() );

MediaWiki:Mobile.css

2026-10-09T09:36:55Z

RINAT: Escort theme for the mobile site (used if MobileFrontend loads Mobile.css)

/*
* База знаний Эскорт — тема для мобильной версии (MobileFrontend + Minerva)
* Страница: MediaWiki:Mobile.css
*
* Мобильная версия не загружает MediaWiki:Common.css, поэтому здесь продублированы
* шрифты, токены и оформление статей и шаблонов. Источник правды — Common.css:
* при правке компонентов переносите изменения сюда (или пересоберите файл
* скриптом tools/build-mobile-css.py).
*/

/* ===== 0. Шрифты ==========================================================
* Файлы лежат на сервере вики: /escort-assets/fonts/ (см. README).
* Лицензия шрифтов — SIL OFL 1.1.
*/
@font-face {
font-family: 'Manrope';
font-style: normal;
font-weight: 200 800;
font-display: swap;
src: url( /escort-assets/fonts/manrope-cyrillic-wght-normal.woff2 ) format( 'woff2' );
unicode-range: U+0301, U+0400-045F, U+0490-0491, U+04B0-04B1, U+2116;
}
@font-face {
font-family: 'Manrope';
font-style: normal;
font-weight: 200 800;
font-display: swap;
src: url( /escort-assets/fonts/manrope-cyrillic-ext-wght-normal.woff2 ) format( 'woff2' );
unicode-range: U+0460-052F, U+1C80-1C8A, U+20B4, U+2DE0-2DFF, U+A640-A69F, U+FE2E-FE2F;
}
@font-face {
font-family: 'Manrope';
font-style: normal;
font-weight: 200 800;
font-display: swap;
src: url( /escort-assets/fonts/manrope-latin-wght-normal.woff2 ) format( 'woff2' );
unicode-range: U+0000-00FF, U+0131, U+0152-0153, U+02BB-02BC, U+02C6, U+02DA, U+02DC, U+0304, U+0308, U+0329, U+2000-206F, U+20AC, U+2122, U+2191, U+2193, U+2212, U+2215, U+FEFF, U+FFFD;
}
@font-face {
font-family: 'Manrope';
font-style: normal;
font-weight: 200 800;
font-display: swap;
src: url( /escort-assets/fonts/manrope-latin-ext-wght-normal.woff2 ) format( 'woff2' );
unicode-range: U+0100-02BA, U+02BD-02C5, U+02C7-02CC, U+02CE-02D7, U+02DD-02FF, U+0304, U+0308, U+0329, U+1D00-1DBF, U+1E00-1E9F, U+1EF2-1EFF, U+2020, U+20A0-20AB, U+20AD-20C0, U+2113, U+2C60-2C7F, U+A720-A7FF;
}
@font-face {
font-family: 'JetBrains Mono';
font-style: normal;
font-weight: 100 800;
font-display: swap;
src: url( /escort-assets/fonts/jetbrains-mono-cyrillic-wght-normal.woff2 ) format( 'woff2' );
unicode-range: U+0301, U+0400-045F, U+0490-0491, U+04B0-04B1, U+2116;
}
@font-face {
font-family: 'JetBrains Mono';
font-style: normal;
font-weight: 100 800;
font-display: swap;
src: url( /escort-assets/fonts/jetbrains-mono-latin-wght-normal.woff2 ) format( 'woff2' );
unicode-range: U+0000-00FF, U+0131, U+0152-0153, U+02BB-02BC, U+02C6, U+02DA, U+02DC, U+0304, U+0308, U+0329, U+2000-206F, U+20AC, U+2122, U+2191, U+2193, U+2212, U+2215, U+FEFF, U+FFFD;
}

/* ===== 1. Токены ========================================================== */
:root {
--es-red: #DC2B1C; /* акцент: кнопки, маркеры */
--es-red-text: #B3200F; /* ссылки в тексте (контраст 6,4:1) */
--es-black: #181818; /* шапка, заголовки */
--es-text: #3E4044; /* основной текст */
--es-muted: #585A5E; /* подписи (контраст 6,9:1) */
--es-surface: #F2F2F2; /* фоны блоков */
--es-zebra: #FAFAFA;
--es-line: #E2E2E2; /* рамки */
--es-line-soft: #EDEDED;
--es-field: #CDCDCD; /* поля, вторичные кнопки */
--es-warn-bg: #FDEDEB;
--es-warn-line: #F2C3BD;
--es-warn-title: #8E1A0C;
--es-radius: 8px;
--es-radius-s: 6px;
--es-font: 'Manrope', 'Segoe UI', Roboto, Arial, sans-serif;
--es-mono: 'JetBrains Mono', Consolas, 'Courier New', monospace;
}

/* ===== 2m. Каркас Minerva ================================================= */
body.skin-minerva,
.skin-minerva .mw-body,
.skin-minerva .header-container {
font-family: var( --es-font );
}

/* Шапка: тёмная, иконки и название вики белые */
.skin-minerva .header-container.header-chrome {
background: var( --es-black );
box-shadow: none;
border-bottom: 0;
}
.skin-minerva .header-container .minerva-icon,
.skin-minerva .header-container .mw-ui-icon,
.skin-minerva .header-container .cdx-button__icon {
filter: invert( 1 );
}
.skin-minerva .header-container .branding-box a,
.skin-minerva .header-container .branding-box a:visited {
color: #FFFFFF;
font-weight: 700;
}
.skin-minerva .header-container .search {
background: #2A2A2A;
border-color: #3A3A3A;
color: #FFFFFF;
}
.skin-minerva .header-container .search::placeholder {
color: #A6A8AC;
}

/* Заголовок страницы */
.skin-minerva .pre-content h1,
.skin-minerva #firstHeading {
font-family: var( --es-font );
font-weight: 800;
color: var( --es-black );
}
.skin-minerva .mw-body:has( .es-card ) #firstHeading {
font-size: 2rem;
}
.page-Заглавная_страница #firstHeading,
.page-Main_Page #firstHeading,
.page-Página_principal #firstHeading {
position: absolute;
width: 1px;
height: 1px;
overflow: hidden;
clip: rect( 0 0 0 0 );
}

/* Сворачиваемые разделы: строки одинаковой высоты с линией снизу */
.skin-minerva .mw-parser-output > .section-heading {
margin: 0;
padding: 14px 0;
border-bottom: 1px solid var( --es-line );
font-size: 1.0625rem;
letter-spacing: 0.01em;
display: flex;
align-items: flex-start;
}
.skin-minerva .mw-parser-output > .section-heading > .indicator {
flex: 0 0 auto;
margin-top: 0.2em;
}
/* Перенос длинного названия — под текстом, а не под номером */
.skin-minerva .mw-parser-output > .section-heading > .mw-headline {
display: flex;
}
.skin-minerva .mw-parser-output > .section-heading > .mw-headline::before {
flex: none;
}
.skin-minerva .mw-parser-output > section.collapsible-block.open-block {
padding: 4px 0 12px;
}

/* Картинки не шире экрана. До загрузки картинка — заглушка с шириной в пикселях,
а миниатюра свёрстана таблицей и растягивается под неё; в галереях ужимается
только рамка. Миниатюра — блоком, подпись — на всю ширину */
.skin-minerva .mw-parser-output figure[ typeof^='mw:File' ] {
display: block;
max-width: 100%;
}
.skin-minerva .mw-parser-output figure[ typeof^='mw:File' ] > figcaption {
display: block;
}
.skin-minerva .mw-parser-output span[ typeof^='mw:File' ],
.skin-minerva .mw-parser-output figure[ typeof^='mw:File' ] .lazy-image-placeholder,
.skin-minerva .mw-parser-output figure[ typeof^='mw:File' ] img {
max-width: 100%;
}

/* Подвал */
.skin-minerva .minerva-footer,
.skin-minerva .post-content.footer-content {
background: var( --es-black );
color: #D0D0D0;
}
.skin-minerva .minerva-footer a {
color: #FFFFFF;
}
body.skin-minerva .vector-body,
.skin-minerva .mw-body-content {
font-size: 1rem;
line-height: 1.6;
color: var( --es-text );
}

/* ===== 3. Типографика статьи ============================================== */
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-body {
font-size: 1rem;
line-height: 1.6;
color: var( --es-text );
}
.mw-parser-output h1,
.mw-parser-output h2,
.mw-parser-output h3,
.mw-parser-output h4,
.mw-parser-output h5,
.mw-parser-output h6 {
font-family: var( --es-font );
color: var( --es-black );
border-bottom: 0;
line-height: 1.25;
}
/* «= Раздел =» на старых страницах даёт h1 внутри статьи — оформляем как раздел */
.mw-parser-output h1,
.mw-parser-output h2 {
margin: 2.2em 0 0.6em;
font-size: 1.375rem;
font-weight: 800;
letter-spacing: 0.02em;
text-transform: uppercase;
}
.mw-parser-output h3 {
margin: 1.8em 0 0.5em;
font-size: 1.125rem;
font-weight: 800;
}
.mw-parser-output h4,
.mw-parser-output h5,
.mw-parser-output h6 {
margin: 1.4em 0 0.4em;
font-size: 1rem;
font-weight: 700;
}
.mw-parser-output p {
margin: 0.5em 0 0.9em;
}
.mw-parser-output a:not( .new ),
.mw-parser-output a:not( .new ):visited {
color: var( --es-red-text );
}
.mw-parser-output a:not( .new ):hover {
color: var( --es-black );
}
.mw-parser-output a.new,
.mw-parser-output a.new:visited {
color: var( --es-muted );
text-decoration: underline dotted;
}
.mw-editsection,
.mw-parser-output .mw-editsection a,
.mw-parser-output .mw-editsection a:visited {
color: var( --es-muted );
font-family: var( --es-font );
font-size: 12px;
font-weight: 600;
letter-spacing: 0;
text-transform: none;
}

/* Автонумерация разделов «01, 02 …» на страницах, оформленных по шаблону {{Карточка датчика}} */
.mw-parser-output:has( .es-card ) {
counter-reset: es-sec;
}
.mw-parser-output:has( .es-card ) > h2 {
counter-increment: es-sec;
}
.mw-parser-output:has( .es-card ) > h2 .mw-headline::before {
content: counter( es-sec, decimal-leading-zero );
margin-right: 0.6em;
font-family: var( --es-mono );
font-weight: 700;
color: var( --es-red );
}
.mw-body:has( .es-card ) #firstHeading {
font-family: var( --es-mono );
font-weight: 700;
font-size: 2.75rem;
letter-spacing: -0.02em;
}

/* ===== 4. Приведение старой разметки ====================================== */
/* <big> в тексте и заголовках больше не увеличивает шрифт — размер задаёт тема */
.mw-parser-output big {
font-size: inherit;
}
/* лишний жирный и подчёркивание внутри заголовков */
.mw-parser-output :is( h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 ) b,
.mw-parser-output :is( h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 ) strong {
font-weight: inherit;
}
.mw-parser-output :is( h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 ) u {
text-decoration: none;
}
/* <blockquote> на старых страницах использовался как предупреждение */
.mw-parser-output blockquote {
margin: 1.2em 0;
padding: 14px 20px 14px 52px;
position: relative;
border: 1px solid var( --es-warn-line );
border-radius: var( --es-radius );
background: var( --es-warn-bg );
color: #3A1410;
/* Minerva задаёт цитатам шрифт с засечками и увеличенный кегль */
font-family: var( --es-font );
font-size: inherit;
font-style: normal;
line-height: 1.55;
}
.mw-parser-output blockquote::before {
content: '';
position: absolute;
left: 18px;
top: 16px;
width: 22px;
height: 22px;
background: #B3200F;
-webkit-mask: url( "data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg' viewBox='0 0 24 24' fill='none' stroke='black' stroke-width='2' stroke-linecap='round' stroke-linejoin='round'%3E%3Cpath d='M12 3l10 18H2z'/%3E%3Cpath d='M12 10v5M12 18h.01'/%3E%3C/svg%3E" ) center / contain no-repeat;
mask: url( "data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg' viewBox='0 0 24 24' fill='none' stroke='black' stroke-width='2' stroke-linecap='round' stroke-linejoin='round'%3E%3Cpath d='M12 3l10 18H2z'/%3E%3Cpath d='M12 10v5M12 18h.01'/%3E%3C/svg%3E" ) center / contain no-repeat;
}
.mw-parser-output blockquote u {
text-decoration: none;
}
.mw-parser-output blockquote p:last-child {
margin-bottom: 0;
}

/* ===== 5. Таблицы, изображения, определения, код ========================= */
.mw-parser-output .wikitable {
margin: 1.2em 0;
border: 1px solid var( --es-line );
border-collapse: collapse;
background: #FFFFFF;
color: var( --es-text );
font-size: 0.9375rem;
}
.mw-parser-output .wikitable > * > tr > th,
.mw-parser-output .wikitable > * > tr > td {
border: 1px solid var( --es-line-soft );
padding: 10px 14px;
vertical-align: top;
}
.mw-parser-output .wikitable > * > tr:first-child > th {
background: var( --es-black );
border-color: var( --es-black );
color: #FFFFFF;
font-weight: 700;
text-align: left;
}
.mw-parser-output .wikitable > * > tr:not( :first-child ) > th {
background: var( --es-surface );
color: var( --es-black );
text-align: left;
}
.mw-parser-output .wikitable > * > tr:nth-child( even ) > td {
background: var( --es-zebra );
}
.mw-parser-output .wikitable > caption {
padding: 0 0 8px;
text-align: left;
font-weight: 800;
color: var( --es-black );
}
.mw-parser-output .wikitable > * > tr:first-child > th a {
color: #FFFFFF;
}

/* Картинки не шире колонки: на старых страницах скриншоты по 800+ px */
.mw-parser-output img.mw-file-element {
max-width: 100%;
height: auto;
}
.mw-parser-output figure[ typeof^='mw:File' ] {
max-width: 100%;
}

/* Миниатюры */
.mw-parser-output figure[ typeof~='mw:File/Thumb' ],
.mw-parser-output figure[ typeof~='mw:File/Frame' ] {
border: 1px solid var( --es-line );
border-radius: var( --es-radius );
background: #FFFFFF;
padding: 8px;
}
.mw-parser-output figure[ typeof~='mw:File/Thumb' ] > :not( figcaption ) .mw-file-element,
.mw-parser-output figure[ typeof~='mw:File/Frame' ] > :not( figcaption ) .mw-file-element {
border: 0;
background: #FFFFFF;
}
.mw-parser-output figure[ typeof~='mw:File/Thumb' ] > figcaption,
.mw-parser-output figure[ typeof~='mw:File/Frame' ] > figcaption {
border: 0;
background: transparent;
padding: 8px 4px 2px;
font-size: 13px;
line-height: 1.4;
color: var( --es-muted );
}
.mw-parser-output ul.gallery {
margin: 1em 0;
}
.mw-parser-output li.gallerybox .thumb {
border-radius: var( --es-radius );
border-color: var( --es-line );
background: #FFFFFF;
}
.mw-parser-output li.gallerybox .gallerytext {
font-size: 13px;
color: var( --es-muted );
}
/* Галереи со скриншотами по 730–900 px: на узком экране — не шире колонки */
.mw-parser-output li.gallerybox,
.mw-parser-output li.gallerybox .thumb {
max-width: 100%;
}
.mw-parser-output li.gallerybox .thumb {
height: auto !important;
padding: 8px 0;
}
.mw-parser-output li.gallerybox .thumb > * {
margin: 0 auto !important;
}

/* Список определений «; термин : значение» */
.mw-parser-output dl:has( > dt ) {
margin: 1em 0;
border-top: 1px solid var( --es-line );
}
.mw-parser-output dl:has( > dt ) > dt {
margin-top: 0;
padding-top: 12px;
font-weight: 800;
color: var( --es-black );
}
.mw-parser-output dl:has( > dt ) > dd {
margin: 2px 0 0;
padding-bottom: 12px;
border-bottom: 1px solid var( --es-line );
}

/* Код и значения */
.mw-parser-output code,
.mw-parser-output kbd,
.mw-parser-output pre,
.es-mono {
font-family: var( --es-mono );
}
.mw-parser-output code {
padding: 1px 5px;
border: 0;
border-radius: 4px;
background: var( --es-surface );
color: var( --es-black );
font-size: 0.875em;
}
.mw-parser-output pre {
border: 1px solid var( --es-line );
border-radius: var( --es-radius );
background: var( --es-zebra );
}

/* ===== 6. Компоненты шаблонов ============================================= */

/* Все компоненты считают размеры с учётом рамок и отступов */
[ class^='es-' ],
[ class*=' es-' ] {
box-sizing: border-box;
}

/* Метка над заголовком */
.es-eyebrow {
font-size: 13px;
font-weight: 700;
letter-spacing: 0.12em;
text-transform: uppercase;
color: var( --es-red );
}

/* Кнопки: <span class="es-btn es-btn--primary">[[ссылка|текст]]</span> */
.mw-parser-output .es-btn {
display: inline-flex;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-btn > a,
.mw-parser-output .es-btn > a:visited {
display: inline-flex;
align-items: center;
gap: 8px;
min-height: 44px;
padding: 0 18px;
border-radius: var( --es-radius-s );
font-weight: 700;
font-size: 15px;
text-decoration: none;
box-sizing: border-box;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-btn--primary > a,
.mw-parser-output .es-btn--primary > a:visited {
background: var( --es-red );
color: #FFFFFF;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-btn--primary > a:hover {
background: #C02414;
color: #FFFFFF;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-btn--secondary > a,
.mw-parser-output .es-btn--secondary > a:visited {
background: #FFFFFF;
border: 1px solid var( --es-field );
color: var( --es-black );
}
.mw-parser-output .es-btn--secondary > a:hover {
border-color: var( --es-black );
color: var( --es-black );
}
.mw-parser-output .es-btn > a.external {
background-image: none;
padding-right: 18px;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-btn > a.external::after {
content: '↗';
font-weight: 700;
}
.es-actions {
display: flex;
flex-wrap: wrap;
gap: 10px;
}

/* Предупреждения: {{Внимание}}, {{Примечание}} */
.es-callout {
position: relative;
margin: 1.2em 0;
padding: 14px 20px 14px 52px;
border-radius: var( --es-radius );
border: 1px solid var( --es-line );
background: var( --es-surface );
color: var( --es-text );
}
.es-callout::before {
content: '';
position: absolute;
left: 18px;
top: 16px;
width: 22px;
height: 22px;
background: var( --es-text );
-webkit-mask: url( "data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg' viewBox='0 0 24 24' fill='none' stroke='black' stroke-width='2' stroke-linecap='round' stroke-linejoin='round'%3E%3Ccircle cx='12' cy='12' r='9'/%3E%3Cpath d='M12 11v6M12 7.5h.01'/%3E%3C/svg%3E" ) center / contain no-repeat;
mask: url( "data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg' viewBox='0 0 24 24' fill='none' stroke='black' stroke-width='2' stroke-linecap='round' stroke-linejoin='round'%3E%3Ccircle cx='12' cy='12' r='9'/%3E%3Cpath d='M12 11v6M12 7.5h.01'/%3E%3C/svg%3E" ) center / contain no-repeat;
}
.es-callout__title {
font-weight: 800;
color: var( --es-black );
}
.es-callout__text > p:first-child {
margin-top: 2px;
}
.es-callout__text > p:last-child {
margin-bottom: 0;
}
.es-callout--warn {
border-color: var( --es-warn-line );
background: var( --es-warn-bg );
color: #3A1410;
}
.es-callout--warn::before {
background: #B3200F;
-webkit-mask-image: url( "data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg' viewBox='0 0 24 24' fill='none' stroke='black' stroke-width='2' stroke-linecap='round' stroke-linejoin='round'%3E%3Cpath d='M12 3l10 18H2z'/%3E%3Cpath d='M12 10v5M12 18h.01'/%3E%3C/svg%3E" );
mask-image: url( "data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg' viewBox='0 0 24 24' fill='none' stroke='black' stroke-width='2' stroke-linecap='round' stroke-linejoin='round'%3E%3Cpath d='M12 3l10 18H2z'/%3E%3Cpath d='M12 10v5M12 18h.01'/%3E%3C/svg%3E" );
}
.es-callout--warn .es-callout__title {
color: var( --es-warn-title );
}

/* Шаги: {{Шаг}} */
.es-step {
display: flex;
gap: 16px;
margin: 12px 0;
padding: 16px 20px;
border: 1px solid var( --es-line );
border-radius: var( --es-radius );
background: #FFFFFF;
}
.es-step__n {
flex: 0 0 32px;
height: 32px;
display: flex;
align-items: center;
justify-content: center;
border-radius: var( --es-radius-s );
background: var( --es-black );
color: #FFFFFF;
font-family: var( --es-mono );
font-size: 14px;
font-weight: 700;
}
.es-step__body {
flex: 1;
min-width: 0;
}
.es-step__title {
font-weight: 800;
color: var( --es-black );
}
.es-step__text > p:first-child {
margin-top: 4px;
}
.es-step__text > p:last-child {
margin-bottom: 0;
}

/* Переключатель способа настройки: {{Способы настройки}} */
.es-tabs {
display: inline-flex;
flex-wrap: wrap;
gap: 4px;
margin: 4px 0 20px;
padding: 4px;
border-radius: var( --es-radius );
background: var( --es-surface );
}
.mw-parser-output .es-tabs > span > a,
.mw-parser-output .es-tabs > span > a:visited,
.mw-parser-output .es-tabs > span > .mw-selflink {
display: inline-flex;
align-items: center;
min-height: 40px;
padding: 0 16px;
border-radius: var( --es-radius-s );
font-size: 14px;
font-weight: 600;
color: var( --es-text );
text-decoration: none;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-tabs > span > a:hover {
color: var( --es-black );
background: rgba( 255, 255, 255, 0.6 );
}
.mw-parser-output .es-tabs > span > .mw-selflink {
background: #FFFFFF;
color: var( --es-black );
font-weight: 700;
box-shadow: 0 1px 2px rgba( 0, 0, 0, 0.08 );
}

/* Карточка датчика: {{Карточка датчика}} */
.es-card-type {
margin: 0 0 12px;
}
.es-card {
display: flex;
flex-wrap: wrap;
margin: 0 0 1.5em;
border: 1px solid var( --es-line );
border-radius: var( --es-radius );
overflow: hidden;
background: #FFFFFF;
}
.es-card__img {
flex: 1 1 200px;
display: flex;
align-items: center;
justify-content: center;
padding: 24px;
border-right: 1px solid var( --es-line-soft );
}
.es-card__img img {
max-width: 100%;
height: auto;
}
.es-card__main {
flex: 999 1 340px;
min-width: 0;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-facts {
display: grid;
grid-template-columns: minmax( 140px, auto ) 1fr;
margin: 0;
border: 0;
font-size: 14px;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-facts > dt,
.mw-parser-output .es-facts > dd {
margin: 0;
padding: 10px 20px;
border-bottom: 1px solid var( --es-line-soft );
}
.mw-parser-output .es-facts > dt {
font-weight: 400;
color: var( --es-muted );
}
.mw-parser-output .es-facts > dd {
font-family: var( --es-mono );
font-size: 13px;
color: var( --es-black );
}
.es-card__actions {
display: flex;
flex-wrap: wrap;
gap: 8px;
padding: 16px 20px;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-card__actions .es-btn > a {
min-height: 40px;
font-size: 14px;
padding: 0 14px;
}
.es-card__apps {
padding: 0 20px 16px;
font-size: 14px;
color: var( --es-muted );
}

/* Навигация «Следующая модель»: {{Далее}} */
.es-next {
display: flex;
flex-wrap: wrap;
justify-content: space-between;
gap: 12px;
margin-top: 3em;
padding-top: 20px;
border-top: 1px solid var( --es-line );
font-size: 14px;
}
.es-next__mail {
display: inline-flex;
align-items: center;
gap: 0.35em;
color: var( --es-muted );
}
.mw-parser-output .es-next__mail a.external {
background-image: none;
padding-right: 0;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-next__item > a,
.mw-parser-output .es-next__item > a:visited {
display: inline-flex;
flex-direction: column;
padding: 8px 16px;
border: 1px solid var( --es-field );
border-radius: var( --es-radius );
color: var( --es-black );
text-decoration: none;
font-family: var( --es-mono );
font-weight: 700;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-next__item > a::before {
content: 'Next model';
font-family: var( --es-font );
font-size: 12px;
font-weight: 500;
color: var( --es-muted );
}
.mw-parser-output .es-next__item--prev > a::before {
content: 'Previous model';
}
.mw-parser-output .es-next__item > a:hover {
border-color: var( --es-black );
}

/* Метки-теги */
.es-tags {
display: flex;
flex-wrap: wrap;
gap: 6px;
}
.es-tag {
padding: 2px 6px;
border-radius: 4px;
background: var( --es-surface );
color: var( --es-text );
font-family: var( --es-mono );
font-size: 11px;
font-weight: 700;
line-height: 1.5;
}

/* ===== 7. Заглавная страница ============================================== */
/* Вводный блок */
.es-hero {
display: flex;
flex-wrap: wrap;
gap: 32px 56px;
align-items: flex-end;
justify-content: space-between;
margin: 8px 0 8px;
padding: 48px 40px 40px;
border-radius: var( --es-radius );
background: var( --es-surface );
}
.es-hero__text {
flex: 999 1 460px;
min-width: 0;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-hero__title {
margin: 10px 0 0;
font-size: 2.75rem;
line-height: 1.1;
font-weight: 800;
letter-spacing: -0.01em;
text-transform: none;
}
.es-hero__lead {
max-width: 620px;
margin: 14px 0 24px;
font-size: 1.125rem;
line-height: 1.55;
color: var( --es-text );
}

/* Карточка поддержки: {{Поддержка}} */
.es-support {
flex: 1 1 320px;
max-width: 420px;
padding: 20px 24px;
border: 1px solid var( --es-line );
border-radius: var( --es-radius );
background: #FFFFFF;
}
.es-support__title {
margin-bottom: 6px;
font-size: 12px;
font-weight: 800;
letter-spacing: 0.12em;
text-transform: uppercase;
color: var( --es-muted );
}
.es-support__row {
display: flex;
align-items: center;
justify-content: space-between;
gap: 12px;
min-height: 44px;
border-top: 1px solid var( --es-line-soft );
font-weight: 600;
}
.es-support__title + .es-support__row {
border-top: 0;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-support__row a,
.mw-parser-output .es-support__row a:visited {
color: var( --es-black );
background-image: none;
padding-right: 0;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-support__row a:hover {
color: var( --es-red-text );
}
.es-support__kind {
font-size: 13px;
font-weight: 500;
color: var( --es-muted );
}

/* Каталог */
.es-catalog {
display: grid;
grid-template-columns: repeat( auto-fill, minmax( 240px, 1fr ) );
gap: 18px;
margin: 20px 0 8px;
}
.es-tile {
display: flex;
flex-direction: column;
border: 1px solid var( --es-line );
border-radius: var( --es-radius );
overflow: hidden;
background: #FFFFFF;
transition: border-color 0.15s;
}
.es-tile:hover {
border-color: var( --es-field );
}
.es-tile[ hidden ] {
display: none;
}
.es-tile__img {
height: 160px;
display: flex;
align-items: center;
justify-content: center;
border-bottom: 1px solid var( --es-line-soft );
background: #FFFFFF;
}
.es-tile__img img {
max-width: 136px;
max-height: 128px;
width: auto;
height: auto;
object-fit: contain;
}
.es-tile__body {
flex: 1;
display: flex;
flex-direction: column;
padding: 14px 18px 16px;
}
.es-tile__head {
display: flex;
align-items: center;
justify-content: space-between;
gap: 8px;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-tile__name a,
.mw-parser-output .es-tile__name a:visited {
color: var( --es-black );
font-family: var( --es-mono );
font-size: 17px;
font-weight: 700;
letter-spacing: -0.01em;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-tile__name a:hover {
color: var( --es-red-text );
}
.es-tile__cat {
font-size: 11px;
font-weight: 700;
letter-spacing: 0.08em;
text-transform: uppercase;
color: var( --es-muted );
}
.es-tile__type {
margin: 4px 0 0;
font-size: 14px;
line-height: 1.45;
color: var( --es-text );
}
.es-tile .es-tags {
margin-top: 10px;
}
.es-tile__body > :nth-last-child( 2 ) {
margin-bottom: 14px;
}
.es-tile__links {
display: flex;
flex-wrap: wrap;
gap: 4px 16px;
margin-top: auto;
padding-top: 12px;
border-top: 1px solid var( --es-line-soft );
font-size: 14px;
font-weight: 600;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-tile__links a,
.mw-parser-output .es-tile__links a:visited {
color: var( --es-black );
}
.mw-parser-output .es-tile__links a.external {
background-image: none;
padding-right: 0;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-tile__links a.external::after {
content: ' ↗';
}
.mw-parser-output .es-tile__links .es-tile__primary a,
.mw-parser-output .es-tile__links .es-tile__primary a:visited {
color: var( --es-red-text );
font-weight: 800;
}

/* Панель фильтра (строится в MediaWiki:Common.js) */
.es-filter {
display: flex;
flex-wrap: wrap;
align-items: center;
gap: 8px;
padding-bottom: 20px;
border-bottom: 1px solid var( --es-line );
}
/* Обёртка кнопок: на широком экране не влияет на раскладку, на узком — строка с прокруткой */
.es-filter__chips {
display: contents;
}
.es-chip {
display: inline-flex;
align-items: center;
gap: 8px;
min-height: 40px;
padding: 0 14px;
border: 1px solid var( --es-field );
border-radius: var( --es-radius-s );
background: #FFFFFF;
color: var( --es-black );
font: 700 14px/1 var( --es-font );
cursor: pointer;
}
.es-chip:hover {
border-color: var( --es-black );
}
.es-chip:focus-visible,
.es-filter__search:focus-visible {
outline: 2px solid var( --es-red );
outline-offset: 2px;
}
.es-chip[ aria-pressed='true' ] {
background: var( --es-black );
border-color: var( --es-black );
color: #FFFFFF;
}
.es-chip__count {
font-family: var( --es-mono );
font-size: 12px;
color: var( --es-muted );
}
.es-chip[ aria-pressed='true' ] .es-chip__count {
color: #FF8A80;
}
.es-filter__search {
flex: 1 1 220px;
max-width: 320px;
min-height: 40px;
margin-left: auto;
padding: 0 12px;
border: 1px solid var( --es-field );
border-radius: var( --es-radius-s );
font: 500 14px var( --es-font );
color: var( --es-black );
box-sizing: border-box;
}
.es-filter__empty {
margin: 20px 0;
padding: 32px;
border: 1px dashed var( --es-field );
border-radius: var( --es-radius );
text-align: center;
color: var( --es-muted );
}

/* Список ПО и интеграций: {{Строка ПО}} */
.es-softlist {
margin: 20px 0;
border: 1px solid var( --es-line );
border-radius: var( --es-radius );
overflow: hidden;
}
.es-softrow {
position: relative;
display: flex;
flex-wrap: wrap;
align-items: center;
gap: 4px 24px;
min-height: 60px;
padding: 10px 44px 10px 22px;
border-top: 1px solid var( --es-line-soft );
background: #FFFFFF;
}
.es-softrow:first-child {
border-top: 0;
}
.es-softrow:nth-child( even ) {
background: var( --es-zebra );
}
.es-softrow:hover {
background: var( --es-surface );
}
.es-softrow::after {
content: '›';
position: absolute;
right: 20px;
top: 50%;
transform: translateY( -52% );
font-size: 24px;
font-weight: 700;
color: var( --es-red );
}
.es-softrow__name {
flex: 0 0 210px;
font-weight: 800;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-softrow__name a,
.mw-parser-output .es-softrow__name a:visited {
color: var( --es-black );
background-image: none;
padding-right: 0;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-softrow__name a::before {
content: '';
position: absolute;
inset: 0;
}
.es-softrow__kind {
flex: 0 0 140px;
font-size: 12px;
font-weight: 700;
letter-spacing: 0.08em;
text-transform: uppercase;
color: var( --es-muted );
}
.es-softrow__desc {
flex: 1 1 300px;
min-width: 0;
font-size: 15px;
}

/* Полезные ссылки внизу главной */
.es-links {
display: flex;
flex-wrap: wrap;
gap: 8px 28px;
margin: 28px 0 0;
padding-top: 20px;
border-top: 1px solid var( --es-line );
font-weight: 600;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-links a.external {
background-image: none;
padding-right: 0;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-links a.external::after {
content: ' ↗';
}

@media ( max-width: 719px ) {
.es-hero {
padding: 28px 20px;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-hero__title {
font-size: 2rem;
}
.es-filter__search {
max-width: none;
margin-left: 0;
}
.es-card__img {
border-right: 0;
border-bottom: 1px solid var( --es-line-soft );
}
.mw-parser-output .es-facts {
grid-template-columns: 1fr;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-facts > dt {
padding: 10px 16px 0;
border-bottom: 0;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-facts > dd {
padding: 2px 16px 10px;
}
.es-card__img {
padding: 16px;
}
.es-card__actions {
padding: 14px 16px;
}
.es-card__apps {
padding: 0 16px 14px;
}
.es-hero__lead {
font-size: 1rem;
}

/* Переключатель инструкций — во всю ширину, кнопки поровну */
.es-tabs {
display: flex;
width: 100%;
}
.es-tabs > span {
display: flex;
flex: 1 1 0;
min-width: 0;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-tabs > span > a,
.mw-parser-output .es-tabs > span > a:visited,
.mw-parser-output .es-tabs > span > .mw-selflink {
flex: 1;
justify-content: center;
padding: 6px 10px;
line-height: 1.25;
text-align: center;
}

/* Блоки предупреждений компактнее */
.es-callout,
.mw-parser-output blockquote {
padding: 12px 14px 12px 44px;
}
.es-callout::before,
.mw-parser-output blockquote::before {
left: 14px;
top: 14px;
width: 20px;
height: 20px;
}

/* Фильтр каталога: категории в одну строку с прокруткой, поиск под ними */
.es-filter {
padding-bottom: 16px;
}
.es-filter__chips {
display: flex;
flex: 1 1 100%;
gap: 8px;
min-width: 0;
overflow-x: auto;
padding-bottom: 2px;
scrollbar-width: none;
}
.es-filter__chips::-webkit-scrollbar {
display: none;
}
.es-chip {
flex: 0 0 auto;
}
.es-filter__search {
flex: 1 1 100%;
}

/* Плитки каталога — горизонтальные: фото слева */
.es-catalog {
gap: 12px;
margin-top: 16px;
}
.es-tile {
flex-direction: row;
}
.es-tile__img {
flex: 0 0 92px;
height: auto;
padding: 10px;
border-bottom: 0;
border-right: 1px solid var( --es-line-soft );
}
.es-tile__img img {
max-width: 72px;
max-height: 96px;
}
.es-tile__body {
min-width: 0;
padding: 12px 14px 12px;
}
.es-tile__body > :nth-last-child( 2 ) {
margin-bottom: 10px;
}
.es-tile__links {
gap: 2px 14px;
padding-top: 8px;
}
}

/* ===== 8. Печать ========================================================== */
@media print {
.es-filter,
.es-tabs,
.es-next,
.es-card__actions {
display: none !important;
}
.es-tile,
.es-step,
.es-callout,
.es-card {
break-inside: avoid;
}
}

MediaWiki:Common.js

2026-10-09T09:36:54Z

RINAT: Escort theme: catalog filter on the main page, section numbers in the table of contents

/*
* База знаний Эскорт — MediaWiki:Common.js
*
* 1. Фильтр каталога на заглавной странице: категории + поиск по модели.
* Плитки создаёт шаблон «Плитка продукта» (атрибуты data-cat и data-search).
* 2. Номера разделов в оглавлении «01, 02 …» на страницах с «Карточкой датчика»,
* чтобы они совпадали с нумерацией в тексте (её задаёт Common.css).
* 3. Мобильная версия: блок «Далее» выносится из последнего сворачиваемого
* раздела в конец статьи, чтобы переход к соседней модели был виден всегда.
*
* Синтаксис — ES5: так скрипт проходит проверку ResourceLoader в MediaWiki 1.41.
*/
( function () {
'use strict';

/*
* Подписи интерфейса. Для EN/ES вики tools/build-lang.py подставляет переводы
* (собранные файлы — в MediaWiki/en и MediaWiki/es).
* Порядок категорий = порядок кнопок; коды совпадают с параметром «категория» шаблона.
*/
var TEXT = {
cats: [
[ 'all', 'All' ],
[ 'fuel', 'Fuel level' ],
[ 'angle', 'Tilt angle' ],
[ 'level', 'Water and bulk level' ],
[ 'ble', 'BLE infrastructure' ],
[ 'other', 'Other sensors' ],
[ 'meteo', 'Sokol Meteo' ]
],
filter: 'Catalog filter',
search: 'Search the catalog',
placeholder: 'Model or type: TD-BLE, angle…',
empty: 'Nothing found. Check the model name or contact support: help@escortsensors.com'
};
var CATS = TEXT.cats;

function el( tag, attrs, text ) {
var node = document.createElement( tag );
var key;
for ( key in attrs ) {
if ( Object.prototype.hasOwnProperty.call( attrs, key ) ) {
node.setAttribute( key, attrs[ key ] );
}
}
if ( text !== undefined ) {
node.appendChild( document.createTextNode( text ) );
}
return node;
}

function initCatalog( catalog ) {
if ( catalog.getAttribute( 'data-es-ready' ) ) {
return;
}
catalog.setAttribute( 'data-es-ready', '1' );

var tiles = Array.prototype.slice.call( catalog.querySelectorAll( '.es-tile' ) );
var state = { cat: 'all', q: '' };
var bar = el( 'div', { 'class': 'es-filter', role: 'group', 'aria-label': TEXT.filter } );
var empty = el( 'div', { 'class': 'es-filter__empty', role: 'status', hidden: 'hidden' },
TEXT.empty );
var chips = el( 'div', { 'class': 'es-filter__chips' } );
var buttons = [];

CATS.forEach( function ( c ) {
var used = c[ 0 ] === 'all' || tiles.some( function ( t ) {
return t.getAttribute( 'data-cat' ) === c[ 0 ];
} );
if ( !used ) {
return;
}
var btn = el( 'button', { type: 'button', 'class': 'es-chip', 'aria-pressed': c[ 0 ] === 'all' ? 'true' : 'false', 'data-cat': c[ 0 ] }, c[ 1 ] );
var count = el( 'span', { 'class': 'es-chip__count' } );
btn.appendChild( count );
btn.addEventListener( 'click', function () {
state.cat = c[ 0 ];
apply();
} );
buttons.push( { btn: btn, count: count, cat: c[ 0 ] } );
chips.appendChild( btn );
} );
bar.appendChild( chips );

var search = el( 'input', {
type: 'search',
'class': 'es-filter__search',
placeholder: TEXT.placeholder,
'aria-label': TEXT.search
} );
search.addEventListener( 'input', function () {
state.q = search.value.trim().toLowerCase();
apply();
} );
bar.appendChild( search );

/* Поиск идёт по модели, типу, тегам и названию категории («угол» → «Угол наклона») */
var labels = {};
CATS.forEach( function ( c ) {
labels[ c[ 0 ] ] = c[ 1 ].toLowerCase();
} );
tiles.forEach( function ( t ) {
t.esSearch = ( t.getAttribute( 'data-search' ) || '' ) + ' ' + ( labels[ t.getAttribute( 'data-cat' ) ] || '' );
} );

function matchesQuery( t ) {
return !state.q || t.esSearch.indexOf( state.q ) !== -1;
}

function apply() {
var shown = 0;
tiles.forEach( function ( t ) {
var ok = matchesQuery( t ) && ( state.cat === 'all' || t.getAttribute( 'data-cat' ) === state.cat );
if ( ok ) {
t.removeAttribute( 'hidden' );
shown++;
} else {
t.setAttribute( 'hidden', 'hidden' );
}
} );
buttons.forEach( function ( b ) {
var n = tiles.filter( function ( t ) {
return matchesQuery( t ) && ( b.cat === 'all' || t.getAttribute( 'data-cat' ) === b.cat );
} ).length;
b.count.textContent = String( n );
b.btn.setAttribute( 'aria-pressed', b.cat === state.cat ? 'true' : 'false' );
} );
if ( shown ) {
empty.setAttribute( 'hidden', 'hidden' );
} else {
empty.removeAttribute( 'hidden' );
}
}

catalog.parentNode.insertBefore( bar, catalog );
catalog.parentNode.insertBefore( empty, catalog.nextSibling );
apply();
}

function padTocNumbers() {
if ( !document.querySelector( '.mw-parser-output .es-card' ) ) {
return;
}
var nums = document.querySelectorAll( '.vector-toc-level-1 > .vector-toc-link .vector-toc-numb' );
Array.prototype.forEach.call( nums, function ( n ) {
if ( /^\d$/.test( n.textContent ) ) {
n.textContent = '0' + n.textContent;
}
} );
}

function liftNext( root ) {
Array.prototype.forEach.call( root.querySelectorAll( '.es-next' ), function ( next ) {
var section = next.parentNode;
while ( section && !( section.tagName === 'SECTION' && /\bcollapsible-block\b/.test( section.className ) ) ) {
section = section.parentNode;
}
if ( section && section.parentNode ) {
section.parentNode.appendChild( next );
}
} );
}

mw.hook( 'wikipage.content' ).add( function ( $content ) {
var root = $content && $content[ 0 ] ? $content[ 0 ] : document;
Array.prototype.forEach.call( root.querySelectorAll( '.es-catalog' ), initCatalog );
liftNext( root );
} );

$( padTocNumbers );
}() );

MediaWiki:Common.css

2026-10-09T09:36:52Z

RINAT: Escort theme: Vector 2022 styling and design template components

/*
* База знаний Эскорт — тема для Vector 2022 (MediaWiki 1.41)
* Страница: MediaWiki:Common.css
*
* Фирменные цвета и шрифты — по escortsensors.com.
* Разделы:
* 0. Шрифты
* 1. Токены (CSS-переменные)
* 2. Каркас Vector: шапка, вкладки, меню, оглавление, подвал
* 3. Типографика статьи
* 4. Приведение старой разметки (<big>, <u>, <blockquote>, жирные заголовки)
* 5. Таблицы, изображения, списки определений, код
* 6. Компоненты шаблонов (es-*)
* 7. Заглавная страница
* 8. Печать
*/

/* ===== 0. Шрифты ==========================================================
* Файлы лежат на сервере вики: /escort-assets/fonts/ (см. README).
* Лицензия шрифтов — SIL OFL 1.1.
*/
@font-face {
font-family: 'Manrope';
font-style: normal;
font-weight: 200 800;
font-display: swap;
src: url( /escort-assets/fonts/manrope-cyrillic-wght-normal.woff2 ) format( 'woff2' );
unicode-range: U+0301, U+0400-045F, U+0490-0491, U+04B0-04B1, U+2116;
}
@font-face {
font-family: 'Manrope';
font-style: normal;
font-weight: 200 800;
font-display: swap;
src: url( /escort-assets/fonts/manrope-cyrillic-ext-wght-normal.woff2 ) format( 'woff2' );
unicode-range: U+0460-052F, U+1C80-1C8A, U+20B4, U+2DE0-2DFF, U+A640-A69F, U+FE2E-FE2F;
}
@font-face {
font-family: 'Manrope';
font-style: normal;
font-weight: 200 800;
font-display: swap;
src: url( /escort-assets/fonts/manrope-latin-wght-normal.woff2 ) format( 'woff2' );
unicode-range: U+0000-00FF, U+0131, U+0152-0153, U+02BB-02BC, U+02C6, U+02DA, U+02DC, U+0304, U+0308, U+0329, U+2000-206F, U+20AC, U+2122, U+2191, U+2193, U+2212, U+2215, U+FEFF, U+FFFD;
}
@font-face {
font-family: 'Manrope';
font-style: normal;
font-weight: 200 800;
font-display: swap;
src: url( /escort-assets/fonts/manrope-latin-ext-wght-normal.woff2 ) format( 'woff2' );
unicode-range: U+0100-02BA, U+02BD-02C5, U+02C7-02CC, U+02CE-02D7, U+02DD-02FF, U+0304, U+0308, U+0329, U+1D00-1DBF, U+1E00-1E9F, U+1EF2-1EFF, U+2020, U+20A0-20AB, U+20AD-20C0, U+2113, U+2C60-2C7F, U+A720-A7FF;
}
@font-face {
font-family: 'JetBrains Mono';
font-style: normal;
font-weight: 100 800;
font-display: swap;
src: url( /escort-assets/fonts/jetbrains-mono-cyrillic-wght-normal.woff2 ) format( 'woff2' );
unicode-range: U+0301, U+0400-045F, U+0490-0491, U+04B0-04B1, U+2116;
}
@font-face {
font-family: 'JetBrains Mono';
font-style: normal;
font-weight: 100 800;
font-display: swap;
src: url( /escort-assets/fonts/jetbrains-mono-latin-wght-normal.woff2 ) format( 'woff2' );
unicode-range: U+0000-00FF, U+0131, U+0152-0153, U+02BB-02BC, U+02C6, U+02DA, U+02DC, U+0304, U+0308, U+0329, U+2000-206F, U+20AC, U+2122, U+2191, U+2193, U+2212, U+2215, U+FEFF, U+FFFD;
}

/* ===== 1. Токены ========================================================== */
:root {
--es-red: #DC2B1C; /* акцент: кнопки, маркеры */
--es-red-text: #B3200F; /* ссылки в тексте (контраст 6,4:1) */
--es-black: #181818; /* шапка, заголовки */
--es-text: #3E4044; /* основной текст */
--es-muted: #585A5E; /* подписи (контраст 6,9:1) */
--es-surface: #F2F2F2; /* фоны блоков */
--es-zebra: #FAFAFA;
--es-line: #E2E2E2; /* рамки */
--es-line-soft: #EDEDED;
--es-field: #CDCDCD; /* поля, вторичные кнопки */
--es-warn-bg: #FDEDEB;
--es-warn-line: #F2C3BD;
--es-warn-title: #8E1A0C;
--es-radius: 8px;
--es-radius-s: 6px;
--es-font: 'Manrope', 'Segoe UI', Roboto, Arial, sans-serif;
--es-mono: 'JetBrains Mono', Consolas, 'Courier New', monospace;
}

/* ===== 2. Каркас Vector 2022 ============================================== */
body,
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-body,
body.skin-vector-2022 .mw-body,
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-header,
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-main-menu,
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-toc,
body.skin-vector-2022 .mw-footer,
body.skin-vector-2022 .cdx-text-input__input,
body.skin-vector-2022 .cdx-button {
font-family: var( --es-font );
}

/* — Шапка: тёмная полоса во всю ширину —
* Префикс body.skin-vector-2022 нужен, чтобы перебить фон, который Vector задаёт
* селекторами из двух классов. */
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-header-start {
flex: 0 0 auto;
min-width: max-content;
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-header-end {
flex: 1 1 auto;
margin-left: 48px;
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-header-container {
background: var( --es-black );
box-shadow: 0 0 0 100vmax var( --es-black );
clip-path: inset( 0 -100vmax );
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-header-container .mw-header {
min-height: 64px;
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-header .vector-icon {
filter: invert( 1 );
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-header .cdx-button,
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-header .vector-dropdown-label {
color: #FFFFFF;
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-header .cdx-button:hover,
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-header .vector-dropdown-label:hover {
background-color: rgba( 255, 255, 255, 0.1 );
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-user-links .vector-menu-content-list > li > a,
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-user-links #p-vector-user-menu-overflow a,
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-user-links .mw-list-item > a {
color: #FFFFFF;
}
/* выпадающие меню внутри шапки остаются светлыми */
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-header .vector-dropdown-content,
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-header .vector-dropdown-content a {
color: var( --es-black );
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-header .vector-dropdown-content .vector-icon {
filter: none;
}

/* Логотип: белый вордмарк из $wgLogos + подпись */
/* Текстовое название вики (пока не задан логотип-надпись в LocalSettings) */
body.skin-vector-2022 .mw-logo-wordmark {
color: #FFFFFF;
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .mw-logo {
gap: 16px;
align-items: center;
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .mw-logo::after {
content: 'Knowledge Base';
padding-left: 16px;
border-left: 1px solid #4A4A4A;
color: #FFFFFF;
font-size: 13px;
font-weight: 700;
letter-spacing: 0.12em;
text-transform: uppercase;
line-height: 28px;
white-space: nowrap;
}
/* Подпись помещается рядом с полным полем поиска только на широком экране:
«Base de conocimientos» (ES) на 1024 px выдавливала кнопки входа за край */
@media ( max-width: 1119px ) {
body.skin-vector-2022 .mw-logo::after {
display: none;
}
}
/* На широком экране шапка Vector — сетка с колонкой под боковое меню (≈248 px).
Логотип с подписью шире, поэтому первая колонка — по содержимому */
@media ( min-width: 1120px ) {
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-header-container .mw-header {
grid-template-columns: max-content minmax( 0, 1fr );
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-header-end {
margin-left: 12px;
}
}

/* Поиск */
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-header .cdx-text-input__input {
background: #2A2A2A;
border-color: #3A3A3A;
border-radius: var( --es-radius-s ) 0 0 var( --es-radius-s );
color: #FFFFFF;
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-header .cdx-text-input__input::placeholder {
color: #A6A8AC;
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-header .cdx-text-input__input:focus {
border-color: var( --es-red );
box-shadow: inset 0 0 0 1px var( --es-red );
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-header .cdx-search-input__end-button {
background: var( --es-red );
border-color: var( --es-red );
color: #FFFFFF;
border-radius: 0 var( --es-radius-s ) var( --es-radius-s ) 0;
font-weight: 700;
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-header .cdx-search-input__end-button:hover {
background: #C02414;
border-color: #C02414;
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-header .cdx-text-input__start-icon {
filter: invert( 1 );
opacity: 0.7;
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-header .cdx-menu {
font-family: var( --es-font );
}

/* — Заголовок страницы и вкладки — */
body.skin-vector-2022 #firstHeading,
body.skin-vector-2022 .mw-body h1.firstHeading {
font-family: var( --es-font );
font-weight: 800;
font-size: 2.25rem;
line-height: 1.15;
letter-spacing: -0.01em;
color: var( --es-black );
border-bottom: 0;
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-page-titlebar {
box-shadow: none;
border-bottom: 0;
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-page-toolbar-container {
border-bottom: 1px solid var( --es-line );
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-menu-tabs .mw-list-item a,
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-menu-tabs .mw-list-item a:visited {
color: var( --es-text );
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-menu-tabs .mw-list-item.selected a,
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-menu-tabs .mw-list-item.selected a:visited {
color: var( --es-black );
font-weight: 700;
border-bottom: 2px solid var( --es-red );
}
body.skin-vector-2022 #siteSub,
body.skin-vector-2022 #contentSub {
color: var( --es-muted );
}

/* — Главное меню и инструменты — */
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-main-menu a,
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-page-tools a,
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-main-menu a:visited,
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-page-tools a:visited {
color: var( --es-black );
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-pinnable-header-label,
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-menu-heading {
font-size: 11px;
font-weight: 800;
letter-spacing: 0.12em;
text-transform: uppercase;
color: var( --es-muted );
}

/* — Оглавление — */
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-toc .vector-toc-link,
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-toc .vector-toc-link:visited {
color: var( --es-text );
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-toc .vector-toc-list-item-active > .vector-toc-link,
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-toc .vector-toc-level-1-active:not( .vector-toc-list-item-expanded ) > .vector-toc-link,
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-toc .vector-toc-list-item-active.vector-toc-level-1-active > .vector-toc-link {
color: var( --es-black );
font-weight: 700;
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-toc .vector-toc-list-item-active > .vector-toc-link .vector-toc-text {
box-shadow: -10px 0 0 -8px var( --es-red );
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-toc .vector-toc-numb {
display: inline;
margin-right: 6px;
font-family: var( --es-mono );
font-size: 0.8em;
color: var( --es-muted );
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-toc #toc-mw-content-text .vector-toc-numb {
display: none;
}

/* — Подвал: тёмная полоса — */
body.skin-vector-2022 .mw-footer-container {
margin-top: 48px;
background: var( --es-black );
box-shadow: 0 0 0 100vmax var( --es-black );
clip-path: inset( 0 -100vmax );
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .mw-footer {
border-top: 0;
padding: 32px 0;
color: #D0D0D0;
font-size: 13px;
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .mw-footer a,
body.skin-vector-2022 .mw-footer a:visited {
color: #FFFFFF;
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .mw-footer #footer-places-privacy:has( a[ href='' ] ) {
display: none;
}
body.skin-vector-2022 .mw-footer #footer-icons img {
filter: grayscale( 1 ) invert( 1 ) brightness( 1.6 );
opacity: 0.7;
}

/* ===== 3. Типографика статьи ============================================== */
body.skin-vector-2022 .vector-body {
font-size: 1rem;
line-height: 1.6;
color: var( --es-text );
}
.mw-parser-output h1,
.mw-parser-output h2,
.mw-parser-output h3,
.mw-parser-output h4,
.mw-parser-output h5,
.mw-parser-output h6 {
font-family: var( --es-font );
color: var( --es-black );
border-bottom: 0;
line-height: 1.25;
}
/* «= Раздел =» на старых страницах даёт h1 внутри статьи — оформляем как раздел */
.mw-parser-output h1,
.mw-parser-output h2 {
margin: 2.2em 0 0.6em;
font-size: 1.375rem;
font-weight: 800;
letter-spacing: 0.02em;
text-transform: uppercase;
}
.mw-parser-output h3 {
margin: 1.8em 0 0.5em;
font-size: 1.125rem;
font-weight: 800;
}
.mw-parser-output h4,
.mw-parser-output h5,
.mw-parser-output h6 {
margin: 1.4em 0 0.4em;
font-size: 1rem;
font-weight: 700;
}
.mw-parser-output p {
margin: 0.5em 0 0.9em;
}
.mw-parser-output a:not( .new ),
.mw-parser-output a:not( .new ):visited {
color: var( --es-red-text );
}
.mw-parser-output a:not( .new ):hover {
color: var( --es-black );
}
.mw-parser-output a.new,
.mw-parser-output a.new:visited {
color: var( --es-muted );
text-decoration: underline dotted;
}
.mw-editsection,
.mw-parser-output .mw-editsection a,
.mw-parser-output .mw-editsection a:visited {
color: var( --es-muted );
font-family: var( --es-font );
font-size: 12px;
font-weight: 600;
letter-spacing: 0;
text-transform: none;
}

/* Автонумерация разделов «01, 02 …» на страницах, оформленных по шаблону {{Карточка датчика}} */
.mw-parser-output:has( .es-card ) {
counter-reset: es-sec;
}
.mw-parser-output:has( .es-card ) > h2 {
counter-increment: es-sec;
}
.mw-parser-output:has( .es-card ) > h2 .mw-headline::before {
content: counter( es-sec, decimal-leading-zero );
margin-right: 0.6em;
font-family: var( --es-mono );
font-weight: 700;
color: var( --es-red );
}
.mw-body:has( .es-card ) #firstHeading {
font-family: var( --es-mono );
font-weight: 700;
font-size: 2.75rem;
letter-spacing: -0.02em;
}

/* ===== 4. Приведение старой разметки ====================================== */
/* <big> в тексте и заголовках больше не увеличивает шрифт — размер задаёт тема */
.mw-parser-output big {
font-size: inherit;
}
/* лишний жирный и подчёркивание внутри заголовков */
.mw-parser-output :is( h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 ) b,
.mw-parser-output :is( h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 ) strong {
font-weight: inherit;
}
.mw-parser-output :is( h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 ) u {
text-decoration: none;
}
/* <blockquote> на старых страницах использовался как предупреждение */
.mw-parser-output blockquote {
margin: 1.2em 0;
padding: 14px 20px 14px 52px;
position: relative;
border: 1px solid var( --es-warn-line );
border-radius: var( --es-radius );
background: var( --es-warn-bg );
color: #3A1410;
/* Minerva задаёт цитатам шрифт с засечками и увеличенный кегль */
font-family: var( --es-font );
font-size: inherit;
font-style: normal;
line-height: 1.55;
}
.mw-parser-output blockquote::before {
content: '';
position: absolute;
left: 18px;
top: 16px;
width: 22px;
height: 22px;
background: #B3200F;
-webkit-mask: url( "data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg' viewBox='0 0 24 24' fill='none' stroke='black' stroke-width='2' stroke-linecap='round' stroke-linejoin='round'%3E%3Cpath d='M12 3l10 18H2z'/%3E%3Cpath d='M12 10v5M12 18h.01'/%3E%3C/svg%3E" ) center / contain no-repeat;
mask: url( "data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg' viewBox='0 0 24 24' fill='none' stroke='black' stroke-width='2' stroke-linecap='round' stroke-linejoin='round'%3E%3Cpath d='M12 3l10 18H2z'/%3E%3Cpath d='M12 10v5M12 18h.01'/%3E%3C/svg%3E" ) center / contain no-repeat;
}
.mw-parser-output blockquote u {
text-decoration: none;
}
.mw-parser-output blockquote p:last-child {
margin-bottom: 0;
}

/* ===== 5. Таблицы, изображения, определения, код ========================= */
.mw-parser-output .wikitable {
margin: 1.2em 0;
border: 1px solid var( --es-line );
border-collapse: collapse;
background: #FFFFFF;
color: var( --es-text );
font-size: 0.9375rem;
}
.mw-parser-output .wikitable > * > tr > th,
.mw-parser-output .wikitable > * > tr > td {
border: 1px solid var( --es-line-soft );
padding: 10px 14px;
vertical-align: top;
}
.mw-parser-output .wikitable > * > tr:first-child > th {
background: var( --es-black );
border-color: var( --es-black );
color: #FFFFFF;
font-weight: 700;
text-align: left;
}
.mw-parser-output .wikitable > * > tr:not( :first-child ) > th {
background: var( --es-surface );
color: var( --es-black );
text-align: left;
}
.mw-parser-output .wikitable > * > tr:nth-child( even ) > td {
background: var( --es-zebra );
}
.mw-parser-output .wikitable > caption {
padding: 0 0 8px;
text-align: left;
font-weight: 800;
color: var( --es-black );
}
.mw-parser-output .wikitable > * > tr:first-child > th a {
color: #FFFFFF;
}

/* Картинки не шире колонки: на старых страницах скриншоты по 800+ px */
.mw-parser-output img.mw-file-element {
max-width: 100%;
height: auto;
}
.mw-parser-output figure[ typeof^='mw:File' ] {
max-width: 100%;
}

/* Миниатюры */
.mw-parser-output figure[ typeof~='mw:File/Thumb' ],
.mw-parser-output figure[ typeof~='mw:File/Frame' ] {
border: 1px solid var( --es-line );
border-radius: var( --es-radius );
background: #FFFFFF;
padding: 8px;
}
.mw-parser-output figure[ typeof~='mw:File/Thumb' ] > :not( figcaption ) .mw-file-element,
.mw-parser-output figure[ typeof~='mw:File/Frame' ] > :not( figcaption ) .mw-file-element {
border: 0;
background: #FFFFFF;
}
.mw-parser-output figure[ typeof~='mw:File/Thumb' ] > figcaption,
.mw-parser-output figure[ typeof~='mw:File/Frame' ] > figcaption {
border: 0;
background: transparent;
padding: 8px 4px 2px;
font-size: 13px;
line-height: 1.4;
color: var( --es-muted );
}
.mw-parser-output ul.gallery {
margin: 1em 0;
}
.mw-parser-output li.gallerybox .thumb {
border-radius: var( --es-radius );
border-color: var( --es-line );
background: #FFFFFF;
}
.mw-parser-output li.gallerybox .gallerytext {
font-size: 13px;
color: var( --es-muted );
}
/* Галереи со скриншотами по 730–900 px: на узком экране — не шире колонки */
.mw-parser-output li.gallerybox,
.mw-parser-output li.gallerybox .thumb {
max-width: 100%;
}
.mw-parser-output li.gallerybox .thumb {
height: auto !important;
padding: 8px 0;
}
.mw-parser-output li.gallerybox .thumb > * {
margin: 0 auto !important;
}

/* Список определений «; термин : значение» */
.mw-parser-output dl:has( > dt ) {
margin: 1em 0;
border-top: 1px solid var( --es-line );
}
.mw-parser-output dl:has( > dt ) > dt {
margin-top: 0;
padding-top: 12px;
font-weight: 800;
color: var( --es-black );
}
.mw-parser-output dl:has( > dt ) > dd {
margin: 2px 0 0;
padding-bottom: 12px;
border-bottom: 1px solid var( --es-line );
}

/* Код и значения */
.mw-parser-output code,
.mw-parser-output kbd,
.mw-parser-output pre,
.es-mono {
font-family: var( --es-mono );
}
.mw-parser-output code {
padding: 1px 5px;
border: 0;
border-radius: 4px;
background: var( --es-surface );
color: var( --es-black );
font-size: 0.875em;
}
.mw-parser-output pre {
border: 1px solid var( --es-line );
border-radius: var( --es-radius );
background: var( --es-zebra );
}

/* ===== 6. Компоненты шаблонов ============================================= */

/* Все компоненты считают размеры с учётом рамок и отступов */
[ class^='es-' ],
[ class*=' es-' ] {
box-sizing: border-box;
}

/* Метка над заголовком */
.es-eyebrow {
font-size: 13px;
font-weight: 700;
letter-spacing: 0.12em;
text-transform: uppercase;
color: var( --es-red );
}

/* Кнопки: <span class="es-btn es-btn--primary">[[ссылка|текст]]</span> */
.mw-parser-output .es-btn {
display: inline-flex;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-btn > a,
.mw-parser-output .es-btn > a:visited {
display: inline-flex;
align-items: center;
gap: 8px;
min-height: 44px;
padding: 0 18px;
border-radius: var( --es-radius-s );
font-weight: 700;
font-size: 15px;
text-decoration: none;
box-sizing: border-box;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-btn--primary > a,
.mw-parser-output .es-btn--primary > a:visited {
background: var( --es-red );
color: #FFFFFF;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-btn--primary > a:hover {
background: #C02414;
color: #FFFFFF;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-btn--secondary > a,
.mw-parser-output .es-btn--secondary > a:visited {
background: #FFFFFF;
border: 1px solid var( --es-field );
color: var( --es-black );
}
.mw-parser-output .es-btn--secondary > a:hover {
border-color: var( --es-black );
color: var( --es-black );
}
.mw-parser-output .es-btn > a.external {
background-image: none;
padding-right: 18px;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-btn > a.external::after {
content: '↗';
font-weight: 700;
}
.es-actions {
display: flex;
flex-wrap: wrap;
gap: 10px;
}

/* Предупреждения: {{Внимание}}, {{Примечание}} */
.es-callout {
position: relative;
margin: 1.2em 0;
padding: 14px 20px 14px 52px;
border-radius: var( --es-radius );
border: 1px solid var( --es-line );
background: var( --es-surface );
color: var( --es-text );
}
.es-callout::before {
content: '';
position: absolute;
left: 18px;
top: 16px;
width: 22px;
height: 22px;
background: var( --es-text );
-webkit-mask: url( "data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg' viewBox='0 0 24 24' fill='none' stroke='black' stroke-width='2' stroke-linecap='round' stroke-linejoin='round'%3E%3Ccircle cx='12' cy='12' r='9'/%3E%3Cpath d='M12 11v6M12 7.5h.01'/%3E%3C/svg%3E" ) center / contain no-repeat;
mask: url( "data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg' viewBox='0 0 24 24' fill='none' stroke='black' stroke-width='2' stroke-linecap='round' stroke-linejoin='round'%3E%3Ccircle cx='12' cy='12' r='9'/%3E%3Cpath d='M12 11v6M12 7.5h.01'/%3E%3C/svg%3E" ) center / contain no-repeat;
}
.es-callout__title {
font-weight: 800;
color: var( --es-black );
}
.es-callout__text > p:first-child {
margin-top: 2px;
}
.es-callout__text > p:last-child {
margin-bottom: 0;
}
.es-callout--warn {
border-color: var( --es-warn-line );
background: var( --es-warn-bg );
color: #3A1410;
}
.es-callout--warn::before {
background: #B3200F;
-webkit-mask-image: url( "data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg' viewBox='0 0 24 24' fill='none' stroke='black' stroke-width='2' stroke-linecap='round' stroke-linejoin='round'%3E%3Cpath d='M12 3l10 18H2z'/%3E%3Cpath d='M12 10v5M12 18h.01'/%3E%3C/svg%3E" );
mask-image: url( "data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg' viewBox='0 0 24 24' fill='none' stroke='black' stroke-width='2' stroke-linecap='round' stroke-linejoin='round'%3E%3Cpath d='M12 3l10 18H2z'/%3E%3Cpath d='M12 10v5M12 18h.01'/%3E%3C/svg%3E" );
}
.es-callout--warn .es-callout__title {
color: var( --es-warn-title );
}

/* Шаги: {{Шаг}} */
.es-step {
display: flex;
gap: 16px;
margin: 12px 0;
padding: 16px 20px;
border: 1px solid var( --es-line );
border-radius: var( --es-radius );
background: #FFFFFF;
}
.es-step__n {
flex: 0 0 32px;
height: 32px;
display: flex;
align-items: center;
justify-content: center;
border-radius: var( --es-radius-s );
background: var( --es-black );
color: #FFFFFF;
font-family: var( --es-mono );
font-size: 14px;
font-weight: 700;
}
.es-step__body {
flex: 1;
min-width: 0;
}
.es-step__title {
font-weight: 800;
color: var( --es-black );
}
.es-step__text > p:first-child {
margin-top: 4px;
}
.es-step__text > p:last-child {
margin-bottom: 0;
}

/* Переключатель способа настройки: {{Способы настройки}} */
.es-tabs {
display: inline-flex;
flex-wrap: wrap;
gap: 4px;
margin: 4px 0 20px;
padding: 4px;
border-radius: var( --es-radius );
background: var( --es-surface );
}
.mw-parser-output .es-tabs > span > a,
.mw-parser-output .es-tabs > span > a:visited,
.mw-parser-output .es-tabs > span > .mw-selflink {
display: inline-flex;
align-items: center;
min-height: 40px;
padding: 0 16px;
border-radius: var( --es-radius-s );
font-size: 14px;
font-weight: 600;
color: var( --es-text );
text-decoration: none;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-tabs > span > a:hover {
color: var( --es-black );
background: rgba( 255, 255, 255, 0.6 );
}
.mw-parser-output .es-tabs > span > .mw-selflink {
background: #FFFFFF;
color: var( --es-black );
font-weight: 700;
box-shadow: 0 1px 2px rgba( 0, 0, 0, 0.08 );
}

/* Карточка датчика: {{Карточка датчика}} */
.es-card-type {
margin: 0 0 12px;
}
.es-card {
display: flex;
flex-wrap: wrap;
margin: 0 0 1.5em;
border: 1px solid var( --es-line );
border-radius: var( --es-radius );
overflow: hidden;
background: #FFFFFF;
}
.es-card__img {
flex: 1 1 200px;
display: flex;
align-items: center;
justify-content: center;
padding: 24px;
border-right: 1px solid var( --es-line-soft );
}
.es-card__img img {
max-width: 100%;
height: auto;
}
.es-card__main {
flex: 999 1 340px;
min-width: 0;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-facts {
display: grid;
grid-template-columns: minmax( 140px, auto ) 1fr;
margin: 0;
border: 0;
font-size: 14px;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-facts > dt,
.mw-parser-output .es-facts > dd {
margin: 0;
padding: 10px 20px;
border-bottom: 1px solid var( --es-line-soft );
}
.mw-parser-output .es-facts > dt {
font-weight: 400;
color: var( --es-muted );
}
.mw-parser-output .es-facts > dd {
font-family: var( --es-mono );
font-size: 13px;
color: var( --es-black );
}
.es-card__actions {
display: flex;
flex-wrap: wrap;
gap: 8px;
padding: 16px 20px;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-card__actions .es-btn > a {
min-height: 40px;
font-size: 14px;
padding: 0 14px;
}
.es-card__apps {
padding: 0 20px 16px;
font-size: 14px;
color: var( --es-muted );
}

/* Навигация «Следующая модель»: {{Далее}} */
.es-next {
display: flex;
flex-wrap: wrap;
justify-content: space-between;
gap: 12px;
margin-top: 3em;
padding-top: 20px;
border-top: 1px solid var( --es-line );
font-size: 14px;
}
.es-next__mail {
display: inline-flex;
align-items: center;
gap: 0.35em;
color: var( --es-muted );
}
.mw-parser-output .es-next__mail a.external {
background-image: none;
padding-right: 0;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-next__item > a,
.mw-parser-output .es-next__item > a:visited {
display: inline-flex;
flex-direction: column;
padding: 8px 16px;
border: 1px solid var( --es-field );
border-radius: var( --es-radius );
color: var( --es-black );
text-decoration: none;
font-family: var( --es-mono );
font-weight: 700;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-next__item > a::before {
content: 'Next model';
font-family: var( --es-font );
font-size: 12px;
font-weight: 500;
color: var( --es-muted );
}
.mw-parser-output .es-next__item--prev > a::before {
content: 'Previous model';
}
.mw-parser-output .es-next__item > a:hover {
border-color: var( --es-black );
}

/* Метки-теги */
.es-tags {
display: flex;
flex-wrap: wrap;
gap: 6px;
}
.es-tag {
padding: 2px 6px;
border-radius: 4px;
background: var( --es-surface );
color: var( --es-text );
font-family: var( --es-mono );
font-size: 11px;
font-weight: 700;
line-height: 1.5;
}

/* ===== 7. Заглавная страница ============================================== */
.page-Заглавная_страница #firstHeading,
.page-Main_Page #firstHeading,
.page-Página_principal #firstHeading {
position: absolute;
width: 1px;
height: 1px;
overflow: hidden;
clip: rect( 0 0 0 0 );
}
.page-Заглавная_страница .mw-body-header,
.page-Main_Page .mw-body-header,
.page-Página_principal .mw-body-header {
min-height: 0;
}

/* Вводный блок */
.es-hero {
display: flex;
flex-wrap: wrap;
gap: 32px 56px;
align-items: flex-end;
justify-content: space-between;
margin: 8px 0 8px;
padding: 48px 40px 40px;
border-radius: var( --es-radius );
background: var( --es-surface );
}
.es-hero__text {
flex: 999 1 460px;
min-width: 0;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-hero__title {
margin: 10px 0 0;
font-size: 2.75rem;
line-height: 1.1;
font-weight: 800;
letter-spacing: -0.01em;
text-transform: none;
}
.es-hero__lead {
max-width: 620px;
margin: 14px 0 24px;
font-size: 1.125rem;
line-height: 1.55;
color: var( --es-text );
}

/* Карточка поддержки: {{Поддержка}} */
.es-support {
flex: 1 1 320px;
max-width: 420px;
padding: 20px 24px;
border: 1px solid var( --es-line );
border-radius: var( --es-radius );
background: #FFFFFF;
}
.es-support__title {
margin-bottom: 6px;
font-size: 12px;
font-weight: 800;
letter-spacing: 0.12em;
text-transform: uppercase;
color: var( --es-muted );
}
.es-support__row {
display: flex;
align-items: center;
justify-content: space-between;
gap: 12px;
min-height: 44px;
border-top: 1px solid var( --es-line-soft );
font-weight: 600;
}
.es-support__title + .es-support__row {
border-top: 0;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-support__row a,
.mw-parser-output .es-support__row a:visited {
color: var( --es-black );
background-image: none;
padding-right: 0;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-support__row a:hover {
color: var( --es-red-text );
}
.es-support__kind {
font-size: 13px;
font-weight: 500;
color: var( --es-muted );
}

/* Каталог */
.es-catalog {
display: grid;
grid-template-columns: repeat( auto-fill, minmax( 240px, 1fr ) );
gap: 18px;
margin: 20px 0 8px;
}
.es-tile {
display: flex;
flex-direction: column;
border: 1px solid var( --es-line );
border-radius: var( --es-radius );
overflow: hidden;
background: #FFFFFF;
transition: border-color 0.15s;
}
.es-tile:hover {
border-color: var( --es-field );
}
.es-tile[ hidden ] {
display: none;
}
.es-tile__img {
height: 160px;
display: flex;
align-items: center;
justify-content: center;
border-bottom: 1px solid var( --es-line-soft );
background: #FFFFFF;
}
.es-tile__img img {
max-width: 136px;
max-height: 128px;
width: auto;
height: auto;
object-fit: contain;
}
.es-tile__body {
flex: 1;
display: flex;
flex-direction: column;
padding: 14px 18px 16px;
}
.es-tile__head {
display: flex;
align-items: center;
justify-content: space-between;
gap: 8px;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-tile__name a,
.mw-parser-output .es-tile__name a:visited {
color: var( --es-black );
font-family: var( --es-mono );
font-size: 17px;
font-weight: 700;
letter-spacing: -0.01em;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-tile__name a:hover {
color: var( --es-red-text );
}
.es-tile__cat {
font-size: 11px;
font-weight: 700;
letter-spacing: 0.08em;
text-transform: uppercase;
color: var( --es-muted );
}
.es-tile__type {
margin: 4px 0 0;
font-size: 14px;
line-height: 1.45;
color: var( --es-text );
}
.es-tile .es-tags {
margin-top: 10px;
}
.es-tile__body > :nth-last-child( 2 ) {
margin-bottom: 14px;
}
.es-tile__links {
display: flex;
flex-wrap: wrap;
gap: 4px 16px;
margin-top: auto;
padding-top: 12px;
border-top: 1px solid var( --es-line-soft );
font-size: 14px;
font-weight: 600;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-tile__links a,
.mw-parser-output .es-tile__links a:visited {
color: var( --es-black );
}
.mw-parser-output .es-tile__links a.external {
background-image: none;
padding-right: 0;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-tile__links a.external::after {
content: ' ↗';
}
.mw-parser-output .es-tile__links .es-tile__primary a,
.mw-parser-output .es-tile__links .es-tile__primary a:visited {
color: var( --es-red-text );
font-weight: 800;
}

/* Панель фильтра (строится в MediaWiki:Common.js) */
.es-filter {
display: flex;
flex-wrap: wrap;
align-items: center;
gap: 8px;
padding-bottom: 20px;
border-bottom: 1px solid var( --es-line );
}
/* Обёртка кнопок: на широком экране не влияет на раскладку, на узком — строка с прокруткой */
.es-filter__chips {
display: contents;
}
.es-chip {
display: inline-flex;
align-items: center;
gap: 8px;
min-height: 40px;
padding: 0 14px;
border: 1px solid var( --es-field );
border-radius: var( --es-radius-s );
background: #FFFFFF;
color: var( --es-black );
font: 700 14px/1 var( --es-font );
cursor: pointer;
}
.es-chip:hover {
border-color: var( --es-black );
}
.es-chip:focus-visible,
.es-filter__search:focus-visible {
outline: 2px solid var( --es-red );
outline-offset: 2px;
}
.es-chip[ aria-pressed='true' ] {
background: var( --es-black );
border-color: var( --es-black );
color: #FFFFFF;
}
.es-chip__count {
font-family: var( --es-mono );
font-size: 12px;
color: var( --es-muted );
}
.es-chip[ aria-pressed='true' ] .es-chip__count {
color: #FF8A80;
}
.es-filter__search {
flex: 1 1 220px;
max-width: 320px;
min-height: 40px;
margin-left: auto;
padding: 0 12px;
border: 1px solid var( --es-field );
border-radius: var( --es-radius-s );
font: 500 14px var( --es-font );
color: var( --es-black );
box-sizing: border-box;
}
.es-filter__empty {
margin: 20px 0;
padding: 32px;
border: 1px dashed var( --es-field );
border-radius: var( --es-radius );
text-align: center;
color: var( --es-muted );
}

/* Список ПО и интеграций: {{Строка ПО}} */
.es-softlist {
margin: 20px 0;
border: 1px solid var( --es-line );
border-radius: var( --es-radius );
overflow: hidden;
}
.es-softrow {
position: relative;
display: flex;
flex-wrap: wrap;
align-items: center;
gap: 4px 24px;
min-height: 60px;
padding: 10px 44px 10px 22px;
border-top: 1px solid var( --es-line-soft );
background: #FFFFFF;
}
.es-softrow:first-child {
border-top: 0;
}
.es-softrow:nth-child( even ) {
background: var( --es-zebra );
}
.es-softrow:hover {
background: var( --es-surface );
}
.es-softrow::after {
content: '›';
position: absolute;
right: 20px;
top: 50%;
transform: translateY( -52% );
font-size: 24px;
font-weight: 700;
color: var( --es-red );
}
.es-softrow__name {
flex: 0 0 210px;
font-weight: 800;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-softrow__name a,
.mw-parser-output .es-softrow__name a:visited {
color: var( --es-black );
background-image: none;
padding-right: 0;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-softrow__name a::before {
content: '';
position: absolute;
inset: 0;
}
.es-softrow__kind {
flex: 0 0 140px;
font-size: 12px;
font-weight: 700;
letter-spacing: 0.08em;
text-transform: uppercase;
color: var( --es-muted );
}
.es-softrow__desc {
flex: 1 1 300px;
min-width: 0;
font-size: 15px;
}

/* Полезные ссылки внизу главной */
.es-links {
display: flex;
flex-wrap: wrap;
gap: 8px 28px;
margin: 28px 0 0;
padding-top: 20px;
border-top: 1px solid var( --es-line );
font-weight: 600;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-links a.external {
background-image: none;
padding-right: 0;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-links a.external::after {
content: ' ↗';
}

@media ( max-width: 719px ) {
.es-hero {
padding: 28px 20px;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-hero__title {
font-size: 2rem;
}
.es-filter__search {
max-width: none;
margin-left: 0;
}
.es-card__img {
border-right: 0;
border-bottom: 1px solid var( --es-line-soft );
}
.mw-parser-output .es-facts {
grid-template-columns: 1fr;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-facts > dt {
padding: 10px 16px 0;
border-bottom: 0;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-facts > dd {
padding: 2px 16px 10px;
}
.es-card__img {
padding: 16px;
}
.es-card__actions {
padding: 14px 16px;
}
.es-card__apps {
padding: 0 16px 14px;
}
.es-hero__lead {
font-size: 1rem;
}

/* Переключатель инструкций — во всю ширину, кнопки поровну */
.es-tabs {
display: flex;
width: 100%;
}
.es-tabs > span {
display: flex;
flex: 1 1 0;
min-width: 0;
}
.mw-parser-output .es-tabs > span > a,
.mw-parser-output .es-tabs > span > a:visited,
.mw-parser-output .es-tabs > span > .mw-selflink {
flex: 1;
justify-content: center;
padding: 6px 10px;
line-height: 1.25;
text-align: center;
}

/* Блоки предупреждений компактнее */
.es-callout,
.mw-parser-output blockquote {
padding: 12px 14px 12px 44px;
}
.es-callout::before,
.mw-parser-output blockquote::before {
left: 14px;
top: 14px;
width: 20px;
height: 20px;
}

/* Фильтр каталога: категории в одну строку с прокруткой, поиск под ними */
.es-filter {
padding-bottom: 16px;
}
.es-filter__chips {
display: flex;
flex: 1 1 100%;
gap: 8px;
min-width: 0;
overflow-x: auto;
padding-bottom: 2px;
scrollbar-width: none;
}
.es-filter__chips::-webkit-scrollbar {
display: none;
}
.es-chip {
flex: 0 0 auto;
}
.es-filter__search {
flex: 1 1 100%;
}

/* Плитки каталога — горизонтальные: фото слева */
.es-catalog {
gap: 12px;
margin-top: 16px;
}
.es-tile {
flex-direction: row;
}
.es-tile__img {
flex: 0 0 92px;
height: auto;
padding: 10px;
border-bottom: 0;
border-right: 1px solid var( --es-line-soft );
}
.es-tile__img img {
max-width: 72px;
max-height: 96px;
}
.es-tile__body {
min-width: 0;
padding: 12px 14px 12px;
}
.es-tile__body > :nth-last-child( 2 ) {
margin-bottom: 10px;
}
.es-tile__links {
gap: 2px 14px;
padding-top: 8px;
}
}

/* ===== 8. Печать ========================================================== */
@media print {
.es-filter,
.es-tabs,
.es-next,
.es-card__actions {
display: none !important;
}
.es-tile,
.es-step,
.es-callout,
.es-card {
break-inside: avoid;
}
}

Category:Design templates

2026-10-09T09:36:04Z

RINAT: Category for the design templates

Templates of the knowledge base design: warnings, notes, steps, the sensor card, catalog tiles and navigation. Styles are in [[MediaWiki:Common.css]], the catalog filter is in [[MediaWiki:Common.js]].

Template:Sensor card

2026-10-09T09:36:03Z

RINAT: Design templates of the knowledge base (Escort theme)

{{#if:{{{type|}}}|<div class="es-eyebrow es-card-type">{{{type}}}</div>}}<div class="es-card"><div class="es-card__img">[[File:{{{photo}}}|160px|alt={{{model|{{PAGENAME}}}}}]]</div><div class="es-card__main"><dl class="es-facts">{{#if:{{{p1|}}}|<dt>{{{p1}}}</dt><dd>{{{v1|}}}</dd>}}{{#if:{{{p2|}}}|<dt>{{{p2}}}</dt><dd>{{{v2|}}}</dd>}}{{#if:{{{p3|}}}|<dt>{{{p3}}}</dt><dd>{{{v3|}}}</dd>}}{{#if:{{{p4|}}}|<dt>{{{p4}}}</dt><dd>{{{v4|}}}</dd>}}{{#if:{{{p5|}}}|<dt>{{{p5}}}</dt><dd>{{{v5|}}}</dd>}}{{#if:{{{p6|}}}|<dt>{{{p6}}}</dt><dd>{{{v6|}}}</dd>}}{{#if:{{{p7|}}}|<dt>{{{p7}}}</dt><dd>{{{v7|}}}</dd>}}{{#if:{{{p8|}}}|<dt>{{{p8}}}</dt><dd>{{{v8|}}}</dd>}}</dl><div class="es-card__actions">{{#if:{{{datasheet|}}}|<span class="es-btn es-btn--primary">[{{{datasheet}}} Datasheet, PDF]</span>}}{{#if:{{{downloads|}}}|<span class="es-btn es-btn--secondary">[{{{downloads}}} Downloads]</span>}}{{#if:{{{product|}}}|<span class="es-btn es-btn--secondary">[{{{product}}} Product page]</span>}}</div>{{#if:{{{ios|}}}{{{android|}}}|<div class="es-card__apps">Escort Configurator app: {{#if:{{{ios|}}}|[{{{ios}}} iOS]}}{{#if:{{{ios|}}}|{{#if:{{{android|}}}| · }}}}{{#if:{{{android|}}}|[{{{android}}} Android]}}</div>}}</div></div><noinclude>
== Purpose ==
Product page header: device type, photo, up to 8 key parameters and links to the datasheet, downloads and product page. Goes right after {{#tag:code|<nowiki>{{Setup methods}}</nowiki>}} (if present) and before the first section.

A page with the card gets the «datasheet» look: the page title in monospace, level-2 sections numbered automatically (01, 02 …). So sections on such a page start with <code><nowiki>== … ==</nowiki></code>, not <code><nowiki>= … =</nowiki></code>.

Addresses with spaces must be URL-encoded (<code>%20</code> instead of a space), otherwise the link breaks.

Parameter values: short, units after a space (<code>10 s</code>, <code>3.5 V</code>), ranges with an ellipsis (<code>1…4095</code>).

== Example ==
<pre><nowiki>{{Sensor card
|type = Wireless fuel level sensor
|photo = TD-BLE.png
|p1 = Measurement type |v1 = capacitive
|p2 = Connection |v2 = Bluetooth LE, Advertising mode
|p3 = Measurement period |v3 = 10 s
|p4 = Level range |v4 = 1…1023 / 1…4095
|datasheet = https://www.fmeter.ru/download/…/Datasheet%20Escort%20TD-BLE.pdf
|downloads = https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/
|ios = https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085
|android = https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config
}}</nowiki></pre>

<templatedata>
{
"description": "Product page header: photo, key parameters, documents.",
"params": {
"type": {
"label": "Device type",
"type": "string",
"suggested": true
},
"photo": {
"label": "Photo",
"type": "wiki-file-name",
"required": true
},
"model": {
"label": "Model (photo alt)",
"type": "string",
"default": "page title"
},
"p1": {
"label": "Parameter 1",
"type": "string",
"suggested": true
},
"v1": {
"label": "Value 1",
"type": "string",
"suggested": true
},
"p2": {
"label": "Parameter 2",
"type": "string"
},
"v2": {
"label": "Value 2",
"type": "string"
},
"p3": {
"label": "Parameter 3",
"type": "string"
},
"v3": {
"label": "Value 3",
"type": "string"
},
"p4": {
"label": "Parameter 4",
"type": "string"
},
"v4": {
"label": "Value 4",
"type": "string"
},
"p5": {
"label": "Parameter 5",
"type": "string"
},
"v5": {
"label": "Value 5",
"type": "string"
},
"p6": {
"label": "Parameter 6",
"type": "string"
},
"v6": {
"label": "Value 6",
"type": "string"
},
"p7": {
"label": "Parameter 7",
"type": "string"
},
"v7": {
"label": "Value 7",
"type": "string"
},
"p8": {
"label": "Parameter 8",
"type": "string"
},
"v8": {
"label": "Value 8",
"type": "string"
},
"datasheet": {
"label": "Datasheet (PDF)",
"type": "url",
"suggested": true
},
"downloads": {
"label": "Downloads",
"type": "url",
"suggested": true
},
"product": {
"label": "Product page",
"type": "url",
"suggested": true
},
"ios": {
"label": "iOS app",
"type": "url"
},
"android": {
"label": "Android app",
"type": "url"
}
},
"paramOrder": [
"type",
"photo",
"model",
"p1",
"v1",
"p2",
"v2",
"p3",
"v3",
"p4",
"v4",
"p5",
"v5",
"p6",
"v6",
"p7",
"v7",
"p8",
"v8",
"datasheet",
"downloads",
"product",
"ios",
"android"
],
"format": "block"
}
</templatedata>
[[Category:Design templates]]
</noinclude>

Template:Warning

2026-10-09T09:36:03Z

RINAT: Design templates of the knowledge base (Escort theme)

<div class="es-callout es-callout--warn" role="note"><div class="es-callout__title">{{{title|Warning}}}</div><div class="es-callout__text">
{{{1|{{{text|}}}}}}
</div></div><noinclude>
== Purpose ==
Warning about a risk: equipment damage, data loss, a broken seal, an irreversible action. Replaces the old <code><nowiki><blockquote>'''<u>TEXT IN CAPITALS</u>'''</blockquote></nowiki></code>.

Text rules: normal case, no <code><nowiki><big></nowiki></code> or underlining; one requirement per sentence.

== Example ==
<pre><nowiki>{{Warning|1=Unblock the drain holes after calibration.}}</nowiki></pre>
{{Warning|1=Unblock the drain holes after calibration.}}

If the text contains the <code>=</code> sign, the parameter must be given as <code>1=</code>.

<templatedata>
{
"description": "Red warning block.",
"params": {
"1": {
"label": "Text",
"description": "Warning text. Several paragraphs are allowed.",
"type": "content",
"required": true,
"aliases": [
"text"
]
},
"title": {
"label": "Title",
"description": "Block title.",
"type": "string",
"default": "Warning"
}
},
"format": "inline"
}
</templatedata>
[[Category:Design templates]]
</noinclude>

Template:Support

2026-10-09T09:36:02Z

RINAT: Design templates of the knowledge base (Escort theme)

<div class="es-support" role="complementary" aria-label="Technical support"><div class="es-support__title">Technical support</div><div class="es-support__row">[mailto:help@escortsensors.com help@escortsensors.com]<span class="es-support__kind">E-mail</span></div><div class="es-support__row">[https://t.me/Escort_tech_Bot @Escort_tech_Bot]<span class="es-support__kind">Telegram</span></div><div class="es-support__row">[https://wa.me/79600464665 +7 960 046-46-65]<span class="es-support__kind">WhatsApp</span></div></div><noinclude>
== Purpose ==
Technical support contacts. The only place where they are kept: when the contacts change, only this template is edited.

<templatedata>
{
"description": "Technical support contacts.",
"params": {},
"format": "inline"
}
</templatedata>
[[Category:Design templates]]
</noinclude>

Template:Step

2026-10-09T09:36:02Z

RINAT: Design templates of the knowledge base (Escort theme)

<div class="es-step"><span class="es-step__n">{{{1|•}}}</span><div class="es-step__body"><div class="es-step__title">{{{2|}}}</div><div class="es-step__text">
{{{3|}}}
</div></div></div><noinclude>
== Purpose ==
One step of a step-by-step instruction. One step — one action; the title starts with a verb.

== Example ==
<pre><nowiki>{{Step|1|Turn on Bluetooth and location|Start Escort Configurator and allow the app to access the location.}}
{{Step|2|Select the sensor type|Tap «Sensor setup», then select TD-BLE.}}</nowiki></pre>
{{Step|1|Turn on Bluetooth and location|Start Escort Configurator and allow the app to access the location.}}
{{Step|2|Select the sensor type|Tap «Sensor setup», then select TD-BLE.}}

Screenshots can be put into the third parameter: <code><nowiki>|3=Text.[[File:Screen.png|300px]]</nowiki></code>.

<templatedata>
{
"description": "Numbered step.",
"params": {
"1": {
"label": "Number",
"type": "string",
"suggested": true
},
"2": {
"label": "Title",
"type": "string",
"required": true
},
"3": {
"label": "Text",
"type": "content",
"required": true
}
},
"format": "block"
}
</templatedata>
[[Category:Design templates]]
</noinclude>

Template:Software row

2026-10-09T09:36:01Z

RINAT: Design templates of the knowledge base (Escort theme)

<div class="es-softrow"><span class="es-softrow__name">{{#if:{{{url|}}}|[{{{url}}} {{{name}}}]|[[{{{page|{{{name}}}}}}|{{{name}}}]]}}</span><span class="es-softrow__kind">{{{kind|}}}</span><span class="es-softrow__desc">{{{description|}}}</span></div><noinclude>
== Purpose ==
Row of the «Software, services and integrations» section on the main page. Rows go inside <code><nowiki><div class="es-softlist"> … </div></nowiki></code>. The whole row is clickable.

Link: <code>page=</code> — a wiki article (same as the name by default), <code>url=</code> — an external address.

== Example ==
<pre><nowiki>{{Software row|name=Natlogger|kind=Platform|description=Collection, processing and visualization of weather data from Sokol stations}}</nowiki></pre>

<templatedata>
{
"description": "Row of the software list on the main page.",
"params": {
"name": {
"label": "Name",
"type": "string",
"required": true
},
"page": {
"label": "Wiki page",
"type": "wiki-page-name"
},
"url": {
"label": "External address",
"type": "url"
},
"kind": {
"label": "Kind",
"type": "string",
"suggested": true
},
"description": {
"label": "Description",
"type": "string",
"suggested": true
}
},
"paramOrder": [
"name",
"page",
"url",
"kind",
"description"
],
"format": "inline"
}
</templatedata>
[[Category:Design templates]]
</noinclude>

Template:Setup methods

2026-10-09T09:36:00Z

RINAT: Design templates of the knowledge base (Escort theme)

<div class="es-tabs" role="navigation" aria-label="Setup method"><span>[[{{{1}}}|{{{2|{{{1}}}}}}]]</span>{{#if:{{{3|}}}|<span>[[{{{3}}}|{{{4|{{{3}}}}}}]]</span>}}{{#if:{{{5|}}}|<span>[[{{{5}}}|{{{6|{{{5}}}}}}]]</span>}}</div><noinclude>
== Purpose ==
Switch between manuals for the same device (app / PC configurator). Put it right under the title on each of the related pages with the same parameters — the current page is highlighted automatically.

== Example ==
<pre><nowiki>{{Setup methods|TD-500|Manual|MODBUS TD-500|Modbus protocol}}</nowiki></pre>
{{Setup methods|TD-500|Manual|MODBUS TD-500|Modbus protocol}}

<templatedata>
{
"description": "Switch between related manuals (up to three).",
"params": {
"1": {
"label": "Page 1",
"type": "wiki-page-name",
"required": true
},
"2": {
"label": "Label 1",
"type": "string",
"suggested": true
},
"3": {
"label": "Page 2",
"type": "wiki-page-name",
"suggested": true
},
"4": {
"label": "Label 2",
"type": "string",
"suggested": true
},
"5": {
"label": "Page 3",
"type": "wiki-page-name"
},
"6": {
"label": "Label 3",
"type": "string"
}
},
"format": "inline"
}
</templatedata>
[[Category:Design templates]]
</noinclude>

Template:Product tile

2026-10-09T09:36:00Z

RINAT: Design templates of the knowledge base (Escort theme)

<div class="es-tile" data-cat="{{{category|other}}}" data-search="{{lc:{{{model}}} {{{type|}}} {{{tag1|}}} {{{tag2|}}} {{{tag3|}}}}}"><div class="es-tile__img">[[File:{{{photo}}}|136x128px|link={{{page|{{{model}}}}}}|alt={{{model}}}]]</div><div class="es-tile__body"><div class="es-tile__head"><span class="es-tile__name">[[{{{page|{{{model}}}}}}|{{{model}}}]]</span><span class="es-tile__cat">{{#switch:{{{category|}}}|fuel=Fuel|angle=Angle|level=Level|ble=BLE|other=Sensor|meteo=Meteo|#default=}}</span></div><div class="es-tile__type">{{{type|}}}</div>{{#if:{{{tag1|}}}|<div class="es-tags"><span class="es-tag">{{{tag1}}}</span>{{#if:{{{tag2|}}}|<span class="es-tag">{{{tag2}}}</span>}}{{#if:{{{tag3|}}}|<span class="es-tag">{{{tag3}}}</span>}}</div>}}<div class="es-tile__links"><span class="es-tile__primary">[[{{{page|{{{model}}}}}}|Manual]]</span>{{#if:{{{manual2|}}}|<span class="es-tile__primary">[[{{{manual2}}}|{{{manual2-text|PC setup}}}]]</span>}}{{#if:{{{product|}}}|<span>[{{{product}}} Product]</span>}}{{#if:{{{downloads|}}}|<span>[{{{downloads}}} Downloads]</span>}}</div></div></div><noinclude>
== Purpose ==
Model tile in the catalog on the [[Main Page|main page]]. Tiles go inside <code><nowiki><div class="es-catalog"> … </div></nowiki></code>, each on a new line, with no blank lines between them.

The category sets the catalog filter:

{| class="wikitable"
! Code !! Filter
|-
| <code>fuel</code> || Fuel level
|-
| <code>angle</code> || Tilt angle
|-
| <code>level</code> || Water and bulk level
|-
| <code>ble</code> || BLE infrastructure
|-
| <code>other</code> || Other sensors
|-
| <code>meteo</code> || Sokol Meteo
|}
A new category is added in two places: here (the label in <code>#switch</code>) and in the <code>cats</code> list in [[MediaWiki:Common.js]].

== Example ==
<pre><nowiki>{{Product tile|model=TD-BLE|category=fuel|photo=TD-BLE.png
|type=Wireless fuel level sensor|tag1=BLE|tag2=Advertising
|downloads=https://escortsensors.com/support/escort-sensors/}}</nowiki></pre>

<templatedata>
{
"description": "Catalog tile on the main page.",
"params": {
"model": {
"label": "Model",
"type": "string",
"required": true
},
"page": {
"label": "Manual page",
"type": "wiki-page-name",
"default": "model"
},
"category": {
"label": "Category",
"type": "string",
"suggestedvalues": [
"fuel",
"angle",
"level",
"ble",
"other",
"meteo"
],
"required": true
},
"photo": {
"label": "Photo",
"type": "wiki-file-name",
"required": true
},
"type": {
"label": "Short description",
"type": "string",
"suggested": true
},
"tag1": {
"label": "Tag 1",
"type": "string"
},
"tag2": {
"label": "Tag 2",
"type": "string"
},
"tag3": {
"label": "Tag 3",
"type": "string"
},
"manual2": {
"label": "Second manual",
"type": "wiki-page-name"
},
"manual2-text": {
"label": "Second manual label",
"type": "string",
"default": "PC setup"
},
"product": {
"label": "Product page",
"type": "url",
"suggested": true
},
"downloads": {
"label": "Downloads",
"type": "url",
"suggested": true
}
},
"paramOrder": [
"model",
"page",
"category",
"photo",
"type",
"tag1",
"tag2",
"tag3",
"manual2",
"manual2-text",
"product",
"downloads"
],
"format": "inline"
}
</templatedata>
[[Category:Design templates]]
</noinclude>

Template:Note

2026-10-09T09:35:59Z

RINAT: Design templates of the knowledge base (Escort theme)

<div class="es-callout es-callout--note" role="note"><div class="es-callout__title">{{{title|Note}}}</div><div class="es-callout__text">
{{{1|{{{text|}}}}}}
</div></div><noinclude>
== Purpose ==
A clarification that is not about a risk: default values, version differences, links to related manuals. For risks use «Warning».

== Example ==
<pre><nowiki>{{Note|1=By default, no password is set on the sensor.}}</nowiki></pre>
{{Note|1=By default, no password is set on the sensor.}}

<templatedata>
{
"description": "Grey note block.",
"params": {
"1": {
"label": "Text",
"description": "Note text.",
"type": "content",
"required": true,
"aliases": [
"text"
]
},
"title": {
"label": "Title",
"description": "Block title.",
"type": "string",
"default": "Note"
}
},
"format": "inline"
}
</templatedata>
[[Category:Design templates]]
</noinclude>